PUNJAB STATES GAZETTEERS, VOLUME XVII. A.

Agents for the Sale of Punjab Goyernment Publications.

IN LONDO:R. lK INDIA..
I. A. ARNOLD, 4 t and 43, Mad do :a: Street, TH.\cxn, SPINE: & Co., Calcutn\ ..t Simla
Bond Street, W. ·
NEWMAN &Co., Calcutta. .
CoNSTAllLI &: Co., to, Orange Street,
Leicester Square, W. C. R. CAMBRAY & Co., 'Calcutta.
GatNDLAY & Co., 54, Parliament Street,
s. w. THACKER & Co., Bombay. ·
HENRYs. KING & Co., 65, Cornhill, E. C. HIGGINBOTHA»I & Co., Madras.
F. S, KING &SoN, 2 and 4, Great Smith
Street, Westminster, S. W. V. KALYANARAM IYu &: Co.; 189,
KEGAN PAct, TRENCII, TRUBNER & Co., Esplanade Row, l\ladras.
43 1 Gerrard Street, Soho, W.
B. QuARITCH, n, Graft<'n Street, New G. A. NATESAN & Co., Madras.
Bond Street, W.
T. FISHER UNWIN, 1, Adelphi Terrace, SUPERINTENDF.NT, American Baptist
w. c. :Mission Press, Rangoon.
W. THACKER &: Co., 2, Creed Lane, A. CHAND & Co., Imperial Book DepOt
London, E. C. Office, Delhi.
LVZAC & Co., 46, Great Russell Street, GutAB SINGH & SoNs, :Mufid-i-'Am Press
London, W. C. Lahore.
ON THE CONTINENT. MANAGER, Punjab Law Book DepOt;
J.l'aumLANDE~ & SoHN, 1 r, Carlstrasse, Anarkali Bazar, Lahore.
Eerlin.
OTTo HARRAssowxrz, Leipzig. S. 1\IuiiTAZAu & SoN,·Rafah-i-'Am Prest;
Labore [for Vernacular P1.1blicationa
CARL W. Leipzig.
HlltRSEIIANN, only].
ERNEST LERoux, 28, Rue Bonaparte, Paris.
liARTINUS NIJHorr, The Hague.
MANAGER, The Aryan Frinting, Pub·
ivnou HAUPT, 1, Dorrienstrasse, Leipzig• lishing and General Trading Co.,
Germany. Limited, Lahurc,
 PUNJA·B
STATES GAZETTEERS
V0LUME XVII. A,

PHULKIAN STATE.S·.
P ATIALA JIND AND NABHA~
WITH l\1APS.

1904.
COMC'ILED AND PUBLISHED UNDER THE AUTHORITY
OF THE" PUNJAB GOVERNMENT.

tLabore:
FR::\TED AT THE .PUNJAB GOVERNMENT PRESS,
1909.
 TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Ill--

PATIAL.A.
PAGIZ•

INTRODUCTION ... i·i'l

CHAPTER 1.-0ISCRIPTIVIC ...
A.-Physical aspects ... ... I
B.-History ... ... 45
C.-Population ... ... .53
CHAPTER II.-EcoNOMIC 93
A -Agriculture ... 93
B.-Rents, wages and prices •.. 129
C.-Forests ... ... 130
D.-Mines and minerals ... ... ... 131
E.-Arts and.maoufactores ... ... ... 131
F.-Commerce and trade ... 132
G.-Means of communication ... 133
H.-Famine ... ... 136
CHAPTER III.-ADMINISTRATIVE ... 139
A.-Administrative Departments ... ••• 139
B.-Civil and crlminal justice ... 141
c.-Land revenue ... 144
D.-Miscellaneous revenue OH J65
E.-Local Seli·Covernment ... ... 168
F.-Public Works
G.-Army
H.-Police and Jails
... ... ... 168
... 171
... 173
I.-Education and literacy
J.-Medical ... ... ... 170
... 182

--
CHAPTER lV-PLACl!S OF INTl!RI!ST ... ... ... sss
CHAPTER t-DESCRIPTIVR.
Section A.-Physical Aspects.
PAGE,
Development ...
Rivers .., ... II
Geology 2
Flora 1
Fauna ... 43
Climate ... 43
Sectioa B.-History.
Eatly history of Raja Ala Singh 45
Raja Amar Singh ... 45
Raja Sahib Singh 47
Intervention of Rar:jit Singh ... 48
The Gurkha War 48
Eaharaja Narindar Singh 49
The Mutiny ~ .. 49
Maharaja Rajindar Singh 50
Relations with British Government .., 51
Genealogical table ,., ... 52
II CONTENTS.
PAC! I,
Section c.-Population,
bensity o! Nizamats and tahsils S3
Growth of population 54
Migration 55
Diseases 57
Birth customs ... 57
Sex statistics ss
Marriage customs 59
Female infanticide 6o
Language 6o
Tribes and casteJ 61
Jats 6t
Rajputs 65
Minor agricultural classes ·~: 67
Pro!essiooal castes 68
Commercial castes 6g
Sayyads 74
Re:igion 74
Sikh orders 75
Hindu religious orders 76
Bhai Mul Chand 78
Samadh cf Baba Ala Singh 79
Other Hindu shrines 79
Muhammadan orders :9
Mir.or Muhammadan shrines St
Chishtis 82
The cult of Miran 8,3
Supe:stit ions ... 84
Christianity .... ... ... 84
Food 85
Dress 85
Dwellings 88
Burial customs 91
Occupations ... 92
Amusements .•• 93
Names and titles 9l
CHAPTER 11.-EcoNOM!C.
Section A.-Agriculture.
Soils 93
General agricultural conditions· 93
Agricultural calendar 94
Agricultural operations ... g5
Agricultural implements and appliance3 97
Rotation of crops !;8
Maner~. Farm labourers 99
Cro~s - 99
Live·stock 103
l!rigat'on 104
CaDlls 105
Can1l rever.u~ 109
Capital outlay, Sirhind Canal - 110
List of Regulator> and bridges ... Ill
British rajbabas in Patiala Sta~e 113
FE.miae protective schemes ... 125
 CONTENTS. l.1
Ill

PAGI,
Section B.-Rents, Wages and Prices.
!tents, wages of labour, prices ... 129
Prosperity of the peasant ... '" 130
Section C.-Forests,
History "' 131
Section D.-Mines and Minerals.
Mines and A:inera:s
'" ... '" 131
Section E.-Arts and Manufactures.
Principal industlies and tnanu~actures ... 131
Secticn F.-Commerce and Trade.
- Commerce and trade ... 132
Section G.-... Means of communication.
Railways - 133
Roads in plains ... ... 133
Roads in hills ... 135
Postal arrangellients ..,.' 136
Section H.-Famine.
Histcry •.. 130
F'amines ... 137
Patiala poor-house ... ·••• 13S

CHAPTER III-ADMIMISTRATIVE.

Section A.-Administrative Departments.

PAGE,

Government officiah ... 139

Administrative divisions ... •.. 139
Section B.-Civil and Criminal Justice.
Early history ... 141
Reforms ... 141
Present system oool42
Codes of laws ... ••• 142
The commoner forms of crime ... 141
Criminal tribes and crimes ... 143
Registration ... ... ... 143
Section c.... Land Revenue.
Village communitiet and tenutes '" ··~
•.. 144
Fiscal hi1tory ... 149
Cesses '" 153
Octroi "' ISS
Assignments of land revenue ... •55
Genealogical tree of Bhado~r Jag:rdats "' 157
Bhadour Jagir ... 158
Khamanon Jagir ... 161
Pail Jagirs ... ... 161
Pail Jagi rdars ... •.. 102
Muafis •.. r63
Jag:r a11d muafi statement ... 164
'"
Village head111ea ... '"
... ... s6S
 CONTENTS.

~ectioD D.-Miscellaneous Revenue.

Etcise ... -160
Stamp1 ... 167
Section E.-Local Sei£.Government.
Local Self-Government ... ... 168
Section F.-Public Works,
Patiala City Defence work3 ••• 168
Section G.-Arm;y,
Early history ...
Imperial Service and Local Tro::~ps ...
Section H.-Police and Jails.
- '" 171
... 171

Strength and wcrking of Police ... 173

Jails ... •.. 175

Section 1-Eddcatioaa.ad Literacy.

Literacy ... •.. 176
Education- History ... ... 177
The Mohindar College ... 179
Indigenous education ... 179
Female education ... 181
Literatare ... - 181

Section J,-114edicai.
Establishment ••• 182
Institutions-Dispensaries ... ... t8a
Sanitary Department ... 183
Leper asylum
"'' "' t83
Victoria poor•hoose ... 183

CHAPTER IV-PLACBS OP IIITI!RBST,

P.HlB.
Amargarh, Anabadgarb, Babadurgarh ... 185

...
Banur tahsil and town ... 186
Barnala town, Basi ... ... '" 187
Bhatinda ... J88
Bhadour, Bhawanigarh, Bhikhi, Chait .
-
~ ... 192
Chbat, Fatehgaxn tahsil ... ••• 193
Ghanour, Ghuram, Govindgarb, Hadiaya ... 19-l
Kalait, Karamgarh, Lalgarb, Mansurpur ... 195
Mohindargarb Nizamat, tab'il and town ... 196
Narnaul tahsil and town ... •.. 197
Narwana tahsil ... 198
Narwaoa town, Pail ... 199
Patiala tahsil and town '" 200
Piojour Nizamat '" ::10:3
Pinjour tahsil and town, Rajpura ... 203
Sahibgarh tahsil, Samana

-
... 204
Sa~r.ana, Sirhind ... ... 200
Siriaa~ar, SuaalJI tah&iJ ana towa '" ... '"
,•• 209
 CONTENTS.

JIND STATE.
PAGI:

CHAPTER I.-DESCRIPTIVE !II

A.-Physical aspects .... 211

B.-History ,,, ... 214
C.-Population ... 22ll

CHAPTER II.-ECONOMIC .... 26J

· A~-Agriculture •.. 263

B.-Rents, wages and prices ... 282
C.-Forests ... ... 286
·n.-Mines and minerals ... •.. 28.7
E.-Arts and manufactures ... 28!)
F.-C1mmerce and trade ... 293
G.-Means of communication ... 2!)3
H.-Famine ... ... 297

CHAPTER III.-ADMINISTRATIV! sos

A.-General administration, administrative division9 ... 305
B.-Civil and criminal justice ... ... ,308
C.-Land revenue ... ... 314
D.-Miscellaneous revenue ... 323
E.-Local and Municipal Government ... 323
F.-Public works ...,
.. ... 3g3
G.-Army ... 324
H.-Police and Jails ... 32Q
I.-Education and literacy ... 328
J.-Medical ... •.. 331
CHAPTER IV-PLACES OP INTEiliiST ... 333

CHAPTER 1.-DESCRIPTIVH.

Sectioa A.-Physical Aspects.

I'AGI,

General description ... ... 211

River system ... ... ... 212
Hills .... 213
Climate ... '" li!I3
Water-&upply ... ... ... ... 213
Fauna and flora ... "' r.I3
Section B.-History.
Early history ... ... 214
Geaealogical table ... ~14

-
GaJpat Singh, Bhag Singh, Satup Singh ... :us
Raja Ragbbir Singh ... ... .,. fU7
Antiquities ... ... '" ... I
"' Ill 818
 CONTENTS,
Sectioa C.-Popu.Jatioa.

The Sikhs, the Jats ... ... !122

Density ... 223
Tcwns and villages ... 223
Growth of population ... 224
Migration ... i225
Ages and vital statistics ,,. ... 227
Diseases ... 228
Infant mortality ... 230
Birth ceremonies ... 230.
Sex statistics ... '" 232
Marriage ceremonies ... 233
Language ... 237~

'fribes and castes ... 238

Jah ... 239
Raj puts ... 243
Other agricultural castes ..~ ••• 244
Artis an and menial castes ... 246
Leading families ... 251
R eligiuus sects ... 25::1
Magic and charms ... 259
Temples and fairs ••• i6'0

CHAPrER !I.-EcoNOMic.

Sec:tion A.-Agriculture,

PAGB.
General agricultural conditions, soils ... ... 263
Agricultural calendar I)'& ... 264
Agricultural operations '" '" 267
Agricultural implements and cattle ... 269
Agriculturilts and their dependents ••• ... 270
Principal staples ... 270
Avl!rage yield ... ... ~73
Extension and decrease of cultivation ... 1173
Alienations. State Banks ... 274
Irrigation ... 274
C&nal revenues, wells ... 219
Agricultural sto:k - 281
Fodder ... 2fll

Section B.-Rents, Wages and Prices,

Rents .... aS2
Pricel! ... 284
Wages of artisan~ ... 1284
Village headmen ... 286
Section C.-Forests.
State forests ••• ' ... 280
Section D.-·Mines and Minezals.·
Mineral prod11~1 ... ••• '" Ill
 CONTENTS, vii,,
PACit
Section E.-Arts a!!d Manuraetures,
Gold and eil\ltr•smithing ••, ••• 289
Cotton manufacture ... 289
Weaving, dyeing, silk embroidery '" 290
Carpentry, tanning and le6ther working - 2gl
Brick· making ... 292
Pottery ... 293
Section F.-Commerce and 'l'rade.
Exports and impcrts ""295
Sectioa Ci,-Means of Communication.
Railways ... 293
Reads ... 295
Ferries, rest•houses, post offices ... 296
Section H.-Famine.
Faminea, famine history "' '.297
Famine relief expenditure ... 304

cHAPTER m.-AnMtNtsrRATtv&,

Section A.-General Administration-Administrative Divisions.

PAGK.
General administration and divisions ... 305
The Sadar·i·Ah. ... 306
Muoshi Khana, Sadr Diwan-i·Mal "' 307
Bakhshi Khana ... ... 307
Adnlat Sadr, Accountant•General •.. 308

Section B.-Civil and Criminal Justi.-:el

Criminal justice ... 3°9

Criminal courts ... 310
Civil Revenue courts ... 3ll
Inheritance. Adoption "' 3U
Alienation, Marriage, Divorce and Dower ... 313
Wills ... 314
Section C.-Land Revenue.
Village communities and tenures ... ~P4
Fiscal hi~tory ... •.. 315
Statistics of Settlemen~ ... ... 316
Muafis ... 317
Settlements of tahsil Saogrur ... 317
Settlements of tahsils Jind and Dadri ••• 320
Section D.-Miscellaneous Revenue.
Exeise ... 323
Stamps ... 323
Section E.-Local and Municipal Government.
Local&nd Municipal Govecnment ... •.. 323
Section F.-Public Works,
G1u Kaptani ... ..;. 323
 CONTENTS,
PAOI,
Section· G.-Army;
Early hiatory ,,,
Present strength of State forces
Tirah Expedition ...
Sectioa H.-Police:and Jails.
Police thanas ... 325
Strength of Police ... 327
CattJe.ponnd, jail, criminal tribes ... 328
Section I.-Education and Literacy,
Literacy ... :J28
Schools
Jndigenons education 1
... ... 329
... 329
Muhammadan education ... ... 330
Female education ... 331
Section J.-MedicaJ.
Medical and hospitals ... ... 33I

CHAPTER-IV-PLAcKS Oil INTEREST.

PAGR,
Dadri, j!nd town ... 333
Kaliana, Safidon ... 335
Sangrur ... 337

NABHA STATE.
PAGK,

CHAPTER 1.-DBSCRIPTIVE 339

A.-Physical aspects ... ~39
B.-Histort ... - 34I
c.-Population ... 343
CHAPTER 11.-ECONOMIC ... 351
A.-Agriculture ... ~s·
B.-Rents, wages and prices ••, ... 358
c.-
D.-Mines and Minerals ... ... 369
E.-Arts and manufactures ... 370
F.-Trade -370
G.-Means of communications ... 371

CHAPTER lii,-ADMINISTRATIVE 373

A,-General administration ... 373
B.-Civil aod criminal justice ... 373
C.-Land revenue ... 375
D.-Miscellaneous Revenue ... 376
E.-Municipalities ... 377
... 378
F.-Public Works Department
... 378
G,-Army
H.-Police and jail ... 379
... 380
I.-Education and literacy
... ... 381
J.-Medical -
CHAPTER IV.-PUCES OP INTEREST
...
- 383
 CONTENTS. il.

CHAPTER I.-DESCRIPTIVE·

Section A.~Physi~a.l Aspects.

PAGio

Natural division9 . ... ~. 339

Rivers and streams. Hills ... ... 340
Climate ... ... 340
Section B.-History.
A. D. 175:>·63 .~ ... ~·•• 341
... ... ...
A. D. 1783·1871
A. D. t872·I90J
Section C.-Population.
- ... 342
- 343

Mil!ration
Tribes and casteq1 Jats
Khatiks and Brahmins
"'
- ...
...
- 341
... 345
- 343
Raj puts ..• - 349

CHAPTER Il-EcoNoMrc.
Section A.-Agriculture.

Soils. Rotation of crops. Manure .., - 351

Princ:pal 5taple~ ... 351
Acreage of principal c•ops ... 3SJ
Land Alienation. Agricultural stock ... ... 354
lrril!~tion. ~anals ... 455
Pritish rajbahas itrigating Nabha State ... 3~q
1
Wel!s ... 36;
Charass and Harr;;ts ... 366
Section B.-Rents, 'wages and Prices,
Tenants and rents ... 368
:Sectitn o.- Mines aod Mineral1.
Mines and minerals ... J5g
Sectoa E.-Arts an1 Manufact\11es.
Atts and manufactures ... 370
Section F.-Trade.
Grain. Oil ... ... ... 370
G.- Means of Commuilicat.on.
Ro~~s, Sarah ... ~71

Railways. Post Office ... 371

CHAtTER !ll.-.A.nMrsrsTRAtrve.
Secti.,n A.-Geae,al. dmbistrat.on.

ldministrative divis ons. Zaildars ••• ... 373

Section B.-Civil an! Cciminal Justice,
Crim nal justice ... 373
CiYil ~ustice, Revenue cues, Code.; of La.w .,, lH
Registra..1on '" ... .,.;j]S
 CONTENTS.
PAGlia

Secthn C.-Land Revenue.

Old syste~ Settlement ;.., 375
Section D.-Miscellaneous Revenue.
Stamps, Excise, Opium and drugs ...
Section E.-M anicipalities.
Municipalities~ ... 377
Seeticn F.-Public Works Department
Public Works Department ... 578
Section G.-Army.
Present strength, Imp!rial Service Troops ... 378
Section H.-Police and Jails.
Police and Jails ... 379
Sectbn I.-Education and Literacy.
Education, I853·l88z A. D.
Female education ...
S ecti~n J.-Medical.
Medical •.. 381

CHAPTER IV.-PLACKS OF INTIIREST.

PAGB,

Amlob, Bawal, Dhaaaula ..,

Jaitu, Nabha town
Phul
- ...
... ·383
... 384
... 385
 INTRODlTCTIOl\\'
~.(--

THE PHULX:IAN STATEs;

THE three Native States o£ PATIALA, }!NO and NABHA in the Punja~
.1re collectively known as the PhUlkian States: They are the most important
of the cis-Sutlej States, having a, total _area of .7r599 square miles, wi~~ .a·
population ( 1901) of 2,176,644 souls; and· a .gross annual reve~ue o£
Rs. 88,oo,ooo. The main area of this group of States' lie~ bet~ve~n 74~
a~d 77° E. a~~ 29:~ ~nd 31° N: It is b~unded on the north by1 ~he, J?is·.
tnct of Ludh1ana, on the east by Ambala and Karnal,. on the south by
Rohtak and Hiss4r, and on the west by the Ferozepore District ~nd. the
f'aridkot State. This area is the ancestral possession of the PhUlkia.n houses.
It lies mainly in the gr~at natural tract called the Jan~al ' Desert ~r f'.9rest,'
but stretches north-east mto.that known as the Pawadh, or' East,• and south·
wards across the Ghaggar into the Nardak, while its s'outhernmost tract,
round the ancient town of Jind, claims tolie within the sacred limits of the
l<urukshetra. This vast tract is not however the exclusive property of the
States, for in it lie several islands of British territory, and the State of Maler
1\otla. dovetails into the centre of its northern border. On the other hand
the· States hold many outlying villages. in British territory: . Nevertheless the
three States, as a group,· hold a comparatively continuous area, though indi•
vidually each resembles Brunswick or the County(){. Cromarty, its terri·
tory being scattered and .inextricably intermil)gled with that. of its sisttr
States. Hesides its share in the ancestral possessions of. the ~hulkian
houses, Patiila holds' a considerable area in. the. Simla Hills acquirr.d in
1815· In addition to' these possessions; the three States hold .a fairly
compact block of outlying territory in the south-east of the Punjab, between
75~ and 76° E. and 27° and 28° N. This block is bounded on the north by
Hissir, on the east by Rohtak and Gurgaon, and on the south and .,.·est
by RajpuUna. Each of the States received a part of this territory as a
~eward•for its services in the Mutiny.' ·

The ruling families of the Ph61kian States are descended from Phul, their
eponym,· from· whom are also descended the great feudal, but not ruling,
families of Bhadaur and .Malaud, and many others of less importance. Co1-;
l~terally again the' descendants of PhUl are connected with the ru1ers of
ii
PHULKIA~ STATES. ) [ PART A••

Faridkot, the extinct Kaithal family and the feudatories of Arnautr, ]humba,
Siddh1.hval, and, north of the Sutlej, Atari. These numerous branches of a
vigorous stock belong to the great SiddhU-Barar tribe, the most powerful ]at
tribe south of the Sutlej, and claim descent from Jaisal, a Bhatti l{ajput, who,
having founded the State of Jaisalmer in 1180 A.D., was driven from his kincr-
dom by a rebellion and settled near Hissar. Hemhel, his son, sacked that t0 ,;n
and overran the country up to Delhi; -but wa!i repulsed by Shams·ud-Din
Altamash. Subsequently however in 1212 A.D. that ruler made him gover-
nor of the Sirsa and Bhatinda country. But his great-gran'ason, Mangalrao
having rebelled against the Muhammadan sovereign of Delhi was beheaded at
Jaisalmer. His grandson sank to ]at status by contracting a marriage with a
woman o~ that class, and. though th~ great Siddhu-Barar tribe in the ensuing
centuries spread itself far and wide over the Malwa country up to and even
beyond the Sutlej, the descendants of Khiwa fell into poverty and obscurity,
until one of them, Sanghar, with a few followers entered the service of the
Emperor Babar. Sanghar himself fell at P8nipat in t526 A.D., but the
emperor rewarded his devotion by granting his son Baryhn the chaudhrlyat
or superintendency of the waste country south-west of Delhi, and thus restor·
ed the fortunes of the family. This grant was confirmed by Humayun, but
Baryam in 1560 fell fighting against the Muhammadan Bhattis, at once the
kinsmen and hereditary foes of the Siddhu tribe. B.aryam was succeeded
as chaudhr; by his son :Mahra j ·and his grandson Mohan, who were both
engaged in constant warfare with the Bhattis until the latter was compelled
to tlee to Hansi and Hiss(jr, whence he returned with a considerable force
of his tribesmen, defeated the Bhattls at Bedowfll, and at the advice of thei
Sikh G1:1ru Bar Govind founded Mahraj in the Ferozepore District.

But the unceasing contest with the Bhattfs \vas soon renevl·ed and Mohan
and his son, Rup Chand, were killed by them in a skirmish about 1618. His
!'econd son, Kllla, succeeded to the clzaudhrly~t and became the guardian of
Phul.and· Sandali, the sons of Rup Chand. PhUI, ·whose name means
'blossom,' was blessed by the Guru Har Govind, a.nd from. him many noble
houses trace their descent. He left six sons, of whom Taloka was the
ddest, and from him are descended the families of Jind and Nabha. From
Rama, the second son, sprang the greatest of the Phulkilln houses, that of
Patiala .. The four other sons only succeeded to a small share of their .
father's possessions~ · · · ·

Phtll had in 1627 fo~nded and given his name to the village which is
now an important town in the Nabha State. His two elder sons founded
BhaH Rupa, still' hdd jointly by the three· Sta.tes; and .Rarna arso built
Ram pur. The last named successfully raided the Bhattis and other enemies:
of his line. He then obtained from the Muhammadan Governor of Sirhind
the superintendency of the Jangal tract, his cousin Chain Singh being associ-
ated with him in the office, but Rllma could brook no rival and caused his
cousin to be assassinated, only to fall in his turn a victim to the vengeance
of Chain ~ingh's sons. -.r:he blood-feud was duly carried on by ~la S!ngh,
Rlima's th1rd son, who k1lled all but one of the sons of Cham Smgh.
Ala Singh, now quit of his nearest enemies, established a post at Sanghera,
to protect its people against the chiefs of Kot and Jagdon. In I 722 he
entrusted Bhadaur to his elder1 brother, and re·built Barnala, where he took

'In Grifh's Punjab R~jas • he is said to have been the elder brother, while in the
1

'JuJirMia. Pati.ila J he is called the younger. See also IT ar:kh Patiala,' foot-note on P· 4a,
.. here he is drscribed as the younger brother.
 iii
.PHULKIAN STATES. ) [ PART A;

up his residence. Shortly afterwards his· son· Sardul Singh attacked and
destroyed Nima, the possession of a R~jplit who was related to the
powerful Rlii Kalha of Kot. This roused the R4i to a determined attempt
to destroy the rising pbwer of Ala Singh; and collecting a large force led by
the Raj put chiefs of Halwara, Malsin, Thattar and Talwandi, and the famous
JamAl Khh, Rals of Maler Kotla, and strengthened by an imperial contin·
gent under Sayyid Asad Ali Khiin, general of the Jullundur Doab, he attack·
ed the Sikhs outside Barnala. The imperial general fell early in the day,
and his troop abandoned the field. The troops of Maler Kotla and Kot
followed their example and the Sikhs obtained a complete victory, routing
the Muhammadan forces and taking many prisoners and much booty.
This victory raised Ala Singh to the position of an independent· chief 1731 A.D.
and the Sikhs flocked to his standard. But the next 10 years were consumed
in desultory warfare with the Bhattis, and Ala Singh was driven to ally
himself with the imperial governor of Sirhind against the chief of Kot, who
was forced to abandon his principality. Ala Singh however soon quarrelled 1741 ~.D.
with his ally, and was in consequence thrown by him into prison, where
he would have perished but for the self-sacrifice of a follower, a relative
of Chain Singh, his hereditary foe. Thus freed, Ala Singh built the 17-49 A D.
fort of Bhawanigarh, 22 miles west of the present town of Patiala.
Three years later his general, Gurbaksh Singh, Kaleka, subdued the 1753 A.D.
territory of Sanaur or Chauras( in which the town of Patiila lies, and
fortified the latter place to hold the conquered territory in check; Mean~
while the DiwAn of Abd-us-Samad Khan known as Samand Khan, governor
of Sirhind, bad fled for protection to Ala Singh, who refused to surrender him.
Samand KMn thereupon marched on Sanaur, but only to meet with a severe
defeat. BMI Gurbaksh Singh, the founder of the Kaithal family, next invoked
the aid of Ala Singh in subduing the country round Bhatinda, which was then
held by Sardar Jodha of Kot Kapura. Ala Singh despatched a considerable
force against this chief, but effected nothing until the Sikhs from the north
of the Sutlej came to his aid, overran the country and placed BM( Gur-
baksh Singh in possession of it. Ala Singh next turned his arms against
two neighbouring chiefs, who having called in vain upon the Bhattis for
help were slain with several hundred followers and their territories annexed.
With his son tal Singh, Ala Singh now proceeded to overrun the country
of the Bhatti chiefs, who summoned the imperial governor of Hissir to their
aid, but in spite of his co-operation thev were driven from the field. This
campaign terminated in 17 59 with the ~ictory of Dh8rsul which consolidated
Al& Singh's power and greatly raised his reputation~ ·

On his invasion of lndia in 1761 Ahmad Shah Durrani had appointed The inv,sioe
Zain Khan governor of Sirhind, but the moment he turned his face home· of Ah"!ad Shah.
wards, the Sikhs, who had remained neutral during his campaigns against
the Mug hal and Mahratta powers, attacked Sir hind, which was with difficulty
relieved by Jamal Khin of Maler Kotla and Rai Kalha of Kot. In 1762 1761 A.D•
. Ahmad Shah determined to punish the Sikhs for this attempt on Sirhind,
and though a great confederacY' of the Phulki.in chiefs and other Sikh
le3.ders was formed and opposed his advance near BarnAla, the Durraini
inflicted on them a crushing defeat, their loss being estimated at 2o,ooo men.
Ala Singh himself was taken prisoner, and Barnala occupied by the Afghans.
The chief's ransom of four lakhs was paid with difficulty, and he was released,
but Ahmad Shah, in pursuance of his policy of employing the Sikhs against
the Mugha! power, .gave Ala ~in~h a robe of honour wi!h the title of Raja
and authonty to com money m h1s own name. These g1fts however raised
the suspicio~s of the Sikhs, and Ala Singh only recovered his position in their
eyes when m 1763 he headed the great force of confederated Sikhs which lit'iJ A.D.
jV,

Pui:U{JAN STATES.]

took Sir-hind after Zairi Kh~n had been defeated and. ~lain outside. its "\\;ails.
ln this battle the nascent State of Jind was represented by Alam Singh; a
grandson of Taloka, and that of Nilbha by Hamir Singh, his great-grandson.
After the victory the old Mughal District of Sir hind was divided among its
<·onquerors. - ~irhind itself with its surrounding country fell to Ala Singh,
Amloh to Nabha, and a considerable area to ]md. In this year Jind and
1\abha may be deemed' to have come into being as r~ling States; and
he:1ceforwanl their histories diverge.
PAT IALA STATE.
 PATIALA STATE.
-~-(--

CHAPTER I.~DESCRIPTIVE~
-~~.·
Section A.-Physica1 Aspects.
T1i1 most eastern of the three PhUlkian States-Patiala, Jind ~nd CHAP.I. A.
, Nabh~-Patiaf~ derives its na.rte from iti capital citt.~hich was founded Oea;jptlva.
··~y RaJa Ala Smgh, ~he first mdependent ruler .of).lJr~sta~~~,,about t"J6l
.~D. With a total area of s,41l square mtle,t,lt:lS CQDitderably the ~:::~;~L
largest and most wealthy of the Native States in the Eastern ·P,imjab1 and ' ,
is more populous ~h~n ~ahBwalpur, whic~ has nearly thr~ tiP:le,s'~its .area. ~:;to/~·;~
~ost of it• territory f1es m the eastern plams of:the PppJab, ·wblth form 8 .
-?art of the great natural division called :t. he I,nao-Gan~.ti. c P)aili;t~ West. ' ·
Owing however to its politicat ~istory t~e t~rritoti~l' l::pf ~he~ -~t~~e are
somewhat scattered.· They compruse a portton q{. the Sunfa Htlls anQ i1 tract
called the itaqa of Narnaul, which now cop$titnte~ the ni8lfbt of M~indar·
garb in the extreme south·east of the Provmce on th~border"f the}a~pur ana
Alwar States in Rajputana. Moreover, the territory'·Qf the Sfa'fe is interspersed
4f
with small tracts and even single villages belonging to the Stat~s Nabha,
Jind and Maler ~otla, and to the British District~ of Ludhiana;~'ferozepore
and Karnal,. whtle on the other hand the State mcludes· :J.~vera detached
villages or groups of vnlages which tie. within the natural. borders of these
States and Districts. '
· The scattered nature of the Pa.ti.Ha. territories makes it impossible to
~cribe its boundaries clearly and succinctly, but' the map gives ·full Cle·
~ils aRd renders any. fengthy description superfluous. Brieijy,. the State
1ay be descrioed as. consisting of three main portions, each of which i1
~unded by the territories noted below :- ·
t The main block, between N.. lat. 29t:1 2'j' and 30' 55' and E. long•
.(' 40' and 76° 59',. comprising the plains portion of the State west of the
pma Valley and south of the Sutlej, it bordered thus:-
Nori,t-Ludhiana an~ Ferozepore Districts•
. Wtst.-Hissir District.
Soutk.-Hissar and" the State ofJind.
East.-Karnal and Ambala Districts.
Thus the main portion of the State forms roughly a parallelogram 139
miles from east to·west and 125· miles from north to south, with an out•
lying tract to the south of the Ghaggar river, which forms part of the
,i..famat of Karmgarh. The second block lies within the Simla Hills be·
tween ,30° 4~' ~nd 3'I 0 ~, ,N. lat. and 76° 49' an~ 77° I g' E. long., and is :thus
compnsed w1thm the Himalayan area. The State here comer· intb contact
with several cif the Simla Hill States, for.. it is bounded on the north by Koti,
B.hajj_{ and Bhagal, on the. west by Naliga.rh.and Malllog, and' on the east by
Sirmur·and Keonthal, while on the south 1t· ts separated from tahsil Kharar
of the Ambala District by the watershed of the Siwalik Range. This block
has a maximum length of 30 miles· from· north to south and a breadth of'
29 mil~s from ~ut' t? ,west. ~t forms. pa~t of the ni•amal of·Pinjaur.
The thard block 1s the •laqa of Narnaul vyhtch 1s remote from the main territory
~f the State, lying~-~~ m~C$ fr~m iti capita.l, bctWten N'"' lat. 2t 47' aad
 2
..
PATIALA STAT! ] Geology.

·CHAP. I, A. 28, 2~'. a,nd E.lon~. 75~ 56' and 76° x]'.. "It is b'ounded on the north by the
0
.
PART A.•.

Des~ f Dadn 1/aqa of the Jmd State, on the west and south by Jaipur State ten it on
. rtp tve. an~ on the. east by the State of Alwar and the N;.bha tlriqa of B.twalK~nt
PHY~IcAL It 1s 45 mtles from north to south and :n· from east to ,,·est.
Asncr~. ·
Development. ~he> pla.ins _part of the ~~ate does ·flOt differ materially from th~ sci
~o~ndmg D1stnct~ ~f Ludh111?~L }\~blila_ and Karnal, though the tra.
1mgated by the S1rhmd Canal m tlie north stands out in a pleas;ng verd&r
con~rast to t?e sandy tracts of the south-west. .In t~Jt hills the sce1:ery:
vaned and p1cturesque. . , • ,'1 . ..
Rivers. ., . The.Pati~la S~ate as a whole is badly ~·atered. r;., gr~at river r~:
· · ·· through tt or near 1t~ bo.rders, and the chief stream ·.,vhich tr averst~ t~
· · State is the Ghaggar, w}lich r1.1ris from the nortli-east of its main porti<:
in a south-westerly direction through the Pawadh, and thence in a ·mot
· westerly directi!-m separating the P;1wadh from thf B~ncrar, after" hie
it leaves the territory of the State. Its' bed is narfow and ill-defined· i
·· Rajpura and Banur, but in Ghanaur the banks are low and the !;tream flooo:
easily Lower do.wn it narrows in places, but generally speaking is n; ~
confined 111 ~he ra~ns to any clear or well-defined channel. " ·.,
Slralod cW. . T.he slope of the main block of the State is from north-east to south·
west, and in the rainy season the surface drainage o.( the country nea,
Rupar enters the State near Sirhind. and flows thro1~gh the Fattigatb;
Bhawllnigarh. and Sunam tahsils and spreads over f.he . country abvut
Ja~hepal and Dharmgarh.· This stream is known as the· Sirl1ind, 11 wsur•
pur or Sunim choa, and probably follows the alignment cf the .canal, wllic h
was cutabottU36J /\ .. D....by firo~ _Shah Ill, w~en .he ronstituted S.d'~nd
into a separate district.1
c )hambow'l£ thol. South of this str~am runs the Jhambowali choi whidi rises near Ciir:i;.
thai, runs through Bhawan1garh and Karmga~h thinas and joins.. the GLagg ,:' ~
near Bhaini. A third torrent, the Patialewa:J.[ Nadt, rises near Mani M~i;
and carrying with it the water of several ot~er torrents llows past P;\Li·a ·
and falls 'into tbe Gnaggar near P.auirsi. • .
The Ghaggar, Centuries ago, it is said, the S~tlej flowed through the Gcv\ndg:
tahsil, and though it is probable that the river changed it5 course early
the 13th'century, the old depressions are still to be seen, with ridges dh·
sand running parallel to them. In the Himlllayan 3;rea the principal slre
is the Ko.shallia which, after receiving the waters of the Sukna, Sirsa
' Jhajra, Gambhar and Sirsa, debouches on to the plains near Mubarikpur, a
is thenceforward known as the Ghaggar. · , · ,
Mohindat,ub. In the 11ohindargarh ni1amat the two main streams are the Dohan a~ j
the Krishna wad, with its tributary the GohU. The Dohan rise's in the Jaipur
hills,· and traversing the parganas of Narnaul and Mohindargarh flows into
the Jind territpry to the north. The Krisbmiwati also rises in Jaipur
territory and enters the · m'sJ.mat on the south at Mat hoka~ and passing
Narnaul enters.the Nabha territory on the east. The Gohll or Chhiilak
rises near Barberi in pargana Narnaul and falls into the Krishnav.·ali ne~r
Narnaul town. ·
GEOLOGY. 1
Mr. Hayden writes-
. Gcelvgy. 11 The PhUlkian States are situated chiefly· in the Ir.do-Gangttic
alluvium, but their southern portions, in the neighbourhood of Gurgao~:~
District, contain outliers of .slate and quarbite belonging tv the Ddti
system."
'Elliot's History of India, IV, p. 11.
a
, Coinpiled from tlie ·Geolot;y c:if lndia ad otr.tr SOlir~ ...
 3
[ PART A.
:~ · The Patiala · State ·may ·be divided for geological purpose~ into CHAP.J, A.
~x).t~ed Patiala ;S,twllliks, d(2()) thhe ou t!iers of .the Af rtlihvaiHSstyts~etn mtthef Descriptive,
~.f.ohiJl argarh ntzamaf, an 3 t e p1a1ns portwn o e a e wes o
~le Jum.na valley and south of. the Sutlej.. ,, . .. . Pursrc.u.
· · · · • • Asncrs•
~
• r, 'The Patiala Siw~liks iie. between 30° 40' and 3t 0 to' N. and 76o 49'
:·. d .1f .' t~' E.~ £otmlng part of tlle Siwalik Range. .From a physical Geology.
~~int of .view, .theyl'1 may be further. sub·divided into Dun .and Hill •
.J ~· these the. flr_st extends along the foot .o~ the hills from Ramgarh
.:1~ Arnbitla Drstnct ra the south-east to Ni4lagarh on the north-west.
)\a the south-west .it is bouqded by Man! Ma jra, also in the Ambala
·f,~1stri~l', 'from. which it is Separated by the range of Siwalik hills kn.own
t~ th.e' Dun Khols. · These Khols present a tangled mass o£ small ravmes,
;;Jl!sures and s~arped waHs, throughout which degr~d.ation. has set in. to such
_lrt~~tent that hery year "during' t!1e rains a
large qu~ntity of. d~tritus
-~ c.trried down hy the. stre~ms mto the.· Ambala p~ams, ~nd 1t seems
,JGpele~s to expact that thrs actwn can now be stopped· altogether, though
f\lcll might be ·done by' replanting and restricting grazing. In great
.:neasure the erosion must be ascribed to the laying bare of the soft sand-
[tiJne formation by the destruction of the forests, for there is no doubt but
5hht at one time this tract was clothed "ith dense forests of trees, of the
~pecies found in the lo''" hills, as is evident from the old roots and petrified
:~tems still found in tnany places. East of the Ghaggar river near Chand{ is
~i'Klther range oflow hills, and the portion belonging to Patialat called the
~~itan hhols, extends from the Mir of Kot1ha's iUqa to Ram gat h.·· The
~tjler features of the Don are {I) the Raitan plateau, situated between Pinjaur
~h4 the Ghaggar river, some· 12 square miles ·in extent;· (2) the· small
i~o1ated hills that rise out of the Dum The Raitan·plateau is of alluvial
Tor'tnation and is.traversed by several streams which have cut deep into the
§tdny soil on their 1\·ay to the Ghaggar. · .
~:--·;·The hill di;ision includes two separate tracts. The smaller one about
·r ~quare. miles • in extent occupies the northern portioh pf the Jahrot
r,alley, south of the Phagri-Mahasu ridge,· and is surrounded by the Koti
l 'nd· Keonth~l States. The larger tract extends through about 300 square
l'niles of the mass of hills south of the Dh<lmi and Bhajji States as far
~s the Pinjaut Dun, and is hounded on the east by Keonthal, Kotl, Simla,
!i e Giri rivet" and Sirmur, ori the west b)' Bhagal, Kuniar, Bhaghat,
<~1<lraull in Simla District, Blja and Mahlog ·.States. The whole territory
,-;divided by:the·~Jumna·Sutlej water-shed. The cbie£ physica] features.
are (t) the maift ridge or water-shed, marked by the Jakko, Krol, Dagshai
and' Ban:lsar peaks, (2) ·the western off-shoots on which are the Sanawar,
qarkhal and Karirdeo (KasauH) peaks, and (3) the tnain valleys drained
by. tributariea .ot the Sutlej, Giri, Ghaggar and Sirsa rivers.
Tara Devl hill is a well known peak. The area which drains into the Metamorphic
Sutlej belongs to Patiala, that which drains into the Jumna belonging to A;~~~ perioil.
Keonthal. It · ~eems to be composed of (1) limestone and shales,
·( 2) sand-stone, (3) shales and day, (4) quartzite and granite, the granite
no~ules being actually see~ in a tunnel of the Kalk~-Simla Railway· for .
·a 91stance of abo~t IJ chams. Hexagonal shaped p1eces of granite are
·s:trd to have been found in the tunnel and sold by the Pathin coolies at
Simla. The rock occurs in intrusive masses and veins, ramifying through~
out the rock gneiss and schists and even penetrating the slates.
At Jabrot all the uppermost beds forming the summits of the southern
fare of the Mahas6. ridge are composed of mica schist with abundant
quartz veining at intervals, while the base of the hill consists of slaty
~ All ~ar4 ud r;r.Jifb.llint rocka bei11' de•tih1tc of foatits.
 4
PATIALi STATE. ] Geology. ( PART
...A•
CHAP. I, A. rock with little or no crystalline metamorphic rock, the other beds,
being of the infra-Krol group resting on the Blaini bands and the Simlf'
Deaorlpt lVI. slates. Traces of copper are seen above Maudh village.
PKYIICAL .
Anacrs. Good roofing and flooring slates are quarried at KemH ne1'·
• Jatogh and in Bagrf Kalan. There are some sand pits in NagiH, a village ·
t11dUltfla
dut•
1
of the pro·• p~rgana Bh.arau 1'1 Kh
• ur d. In pargana Keotan KaI'a~ .there was , copp . ,
111
t 1111 , · mme, but It& workmg was stopped by a change m the course of tli .. ·
S6rajmukhf, a tributary of the Giri. Limestone is found in Malia (5 ~
east of Pinjaur), and in the vicinity of Pinjaur. At Taksal (2 miles nor ·
of Kalka) white limestone is quarried from the Kali Matd k( Ch ·
Particles of gold mixed with dark sand are collected from the Sir
river. ·
;r~aaitio• Accepting the validity of a distant Aravalli ·system of transiti
..~:o7;11 ,, stage it may be described as consisting of quartzites, limestones, mi
lfltli•, "1'1' GS. and felspathic schists, and gneisses. In the ni1amat t>f Narnaul so~
outliers here and there seem to belong to the Ad. valli system· strikin\
nearly from south·west to' north-east in Rajputana. In many places oq
sinking wells to a depth of about 20, 30 or 40 M.ths1 sandstone formation~
are likely to be met with. It is impossible to tell what beds may b~
concealed beneath the Narnaul plain, which is a portion of the In dol
Gangetic alluvium. · \
lndullrial pro. Limestone is quarried near Mandl (3 miles south of Narnaul). It i~
d•ct•. turned into quicklime-for whitewash-and exported to Patitila and other
places at a distance. At Manderi, near the Police Station of Narnaul, a
rough building stone is obtained. At Khiirda a kind of white stone used
for building material and for making pillars is quarried. At .Antri, 8 miles
south of Narnaul, is an outlier where iron ore is mined, and in its neigh-
bourhood fine white slabs are fo~nd. Near Bail, 16 miles south of NRrnaul,
is a hill where there are copper mines, but owing to the scarcity of fuel they
are not worked. Here are also found small round diamond-shaped corne·
lians set in large blocks of stone. Rock crystals, quart!:, mica schists and
aandstones used for building purposes are found at Masnauta (south-west of
Narnaul), Panchnauta, Antrl, Bihar!pur, Danchauli, Golwa, Islam pur, Salarpur
and Mandlana. Fine slabs are found at Sarai, Sareli and Salarpur. The
limestone quarries at Dhini Bathotha are noted for the good quality of their
atone. Crude beryl is found at Taihla 2 miles from Narnaul. Concrrt(
(kankar, ror), called morintl by the people, is found in many places in tn~,.:
surface alluvium.
. In tahsil Mohindargarh near Madhogarh, 6 miles west of. Kanau~, a
gntty sandstone used for mill-stones is found. Near Soh1la, 7 mil? .
from Kanaud, there is an outlier where roofing slate is quarried, and near
the same place sand, used for manufacturing glass (kanch) pracelets, 11
obtained. Dhosi is the loftiest hill in the nisdmat. The soil m the tahsil
of Narnaul is rosU, while hkut or sand is abundant in Kanaud.
Carhonaeeous · The boulder beds are overlaid by a series of shales or slates, charac·
ayste"' of the terised by the greater or less prevalence of carbonaceous matter, which
Simla Him'· underlie the limestone of the Krol mountain. The carbonaceous impregna-
!~~~~~~ty , 1 tion t? these .shales is very irregularly distributed, being. often extremely
[Ntlia " l•t•~ conspicuous, especially where the rock has undergone crushmg but at other
133 34• · times wanting at any rate near the surface. Not infrequently the blackest
and most carbonaceous beds weather almost white by the removal ~f the
carbonaceous element. Above these beds there is usually a senes of
· q,uartzites of very variable thickness, varying from about twenty feet in the
t pne !ltJt~ .• ll feet,
 PATIALA STATE. ) [ PART A.
'-<~.·

·~sections south o£ the Krol moubtaiR to some thousand feet in Western CHAP.I, A.
Garhwal. They are very noticeable at Simla, forming the whole of the
<:-· •• -
ll3oiteauganj hill and the lower part of Jatogh, where they have been called Descriptive,
~<>ileaugan j quartzites. PHntcAr.
~ ' AIPICTI.
~. ln the Krol mountain the uppermost ·bed• are blue limestones with C b
:'~ssoc1ate
• d sba1y ban ds, mos tl y grey 10
• coJour, th ough th ore 15
• one d'1stmct
• •y•t• .. of tilt..
ar OllCtO
~'<me of red shales, but as no carbonaceous beds are associated with them, Simla Hl•i·
:lnd as the underlying quartzite exhibits remarkable variations in thickness, lay&a.
il is uncertain whether these limestones of the Krol group are the equiva~
Ients of carbonaceous or grafhitic limestones or belong to a later uncon·
formable system. The beds o the carbonaceous system contain, in most of
the sections, interbedded basaltic lava flows, and more or less impure volcanic
~shes either recognisable as such, or represented by hornblende schists,
*here the rocks have become schistose.· The range of the volcanic beds
·taries on different sections. Their usual position is in the upper band of
carbonaceous shales, but they arc also found among the quartzites and in
the upper part of the infra·Kro1,1 though they never, so far as is known,
ntend down as far as the Blain{ group (the group so named from the vil·
lage and Had of Blain{ or Baliani in the parga"a of Bharaulf Khurd).
~ There is a great similarity between sections in the Kashmfr and Simla •• G"''l:l •f
:.areas. In both boulder-bearing shales of presumably glacial origin are /,;••••"l•t• ·~·
.c)Verlaid by a series of slates and quartzites, characterised by a carbonaceous
impregnation and by the presence of contemporaneous volcanic beds, and
in both the uppermost member is .a lill}estone. rhe resemblances are not
mere lithological ones between r~cks, such as have always been in process
<>f formation at every age of the earth's history. They are exhibited by the
rocks which owe their origin to wide reachmg causes, whith have only
occasionally acted, and it is difficult to resist the conclusion that they are
evidence of the contemporanevus origin of the two rock series and not
merely accidental.S Small concretionary globules (nodules) often occur in
the Krollimestone and are taken by some for organic remains. Pandit
Madho Ram, Nliib Nhim of Patiala Forests, says that traces of a coal
mine' have been recently found by him near Kandagbat. In tunnelling the
Barog hill section Q{ the Kalka-Simla Railway a coal seam was also
seen.
1 · From a stratigraphical point of view the Himalay.in mountains may be Tertiariu of
.divided into three zones which correspond more or less with the orographi· the Him,laya1,
nl ones. The first of these is the Tibetan, in which marine fossiliferous "G~tlof1 or
·rocks are largely developed, whose present distribution and lin1its are to a ltttli•," t~l'4(J+
great extent due to the disturbance and denudation they have undergone.
Except near the north-western extremity of the range they are not known
to occur south of the snowy peaks. The second is the zone of snowy peaks
and lower Himalayas, composed mainly of crystalline and metamorphic rocks
and of unfossiliferous sedimentary beds, believed to be principally of
l The beds behveer~ the Krol and the Blaiof croup clultd u iofra·Krol ahaltl are
11
•ftea cuboaaceous and have been taken for coal.. G11l1lJ 1/
/IIIIi•, '' 1'1'
s The correlation by Dr. StolicJka of the quart1ite1 of Iloileauganj 11'itlt.the Kulinarand of 138,
tile Krol 'With the tiling limestone of Spit!, are probably correct, and curiously en~ugh an
apparent confirmation was published, about the ume tiJ~e 11 hia Memoir, in Profe11or Gumbel's
4escription of: a specimen from the Schlagintweit collection (uid to hiYe been obtained at
pbumpur in this State), containing 3 foSiils, Lim~ littlata. and Ntditfl t•ill•rlloti found also
111 the Muschelkalk of Europe, and the new spee111 N. Su"l•""'· Dharmpur i1 however 1
well known locality on the tertiary rocks, ud the 1pecimu ia '"'•.tioa 11111t han c~m 1 fro~ 1
t9t&ll1 clittintt trouad, probably in Tibet. ·
! Ci-uil 1nd Militt~r.Y •ueitt tf zut Noitmber lf03.
 6
PAtiALA STAtE. ] Geology.
CHAP'.I 1 A. pal~ozoic age-: ·The thir~ i.s the zone of th.e sub-Himlllayils, composed
•
entirely of tertiary and prmcJpally of upper tertiary depcsits, "hich forrns
Descriptive, the margin of the hills towards the Indo-Gangetic plain, and has so intimat"'
PKvsic•r. a connection with, and so important a bearing <>n 1 the history of the eleva:
Asncn. ti'!n of the Hirf!alaya.s that it will require a more detailed notice here than
Ter:tinitt of the others. ··
. the tHim4layb.
. The st.r~tigr~phy. and palre.ont.ology ~f the rock 1 composing this tertiary
"G,ol•tY 11/ 1
India," #IIIli 465, frmge (Patlala. S1wal)ks ), are md1cated m the following table:- ,.
I. Upper tertiary or Siwalik series: Upper, Middle and !:.ower
Siwalik. .. · , . ·
2. Lower tertiary or Sirmur 11eries: Kasauli1 Dagsh.ii and Sa bath u
· groups.
'' Gul•tY ~1 ... Th~ lowest o( the. three .~roups . int.o which the lower. tertiary h~s been
lndi,, "Jage~
:149·so. diVIded IS named after the tn1htary stat1on of Sab~thti, near which it is well
Lithography:
exposed. It consists principally .of greenish grey and.· red gypseous shales
Sab~thu group~ with some subordinate lenticular bands of impure limestone and sandstone,
the latter principally found near the top of the group. The beds are everv•
where highly disturbed and the bottom bed of the SabathU group is' a
peculiar ferruginous rock, which ia very well seen at Sabathu itself, and in
the shaly beds immediately overlying it there ill a seam of impure coaL
The coal is too impure and too cru~hed to be of an'y economic value,
Dagsh!l troup. The beds of t~c: Dagsha{ group proper consist almost exclusively of '
two distinct types ~f rock.. One _is a bright red or purple, homogeneous
clay, weathering into small rounded nodular lumps; the other a fine-grained
hard sandstone of grey ~r purplish colour. The passage from the DagslJ<I.t
to the K~sauH group. is perfectly transitional: indeed th~ distinction of the
two merely depends on the ab~.ence of the bright red nodular clays of the
Dagshai group.. .
Kuaull group.
The Kasaull group is essentially a sandstor.e fcrmation in "hich the
"GtPl"tY of argillaceous beds are quite subordinate in amount. The sandstones are
India," paft 351. mostly of grey or greenis~ colour and are as a rule more micaceous and at
times distinctly felspathic. The day bands are gritty, micaceous, and but
seldom shaly. At the upper limit of the Kaaauli group some reddish clay
bands are seen on the cart road to Simla. These clay bands are softer and
paler than. those of the Dags~ai group and resemble the clay of the lower
portion of the upper tertiaries n~ar K~lka.
The Sabithti group is most palpably of marine origin and of nummulitic
age as is shown. by the numerous f~ssils it ~ontains. Th~ Dagshai gr~up
has yielded no fossil, except some fucoid markmgs and annelid tracks! which
are of no use for
determining either the age or mode of origin of the bed's.
Fossils of oak ·leave~ and branches have been found near Dagshai by
Pandit Madho Ram of the Forest Department, Patiala, but the great contrast
of lithological character suggests a corresponding. chan~e of _conditions of
formation, and it is probable that they. were. deposited e1ther m lagoons or
salt-water lakes cut off from the sea or were of aub•aerial origin. The
Ka.sauli gr"'up has so far yielded no fossils, but plant remains, and this, taken
in conjunction with its general ·similarity to the. upper ~ertiary deposits,
renders it probable· tha~. i~ is composed of fresh-water, 1f not sub•aerial
deposits.. ··
'
1
t In Sanskrit Siw • the name of the god of Hindu mythology and alaJ ot al4 ... abode,
Mytholoi:ically supposed to be the abode of Siwa the name Siwalik h:u been applied by geo•
traphers to the fringing hills of the southern foot of the Him~lay'n range, and hu been
extended by t•ologista to that treat syttem of sub·ailial riter depoaita which containa remain•
of the" Fauna Antiqua Sivaltnsil.";
 7
PATIALA STATE. ] Flora. [ PART A.
.j

. The upper tertiaries are like the lower divided into, three groups. The . CHAP. I, ~·
lowest of these, known ~s the Na~an, consists of clays a?d sa?dstones, the De~~tlve.
former being mostly bnght red m colour and weathenng w1th a nodular
structure; the latter firm or even hard, and throughout the whole not a pebble ~=::~~:~
of hard rock is to be found. · Pala:ontolon~

The midd!e Siwalik~ consist .principally of .days, and s?ft sandstones, or " r. 1 fJlotY sf
sand rock 11·1th occasiOnal strmgs of small pebbles, wh1ch become more !Hd-i.,," t•t"
abundant towards the upper part till they gradually merge into the coarse 465·66.
conglomerates of the upper Siwaliks. The above classification, being
dependent on the lithological characters, not on the pala'!ontology, 'of the
beds, is not strictly accurate; however it seems certain that the three succes·
sive lithological stages do represent successive periods of time, though part,
of the conglomerate stage on one · section was certainly represented by a
part of the sand rock stage on another. ,~
At Ch<iil the uppermost group has been identified as consisting of
similar ingredients to those in the uppermost group of Simla. Shales, dark
day, in some places red clay, are the main compounds of this gr~up, the
underlying strata being similar to those of Krol. Iron ore is found in the
Asni stream bed.
At Rajgarh in parrana Keotan the uppermost group is composed of
black sandstone, and the underlying series of strata closely resemble those
of the Siwaliks. At Banasar in the parrana of NaH Dhatl the uppermost
group consists of hard gravel and sandstones, and the underlying strata.
appear similar to those of the Siwaliks. ·

FLORA.
Kikar grows abundantly in the Pawadh and Dun, and is used for various T
agricultural purposes. Beri is planted on wells and fields, and in Mohindar· reu.
-garb ni:uimat, Sunam, Sam~na and Sanaur there are groves of it. Banor·
and Sirhind, the eastern parts of the Pawadh, are noted for their mangoes.
T~e ~£pal, ~arot~ and nlm are pla?ted on we!ls arid .£>onds near villages,
pnnc1pally for their shade. The ntm 1s common m Mohmdargarh · its wood is
useful. Avenues of shisk1m have been planted along the canals a'nd of sir1 s
on the r~ad.sides. ~rrins is common near !illage sit~s an~ is u~eful for roofing.
The dhd IS fcund In marshy lands and blrs. The Jand,· llarzr reru and jd
are c?mmon in the Janga!, Bing~r and Mohindargarh tracts. Th~ Rhair, [Mtll
a~d. tndok ~re com.mon m Mohmdargarh, and the H.ajur (date-palm) in the
PmJaur Dun and m the Bet (Fatehgarh tahsil). A cdmprehensive lilt. of
the flora of the State is give-n· below:- - ·
 ......
·--~
:.a
"'·.a.

Br Pandit SuRder L&l Patbaclc, Conservator of Foreats, Patl,la State.

0
:z Vernacular aame. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. u-.
-;
..
'C

- --
fA
. ---
Treea and Shruba.
. -
• Kn~•
- Flacoutia aapida "
- Bixioea ... nu.
•
- Wood aeed for afrlcu!tural implemet~ta
and for maki~ combs, &c. Fruit
edible.
!I

~
K4ntl,.•y•
'
C/r,;,iwlli
-- Do. ramOGtclla
Xyloama lone:ifolia ...
···I
Do.
D<t. -~~
- ~er llilta
...
...
Ditto c1itto.
Wood aroma.tie, ased chieBy for fuel
and charcoal.

4 G•ntlhel11

BtWNtul
-... ~urraya koeni,ii

Limonia acidinima
t',<'
J ...
...
Rutaeee

~.
...
...
D111t, Loww }:Iiiia a ad Leaves aromatic, used to flavour curries
Bag hAt.
Do. do.
by•Mad{!s!s·
The hard yellow wood used for u:les of

' oil-pressers and rice-pounders. Locally

used for fuel. ·

' Baru ... Skimmia !aureola ... Do. .. Simla, Mab&so (common) Leaves have a stroztg oranie-like smell,
when Cl'll$hed.

' Bd4in .r Ddls ... Melia a.cedart.clt ... Meliacez ... Plains Dun (common) and Wood, yellowish soft, is used tometime•
Lower Hills (plant•d). for furniture. Bark and leaves for
l"~icine. An oil is extracted from
the ftuit.
t I
 8 Tuni (Hill Tun) Cedrela serrata Do. ... Jhabrot Kremli The -leaves· used for. fodder. The
wood light red and flesh coloured for
bridges and hoops of sieves.

9 Tun Do. toona Do. Plains and Lower Hills ... Timber highly.~ valued , for. furniture,
door-panels, and carving, &c.

10 Bhamhela Euonymus Hamiltonianus Celastracere or celastrinere Jh~brot, Fag~ N ir kand~ ·wo~d used for car.~ing spoon1:
branches lopped off for fodder.

:n Do. f!ariel~ Do. lacerus Do. do. Simla, Shah, Jhabrot Wood carved into spoons. Leaves and
and N arkanda. branches lopped for fodder. Seeds
........,
· strung up as beads.

u Do. tlo. Do. pendulus Do. do. Simla, Shah Wood ~a~ely used except fo~ fuel.

13 Do. tlu. Do. tingens Do. do. Simla, Kaimli andJhabrot Wo~d ~sed for fuel. The outer bark of
old stems·gives a yellow dye.

14 Doodoo Elreodendron·glaucum Do. do. Baghl!t and Lower Hills ... Wood used .for making ll.ads, and fuel
root believed to be a specific for snake·
bite, and bark used medicinally.

IS Rate/a Do. Roxburghii Do. do. Do. do. .. Wood used for fuei.

16 Kathtru Rhamnus triqueter Rhamnere Upper Hills ••• Wood capable of being used for agricul-
' tural implements~

17 Khanau,. Aesculus Indica or~Pavia Sapindacere_ Upper Hills (planted) Wood turned into cups, dishes and
platters. Fruit given to cattle and
goats and used for washing clothes.
JS Reetha { SapindusMukoross i
Do, emarginatus
J Do. Upper and Lower Hills ... Used medicinally and also for wash·
ing silk cotton clothes.

19 Kainju Acer caesium Do. Upper Hills, MaMsu Made into cups.
~ Kanjla Do. caudatum Do. Do, do. Wood seldom used except for fuel.
m 1harimun Do. cultratum Do. Jhabrot and Mah&su Wood used for making ploughs, bed-
steads and jampan poles and cups.
Leaves and twigs for fodder. _ _
>>u
.,.:z: c 0::c
"'< (I)
"'"' ~ >
<n> ::!., -a
~n
. "' '0 •
~ :-
.. ?.
CD
 Flora of Paft'd!a State showing tlte imporfa;zt Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruz'ts and Economz"c Trees and prindpal Grasses
and some Weeds-contiu'ued.

Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses.

";;;
•;:::

:~ --------- ----·------~:-:n~ubs-=i=~------~---------
Kainch/U Acer pictum Sapindace;e ... Jhabrot and Mah:isu •
~2 Parattgu Do, obiongum Do. ... Upp~HHI• ood MohO" Wood used for agricultural implements
and drinking cups.

~3 Kainju Do. villosum Do. ... Do. do. Wood used for fuel; leaves for fodder.

24 Sanatha Dodonaea viscosa Do. 1 Bagh.it and Lower Hills Makes excellent hedge; wood used for
fuel. Grows freely on dry slopes if
planted.
2.) Tung Rhus parviflora A nacardiace;e Hills s,ooo Fruit eaten and used in Hindu medicines.
20 Kak ... Do. cotinus Do. Do• Wood prized for carving.

!J7 Tatri Do. semi·alata Do. Simla and Mah~su Fruit often eaten by the hill people and
used medicinal!y,
Heart wood, is golden, highly esteemed

I
:!8 'KaHar Pistacia integerrima Do. BaghH and Lower Hills
for carving and all kinds of ornamental
work. Galls called kakar singhe are
used in native medicine.

og Y••c•• Odina wodier Do.

Hills. I
Dun, Bhag~t and Lower Leaves greedily eaten by cattle. Gum
exported. It can be easily ~;ropagat·
ed from cuttings.
 Spondias rnangifera Do. Dun Fruit made into pickle.
:JO Ambara
31 Dhak Butea frondosa Leguminosre BagM.t, Patiala, Lower Leaves used for fodder and are also used
Hills and Dun as plates. Yellow dye is obtained
from the flowers.

32 Sheun or shisham Dalbergia sissoo Do. BagMt, Dun and Plains .•• Wood used for nearly all purposes and
highly valued as timber.

Kural Bauhinia purpurea Do. Dun, Plains and Lower Wood used for implements, bark for
!13 Hills. tann~ng, leaves and buds for fod;ier.

Ditto variegata Do. Do. do. Wood used for implements, and flowers
34 Kachnor are eaten as currie.

Ditto racem.1sa Do. Do. do. Leaves acid and are used aJ fodder.
35 Papri (Khat.JI)
Kikar or babUl Acacia arabica Do. Plains and Dun Green pods and leaves used for fodder.
36
Bark for tanning and dyeing. Wood
for implements, tent-pegs, and used for
various purposes for timber, &c. Gum
obtained from the bark used medici-
nally.

37 Khai,- Do. catechu Do. Dun and Lower Hills ••• Wood ditto. l{athaobtained from the
heart-wood is eaten and is used for
tanning and dyeing.

:JS Phulahi Do. modesta Do.

Hills. l
Plains, Dun and Lower Wood used for implements, &c.

:19 Kdbli or 7Jalaiti kikas Do. farnesiana Do. Bagha.t and Lo\ver Hills Excellent perfume made from the flow-
ers,

40 Reru or khajura D-o. leucophlrea Do. Plains Wood used for fuel. Bark ground and
~ eaten mixed with flour,

41 Palulri kikaY Do. rupestris Do. - Plains and Hills •••I Wood used for fuel; bark for tanning;
lac obtained from branches.

'
 Flora of Pa!Ula Stale showlng !he lmporJant Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruits and Economic Trees and princlpal Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.

0
z Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses.

--- --·---------- ---------------- ------------ ____ .....__ _____ ----------------

Trees and Shrubs-continued.

42 Siri~ ••• Albizzia Lebbek Leguminosa:· Bagh:H, Plains and Dun Leaves and twigs lopped for camel
fodder. Wood used for sugarcane•
crushers, oil-mills, well-curbs, wheel-
work and furniture.

43 Do. ... Acacia odoratissima Do. ••• Plains and Dun Wood takes a fine polish and is used
like the foregoing. · ··

44 Valditi siris Do. stipulata Do. Plains and Lower Hills ••• Branches lopped for fodder. Wood suit-
able for tea boxes. Gum obtained
from the tree.

45 Chuhi · Do. julibrissiml Do. Baghat and Lower Hills •• Heart-wood, takes a good polish, and is
1 used for furniture •
. ' i ;•'·

46 Kat hi Indigofera pulchella Do. Do. do.· Branches used for fencing.

47 Kathe'l»at Do. Leterantha Do. Do. do. Leaves used' as fodder. for sheep and
goats.
• !

Twigs used as fodder for sheep and goats.

48 Sannan Ougeinia dalbergioides Do.
'·· Do. do.
· Gum obtained from the bark, and wood
used for implements, furniture and
building purposes.
 49 Robittia (False acacia) ... Robinia Pseud-acacia Do. Lower and Upper Hills Flowers white, fragrant, and wood lit for
(planted). fuel. An American tree planted in
hills.
so Ve!aiti emli (hedge- lnga dulcis Do. Plains (planted) · ••~ Branches used for fencing and wood for
wood). fuel. Pods for chatni,
Papri or Sukhchait~ Pongamia glabra Do. Dun Leaves used as fodder and wood as fuel.
~·
52 GulSharfi Poinciana regia Do. Plains (planted) Flowers fragrant, showy.

53 Gul Turra Do. pulcherrina Do. Do. do. Garden plant.

54 Laber Desmodium tilrefolium · Do. Upper Hills,Simla•Mah~su Leaves used as fodder.

55 Pajj12,Padam and Himt!· Prunus Puddum Rosa cere Lower and Upper Hills .. The branches, with the bark on, are used ~
laya cherry. for walking sticks and the fruit eaten.

s6 'jamroi Do Padus Do. Leaves lopped for fodder and the fruit
eaten. · ·

57 Ketla Pyrus Vi'-riQlosa Do. . BagMt and Lower Hills Wood used for walking sticks, combs
and tobacco pipes; fruit eaten ; and
leaves and twigs lopped for fodder.
58 Rauns Cotoneaster acuminata Do. Jhabrot and Mahbu Sticks are made from long straight
branches.
59. Gingaru Cratregres cremilata Do. Do. do. Makes good \Valking sticks.
60 Bukhar ka darakht Eucalyptus rostrata Myrtacere Plains, Bagh~t and Lower
Hills (planted).
l
' Wood used for timber. Oil obtained
61 . Dp: Do. citriodora Do. Hills and Plains (planted) from the leaves. The leaves used
] for medicines.
6a Do. Do. glvbulus .Do. Do. do. ..-.
63 Chilla Casearia tomentosa--' ~ .•.- · Samydacere Dmi; Bagh.at and Lower Wood. used for combs.
Hills.
The pounded
fruit is used to poisoning fishes.

... I Marlea be~oni.:efolia ·Cornacere

, . .1
Lower and Upper Hills...
'· -·• 1 • •. - 1' '
Wood used for building huts, and leaves
as fddder. ··
"'>-i
;;';:
>"tt
en;.: 0(1). 0
1m ""<
...
n
,.,
-
en ::t
>
~'I
o-jC'l
._,.
-
II> ,.,:.-
:s ::?
'g.
....
:;;:·
~- ~
 c n
..~;t._ ~i'
~~ m :c
~: :ln-o
g_ 1"~ 6- :0
I>
. '""' ::-
< .>
Flora of Patiala State showing the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, F,uits and Economic Trees and princz"pa! Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.
~

"tJ
~
>
I:""
-
+

>
Ul
~

~
Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses. t"J
&-I

---------- ------------------------------- ----------------

Trees and Shrubs-contin~ed,

65 Thutmd Cornus capitata Cornace;e Bagh~t and Upper Hills Wood used for fuel, and fruit eaten by
monkeys.

66 Baikar Do. oblonga Do. !,ower Hills and Siw'Iiks Timber of no special use.

6'] Kaksh Do. macrophylla Do. Upper Hills Charcoal employed in the manufacture
of gun-powder.

68 Irhedhalu Viburnum coriaceum Caprifoliace;e Simla, Bagh;H and Lower An oil is extracted from the seeds.
Hills.

6g Shobang Do. punctatum Do. Do. do. Wood used for fuel.

'}0 Barth'IJa Hymenodictyon excelsum Rubiace;e Dun and Lower Hills Wood used for impleme~ts, scabbards,
toys, &c.; bark for tanning; and leaves

l
as fodder.

Batha~a, Ratila or Chamlai Wendlandia exserta Do. Lower Hills and H urfpur Wood used for building and agriculture
implements.

'}2 Rara Randia dumetorum Do. Dun,

Hills.
Bagh~t
Il
and l.ower Wood used for implements, walking
sticks, fences and fuel. Leaves as

I fodder. U. nripe fru.it for poisoning fish.

Bark and fruit used in medicines.
13 Kaim Stephegyne parvifolia Rubiace;:e ••• Plains and Dun The wood used for making combs,
building, furniture and implements.
Leaves for fodder.

14 Haldu Adina cordifo!ia D?. Dun and Siw.liks The wood used for combs, furniture,
implements and opium boxes.

15 Sharar Hamiltonia suaveolens Do. Baghat and Lower Hills The charcoal used for making gun-pow·
Khushtala. der.

'6 .4yar ana arlana Pieris ovalifoija Ericace;:e Barogh to Jhabrot The leaves poisonous to goats and
camels ; used to kill insects. An
infusion made from them is applied in
• skin qiseases.

'21 Bras ... Rhododendron arboreum Do. Do. do. The wood chiefly used for fuel and
charcoal. Flowers eaten and applied
in headache. Tender leaves often
cooked as vegetable.

18 j'hanjara Myrsine africana Myrsine;:e Upper Hills The fruit (Babrang) is used in native
medicines. ·

'79 Lodh, Lojh Symplocos crataegoides Styracere Lower Hills The wood used for carving; leaves for
fodder. Leaves and bark make a yel-
low dye.
~0 Kau, liahu or •aitun ... Olea cuspidata or ferrugenea Oleace;:e Ajmergarh and N4H- Best wood for cogs of wheels, used for
dharthi, one tree. agricultural implements, cotton-wheels,
walking-sticks, in turning and for
combs. Leaves bitter and a good
fodder for goats. Fruit (pulp) eaten,
and oil extracted from it.
SJ Ke'lJJar or lleor ••• Holarrhena antidysenterica Apocynace;:e Dun, Bagh<it and Lower Bark, leaves and seeds used in rnedi·
Hills. cines ; the bark for dysentery ; wood
used for carving and turning.
S2 Karaunda Carrissa diffusa Do. Do. do. Fruit eaten. Wood hard, sometimes
used for making combs.

~...; >.,
en:.: 0 (')
....
~~
..
"'<
tzlrn
n-
CD
rn ::c
>
. ~·I :a
P> ""n
cn> ~
g.
..... :-
<
~
?>
 ~;? ·~ ()
::c
I>:a
1'1 ;:; fl)

~n ij'
.!" ~ ·~-· =-
:c;· >.
9>
....
Flora of Pafillla Slate showing lhe important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruits and Economic Trees and princifal Grasses ~ 0\
and some Weeds-continued. 0
f!;100
en
toi

. _Uses, __
~
~

__________________________________________________
Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality.
'--'
~.__,

Trees and-' Shrubs-continued.

Sl Kaner Nerhun odorum Apocynacere Plains and Lower Hills 1

(planted). I
J. Flowers fragrant.

~·
Gulecllin Plumeria acutifolia Do. Lower Hills and Dun
(planted).
ss Chamror Ehretia lrevis Borag;nere Dun and BagMt The wood u5ed for fuel and implements,
,
and leaves as fodder.
~ Akas nim Mi!Iingtonia hortensis Bignoniacere Plains.arwi Kalka Wood used for fuel.
57 Rohira
1.Wood usedfo~ impie~ents:
Tecoma undulata Do. Plains
ss Arni ~lerodendron•phylomoides Verbenacere Plains and Lower Hills .••
89 Dushanan Callicarpa macrophylla Do. Baghat and I:ower H ills Heated leaves applied as a cure in
1 ·-rheumatism.
go Ted Tectona grandis Do. (Planted) Plains Thnber. tree.

I
~~ Bajhol Machilus odoratissima :Laurinere Baghat and Lower Hills Wood not much used.
92 Suon Lits:ea lanuginosa Do. Do. do. ~ood yellow when first cut.

93 SktJral Litsa:a consimilis Do. Mahasu ••• F1rewood. ·•

 .Shurar Litsea Zeylaucea ••• , Do. Do. Ditto.
94 Gdi Bridelia montana ..• Supharbiace;e Bagh<it and Lower tJills Wood used for curbs, agricultural im-
plements and buildings. Leaves lop-
• ped for fodder. ,
95 £alp a# Poinsepia pulcherrina Do. Plains and Dun (planted) Garden plant.
g6 1C'l1Japota Putranjiva roxburghii Do. Kamli and L()wer Hills ••• Nuts worn by women during pregnancy
to prevent abortion. Wood used for
tools and turning, leaves for fodder, and
nuts strung around children's necks,
and Rasdeg is m>de from seed.
97 Kamal Mallotus philippinensis Do. BagMt and Lower Hills Wood used for fuel, bark. for tanning,
and the fruit dust (kam{la) used for
dyeing silk and in medicines.
:gs Gargas Securinega lencop-yrus Do. Do. do. Wood chiefly used for fuel and the fruit
eaten.
99 Imroi Ulmus wallichiana Do. Lower and Upper Hills •• Leaves used for fodder. Bark gives a
strong fibre. Wood capable of fine
polish.
10) Paprt Do. integrefolia Do. Dun Wood employed for roof, also used for
carts, door-frames and spoons.
_:101 Kharak Celtis Australis Do. Lower and Upper Hills •• Wood used for carts, whip handles, &c.,
and leaves lopped for fodder.
J02 Khagshi Trema politoria Do. Dun and Lower Hills Bark gives a strong fibre. Leaves lopped
for fodder and serve as sand paper for
polishing wood.
_J03 Si1zgar Boehmeria rugolosa Do. Baghat and Lower Hills The wood used for making bowls and
dairy utensils. r--1

10-f IS~haru Do. or Debregeasia Do: Do. do.

I
·zos Gutar or duahta
bicolar.

;; 1Ficus glomerati Do. Do. do. Leaves used as fodder. Fruit boiled and
eaten in times of famine.
>.,
fi>:Z:
"'><
PlrA
n-
-tn
ra>-
• r
 >'"0
....... (1)t:l 0::c
11>\:1:
......
n- ~ >
.
,..n
."'> '0~-I •."0
..... :::"
<" .>
.g>
'Flora of Patz'J.la State showing the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruz'ts and Economz't Trees and pdndpal Grasses 00
· · and some Weeds-continued.

Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses.

- ----·--------------------------- ----------- ---------------

Trees and Shrubs-continued.

105 Ba.- 1Jarota ••• Ficus bengalensis Euph~rbe~ceae BagMt and Plains Hills The wood used for well curbs ; leaves
and twigs as fodder ; and milky 1uice
for bird-lime. •- ·
107 7arphal Do. Cunia Do. Do. Lower Hills .• , Fruit eaten Fibres of the bark used for

···/ ropes. Leaves as fodder and for pol-

ishing wood.
108 Plpal Do. religiosa Do. Do. Plains and Worshipped and held sacred by Hindus.
Lower Hills. Leaves and branches used for fodder ;
wood for packing cases and charcoal .
109 Turmal or Tremmel ..I Do. roxburghii or macrophylla Do. Baghit and Lower Hills ... Fruit eaten, and the leaves used for fod-
der and as plates.
110 Pilkan Do. rumphii Co. Plains ... Shady.
1
'Ill Kunch Alnus obtusifolia Cupuliferae Hills ... 'i:oond s~:l~i:;r making charcoal, for
112 Kuhi, aUs Do. nepalensis Do Do. ••• Bark used for tanning and dyeing, and
I
the fruit medicinally. ·
~uercus Jhabrot ... Leaves used for fodder. Wood for imple·
"•) F'". dilatata Do.
1
ments, building, axe-handles, walking·
sticks and jhampan poles.
114 Ban Do. incana Do. Bagh't and Upper Hills .•• / Wood makes a good fuel, and is used
for building and ploughs. Acorns
eaten by bears, monkeys and squirrels.

115 Kharshu Quercus semcarpifolia Cupuliferae Jhabrot Leaves used for fodder, and acorns eaten
by,bears.

u6 Bani Do. annulata Do. Baghat and Lower Hills Uses similar to those of Bdn.

117 Shinroi or chen~kare;k Carpinus viminea Do. Upper Hills Hard wood used for fuel, and much
esteemed by carpenters.

uS Kail ••• Pinus excelsa ... Conifereae ••• Jhabrot and Kaimli Sap-wood gives .resin. Wood of stumps
used for torches, and tar and pitc!l ex-
tracted from it.

119 CMl Do. longifolia Do. ••• Lower and Upper Hills... Wood used for building. Economic
uses, Seeds eaten, sap-wood yields
resin; bark ghes good charcoal.
120 Kelun or Deodar ••• Cedrus deodara Co. ••• Chail, jhabrot and Kaimli Timber tree. Wood used for buildings
and sleepers, most durable, proof
against ·white-ants. An oil is ex·
tracted from the wood.
121 Rdi Picea morinda Do. Jhabrot Wood used for planks and packing
cases and bark for water troughs.
122 Pindrom Abies Pindrow ro. Do. Wood not very durable.
123 Tkona or Tkanera T axus baccata Do. Do. Wood is used for bows, carrying poles
and furniture, and the fruit eaten.
124 Gulla ••• Cupressus torulosa Do. Do. Wood used for buildings; is excellent
for sleepers and burnt as an incense
in temples
125 Kashmal Berberis Lycium Berberideae Throughout Upper Hills An extract from the stem and roots is
used in medicines.
126 Chatra Aristata, Do. . Do.
127 i(aka'IJa Podophyllum emodi ... I Do. Chebbrat.

>'1:1
"'0:
"'<
l'l<n
o-
"'o
<n>
• C"
 t:)'
0

- --- ~~...... (W'''"'l'W-~~ .

·o
z
a;
Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality, Uses.
'ii
Vl

----------------T-:=~hru===-~----------- --------------
128 Chopru (holly) Ilex dipyrena llicinere Baghat and Uppe~ Hills Wood chiefly used for fuel.
129 Shen, sain or assa>t Terminalia tomentosa Combretacere Bhagat and Lower Hills Wood an excellent fuel, gives good
charcoal, and is used for building,
implements, &c. The bark is used for
tanning
130 Chhal ... Anogeissous Jatifolia Do. Do. do. Wood is used for construction, furni-
ture, implements and cayr_Ying poles
and other purposes requmng tough-
ness and elasticity.
131 Saldr ... Boswellia thurifera ••• Burseracea: ... Dun and Lower Hills ••• Heart-wood (ebony) used for orna-
mental purposes and charcoal ; wood
used for fuel. Gum resin used in medi-
cines.
132 Kharpal Garuga pinnata Dun Leaves used for fodder.
Do.
133 Frash Tamarix orientalix Tamariscinere Plains wood used for fuel.
134 Bed majmSn or beo Salix babylonica Salicinere Lower and Upper Hills... Wood fit for cricket bats.
135 Bhail Do. elegans Do. Jhabrot Wood used as fuel and leaves as fodder.
 "tJ
>
J36 /Jed laila ... Salix tetrasperma ... Salicicna: Lower and Upper Hills .•• Wood used for gun-powder, charcoal,
posts and planks, and twigs made into
~
;;:
t""
baskets. >
CJ)
Bhaum Do. wallichiana Do. Do. do, Branches made into baskets and twigs ~
137 used as tooth-brushes. ~
~
Wood used for water-troughs and .._..
rss PaMri plpal, ehdlaun Populus ciliata Do. Jhabrot
leaves as fodder for goats.

139 I Kendu Diospyros montana Ebenacere Plains and Lower Hills ... Wood good for furniture, &.nd leaves as
fodder.

J40 Burna Crataeva religiosa Capparidere Plains Fruit used medicinally.

141 Hins or ulta Capparis horrida Do. Plains and Dun Wood used as fuel. Twigs, leaves and
shoots greedily eaten by elephants.
~
~
Kar{r Do. do. aphylla Do. Plains. "'t
142
::-
143 Hins (variety) Do. sepiaria Do. Do. Makes an excellent hedge.

144 Kasurina Casuarina muricata Casuarinaere Plains and Dun (planted) A very good timber tree.

145 Vilaiti ruM Grevillea robusta Proteacea: Do. do. Showy wood, used as timber.

146 Dhaura Lagerstroemia parviflora Lythracea: Dun (plan!ed) Wood used for agricultural implements
for construction, buggy shafts and
axe-handles. The bark and the leaves
for tanning. · .,>
r-t

147 Rukmanjee Do. Indica Do. Plains and Lower Hills It is a garden showy tree. :00
~

-
(pia nted).
~ Q

>"t::
Ul=
""-<
cq.,.
n-
o,~n
Ul>
• &"
 >"'I tJ
..... m n~
......
"'ll:
n-

-ai"'',.
o-tn
~i:
'0
....
<
-
..

.>
Flora of Patidla State showing the important Forest Trees, Skruos, Fruz"ts and Economic Trees and princz'pal Grasses
~
., ~
~
~
and some Weeds-continu~d.
>
r-
;II>
{I)
""i

Vernacular name. Botanical mme. Natural order. Locality. Uses.

~
~
......
------------- ---------------------------- ------------ ------------------
I
Trees and.Shrubs-conduded.

,,, Woodfordia floribunda ... Lythrare:e ••• Lower Hills and Dun .., Wood chiefly used for fuel. Flowers
give a red dye, and the bark used in
native medicine.

149 Champa ... Michelia champaca ... Magnoliace;e ... Lower Hills Shady, flowers fragrant, and wood used
as timber.

rso Muchkund Ptetospetmum acerifolium ... Sterculiace:e ... Planted Ditto ditto.

151 Hingu Balanites roxburghii ••• Simarube:e ... Plains "'I W~od used as fuel. Oil expressed from
. the seeds .. Pulp used to clean silk in
Rajputana, Seeds, bark and leaves
used medicinally,
152 Ldlchitra or chlta ... Plumbago zeylonica Plumbaginace:e Plains, Lower Hills
and lo\\ er valleys.

153 Bui ••• \ Francceuria crispa ... Compositoe ... Plains Eaten by cattle,
 .Elora cj Patiala Slilll showing tl<e important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruz·ts and Economz': Tree; and prin:ipal Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.
By Pandit Sunder L!l Pathack, Conservator of Forests, Patialil State.

Vernacular name. Botanical name. N a! ural order. Locality. Uses,

"';;
-~
en
-----------~-----------------
~- '

Fruit Trees and Plants.

Btri Zizypbus jujuba i'lains and Lower Hills, Wood used for agricultural implements
~
1 ... Rhamnere
Khud and Bhagit. and fuel ; gives very good charcoal.
Fruit is eaten ; branches and leaves ""
"t
~
lopped for fodder and lac produced
on branches
2 Bil lEgle Marmelos ... Rutacere ... Plain and Lower Hills ••• Fruit dry, stringent.

Zizyphus oxyphy!la Rhamnere Hills and Khhuds Fruit acid The wood, fruit and roots
used as medicine as blood purifier.

Do. nummularia Co. Plains and Dun Fruit eaten, leaves used for fodder and
branches for fencing. Roots setve
as safe binding. ,.-,
Mangifera Indica Anacardili. cere Plains, Dun and Lower The tree chiefly valued for its fruit; 'i:l
Hills. wood used for making doors, windows, >
~
furniture and for tea boxes, '1
~ t.J
(..11

?..~ >"0
c (')
~ e,_.... "'<
U>:C

o- 0en >
!>len
:c
(1)

!"i. "'""
. ,.,:!.I :0
~n

..... ....;..
~

llf
:s
~ <
CD ?"
 >., c n
.....
<A::C
"'<
n-
CD
~
':C
::!., )>"0•
-
.. n
,.:.
. r 'tJ
....
<
~ >
.
F/ot'a of Patid..ia State showing the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruits and Econ~mzc Trees and principal Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.

Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Use3.

------------ ---------------------------------------------------
Fruit Trees and Plants-continued.
6 Badam (almond) Prunus Amygdalus •• , Ro,.~• Upper Hills Fruit valuable•

Seo, seb {apple) Pyrus Malus ••• Do. Do. no. ~·

7 ~-
"t
~
8 Katha seb Do. Do. Do. Sour fruit.

A8he or Achhu Rubus paniculatus Do. Bagh't and Lower Hills .•• Fruit eaten,

9 Khubcini (apricot) Prunus armeniaca Do. Hills.

I 0 Hir (r.spberry} Rubus flavus Do. Lower and Upper Hills ... Fruit eaten; ha' an agreeable flavour.
There are several varieties-
R. niveus. ·
R· rnacileutu3.
R ellipticus.
R. biflorus
R. hsiocarpus.

II Edobotrya Japonic& Do. ... Plains and Dun,

u A.ru Ot' !.atllct'o (peach) - Prunus Persica Do. Plains and Lower and
Upper Hills,

13 Naspati (pears) ........ Pyrus communis Do. Plains and Hills.

14 A/Ucha (plum) ~ Prunus communis ... Do. Plains, Dun and Upper Fruit.
Hills.

15 !Jilti (quince) Pyrus Cydonia Do. Dun and Lower Hills Do.

15 Paja (Him~lay~n cherry) Prunus puddum Do. Lower and Upper Hills ·•• Fruit eaten ; branches are usea for
walking sticks,

17 Chtrt'y Do. cerasus Do Upper Hill Fruit.

18 Pallu Pyrus Kuma~n Do. Hills.

19 Kaintl' ... Do. variolosa Do. I

i
BagMt and Lower and Fruit eaten; leaves and twigs lopped
Upper Hills. for fodder, and the wood for walking
sticks, combs and tobacco pipes,

20 Strawberry Fagaria vesca Do. Hills.

2I Jareth Pyru; baccata Do. Hills and cultivated land Fruit (sour) eaten:

22 PalutJ Do. lanata Do. Do~ do. Fruit eaten when half rotten, and the
wood used for boxes.

>..,
ua:Z:
"'"'
"'"'
o-
.
>in
.,.>
~
 >.,
... :.: t7 n
... < ~ :c .
"'"'
n- () >
~n
.,>
• r ::!.f :a
~=­
<
!D •>
Flora of Patiala State s!wwing t!ze important Forest Trees, Shruos, Fruits and Econofm'e Tncs and princlpal Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.

0
z V ~rnacular name, Botanical name. Natural .order. Locality, Uses.
-a
·.:
.,
w
-~---------..------------------- .-....-..--~-~

Fruit Trees and Plants-continued,

23 Amrltcl (guava) Psidium Guava Myrtacez Plains and Dun.

24 1&min Eugenia jambolana Do. Plains, BagMt and Lower Fruit' edible ; wood used for building,
Hills. implements and well furniture, es-
pecially suitable for use under water.
Bark used for tanning and dyeing, and
in medicines,
!15 1amDJa Do. vuiety Do, Do. do. Ditto ditto.
25 Gul&b jdmin (rose apple) Do, rose a Do, Plains and Dun Ditto diLto.
Runyammu Jamboo operculata Do. Plains,
27 Karuincla Carissa ca.randas Apocynacez Plains.and Dun,
28 Goncldni C-ordi~ rothii Boraginea: Plains Fruit edible ; wood used as fuel.

29 l'hegura (fig) Ficus virgata Urticacea: Plains and Hills Fruit edible: leaves used for fodder and
serve as plates.

30 Afftir Do. carec."L

···I Do, Plains and Dun Fruit.
 31 Trimal Ficus roxburghii Do, - BagM.t and Lower Hills Fruit edible; leaves used for fodder and
serve as plates,

32 Kimo (mulberry) Morns Indica Do. Lower and Upper Hills... Fruit edible; leaves feed silkworms.

33 TzU (mulberry) Do. ·alba Do. Plains Fruit edible; leaves used as fodder and
branches for making baskets,
34 Kimu (mulberry, Hill) ... Do, serrata Do. Hi !Is.

!IS Tutri (mulberry) Do. parvifolia Do. Plains and Lower Hilts.

35 Khajur Phrenix sylvestris Palme<e Plains Fruit eaten; leaves made into mats ;
and sugary sap extracted from the tree
in Bengal,
~7 Do. ... Do, dactylifera Do. Plains (planted).

!18 Katnel (jac tree) Artocarpus integrifolia: Urticacea: Plains and Dun.
!19 Badlzal (monkey fruit) ••• Do. Lakoocha Da, Do.
40 ..tkhrot ( wa!r.ut) Juglans regia Juglande.e Lower and Upper Hms.
41 Kaiphal (box myrtle) Myrica sapida Myricacea: BaghAt and Lower Hi!Js.
42 Mitha-Khanor (chestnut) Castanea vesca Cupulifera:: Upper Hills.
43 Khimri (kauki) Mimusops Indica Sapotacere Plains.
4J Chtra'f!Jji Buchanania latifolia Anacardiacea: Dun (planted)
45 La~ usa Cordea Mxya Boraginea: Plains and Duo ••• , Fruit and medicine.
"'
>'U
-.... . ,. ::!.,c :an:c>
l-2'
:0 - ·
CII:Z:
""<
......
~
(I)

P:;r
CD

::0
g.
!J;:;
<n>

.... :;a· ..i'> -

'0

~
-
 ~..., >"'d 0
u>:C C').
~ 2~
... n...... :c
.,o< (!)
!.A .... (J)
-
>
~-I
ot<>
~ ... >
:: • <"' .:0
.... :;-<
.
110
g. <"~ ?>
Plora of Patia!a Sial~ snozoing the· important Forest Trees, Shru_bs, Fruits am/ Economic Trees and princz'pal Gras us .,
~
1.7
():)
ana some Weeds-continued. >
t"'"
;po
Ul
...;
0 ~
z Vernacular 11ame. Botanical name. Natural order:.. Locality, Uses, r"
1-J

Fruit Trees and Plants-concluded.

45 Jfitka tendr• Diospyros melanoxylon ... Ebenace.e ... Plains and Oun Ebony tree;

47 Tendz4 Vo. montana !::!

"""'t-
~
481 Kt:t!z (elephant apple) Feronia elephantum Rutace.e Plains and Dun.

49 Bajzfri nimboo (lt>mon) .., Citrus medica Do. ... Plains and Lower Hills.

so Rangtra (orange) Do. aurantium Do. Do. do.

51 Cha!wtra Do. decumana Do, Do. do. ... Pomelto.

......
52 Kemu (sour lime (tmanj)) Do. acida Do. Do, do,
.,>
53 Phd!m Grewia Asiatica Tiliace.e Plains and Dun. :>3
"i

54 LieU Nephelium Lichi Sapindacere Do.

?:
ss Anar or ddru oH t Punica Granatum·
I
Lythrace:e ... I
Plains and Hills Pomegranate.

s6 :fa! or ~t'a rt Salvadora oleoides Salvadorace:e Plains Fruit very sweet and eaten ; dried
fruit is an article of trade. Leaves
used for fodder for camels and the
51 Watf Do. Persica Ditto Do. wood as fuel.

ss Kamr.1klz Averrhoa Carambola Geraniace:e Plains and Dun.

S9 Arind lclza,1n:ja Carica rapaya Passiflore:e Papaya.

60 S!tadfa Anona squamosa Anonace:e Plains and Lower Hills ••• Custard apple.

6J A11gur (vine) Vitis vinifera Ampelidre Do. do.

62 Ampeacll Clausena \Vampi Rutace:e · Dun and Plains Warn pi.

63 Kela (plantain) Musa p1radisiaca Musace:e Plains and Lower Hills.

64 Sharauli Corylus colurn'l Cupulifer:e Planted Upper Hills Hazelnut.

6S DdU (gr~pes) Ribes rubrum Saxifrage:e Hills.

.,I
66 EmU

u,••
Tamarindus fndica

Bassea latifoli:J.
Leguminos:e

Sapotace:e
Plains and Dun

l?la.ins and Lower Hills •••

Fruit and medicine•

Fruits; seed.

>.,
rn:c
"'<
Cltn
n-
"'n
(D>
• r
 r
::s
~;: 0
""<(I)
~~ ~
n
~.
.g. I :0
0

a •<if~I'"
ii'
1- rP ...

¥ ~ ~
Flora oj Patiala State slunving the importmzt Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruz'ts and Economz'c Trees and prlnci'pal Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.
By Pandit Sundar L41 Patha.tk, Conservator of Forests, Patiala. State

~l
--
(/)
Vernacular name.

-~------
Botanical taame.

-------------------------
N.atural order. Locality. Uses.

Economic Plants.

1 Simbar ... Bombax malabaricum ... Mal"r.a.ce<e ... Dun Calyx of flower buds eaten, silky woof

\
obtained from the fruits used to stuff
pillows and quilts. ~-
<:>

2 Pula Kydi1 calycina Da. •.. Baghtit and Lo~e: HIDs Wood used for fuel only and the bark
"'t·
!'.

·-I
for cleaning sugar.
3 Behal Grewia oppositifolia -.•• , Tiliace.e Bagh<t,
Hills. o.. .,. Upper \
I Wood used for car-shafts and 6anghy

4 Dhdman Do. ,elastica oo; Dun

J
~ poles, leaves for fodder, fibres for
rope-making. The fruit is eaten,
i
S Chauldi Amaranthus variety Amarantace.e Plains and Hills .•• ·. Pot-hero.
i
6 Bil or Bail iEgle Marmelos Rutace.e. BagMt, Dun and Lower, Wood used for naves of cart-wheels and
Hills. the pulp of the fruit used medicinally.
r-T

•I
1 Harmal Peganum. harmala Do. Plains Seeds used medicinally. "1j·

Zanthosylum alatum- Do; Bagh!tand Lower Hills Walking sticks and clubs are made from ,.
>
T<i!•l the stem and the fragrant twigs used o-1
as tooth brushes, ?>
 Melia Indica ... Meliace:e Plains and Dun Ex~ellent timber: bark And leave!! u~ea .,
>
~ Nlm medicinally, oil expressed from the
fruit, and the wood used for making ::!
idols. >
r-

-
)lo

JO Malkangni Celastrus paniculata ... Celastrinez Dun and Lower Hills ... The leaves and seeds are used in native
medicines ; an oil extracted from the
00
·~
seeds has a great medicinal virtue; also >
~
used in burning. !'1
11 Bhander Zizyphus xylcpyra ... Rhamnez ... Plains Bark used for tanning and the leaves for
fodder. The fruit is used as a black
1-1

dye for leather.

12 Plndara ... Erythrina suberosa Leguminosz Lower Hills Wood used for making scabbards, sieve
f.rames, &c.

J3 Alis or ama'-tas ;.. Cassia fistula Do. ... Bagh!t, Dun and Plains Wood extremely durable, excellent for
posts, carts and implements ; pulp of
the ripe fruit is a strong purgative ; ~
~
twigs lopped for fodder, and the bark
used for tanning. ~.
J4 Kachnar Bauhinia variegata Do. ... Dun and Plains Leaves used for fodder and flower-buds
eaten•

Tephrosia purpura. Do. ... 1Dun Plant medicinal, and the twig3 used for
lS Bans a basket-making.

.,
J5 Khejra or jantl
/nJli (or tamarind)
Prosopis spicigera.
Tamuindus Indica
Do.
Do•
... Plains
Plains and Dun
Wood used for fuel and pods a.s food.
Wood excellent for turning and used
for wheels, mallets, planes, rice-pound•
ers and oil and sugar mills ; fruit eaten
and used in medicines, Leaves make
,._,
18 Caroll tree Ceratonia siliqua. Do. Dun (planted)
an agreeable curry.

Pods edible.
.,
>
lill.
Camels like it as fodder an<l latHs or --1
)9 '/afllasa (Camel thorn) Alhagi Maurorum Do. Plains
screens are made of it.

~
8
>~
rn:Z: tJ
(D n
~
.-
c,.,

= "'<
"'"" (R :c
,ol>.'"a
0 n-
ac;·
>in
,>
.., - ~
-....~ '-..2-:
:::!.

Pi"
;:I
;i
 ~ n.
:c
6· I>
(l)

-
0

<"
:a
:-
>
!D •.
Flora of Patiala State showlng the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Frutts and Economz"c Trees a1td pri~tcipal Grasses
;:' imd some Weeds-continued.

z0 Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order, Locality. Uses,

ca
•t
-ttl
------.----- -------------· ------·-----~; ------.--:-- -------------
20-

21
Murab
Bhc11al
Plants-continued.
...
p, insepia utilis
Economic
Desmodium floribundum :. I
~••
l.ogumiu"z
Rosacea::
.
Upper Hills (j,OOo) Fodder.
B'lghat and Lower and It is used for hed~ing. An oil expressecl
Upper Hills, from t!1e seeds 1S chiefly used for burn-
ing and food.
22 Jfat Cotoneaster microphylla Do. Do. do. The branches used for making baskets
and the fruit very sweet.
"'"
23 llarSingar Nyctanthes Ar~or-tristis ... Oleacea:: .. Do. do. The wood used for fuel, leaves for polish.;
ing wood and in medicines ; orange-
dye obtained from the flowers.
24 Lasura Cordiamyxa ... Boraginea:: Dun and Plains The wood used chiefly for fuel, fibre of
. the bark made into ropes, fruit eaten,
its pulp used as bird lime, and leaves
used as plates. ·
25 SamMlu Vitex regundo Verbenacea:: BagMt and Lower Hills Roots and leaves used in native medi-
cines and the branches and twigs for
basket-making. ~

26 Kumar Gmelina arborea Do. Dun and Siwaliks Root, fruit and the bark used medi-
cinally.
· ~7 Kapur (camphor tree) ... Camphora officinalis Lauracea:: ;;. Plains and Dun (planted) Medicinal propertie! known.
23 Aunla . .i Phyllanthus Emblica ... Euphorbiace;e ... Baghfit and Lower Hills The wood gives excellent charcoal and
bark .and fruit used for tanning and also
medicinally and the fruit eaten.
!!9 Tarcharhl St.illingea sebifeu. Vo. Plains and Dun (planted) Tallow tree.
:JO Arund Recinus communis Do. Plains and Dun The oil extracted from the seed which
is used medicinally as purgative and
used in lamps.
:Jl Tlwr Euphorbia Royleana Do. BagMt and Lower Hills Milky juice used for blistering and
several other medicinal uses.
32 Bhabar (Nilghery nettle) Urtica heterophylla Urticace;.e Lower and Upper Yields a valuable fibre.

33 Rhya - I Boehrneria nivea Do. Dun (planted} furnishes a textile fibre of great value.

34 Slharu Boehmeria salicifolia or macro- Do. Lower Hill and Khuds Fuel.
phylla.
:JS Bhang Cannabs Indica Cannabinacez Lower and Upper Hills Yields charas and HimAlay.ln hemp
fibre.
36 Las !tar Delphinium brunonianum Ranunculace;.e Upper Hills Musk plant.

Do. vestitum. Do.

37 Atls Aconitum heterophyllun Do. Do. Roots employed as a. tonic and feb-
rifuge.

38 Ka (nett:e tree) Celtis Criocarpa Ulmace<e Upper Hills and Simla.. Bark used for making shoes.

39 Rubber Ficus elastica Urticace::e Do. (planted) India rubber plant.

40 Sarch Hippophre sallcifolla Elregnacere Dun Berries form a good preserve mixed
with sugar.
41 Keimri Ficus Carica Urticace;.e Plains and Hills Fruit edible, leaves used for fodder,
juice for making curds.

42 I
Kdgiji (Paper mulberry) Bronssonetia papyrifera. Do. "• Plains and Dun (planted) I
Leaves and bark used for making paper.

0 C"l
mx
01)>
-c •"'0
::!.
...< -
>
~- .
 'I'! >""
.,:c
g ......
"a ,....,
0 "'"'
... -
:n· ...,>...
.
~

::"
"t1 ~
Flora of PatUla State sko.wing the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, FruUs and Economz'c Trees and prt'ntipal Gn~sses >
'"'! ~

and some Weeds-continued. ;:

r--
>
en
'"'!
>
'"'!
Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses. !'1
._..

--------- --------------------------------
Economic Plants- continued.

43 Kuhi or Atis ;... Alnus nepalensis ... Cupulifer:e Lower and Upper Hills ••• Fru;t (otis) medicine. Wood used for
bedsteads and hooked sticks in rope
bridges and the leaves for tanning and "lot
~
dyeing. "<;
~
Bam Dendrocalamus strictus Gram!De:e Dun and Lower Hills Used for basket-making and manufac~
44
ture of furniture.

45
46
Pahari Mns or Bansi
Pila Dhdridur b4ns
Bambusa arundinacea arandinaria
utelis.
Bam busa sriata
['o.
Do.
Dun and Lower Hills'
Dun
l Used for wicker-work, &c.

47
48
Chotra llushmal
Ditto
Berberis Lycium
Do. aristata
••• , Berberide:e
••• Do
Upper Hills
Bagh!.t and Lower Hills
l An extract (Ra~td) is prepared from
the root.

Used medicinaHy.
49 Papra (Pit Papra)
~ C=ifo~z
Fumaria parviflora Hills
••
•. so Sawanjna Moring& pterygosperma ••• Moringea: Pla'ns and Lower Hills ... Leaves, flowers and fruits are eaten as ..-.
a vegetable. Leaves also lopped for "t1
fodder. Gum obtained from the bark. >
,a
Roots used medicinally. '"'!

51 Nali ... Ipomoea reptans •w Convolvulaceae ... Plains (vegetable). ?'

sa Abs bel (1alrawal) Cuscuta reflex& Do. Do. (Climber.) Seeds officinal. Flowers
pleasant and have a powerful scent.

!13 Basuti 010 B4n6a

-· Adhatoda vasica Acanthacea: Do. Leaves and flowers used in medicines.
Wood for gunpowder and charcoal.
Horses are very fond of the leaves.

54 Bahn:a Terminalia bellerica Combretacea: Do. and Dun Fruit myrabolans of commerce. Wood
used for packing cases and building.

55 liarr Do. Chebul• Do. Dun Fruit myrabolans of commerce and

native medicine.

s6 Sait {;,_ Daphne papyrace• Thymelceacet» Lower and Upper Hills... Paper made out of the fibrous bark.

!17 Yhaoo Tamarix dioica Tamariscinea: Plains Wood used for fuel and branches for
making baskets.

sa Moln»a Bassia latifolil\ Sapot.lcea: Plains and Lower Hills Flowers eaten. Spirit extracted from
them. Fruit is eaten, It also gives a
thick oil which is eaten, burnt and
also used to ad~lterate ghi.

59 Mliluls11ri Mimusops Elengi Do. Plains and Dan Flowers give a very fragrant smell and
are used for garlands.

6o Amlu (mountain sorrel) Xyria reniformis Polygonacea: Upper Hills Used as a native remedy.
(il Amlora (sorrel) Rumex hastatus Do. Do. Widely distributed.
6~ PhoK Col!igonum polygonoides Do. Plains Flowers eaten by men, stalk used as
fodder for camels and the root as fuel.
C5,3 All Calatropis gigantea Asclepiadea: Do. ) Makes a good pillow stuffing; fibres
I of the bark are used for string.
} Wood made into charcoal for
gunpowder and roots used medi-
~ Do.
... J
Do. procera Do. Do. •••
IJ cinally.
 Flora of Pati4la State showing the •'mportant Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fru(ts and Economic Tt-ees and prittcipal Grasses 'ij Co2
0\
;!j
and some Weeds-continued. >
t"'
- >
Ul
~
>
zcl
~
Vernacular name: 13otanical name. Natural order. Locality. Us~. ~
~ .._.
li
--- ---------- ---------------------- ------------------------
Vl

Economic Plants-concluded.

65 Bedmush!J Sal"x caprea S~licine;e Planted.

66 Ka.-lr . ... Capparis aphylla Capparidere Plains ... Fruit pickled.
67 Landar (Lodh) Symploeos panniculata Styracacere Upper Hills ... Used in dyeing with madder.
68 Gudgudala Sterculia villosa Stercu!iacere Dun ... Fibrous bark is used for rope-making.
69 Maror phal Helicteris Isora Do. Do. ... Fruit used medicinally.
70 Kurro Gentiana kurroo Gentianacez Lower and Upper Hills Root medicine.
71 Kurand Bath11 Chenopodium murale Salsolacez Hills ... Used as fodder ; seeds medicinal.

12 Lana or Salsula Anabasis multiflora [.'o, Plains ... 1 Camel fodder ; used for the preparation
13 B&tku Chenopodium album Do. Do. pot herb) ... of saji (soda).

74 Tumba (Kaurtuma) Cucumis or citrullus colocynthis,., Cucurbitacez Do. ... Fruit extensively used as a ~rgative for
hor.es. Seeds and pulp medicinal.

75 Kachri, chibhar Do. pubescens Do. Plains

Fruit eaten.
76 Batt iarela Momordica charantia Do. Lower Hills and Plai:,J
 Flor11 of Patit!la State thofl!ing the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruits and Econ3mt'c Tnes and principii! Grasses
and some Weeds-continued.
By Pandit Sundar L'l Pathaek, Conservator of Forests, Pati41a State.

6
z Vernacular name, Botanical name. Natural order, Locality. U!res.

--- ----------- ------------- ----·-------1·------ --------------

·!Grasses and Weeds.

GaAssa:s.

Bar• Sorghum Hatepense Graminere Plains, Siw.11iks and Lower Eaten by cattle, sometimes with bad
Hills. effects.
2 A.njats Andropogon rwaraneausa Do. Plains Used as fodder for cattle; oil is also
extracted; a syrup is also obtained
from it which is used medicinally.

3 Mirchagarulh Do. Schoenanthu Do. Siw~liks Used medicinally.

4 Palf»art or pal- Do. annulatus Do. Plains I

Excellent fodder for bullocks and horses
when green.

s PamJJ Do. muricatum Do. Plains, Dun and Siw.11iks Used for th~tching.

6 Duo or lush.~ Poa or Eragrostis cynosuroides Do, Plains and Dun The sacred grass used sometimes for
ma·,ing sieves.
 ~~ ~: t:l n
z.:: :!:,lfi~ m
t-:: 0
:c
)o
:; !"~ .5·1 :a
~ ...... :-
!D .>
<
c.>
Flora. oj PaHala. State showing tke important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruits and Economic Trees and principal Grasses "000
and some Weeds-continued. ~
r>
>

s
Ul

_________ ______
z<il. Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses. !"2
~

----------------.------------
1i
1:1)
.__

Grasses and Weeds-conc-luae4.

GRA.Ssa:s-cqnt;luded,

Du& or lhabbal Cynodon dactylon Gram inez Plains and Khuds Well adapted for turfing, given to
' cows to produce and to increase milk,
Plains
~San~Dcf.i Panicum colonum. Do.
s
Chint• Milia cum Do. Do. 5?Beston forfastforage
days.
; seeds eaten by Hindus

9 Munj, aur or sarfta11da ••• Sacch~um munja or sara Do. Plains and Dull Fibres are -obtained from sheath fot
munj cordage. Leaves made into mats,
bundles of stems used for floating
heavy timber. From stems chairs,
tattis and basket-work are made and
are used for thatching.

tn Saril,la or sar'IJ4la ... I

Heteropogon contOTtus Do. Piains and Hills Good fodder when young, ,.....
II (""''a, .... i<M M A4hi S"oh~u...ta..om Do. Plains and DUll Used for chicks, thatch, &c. : pens made
from the stem; given to buffaloes as
fodder,
 ~
..;
Bhorl grass Cenchrus Echinatus Do. Plains Used as fodder and for thatching; seeds
12
eaten in time of famine. >
I:'"
>
•3 Dlulman Pennisetum cenchroides Do. Do. en
..;
14 Ga'fll/1111 Apluda aristata Do. Plains and Hills Used for fodder.
~
~
Bhabhar Andropogon involutus or Is- Do. Lower and Upper Hills... Most important of aU the Forest ~
•s chemum augustifolium. grasses. Used for making ropes and
paper,

16 Khut Anatherum muricatum Do. Plains Used for making latt(s,

17 Dlla or Ktuif'll Cyperus tuberosus Cyperacez Do. Root medicinal and eaten.

18 Mot/us Do. umbilatus Do. Do. Root flagrant.

19 Khip Orthanthera viminea Asclepiadez Do, Ropes made from the fibres and the
grass used for thatching.

20 Narsal, nul, Hara Arundo Donax Gram inez Plains and Dun Leaves used for fodder; stem for huk.9a
tubes, chicks, baskets and bundles.
Stems split make mats and chairs •

21 Churi·raf'oucla ... Artemisia elegans Compositez ..I

Plains (herb) ·... l Branches are medicinal,

22

23
Kanaiarl
Mauri,
NJgphan
(dll/at•) or Solanum xanthocarpum
Opuntia Dillenii
Was:os.
Solanaoez
Euphorbeaee;e
Hills
Do.
. .IHerb.
... Very good hedge and harbours reptiles,
Asphodelus fistulolus Liliace;e
'4 Pldzi Plains ... Eaten as vegetable in time of famine. -

25 Satyan4sl .. V ~b.,iM <n~lioid<o Do. Utilized as fuel by the poor.

s6 Yala ••• Hydrilla verticil1ata Hydroeharidaee:e Do. Used for refining sugar.
1
:::6G'l
"'=
>~ c (')
aiil
p.gj
... <
Pill>
(l)
rn :c
n-
>
~·I :"":a
ll'l:
..
o-Jn
Of
oo>
• r
l:lo r+
<
-~ ?-
 c d
(I)
{I) :c
>
~-I
.... :-:0
< ?
Flora of PatiJ!a Statt1 showing the important Forest Trees, Shrubs, Fruits and Economic Trees and principal Grass;f
(I)

., .,..
> 0
o-i
and some Weeds-concluded. ;;:
r-<
>
en
..;
0
>
o-l
:z Vernacular name. Botanical name. Natural order. Locality. Uses.
!"'
--------- ------------
"'iii
'ij
{/) _,......_ __________________,_____________ '-'

Climbers.

Mlchlla bel Cresalpinia sepiariu Leguminosre Plains and Dun Excellent hedge plant, good febrifuge
and different parts used medicinally. '

lil Gunchi, ratall Abrus Frecatorius Do. Dun The seed is used in weighing gold, &c.

3 Maljhan or Taur Bauhinia Vahlii Do. Dun ~ nd Lower Hills l he elephant creeper. The slender
branches used for ropes.

4 Slufman (GauJ1 Millettia auriculata Do. Baghat and Lower Hills An enemy of the forest.

s Bel sardli Pueraria tuberosa Do. Siw.iliks and Lower Hills Sweet tuberous roots, eaten raw and
medicinally. Dt.k horses fed on it.

6 Matti Artalotrya odoratissima Anonacere Dun Flowers fragrant,

7 Bignonia venusta Bignoniacere Plains (planted) Showy.

8 Bougainvillea glabra Nyctaginrace<.e Plains Do.

Ibomaea carnea Convolvulacere Do. Garden plant.

9
10 Suft>d bel Porana paniculata Do. Baghat and Lower Hills.
 fl S<Irll,iti lpomrea reptans Do Water plant. The roots utilized as
pot-herb.

u Jasminum disperrnum Oleaee~ Plains Garden plant.

IJ Ja•l.~li c!.amluli Do. gFandiflorum Do. Bagh<it and Lower Hills Flowers fragrant.

Honey-suckle Lonicera chinensis Caprifoliace~ Plains and Hills Garden plant.

14
IS Passiflora laurifolia Passifiorn;e Plains Do.

16 Solanum jasminiodes Solanace;e Plains and Hills Showy.

Thunbergia grandiflora Ampelide~ Lower and Upper Hills... Do.
17
18 Jangli 'iwg1ir Vitis Him.Uayana Acanthace;e Hills Used as fodder for sheep.

19 Ficus s:ipulata Urticace;e Do. Showy.

20 Fegad. Do. scandens Do. Bagh~t and Lower Hills Leaves used for fodder.

21 Dudli Cryptolepis Buchanani Aselepiade;e · Do. da. Ditto.

2~ I
Sangkdra Trapa bispinosa Halorage;e Plains and Lower Hills Fruit eaten raw and cooked chiefly on
(water-plant). Hindu fast days.

!.23 'Kaudluiri Coccinea Indica Cucurbitace;e Plains Eaten generally uncooked.

24 Parzdul beZ (Palwal) Tric~osanthes dioica Do. Do. Fruit cooked and eaten.

25 Gilo Tinospora cordifolia Menispermace;e Plains and Hills Root, as medicine, sold in b.tz~r.

26 Hedera Helix Araliace;e Hills Ivy climber leaves used as fodder and
to cover walls in the hills.

21 Kujai Rosa moschata ..I Rosacea: Bag hat and Lower Hills • Excellent scent extracted from its
flowers in Kate Kear and sometimes
in Nahan •
~ Poin ... Basella alba ... 1Salsolace~ Plains and Dun (planted) Seeds medicinal. Eaten as pot-herb,

D !l>'tl
.,:z: o. n
if
CJ"
'Go<
Iiiii"'
CD
rn ::c
n-
>
~·I
~
II' ~~· :0
..>.
r+ :'"
;;:·
~
 42
PATIALA STATE. ] Fauna; ( PART A.
CHAP. I, A, FAUNA.
Descriptive. In the hills various kinds of deer are occ.:-.sionally found-musk-deer,
PHYSICAL barking-deer, and ch£tal. Leopards are fairly common, and an occasional
AsPEcts. tiger strays over from the Ambala District and the United Provinces,
Fauna. In the plains there are black buck, ravine-deer, and nUgai. Pig live in
the btrs, and otters in the Bet. Wolves are still to be found in the more
jungly parts of the State, while foxes, jackals, wild cats and hares are as
common here as elsewhere in the Punjab.
The commoner wild birds include peacocks, partridges, quail, sand·
grouse, pigeon and snipe. Geese and kulan and the lesser bustard are
sometimes seen. In the hills pheasants of various kinds, chikor, and jungle
fowl abound.
Snakes; Among 'the venomous snakes are the cobra and karait and the others
usually found in the southern Punjab.
Below is a list of the more important wild mammals, birds and snakes
found in the State :-
Mammals.

Name. Habitat in the State.

-------------.--..-~--.---
Wolf (bhagidr, Meria) ... Found scattered.
Jackal (g{dar) ... Common throughout the State.
Fox (lomra) ... Ditto ditto,
Wild Cat Uangla billa) Found scattered.
Otter (ud) In Bet.
Hare (sahd, 1ahotd, klzargosh) Found everywhere.
Wild pig (suat) Found in the B!rs.
Blue Bull (nilgdi; rojh) In the Blrs and Bet ; not comtnort.
CMtal In the hills.
Bear (bht£/U, tichh) In Raetan.
Hyrena (charkh) ... In Raetan and the hills in Mohindargarh.
Tiger (sher) Very rarely found in the hills.
Barking-deer (kakkar) In the hills,
Musk·deer (kastura mushndfa) In Jabrot.
Gazelle (chiukdra) Found scattered.
Monkey (bandar) In Narwana tahsil.
Black-buck (kdld him or kala mirg) Fairl7 common.
Porcupine (sth) ... Not comtnon.
Panther (chlta) In the hills.
Gural Ditto.
MongOose (neolt!) ... , Everywhere.

-
 43
PATIALA STATE. ] Clz'mafe. [PART A.

Birds. CHAP. t,·A.

======================.Descriptive.
Name. REMARKS, PHYSICAl.

---.....----------------------
Peacock (mor)
ASPBCTS,

In N4rnau1 1 Narw&na and other parts of the State. Birds•.

Black partridge (kci/4 tltar) In the Errs, the bills and in N&rnaul.

Grey partridge (War) Common throughout the State.

Quail (battr) Common at the time of harvest.

Lapwing (tatfri) Found everywhere.

Crane (Kunj, Kalan) Acold weather visitant.

Snipe (ch&ha) Ditto,

Haryal (green pigeon) Comes in Asauj, K&tak and leaves in M&gh.

Tiliar Ditto di.tto.

Goose (magh) Comes in K&tak and leaves in M~gh.

Sand·grouse (bhatltar) Ditto ditto.
Dumnt or patina Comes in Bh&don and goes in Bais!kb.
Sarus Crane (s&ra1) Occasionally found in pairs.
The great bustard (tugda1) Found in Bet land during the hot and the rainy •
season.
ChiiltW In the hills.
Jangal fowl (ldl murgha) In Raetan and the Dun.
Blue rock pigeon (.iabUtar) Found everywhere. ·

List of venomous snakes in the State.

Venomous
Name. REMARKS,
anakes.

---------------~------1------------------------
Cobra (Wa s&np) Found everywhere. •
Kart~U (Sdng,hur) ... Ditto •
Dh4'1J1an Found in N4rnaul.
Ragad6ana ... Ditto•
Padam Ditto.
Chitkabr11 or laurtalt& ... (Found everywhere.
~--------~~~~~.~------------------
CLIMATE,
Every degree of heat and cold, as of altitude, is to be found in Patiala Climate.
The capital lies low, and is subject to the extremes of climate, while Chait,
the summer head--quarters, lies at a height of 71000 feet and is cooler in
summer time than Simla.
The hills, with the exception of the Pinjaur thanfJ1 have an. Temperature
excellent climate. In Pinjaur thana the hot weather is moderate, but Tolll1 6 of
the rains are oppressive. In the plains the most healthy parts of the State are f11rl B.
the Bangar and the Jangal tracts, and the Mohindargarh nieamat. The
 ~4
PATIALA STATE. ]· CHmate. . [?ART A.
CHAP. I, A. Jangal tract and Mohindargarh have a long and dry hot weather, though
Descnp . ti ve. the heat at night is not excessive so long as the skies are dear.
PHYSICAL Speaking generally, the healthiness o£ the climate ·in the various
AsPBCTS. tracts varies invers~ly with the irrigation. The Ghaggar irrigates the Banur
Healthiness Rajpura and Ghanaur ilaqas.. In the rains two little streams, the Doha~
Qf th!' Stat~, and Krishnawati, flow through the nisamat of Narnaul. The Sirhind
Canal irrigates the following iltiqas amongst. others :- · .
Amargarh-Doraha, Amargarh and Sherpur.
Niaamat { Barnala-Bhatinda.
Karmgarh-Chuharpur, Sanaur and Samana.
One result of t~e ir~igation i~ these areas is to render the country
·swampy and . malanous m the ramy season. The Ghaggar is the chief
offender, and 1ts overflow affects the following itaqas :-
Niz~'!'at Pinjaur:-Ghuram, Gh~naur, Banur, Mardanpur and
Ra]pura. Mardanpur1 however, ts less unhealthy than Patiala and
ilaqa Sanaur.
Nizamat Karmgarh-Akalgarh.
The following iltfqas are swampy to a less degree during the rains,
owing to percolation :-
Karmgarh-Sanaur and Naraingarh,
Nizamal. { Amargarh-Alamgarh and Khumanon.
Pin jaur-Pin jaur.
Among the driest and healthiest parts of the State the following
ilaqas may be classed:-
. (Karmgarh-Karmgarh, Sunam and Narwana. ·
1 Amargarh-Sirhind, Sahibgarb, Chanarthal and· Amar·
NizamtZI ~ garh.
1 Anahadgarh-Bhadaur, Bhatinda, Sardulgarh, Bhikhl
L. and Boha.
It will be noticed that some of these i/dqtJs lie in the irrigated
areas mentioned above. The ~rrigation, however, is not excessive here, and
· as the arrangements for drainage are good, the health of the people is not
materially affected.
R&infall. The rainfali, like the temperature, varies considerably in different parts. I

T4blt171 8, g of In the hills round Simla the average annual fall·is between 6o and 70 inches.
Pt~rt8,
About Pinjaur and Kalka at the foot of the Simla hills it is about 40
inches, and decreases as the distance from the Himalayas increases, being
probably 30 inches at Sir hind, 25 at Patiala and Pail, 20 at Bhawanlgarh,
and only 12 or 13 at Bhatinda and in the Mohindargarh nizamat. In the
south-west the rainfall is not only less in amount, but more capricious than
in the north and east. Fortunately the zone of insufficient rainfall is now
for the most part protected by the Sirhind Canal, but Mohindargarh is still
liable to severe and frequent droughts. An account of the more serious
rain famines will be found below (Chapter II, page 136 fl.).
The flood o£ The slope of the country causes in some parts of the State floods (raze) in
Sam bat rgog . years of heavy rainfall, and these do considerable damage to ":·ells and crops.
(&Ssz·s3 A. 0.); Patiala, the capital, lies in a depression and is thus very hable to floods.
There was a great flood in Sambat 1909, No estimate of the damage
done by this flood can be given as no records appear to have been kept.
It is however stated that a great part of Patiala Qutside the Saifabadi and
~ana~ri zates was destroyed by the flood.
 . 45
PATIALA STATE. ] F/oodt~ (-PART A.
A sudden and disastrous flood1 broke over Patiala at 1 o'clock in. ~-CHAPa 1:.~.
the morning of the xgth September 1887. Forty lives were lost, and. -:- t·ve
the loss of property was very great. The whole town was surrounded by' 0 esc rap 1 . '
water and all the gates of the city were closed to egress or ingress. The PavsrcAr. ·!
mail was stopped, telegraph lines were injured,· and the telegraph office was AsPEcrs.
demolished. The mail was brought in on elephants the next day. The Flood Qf Sampat
railway line between Rajpura and Patiala was breached for several days. 1944 (1887)."
The flood began to subside in the evening of the 2oth September and early
the next morning elephants and sarnais (water-skins) were employed
to rescue those who had taken shelter in the branches of trees, etc.
A special Committee was appointed to help the poor who had suffered
in the catastrophe, and food was distributed from nth Katak to 2nd Poh under
the supervision of Bh<H Ram Singh, the then Inspector of Schools. Chhappars
were built and 157,797 people (Hindus 52,957, Muhammadans 87,743,
· others 17,097) were fed in these two months. The average daily number of
persons receiving food was 2,674 and average daily expenses amounted to
6·g pies per head. The total expenditure including establishment was
Rs. 7,225. The 2,500 lilzJjs-quilts-distributed cost Rs. 8,031 more.
Major S. L. Jacob, whom the Punjab Government had, at the request·
of the State, appointed to report on the catastrophe, sent in a report to the
following effect:-The Ghaggar is at a distance of 27 miles from the Choa
of Sir hind, and there are only 17 bridges between the railway line and the
Grand Trunk Road, which are not sufficient to discharge the flood water.-
The Siwalik mountain ranges having been laid bare of trees, the torrents of
water flow down their slopes very freely, and thus it \\·as that at this time
water was nowhere less than 5 or 6 feet deep over an area of 27 miles.
The result was that the water breached the Grand Trunk Road at 28
different places, and assuming the form of a river 2,870 feet broad rushed on
towards Patiala. Naturally the rain water from the north directs its
course to Patiala in two directions: some of the water flowing from the
north falls into the Ghaggar river and some of it into the Choa of Sirhind.
Unfortunately the flood water on its way to the Ghaggar changed its course -
at Surl, a village in the vicinity of Rajpur~, and cut the railway line at two
places. The other channel also changed · Its course and breaking through
the railway line joined forces with the irst and formed a river half a
mile wide. ··
In order to carry into effect the measures proposed to avoid a repetition Flood of Sambat
of this flood 2 an expenditure of Rs. 2,5o,ooo was sanctioned for pro• 1945 (1888).
tective works, which had hardly been begun when another flood broke ·
over Patiala on the night of ~he 19th September 1888. The people,.
who had been taken by surpnse the first time, were this time on
their guard, and there was no loss of life or cattle, but the numoe
of houses, both kachcha and pakkrJ, buildings and walls that were
damaged was not less than in the previous year. The works have
now been completed, and the ExecutiYe Engineer thinks that the city
is secure. 3

!See page r.r ~· Administration Report of Patiala State, S;sm bat. 1944, Fasal X -M' l•
and Poht1cal.
lt~neous , •see

~sre page 129, Administration Report of the Pati~la State, Sa~bat 194S•
1See below, page 168 It
 46
PATIALA STATE. ] History. [ PART A;
. CHAP; I, S, Section B.-History.
- Descriptive. The earliest history of Patiala is that of the PhUikian States, and
HISTORY, its history as a separate and ruling State nominally dates from 1762,
in which year Ahmad Shah Durrani conferred the title of Raja upon
Ala Singh, its chief, but it may be more justly regarded as dating from
· 1763 A.D. 1763, when the Sikh confederation took the fortress of Sirhind from '
Ahmad Shah's governor and proceeded to partition the old Muuhal
province of Sirhind. In this partition Sirhind itself with its surroundinO'
country fell to Raja Ala Singh. That ruler died in 1765 and wa~
succeeded by his grandson Amar Singh, whose half brother Himmat
Singh .also laid claim to the throne and after a contest was allowed
to retain possession of the Bhawanigarh pargana. In the following
year ·Amar Singh conquered Pail and Isru from Maler Kotla, but the
· latter place was subsequently made over to Jassa. Singh Ahluwalia.
In 1767 Amar Singh met Ahmad Shah on his last invasion of
India at Karabawana, and received the title of Raja·i-Rajagan. After
Ahmad Shih's departure Raja Amar Singh took Tibba from Maler
Kotla and compelled the sons of Jamal Khan to effect a peace which re·
mained unbroken for many years. He next sent a force under his
general Bakhshi Lakhna, a Dogar, to reduce Pinjaur which had been
seized by Gharib Das of Mani Majra, and in alliance with the Rajas of
Hindur, Kahlur and Sirmur captured it. He then invaded the territory
of Kot Kapura, but its chief Jodh having been slain in an ambush, he
retired without further aggression. His next expedition was against the
Bhattls, but in this he met with scant success, ar.d the conduct of the cam·
paign was left to the chief of Nal:iha, while Raja Amar Singh turned his arms
against the fortress of Govindgarh which commanded the town of Bhatinda.
After a long struggle it was taken in 1771. Soon after this Himmat Singh
·seized his opportunity and got possession of Patiala itself, but he was induced
1774 A.D. to surrender it and died two years later in I774· In that year a quarrel broke
·out between Jind and Nabha which resulted in the acquisition of Sangrur
by Jind from Nabha, Patiata intervening to prevent Jind from retaining
Amloh and Bhidson also. Raja Amar Singh next proceeded to attack
Saifabid, a fortress only 4 miles from Patiala, which he took ·with the
assistance of Nahan. In return for this aid he visited that State and help·
ed Jacrat Parkash to suppress a rebellion, commencing a new campaign in
the Bhatti country in 1774· Having defeated their chiefs at Beghran he
took Fatebabad and Sirsa, and invested Rania, but was called on to repel
the attack made on Jind by the Muhammadan governor of Hansi. For
this purpose he despatched Nanu Mal, 1 the Diwan, with a strong force,
which after defeating the governor of Hans! overran Hansi and Hissar.
Raja Amar Singh also marched to Hans( from Fatebabad and collected
the revenue. .Thence he returned to Patiila, and Rania soon after fell.
But the Mu()'hal government made a last effort to recover its empire, and
Naja£ Khan~ its minister, was determined to recover the lost Districts. At
the head of the Imperial troops he recovered Karn<il and part of Rohtak
and the Raja of Patiala, though aided for a consideration by labita Khan
Rohilla, met Naja£ Khan at Jind and amicably surrendered Hans!, Hissar
and Rohtak, retaining Fatebabad, Rania and Sirsa as fiefs of the empire.
1777 A.D. The wisdom of this moderation was evident. In 1777 Raja Amar
Sinuh overran the Faridkot and Kot Kapura Districts, but did not attempt
to ~nex them, and his newly acquired territories taxed his resources to
the utmost. Nevertheless in 1778- he overran the Mani Majra territory
and reduced Gharib Das to submission. Thence he marched ·on ~Sialba,
1 An Aggarw'l B4nia of Sun,m,
 47
PATIALA STATE. ] (PART ·A.
where he was severely defeated by its chief and a strong Sikh coalition. CHAP.), B,,,
To retrieve this disaster Raja Amar Singh formed a stronger confederacy - . _
against Sialba, enticed away his troops by offers of higher pay, and at Descriptive, .
length secured his submission without bloodshed. In 1779 the :Mughal Hrsroay,
forces marched on ~arnal, De.su S~ngh, Bhai of Kait~al, being in allianc~ 1779 A.D.
with them and hopmg by their aid to crush Patlala, but the Delh1 .
minister found it more profitable to plunder the Bh<ii, and the Khalsa
then united to oppose his advance. He reached Ghunim, but. retreated .
thence, in fear of the powerful forces arrayed against him.

In 1781 Raja Amar Singh died o£ dropsy and was succeeded ·1781 A.D•
. by his son, Sahib Singh, then a child of six. Drwan Nanu ·Mal
became Wazir, and coped successfully with three distinct rebellions
headed by relatives of the Raja. In I 783 occurred the great
famine which disorganised the State, and eventually Ncinu Mal
was compelled to call in the Mahrattas who aided him to recover Banur
and other places, but in 1788 the Mahrattas compelled him to pay black·
mail, and in I 790, though he had been successful against the other enemies 1790 A.D~
of Patiala, be could not prevent the Mahrattas from marching to Suhlar,
2 miles from Patiala itself. Saifabad had been placed in their hands,
and Nanu Mal's fall from power quickly followed. With him fell· Rani
Rajindar, cousin of Raja Amar Singh, a lady of great ability and ·
Nanu Mal's chief supporter, who had induced the Mahrattas to retire;
and had visited Mathra to negotiate terms with Sindhia in person. Sahib
Singh, now aged 14, took the reigns of State into his own hands, ap·
pointing his sister Sahib Kaur chief minister. In I 794 the Mahrattas 1794 A.D.
again advanced on Patiala, but Sahib Kaur defeated them and drove
them back on Karnal. In this year Bedi Sahib Singh of Una attacked
Maler Kotla and had to be bought off by Patiala. In I 798 the Bed{ 17gB A.D.
attacked Raikot, and, though opposed by the PhUlkian chiefs, compelled its
ruler to call in George Thomas, who advanced on Ludhiana, where the
Bedi had invested the fort, and compelled him to raise .the siege.·
Thomas then retired to Hansf, but taking advantage of the absence of
the Sikh chiefs at Lahore, where they had assembled to oppose the in·
vasion of Shah Zaman, he again advanced and laid siege to Jlndt On
this the Phulkian chiefs hastened back and compelled Thomas to raise
the siege, but were in turn defeated by him. They then made peace
\with Thomas, who was anxious to secure their support against the
Mahrattas. Sahib Singh now proceeded to quarrel with his sister
and she died not long afterwards, having lost all influence in the
State. Thomas then renewed his attacks on the Jind State, and as the
Phulkian chiefs united to resist him, he invaded Patiala territory and
pillaged the town of Bhawanigarh. A peace was however patched up
in 1801 and Thomas retired to Hansi, whereupon the Cis-Sutlej chiefs 1g01 AD
!lent an embassy to General Perron at Delhi to ask for assistance, and . · '
Thomas was eventually crushed. The British now appeared on the scene,
and Patiala entered into friendly relations with Lord Lake, the British
Commander-in-Chief, in March 1804. In that same year, Jaswant Rao 1&>4 A 0 ·
Holkar, having been defeated by the British, fled tiJ Patiala, and though he ' '
was received with courtesy by the Maharaja, was refused aid against the
British owing to the friendly relations already established with them,
Holkar, thus disappointed, went to the Punjab to seek the help of Ranj!t
Singh. After his departure Patiala was visited by Lord Lake, and the
friendly relations were confirmed by a declaration of Lord Lake in open
Darbar to the effect that the British Government would pay respect to the
engagements entered into and the pledges given by the Minister, Nawab
 48
PATIALA Sti\TE. ] [ PART A.
cRAP; f B. · Naja£ Quli Khan, on behalf of the Mughal emperor. Lord Lake then
-:-'. proceeded from Patiala to the Punjab in pursuit of Holkar, who was com·'.
Descnpt1ve. pelled ~o sign a treaty ~n the banks of the Beas on ~ec.ember 24th, I8os,
HrsroRv. · by wh1ch he bound h1mself not to enter the terntones of the British
and their allies (Patiala, Kaithal and Jind) on his return journey to
1Sos A.D. Indore. In 1805 dissensions between Raja Sahib Sincrh and his
wife reached a climax, and the Rani attacked' both bNabha and
Jlnd. These States then invoked the intervention of Ranjlt Sincrh,
a8o6 A.D. the Raja of Lahore, and he crossed the Sutlej in 18o6. Ranjit Sin°gh
did little to settle the domestic differences of the Patiala Raja, but des·
.poiled the widows of the Raikot chief of many villages. Patiala how·
· ever received no share of the plunder, and on Ranjit Singh's withdrawal·
the conflict betweep Raja Sahib Singh and his wife was renewed, and in
1807 Ranjit Singh re-appeared at Patiala, when by his influence a com·
promise was effected whereby Banur and other tracts, yielding a revenue
of Rs. so,ooo a year, were settled on the Rani for her maintenance and that
of her son, Kanwar Karam Singh.1

It was by this time clear to the Cis-Sutlej chiefs that they l1ad to
choose between absorption by Ranjlt Singh and the protection of the
British. Accordingly in 18o8, Patiala, Jind and Kaithal made overtures to
the Resident at Delhi, which resulted after some delay in a definite promise
of British protection, and the enforced retirement of Ranjit Singh from .
all his acquisitions south of the Sutlej. A proclamation of protection
sBog A.o. against Lahore was issued in May x8og, which after stating that
."the country of the chiefs of · Malwa and Sirhind had entered under .
the protection of the British Government," went on to secure to these
chiefs " the exercise of the same rights and authority within their own
possessions which they enjoyed before." Two years later it became
necessary to issue another proclamation of protection,· this time to
protect the Cis-Sutlej chiefs against one another.
Meanwhile Internal confusion led to the armed interposition of the
British Agent, who established the Mahcirani As Kaur as Regent with
sole authority. She showed administrative ability and an unbending temper
until the death of Maharaja Sahib Singh in 1813. He was succeeded
by Maharaja Karam Singh, who was largely influenced at first by his
·mother and her minister Naunidh Rai, generally known as Missar Naudha.
The Gurkha War broke out in t8q, and the Patiala Contingent served
under Colonel Ochterlony. In reward for their services the British Govern-
ment made a grant of sixteen parganas in the Simla Hills to Patiala, on
payment of a nazrana of Rs. z,8o,ooo. Karain Singh's Government was
hampered by disputes, first with his mother and later with his younger
brother, Ajit Singh, .until the Hari{ma boundary dispute demanded all
his attention. The British had overthrown the Bhattis in what is now
. Hissar and Sirsa in 1803, but had neglected the country as barren and
unprofitable. Patiala began to encroach upon it, growing bolder each

· · 1 It was on this occasion that the gun "Kare Khan" passed into Ranjlt Singh's possession,
At the storming of Sirhind in 1763 the Patiala Contingent captured a brass gun (called Kare
Khin from the two karas or rings.on the side) and dragged it in triumph to Patiala, where it
wa.S set up in the fort as a trophy. There it remained until Ranjft Singh's visit to Pati~la in
the autumn of 1807, when he demanded the gun, together with a rich present of jewels, as a
sie1n of his overlordship. Ranjft Singh took the gun to Lahore. It next appears at the siee1e
0 {' Multan. in the 2nd Sikh War, where·it was taken by the English, and restored by them to
Patiala. This graceful act was much appreciated at the time, but the story seems to have
faded from men's memories in the troubled years that followed, for the gun was found only last
year alon.,. with other cannon and arms in the fort at Bahadurgarh, It has now been brought
inta Patiala. and stands in front of the Mah~4ja'~ residence.
 49
PATIALA STATE. ] [ PART A,
1ear, until in 1835 her colonists were firmly established. When the atten· CHAP. J, B.
tion of the British Government was at last drawn to the matter, and a re- . . .
port called for, the Maharaja refused to admit the British claims, refused Descnptlve.
arbitration, and protested loudly when a strip of country more than a H1sroav.
hundred miles loner and ten to twenty broad was transferred from his pos·
sessions to those ot the British Government. The Government, however,
listened to his protest, the question was re-opened, was shelved during
the Sikh Wars, and only finally settled in 1856, when some 41 villages were 1856 A.D.
handed over to Patiala.
1\leantime Patiala had been quarrelling with its neighbours. A
triflincr dispute with Nabha, dating from 1807, had led first to bloodshed.
and th~n to ill-feeling between the two States, which lasted for sixty years.
Border disputes with Kaithal lasted from 1838 to 1843, when Bhlii Ude 1843 A.D.
Sincrh of Kaithal died and the British Government proceeded to resume *ths
of his territory.. The quarrel with Nabha was aggravated by the jealousy
which Raja Devindar Singh of Nabha showed towards Patiala and Jind,
and it soon became clear that any quarrel involving Patiala on one side
would find Nabha on the other.
When hostilities between the British Government and Lahore became 1845 .1\.D; •
certain at the close of 1845, Mahar6ja Karam Singh of Patiala declared his
. loyalty to the British, but he died on December 23rd, the day after the
~.battle of Firozshah, and w.as succeeded by his .son Narindar Singh, then
23 years old. The new ch1ef was even better d1sposed towards the British
Government than his father, but times had changed since the Phtilkian
States implored the protection of the British. Ranjit Singh was dead and
his pretensions forgotten. The British arms, once believed invincible, had
suffered a severe blow in the Kabul expedition. The Phtilkian chiefs, 1
seeing that their resources in money and supplies were required for the British
armies, began to think that they were necessary to the existence of the.
British power, not that it was essential to their own. It would be idle to
pretend that the same active spirit of loyalty obtained among the Cis-Sutlej
chiefs in 1845 which showed itself in 1857· The Patiala chief knew that
his interests were bound up with the success of the British, but his sym·
pathies were with the Khalsa. However, Patiala provided the British with
supplies and carriage, besides a contingent of men. At the dose of the
war Patiala was rewarded with certain estates resumed from the Raja of
Nabha. The British Government then proceeded to make fundamental
changes in its relations with the smaller Sikh States, which very soon led to
their absorption. Although Patiala was specially exempted from the oper·
ation of these reforms, the Maharaja sanctioned one of the most important-
the abolition of the customs-on the occasion of Lord Hardinge's visit in
1847· Furthermo;e, as the petty chiefs had had varied and intricate rela-
tions with Patiala, the intricacy and confusion were not diminished by the
transfer of the territories concerned to the British Government.· Difficult ques·
tiona began to arise. The most important case was that of the chaMrm£
village~S which was finally settled after years of patient investigation.
Another was that of the Khamanon jaglr. Patiala had no proprietary
rights, but she was empowered to administer the tract by the British in
1815. The estate was transferred to Patiala in perp~tuity in 1859·
The conduct of the Maharaja on the outbreak of the Mutiny is beyond 1857 A.D,
praise. He was the acknowledged head of the Sikhs, and his hesitation or ·
disloyalty would have been attended with the most disastrous results, while
his ability, character and high position would have made him a formidable
leader against the British. On hearing' of the outbreak he marched that
evening with all his available troops in the direction of ~m~~la. In his
 so
PATlALA STATE. ] History, 1857·18go. [PARt A.
CHAP. 1, B. own territories he furnished supplies and carriage and kept the roads clear.
He gave a loan of five lakhs to Government and expressed his willingness
'Descriptive. to double the amount. Details of the military services performed by
Hlsroav. the Patiala troops are given elsewhere. 1 Of the value of the Maharaja's
adhesion the Commissioner wrote : 11 His support at such a crisis was worth
a brigade of English troops to us, and served more to tranquillise the people
than a hundred official disclaimers could have done." After the Mutiny,
the Narnaul division of the Jhajjar territory, jurisdiction over Bhadaur,
and the house in Delhi belonging to Begam Zlnat Mahal fell to the share
of Patiala. The Maharaja's honorary titles were increased at the same
time. The revenue of Narnaul, which was estimated at two lakhs, was found
to be worth Rs. I,Jo,ooo only. On this the Ma,haraja appealed to Govern·
ment for more territory. The British Government had given no guarantee,
but was willing to reward the loyal service of Patiala ·still further, and
consequently parts of Kanaud and Buddhuana, in Jhajjar, were conferred
on the Maharaja. These new estates had an income of abDut one lakh, and
the Maharaja gave a 1zazrana equal to 20 years' revenue.
In 1858 the Phulkian chiefs had united in asking for concessions from
the British Government, of which the chief was the right of adoption. This
was, after some delay, granted, with the happiest results. The power to
inflict capital punishment had been withdrawn in 18471 but was exercised
through the Mutiny. This power was now formally restored. Maharaja
1862 A.D. Narindar Singh died in 1862 at the age of 39· He was a wise ruler
and brave soldier. The Punjab Gazette Extraordinary records of
him that he 11 administered the government of his territories with
exemplary wisdom, firmness and benevolence." He was one of the
first Indian Princes to receive the K. C. S. I., and was also a member
of the Indian Legislative Council during Lord Canning's viceroyalty.
· His only son, Mohindar Singh, was a boy of 10 at his father's death.
A Council of Regency was appointed, which carried on the administration
for eight years. The Maharaja only lived for six years after assuming
power. During his reign the Sirhind Canal was sanctioned, though it was
not opened until 1tl8z. Patiala contributed one crore and twenty-three
lakhs to the cost of construction. The Maharaja was liberal in measures
connected with the improvement and general weil-being of the country. He
gave Rs. 7o,ooo to the University College, Lahore, and in 1873 he placed
ten lakhs of rupees at the disposal of Government for the relief of the famine·~
stricken people of Bengal. In I 87 5 he was honoured by a visit from Lord .I
Northbrook, who was then Viceroy, when the Mohindar College was found·
ed for the promotion of higher education in the State. Mohindar Singh
died suddenly in 1876, He had received the G.C.S.I. in 1871.
A long minority followed, for Maharaja Rajindar Singh was only 4 when
aSgo A.D. his father died. During his minority, which ceased in o~8go, the adminis-
tration was carried on by a Council of Regency composed of three officials
under the Presidency of Sardar Sir Dewa Singh, K.c.s.r. The finances of
the State were carefully watched, and considerable savings effected, from
which have been met the charges in connexion with the Sirhind Canal and
the broad-gauge line of railway between Rajpura, Patiala and Bhatinda.
In 1879 the Patiala State sent a contingent of t 1Ioo men to the Afghan
\Var.11 The late Maharaja was exempted from the presentation of na:sars in
Darbar in recognition of the services rendered by his troops on this occasion.

ll'age 172,
9See pa&'e t7J.
 51
PATIALA STATE. ] History~ tSgo·tgoJ, (PART A.
The organisation of the Imperial Service Troops and the war services of CHAP.I 1 B.
the late Maharaja are described elsewhere.l Maharaja Rajindar Singh -.- . .
died in 1900, and a third Council of Regency was formed. The present Descnptlve.
Maharaja, Bhupindar Singh, was born in 1891 A. D. The Mah.idia of HisToRY.
Patiila is entitled to a salute of I 7 guns, and takes precedence tlf all the
Punjab chiefs.
Changes in the relations between the British Government and the
Phulkian States have been alluded to in the preceding pages. It may,
however, be as well to give a succinct account of them here. Before 1821
,' the Resident at Delhi had charge of all the political relations with protect-
ed and independent States in north-west India. In that year he was re·
placed by an Agent to the Governor-General, and a Superintendent of Pro-
tected and Hill States was appointed with his head-quarters at Ambala.
In 1840 a Governor-General's Agent for the North-West Frontier was
stationed at Ambala. After the 1st Sikh War the political charge of the
Cis-Sutlej States was entrusted to a Commissioner, who had also certain
British Districts in his control. When the new province of the Pnnjab
was founded in I 849, the Board of Administration took over control of the
Cis-Sutlej States, and when a Lieutenant-Governor was appointed for the
Punjab, the Commissioner of the Ambala Division, who had taken the
place of the Cis-Sutlej Commissioner, became the intermediary between the
States and the Punjab Government. The Ambala Division ceased to exist in
1884, and the States then passed under the political control of the Com-
missioner of Delhi. In I goo it was decided by the Government of India to ap• rsoo A.O.
point a Political Agent for Patiala, and the remaining PhUlkh1n States of Jind
and Nabha were included in the Agency. Major Dunlop-Smith, C.I.E., was
chosen for the new appointment, and during his absence on leave Captain
Popham Young, C.I.E. (Settlement Commissioner in Patiala State), acted
for him as Political Agent from January 1901, and handed over charge to
Major Dunlop-Smith on the 26th November of that year. In April 1903 1903 A.D.
the Bahawalpur State was included in the PhUlkian States Agency. The
head-quarters of the Agency were originally fixed at Ambala, but Patiala
was soon found to be a much more suitable place, and the AO'ent has
resided in Patiala since the beginning of 1902. t~

1 See page J73,

 sz
PATIALA STATE, ) Hisfot'y, t8go·I903·· [ PART A;.
CHAP. I, 8,. CHIEFS OF PATIALA.

Descriptive. PHUL,

HISTORY.
r I I
I I, I , )
T.Uokl:ll. Ram a. R~gb6, Chanu, Jbandu. Takhat Mal,
(ancestor of '---- -...J
the families A nceston of the Landgarbla families,
of J!nd and
Nabha),

l
I
·r I I 1
Dt1na Rdja A/;t Singh, Bakhta, Budh!, Ladh&, ·
d. ~16s .
(aneestor of (ancestor of
the Bhadaur) the Malad
family), family).

r-.----------~--~~-------------1
Sardt11 Smgh, BMmian Singh, LAI Singh,
d. 1753· d. 1742· d. 174;3.
\,_____ 1
r----------~--------1
Himmat Singh. Raja Amar Singh,
d. 1781. .

r.----------~--------1
r--'
Budh Smgh. R~ja Sahib Singh,
d. a813.

r--1
'l
J1to. Singh,
s,p,

r--~----~---------,
l
Mahiiraja Dfp Singh.
Narindar ~ingh,
d.l862.
I
MaUr~jll
Mohindar Singh,
d.l876.

I
r------=----1 . l
Mablira:ja Sir Kanwar S1r
Rajindar Singh,_ Ranbfr Singh, K.c.s.l.;
G.C.S I,, b. 16721 b, 1873•
d, rgoo,
I
MaMr~ja
Bh6pindu Sin,h.
,. J8gt,
 53'.
PATIALA STATE. ] l'bpulatton. .[PART A•..

Section C.~Population. CHAP.I,CI 1

The Ph6lkian States are so scattered that comparison of the density of Descriptive~
their population with that of any one or more British Districts would be of PoPULATION.
little value. Taking the three t~ther they have the normal density of Density,
the Indo-Gangetic Plain West in which they lie. Patiala has a. density of ,
283 persons to the square mile, and thus stands nearly in the same category
as the Karnal and Ferozepore Districts. The density on the cultivated
area cannot be shown until the settlement operations are further advanced. ·

The population and density of each nisbi'Zat and tahsil is given below, Density of ni•d•
the density shown being that of the total population on the total area :- :r~~~$ and tab·
- ...

Area in Population,
square miles, Density.

Pati41a ... ... ... . ... - -

236
---- 1 67,679
l

286·8
Sun4m ... ... ... .. 470 121,498 258'5
Bhaw4nfgarh ... ... ... 561 140,309 250'1
... ... ...
Narw~na'"

Total Karmgarh nizamat ... -- --

-- ---
576
1,843
~----
117,604
447,090
204'2
242'($

S4hibgarh ... ... ... 278 115,391 415'1

Amargarh ... ... .. 338 123,468 !ll.iS'3
... ... ... . ...
Sirhind
... --- - -- 240 126,599 52TS
Total Amargarh lli:4mat

Anli.hadgarh ... .. .. - - - -- -
856

!150
365,448

105,989
426'9

302'8
Bhatinda ... ... ... 868 142.413 164'1
... ... .. .. - -
- ----
BhtkhS 6.29 12S,g55 205'0

R4jpura
Total An4hadgarh ni1amaf

... ... ...

...
...
1,847

157
---- 'J77,'J67

55,117
!204'3

351'1
Pinjaur ... . ... .. rSo
Banur ... ... .. ... 161
55.731
56,674
:.109'0
352
...
... --
Chanaur ... ... ... 208
- 45.344 218

N4rnaul ...
...
Total Pinjaur niztSmat
...
...
...
...
...
...
-- - --- 700
282
212,865
85,130
!)01'5
301'9

- --
K4naud 305 55,246 181'1
...
Total Mohindargarh ni•&mal
Total of the State ... - - - -- -
587
s,839
140,375
t,Sg6,6ga
239'1
1254'5

1
Excluding the city of Pati£1a,
 54
PATIALA STATE;] , Population; [PART A~

CHAP. I, C. The State contains 14 towns and 3,580 villages; and the population o£
Pati~la •.• 53,545 Sanaur ... 8,580 the former is given in the mar·
Descriptive. Nirnaul ... 19.489 Bhadaur ... 7,71o gin. At the Census of 1901 1 9
PoPULATION, Bas~ ... 13.738 Bar~5.1a ... 6,go5 of the towns1 includina that of
Govmdgarh ... 13,185 Banur ... 5,61o p 'al · If h ::.
Population. of Sam5.na. ... 10,209 Pail ... 5,515 ab a 1tse , s owed a decrease
towns-Tabll 1 Sunam ... 1o,o6g Sirhind · '" 5,41 5 on the figures of 18gx, 4 show-
of Pari B. Mohindargarh 9,984 Hadiayad • '" 5,414 ing a slight increase, while
Bhatinda or Govindgarh ha mcreased from 8,536 to 13,185, or 54 per
cent. Its position on the railway and the establishment of a market account
for this rapid rate of growth. Only 11 per cent. of the population live
in the towns. The average population of the towns and villages is small,
being only 397 persons.
Occupied houses number 273,557, of which 32,329 are urban and 241,228
rural. Patiala with 53,545 persons is the only large town. The towns
and villages present no features unusual in this part of the Punjab. As
in all Native States, the average population of a Patiala village is below
the average in British territory. Both Hindu and Muhammadan villages
are built on the same plan, .the better houses surrounded by high walls
and opening on to narrow lanes which lead tortuously _to the main thorough-
fares. The Chuhras and Chamars have their houses outside the village
and facing away from it. .In the towns the houses are close together and
the high wall is rare. Still even in the towns the thoroughfares are gene·
rally narrow and crooked.
Growth of popu• The marginal table shows the fluctuations in the population of each
lation.
188 1
'
I
-============:';=:::::.::-= ni:aamat since 1881. In 1901
18
gr.
'I
1901 ' the heaviest decrease on the
figures of 189t was in the Pin·
· - - - - jaur and Mohindargarh nz'sa·
PatWa.
mats, the population of which
55,856 53.545
Karmgarh 444,369 447,090 decreased by 13,513 and 7,536
Amargarh :J61,6IO 365,448 respectively in that decade.
Pinjaur :.126,379 ::112,866 In the former the decrease
An~hadgarh
Mohindargarh 147,912 140,370
I
347.395 3]7,367 was only nominal owing to
the exclusion of the people
living in the dak chaukfs and
railway fence in the hills. .In the latter the decrease was due to the
seasons of drought which had caused heavy emigration from those tracts in
al'ld after 1897. .
Migratio~ The following table shows the effect of migration on the population of
the Patiala State according to the Census of 1901 :-

Immigrants. Persons. Males.

---
Females,

........
(i) Fro~ within the Punjab and North·West Frontier Pro·
...
vmce ...
(iii From the rest of India
-...... '
...... 187,212
21,899
64,411
8,095
I22,8oi
1,3,804
(iii) From the rest of ~sia
... .. ----
,--
'" 44 39 5
(iv) From other countnes
Total immigrants ...
107
2<lg,202
---- 77 30
72,622 136,44o
Emigrants,
(i) To within the Punjab and North·West Frontier Pro·
vince- - ...... ...... ... 266,910 92,815 174.095
(ii) To the rest of India ...
'"
282,407 --
... ---
15,497 7,246
-- 8,251

... --
Total emigrants
E1cess of emigrants over immigrants ... 73,145 --
100,001
27.439 --
182,3411
. 45.705
 55
PATIALA STATE. ) Popu!atton. ( PART A.
CHAP. I, C.
The bulk of the immigration is from the districts, States and provinces De -::- t' ·
in India noted below. There is also a considerable volume of immigration scrJp IVe.
from the countries outside India as given below :- PoPULATION,
Migration;
Number
of males
District, State, Province or Country, in r,ooo
immi·
grants,

----------------------
Ambala
Hissar
37,682
24,554
340
3.24
Rohtak 1,041 402
Delhi 1,114 491
Karnal 20,815 398
&~ ·~ m
Simla 6,237 379
Kangra. r,ors 697
Hoshiarpur 2,920 579
Jullundur ~,173 524
Ludhiana - 31,195 322
llfdler Kot!a ,., 7,688 305
Ferozepore. 7,817 433
Fur{dkot 1,651 388
Ndblza 23,080 26o
'Jilld 10,467 251
Amritsar 1,091 417
Rajputdna ... r6,762 305
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh 4,268 589
Yaghistan and Afghanistan 33 939
United Kingdom 84 690
America ... 14 857

The emigration is mainly to the districts, States and provinces noted

below:-

District, State or Province. Males. Females,

--------·-----
Hissar
Rohtak
Dujd1ta
----- u,1!18
1,211
127
.,........ _____ _
20,832
2,226
534
Gurgaon 1,567 3,146
Delhi 1,498 682
KarnH 9.487 16,323
Ambala u,g62 23,262
Kalst'a 739 1,702
Nabha 472 402
Simla 771 6o8
Simla Hill States 943 2,057
Hoshiarpur 511 782
Tullundur ... 795 1,105
Lu~hiana. ... 10,640 29,788
Male, Kotla 1,958 6,442
Ferozepore 11,624 19,628
Fa.ridkot 2,361 3,572
Nabha 1o,ss8 24,212
'Jllld 4,529 12,193
Lahore ... 11442 618
Amritsar ... 656 711
Chen4b Colony 2,574 1,707
Baluh:alpur .. , ... 421 248
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh 2,683 1,024
Bombay ••• ... .., 515 349
R ajpzitana _ 2,662 6, 68
4
 s6
PATIALA STATE. ] Populalion. (PART A.
CHAP.t, C. The State thus loses 73,145 souls by migration and its net inter•
-:- . changes of population with the districts, States and provinces in India
Descnpt1ve. which mainly affect its population are noted below:- ·
PoPULATION, · Net gain from + or loss to - ·
Migration. Hiss~r - 8,4g6
Rohtak - 2,396
Gurgaon - 4,272
Delhi - I,o66
Karnal - 4,995
AmM!a ... ••• + 2,458
Simla with Hill States + 2,394
Kalsia ' ••• - 832
Kangra + 903
Hoshi4rpur ... + 1,627
Ludhiha ... - 9,233
Mdler Kotla .., - 712
Ferozepore -23,435
Farldko# ... - 4,282
Ndbha -11,690
'}tnd ... - 6,255
Lahore ... ... ... - 1,338
Chenab Colony ... ... - 4,280
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh ••• + 561
Rajputana ... + 7,632
Comparison with the figures of 1891 shows that Patiala lost by intra·
provincial migration alone
Loss t~y
1 • t P .
an ra· rov1n· • · 8 souls
h 79,698
eial migrlftion, lU rgor, or 45,173 more t an m I 91.
1901. J8g1.
Total ... 79,698 34,525
Chen'b Colony 4,28o
'Jlntl 6,255 3,110
.Nabha u,6go s,o9S
Taking the figures for intra-~mperi~t migration,, %·.~. 1 th~se for ~i~ration
Loss by intra· m India both w1thm the PunJab and
Imperi~l migra· to or from other provinces in India, we
tiOn,
1901 ,
have the mar::,ma
r/ 1dat a.

Total 73,295
A notable feature of the immigration is the proportional excess of
females. This is especially noticeable in the case of the neighbouring Dis·
tricts- and States of Hissar, Ambata, Ludhhina, Jind, Nabha and Maler
Kotla, and shows that the bulk of the immigration is due to marriages.
Ag~s. · The figures for age, sex and civil condition are given in great detail in
iable 10 of p,,, Table 10 of Part B. The following statement shows the age distribution
' of xo,ooo of both sexes:-

Age period. ,;, •,;, Age petiod.

,;,
Q.l
c::: ..; ~ ,;,
c
'(;j 0 'iii
Q.l
'(;j s ..."' 'iii
II>
s @

-----...... - -- -- -----...... - - -
Q.l Q) Q.l Q)
:.?Z l'l;. ~ ::E f:L. ~

Infants under J 138 126 264 25 and under 30 46o :389 849
I and under 2 :36 31 67 :io 35 444 391 835
...... .........
,. 'Jt

2 ,, II 3 t2j 108 231 :35 II II 40 294 248 542

3 4 t25 113 238 40 II II 45 402 :343 745
,,
4 " " so
s10 "
II
II
5
JO ......'" 129
695
113
599
242
1,294
45 II
so " 55
,, .." .." 6o -... 212
295
155
233
367
528

15
go
II
II
n
"
11 ·

II
IS
20
25
...
-
674
557
4841
516
:391
409
1,190
948
8g3
1
6o and over
- ~~I
319
73
268
I
I So
587
 57
PATlALA STATE, ] B£rtk customs. [PART A)

· Births and deaths are registered throughout the State, but the figures, CHAP. I, C.
as tabulated, give a mean birth-rate of 22'1 per mille in 1892-1896 and of -:-
14'9 in 1897-1901. Such rates are impossibly low and point to defective Descnptlve.
registration or incorrect tabulation, or both. The death-rate for 1892-18g6 PoPULATION.
(18·8 per mille) is also incredibly low. Vital statisti~s.
, Drinking-water is generally obtained from wells, except in the Bh!khi, Healtll.
Narwa1na and BoM than as, where water is 50 to 150 feet below the surface.
The people are, as a rule, careless how they feed their. children, and little
regard is paid to cleanliness. The result is that many children die of
diarrhcea, colic, enteritis, eczema, boils, ophthalmia, otorrhcea and catarrh.
1902 was the most unhealthy year the State bas known for some Diseases,
time, the registered deaths amounting to no less than 64,094,1 of which ·
55,481 were due to plague or fever. Next to 1902 comes 1900 with 44,039
recorded deaths and 1893 with 40,214. .The worst outbreak of .cholera
was in x8g2, when 10,784 people died of it. Pneumonia and diseases of
the eye are as common here as elsewhere in the Punjab. Plague first
appeared in Hedon, a village near the Sutlej, inthe Amargarh nizamat, in
18gg. It did not, however.r spread, and the State was free from the epidemic
until March J goo, when a fresh outbreak occurred at Khamanori in the same
nizamat. In J8gg·t900 there were 26 cases and 19 deaths, and in the
following year 166 cases and 98 deaths. The removal of the cordon
in 1901•02 was followed by a tremendous rise in the figures, 30,401 cases
being recorded with no less than 29,159 deaths. The numbers then fell
almost as suddenly as they had rise~, and in 1902-03 there were only 8, 51 5
cases with 7,581 deaths. No inoculations for plague were performed in
the State in 1899. The number performed in the succeeding years was:-
in tgot·o2, 40,755; in 1902·03, 29,738; and in 1903·04, 4,030.

BIRTH CUSTOMS.

Among the Khatri's a~d Aroras of the towns when a woman is Hindus~
pregnant for the first time a ceremony called rftan or. ohore is performed
in the 5th or 7th month. The woman's mother sends her a tewar or
suit of clothes and some sweets, and the women of her oiradari
assemble, dress her in the tewar, and put seven handfuls of -the
sweets in her dopatta; the rest they eat. On the birth of a son the
father gives money to th~ Brahmans and, Ugts (menials) who bring
him dubk (green grass) in token of . congratulation. The doors of
the house are decorated in the . villages with branches .of the siris.
tree, and in towns with mango leaves strung together (bandarw4l).
The neighbours who come to offer congratulations are regaled with
gur. The sutak or period of seclusion after childbirth lasts for 1 I days
among Brahmans, 13 among Khatris, 15 among Banias, and 17 among
Sudras. The purification ceremony (dasuthan or chaunka charhna) is then
performed, a Brahman and the biradari being summoned, the mother and
child washed, and food distributed. A name is then given to the child
by the padM, among Hindus, and by opening the Granth Sahib among Sikhs.
The pcidha ascertains the date and hour of birth and prepares the horoscope.
The mother does not leave the house for 40 days after delivery. No
ceremonies attend the birth of a girl. Among the higher castes boys are
shaved with ceremony either at home or, at a temple in the 3rd or 5th
year. A boy assumes the jan eo when he has reached his 8th or IJ th year,

1
But. these figures are obviously far below the mark,
 ss
PATIALA STATE. ] Bz'rtk customs. [ PAR1' A,
CHAP. I, C. an auspicious day being chosen for the rite, Banias only wear the faneo
Descriptive. on the death of their parents.1 .

PoPuLAtioN. The Muhammadans of the lower classes have borrowed the riMn
Muhammadans, ·ceremony from the Hindus, but they call it satwansn. In the ninth month
of pregnancy a puria of dried fruits is offered to Bibi Fatima and given to
a poor Sayyid woman. In Patiala Muhammadans do not make the woman
lie to the ·north, as they do elsewhere, during confinement. An . iron
implement is kept on the bed and no cat is allowed in the room. Soon
after birth the asan is recited, preferably by a religious man, in the child's
ear. On the 6th day the chhathi ceremony takes place, the child being'
brought out of the sachcha R.hana and food given to the binidart. The
aklka (tonsure) ceremony is performed on the 7th, 14th, or 21st day,
goats being sacrificed. One leg is given to the diU, ·a head to the barber,
and the rest distributed among the biradar!. The bones are buried. The
child is named the same day, either by the mullah, or an elder member of
the family. The mother remains secluded for 40 days, and takes a bath
on the 4oth day. The bism£1/ak ceremony takes place when a boy is 4
years 4 months and 4 days old. H~ puts on a new dress (jama), goes
to the mzellalz or some senior member of the family with cash and sweets,
and is made to repeat bism£/UJz. This is the commencement of his
education. As soon as he has finished the Quran, comes the amfn
ceremony, when clothes are given to the teacher and food to the
/Jiradarf. There is no fixed date for circumcision, which may be performed
up to the 11th year or at any time before puberty. The biradar£ are
invited, the boy seated on a chair, where the barber circumcises him : a rupee
or more is paid to the barber, the relations give presents (tambol), and gur
is distributed among them. For ten days no salt is given to the boy.
This custom is not however strictly observea by all classes.9
Sex statisties; The number of males in every xo,ooo of the population is shown
below:-

Census of In villages. In towns. Total.

---------....-.-------- -- --
(1881 ... 5,515 5,383 5.499
All religions ~ 1891 ... s.soJ S,5o3 5,503
I
LrgoJ ... 5,498 5.458 5,494
(Hindus ... s,so6 5,537 s,sog
ISikhs ... 5,545 1 6,243 5.573
Cen1us of 1901 -(
IJains
l Muhammadans
SSIS
5,420
j 5.435
5,225
5.485
5.378

I For a longer note on the janetJ see the Gazetteer of Ludhi,na District.
'Birth and marriage CU5toms peculiar to.certain castes will be found described below
uadtr !~Tribes and Castes."
 59
PATIALA STATE, ] J!arrz'agl customs. [PART A.
CHAP. I, C.
Year of life. All reli· H'
gions. . 1ndus. S'k
1. hs.
IJ.
ams. IMuham·
madans.
The marg in a 1 Des~tlve.
table shows the
number or' females PoPULATION.
------ --:---·~/- to every 1 1 o o o Sex statistics,
males under 5 years
'(; nder 1 year ... 909·61 895·9 Sgg·l 914•3 . 953·6
1 and
under 2 ... 9o8·7 930·6 820·6 700·0 953·0 of age as returned
2 " 11 3 '" 872•81 8g8•6 769•1 82,5•0 917•7 in the Census of
3 " " 4 ... , 900•2 915•1 814·0 952·4 955-4
4 II II 5 '" 88J•l 8g2·41~3·S 1,297·3 935'4
1901.

Infant marriage is not the rule in Patiala. The ages of the married
people up to 34 are shown• in the
margin. Full details, by age and
religion, will be found in the Patiala
o-4. Persons. Males. )emales. Census tables, but it may be noted
here that of the married persons whose
- - - - - - - - - ages are between 10 and 14, 21,166
are Hindus, 6,876 Muhammadans and
o-4 ..,
1.157 4 ,,;~
35 JO
7,129 Sikhs. The. comparative infre•
S-9 ... 5,270
[Q-14 .. .
35,2491 9,817 25,432 quency of early marriages among
I5-I9 "' 75.642 27,239 48,403 Sikh3 is noteworthy. Of the 21,166
20-24 ... 102,776 42,6!8 6o,l58 Hindus, 6,oo6 are males and 15,16o
25-29 ... 1o8,654 51,139
:JD-34 '" 108,0481 53,287 ~~:~~~ females. Of the 61876 Muhammadans,
J ,g3o are males and 4,946 females.
Of the 7,129 Sikhs, r,85o are males
and 5,279 females. Thus it appears that Muhammadans and Sikhs are
agreed in avoiding those early marriages for their girls which are so frequent
among Hindus.
The girl's parents take the initiative and choose a suitable match out· Marriage'
side the four nearest gots. Dhaighar Khatris, Brahmans and Aggarwal customs.
Banih marry into any got but their own. Betrothal takes place between
the 5th and nth years. Jats and Banias take money for their
daughters, but higher castes do not unless they are very hard pressed.
Marriages by exchange are often very complicated, involving a large
number of couple3, They are looked on with disfavour; Batte di kurmai
ganj£ ga£ tatakan ai.-" Exchanga betrothals are the substitution of a
divorced woman for a bald one.11 If the marriage is without payment the
ceremony takes place when the girl is 9 to 15, otherwise it is performed on
payment of the price. There are various ceremonies connected with
marriage, but they are not peculiar to Patiala. Among Muhammadans the
ceremonies are less complex. Marriages seldom take place in Ramzan, the
Muha.rram or Shahan. Muktawa is confined to the lower classes. In towns
expenditure on weddings reaches the height of extravagance. Banii d£
kama£, bialt our makan m kM.t-'· A banz'a's earnings are swallowed up by
marriage or house-building." The Khatris and Banias are trying to curtail
this expenditure and bara and dhakrio (largesse) have been forbidden by
the Darbar. Polygamy is rare. The richer Hindus only marry a second wife
if the first is barren. Among Muhammadans it is slightly more common,
Avowed polyandry is unknown. Remarriage of widows is common
among all Muhammadans except Sayyids, Pathiins and Rajputs. It
is forbidden among Hindus of the higher castes and involves excommuni·
cation. Among the Jats a widow generally marries her husband's brother.
Divorce is common in the hills. When a woman dislikes her husband
she leaves him and goes to her parents. They select another husband fot
 6o
PATIALA STATE. ] Language. [ PART A.
CHAP.I, c. · her, and if she approves of him her first husband is sent for and paid the rU
-:- . money in the presence of the biradari. A woman sometimes makes many
DescrJptlve. changes. The interval between her leaving one husband and marrying
PoPULATION, another is called thanjana. ·
Marriage
customs. The vital statistics given in Table 11 o£ Part B show that in the 5
years (t8g8-1go2) about 1~7 boys were born to every 100 girls, but that the
Female infanti• male death·r'-ate was lower than that of females, only 107 males having died
cide,
1F'EMAL!S PER. 1,000 MALKS. to every 100
females in that
period. The result
llges. is that in all the
Religions. main r e li g i o n s
All ages. · the proportion of
· females to males
- - - - - - - - - · - gradually falls as
the age advances,
All religions ... 82o until, taking the
Hindus 815
Sikhs .., total population, we
794
Muhammadans ... 86o have the marginal
figures.1
2Females
Enquiries made
per r,ooo in the State however
males,
Hindus ,., raise no suspicion
~
773
Jats ... Sikhs ... ... 798 of female · infan-
Muhammadans ... · 762. ticide, though the
Ra' ut5 f Hindus ... 737 castes noted in the
JP l Muhammadans 8]2
marginal returns
3FEMALBS TO 1 000 MALES,
1 have very low ratios
of females, and the
Village. G6t. Religions. o-s. All ages. ratios are still lower

-----------
Ram pur Jat-Maogat ... Hindu
ib the villages arid
tribes noted in the
margin.s T h e s e
Do, Do. ... Sikh figures tend to show
Dhamot Jat.Jhalle ... Hindu that much less care
.Do, Do. ••• Sikh
Jarg ... Jat·Mander ... Hindu is taken of female(
Do. Do. ... Sikh children than of
male.

LANGUAGE.

Language, Punjabt is spoken with some alterations throughout the State, except
in the hills, where PaMri is spoken. In Patiala proper well-educated
Hindus and Muhammadans speak Urdu. In the outlying tract of Mohindar-
O'arh 1\Urwari is spoken. In the local Punjab! the past tense ends in ta,
~r dt!, as HU, did; pUt!, drank; khadt!, ate. The present tense also ends
in dt!, as in kardt!, does; chalda, goes. In some forms n is inserted before
da, as in kMnda, eats; pinda, drinks. In the ·future u is changed into
a; pianga, will drink, sfanga, will sew. Similarly uis changed into a,
khanda han, I eat, instead of Rhata hun. In nouns a is often changed
to ri as in Um, work; Un, ear; Mth, hand ; for Mm, Un and htf.th.
Sometimes y becomes ai, e or t', as in eh, this ; iM1t, 'here'; for the
Urdu, yilz, ya!zan. The language of the 1\·Iohindargarh t~izamat resembles
Hindi rather than Punjab!. Here o is generally used in place of a a,
 Ga
PATIALA STATE. ] ·Trz'oes and Castes. (PART A.
glzoro, ' a horse.' Tale for .ntcke, ~below,' dk~re for pas, '~ear,' .are CHAP.I, c.
generally used. The hill dialect of ~he State iS that of the S!m}a hills. - ·
In the towns ·the Persian character 1s generally used. Nagn 1s used Descriptive.
by Brahmans for religious purposes. Shop-keeper's account books are PoPULATION.
kept in Lande. In Patiala proper some Muhammadan shop-keepers use L ·
the Urdu character, but totals are shown in Lande numerals. A few of anguage.
the well-to·do Sikhs keep their accounts in Gurmukhi.
TRIBES AND· CASTES.
Nearly every caste in the Punjab is represented in Patiala,.but the Jats, Jats,
who comprise 30 per cent. of the population (485,I7o), are· by. far the
strongest element. The Jats of the Malwa, in which the main part of the
Patiala State is included, have been called the finest peasantry in India •
. A description of the Malwa Jat, and the points in which he differs from the
Jat of the Manjha, will be found in the Gazetteer of the Ludhiana District.
The Jats of Patiala mostly claim Rajput origin, and appear to have
migrated from Jaisalmer into the Malwa, or the territory south of the Sutlej
which stretches towards Delhi and Bikaner, about the middle of the 16th
century, though the as!£ or original gats l\16n, Bhullar and Her, which are of
the Shiv gdtra, were probably settled in the Malwa before the other Jats.
The SiddhUs (42,405) are the most numerous and important sub-divi· Siddhu Jats,
sion of the Jats in Patiala. Besides the ·ruling families of the Ph6lkhin
States and Faridkot, many families of note belong to the SiddhU ·clan.
They claim descent from a Bhatti Rajput, Jaisal, founder of Jaisalmer. The
Siddhus1 are strongest in the Anahadgarh nisamat. They· form an exo·
gamous section and avoid one gdt only in marriage. The jagtrdars · of
Bhadaur are described elsewhere. Other important families in this State
are the jag£rdars of Tal wand!, Kotli Sabo and Jiundan. The SiddhUs are
nearly all Sikhs.
Harike is one of the Siddhu septs, and is called after Chaudhri Had, its Hartke.
· ancestor. Chaudhri Hari and his descendants founded 14 or 15 villages.
on both banks of the Sutlej, whence the name ' Harlke pattan,' and Buddha
Singh, one of his descendants, settled at Sekha in Barnala pargana. Sardar
Bhag Singh, of this sept, was Bakhshi of the State, and Sardar Basawa
Singh became its Bakhshi and Adalati and was afterwards a member of •the
first Council of Regency. His grandson, Sardar Bahadur Sardiir Pritam
Singh, is the present Bakhshi.
Mehta is also a munht or sept of the Siddhu got or clan. It is named after Mehta,
its ancestor Mehta, who founded •.the village of Mehta near Barnala.
Sardars Bahali Singh, Buti Singh, Dal Singh and Ranjit Singh of this sept
all held the post of the Commander-in-Chief in the State.
The Chahil Jats claim that Cbahil, their eponym, was born of a hill CUbil Jats,
fairy. They are numerous in Bhlkhf, in which tahsil they own. many
villages, and the}' also hold scattered villages in tahsils Narwana, Amargarh,
Bhawanigarh and Fatehgarh. Sardar Partap Singh, Chahil, maternal uncle's
son of the late Maharaja Narindar Singh, was Bakhshl to the State. He
was in command of the Patiala Contingent at Delhi in 1857, and his son
Ranjit Singh is now the leading representative of the tribe. To support
their claim they pay special worship to Guga Plr, who was a Chauhan
Rajput. They worship Ealand Jogi Pir, their jathera.
, The Dhaliwals claim to be Chandra Bansi Raj puts by origin, through Db&trw£1 Jab
Dhciliwal, Bhatti, who migrated from Jaisalmer and settled at Kangar in '
Nabha territory in the 12th or 13th century. In the time of Akbar, the
1
For a detailed account of the·Siddhus see Griffin's Rtijat of th1 l'unja& and the ..u,. 1 ·i•
6arti, B1~tss io 3 volumes bJ Wali Alla Sadiqf, pQblished by order of the Faridkot Oarb4r.
 6~
PATIALA STATE. ] Trt'oes and Castes. [PART A;
CliAP.I. C, chief. of the Dbaliwals, Mihr Matha~ 1
is said to have given a dauO'hter in
marriage to that emperor, whence the Dhiliwals and the 35 Jat tribe: which
Descriptive. concurred in the. bestovral of a Jat girl on the emperor a:cquired the title
PorUL.\TtoN. or status of Darbarl.. The Darb.irf Jats in this State are the Tiwanas of
DUJfw~Jats. Chinarthal, the Jhalle Gils of Dhamot and Siawara, the Manders of Jarg,
the Mangats of Rampur and Kabin{, the Jhij of Gidri and Bawanf
the Panders of Gahlot!, and the Gandhas of Rauni. Darbari Jats pa;
special fees to their mz'rasts at weddings. The DhAliwals, after the
decline of Mihr Matha's family, dispersed and some migrated into the
State, where they are mainly found in tahsils Bhatinda and Bhlkhl
and in stray villages in Sumim, Amargarh and Sahibgarh. The mairt
Dh.illwal septs are the Mant, Udl, Rureka, Dina and Ramana. The
tribe is chiefly represented by the family of the late Sardar Ganda
Singh, c.s.r., Bakhshi of the State, and his son Sardar Hazura SinO'h
is now an officer in the State forces. A man of note among the Dinak~s
was MU.n Mahtab Singh of Faridkot, whose daughter was married to Mahi\..
d.ja Mahin dar Singh and became the mother of Maharaja Rajindar Singh.
Nb Jata, The Man Jats say they migrated from the north, and claim descent
from Mandbata, a Rajput, by a karewa marriage. Mindhita settled in
Lci.dowa in Ferozepore and thence in Akbar's reign the Mans migrated
into the present niz~mat o£ Anahadgarh, in which they own many villaO'es.
Their chief sub·septs in this State are Maur, Sandar, Khawala and ParAga,
and they give their names to the villages of Maur, Manwala, Man Khera,
and Mansa. They avoid only the one got in marriages, and form
no alliances with the Bhulars or Sher Gils. At weddings they give a rupee
to all the mirasls, Brahmans and Bhats of the Man villages, and this
ceremony is called tapa or l11ppa. The Mansahia Jats regard themselves
as superior to other Mans. Tradition says they owe their name to the fact
that the head of the family paid the revenue due to the emperor. punctually.
Sardar Harn6m Singh deorh£wala is the leading man among the Man·
sahla. ~abaraja Rajindar Singh was married into this family.
Dhillon Ja.ts. The Dhillon Jats claim descent from Raja Karn, whose descendant
That married a Jat wife. The Dhillons are said to have migrated from
Delhi under the Mughals; and are now mainly found in talusH Govindgarh
and in scattered villages in Bhikhi and Fatehgarh tahsils. Their chief sub•
septs in this State are the Mahna, Bangria, Gat, ]and!, Saraya, Garah and
Mutal. They only avoid the father's got in marriage and make no alliances
with the Dhindsa and Wal.(Wat is a sub·sept o£ the Sekhons) on accountj
of some old dispute.
Gil Jats. The Gils trace their origin to their eponym, Gil, who fled from Raj·
putana and settled in Bbatinda', where he married a Dhaliwal. Thence, in
the time of Shih Jahan, the Gils migrated to Sahibgarh and Sumtm tahslls,
in which they are now numerous. They are found also in tahsils Raj·
pura and Bhikb[. They have 1 t sub·septs, Sher, Kak, Landra, Sihai,
Bbadon, Jhagar, Barala, Karora, Kand, Jaji and Jhala, the last of which
is strongly represented in tahsil Sahibgarh, where it holds I 1 villages.
Ma11al Jats. The Marrals, returned as Jats in the Censuses of 1891 and 1901 1
are mainly Muhammadan, but a few are Hindus. The Muhammadan
l\farrals of Samana lay claim to an Iranian origin and say they
are descendants o£ Yazd-i-jard, the last Sassanian king of Persia, who
was conquered by the Arab Sa'd-waqas. They migrated from Kabul
in the time of Prithwi Raj, king of Delhi, under Malik Salah·
ud-din. On the recommendation of the Nawab of Samana the Malik
lA!so called Cllaudhrl, or Mihr Mith~.
: PATIALA STATE. ] Trz'bes and Castes.
received a grant of villages in that part together with the title of Mande CHAP;~· i, ·c.
or lord of xoo villages (mandan from Khanda Rao, brother of Prithwi Raj. 7'ptive.
In the time of Ala-ud·din Khilji, Qutb-ud-d(n Marral obtained the fiefs of Descr1pt
Samana and Malkana, and the latter, which is a !Jasti of ·Sam6na, is still Porui.Atto:t.
held in jagir by the l\1andals' o£ Karnal. Malik Suleman Yar }ang, ·a.· M J1t
descendant of Nawab Arastujah Wazir-i-Azam of Haiderabad, Deccan, also arra1 1'
holds a j,f,tlr in Samina itself. Malik Barkat Ali Khan of Samana is the
Assistant Advocate at Patiala.
The Dhindsas claim descent from Raja Karn. They migrated from Dhrndsa Jats.
·"Sirsa in the time of the Mughal emperors and settled in Chaunda Martvi, in ·
'·tahsil Amargarh, round which place they own anumber of villages. They
, are also found in scattered villages in tahsils Ra jpura, Ghanaur and Patiala,
and Ubhewal in Sumim tahsil is a village of Muhammadan Dhindsas.
The Randhawas1 hold only two villages in Sahibgarh, and Mimsa Randh£wa jats.
village in Amargarh tahsil, but they offer one or two points of interest.
Their ancestors settled at Mimsa, near which, on their migrating thither
from Tamkot, the axle of one of their carts broke, and its owners took this
as an omen that they should settle at the spot. The others went on, and
failing to persuade their comrades to accompany them, they uttered a curse
upon them that they should be compelled to seek a new home every 12 years.
Every 12th year on the 8th Sudi of Asarh they take a cart to the spot and
worship it, and an uncle cuts a lock of hair from his nephew's head. On their
return home, it is said, the axle of the cart invariably breaks on the road.
The Tiwana Jats claim descent from LakkhU, seventh in descent .from Tiw£na Jats.
Tiw6na, a Punwar Rajput. They migrated from Dhira Nagri in the
13th century, and now hold several villages in Sihibgarh and two in
Rajpara tahsils. Like Rajputs, their women observe ~ardtt and they
discountenan~e karewa. Their leading family is that of the Chaudhrls of
Chinarthal, and Sardar Sawai Singh of this family held important posts in
the State under Maharaja Narindar Singh. Two Tiwana ch.audhrls, Majlis
R.ai and Wazlr Khan, were prominent chiefs of this tribe in the Mughal ·
times. There is also a Muhammadan Tiwana village in Ghanaur tahsil.
The Sarahs or Sarais are mainly found in nislmats Anahadgarh and Sar4h Jats.
Karmgarh.
The Kaleke Sardars belong to the Sarae gdt. They trace their descent K41eke.
from the Bhatti Rajputs of Jaisalmer, and are named after their ancestor
thaudhri Kala, who founded the village of KalyanwaU in Sirsa; his grand·
son Maluka founded K~leka near Dhanaula, where his descendants still
hold land. Sardars Gurbaksh Singh and Haria Singh, brothers-in-law. of
Maharaja Ala Singh, were fifth in descent from Chaudhri Kala. !::>ardar
Gurbaksh Singh was Maharaja Ala Singh's Dlwcin, and accompanied him
in all his expeditions. He is best remembered for his services when Mah8ra ja
Ranjit Singh came to Patiala to visit Maharaja Sahib Singh. MU Fatto,
wife of Maharaja Ala Singh, belonged to this family, and Maharaja Karm
Singh also married into it.
The Pawanias are of Shiv gotra, like the Man, Bhular and Her, with the Pawhia Jats.
two latter of whom they do not intermarry. They migrated from Hissar and
own four villages in tahsil Sunam.
The Ghuman Jats also claim Rajput descent. Migrating in the time Ghumbjats
of Jahingir from Rajputana, they settled at Sajuma in the Jind State and •
now hold 1 I villages near Bhawanigarh, Ghumana in Raj pur a, and a village
in Patiala tahsil.
10r RadUwas.
 64
PATIALA STATE. ) 1fi~es and Cas(eJ. [PART A;•
CHAP.. ·1. c. !he Na_ins1 claim t? be by ?ri~in T?r Rajputs. Their ancestor Main pal
D -r'pt've' marned a w1dow and h1s son Nam 1s the1r eponym. . They hold many villacres
esc-~ • in the Bangar (tahsil Narwana), such as Dhamtan Sahib, etc., and st~ay
1 1

PoP'ULATioM. 'villages in the . Sunam and Patiala tahsils. They are said to have .
[\~ain Jats, migrated from Delhi, where .they ruled prior to the rise of the Chauhan
dynasty. Their sub-septs are Jaja, Bamir and Narain. Sardar Ude Singh,
Nain, was Superintendent of the Palace in the time of Mai Askaur, Dlwan
and Judiciall\tinister, guardian to Mahid.ja Narindar Singh and member
of the first Council of Regency. His son, the Mashir·Ala Sardar Bahadur
Sardar Gurmukh Singh, is now (1904) President of the Council.
M4ngat Jats. The Mangats are only found in tahsil Sahibgarh, where they hold six
~p . .
C'ndlie Jats, The Gandhes are descended from GandhU, son of .Raja Gopal, Taont
Rajput, by a Jat wife, and are found in tahsils Banur, Rajpura and Amargarh.
SindhG Jats. The SindhUs appear to hav'e immigrated into the State from the
Manjha in the 16th century and are found in .scattered villages in tahslls
Ghanaur, Rajpura, Amargarh, Bhatinda and Barnala.
Bbular Jats. · The Bhulars are said to have been driven from Mari in Ferozepore by
the Siddhus and then to have dispersed. They own nearly the whole of seven
villages in Barnala and four in Sunam tahsils. Their sub-septs are four
in number, vis., Kosa, Munga, Dahr and Bhatia.
Garew£1 Jat• The Garewa.12 or Girewal is a well-known sept which once held
rule over Raipur and Gujarwal in Ludhiana. Maharaja Narindar Singh
married into this family, and ~ne of its members, Sardar Ghamand Singh,
became Bakbshi. Sardar Mihman Singh was father-in-law, and his son
Hira Singh brother-in-law of the Maharaja. Sardar Kishan ~ingh, also·
of this family, is now muatamad to the Punjab Government. They claim
descent from Raja Mahan Chand of Chanderi in Indore, a Chanderi Rajput.
Sekhon Jat• The Sekhon Jats claim descent from the Punwar Raj puts. They are
named after their ancestor Sekhon, who had seven sons, after whom were.
named seven munhis or septs. Mai Askaur, mother of Maharaja Karm
Singh, whose life sheds a lustre over- Patiala history, belonged to this,
family, and her brother Sardar Diwan Singh was Commander-in-Chief. Two
daughters of the family are now married in the PhUlkian States, one to Raja
Hira Singh of Nabha and the other to His Highness the Hon'ble Sir Kanwar
Ranb1r Singh, K.C.S.J., of Patiala. Maharaja Amr Singh made Daria Singll-
his Diwan. Himmat Singh and Sawa.I Singh were Bakhshls, Mal Singh wal ·
Adalati or Judicial Minister, and Sardar Sedha Singh was Dlwan. They
hold Bakbshlwala (in Sunam tahsil), Kaulgarh (in Pail), Kishangarh and
Kanhgarh (in Bhikhl), and Karmgarh (in Anahadgarh tahsil).
Utw£1 Jata. Among the Utwfils the family of Chaudhrl Charat Ram, member of the
second Council of Regency, is the most important. His grandson Sardar
Sapuran Singh is now Financial Minister of the State.
MandetJafs, Sardar Bhagwan Singh, Mander, is a Judge of the Patiala Chief Court,
His father Sardar Basta Singh held the post of Nazim for a long time,
The Mahils trace their descent from the T6r Raj puts. They came
from Delhi. The clan holds ShAhpur Khurd, Sbahpur Kalin and Namol
in Sunam tahsll and Kbinpur in Dhuri. Sardar FaJ:eh Singh of this tribe
held high posts in the State, and was a member of the first Council of
Regency. His son Sardar Man Singh is N.izim of Amaf:garh nieamat.
1Nain. is a Hind( BMsha word meaning eye. There are said to be Nains in Bik4ner also,
'The sept is so named because a Chanded R'jpllt settled at Gire, a village in Rupa:
tahsO, and fell in love with a Jat woma11 whoDl be kept as bis mistr~s.
 0;)
PAT\ALA STATE. ] ( PART A.
The following are sotrie proverbs about the }at peasantry:-. CHAP i c
Ck4na n~ jrmt bti.k. Ja.t n~ jane rall- "Gram does not require much ploughing, and a I. J •

Jat ca.n do without a path" (Cf. Macoilachie,t No. t022). Descriptive.

Jat jatan de sale k:!rde ghale male- •• Jats are all brothers-in-law of' O!le. an:>ther. and POI'OL"TION.
keep their own counsPI (combine to help one another}; i.e., jats are cloJely related and scheme
\o protect one an'ot'her" (Mai::oh1chie, No: 938). Proverbs abo~at
Jat, dkattti, b .Jmi, ck1uthe bidhlmi:i ndr, yih eMma bhilkhe bho1lt, rafje karen bdar- "A Jats,
J't. a bull, a.he goat aR.:i fourthly a wido1v are good, if they have an empty stomach, and bad
if a full one."
Rajji bhllins n' AM~ kh1l ra :jti. mall chflle n1 h4l raija Jc~t hdha'IJie ial raijQ, mahajan
i!U tal- •· A full fed she-b11ffalo 'does n 't ea111ha/. (o~lcake), a full fei he· buffalo does not go
well in a: plough, a fulHea Jat raises quarrels, and 'a w'eU to do mahaja n oecorri es meek and
quiet."
Jat n11 id11e gun 4ara ck111l n11 jtin~ bdh, J,,t dri guru kh.,nsurti clune da garu chhah-
" The jat iii not grateful~tnd gram does not require much ploughing: but shoe-bea,ting can cor~
rect the jat and whey digest the gram" Cf Maconacn,e, No 9J6, for a more polite version).
Jat :anna nta de bheU de- •• A Jat does not give a stick of sugarcane when asked, but
gives a bheU (a lump' of raw sug •r) when pressedu
T1it jehi lakr£ nahfn je tire JI<J '}at n1h£n ;e phire nd tini jehii. bhtinrU. n •hln je rurhlle
n.l-" There is no tlmber like tuti£ it does ·not solit, no'c~ste like that ofthe· Jat if he is true
to his word, rio u ensillike ti11d (Persian- wheel pot1 i.f it does not tuirible off."
... Nat bidyri ptU Jat bidya nahln' pat:.-" The tricks of a Nat (rope-dan~r) can be known
but not those of a Jat." ·
Tind our 'fat dd ft basah-'• A~'tind and a Jat'cannol;'be trtist~d·"
Rann J ttl lwr sab .ch1tti-1' A J~t witt! for me: all .the r.est a,re a mere waste of
money." The lastproverb.shows,.that the Jat wife •s the best and most economical and helps
her hll!lband in agricultural pursuit's Cf. Macontchie, No. 37).
Raj puts in Patiala number 65,29·6. though they have beaten their R.ijputs.
swords into ploughshares, they do not take kindly to agriculture and are far
inferiot as cultivators to the Jats: The TaoniS'and Chauhan~ are the largest
~ub-division~'of them in this·· State,· bu( the Bhattis' rank highest.
The Bhatti{ are }adu:BanSi ,. and" are said to have been con Bhatti R.ijpli.ts. 4

verted to IsLim by Sayyid JaLH-ud-diri, Makhdum-i-Jabanian, Jah.ingasht, in

tbe time of Firoz Shah !ughlaq. Th~y are now found in scattered gro'upi,,
but stil_l ow~ some village~ in tahsil Bhatinda.
The Taonis claitn Jadti-Bansi descent, thus- Tioiit R£jp4t$,''
R3ja Salvahan of Pattan in Gujrat.
. T1in I(grandson).--
R3Ja
. . I - .
Uggar Sain (7th in·descent from Tan).;
~ligrated ·from Agroha in 6gg Bikrami and ~ettled in this part ~oft he Punjab
becoming king o{ Buras.-

Raja GopaJ (7th in des~ent from Uggar Sain).

-------·-J··
r . .
Dhirpal, or Nawab Abti'l-Katimi einl:ld.ced IsUm'under Shahab-ud-dfn
-
6£ Ghor after his victory over Prithwi Raj at Tarain (Tanl.warl) in Karnil
District in 1193- His tomb is said to be at Banur; which is· a great Taoni
centre, f?t Taonis :are numerous· in that tahsil and in ~ati.l!a,· Riljpura and
Ghanaur. The Hmdu'Taortis hold Bular (in tahsil Pati.ila), Li!ru, Nagla
and Khelart in tahsil Bat16r, and· Dhakansu, Tepla, Ihnwari, Pabra and
Dhamoli in R~ jpura. They have ·12 'septs, said to be' 11amed after the sons·
of Raja G?pal; vis., Dhfrpili, Ambpali, Bh iti m,· Mbtiiln, Rai Ghazi, Jaisl,
---
.Sarohd, AJemal, Jhagal. and ,Lagal, the last six being
.~
rais. " ~

•The references «re to I Panja~ Agricultural ProveriJs' edited by R. Mac .. llacbie, a ....::
R.C.l).·
 66
PATIALA StATE. ] Tribes and Caster. [ PART A.
CHAP. I, C. Socially they have 14 ckhats and 24 makans, the thhats in this State
- tlve. being Ban6r, S~hron, Ajrawar, KauU, Gha.naur ~.atton, !\-hera Guiju 1
Descrlp Shamdo, Cham4ru, Manakpur and Jausla, and m Bntish terntory Kharat,
PoPULATION. Khanpur and Morinda,
Sar'h IUjputs. The Badh or Varah Rlijputs claim descent from Blnepal of Bhatinda
and emigrated at a very distant period from Udaipur. They have a pro-
verb-BeM mas ntJ ckuhde st'ngh, bas, Variah,' the lion, the hawk and the
Varahs never taste stale meat.' Rai Kklu of Kakra near Bhawanfgarh
embraced Islam in Jahangir's reign, so that their conversion is some•
what recent, and the Bar.i.hs of Bakhtd in tahsil Sunam are still
Hindus. They own nearly 30 villages in tahslls Sunlim, Bhawh1·
garb anq Amargarh. Their organization is the usual Rajput one of
thhats or villages of the first rank and maktins or villages of the second
rank, o~her villages being inferior to these in social status. The Barahs
have I 2 thkats and 24 makans, the chhats in this State being Sam ana,
Talwandi, Kakra, Bhumsi, }hal, Jhondan, in Nabha Baena, Badbar,
Baragraon, in Jlnd Bazidpur, and in British territory Budhida and
Moranda. Master Muhammad Khuda Bakhsh, Khlin of Haryau Khurd, was
the tutor of Maharaja Mohindar Singh. He also held the post of Canal Agent
and that of Director of Public Instruction, Patiala State. His eldest son
Muhammad Abdul Ghafar Khan was a judge in the High Court of Patiala; ot
his younger sons Muhammad Abdul Majid Khan is Foreign Minister, Mu•
hammad Abdul Hamid Khan is Nazim of An~hadgarh, ~Juhammad Abdul
Hakim Khan is State Vakil at Ambala, and Muhammad Abdul Aziz Khan
is Colonel of Infantry.
Mand4har The Mandahars are found in tahsil Narwtina, and are said to have
R6jp6tl, migrated into the Bangar from Ajudhia 21ooo years ago, and to have taken
the ancient town o£ Kalait from the Chandels. That pl'l-ce and Bata are
now held by Hindus, Badsikri and Hittho being held by Muhammadan Manda•
bars. They call themselves Lachman. Socially they have 12 tapas (as
they call their chhats) and 36o gaoizs or villages, the tapas in this State
being Dhanaurf, Kalait and Badslkrl. The Hindus in marriage avoid only
their own gdt. At a funeral they give pagrts to their mlraFis.
JAt4 R!jp6ts; The J<itus give their genealogy as follows:- .
Raja Jairath of Pattan, Tunwar.
Jalu..
I

Kaeltdha
IUj~t&t
 PATIALA STATE. ] Tribes and Castes.
a male child they put a blue thread round its neck, a~d on the bat?ing day CHAP. I, C.
(the third to sixth day after birth) a second thread 1s put round 1ts neck, -::-ti
a tagra round its waist, and kurta on its body, all three of a blue colour. 0 escrJp ve,
They worship the sun by offering water and fasting on Sundays. At a PoPUt.ATiott.
wedding they give tyag and lekk to a mirds£. The ShaikMwat KachwaMs KachwAha R&j.
~~~~k 1 ~
Pathins live chiefly in the towns, and though they own land, .rarely Path,ns.
handle the plough. Khiljfs, Lodls, Mullagorls, Adilzais, Mamuzats an?
Umarzais are found in the State. Muhammad Namdar Khan, Umarzat,
was a member of the last Council of Regency, and his elder son Muhammad
Ashraf Khan is no\l Nazim of Karmgarh. His younger son Muhammad
Sharif Khan, B.A. (Cam.), is a barrister-at-law. The Pathans generally
marry among themselves and do not practise karewa.
Sha1khs (23,131) are chiefly found in the towns as traders and shop• Shaikbs,
keepers, but they own villages in the Sunam, Ghanaur and Rajpura tahslls. ,
The Shaikhs of Karel in Sunam are the most important family. The social
aspirations of converts from Hinduism, who are generally included among
the Shaikhs, are expressed in the following couplet : s,tt-i-aww,J/ Skaikk,
lntd'Zm, sal·i·rloim Mirza: gkalla ckun arsan sltawad imsal Sayyirl Mlsha-
wam-" The first year a Shaikh, the second a Mirza. If corn is cheap
this year, I shall be a Sayyid."
Other cultivating classes are the Ahirs, Ar!ins, Dogars, Gujars and Minor agricul•
Kambohs, and in the hills the Kanets. The Ahirs, here as elsewhere tural classes:
industrious cultivators, are confined to Mohindargarh nizamat. They Ahlrs.
are divided into two endogamous sub-castes, Jadu-Bans{ and Gopal-Bansf,
both claiming to be Jidu-Bansi Rajputs by descent. The former sub-
caste comprises 64 gats, of which the principal are the Karira, Bhangar,
Chaura, Gatwal, Dewa and Sanp. The latter worship black snakes and
do not kill one if they see it. The Ahirs are devotees of Krishna. Their
leading representative is Chaudhd Budh Singh of Nanga! Sirohl, whose .
family has held the office of Chaudhri since the Mughal times. This
family also observes parrla and discountenances widow re-marriage,
which other Ahlrs practise. Though usually landowners and cultivators,
the Ahfrs also take service in the army.
The Patiala Arains belong to the Sirsewal branch and are said to have Adfn~.
immigrated hither from Sirs a. All are Muhammadans, except a few in
\Sanaur and Ajrawar, who are Hindus. Aralns are numerous in the Sirhind,
'I>atiala and Riijpura tahsils, where they hold groups of villages and own
land which they themselves cultivate. Their more important gots are
Siyahl, Naur, Mund, Ghalan, Bhatil1n and Jatilili.
The Dogars, who are exclusively Muhammadans, came from Seohna Dogars.
near Lahore in the time of MahAraja Ala Singh. Some of them were in
former times Bakhshls of the State, and of these the most famous was
Lakhna, Bakhshi of Ala Singh. The Dogars hold a considerable tract of
land at Daska in Sunam tahsil, and one of them, Wazfr Muhammad, is a
Risaldar in the State service. They bear the title of Malik.
The Gujars are not as numerous as the Arains, and are a pastoral Gujar~o
rather than an agricultural tribe, bearing much the same character here as
elsewhere. They hold many villages in tahsils Rajpura and Narnaul. Some
of them are Muhammadans and some Hindus. In this State their more
important septs are the Bharwal, Lodi, Chichi, Bargat, Duchak, Katoria,
Latala, Jandar, Chandija, Gorsi and R~wat, of whom the last regards itself as
descended from Jagdeo Punwar, whose son Olan Palan married the fair
da~ghter of Mor Dhaj, Katana Gujar. Males of the Chawara sept are
believed t~ be able to cure pneumonia by touching the sufferer with a piece
 68
PATIALA StATE. ] Tribu and' Cas!ts. [ PARt A.
CMAP. J; C. of ir?n· Th~ Gujars of Rasu_lpur (in Rajpura)_and Gh.el (in Fatehgarh) have
considerable mfluence. Rahim Bakhsh, a Gu3ar, attamed to the position of
De~crlptlve, Bak~shi in the State in the reign o.f Maharaja Narindar Singh and was.
PoPULATioN. appomted a member of the Counc1l of R~gl!ncy pn the death of Maharaja.
G11jars.
Narindar Singh. . · ·
Kamboh. . . Tht; Kambohs are rather more num:rous t,han the Khatrls. They are
...
dJvide.d mt~ \W~ ~ndogamous groups, Bawani .6r the 5·2 gots and Chaurllsi,
~

or .'~he 84 gots,, and are found in tahslls Banur, Ghanaur and Sunam, th~
Kambohs, in ~h~ l,atte~ being of the Bawanl sub-caste,. many of whom
P.!'Jl~raced Islam m the time of Qutb-ud~Din, lbak. The Chaurasis at a
wedding give a pr~.sent to the liamacbls, .a caste 9~ ~usiciansJ in re!Del'(l-
brance of their naving been delivered from prison withqut being forced tC?
become Muhammadans by Dilawar Khan, Kainachl, in the time of Shams-.
prJ~Din Altaf.llah. Tb.ei~ leading families· are the M.uha,JV.fllad;m Bawan1s at
~1asingan, an ancient village in Ghanaur tahsil, the ~indu Bawanls ot
J1asanpur, and ~he I:Iindu Ch.a~nisis of .Mohi, St1ratgarh. and Jal.alpur, all in
tahsil Banur~ At the sh4t~t rit~ on the occasion of a marriage the .liindu
l)CWlbohs. IT\ak~ a goat o( f!td~h flour, which is sac;rificed by the
mat~.rnal .~mcl,e of th.e; brideg~o9m. The manner of sacrifice is to pres.~ i~
tp pieces with ,the han~. ~o~-a-diJ.y~ seven cakes of mash are m~td~
instead of the goat. They celebrate the tonsure under a jandi ~ree~

Sainf~ . Saipls ar~ chi~fly ma~ket-gar~eners. They are found in th~

Banur and Rajpura tahslls,, and ar~ all o~ ~he Gola suo-caste, al'! ~ndoga·
mo.u~ grouP, which, avoids fou,r. gots .in !llarriage and practises kar,:ewa •.
S:<!-rd~r Suja:n Sin~h i~ the !ead!n~ ~ainl in t,he State.

Kalal~ are found chiefly in the towns., though they sometimes ow~t
Katals. la,nd. ·S.udar Bhagwan Sin'gh, Deputy l.nspect<?t·General of Police, and
fHra Singh of Ban'ur,. jagfrdar 9£ Govindgarh in the Hoshiarpur District,.
are l,eadi~~- Kalals. .
K&nets. The Kanebi ar~ the agriculturists of u~e hms as the Jats ar~ of the
plains. 1hey claim to be J.{a jputs who los.t c4ste by karewa. Formerl~
peaceable an~ simple-minded, they .a~e. now becoming quarrelsome and.
fond of litigatiO!l· Thex have two dlVlstOns, Kanet <j.!ld Khas, but these
intermarry freely. 1hey avoid four gots (locally cal~ed k/iels) in marriage.
A wedding involyes 7 pheras in!'itead of the us:ual 4· Marriage ceremo·
nies among them are o~ two kinds, bi'yalt, in which the qridcgroom goes,
1

with the procession, and paryana in 'Yhich he ~tays at hQme. The Kaneu
have developed the karewa custom i~to what is called t:it. A. WQ!ll<).q;
who is tired of her husband, leaves h1m f,or some one else. The new
h~sband pays the old the value of t.he woman and nothing more is said.
Women. frequently cha,nge their husbands mo~e than once. ·
I ' '

Brahmans and Fakirs, make up about 7. per cent. of the population.

Professiollllll
castes: Sayyids. Bhats,. B~ariis. and M!rasis are of lesser importa?ce, wh!le t?e:
Bratm:a.ns. '
remaining protess1onal cast~s m the ~tate, such · as. Bhands, D~mna~,
I .Bangal1s, Garris and K~tpns, are few Ill number. The Brahmans m th1s
State are found mainly in the t_<?wns, but some few hold land as proprie-
tors, or trustees of r.eli~iou& endowments, in the villages, and they n~~
own a few mazrcfs or v1llages, e.g., Brahman, Bhat, Malo and Chha)JQ.
Mazras, and some vi)lages in Qhanaur, Rajpur~, Banur and Narnaul tahs1ls.
The mass of the Brahmans. belong to the Sarsut branch, but the G;wrs
are also represented,, ~speciallY. in tpe Mohindargarh ni1am11t and the
Bangar ta.bstl.
 6g
PATIALA StATE. ) Tr:'~ts and Castes. [ PART A.

The Sarsut Brahmans of the towns are usually of Athbans or Chhebans CHAP. J, 0,_'
status, and superior to the Bunjahfs, who are found in the villages. Some . t'v~
are employed in the service of the State, or a.re engaged in trade or agricul- 0 escnp 1 · ~.
ture, but the majority are family priests. Their leading representative is PoPuLATtOI'I·.
Sardar Partlip Singh, now a Spcci~1 ·Magistrate, and his father Sardar. Brahmanl•.
Jagdis Singh also held a high position in the State.. Am~;mg the Gaur ·
Brahmans the 1\faihtas form an importapt section,. whose memben do· not
accept alms or act as family priests, padhris. In Kanaud tahsll the family of
Missar Jawala Singh still enjoys a jaglr. o£ Rs. 300 granted by the British
Government fpr his services in 1857· Mis5ar Naunidh Rai (Naudha Missar)
of Narike in Dhod tahsil was a great man in t.he State a~ong the Brahmans.
The Si\rsut Brahman.s are divided into gotras,, named after rishts, such
a~ ahardwaj, Kaushik, Atash, Bashist, Marlchi, Bats.a, Mudgal, etc.J but
in marriages these gotras are not, as a rule1 . taken into account. The
unit which is taken into !\ccou,nt in marriage i~ the gdt or, as it is more
usually called1 the al; in Narnaul this ~nit is called. sasan. It take!;
its name from the original sect of the section, such as Kanaudia,
Bhatindia1 etc. T~~se gots or: als. are frequently split up into sub-~ecti:ons,,
~~ . . .

f (i) Malamma.

~ .. Jo,shi ,•• { Ui) Marur.. ·

I
L {#i) Bhard.wajl•.

W Khl~ Kha~ . .
2. Patha~
··~
(ii) Ma<;h~j~Mn~

h') Rata~ ..
3· BhardwaH .,. {U) Rur.

Women of thP. Joshi section do not wear bangles of country glass1 or.
more than four ear--rings (dandian). ·
The Khatrls aod Banias are the most ~mportant trading. castes. The Commerci"
Bani~s (8o,764) are. nearly five times as. n.umerous as th.e Khat.ri~ an4 cutes. ;
Aroras co.mbin.ed.
The Bani.is are the. principa~ trading caste of the State.. Ther. hold a BanU~!
good deal of land on mortgage1 and, though only forming st~ong communities
in the towns, are found s.cattered throughout the rural a~eas o! the Stat_e.
They also enter the service o£ the State freelY,· The 1Aggarwal. bran~h is
m.ost strongly represented, but the Oswals (or Bbabrasas they, are called in
~he Punjab) and a few Ma,hesrls. ax:e found in Mohindarga~h nt'~amat and i.n
the towns generally. The leading Bania f.np.ily is that o£ the Q4.nungos q£
Sunam, of whom Diwans Gurdial and Bishamhar Das were the chief members.
The main Aggarwal gots in this State are the Gar,. Go'il, Singal, Jindal.
and s~sal, while the Mangals of Sunam hold some posts. of importance in
its service. The Oswals have a distinctive custom at weddings. The brid~
~uts on one pair of lac bangles, while a. second pajr, made of ivory, is

. 1N.inu Mat, an Aggart~.·" Bania of Sun~m, was Drw~n of Mah4r~ja Amr Singh and Prime
'lll!l&ter of the ::,tate during the minority of Mah~r~j,a S4hib Singh-:~· Griffin's PunJab.R~jii.s.,'~·
 ~0
PATIALA STATE. ) Tri!Ju 1nd Castes. [ PART A;
CHAP. I; c. tied up in a corner of her dopatta, or shawl, as a memorial of their Rajput
- origin. Popular esteem is hardly the Banias' lot, as the following sayings
Descriptive. show-
PoruurtoN. • Baya, bisiar, B4nia, hais, handar, bok, Jo in se rahe nz'dra, sot siana
Baoiu. loll'-' He who keeps clear of a 6aya (a bird), a snake, a Bania, a crow,
a mon~ey and a he-goat, is a wise man.' • Ydr mar Bania, pachhan mar
thor'-' The Bania injures his friend, the thief only him who identifies him.'
• Jiska mittar Bania use duskman- lei Ida lor?'-' He who has a Bania
for his friend, has no need of an enemy.' 'Jatti da jatkera naMn, Ban'ia
da khera nakfn'-' A Jatti (Jat wife) has no jatkera (literally, 'tribal
ancestor,' who is commonly worshipped), and a Bania no village.'
Khatrfa.
The Khatris form an important element in the towns. Though
mainly engaged in trade, they are also largely employed in the State
service, while some are landowners, though not· themselves cultivators.
The sub-divisions of the Khatris in this State are Kapur, Khanna,
Malhotra and Seth. Of these the Kapur, Khanna and Seth sub-divisions
are exclusively Hindu, Sikhs numbering only r,6g5. The main division
of the. Khatris ·is into Bunjahis and Sarins. The Bunj1hls have four
independent sub-sections-Dhaighar, Charghar, Bahri and Bunjahi. The
first two consider themselves greatly superior to the rest. :rhey avoid
one got only in marriage as their circle is very limited. These two
sections are interesting as an example of the impossibility of a consist..
ently hypergamous system. When they found their choice of wives was be·
coming restricted, they began to take wives from the other sub-sections,
though still refusing to give their daughters to those they. considered their
social inferiors. In the year 1874 A.D. an influential committee of Bun-
jahi Khatris was organised at Patiala to bring about equality among their
sub-sections and to popularise inter-marriage among them, without res·
triction. The first step the committee took was to prevent the superior
groups from getting wives from the inferior unless they were willing to give
their daughters in return. The movement has attained a large measure of
success. The most important gdts are the Seoni, Matkan, Nanchiihal,
Tannan, Puri, Phandi, Budhwar, Duggal and Dbawan (all Bunjahis).
The Khatrfs of Pail Are ari influential body, whose members own land or
are employed in the State. Ratn Chand, DahriwaJa of Ranjit Singh's
court, was a Khatri of this place. Dewa D.is Puri is now the largest
landowner at Pail. The Khatris of Sunam were QanungJs under
the Mughals and held various posts under Akbar. Rcii Sahib Lala1
Nanak Bakhsh, Dhiwan, is the Indian guardian of the present Maharaja,
and his son U.la Gora U.l is a Magistrate at Patiala. The Sarins
are mainly represented by the Sodhi and Khosla gots, of whom the
former hold extensive mu'afis as descendants of the Sikh Gurus. The
Khoslas have long held important posts in the State, and of the sons of
Lala Kalwant Riii, a former Dfwan, Ula Shih Sarn Das is Superintendent
of Police, Ula Bhagwan Das a member of the Council of Regency, and
Lala Dwarka Das Comptroller of the Palace. His~younger sons, Ulas Ram
Prasad and Sha.di Rim, both B. As. (Cantab ), are barristers-at-law.
Khatri CtUtoms. Several Khatri gots have distinctive customs. Thus the Budhwars
send their parohit on the day before the tonsure of a son to invoke
a bitch and a kite, and on the day of the ceremony feed the bitch
and then the kite with a mixture of barley, sugar and ght. It is
regarded as a bad omen if the kite refuse this offering. The Purls
celebrate the tonsure in the daytimeo, and the boy's sister, placing
hairs plucked from his head on four bits of bread, buries them under
an. 11unla tree! In the evening the boy touches a donkey's back with his
 ,.
A.
PAtiALA StATE. ] Tribes anrl Cas/11. [ PART

feet, and then beats the barber with seven shoes, giving him also some pice. CHAP. r, C.
The Nanchahals of Pail reverence Baba Jagla, and the story goes that -:-
a woman once gave birth to a son and a snake. The latter was burr.t in a Descriptive.
hara (a small round vessel for heating milk), whereupon the boy also PoPULATION.
died. Hence the serpent, called Baba Jagla, is still worshipped, the tonsure Khatri cu•tom•
of the boys being performed at his shrine outside the town. The '
Kandrus also invoke a kite before a wedding and offer food to
it on the day appointed for the ceremony ; after the bird has accepted
the food the members of the family may eat. On the return of the ·
, marriage procession the jand£ tree is also worshipped. Milk is never
churned on a Sunday by Kandr~s. The Malhotras send the p11.rokit to
invoke a kite the day before the deoUj ceremony, and on the day itself
offer the bird meat. At a wedding the ear of a goat is slit open and a.
mark made with the blood on the bridegroom's forehead prior to the phera
rite. The Markins also summon a kite to the tonsure rite and feed it with
bread, boiled rice and ma,Sn. The Kapurs and Tannans observe the deok#
ceremony, and the husband kicks his wife who takes refuge in the house
of the parohit. The husband then binds a wreath of flowers (sekra) ,on his
· head and follows her. At the parokit's house he eats some boiled rice
and milk, and conciliates her with a present of jewellery. Among the
Ghitis the parohit makes an image of a goat out of liarak pa...skad or .
sacramental food, which is pretended to be sacrificed, on the occasion
of a tonsure, the rite being repeated for seven successive days. The Bates
avoid the use of the maaktJnt (churn) and glass bangles, nor may they
weigh gh£ in scales.. The Seonls avoid wearing red clothes or glass
bracelets, and must not make harts, or chhappar of p11nni. The Balotas
only celebrate the custom of clothing a child for the first time, pahni,
in the month of Asauj, after the child is five years of age. The day
before the ceremony a jandi tree and a kite are selected, and on the
day itself they make ready khichr£ of bviled rice and dal under
the jandi tree and first feed the kite with it. Five yards of red cloth
are then offered to the jandi and the boy is clothed in a shirt for ·
the first time. The Sahgals have two sub-sections, (t) the Bajnas
(bajna, to ring), whose women must not wear ringing ornaments, and
(ii) the Bainganis, whose women must not eat baingans or brinjal (Solanum
Mongena).
The few Aroras in the State are found mainly in the Am\hadgarh Aroras.
(lizamat and in the capital. Chiefly traders, they also enter the State ser-
\rice, and some few even own and cultivate land. The Utradhf branch is
most largely represented, the chief gots in the State being the Manaktale,
Sachdeo, Madan, Kataria, Kaleje, Dhingre and Bate. Sardar Dewa Singh,
K.C s.r., Arora, was President of a former Coun~il of Regency, and
his son Partl4p Singh was Diwan. The present representative of the fami:-
ly is a minor.
Amongst the pedlars the Maniars are found in large numbers, while th~ Jdani4r•
Banjaras and Lobanas represent the carrying castes. •
. The Jhlnwars are aJilo called K.ahirs or, bonorificapy, Mai~rh. They Jblnwar1 ,
are Muhammadans, Hmdus or S1khs, but all worsh1p KhwaJa Khizr, the
god of water, with offerings of wheat flour, cooked and sweetened and
sacrifices of goats. Hindus and Sikhs also reverence Baba Kilu ; saint
to whom they make offerings in kind or cash at weddings and births: Some
lhinwars of either sex and any age wear a ~anlh£ or necklace of blact
wool and so are called lCantMwals. These usually marry among them.
t~elves. The Hindus have two territorial groups, Deswal and Multani.
These two groups usually marry each among tbemselvea, avoiding four
 72
PATIALA STATE. J Tribts and Castes. [ PART A;
•
CHAP; I, C. gdts. Some of the gdts bear occupational names, e.g., the Banbatas or
,Descripti rope-makers, Jhokas, .firemen, Bhatiaras or cooks, who sell viands. Ot~ei'
va. gots are the Khwas, •.e., sons of concubines, Rangr6.s, descendants of Raja
POPULATION. Goi>al, a Taoni Rajp6.t, by nis Jhrnwar wife, and Tells. Muhammadan Jhin·
Jh!nwan, wars 'earn their livelihood by basket-making and are dis:inct from the Mu'·
hammadan water-carriers who are called Saqqas~ These two groups do not 1
The S1qqas. in~er~arry. Th~ Sa.qqas ~ave ag~in three territorial groups1 Sirhindf,
Bagn and Lahon, wh1cn agatn are sa1d to be endo1amous: The Saqqa is
a water cnrier or menial servant, but the Jhlnwar is not only a water-man
but a Joli-bearer and a basket, fan and matting maker, and he wi:l als~
~a.ke to culti,vation and servi~e. The Jhinwars have a pancMyat sy'jtem,
w1th dtaudhru who settle all d1sputes; No one can enter the ca,te by
adopting its occupation.
N,ii,
. Nai is a corruption of the Sanskrit nrifik, 'one, ~lio cuts nails,' and
the Nal's chief business is shaving an~ cu~tmg nails, but he is the principal
man among the clients (Ugts) and like . the Brahman parohit is entrusted
:with the arrangement of betrothalsJ with the distribution of bMjis on the·
occasion of a. birth or wedding, and with c~rtain duties on the death of a
member of his patron fam~fy. ~t t~e D~wa.li. fe~tival he brings hats (~oys
.made of grass) as presents to h1s patrons (Ja;man), and (or these receives
his Ug or dues. Nhis are by religion Hindus, Sikhs, or Muhanimadahs, the
latter being termeq. Hajjam· qi honorifically khalifa.. Hindu Nafs· are
similarly entitled raia. Sikh Neils are called Naherna Sikhs. T~e Hlndus
worship Devi, Sultan and Guga Pir, and pay special reverence to .Saiti
Bhagat, the patron saint ofthe Nils, to whom they make ofterings in kind at
weddings. The Hindu Nals have 3 khap's or divisions,-(i) the Banbherus,
.descendants of Ban Bheru, .the Nil i (ii) the Goi:i's, or descendants of
hand·maid~ns (gol~} ; and (iU) the· Baris. The latter appear to be
those who for practising karewa· were excommunicated by the Bahbherus:
Banbherus only eire found in this State, and they alone ,follow the Khatr{
caste system, having Dh~i {zH, Char (4), Ath (8), Bcirf (12), and
Bunj~hl (52) groups, like the Khatris. They are also foirowing the Khatrls'
lead in the matter of social reform. As a rule the BanbherM do not
practfse karewa, but the Kachcha: Bunjahl group of them permits it. Their
tdts are PhUl, Kanki, Sungare, Lambes, Chhadir, Rajanwal, Bhatti;
Lakha~pal) Sindhnio, ..Beot:. Pesi! Manjhu,. Kank~~dcin, B~la~i, Panj~~
Bhagr1t, · Pander, Aqanwal, P1ye, Jaiian, Kaliye, R1kht; I<hatn,
Rala, Seopal, · Pa1nsi, Sindhu, Gadaiwal, Bhura:m and Rarya. Thes~
uames show that the caste is one of mixed origin, recruited
from various castes: Thus the origin of the Khatri got is thus accounted
for: A Khatri once went to a shrine for the shaving (ihand} c~remony
of his son accompanied by his family. A Nai, however, could not be found,
and the operation was therefore performed by the boy's.uncle. When this
became known the uncle was excommunicated and called a Khatri Nil.
The Banbherus were Hindus originallyJ but some of them embraced Islam,
retaining however their original caste system·. Hindu . women wear a
gkagra (gown), but Muhammadans as a rule do not. The Ghagrail
Banbhenis are so called because their women wear the ghagra. The
Turkman Niis are Muhammadans, so called because their ancestor~
embraced the religion Qf the Muhammadans, who were generaly called
Turks or Turkmins. The Gorils as the word denotes are Rajputs. In
this State, Husaini, Bhatti, Goraya and Brah Hajjams or .MuhammadJ.n
Nais are found everywhere. The Husainis are Brahmans by origin, and the
others Ra jputs. The Bunjahi, Bari and Ath groups of the Hindu Nais avoid
four gdts in marriage and the others only oneJ while Muhammadans folio\\'
the Muhammadan Law.
 73
l'ATIALA STATE. J Trt6es and Castes. ( PART A,

The Hindu ' Muhammadan .

and Sikh Neils have their pa~tcMyats and CHAP. I, C.
~ereditary chaudhtfs, w!th the usual ~owers and .~rivileges .. No one. can Descriptive.
JOin the caste by adoptmg the professiOn. In addition to thetr proper w~rk
they also take to agriculture, service and trade. Thev frequently practise PoPULATioN,
native surgery. Their women work in their jajmans' houses on ctremo- Nais,
nial occasions. The tags are-

Occasion, Service, Ldg,

------- ___________ ........., ...........

Rit4n To take sweets to the bridegroom's Annas 8 to Re. 1.
house.
/lfutldatt ... Sha\'ing. Re. 1 or some pice,
Janeu Toting jhcl.nj Ditto.
Betrothal An 8 anna piece and pice amotint.
ing toRs. 2:i (Khatrls) or Rs. 4
.(Bani~s).
lfaluShath
Sallachitthl
... Some pice.
Take letter to the brldegrootn;s Eight anmi.s.
ho\l~e.
Bamt.
Shant Mandha bandAna
... A couple of pice,
... Annas 4·
Ghori Re. r.
Tel tal&(
Phera Bdndha
... Up toRe, 1,
Re. r.
Bar{ Four couple of pice.
.Khat
SuM
... Rs. 2 •
Some pice.
l'agrls Some pice or Re. 1.
"'
Chh1mba, Chhimpa ot Chhipa mean~ (cloth) printer. The Chhlmbas Cbh!mbal.
dye as well as print cloth. They are Hindus, Sikhs or Muhammadans.
~h~ Hindus an~ Sikhs worship Devi1 Sultan and Guru Ram Rae; and
v1s1t that Gurus de,'zra every year. At weddings they offer a rupee and a
mJ.rial to the Guru. Nam Dev, the famous bhagat, was a Chhitnba, and
is t~e patron ~;aint of this caste. At a wedding they ma~e offerings at his
shnne. The Muhammadans resort specially to Piran Kaliar and Sadhaura.
\The Hindu Chhinzbas are divided into three groups.-Tank1 Rhilla and
'Dhobl. Thos; of the Tank section print cloth, the Rhillas work as ta~l.or~,
and the Dhob1s as washermen. The Tank being the name of a RaJput
clan claim Ra jput descent, The Rhillas appear to be Rohelas, a Raj put
clan, and some of their gots are the same as those of the Rajputs, but
others belong to the Jats, e.e., Man, Dhillon and Sarao are Jat, and Madahrr-
Uthwal and Punwar are Raj put. The Rain and Kambohgots must have once
belonged to these castes. Intermarriage is confined to the group, and
the members of one group do not smoke or eat with those of another.
The Muhammadan Chhimbas have three territorial divisions,-Deswals,
Multanfs and Sirhindls. The Sirhindfs marry in their own group, but
the Deswals and Multhls intermarry. The gott of the Sirhindls are :-
Guslaniye, Sing, Phapal, Jhakkal, Latthe, Sattar, Paintiye, Phutte and
Bagkha. The Tank gats are :-Mardle, Mukkar, Bedi, Bharth, Tathgur,
S~rjare Karlr, Bhat, Dhaunku, Sanio, Ratan, Bhattu, Khurpe, Role, Kayath,
Sa~o, ~arth, Jalla, Rikh Rao, Panna!, Gud, 1\tan, Mohal, Taggar, Brah,
P;am,, Khatte. D addu, Hara, llattu, Toki. Ponia, Parvi, Ban jar, l< ong, Bes,
, I;aht1, Pa~t· ard Parothl. The gats of the Rhillas are :-Lakhmara, Gandin,
: h..okachh, fhe1a_ Kachhot, Chirwal, Gad(ra K.a otan, No hat ya1 • Kasab,
 74
PATIALA STATE. ] [ PART A.
CHAP.l, C. Ch6rmaband, Padla, Mi 1 and Nattha. The M.uhammadan Dhob!s have five
D
1 tl division•, via, Lahori, Sirhindl, Mult~nl, Purbia and Deswal. Only the latter
escr P ve. two are found in this State. They do not. intermarry. The ~d!s d the
PoPut.ATION. Deswal Dhob1s are:-Gor~ya, Chauh1in and Kanakwal, all Rajput
Chbimba~o . clans. In marriage the Hindu Chhlmbas avoid four gots, Muhammad· .
ans only one. They practise karewt1, and the dewar (husband's brother)
is considered to have a prior claim to the widow's hand In addi·
tion to their own occupations they take to agriculture and service.
Hindu Chhlmb s do not grind turmeric e11cept at a wedding. They
do not make barfs Their females do not wear kanch bracelets or use
henna. Females of the Muhammadan Dhobis and Chhimbas wear no
nose-ring, laung, ivory; glass bangles, or blue cloth. Muhammadan Chhlm·
bas do not prepare ac~ar and baris and will not make a double hearth.
No one can enter the caste by adopting its occupati< n. 'I here is a
prmchayat system among the Hindu Chhlrnbas. The chaudhrl is heredi·
tary and the panchdyat settles all the internal disputes in the clan or
caste. The chaudhrt gives tag at marriages and gets a rupee and double
,Ma;i for the performance of his duties. ·
Sayyids. The Sayyids who number 8,665 are an important commuaity in the
State. 1 hey are landowners (though not cultivators) in Samana, Banur,
H~jpura and Narnaul. The important clans are Bukh4ri, Mus"{, Tirmizi,
Rizw{ and Zaid. 1 he most important family is that of the Bukharl
t:ayyids of SamRna described below,
The Khallfas 41f A descendant of Sayyid Ja\.H-ud-Dfn, Bukhari, settled at Sam(Jna in
Sam~na.
the 15th century. Several members of the family have distinguished them·
selves in the service of the State. Hak m Sa' y·d Ghul' m Hassan was Court
Physician to three Mahir~jas -Ala Singh, Amar Singh and S bib Singh.
His son, Sayyid Sa'adat Ali, was tutor to Mahadja Narindar Singh, and
subsequently Foreign Minister. The title of Kha!ffa, or TutGr's s· n, has thus
become l1ereditary in the family. Of Sayyid Sa'11dat All's six sons, two-
Khallfa Sayyid Muhammad Ha~san, C I.E., and Khalifa Sayyid Muhammad
Hussain- serred in the Mutiny and continued to hold high offices, until the
elder died in x8g5. The younger, Khallfa Sayyid Muhammad Hussain, Ma·
shir-ud-daula, Mumb1z·ul-Mulk, Kh~n BaMdur, is the present representative
of the family. He was made Foreign Minister in 1870, and l1is services and
those of his brother in connection "ith the administration and advancement
of Patiala have been acknowledged by successive Vicerr ys and Lieutenant/
Governors. The Kbalifa is at present a member of the Council of Regenc
and his son Khallfa Sayyid Hllmid Hussain is A:si~tar.t Settlement Office
of Rajpura. Another important family is tl:at of Mlr Taffazul Hussain
Judge of the Patiala Chief Court.
Piu~du. The Pirzadas of Dharson hold half the village in mu' afl. They are the
cescenda.nts of Shah Hamza. The Plrz:ida~ of Ajra:wi\r in Ra jpura are
cescended from Makhdum Abdul Kadir 'Uzairi. The Pirzadas of ~c.naur
are descended f~om Pir Abdul Fatteh.

REL:GION.

Hinduism is the prevailing religion of Patiala. Of the total poputa ..

tion 55 per cent. are Hindus, 22 per cent. Sikhs. and 22 per cent. Muham•
madats. The I\Iuhammadans slightly outnumber the Sikhs.
Gurdwaras. The principal Sikh gurdwbas are- I.- At Dhamtan, where tbere
is a large gurr.'warli, Guru Tegh Bahadur ?nee stayed for a month here in
 75
PATIALA STATE. ] Religi()n, [ PART A.
or about the year 1::i75 A.D. (732 B.), when he was summoned to Delhi by CHA~, C.
the Emperor Aura •gzeb, and the place is also famous for the Guru Sar· Descriptiv. ...:.
Tirath, a famous, tank. which dates from th~ era of Rllm Chandra, the PoPut.ATHll'i.
hero of the Ramiiyana. II.-At Talwand1, famous as the Damdama
S:thib. Guru Govind Singh dwelt here for 9 months 9 days 9 fahrs Gurdw4ras.
and 9 g1aris. The gurdwara is a large building, and a fair is held
there on me 1st of Bais kh. It is regarded by the Sikhs as the fifth
throue, ranKing after Amritsar, Anandpur, Patna and Apchalnagar; and
its malzants are always consulted in important questions of doctrine.
Guru Govind Singh re wrote the Ad Granth here. Some of the mahants
still make copies of the book. III.- At •Sirhind, the place where the
two infant sons of Guru Govind Smgh were buried alive in 1704 A D. by
l:lazid Kh:in, Subah of Sirhind. ··Two fairs are held at the gurdwa•a
called the Fatehgarh or Fort of Victory,-one on the 12th of Poh,
the other on the Hola. East of Sirhind near Rauza of Mujaddid
Al1-i-Sanl is the darbO.r of Mata Gujd, the mother of Guru Govind Singh.
IV -At Lakhnaur near Ambila is a ~rodv•a a ()f Guru Govind Singh,
who lived •here for tive years as a child. The fair is held at the Dasehra.
V.-There is a gu1·duoara at Bhatinda. In 1705 A. D. Guru Govind
Singh stayed for a few days in the fort, and to commemorate his
stay there a gu, drlf£, a was built and Bhatiuda re-named Govindgarh.
VL-At Bahtdurgarh in tahsil Pati,.Ja is a ~u' dwa"a l'l·hich comme-
n:orates a visit of Guru 1 egh Bahadur in the time of Saif Khan in
1675 A. D. .
The Sodhi Khatr~s of Sangatpura are descended from Pirthi Chand, Sikh ~d·~,s~
the eldest son of Guru Ram L>as. They possess. a book (pothi), a· mtila Sodh,,s.
or rosary, and a hat (top) of Guru Nanak, and hold villages worth Rs. 10,000
a year !r: mu'·ifi. There is a gurdwa'tl at Sangatpura and a fair is held on.
the 1st of Bais .kh.

The masands or tithe-collectors of the Gurus were dismissed by Guru Masands.

Govind Singh on account of their exactions and their oppression of the
Sikhs, but other Gurus retained their masands,. and at Ghun•ni, in Sahib ..
garb tahs1l, the Marwahe Sarin Khatrls, who are descendants of BhiH Balli
of Gondwxl in Amritsar, whose shrine is at DHdan in the Ludhiana District,
are still masands of Guru Rt~m R11i of the Debra Dun. Bh:H Balli was
appointed by Guru Amr D~ s, and these masands now serve the I!,Urdwar&l
)in Debra Dun, and the darb,J.rs of Mata Rajkaur at Manl Majra and Bawa
Gurditta at Klratpur.

The chief dera o£ the Nirmalas is at Pati!lla, and its mafoant is the Nirmal ~.
head or Sri Mahant of the order. This dera is called the Dharm Dhaja
and was built at a cost of Rs. 82~ooo by the munificence of Maharaja
Narindar Singh. Attached to it are also two villages worth Rs. · 41 Ioo a
year, granted as its mu' ;fi. The present Sri Mahant is Bhat Udho Singh.
There is also an akhdra dependent on this dera at Hardwlir, and at this
okhdra the Nirmalas are able to distribute blzandtira or alms to pilgririts,
as is done by the Bairagls and Sani~sfs, but which the Nirmalas had no
mears :>f doing prior to the reign of Mah!lraja Narindar Singh. The dera
~f Bha.i Sadhu Singh is at Patiala, and is noteworthy as containing the
hbrary of Bhii T»ra Singh,1 a well-known Nmrala scholar in Gurmukht
and Sanskrit. The Nirmalas as a body study both these languages.
At Barnala Biwa Gilndha Singh, Nirmala, has a large dera, with a
smaller dependent dera at Patiiila.
lThe author of a Gurmu~hl 4v.;lt or ·. ocabu 1r.ry of the Grant b..
 76
PATIALA STATE. ] R1ligion. [ PART A.
CHAP. J, C. The AkaHs have the following deras at Patiala :-Those of Bball\folak
. t' Singh, Bhai Bishan Singh and Bhal Ram Singh, Amritsarh, in front of the
0 escnp IVe. Moti Bagh, and of Bhai Hlra Singh Hazuria north of the Mohinder
PoPULATION. College.
Hinda religious The origin of the Diwanas is very obscure. One story is that the order
orders:
was founded by Bal.i and Haria, sons of Bahbal, a Siddhu }at. Bali, who
P!wanas. remained celibate, was cal!ed diwrina or the ecstatic by the Guru. Others
ascribe their origin to Guru Har Rai, others to Guru Ram Das, and others
again to his grandson Guru Mihrwan, a view which is accepted by the
Diwanas themselves. The Dlwanas wear red clothes, with a necklace of
shells and a peacock's feather ro'und the pagri, and they do not cut the
hair. They also carry an earthern cup, called thutha. This sect is mainly
recruited from the SiddhU Jats, and is mostly found in Anahadgarh nizamat.
Its members are generally cultivators. Marriage is usual. Their princi-
pal deras are at Sangat and Rahman Diwana, and they claim to levy
a thutha (lit. cup) or benevolence of It mans of grain from each village
every seventh year. Another dera was founded at Hadiaya by Hlra, a
descendant of Haria in the time of Maharaja Ali Singh. Hira is said to·
have remained standing on one leg for twelve years, after which he slept
on a bed which is still kept in the dera as a relic and is worshipped~ as also
is his samadh. The Dlwanas also have a dera at Mansa which is attached
to their head dera at Pir Kot. It was founded by Bhai Gurdas, who was.
married in Mansa and whose samadh is also there. A fair is held on the
14th bad£ of Chet. The dera of Baba Ram Das is at Patiala, and a fair is
held on the S.th sudi of each .month at his samtldlz. On the death of a
mahant the Diwinas distribute bhamiani or alms. This. they caU
b.ocllh.
Maihma The head dera of the ~faihma Sbahfs at Lopon in tahsH Sabibgarh was.
Shahlii. founded by a Jat peasant named Mohar Singh who once shot and wounded
a deer, but it escaped, and on his pursuing it he saw a Jaq[r sitting and
washing the wound. He forthwith became his disciple and settled at
Lopon, where on his death in 1835 a samrldh was built to him. At this
tomb a fair is held every year at the Holi. The Maihma Shabifaqlrs repeat
the Sat-nam and have a Granth of their own, but they also follow the Sikh
Granth. They wear red clothes and are mainly recruited from the Ram
Dasias and Mazhabls.
I

J3air4gls. The Bairagls have four main sects, Ramanandi or Ramawatt.

Nimanandi or Nimawat, Bishan Sw~ml and Guria, of ,vhom the firsl two
are strongly represented in the State. The Ramanandls adore Ram,
· Lachhman and S(ta, marking the trident on their foreheads, while the
Nimanandis are devotees of Krishna and Radhka' and use the two-pronged
symbol. These two sects combine, as it were, to form a third, the Sukha-
nand~s, who observe both the Ramnaumi, or birthday of Ram Chandra,
and that of Krishna, the Janam Ashtmi. The Sukhllnandls are numerous
in the jangal tract, and their stronghold is at Tapa in tahsil Anahadgarh.
This place was founded by Sokha Nand, a Brahman, disciple of Bawa
l\Iadho D»s. His s.unddh is worshipped here and a fair is held on the
9th bndf of Bhadon. Peopl-:: also worship the samadh of ~Iai Dati, a
air! who was dedicated to Sukha Nand by her father, In a simtlar way the
Rim~wat sect has. in 1\Iohindaraarh, an offshoot in the Niranjni sub-sect
founded b\· DvH D~s. whose sa1~ddh is in Dldw.ina in Jaipur. He imposed
bhdg:wl or ochre coloured clothes and the custom of washing bread before
eating it on his followers. The principal Niranjani dera is at Narnaul.
The chief R;imiinandi deras are those of Baba Sadhu Ram at Laungo-
WIIl or Utl~arh; of Budh Rim at TolewH in Sunim, J~nki D.As at ~I:tnwi
 77
PATJALA STATE. } Religion. [ PART A.
in Amrgarh, and Bi.isji at Bareta1 in Narwana tahsils. At the latter CHAP. I, C.
offerings are made on the 2nd sud£ of Bhidon and Chet, and at weddings ""';"'" ti
a rupee is offered by the people. The Nimanandis have a dera of Baba 0 escrJp ve.
Radhka D.Js at Laungowal, to which a small private Sanskrit school is PoPULATION,
attached. Another offshoot of the Bairats is the sect of the Nirankaris, BairAgrs
founded by Sarju Das, whose samtidh is at Patiala. The Nirankari dera is '
.at Niwge-ki-Kheri, which village they hold in mu'oj£. The followers of this
sect do not worship idols ; they wear no clothes except a tagra of munj
.and a red langot, but besmear the body with ashes, and they use wooden
shoes called kharawan. They keep the hair uncut (iattln).
Of the ten Sanilisi orders, four, Girl, Purl, Nath and Ban, are represent• Sani~sra.
cd in the State. Their most important centre is Pail, where members of
the fraternity have been buried alive at a place called the Das nam ka
Akhara. There is also a samadh here called Bawa }ado Gir, at which mann£
(a sweet thick bread) is offered on Tuesday or on the 14th sud£ of the
month. There are also Saniasi deras at Sunam (of Ganga and Mathra
Puris), at DudiP.n (of Nihal Gir), and at Chbajli (of Nand Ban). All these
deras are in tahsil Sunam. At Sirhind is the samadh of Hardit Gir, at
Narwana that of Bawl. Sarsuti Pur[, where a fair is held on the iktfdshi
of each month, and at Bhatinda of Gulab Nath, at which a fair is held
yearly on the Guga naumi. Other deras are the large mat of Bhagwan
Gir at Khanpur Ganda, of jado Nath afChaunda (in tahsil Amrgarh), and
of Lachhman Gir and Parm Hans at Mansurpur. Besides their orders, the
Sani:lsis have also five akMras.- }una, Niranjani, Nirwan, Atal and Bohgur.
At Ujhana Khurd in tahsil Narwana is the shrine of Phalo, a Brahman
who was a disciple of a Gir Saniasi and a protector of kine, wherefore
milk and ghi are also offered at his tomb. His bowl (tumba) is also wor·
shipped, being filled by peasants with grain at both harvests. Close to his
shrine there is a plot of sacred ground kept by his disciples for grazinO'
cattle. At Narwana, Ghaibi Shah, Saniasi, has a shrine at which ghi,
and at a boy's marriage a rupee, are offered. In times when disease
is epidemic people offer a staff (sofa) of kair wood, It sirs of grain and
st sers of puras on Sundays. No oath may be taken on this shrine. At
Rita is the modern shrine of Bawa Sarsutl, Purl, who settled there in
175g. The offerings are ghi and milk. The fair is l:eld on the Asau j sudi
ikridshi. ·
The Gharlb Oasis, who are followers of the poet Gharib Das, are con· Gharfb D&si•.
rned to tahsil Sahibgarh. They wear red clothes, but no chot£ or scalp-
.ock, and burn their dead. They celebrate the Holi at Jandiali in Delhi
at the tomb of Gharib Das. Some of the Gharib Oasis observe celibacy.
At Gharachon in tahsil Bhawanigarh is the shrine of Bawa Fuqni
Kutiwala, a native of the Manjha, who settled there in the Mughal times.
He was a Sat Sahibla and practised austerities at the place where his shrine
now stands. It is visited by people both from the Manjha and beyond the
Ganges. .
The ascetic order of the Udasis was founded by Sdchand, son of Uda.ra
Guru Nanak. The Udasis are always celibate. Some wear red coloured '
clothes (bhagwen), others go entirely naked except for a /angoti, but rub ashe;
on the body. They congregate in monasteries (deras) and are divided into
four dhtlnas,-(1) PhUI Sahib or Mian Sahib, (2) Balu Hasna, (3) Almast and
(4) Bhagat Bhagw~n. There is also a Bakhshish Sangat Sahib which was
founded by Bhai Pheru with the permission of Guru Govind Singh. They
1
To these R~manandl dew may be added tho!e of B.}amn1 Db -t Banmauhra, of Lil
Di• at ~tirrua and Prem O~a a~ ~_arike (all in OhW'i tahsil),
 78
PATIALA SrArE. ] R,eligton. [ PART A.
CHAP.I.. C. pay special reverence to the Adi Granth. The four deras have one aHara
-.- and the Sangat Sahib another, so that they are only grouped into two
Descnptlve. (lkharaj in all. The best known deras in the State are the dera of Bharam
PoPuLATioN. Sarup at Pail; the dera of Sukham Das, ·whose s'rrmidh is also revered, at
Ud1srs. Sirhind; the dera of Bhai Narr.a, whose s·muidh is also worshipppd, at Laun·
gow{ll; the de a o£ AvdhU.t at Thulewal; that of Barham Deo at Katron;
that of Ram DAs at L~da; and that d Bi1wa Barham Das, ·whose samrf.dlt
is also revered, at Raesar. At Barni1la is the dera of Balram, the SJmQdh
of one of whose chdaf, B •wa Dy1l Das, is also worshipped. At
Tasauli lin Ban1r tahsil) is the dera of Tahal Das; at N<ibha in this
State is that of Sant Dis; and at Banur that of Santokh Dc,s, where
there is also a samddh at which offering~ are made at the Dasehra.
At Tarkhan Majra (Sirhind) is the der ~ of Gursar,n Dils, at Kaddon
(Paili that of Tahal Das, where the samrf.dh of Bhva Z:liddhu D •s is revered.
At Akar is the dera of Bishan Das. At Patidla is the dera of B;iwa Magni
Ram. The mahrmt of this dero is the s, £ maittJnt of the Udasls. B:twa.
.Magnl R~m was a famous Ud:isl of the Mbn Sahib dhUna, who celebrated
a great bhanda• a. He built a chhatta 1 in Pati.~la, and the street contain.
ing it is known by the name of Chhatta Magni R{m, Another Ud~si
d11ra is that of the sumadhan, also in Patiila.
Suthras. The Suthras owe their origin to Guru Har Rii. They follow Guru
Nanak and keep the Adi Granth in their deras. They wear a self top£ of
black woollen ropestwi~ted round their heads, a chlu·a (necklace, of the
same stuffround their necks, a mark made with lamp-black and red lead
on their foreheads, and carry two dandas (short staves) in their hands.
They do not wear trousers (pai.jam,). Their head der11 called the dlrbd.-
of }hangar Shah is at Lahore. They have 8 sections (gharanas), 4 large
and 4 small. Out of the four large sections three have their head deras
(called g.rddfs} in this State. At Patiala is the gaddi of Mushtaq Shah,
at Sanaur that of MahbUb Sbrth, and at Sanghol that of Lnl ~bah. ·1 he
fourth gadd£ is at Maler Kotla. Of the small sections there are. two gaddis
in this State, that of Tan:tk Shah at Mulepur, and that of Sangat SIJ,h at
Jarg. There are mah:znfs at each gaddf. Besides these go1ddis, there are
some small deras of this order.
D4du Panthfs. There are deras of the D id(J Panth:s at Bhatinda and Pati4Ia. At
Narnaul some Banills are called Dadu Panthis. They :.1.re ghirlStf (married)
and followe:s of Dadu.
BHI Mul Chand. The patron saint of the Maharaja of Pati»la is BMi Mul Chand
surnamed the Baggi-bodiwala, 'white-locked,' a Dugal Khatri, who was born
at Bhatinda in· 1664 with a lock of white hair. His father having no
son had besought Bab.i Ganga Ram, a Sllrsut Brahman, of Bhatinda, to bes-
tow a son on him, and the Baba foretold that one would be born to him
with a lock of white hair. Tbe boy in accordance with his father's vow
was given to the Babi o~ his birth and became his disciple. The Babi
and Bhai Mul Chand left Bhatinda and settled in Sun am in the time of
Maharaja Ala Singh, who founded the village of Bhai ki Pasaur near
Sunam and conferred it on the Bhai in mu'rifi with some other lands. The.
Bhal died in I 764 and after his death a shrine was built about a mile
from Sunam, which is held in rererence by Hindus and Sikhs. The popular
saying runs, Bka£ Mula bachna da pura-' Bhai Mula's words were
fulfilled.' This shrine is visited by people from considerable distances, to.
fulfil a vow or obtain some desired blessingt and the offerings are taken by
Babi Ganga Ram's descendants.
1Wben two opposite houses in a street belong to the same perso!l he generally cor..aects
them by means of a rolf. A stret: tbusroofed in is called '"'"1t111.
 79
PATIALA STAT!!. ] Re'ir,ion. ( PART A.

1he sama:ih ofBaba Ala. Singh :Jt Patiala and his ehtdlhas (hearths) at CHAP. I, C.
Barnala are revered and offerings made at them It is also of interest to -:-
note that tne samadh of B b l Sabbha Singh, brother of the founder Desonptive.
of the State, is reverenced by the people. lt is at Hadiaya in tahsil PoPULATION.
Anahadgarh. Sam,dh of B&.b4
AlA Singh.
At Saj6ma in tahsil Narwona is the cave of Sukhdeo, son of the sage Other Hindu
Viyasa (who wrote the Mababhirata) in which he died after undergoing a shrines.
long penance. Close to it is a tank called the Suraj Kund, and there is held
here an annual fair on the 6th Bhadon sud{. At Kalait in Narwana tahsil
is a tank sacred to the sage Kapal .\1 unl, the author of the Sankh system of
philosophy, who flourished in ancient times. At Karaota in tahsil Kanaud
Bhikam Ahlr has a shrine. He was a resident of Khudana and was told
by a Mahatma to set forth with a cart and settle wherever it stopped.
This it did at Karaota, where he eventually placed himself alive in a
snm,idh and waited till life was extinct. His fair is held on the Guga Naumi of
Bhadon. At Mansurpur in tahsl Bhawanlgarh is the dev~Jl or shrine of Maghi
Ram,' who r;ame from the east of the Jumna in the time of Maharaja Amar
Singh. Becoming a disciple of Baw:i. Dit, a Ved~nti, he eventually founded
the Apo·Ap sect, whose members wear a blue topa, a gz'ltz or loose
wrapper of white cloth. and a langot. They keep the head and beard
shaved. The sect worships the sun and calls its mah mt Sllhib or Master,
as Magghi R~m himself was called. The m.<h·mt never leaves his room
during tlis lifetime, in accordance with the rule laid down by the founder.
At Ujhltna m tah~il Narwana is the s1. madh of BaM Khak Nath, a
disciple of Sidh Nath. It is said tliat the Pachadas d Kaithal lifted the
kine of Ujh~na and refused to return the booty; so the Bawa went to
negotiate their ransom. He filled his beggar's bowl (tumbt) with water
from a well and thus caused all the Pachadas' wells to dry up. The
Pachadas seeing this came to the Baw~, who secured the return of the
stolen cattle before he allowed the wells to fill again. The people out of
fear refrain from swearing or taking an oath (sugand) on his name. It 1s
s1id that he voluntarily gave up his life. He is worshipped on Sundays.
At Phaphera in tahsil Bhikhi is a samadh of Bhii Ba1hlo, Siddhu ]at,
at which offerings are made. In the time of Guru Arjan · he tcok a
great part in digging the tank of Amrit.•ar. There is a proverb about
him-EM£ Biahlo k'lmm kare sab se pat'hlo, 'Bhai Baihlo is the first
(o help those who have faith in him' Between Babial and Ralla
•s the shrine of Baland ]ogl P{r, the Jathera of the Chihil ]ats.
He fought with the Bhatti Rajputs at Changli Ghanauri and was
killed. His head fell on the spot, but his body remained on horse-
back and fell fighting at a place between Babial 'and Raila, where a
shrine was built There are also tombs of the dog, hawk and horse that
were with him. The Chahil Jats do not use the milk of a cow after calving
or the grain of a harvest without first making an offering to the Pir.

At Sirhind is the shrine of Shaikh Ahmad Mujaddid Alf·i·Sani,' a Muhammadan

descendant of Shahab-ud-Din Farukh Shah3 Alfaruqf, the KabuH who orders:
came to India from Kabul. The family were first settled in S~nam 1 TNhe hb d'
aqs an IS.

1 So called because he used to eat out of an earthern pot (magghl).

1
' Renewer d the 2nd thousand,' Sll called because he was born after 1 coo year• had
elapsed sine~ the Prophet's death. '
1
His shrine is said to be at Chhat or Lakhnautf, and is popularly supposed to be the to L
of Shahab·ud-Din Ghort. m"
 So
PATIALA STATE,] Religion. ( PART A,
CHAP. I. c. but Imam Rafi·ud-Din took up his abode in Sirhind in the time of Firot
- Shah. Mujaddid, his descendant in the 6th generation, was born there in
Descriptive. 1563. He was a disciple of Baq[ Billa of Delhi and founded the Naqshbandi
PoPuLATION, Mujaddadia order. in India, introducing the practice of sikr khaj£ or, silent
Muhammadu
prayer. He wrote many religious works, of which the Maktubat is the most
orders: important, and died at Sirhind in 1617 at the age of 64. His tomb is
The the principal shrine of the Naqshbandfs in India, and is a beautiful structure,
Naqshbar.dfs. built in the reign of Shah Jahii.n. The urs is held on the 27th of Safar and
is the occasion of a considerable gathering. Pilgrims from Kabul visit this
shrine. The Naqshbandls absolutely lorbid music and singing, but they are
said to advocate the use of fine clothes and luxurious food.
The Qidria.. The Qadria order was founded by' Sayyid Muhf-ud-Din Abu Muham·
mad Abdul Qadir, Gilanl. It uses both the sUr jali a·nd khajl (loud and
silent prayer}, but regards the use of hymns in religious services as unlawful.
Its members are distinguished by gteen turbans. The Naushahis, an
offshoot of the Qadrias, have some minor deras in the Banur tahsil •.
At Pail is the shrine of Shah Maula, a Qadria and a disciple of Shah
Daula Daryal of Gujrat. The Qazls in his time were in power at P<iil, and
when he fired a rick belonging to them they scourged him, whereupon he
foretold that their race would die out, and his prophecy has been fulfilled,
Another Qadria shrine at Pail is that of Shah Ghulam Fazil, a Gilanf
Savyid of Sadhaura. At Banur is the shrine of Lal Shah, Qadria, a des-
ce~dant of the· well-known Shah Qumes of Sadhaura. The urs is cele-
brated on the 1 Ith of Rabi-us-Sani. Nabi Shah, the mast or spiritually
intoxicated, was afaqlr of the Qadria order, who smoked sulfa (charas) and
tobacco, lived naked, and did not take food with his own hands, being served
by Dittu, a Hindu barber, who eventually murdered him, whereupon a tomb
was built in his honour at Sunam in the time of Maharaja Karm Singh. His
urs is celebrated on the 12th of Safar.

The Jal4Ut. The Jal.il1s, an offshoot of the Suhrwardia order, said to· have been
founded by S. Jalal-ud-D!n Bukhad of Uch, are faqfrs distinguished by
their glass bracelets. When epidemic disease breaks out among goats
people offer goats to them to stop tbe evil. They repeat the words
'Panj Tan' and ' Dam Maula/ The Jalalis have a dera of Lalan Shah,
a Sayyid of Samana, at Ghanaur. Here lamps are lighted every Thursday.
Shah Nizam-ud-Din, another descendant of jal~l-ud .. Din, migrated from
Delhi and settled at Samana, founding the family of the Bukhari Sayyids 0 ~
that place.1

Mad.W.. At Ha ji Ratan, 3 miles from Bhatinda, is the shrine of Ha ji

Ratan, a large building with a mosque and gateway, and surrounded
by a wall on all sides. Outside the shrine is a large tank, now nearly
filled with earth, and a grove of jal trees. The site of the shrine
is now surrounded by hillocks of sand. Ratan Pal or Chan Kaur (sic)'
was the Diwan of Bine Pal, Rll.ja of Bhatinda, and with his aid
Shabab-ud-Din Ghori conquered that fortress, massacring the Raja and
all his family. Ratan Pal then became a Muhammadan, and made
a pilgrimage to Mecca. On his return he became known as Haji
Ratan, and on his death in 1321 this shrine was built by royal
command. The mujawars of this shrine are the descendants of Shah
Chand, a Madari, who came from Makanpur near Cawnpore to Bhatinda
in the time of Sardar Jodh. Madaris are one of the be-shara or
irregular orders of Islam, and owe their origin to Badi' -ud-Din 1\Iadar,
1See above, p. 7J.
 81
PATIALA STATE. ) Rt!t[ion; [PART A.

son of Abu Is-hiq, the Syrian (Shami). Besides the above it has a CHAP. I, C.
tiera at M2nakpur in Banur tahsil, founded by Haji Shah Gharib - -ti
Zinda P!r of Makanpur, and the takia o£ Murad Ali Shah at Banur. 0 escr1P ve.
The latter is considered the Mir Dera or chief shrine, and offerings PoPUUTION.
are made there at weddings. At Bhlkh( is the shrine of Gudar Sh~h,
a Mad ~ri' faqlr, who rode an ass and exhibited miraculous powers.
The fair here is held on the 6th sud£ of Magh.

, Among the minor shrines are the tomb of Makki SMh, Shahid, at Pinjaur, Minor ·
and that of Khaki Shah, Shahid, at which latter chUrmas and batrisMs are 11~u.hammadaa
offered on Thursdays. At Sam ana is- the shrine of Imam AU·i· Wali, believed nnet.
to be a grandson of the Imam Musa Riza, whose tomb is at Mashhad. He
accompanied one of the earliest Muhammadan invas-ions of India and fell in
battle. His shrine, a fine buildingr is said to have been restored by Shahab-
ud-Din Ghori. It is believed that a tiger visits this shrine every Thursday
nio-ht to worship the saint, which is locally known as the Mashhadwall.
Other tombs at Samana are those of Muhammad Shah Ismail, or Pir
Samania, the first Muhammadan to settle at that place, which is now
falling into disrepair; of Mir Imam-ulla Husaini; of Shah Nizam-ud-Din
Bukbari, and of his grandson Abdulla II. These three shrines lie close
too-ether. At Patiala .itself is the small shrine of Ja'far Shah, the
m~jsub or distraught, who lived in the reign of Maharaja Karrn Singh·.
At Narnaul is the fine tomb of Shah QuH, a Nawab of Narnaul,
who accompanied Humayun from BadakhshA.n. Shah Qull erected many
fine buildings- in Narnaul, such as the Khan Sarwar, the mandf or
market, the Tarpolia Gate and a saraL He died in I 592, and
()fferings of fried gram and gur are made at bis shrinl!! on Fridays.
At Banur is the shrine of Shaikh Painda, an Adatzai Pathan, whose
ancestors migrated from the Suleman Khel country in the l\iughat
period. This saint was a disciple of Nizam-ud-din of TMnesar, and
his spiritual power was such that when he. prayed the locks of doors
burst open and trees bent to the ground. A Brahman woman used to
come to lrim daily to hear the Qunin, and when she died nc;me could
lift her bier, so the saint directed that she should be buried beneath the
. place where she used to sit, at his feet. Offerings are made at.this shrine
on Thursdays. At Dharson in tahsil Narnaul is the shrine of Shaikh
Hamza, a descendant o£ Shaikh Baha-ud-dln Zakaria of Multfin, who died
,in 1549· Evil spi~ts are dri~en out o.f .men and women at this shyi~e.
'At Narnaul also 1s the shnne of Nizllm Shah, a descendant of Ibrahtm
Adham. His ancestor Han·at Almastaufi came from Kabul to Hissar
in the time of Halaku, and thence Qazi Ain-ud-Din migrated to
Narnaul, where Nizam Shih was born in 1500. He became a disciple
of Khwaja Khanun Alai T~j Nagauri of Gwalior, and died in 1588,
being a contemporary of Akbar. At his shrine are two mosques, one
built by that emperor, the other by his son JaMngir. His urs is·
held on the 27th of Safar. There is a popular saying that 'b&d az
jumfJ jo kare kam uske M.mi Shak Nisam' or Shah Nizam helps
those who work after (the prayers on) Friday. And he is supposed to
fulfil the wishes oi th<lse who remain 40 days at his shrine. At
Bhatinda is the tomb of Sayyid Minin Shah built in 1738. Between
Bhatinda and Haji Ratan is the shrine of l\f<ima Bh!l.nja or 'The Uncle and
his Sister's Son,' said to have been the leaders of ShaMb-ud·Din
Ghori's army who were killed in the capture of Bhatinda. At Sanaur ii
th~ tomb of Roshan Ali Shah, at which no one mav remain after dark.
Outsid~ the walls of Barnala is the tomb of Pir Nasah WaH, at which
lamps are lighted every Thursday. It is forbidde.a to i'emove pieces
 S:z
PATIALA STATE. ] [ PART A,
CHAP. t, c. of brick from this shrine. At Sunam is the shdne of Kazf Muizz-ud-Din,
-..- who came there from Mecca some seven centuries ago. In building
Descnptlve. his shrine milk was used instead of water in the mortar, and the
PoPcur1oN. custom still. subsists, milk being mixed in the whitewash used for the
Minor shrine. At Sanaur in tahsil Patiala is the shrine of Shah Wilayat
Muhammadaa Mubariz·ud-Din Husain!, a descendant of the Imam Husain and a dis•
ahrinu. ciple of Hafiz Mahmud Biabinl, who came from Arabia nine cen·
turies ago. His urs on the 27th of Rabl-us-Sani is the occasion of
a large gathering. It is not permitted to cut even a twig from
the trees in the enclosure of this shrine. At Bhatinda there is also
a tomb of Surkh Bilibani, at which salt is offered on Thursdays.
At KauH is the shrine of Shah Husain, famous for its power of curing
boils on the knee (sanua). The patient goes to this shrine taking with
him a small axe, and in his circuit round the village when he meets
some one he throws it down. This person picks up the axe and touches
the sore with it. After completing a circuit of the village it is believed
that the boil is cured, and the axe is then offered with some sweet·
meat at the shrine. Saif Khan, a brother of Fidal Khan, a famous
official of Aurangzeb, had been Subah of Kashmir, but he had a
quarrel with the Wazir and, resigning his poat, founded Saifabad,
nt~w called the fort of Bahcidurgarh, 4 miles north-east of PaUi.la,
tvhere his shrine is still reverenced. He is said to have been in the
habit of paying the workmen on his palace every fourth day with
money take1' from beneath a carpet spread on a platform, but when
the men searched there for his hoard one night they found nothing,
and he acquired a reputation. for miraculous powers. Sajna Qureshi,
called the Ghvranwala, has a shrine near the gate of the old fort at
Sunam. He is said to have been a general of Taimur who fell in battle
at this spot, and clay horses are offered at his shrine. But nothing
certain is known of this saint's origin or of that of Nizam Shah
PalanwAla, which is also at Sunam. The Ganj Shahidan also commemorates
the warriors who fell in some battle at Sunam, probably when Taimur
attacked the fortress in 1398 A.D. At Pail is the shrine of Shah
Hasan Sirmast, a Pathlin disciple of Qutb-ud-Din Bakhtyar, Kaki. The
urs is celebrated on the 6th of Zil-Hij.
Chi1htls. The Chishti order was founded by Abu Is haq of Sham (Syria), who
became the disciple of Khwaja Mimshiid Dfnwari and at his command
settled in Chist in Persia. Muin-ud-Din, the famous Chishtl saint o~
Ajmer, first brought the tenets of the order into India, and its greatest:
organizer in the Punjab was Bawa Farid-ud-Din Shakr-Ganj of Pik Patan,
who~e two disciples Ali Ahmad Sabir and Nizam--ud-Din Aulia founded the
two sub-orders, the Sabina and the Nizamla, of whom the former wear
white and the latter red (bhagwen) garments. The Chishtis use music in
their devotions. and the sikr jaU or praying aloud, and should possess
the qualities of tark. renunciation, fsar, devotion,1 ishq, love of God, and
inkrar, or humility. Chishtis are permitted to wear coloured clothes.
Their chief shrine in this State is that of Miran Bhlk at Ghurim,
and disciples of Baw.i Farid are also found at Banur, Narnaul, etc.
At Sanaur there is the shrine of Abu'l-Fateh, also of the Chishti order,
son and disciple of Abu'l-Qadir {a Sabzwari Sayyid descended from Shah
Badr·ud-Din Is-hiq), and son-in-law of the famous BaM. Farid-ud-Dl_n,
Shakr-Ganj He was born at Sanaur in 1654 and d1ed there m
~ 7rg. The shrine is a fine building erected after his death by his dis•

I Or sell·sacrifiee.
 sa
PATIALA STATE. ] Religion; ( PART' A.

ciples, and his urs, which is called majlis, on the 21st of Rabi-us-Sani is the CHAP. I, C.
occasion of a great gathering of the common people and darveshes who -:- .
come from lonO' distances. It is said that this saint was so affected by the Descnptlve.
singing of a hymn that he jumped into a well, but on the hymn being sung PoPtii.moN.
again he sprang out of it .once more. His des,cend~nts ar~ Pirz~da~. Cbishtfs. ·'
At Sirhind is another shrme,· that of Bandag1 Shah IsmRll Ch1shti,
an Uvaisl Sabzwarl Sayyid of Tirmiz, descended from the Imam }afar, a
disciple of Burhan Tandawari and a contemporary of Mujaddid-i-Alf-i-Sani.
A large fair is held here on the 26th of Shawwal. At Banur also there
is a shrine of Nizam Dast·i-ghaib, a Musawf Sayyid called Rorlwala Pir of
the Chishti order, who came from Ardbil in the Mughal period. A
person suffering from fever takes a piece of brick (ror) from the shrine and
hangs it round his neck as a specific. Offerings are made here on Thursdays.
At Sunam is the famous shrine of Mahmud Banoi born in 1053, son
of Qutb·ud-Din, a Tirmizi Sayyid, and a disciple of Haji Sharif Zind, of the
Chishti order. Having lived in Mecca for twelve years he returned with
twelve disciples to India and settled at Sunam, where he died in I r rg.
The shrine is a fine building, and a great fair is held there on the first
Tuesday in Chet sud£. Evil spirits, whether of men vr women, are cast
out at this shrine. Here also is the shrine of Khwaja Gauhar, a disciple
of Plr Banol, who accompanied him to Sunam. Shah Sifti was a Nizamla
Chishti, a disciple of Shl\.h Husain, who came from Uch and settled at
Sunam. He was a drinker of bhang and known as Sotanwala, 'the keeper
of the staves,' and staves and bhang are offered at his shrine. At Sanaur
is also the tomb of Shah Shafqat, a Sabiria Chishtl, whose ur1 is held on
the 14th of Jamadi-us-Sanl. At Sanghera in tahsil Anahadgarh is the shrine
of Shaikh Ahmad Chishti, a descendant of the famous Pfr Jalal-ud-Din,
Jahanian Jahcingasht of Uch, whence the saint came in the Mughal period.
The urs is held here on the 15th of Muharram. At Raesar is the shrine of
Sarmast Shah Chishti, at which lamps are lighted on Thursdays, and milk·
and churl offered. At Narnaul there is another Chishti shrine, that of Shah
Turkman Muhammad Ata, a ·disciple of Sayyid Usman Harwani, and a
spiritual brother of the great Khwaja Muln-ud-D!n of Ajmer. This saint
came to Narnaul in the reign of Qutb-ud-Din lbak and was martyred while
praying on the 'Id in 1243· His shrine is a fine building of stone, and an
annual fair is held here on the Ashra or 1oth of Muharram. Another ·
spiritual brother of th~ Khwaja of Ajmer, Shaikh Sadi Langochl, is
also buried at Narnaul. At Samana is the shrine of Abdul Ghani Chishti,
\who died in 1624. The building, which is an imposing structure of
marble, is called the Shah ka daz"ra, and it is believed that touching
the shrine for a few days is a certain cure for any disease. At night
torches are said to be seen issuing from it. At Narnaul is the tomb
of Mlran Taj-ud-Din, 1 Sher·sawar aur chabukmar,' 1 the rider of the
tiger with a snake for a whip,' a Chishti and a disciple of Qutb-ud·
Dtn Munawar, of Hansi. His grandfather Usman came from Firmul in
l'ersia, and settled in Narnaul near the Dhosi hill. This saint died
about soo years ago. He is worshipped by people of all sects,·
including Hindus, and is the patron saint of the Sangi Bani~s of Narnaul.
Muhammadan bridegrooms before starting on the marriage procession
drink water from a cup which has been placed on the slab of his tomb,
near which are the graves of a tiger and a serpent The saint's descend·
ants are called Miran-pote. He deters any one from attemptin<Y to build
his shrine. b

' 1he cult of Mlran is widespread, especially among the women, as he M(rh.
,:on£ers sons and aids his devotees in every difficulty. ·1 he ritual· at a
Laithak or seance in honour of Wran is as follows :-vOn the Sundays and
 84:
PATIALA STATE. ) Religz'on. I PART A.
CHAP. 1, C. Thursdays of the lighfhalf of the month a cloth is spread on the ground, a
- lamp is lighted and s! sers of gulgutas, S\'·eet balls of flour roasted in
Descriptive. oil, with some scent, are laid on the cloth. Dumnfs meanwhile sina k6fis or
PoPuLATION. hymns in praise 6£ Miran, and these kdfis produce ecstacy in th~ women
Mtrb. seemingly inspired by Miran, who throw their heads about, and, according
to the popular belief, whatever they prophecy in this state comes to pass.
As a matter of fact, ho"ever, there are two Mirans,-one Zain Khan
of Amroha, the other Sadr·i·Jaban of Maler Kotla. The former had a magic
lamp, by the light of ·which he could see the fairies dance at night, and by
whose aid he used to call to himself a king' s daughter with whom he was
in 1ove. The king, however, by a stratagem seized and killed him. Seven
fairies called Bibian, Blharian or Uparlian were in attendance on Zain Khan,
and they also are worshipped by some women, dolas, guddfs or dolls and
new grain being offered to them on the Sundays, in. the light halves of
Baisakh, Jeth, Katak and Magghar, on mud platforms built for that purpose.
The other Mirtm, Sadr-i·Jahan, was an ancestor of the Nawlibs of Kotla, who
is said to have married a daughter of Bahlol Shah Lodi. 1
'Superctitions. Khera, the -site of a village, has come to mean the local deity. Hindus
in Pati:ila believe that Khera averts plague and other epidemics. No
image is made, but in the niche a lamp is kept burning on Sundays. The
method of worship, when epidemics break out, is curious. A buffalo is taken
to the site of Khera, where its ear is cut off and offered to Khera. The
buffalo is then driven round the village with drums, and a mixture of milk,
water, wine and curd is poured out in a continuous stream encircling (dM."'
dena) the viHage. Khera is also worshipped at the start and finish of a
marriage procession. .Sftla, the goddess of small-pox, is worshipped by all
Hindus and many Muhammadans. Every village has a shrine dedicated
to her, and called Mat. Annual fairs are held in Chet at Chaparsll and
Kap~rf, when offerings of wet gram and flour, yellow and black cotton
seeds, and bread made of flour and sugar are presented. Devi·worship is
very popular in Patiala. Many of the Hindus make long pilgrimages to the
famous shrines of Mansa Devi, near Man! Majra. Naina Devi in Bilaspur,
and Jowala Mukhi in Kangra. The first eight days of Asauj and Chet
are especially sacred to Devi.
K'tak and c:ovr- . The month of Katak is held sacred by the 'Hindus. Every morning
worship. they bathe, and e-specially on the last five days of the month. In the even-
ing of the Gopa tlJh&amf. festival they feed the cows with flour-cakes and
crown them with garlands.
Brahma wor- Pipal ·worship is the o;ly form in which Brahma worship obtains.
ship. After bathing, the devout water the plpat trees which grow near the ponds
and rivers in honour of Brahma.
CHRISTIANITY.

Christian Mis•
Patiala lies in the parish of Ambala, and the Chaplain of .Ambila pay5
aions. it occasional visits. There is a s.mall church, capable of hol~mg 3$ ~eopl~.
There are 122 Native Christians of all sects. The chief mtssion 1s
that of the American Reformed Presbyterian Church which '\vas eslablis?ed
in 1892 in the reign of .M~harija ~ajinda; Singh by Dr•. sc~tt! a Medt~al
Missionary. The 1\IahaniJa gave h1m a piece of land 16 bzghas m area with
a number of valuable trees and permitted him to erect a house of his
own on the site. Houses have also been built on it for the missionaries.
The only other society working among the Native Christians in Patiala i&
'Shaikh Ahmad, abo a..n anc~tot of !he K~tl; Nawib,, ba.s a.a~rine at Chhat,
 85
l'ATIALA STATE. ] {PART A.

the American Methodist Episcopal Mission which was established in 18go. CHAP. 1. C•.
In the village of Rampur Katani in Pail tahsH an Anglo-Vernacular - . ti
Primary School has been started by the Revd. Dr. Wherry of the Ludhiana. 0 escrJp ve.
American Mission, and in this 22 Jat and Muhammadan boys receive instruc- PoPutnroN,
tion. There is also a Mission School at Basi, where 12 or 13 sweeper boys Christian Mia•
are taught, hut the school cannot be said to flourish. sions. · ·
Foon.
The poorer classes are tbe first to feel the effects of famine in every Food.
part of th~ State, es~ecially in Sar?ulg~rh! Narnaul a.nd the Bangar adjoin-
ing the Htssar, Gurgaon and Karnal Drstncts respectrvely. The people ex•
pre!ls this fact in their proverbs, kal?Jich kaun .moa? ghartb-'.who died in
famine? A poor -man.' Other proverbs contrastmg poverty and nches are:-
]is kt koth£ men dane us ke kamle bhi si'yane-' He who has grain
in his kothi though a fool is regarded as an intelligent man': Pet men
pay an rot ian Sflbh,e gall~n mott""n -;- 1 He ~h<!se sto~ach is full talks loud' :
7£nnan khae unna kamae-1 He wdl earn m proportion to what he eats.'
The grains which form the staple food of the people in the State are:-
Bajra or millet, gram, berra, i.e. gram mixed with wheat or barley, jau.
m?kkt or maize, rice, wheat, mandwa chtna, mash, mung, moth and masa1'.
'The proportion of wheat and rice to other kinds <lf grain used depends
mainly on the means of the family-wealthy or well-to-do people always eat
wheat, which the poorer Classes cannot afford. Rice is little used except
at festivals and marriages. It is grown mainly in the Pinjaur nisamat, that
produced in the hills being of superior quality. 'The hill people sell their
rice if of good quality, retaining only the inferior kinds for their own use.
This is also the case with wheat. The best kinds of rice, eaten by well-to-do
people, are imported from Delhi, Amritsar and Bare1i. Ordinary villagers
in winter eat bread made of ground ma 'kkl, jowar. china or Mjra with
mung, moth, urd (pulses) and green sarson or gram cooked as a vegetable
(sag). Khichr£ made of Mjra and moth or mung is also eaten for a
change. In the hot weather bread made of wheat, berra or makki, with
dal or gram porridge, is eaten. In the Bangar and Jangal Mira and berra,
in Mohindargarh barley and berra, and in the Pinjaur nizamat makH, are
generally eaten throughout the year. The regular meals ar(f taken at ·
midday and in the evening. Zamindars working in the fields generally eat
a light meal in the morning. This consists of the previous day's leavings
with some lassi or butter-milk. After working a few h<lurs a heavy meal is
)aken at noon. This is generally brought to the fields by the women or
children as the cultivators have no time to go home. Well-to-do landholders
and townspeople eat pulses and vegetables of all sorts such as gobi, 'cauli·
flower'; begun or brz'njal i torf,ght"d, or kadu, 'vegetable marrow 'i kareU,
or s!talgam, 1 turnip'; alu, 1 potatoes'; motar, 1 peas'; kakri, 1 cucumber,' etc..,
with their bread. Poorer people make free use of grt;ar, 'carrots,' kakris,
1
cuc·umbers,' kharbueo, 'melons,' oria or khir.a, pltut, mahros, ber, pilu
and metM-especially in times of famine. •The rotts or loaves eaten by
villagers are generally thicker than those made in towns. Meat is but
seldom eaten in the villages by Muhammadans and Sikhs as they cannot
afford it, but at weddings and the like goat's flesh is eaten. Hindus
abstain from meat owing to religious scruples. In the towns meat is
generally eaten by Muhammadans and Sikhs. In the Mohindargarh nztamat
the people generally eat rabri to f.ortify themselves against the hot winds
from the Ra jputcina Desert. Thill is made of barley, gram or oajra flour
with chhdclzh or butter-milk. Flour, lass£ and water are mixed together and
put in the sun, and when the leaven is ready salt is added and the mixture
put on the fire til1 it is cooked. Wben eaten hot milk can be added, othw·
 85
PATIALA STATE. ] Drtu, ( PART A.
CHAP. 1, c. wise it is cooled by keeping it a Whole night, butter-milk being added
-. . to it in the morning, a~d the.n it is ll.queezed, pressed through a cloth and
Descraptlve. eaten. Satta of all kmds 1s used m the State. It is made from flour
PoPur.moM. of parched grain (wheat, barley, gram, bathu, rice and maize), sharbat
Food.
of sugar, gur, shakkar, khand or bura being added to it and stirred in.
Parched grain, gram, maize, ghat, barley, fowar, etc., are also eaten. In
the Pinjaur tahsll sattu generally forms the morning meal. As soon as the
maize is ripe the hill people roast a year's supply and grind it at leisure or
when needed.
The use of gur, shakkar, khand, ghi, and spices of various kinds, dhania
~coriander' ; mtrch, 'red pepper'; lasan, 'garlic 1 ; haldi, 'turmeric 1 ; piyas 1
'on ions' ; garam mas aU, condiment, is not unusual, but is commoner in
towns than in villages. Hindus generally abstain from eating garlic owing
to religious scruples. Punjab rock salt is mostly used in the State except
~n Mohindargarh, where the Sambhar Lake salt is used. Sweetmeats !addu,
pera, jalebi, ba,.ji, rajashaM, baloshah£, qatakand, lausiat and sohanhalwa
are common in towns, but to the poor peasant they are a luxury. Chatni1
ochar (lilickle) and marabba (jam) of all sorts, bundi, bhalla and raz'ta are
freely used in the towns, but are regarded as luxuries in the villages. The
ordinary drink in the towns is water and in villages water and butter-milk
(lass£). Milk is generally used in both. The favourite milk in villages is
that of buffaloes and in towns that of cows. In the Mohincargarh nizamat
goat's milk is also used. In the capital well-to-do people use various kinds
of sharbats and araks (such as 6anafsha, keora, nftojar, baidmusl1ak),
~rated waters and ice in the hot weather. Wealthy Muhammadans and
officials take tea, but the beverage is almost unknown in the villages. Hindu
and Sikh Jats who can afford it drink liquor, frequently to excess, though the
practice is looked upon with disfavour by all religions. Tobacco is very
generally used amongst Hindus and Muhammadans alike. Smoking among
women is very rare, but it is in vogue amongst the Hindu women of the
capital, who also chew tobacco and take snuff. Only country tobacco is
used. Cigars and cigarettes are confined to the official classes. Both
Sikhs and Hindus take opium in the form of pills, which are always kept in
a small tin-box, dahbi, in the turban or pocket (feb, khf.sa). Drinking
· bhang or sukhklza is common among Sikh and Hindu faq£rs, Akalis, etc.
Hindus and Sikhs generally drink it on the Shib Chaudas in honour of Shiva,
but some use it throughout the year, and others again only ip. the hot
weather to ward off the effects of the heat, as it is supposed to have 'f
cooling effect. The drinking of pojt, 'poppy,' and the use of chandu and
Charas is practically confined to some Hindu sadhs and Muhammadan faqi~s
In an agricultural family the daily consumption of food may be roughly
estimated as follows :-One ser for a grown man. ! ser for a woman or an
old man, and l ser for a child. Thus a family consisting of a manl his
wife, two children and an old man or woman will eat 31 sers a day or
32 mans in a year,

DRESS.

Dru.; The dress of an ordinary samindar does not differ. from th~t w:orn in the
neighbourina British Districts. The dress of the v!llager 1s s1mple and
made of khaddar (home-spun cotton cloth). It consists of a kurU or kurtf,
a short coat with a loop, a dhot£, bhotha or safa (waist cloth), pagri or safa
(turban), clu1.dar ~cloth ~orn over. the shoulders) and a pair of shoes made b!
tbe village Chamar. S1khs substitute the kachh (draw~rs) for the dhoft.
W~ll-tqoodo landholders now use English' materials, the dopatta (turban)
 BJ
PATIALA STATE. ] Dreu•. [ PART A~

being made of two halves of a piece of .superior muslin (sewn together CHAP. J, C.
lengthwise), often coloured. They also wear a coat (made of thin or thick · - . 1
English cloth, according to the season, over the llurta) and a pat'jama, Descriptive.
'trousers.' :Muhammadans wear, instead of a dhotl, a tehband or /ungi. PoPULATION.
In winter they have a klzesi or khes (a sheet ()f very thick cotton material D~~'
woven double), a kambal (woollen blanket), and a dohar or chautahi. '
A woman's dress consists of sutthan made of sdsl (coloured cotton
material), a kurfa and cM.dar and a phu/kar! lflowered silk coloured cloth
worn over the head and shoulder). It is made of gahra or dhotar (thick
or thin cloth) according to the season. When going out a woman
wears a ,gizagra (petticoat) over the paijama and a choU, angia or
bodice of coloured cloth. Muhammadan women wear a patfama, kurta
and cluidar, but not a petticoat. At a wedding a somewhat better
dress of various colours ornamented with gota is worn. In Mohindargarh
nizamal and the Bangar, an angia, ghagra, and cMdar (or orhni)
generally of a blue colour, are worn by the women1 and among the
lower classes they fix email pieces of country·made mirrors to the
orhn{, angz'a and ghagra. They also wear country shoes, but women of
the higher cla!ses wear · country-made ~lippers. In Mohindargarh a.
sahr{ is also substituted for the petticoat and a tilk, a kind of pashwaz,
is also worn by the wom,en of such classes as the Tells, Dhobis,
Lohdrs and Man{ar;. . The Jangal Jats wear very long turbans or
safas. In the hills the men wear a top£, kurta and langota, while the
women wear coloured paijama, a kurta and a dopatta. In addition to
these the men have a blanket made of home-spun wool (pattu). Among
the higher classes the clothes of both sexes are usually made of English
stuffs. At festivals and fairs women generally wear a sadri (waistcoat)
over the kurt£ and carry umbrellas and handkerchiefs in their hands.
The fashion of wearing English fabrics is growing daily more common
in the villages. In towns clothes made of English material are generally
worn by both sexes, in both seasons, and country fabrics are only used by poor
people. The dress consists of kurta, paijama, pagri, dopatta and coat
The dopattJ is tied over the pagri, both being generally coloured. The
coat is worn over the kurta. Shop-keepers generally use an angarRha1
a kind of frock-coat fastened with loops, in place of a coat, and. a dhot£ ia:
place of the pai jam a. Well-to-do officials use fine stuffs, and to the above
dress they add choga, stockings and handkerchiefs which make a Darbar£
toshri.k. Chogas are generally made of fine muslin, broad cloth, silk and
hmklzau!ab. But the use of coats instead of angar!thas is daily becoming
more common. Choga; are only worn in Darbar costume. Students and'·
English-speaking officials generally wear suits in the European fashion. The
educated classes also wear clothes made of the best Ludhiana and Gujrat cloth.
Officials and well-to-do people wear English shoes, boots and gurgab{s (court
shoes). Shop-keepers generally wear native shoes embroidered with gold cord,
and only the lower classes use country shoes (;uta). The Darbarl poshak of
an official is gaudy and variegated, consisting of a kurta, pat}'amiJ and a colour•
ed or uncoloured pagri, dopatt.t, sadr{ of kamkhawab or embroiderrd silk,
angarkhri made of kamklza1.1.oab or a coat instead of the latter, a kamkhawab or
embroidered choga, stockings and handkerchief. The old school of official!
also wear a kamarband or waist cloth, but the fashion is now disappearing.
The dress of women in towns is like. that in villages, but it is made of
English fabrics of various colours, and among the higher classes it is o( ftill
better quality. Hindu widows weare a white cMdar only. Hindu women
when cooking or bathing often substitute a dhoti for the pa(jama. Women
when at home wear their ordinary dress and add a ghagra to the pat'Jama
1'1hen they &o out. At weddings and other festive occaaion1, th~ugh the e•t
• • I • ' ' ' ~ • t
 88
PATIALA SrAU. ] , Dwt!Ungs. [ PAitT A;
CHAP.~ c. o! the garments is the ~arne, the texture and colour are conspicuously
_ different, and they wear hght or deep coloured muslin or silk -a dopathz
Descriptive. bo~dered with. pattha (silver or g~ld lace) and pe;fumed, a kurta of equally
PoruLATION. bnght matenal, o~namente.~, w1th gold and SJlver flowers, a jacket with
Dteu. gold la~e~ a very tl~ht pazyama made of fine :tuff,, and a silk ghagra over
the pazyama. Tbetr persons are adorned wtth Jewellery of all kinds. 1

Muhammadan and hill women do not wear ghagras at all. Women

of respectable Muhammadan families when going out generally wear a
burqa or mantle. Both Hindus and Muhammadans, as a rule, wear the
hair short, but Hindus keep the scalp lock or choti. Students and others
who follow English fashions often wear the hair very short, and are adoptina
the habit of shaving the beard. The hair is washed with curds, soapnut and
sa·rson or khal£. Women generally wash the hair with lass£ (butter-milk)
and multan£ matt£ or gcijni. Men anoint their hair with.masaledar oil, made
of sarson, or pholel, made of til and flowers. Women generally use gM, but
in towns oil is often substituted for it. Women do not usually cut their
hair, and it is customary' to plait it. In the Jangal, Bangar and the
Mohindargarh nizamat Hindu women wear high chundas, the hair being.
braided on the top of the head·.
DWELUNGS •.
The houses in the towns are nearly all built of burnt brick, and· in some:
places of stone, with two or more storeys. The wa11s are wide and the
foundations deep, to withstand heavy rainfall and ensure durability. Some
few houses have under-ground cellars (tek kfuina or sardkMna) to protect
their inmates from scorching heat and hot winds (luJ duri.ng the summer~
and for the storage of property and valuables in troublous times. But the
use of cellars is dying out, and the use of pankhas and khas tattfs is on
the increase. The new type of building is more commodious, better ventilated
and higher than the old, but the materials' used are generally inferior and
less durable. Both Hindu and Muhammadaa houses are built on nearly
the same plan, and are surrounded by high walls to secure privacy for thf'
women. They comprise a deodh£, ' porch,' leading into the street, a ~ahan,
or behra, 1 open courtyard,' a chauka or -rasoi; 1 cooking house,' a datan and
several kothrts, 1 rooms' .t The baithak or men's apartment is separate from.
that reserved for the females, and has geu.erally two entrance~, one inside
the deodlzi and the other with windows opening into the lane. In it
outsiders are received and entertained, as the female apartments ca~
only be entered by members of the family and relations, and the baithal
is generally better furnished than the female apartments. The official.
classes have their receiving rooms furnished in European style. Both por"
tions are, as a rule, kept clean; and in a Hindu house the utmost clean·
liness is scrupulously observed in the rasoi, 1 cooking house,' and with
regard to all articles used in cooking. The houses are built closely
together, the streets and thoroughfares being generally narrow and crooked.
The cattle are generally kept in the deodh£, but the well-to-do classes
use :JweUs or stables for this purpose. The ~s of the houses are
approached by steps or wooden ladders, and in summer the inmates
generally sleep on the roo£ in the open air with fans in their hands. The
roofs are generally enclosed by parda walls built like lattice work _in order
to secure both ventilation and privacy~ Latrines are generally bUilt on the
hicrhest roof. Klkar, SfU, farans, shfsham and deodar timber are used for
building purposes, and the use of deodar is becoming more common, iron.
O"irders and rails beina reserved for the dwellings of the well-to-do. The old
~hJdar chh.at, 'ceiling cloth,' is being gradually replaced by painted reilings.
~With sometimes a '"""b4rll or bll1Qih41flf Oil tile If!* .Wrer, ·
 8g
PATIALA srAT!l:. J Dwel/lngr. ( PART A.
In villages a few rich people and money-lenders live in pa!eU brick CH~P t. C
houses, but the peasantry and artizans live in houses. made of sun-dried ' ' ~
bricks. The houses in a village are built close together, the doorway Descriptive;
of each opening into one of the narrow, crooked lanes which traverse PoPULATION.
·the village. Unlike the town houses the village houses are generally
spacio11s, but this depends on the area of ground owned by the builder. Houses.
All the people live inside the village except the Chamars. and Cht'ihnl.s,
who have their houses a little way apart from the rest facing outwards.
The houses of the peasantry are generally oblong in shape.· The deodht
leads into the lane, and on one side of it the cattle are tied and fed at
mangers ; on the other side are the beds of the inmates, or if there i!i
plenty of room inside, cart gear is hung on the walls. The deodM is also
used when it rains. The sahan is used a~ a sitting place by the inmates
and for tying up cattle. The daUn is really the dwelling-house, and
at one side of it is the rosoi, c/z11uka or ;huldnl, where food is cooked. In
some places the jhultin£ is separate and roofed, and at the other side of the
daUn is an earthen kothi or kut!zla 1 1 store-room.' The kothrtr, 1 rooms, •
are only used for storing grain, vessels, etc. In some houses there is no
deodld, and the courtyard is merely surrounded by walls into which
the kothrfs, 1 rooms,' open generally withr:ut a datan. In crowded villages ·
the tops of the houses are much used, and for getting up to the roof
a wooden ladder is kept in the lane outsitle the door against the wall.
Charr{, stacked for fodder, and fuel are often stored upon the roof. In
a village house there is an outlet in the roof called mogha, which serves
the purpose of a sky-light and acts as a chimney to let out the smoke.
In every village there is at least one chaupal, hotMi, paras, dharam·
sala, bang/a or takia which is used as a place of meeting. In big villages
each patt£ has its own chaupal or hatha{. These are all used as resting
places for travellers and as sitting places for the villagers. The gates of
the village are also used as hathriis. They consist of a roofed platform
with pillars open towards the road and form very comfortable places for
shelter and rest, where the people sit, smoke and chat. They also are
used by the travellers. The Muhammadans call such places ba11gla, dtwan
khana or takt'a. A taida is generally outside the village, and is in charge
of a faqlr, whose duty it is to keep a huqqa always ready for use. Hindus
call these places hatha£ or dharamsala, the latter being in charge of a
sadhu. In Muhammadan villages there is always a mosque or masjz'd
and in Hindu villages a temple or ma1tdar, Outside and dose round the
village are generally a number of small pens or hedged enclosures called
Mr4, goh6.ra, gwora, bakhal and bagal, in which the women make
cowdung cakes, oplris, patMan, or gohe: here cattle are tied and fodder
stored in kups or chMurs. In some villages the waste land adjoining·
the village site is used as a pirh or threshing floor. Round the village
site there are bar or plpal trees, generally near the tanks, where
the people sit and sleep in hot weather afternoons, and where the cattle
also find shelter in that season. The village ponds, tobrts, chhappar1
dM,b, johar, are excavations from which the clay has been dug from time
to time to build the houses. During the rainy season the water from all
round runs into them, carrying impurities with it. and the water so
collected is used by the cattle, while a separate fohar or dMb is dug
to supply drinking-water. In tracts where water is scarce the same pond is
used both for bathing and drinking. Pi1Jal1 and other trees are found
round these ponds. In crowded villages tl1e drinking wells are generally
inside the village, but in most villages they are made outside. Unlike
. 1 Pip•l, bar and ntm when artificially planted and grown together are called Trl·bai,(
a combination of three trees) which thtt Hindus regard sacred and often. water. It if,
(l,t.,
found near ~empJcs1 WC1ls1 pathl jlnd ponds1 both in tOI\'05 and villages,
 go
I PATIALA StATE. ] Dwellings. [ PART A.
the towns the villages have no latrines. Men and. w'Omen .invariably go
outside the village to answer the call of nature, which they colloquially call
' jangal fdn,J or bdhir jana. In villages a kachcM. house is called a ghar
or makan and a pakkrf. one a havel£: if it has two storeys it is called mar£
or atar£. A house with a thatched roof is known as a chhappar and
· a shelter without walls as chhan, jhUng£, or jhopr[. In the villages are
found agwars or nohras, 'stalls,' attached to the houses and generally
built of pakkr£ or kachcha bricks. These are used for the cattle as well
as for sitting in. In the nizamat of Mohindargarh near the low hills there
are thatched houses, the walls being made of the rough stone easily
obtainable in the vicinity, but otherwise they are made of mud (ladao
or gacM). There is generally a nim or pipal tree in every courtyard.
The houses of the peasantry in the Pinjaur tahsil, . situated as they
are in the hills, lie scattered, unlike the villages in the plains, in picturesque
isolation. They are oblong in shape and built of stone, sometimes with
two storeys. · The outside walls are plastered with light red earth, and the
upper roofs invariably gabled, thatched or slated. Slates are now the
more common because they are safer and more durable. The houses
are usually kept pretty clean. The inmates occupy both the storeys.
On one side of the cottage is a shed for the cattle called an obra.
In the hills kelo or deodar •~imber is generally used for building.
Every year in the naurcUra (September) the inside and outside is
replastered by the women, while in the plains this is done at the
Diwal£ festival.
Furn!ture and. In towns the furniture is much like that of the adjoining British Dis·
cookmg uten•• 1•· tricts, and many well-to-do house-holders and officials have European furni-
ture. In the houses of the middle classes are beds, chairs, darfs, mattresses,
small carpets, cushions, reed stools covered with doth or leather, takldposlt
(Indian couch), floor doth (if a printed gahra cloth it is called jajam and
. if made of long cloth clzandn~, chiks, sajs or date matting, lamps, pictures
, on the walls, boxes and portmanteaux. Shop·kl!'epers generally fix a
kM.rwa or border cloth on the wall behind their sitting place to lean against.
In' village houses the furniture is simple and consists of the barest
necessaries, such as bedsteads made of munj or cotton cord, stools (plhrfs),
. spinning wheels (charkhas), cotton rollers (belna), hand-mills (chakk£) for
grinding corn, wooden boxes for keeping clothes, round reed boxes covered
with leather (patidr), safs or chatais (made of date leaves), churn
(madhani), small reed stools, or muhras made of sugarcane, tatthds (pressed
sugarcane), chhalnls (sieves) made of iron or bamboo, chhaj or szZp (a
winnowing apparatus), jharnas (strainers), takri (weighing scale),
iron or stone weights (bats), ukhli (wooden or stone mortar), nzusat
(wooden pestle), kundt (mortar), sota (pestle), sil and batt a(grinding stone),
pat£ (scythe), chdku (knife or scissors), dhunki (bow for cleaning cotton),
ateran (reel), kuhar£ (hatch~t), gandasa (chopper for cutting fodder),
khurp4,£haronchi (wooden stand for pitchers), chaunk£ or patrd (wooden
stool), dfwat (country lamp stand), diwri.s (earthern or brass lamps), baskets
(tokrd, bohid~ chhaM, changer), earthern kothi made of mud or bukkar£ (a
small room half sunk in the wall) for storing grain and keeping dishes and
valuables, and kuthla or bharola (large cylinder of mud used only for
storing grain, with an opening a little above the ground through which
the grain is allowed to run out when required). In the hills the following
articles are to be found: kilta (conical basket for loads}, kilta for manure,
k.haltu or khatru (leather bag), and a koth£ for storing grain called bard or
khanda made of wootl. Koth£ also is called pechhr£ in the plains. The bed
clothes in summer consist of a dora, chotah£ (four·fold cotton covering), and
' -
 91
PATlALA:STATE. ] Burial CU$/oms, ttc. ( PART f\·
bach/zona (bedding) or dart. In the winter a /if, khindri (quilt), and a rasa£ CHAP.IJ C.'
or blanket are used. The khindr£, lej or godr£ is made of rough home· - . tl
spun cotton cloth stu ff ed Wit· h cotton. If the house-owner
' keeps fow1s an d 0' escn p ve
pigeons he has a fowl-house (khudda) in the sahan and a pigeon PoPuLATION.
ho!!se on the roof. The cooking and other utensils of Hindus are' Furniture and
almost all made of brass and bell metal, the only ones of earthenware cooking utel!iils.
being the cooking pot (tauri) for sag vegetables and khichr£, and the :
water jars or gharar, which if small are called matkt!, if big chdt£ or 1
, mon, if made of brass baltoh£, tokn£, kujra, gagar or kalsa. A list of
the utensils is the following :-Para,! and bat£ (big basins for kneading
~flour), gadwa or Iota (brass pot), if with spout gangasagar ,· that£
(tray from which. food is eaten) ; katora, belwa or ckhanna (a big
cup fwm which water or milk is drunk), if smaller kator£1 pend£ or
kauU ,· degcH or degclu£, dahfndi pattla, patili (cooking pots) ;
dhakni, sarposh !cover for covering cooking pots) ; karchhi (spoon)·
if large, chamcha if small, doi if made of wood ; grUr, gitasi, bkabka,
tunb£ ~_tumblers} for drinking water; tawa (baking iron) for baking
. bread; chtmta (fire toogsJ ; sandas£ for lifting cooking pots, etc., off
the fire; karaht (a large cup shaped like a frying pan), if small
londa ,· and dol (iron bucket) for drawing water from wells. In
towns pandan (betelnut-box.), chilmchi (brass: washing basin), ugalda1t
(spittoon), tub, bucket, dabba, katordan (brass food dish), tukkas
(utensils of various size fitting into each other), tokna or baltohr£ (large
brass pitcher), and lapaz· or teapoy (wooden or iron tripod), are also
found. The Muhammadans use earthernware cooking pots (hand{), kunal£
(basin for kneading flour), taoaq (tray for eating), (cloth and chhaba also
serve the same purpose), and pay ala (cup) for drinking purposes. The
tinned copper dishes are :-Thai£ (tray), kutora (cup), tadwa or Iota, both
()f copper or earthernware. Tava is a flat circular iron-bake like that of
the Hindus. The use of 1he mashak (skin) is common enough in the
towns, but in the villages water is always carried in gharas by women and
the mashd is only used by the servants of a well-to-do Muhammadan
family. In the Jangal, Bangar and Mohindargarh, where water is scarce,
men on a journey or going to their fields often provide themselves with a
~inea or kUhna (kid's skin mashak) or with an earthern jhajjar, surah£ or
lunji (~oblet). The earthern vessels used for milk are as follows:-
D£dAori, tloha, dohara (used for milking into), or karhn£ (boiling pot),
/('itla or jhakra or famao~ta (for curdling milk), rirkna, balont (churn),
n.ldhani or rai made of wood (churning apparatus). Brass pots are also
used for milking cows. Hara {mud fire·place) is used for boiling
milk.
BURIAL CUSTOMS, ETC.
A Hindu child under 4 is buried, and lepers. are always buried. ~rial eustom11
In Mohindagarh an infant under 6 months is: buried in an open Htod11s,
,plain, >and a cup of milk put: to mark the spot. When a man ·is
ldying he gives a dan of a cow and some grain to an Acharaj. ·"This
jis called Baitarn£ JJan, and renders easy the passage of the giver
~:~cr~ss the strea?l _of Ba.itarn~ which l~ads to Dh~rm .Raj, the god of
IJUSflce. ·· The dymg man IS la1d. c:in a wh1te.sheet wh1ch IS spread on the
:ground, over a couch of cow-dun'g and 'grass, with his head to the north
nand his feet to the south. Ganges wafer and a Tu!sileaf are put in bois
1mouth and a Tulsf.lea£ on hi~fbreast, while 11 Ram /Um" is'chanted in his
1.~:m. · A white shroud is given to a young man or ·a .widow, a· red one to
t.m old f!!an, }v~.ile that of.~ wi.fe is 9ma:mented. When the deceased ~a;;
1. eft grandclHldren. a shawl Js throw~ over..t~:_body, the birudart follow: \\·itb
 92
PATIALA STATE. ] Names and Tz'tlti. PART A.
CHAP. 1, C~ music and gongs, and silver flowers are thrown on the corpse. All the sons.
. • but especially the eldest, shave their hair, beard and moustache. The bearers
Descnptlve. walk bare-footed. On their way home the mourners break a straw and throw
PorULATtOM. . it over their heads to show that they have broken off all connexion with
Burial custom at the deceased. Many are the rites subsequently performed, but they are
Hindus. not peculiar to Pati{lla. To die on a bed is considered unnatural. ln that
case the ldria karam must be performed at Pehowa 45 days after death.
When a child dies the mother stays at home for three days and may not
. stand upright before another married woman.
Muhammadan•. The Muhammadans are .content with a far simpler ritual. The bodY'
is 'buried after a prayer has been read. For three days no food is
cooked in the bouse, but a near kinsman gives a supper which is
called Bhatt£ munh tuk or kaure watte de roti. A multa or hajis is
appointed to read the Koran at the tomb for either three or forty days.
At the kul khwan£ ceremony, which takes place three days after death,
the kalama is recited 125,ooo times. The Koran is also recited, and food
given to mullas,jokfrs and the brotherhood. The dastar band£ or formal
recognition of the heir takes place on that day. Cooked food is distributed
to fakirs on the Toth, 2oth and 40th days. Food is distributed to holy men
a.t vJ.rious intervals after the death.
OCCUPATIONS.
~ccupatio~,..P f Of the whole population 53·6 per cent. is dependent on agriculture, and
~·bi' •7 °J ar the State has no important industries beyond those that are carried on in
• .villages to meet the ordinary wants of an agricultural population.
AMUSEMENTS.
Amusements. Amusements are few. The life of the Jat is one continuous round of
work and sleep. In the villages mfrasis are popular when there is time to
listen to them, and in the towns dancing girls and raMbis (professional sing·
ers) perform to the accompaniment of tambourine and guitar. Boys play
at hide and seek (luk machai), prisoner's base (kaudi bOdf), tip cat (gutlf
danda), cricket (phz'nd tori or gendballah and other games. Kite·flying
(patang basi) is popular with men and boys in the towns. In the hot
weather men and boys are fond of swimming. Hawking is confined to the rich,
as hawks are expensive. Wrestling by professionals is common, especi-
ally at fairs, while Indian clubs (mugdar or mugdarz"an) are often seen in the
villages. Cock and ram fighting are reserved for special occasions. Ch;ss
and cards are common in towns. Strolling acrobats (nat), and juggl rs
(madari) are very popular.
Fairs tad futi• Fairs and festivals are very numerous. Fairs are generally held in con·
nl•. nexion with some shrine, but Hindus and Muhammadans frequent each
other's. Cattle fairs are held at Karaota and Dharson twice a year.
Nearly 2o,ooo head of stock change hands every year and purchasers
come from the United Provinces as well as the Punjab. The Jhakri
festival, to procure long life for children, and karwa for the lon{; life of
h.usbands, are celebrated by women only.
NAMES AND TITLES.
Jats of good position use the Sikh title of Sardar. The Tiw~na~ are
called Chaudhri or Mian. Hindu Rajp6ts are called .Chaudhri in Patillla
Proper, Thakur in Mohindagarh. arid Thakur or Miaa ,in the hills.
Brahmans are addressed as Pandit, Jotshf, PadM, or Miss<U'; Khatrfs are
called U.Ia or Seth. Among the Muhammadans the Rajp6ts ate calltd
Chaudhrf or KhBn Sahib, Sayyids, Mlr Sahib or Shih Sahib i KhokLars,
Chaudhr1; and Marrals and Dogars, Malik ; Arains al'e called Mehl".
 CHAP'l'J~R II.-ECONO.l\£10.
-~~-
Section A.-Agriculture.
IT is impossible to give such detailed informat!on on this s~bject as CHAP. II, A.
has been collected in British Districts in the PunJab. The Patuila State Economic.
covers no less than 5,792 square miles of countrf, and includes such widely
diversified tracts as the Himalayan tahsil o Pinjaur on the one hand, ·Aotucutrvu.
and the arid plains of the Narnaul nizamat on the other. No regular
settlement of the State had been attempted previous to that recently
commenced, and none of the information regarding agricultural conditions,
such as is collected in the course Q{ a scientific settlement, has yet betn
tabulated and recorded. The subject can therefore only be dealt with i~
the most general way.
The Patiala loam may be sub-divided into hard, light and sandy. Soils.
The first of these is termed dakar, the second rausl£ and the third bhur.
High land is called Bangar (Punjab! Ohaz"a) and low land Bet or KM.dar.
The land round the village site is nta£. I~ the hills the soils are oangar
or changar, katul and ku!, the former being unirrigated and the two latter
irrigated land. First class ba11gar is called lehr£ and stony soil rara.
In the present settlement the terms will be those in use in the adjoining
British Districts, and in future the returns will be kept according to the
directions of the Settlement Department by patwarls. At present these
terms are not strictly adhered to.
The Pawadh and Bangar tracts contain much dakar, while rausli and Compariaon 'of
bl1ur predominate in the Jangal and Mohindargarh. The dakar, being different soils.
hard, requires much ploughing and good rain, while the rauJU needs little
ploughing and readily retains moisture. Dakar gets as much rain as it
needs in the kharif, but not enough in the rabi. RausU being. capable
of retaining moisture is the best soil for M.r.fn£ cultivation. Bhur is very
poor land, but it requires little ploughing as the sub:soil retains whatever
moisture it receives. Sometimes it produces a fine trop, but heavy rainfall
is prejudicial to it.
There are few reliable statistics for the rainfall throughout the State.l G·eneral agricul·
The rainfall decreases gradually in proportion to the distance from the tural conditions.
Hirnlilay~s and also becomes more capricious. Fortunately a very
large portion of the country lying to the south-west of Patiala, and
consequently beyond the belt of good and sufficient rainfall, is irrigated
by the Sirhind Canal. The Hissar Branch of the' Western Jumna
Canal has also rendered secure a large portion of the Narwana tahsil.
In the Banur and Rajpura tahslls a small inundation canal 2 from the
Ghaggar serves a number of villages. The flood water of the Ghaggar
gives moisture to considerable areas in the Banur, Ghanaur, Bhawanigarh
and Sunam tahsils, and occasionally renders the raising of a rabl crop
possible in the outlying portion of the Bhatinda tahsil in the neighbour-
hood of the village of Sardulgarh. .But the Ghaggar seems to be growing
more and more capricious and elusive every year. There are a few
wells in the tahsrts of Patiala and Rajpura, and in parts of Dhuri and
Bhawanfgarh. Sirhind and Pail are sufficiently protected by wells, and

I See above, page 44•

'This canal used to irrigate some villages in Ghanaur tahsn also. and ~t~a1 do 10 agal~
•• aacbe111e fgr ill im~roveiJ!~IIt aoil e1tonsilm ia under co~ilk!!Ati~
 -94
PATIALA S!ATE. ] Agricultun. ( PART A.
CHA.P. II, A. t?ough they have no canal. irri~ation, these two tahslls are perhaps the
Eco;;mic. hnche.s t and mdost dprohducttve m the State. They have, 'hQwever, been
eav11y assesse an t e peop1e are by no means wealthy.
AGRICULTUBB,
There are no reliable statistics regarding cultivation except for a few
Genml agricul· tahs!ls in which settlement operations have reached an advanced stage
tural c:ondations. and it is irupossible to generalise for the whole State from these. The most
recent figures, which are given for what they are worth, show that of a total
area of 3,737,457 acres, 2,964,711 acres are cultivated and 467,604 more
are fit for cultivation. There are considerable areas of grazing lands and
extensive tracts of State property in the Pinjaur tahsil (comprising the
hill territory of the State), and on the banks of the Ghaggar, as well as in
Chanarthal thana (Sahihgarh tahsil), not far from Patiala. There is a good
deal of land which has not been broken up for cultivation.
In the hill tracts cultivation mainly depends upon ·small streams or
kUls, some of which, leading from permanent springs, irrigate all the year,
round. ·In the higher hills both autumn and spring crops are raised on
ln!ran£ lands. These generally receive all the rain they require. In the
lower hills and in the Dun the early cessation o£ the rains frequently
renders the raising of a rabi crop on bdrani lands impossible. There
are considerable baran£ areas in the Banur and Ra jpura tahslls, and
owing to the dry and porous character of the soil and the comparatively
rapid slope of the country, which carries the water off into ravines and
drainages, the absence of rain in September means a failure of the rabi
crops. In this area not less than 30 inches of rain are required in the year,
of which, to produce a really bumper harvest, at least 5 or 6 inches should
fall in January and February. The .more arid tracts lying to the south-west
of Patiala are, as above explained, largely protected by canal irrigation. At
the same time a good and timely rainfall is of the utmost importance. In
the Bhatinda tahsil a rainfall of 15 or 16 inches in the rainy season,
distributed evenly between the months of July,· August and September, and
a couple of inches of rain in January, or early in February, mean a
bumper harvest over a very large area, and a great access of wealth to the
people. In the Narwana tahsil, which constitutes the southern extremity
of the State, the soil requires more water than in Bhatinda. It will be seen
therefore that owing to the quality of the soil more rain is required for
!Jt£rani crops in those tracts where the rainfall is heaviest and less where it
is lightest. This roughly speaking holds good throughout the State between
the extremes indicated above. In the sub-Himalayan region 30 inches
are not more effective than J5 in the southern and western extremities,
and in the intermediate region the rainfall varies inversely with the distance
from the Himalayas. In the outlying Sardulgarh thana, attached to the
Bhatinda tahsil, irrigation from the Sirhind Canal is ifllpossible owing to the
intervention of the Ghaggar. Further north the Naill tract on either side of
the Ghaggar is very insecure. A good harvest is occasionally raised on the
saitab of the Ghaggar, but the process which has led to the gradual
shrinkage of the Ghaggar for many years past seems to be still in operation.
In the Narnaul nizamat a fair kharlf crop can be raised with some 12 or 15
inches of rain well distributed through the autumn months. There are a
certain number of wells which are worked in the winter months, but the
rabi harvest is, generally speaking, inconsiderable, and in m<tny villages
so,vings are never attempted.
Agricultural The ao-ricultural year begins with the niman£ ikJ.dsh£ in the month of
calendar. Asar. Ac~ounts are cleared up or renewed, lands are newly rented, and
ueneral agricultural operations then begin, though cane and cotton have beeu
:ow.n long before. The rains are .due on this day, as. the proverb s.ays-
adhe M.r hairi ke h4r-:-' Rain falls in the middle of Asir evep at an enemy'~
 95
PATIALA StATE. ) [PART A.

door." The monsoon generally breaks towards the end ofAsar, and another CHAP. It, A.,
proverb celebrates its coming- SJwan aya he saklzi ghar ghar hot ttf i . Econom·c 1
unki£ S&wa1z kya kare, jis thar bail na b£f-" Sawan is hailed by every one, •
11
but what good is it to a man who has neither bullock nor seed ? .AGRICULTURI,

In t he mont h of Asaul. t he rab'1 crops are sown. In t he mon th o£K,ata· k Agricultural

calendar
the kharif harvest is cut, and cotton picking begins. The reaping of the ·
rabi crops commences from the middle of Chet and ends in Baisakh. Sugar·
cane is sown in Phagan and the boiling of the juice commences in
Maghar and ends in ~Ugh. Cotton is sown before the kharr£ sewings: oari tu
:-jyu1z ro£, main 5awan men kyz'hz boi-" Cotton, why are you weeping? Be·
"Cause I was sown in Sawan." Pickings finish in Magar. The following
proverbs show the months in which rainfall is advantageous or the reverse:-
.Je minh p£a Dewall jaisa phllsi1 jaisa halt-" With rain at Dewali, the good
and bad cultivator are on equal terms." Barse PMgan nrf} chuagan-" The
falling of the rain in Phagan increases the grain four times. Barse
(. het ghar na khet- 11 If in Chet, nor house nor field remain."
The following calendar shows the ordinary r~und of the agricultural
work of the year :-

Name of Hindi English month.

No. month. REMARKS.

------ ---------------·
1 Chet ... March-April Cane planting, irrigation for wheat, plough·
ing of kharif crops, and reaping of .rarson
and barley~
2 Ba'1sakh April-May Reaping and threshing of rabf crops.
Cotton is sown and cane is watered.

3 Jeth May-June Completion of threshing and storage of

Tab! crops. grain and fodder. Cane water·
ing and cotton sowing continue.

4 As~r
- June-July Cotton sowings finished; sowing of Mj,11
commenced: commencement of rain and
rabf ploughing, '

5 Sa wan July-August Kharlf sowing completed; ploughing for

the rabi continued. ,
6 Bh~don August-September Plo1hin~ for the rabl crops; watering
an hoemg of cotton and maize.

7 Asauj September-October ... Ploughing for and sowing o£ rabr crops.

8 Katak October-November ... Rabl sowing completed; harvesting of

kharff corps; picking of cotton.

9 Maghar Novem her-Decem her Threshing of kh.arlf crops; cotton picking

and cane pressmg.
10 Poh December· January Cotton picking completed; cane pressing
and watering of rabl crops.
II 1\Hgh January-February Watering of rabl crops: pressing of cane
completed; ploughing for cane and 1abi.
u Ph!gan February-March '"/ Watering of rab! crops.

The area that a bullock can plough varies largely. Where the cattle are Area der
poor and the men few, a plough covers little ground. In the Pawadh a plough~
pair of bullocks can. cover so liac hch4 Oigh.ds and in the Jan gal 70 or more.
' l'huii ~or phad~, lit, mean~ :laggard.~
 g6
PATIALA STATE. ] [ PART A.
CHAP. II, A. Throughout the State bullocks are generally used for ploughing, but in
Economic. some parts of the Jangal and in the Mohindargarh District camels are also
used. Only one camel is yoked to the plough.
AGRICULTURK;
Irrigate d lands are p1oughed after fl ooding. For wheat and maize the
Agricultural fields are ploughed after 4 or 5 waterings, and for cane after 6 or 7 but
operations :
Ploughing. sugarcane fields are generally ploughed with the aid of the winter ~ains.
The unirrigated lands are always ploughed after the first rain. After
ploughing the surface is levelled with the sohaga, so that they may retain
the moisture. For some crops the fields are only ploughed once or twice
With regard to ploughing there is a proverb: Sawan bah! sawan£, Bhrido~
ki bltadwrJ.r, Ami men oahi na ba~f oargi jan-11 Ploughing in the month 0 (l-
Sawan produces an autumn crop, m Bhidon bhadwr1r grass, and in Asauj
plough or not, it's all the same." There is a.nother proverb showing th~
number of ploughings required for certain crops: Pachis bah£ eajran,
SOU IJa~ kamrJ.d, fun jun oahwe kanak nun tun tun pawo Suwad-" 25
plonghings are required for carrots,, Joo for sugarcane, and the more you
plough the wheat field th<t better will. be the crop." The first ploughing is
done by the Hindus after consultmg Brahmans, and sometimes the
advice contained in the following proverb is followed: Budh baUd,
manga~ datf-'' Sowing on Wednesday, on Tuesday the sickle."
Hoeinr. Hoeing is called gudrJ£ or ttz'dai if done by hand. It is done in a
sitting posture with the khurpa or ramba, but in the Ban gar and Mohindargarh
it is done standing \vith the kasota. The irrigated crops are generally hoed
after every watering. The cotton and cane require a large number of hoeings:
!o guddi nahi1t dopattt, tu kyun chug·ne tfi kapattl-·" If you did not hoe your
cotton earlier, why have you come to pick cotton, 0 bad woman?" In the
Bet cane is hoed by the kasota and khurpa Hoeing is very good
for crops; the grass and weeds are uprooted and the earth round the plant
is loosened. Hoeing is confined to irrigated lands,· e~cept in the hills,
where the land is hoed for all kharif crops.
Hedging. In some places where sugarcane is largely grown, hedges are put round
the fields, the branches being tied with tatthas lpressed cane) to make the
fencing strong. This is done in the Bet, in the Pail and Basi tahsils, and
is called bate wal£ oar. In the Mohindargarh District these fences are
generally built of mud and in some places branches of trees are stuck up
round the field. Fences are generally made of kikar, ber£ and malta, or
any other available material.
Reaping, stacking The reaper reaps in a sitting posture, laying by the handfuls he cut!.
and threshing. These he afterwards binds into sheaves and stacks (Jan) in the field.
The sheaves are then taken to the threshing floor (khalw,ira), a piece of
hard ground chosen for the purpose. The place is swept clean and the
crop is spread out there in a heap 2 or 3 feet high ; the thresher or
lhr1U is drawn round and round by two bullocks driven by a man or a ooy.
By this process the straw is broken up fine and the grain is separated
from the grain and husks. Winnowing (allows and, requires a wind.
The mixed straw and grain is tossed in the air with a tangl£ and thus
the grain is separated from the straw. Afterwards it is put in the
winnowing sieve (chka;) and allowed to fall gradually from above, the
wind blowing away the remaining straw from the grain. Every kind of grain
except maize is treated thus. In the case of maize the chhatlis (kukrts) are
cut and piled up and then beaten with rods and the grain separated from the
e/W:Jlis. ln the Bet the maize is threshed.
Agr!eultu:il The implements of the agriculturist are few in number and very simple.
implements and' The common plough (hal) is used in all parts of the State ; it opens the
1 Pflian.ses, soil ta- a. depth of 8 or 10 inches and produces a fine tilth, The plough
 91
PATIALA STATE. ] Agriculturc. [ P~RT A.
contains the following parts: beam (halas), share (pM!ti), coulter (chao), CHAP. li, A,
block (munna) and handle (hat hail). The beam is fixed to the panjal£ -
(a kind of yoke) which passes over the heads of the bullocks. A bamboo Economic.
stick with a big iron nail at the end of it called prani or pat'n£ is used to AGRrcuLruu,
goad the bullocks. Por is a hollow tube of bamboo, with a leather mouth Acrri~ultural
through which the seed is drilled. In 1\Iohindargarh and the hills seed is i;plementsaad
sown broadcast (clzhitta or bakher). Maize and wheat are sown broadcast appliances.
everywhere. SoMga (roller) is a broad beam of wood to which the cattle
are yoked. A man stands on it and drives them. It is used to preserve
moisture as well as for crushing clods. A soMga with wooden teeth is
called gahan. Jandra is a rake without teeth, used for parcelling land
into kiaras. A kara or iron rake worked by bullocks is used for levelling
very hard soils. The kaM or mattock is generally used in making
irrigation channelS\ The ramba or khurpa is a trowel with crooked handle
and is used for hoeing (gudai). In the Bangar and 1\fohindargarh tracts
it is done by a kasota. The blade of a kasota is like that of a khurpa,
only somewhat broader, but the handle is a long one of bamboo, and the
labourer works it standing. Datr£ (sickle) or dachi as it is called in
the hills is used for reaping crops. Phala or jet£ is used for threshing and
tangli for winnowing. Tang!£ is also used for collecting fodder.
Salanga (a pitchfork) or uclzat'?t is used for making hedges. Gandasa or
gandris£ (chopper) is used for chopping fodder and gandata for making
holes for hedging. The cotton is ginned by betna ta hand cotton press).
The sugarcane· mill is known as kulM.rf, belna or charkhi / and dal is
a word for a basket used to lift water from below. It is worked by two men.
Small carts are used to carry the harvt:st from the fields and for manure.
In the Simla hills the daclz is used for cutting wood, the fhan for
breaking stones, the jhabal or mend for turning stones. The adu, an
iron nail, is used in breaking stone. The 1'amba or khilnt is used for
breaking clods. The yoke (paJtjr£1£) is called chawayan in the hills.
The agricultural implements in the Mohindargarh nizamat merit special
mention as the names, and sometimes the implements themselves, differ
from those in use in the main portion of the State. The soM..ga or
leveller is called mech, and the jandra or toothless rake used for parcelling
the field into kiaris is replaced by the dtmtali, a rake with nine or ten teeth
and a handle of ber or bamboo wood. A list of the more common
agricultural implements in the Phulkhin States is given below for
reference:-
Adu, an iron-nail used for breaking stone (Simla hills).
Bangrt, a trowel (in the Bet), like the rarnba or khurpa.
Bel, the collection of three pans for boiling sugarcane juice.
Bclna, a hand cotton-press. The sugarcane mill is known as
kullzari, belna or clzarkM, and bel is the collection of three pans
for boiling juice.
Chao, the coulter of a plough.
ClzarkM, a sugarcane mill.
Chawaya1z 1 hill name for panjali (q. v.)
Drlch, a hatchet used for cutting wood (Simla hills).
Dal, a basket used in raising water, worked by two men.
Dantali, a wooden rake with 9 or 10 teeth and a. handle of oer ot
bamboo wood (Mohinda.rgarh).
 g8
PATIALA STATE. ) Agriculture. (PART A.
CHAP. II, A. Datr£ or ddt{, a sickle used for reaping crops: called dach£ in th~
hills.
Economic. Gahan, a soM.ga (q. v.) with wooden teeth.
AGRICULTURI, Gandala, for making holes for hedging.
Agricultural Gand,6s£, a chopper.
implements and
appliances. Gzwdasa, a chopper used for chopping fodder,-cf gandas£.
HrUas, the beam of a plough.
Hathail, the handle of a plough.
Jandra, a rake 'Yithout teeth.
Jha!Jal or mend for turning stone (Simla hills).
'}han, for breaking stones.
Kaht, a mattock, generally used in making irrigation channels.
Kara, an iron rake worked by bullocks for levelling very hard soil.
Kasota, a trowel,-cf ramba.
Khz'ln£, an implement for breaking clods,-cf ramba (Simla hills).
Khurpa, a trowel,-cf ramba.
KoM.ri, or common axe for cutting wood.
Kulhtir£, a sugarcane mill,-cf charkh£ .
.Afech, a leveller (Mohindargarh),-if. sohrf.ga.
Afzmna, the block of a plough.
Pain£, a goad for driving pullocks,-if. prarzi.
PM.la, a ploughshare,
, Pkala, used for threshing,-cf jeli.
Por, a tube of bamboo hollowed for ploughing.
Pratt!, a goad for driving bullocks,-cf paln£.
Panjalt, yoke of a plough.
Ramba, a trowel with crooked handle, used for hoeing, gudai
(Bangar and Mohindargarh),-cf kasota and khurpa.
Ramba, used for breaking clods,-cf. kkilni (Simla hills).
Salanga, a pitchfork, used for making hedges,-cj. ttchain.
Sohdga, a wooden beam used as a roller.
Ta~tgli, for winnowing, also used for collecting fodder.
Uchai1z, a pitchfork, used for making hedges,-c.f. salcmga.
Rot&tion of The dofasU dosa/a systf'm obtains on unirrigated lands, that is to say, a
crtpa•. rabi crop will be sown in land which has just borne a kharif crop, and when
the rabi has been harvestl•d, the land will lie fallow for a year, and then
bear its two successive c.rops as before. The same system is carried out on
inferior it:rigated land, but aood irrigated land bears two crops every year
(dofasli harsala). Sugarc~ne and cotton exhaust the soil and are not
planted in the same land in two successive years. The subject of crop
rotations however is not really understood, and there is none of the intricate
sequence and alternation which obtains-for example-in a rice-growing
country. The most frequent crop admixtures are wheat and gram, and barley
a?d gram. These are grown together partly 'Yith a view to increas.ing the
y1eld, and part~y because one or other crop is hkely to succeed even 1f there
IS too much ram for gram or too little for wheat or barley. Barley of
course requires less rain than wheat, and in the extreme south-west wheat
ia rarely seen eyen on canal-irrigated lands.
 99
PATIALA STATE, J Ag,.;cu/tun . [PART A.
I •

In the Banaar tract, which corresponds to the Narwana tahsil, CHAP.II, A

the people are si;gularly careless about manure, and large supplies accu· Eco~mlc '
mulate in and around the village site. Elsewhere the available supply is •
made full use of, though in the plains it is used largely as fuel, and the fields· AoRtcuLTURB,
only get what is left. Manure.

No new agricultural implements have fo~nd their way into the Im~l~fents,
State, nor are there any model farms or experimental fruit gardens. There :nod frui~r:Uiture·
is a small amount of fruit culture in the Himalayas. •

According to the last Census (I go 1) 429,73 I males and 8g6 females . Nu!"ber o.f
have a direct interest-permanent or temporary-in land and its cultivation. agnculturlsts.
Besides these, there are 551 1406 persons dependent upon their labour.

Well lands generally, and sometimes unirrigated lands, are cui· Partnerships;
tivated by agricultural partnerships or ld11as, if the owner is poor or
cannot cultivate his land single-banded for lack of oxen or some other
cause. These partnerships are of different kinds. Thus the j£ kt£ s{r£
is the man who contributes his personal labour only, and the ek hal
kif, sir£ one who contributes a whole plough. In the Hangar Unas
are common on unirrigated lands, and the associated partner receives
a share of the produce based on the nature o£ his contribution to
the partnership. Thus if the partner cultivates single-handed with
the owner's bullocks, he receives half. If two or more m(!n help the
owner and provide the seed, each paying his quota of the revenue
according to his share of the batU.f, the owner finding the bullocks,
they receive ird. If the partner merely assists in ploughing, he
receives lth. If the partner be a woman or boy who merely watches
the crop, grazes and waters the cattle, or renders such lighter service,
his or her share is from ith to ith of the gross produce.

Large landowners employ one or two permanent kamas or farm Farm labouren.-
servants. These get a fixed wage in cash and kind-one rupee a month,
some clothes, and a fixed share of the produce, varying with the-crop.
The sir£ or sharer is a grade above the M.ma. These two classes
returned themselves as farm servants in the Census. Field labourers
(mazdur saraati) are employed by mo~t, if not all, cultivators at seed time
')nd harvest. Landless Jats, Nungc.rs, ChUl1ras and Chamars are thus
employed. In the Census they returned themselves according to their caste
and not as farm labourers and hence the small number of labourers shown
in the Census Report, working out at an average of three to each village.
Nabha has an average of under three, and Ludhiana of less than five.
There are x,xoo villages in Pinjaur tahsil, where no farm labourers are
found. If these are deducted, the average for the State will be five to a
village. In the hills much of the field labour is done by the women.
Throughout the State women are largely employed in cotton-picking.

In the hill tracts potatoes, ginger, turmeric and rice are the most Crops.
valuable crops, but a good deal of Indian corn is raised for food. Table rg ~1
In Pail and Sirhind a fair amount of sugarcane i~ cultivated, as also in Part B.
parts of Patiata, DhUri and Bhawan\'garh .. Cotton is grown in all but
the sandier tracts, such as the Barnala, Bhikhi and Bhatinda tahsils, and
forms the staple produce in Narwana. A certain amount of rice is culti·
vated in Ra jpura, Banur, the Sutlej Bet and in Pinjaur tahsil. In Narnaul
the main crop is bajra. Wheat is the principal rabi crop in the north·
western half of the State, and barley and gram, or mixtures of the two, are
 100
PATIALA STATE. ) [PART A.
CHAP. II, A. the most important rabi crops. in the south and west. In years of good
nomic. rainfall there is always a considerable amount of sarson exported from the
Eco south and west.
AGRICUI.TUR!,

Cotton.
Cotton is generally sown in irrigated lands in the Bingar and Jangal
tracts. In the Pawadh it is also sown iri unirricrated lands. It is sown
in the ~akar or rausl~ soil~, the land being g~ne~ally ploughed three or
four times, commencmg m 1\iagh, and the seed sown during Baisakh ~nd
Asar. Whether it be sown on well or canal lands irrigation is necessary
before sowing, unless there has been sufficient rain. The crop requires
watering and on wellland,s it is watered every 10 or rs days unless rain
falls. It is sown broadcast, 5 .sers kachcha of seed to a kachcha bigha, and
4 or 5 hqeings are given. The picking commences in Katak and ends in
Maghar. This work is generally done by women and the cotton is separat~
ed from the seed by the belna (hand gin). Some seed (barewen) is kept for
sowing and the remainder given to the cattle. It is a favourite food for
?Iilch-cows and buffaloes in the cold season. Only ordinary country cotton
1s sown every year .
. Sugarcane is generally sown on well lands, but in the Bet it is sown in
saUao and also on bdrani lands. It is sown near wells, as during the
hottest months it requires more frequent ·watering than any other crop.
'Chan or dlzolu are the kinds of cane generally sown. The land is ploughed 8
or 9 times or even 20 times, commencing in Maghar. All the manure avail·
able is spread on the fields and ploughed in. The planting is done from the
beginning of Chet to the middle of Baisakh. The seed consists of pori hav·
ing "'nkh (cuttings with eyes) cut 'from the last year's crops and kept in a
pit for the purpose. In planting one man drives the plough and the other
follows him laying down the joints in the furrows at intervals of 6 or 7
inches. After this the whole field is rolled with the soluJga. About 4 or 5
canes spring from the eyes (anklz) of the cuttings. The field is watered every
seventh or eighth day, and hoed generally after every other watering. The
hoeing (anM gudai) is done with a kasoU and a straight klmrpf. The cane
grows to a height of 8 or 1o feet. The juice is extracted during the
months of Magar, Poh and Magh. All the cultivators have shares in a
cane-mill. The canes are cut at any time of the day, and tied in bundles,
after stripping each cane and removing the flag (gaul a). Afterwards the
canes are carted to the belna or cane-mill. The mills used are of twC}
kinds, one of iron, the other of wood, the former requiring fewer mef
than the latter, but as the cane has to be passed through it in small pieces
it is rendered useless for any .purpose. The pressing is done by two
horizontal rollers, and when the bullocks move round, the juice (ras) runs
into a jar, :whence it is taken to a boiling shed and boiled in pans. In some
parts two pans are used, and in others three, the three pans being called a
bd. In the Bet only one pan is used. For boiling and turning the juice
into blzeli (lumps) of gur or slzakar they generally employ Jhlnwars, a
sweeper only being encraged to keep up the supply of fuel. In the Bet
the produce when boiled assumes the form of rab mixed with son:e liquid.
Eels and iron mills are hired, the rate of hire for a mill varymg from
Rs. 28 to Rs. 32, and for a bel from Rs. 5 to Rs. 8. The w~oden mil_ls
are made or repaired at the joint expense. Ponda sugarcane 1s grown m
the villages near some of the towns in the State, and is general!y sown by
Antlns. It requires a great deal of manure and constant attention, but on
the other hand it fetches a high price.
Wheat. \Vheat is sown in irricrated and sometimes in unirrigated plots. It is
generally sown scinwt (1.e.,t>once a year) and sometimes in land which has
 101
PATIALA STATE, ] Agr,.culture. f PARr A.
borne a maize crop. 'fhe land is ploughed a~ least 4 or 5 times, comn1enc• CHAP. IJ, A,
ino· in Bhadon, and the seed is sown in Katak, 5 sers of seed going to Eco~mlc
a kachc!za bigha. It is watered 4 or 5 times on irrigated lands, and hoed •
2 or 3 times. It is reaped up to the middle of Baisakh. There is a AGRJcutTURI.
proverb, kankt kunj!n melma je rahen baz"sakh-1' It is a great stigma Wheat.
for wheat to remain unreaped and for the cranes (kulans} to remain in the
plains after Baisakh" (the .cranes generally migrate to the hills before
Baisakh). There are several varieties of wheat sown in the State. The
tal or bearded red is grown everywhere. The sufed (white) or dudi is
generally used for flour (maida). Kankti has a thicker and harder grain.
1

Kzmj wheat is also sown in some parts. The bearded red wheat being ·
cheaper is consumed by the mass of the people, the kanku and sufed being
used by the richer classes. The grain is eaten or sold and the surplus
straw also sold. In the'bills it is sown after the middle of Asauj and garner·
ed from Jeth to the middle of Asar.
Maize is generally sown in irrigated lands, but in some villages of Maize.
the Pawadh and in the Bet it is also sown in unirrigated lands. If the
rains are good it does not require much labour, few waterings suffice, and
it ripens very soon. The Sitnwi crop gives a good return. After 4 or 5
ploughings the seed is sown during the first half of Sawan. In the hills
it is sown in Jeth. It requires 2 or 3 hoeings and 3 or 4 waterings, ~
provided there has been good rain. The crop generally takes 2! months
to ripen and is reaped in Katak. There are generally from 2 to 4 cobs
(clzhallfs) to a stalk. In the hills it is gathered from the middle of Bhadon
to the middle of Asauj. The samlndars generally live on maize for the
greater part of the year and the bullocks subsist on its straw. The
hillmen prepare sattu for a whole year at a time and eat one meal
of it every day. The seed generally sown in the State is yellow in
colour. In the Mohindargarh nizamat and the Bangar tahsil maize is only
grown in small quantities.
T!te cultivation of barley (iau) is like that of wheat, but it is sown· Barley.
later and ripens earlier. It is reaped in the month of Chet.
Gram is sown· after one or two plougbings in rausl£ and drlkar soil Gram,
after the middle of Asauj. The seed required for a kachchrJ, bigha is 4 sers.
It is not irrigated from wells, nor is it l1oed. It is reaped from the middle ·
~f Chet. The outturn is 7 to 10 kachchu mans a kachcha bigha. The crop
~ntirely depends on the rains in Sawan. In most places mixed gram and
barley, or wheat and gram, are sown. This combination is called berra.
Rape-seed (sarson) is ~enerally sown in additio? to ~r mixed· with gram,
berra or wheat, and 1s reaped first. Sarson IS also sometimes cultivated
in irrigated plots as a separate crop. It is used for oil. Rd£ and Uramira
are also sown mixed with gram or on the ridges (adan).
Btfjra is the most important kharif crop in all the more sandy parts Bdj,,
of the State and is largely grown in the l\Iohindargarh n£zrimat, where it
is also sown in irrigated lands. It is sown as soon as the rain falls in Asar
about two sers going to a biglza. In the Mohindargarh nizamat it require~
4 or 5 ploughings as well as a hoeing in Sawan, but in other parts of the
State it requires only one or two ploughings and is not hoed at all.
It is reaped in Katak, with the stalk in l\1ohindargarh and without it in
the rest of the State. It yields 7 mans a bigha in Mohindargarh.
In. th.e ~iohindargarh t1isa~at j~a~ is the main kharif crop and is 'D4,,
sown m 1rngated as well as m umrngated lands, but in other parts
it is generally sown on bdnini lands and used for fodder, It is sown
 10~

PATIALA STATE, ] Agdculturt. [ PART A,

CHA:.:21,' A. i~ Asir after 5 or 6 ploughings, ab~ut .2~ sers of seed going to the
Econom'c bzgha. For fodder 4 sers per kachcha bzgha are sown. It is hoed as well
a~ loosened by ploughing. It is reaped in Maghar. The averao-e yield per
1
•
AGIICULTUR!, btgha amounts to 5 mans. The fodder yield per bigha is 15 mm~s kachcha.
'jQ4r. The kharif pulses are moth, mung, mash and f.Uara . .These are sown
Khartf pulses. alone (narohe) as well as mixed with joar. B~jra and mung are also
grown mixed with mrfsh. llfoth, cluiwala, mung and guara are <Tenerally
sown in the rausl£ and bhur soils, but mash is sown in dakar or r:usli and
sometimes on wells. These pulses are sown in Sawan and reaped in Katak.
In the hills masar is grown as well as in Khadar plots in the sprino-. Tt'l
is sown in moth, mung or joar crops, but it is generally sown r~und a
1

cotton crop. Guara is sown alone irt the Jangal. An occasional field
of alsi (linseed), halon and metha is to be seen everywhere.
Rice. Common rice is grown everywhere and .-the best· rice in. the l1ills.
Satth£ and dhan are sown and zlri is planted. It requires a low land
full of water (dabri and in the hills kt'ctri). The soil is ploughed 4 or 5
times, commencing in Poh. At the time of sowing the land is ploughed
with a plough which has a wooden share, and is levelled 3 or 4 times with
the gahan. When the water becomes clean it is sown from Baisakh to
Sa wan, about 4 sers going to a bz'gha. It is hoed once or twice, but zlr£
requires more hoeings. It is reaped in Kntak and yields from It to 3
111ans a kachcha bt'gha. Zfrt is planted in Sawan and reaped in Katak.
Ztr£ yields 5 mans a kachcluf, bigha. In the hills begam, zir£ and
fhinjhan are sown in kiaris from the middle of Asir to the middle of
Sawan and cut in Katak. Rice is not sown in the parganas of Jabrot and
KaimH.
Other crops. There are no other crops which call for detailed mention. San is pro-
duced for agricultural purposes and sown in Asar. It is cut in the beginning
of Katak and steeped in a village pond for 5 days, after which it is taken out
and dried and the fibre separated from the stick. San and sankukra are
generally sown round cotton and cane crops. Indigo is grown in the Bhawanl·
garb, Patiala, Narwana, Sirhind and Pail tahsils, the green crop being steeped
in water and the dye made into balls after the usual native method. The
poppy is grown in some villages of the Sirhind, Ban6r and Pail tahsils, and to
some extent in the hills for post only. Kangn£ and china are usually grown
on a small scale, but in bad years or when the price of grain is high they are
more freely sown. Tobacco is grown on well lands. Chillies are planted iii
Ar,iin villages and are largely grown in the Sirhind, Patiala and Ghanauf
tahsils. The yellow and red kinds are generally sown. ,· The seedlings are
planted in Asar, and picking continues from Katak to Poh. The yellow
coloured mz'rch is largely exported and the red consumed locally. Garlic
and onions are also grown. Saunf, coriander and ajwtUn are also grown
by the Arains. Fine water-melons are produced in the Jangal tract. In
towns and in villages near towns, vegetables of .lll sorts, kharbUzas and
sweet potatoes (shakar-qandis) are grown on well lands. Potatoes and
arbf.t are grown in the hills and the latter also m the plains, both to a
smaller extent. Sangkaras (water-nuts) are SO\vn in ponds. In the
l\Iohindar<Tarh rt'samat paJa, a thorny-bush, grows spontaneously on
bJrani la~ds, the average produce being from one to two mans a biglza.
It is an excellent fodder for cattle and fetches a good price. In the
Jangal tract cM.ra (trefoil) is sown in Asauj for fodder only. Cattle are
grazed on it during the months of Magh, Phagan and Chet.
Hill ctopt. Jfandwa or koda is sown in Baisakh after one ploughing in
Bangar soil and is cut in Katak. In the hills, and indeed every·
where, poor people make chapdtls of it. Bri.thu is sown like mandwa.
 i03
PATIALA STATE. ) .Agriculture. [ PART A.
Kulth£ is sown mixed with wheat. Ginger, turmeric and kacluilu are CHAP. 11, A.
sown on luis in the month of Jeth in all parganas except that of .-
Harlpur. They require water every 5 or 6 days if rain does not Economic.
fall. They arc ready for digging in :Maghar. Oghla is sown in AGRICULTURI•
Jabrot in Bangar soil in the month of Asar. It is hoed twice and Hill crops.
reaped in the middle of Katak. The hillmen make chapatls of oghla
flour. It is also eaten on fast days by Hindus in the plains and called
phalwar.
The prospects of extension of cultivation are not encouraging. Ext~osi?ti of
The apparent, waste of agricultural resources is due to the marked culttvatton.
inferiority of the soil and in the case of the Naili tract on the Ghaggar
to the want of a steady and reliable rainfall. The State is already
well served by railways, and there is little scope for the development of
irrigation.
Agricultural calamities may be grouped under three heads: (1) scar• Calamitiel of
city of rain which causes famine; (2) occasional pests; (3) animals season.
and insects which destroy the crops. (r) A history of the famines
is given in Section H below. (2) Agast or agatk or jhola is a
northerly wind which blows for a day or so about the 22nd of
BMdon and breaks maize stalks, cane and cotton. Frost (pala)
injures sarson, cane and cotton very largely. Blight (due to cold win~,.
from the north or west) causes great damage to wheat and barley when
the grain is forming in the ear. Hail (ola) injures pulses, wheat,.
barley and gram. Lightning does occasional harm to cotton, pulses,
gram and san, and sandstorms in the month of Phagan do great
injury to the gram. Both indeed injure any crop when r,ipe or nearly
so. (3) Black buck, pig and jackals do great injury to the crops, especially ~nln:als and
~ugarcane. Locusts (tidd£) generally appear in Bhcidon and Asauj. Sundt nuect"
is a green caterpillar which attacks the gram and sarso1t stalks; good rains
in the cold season destroy this insect, otherwise its ravages among
the unirrigated crops are severe. Young cane plants are destroyed by
kansua and full grown by tela and pukht (black and white insects). White·
ants (seottk) eat the roots of unirrigated rabi crops. Rain is fatal to all
these insects. When clouds follow rain kung£ appears on the wheat
and barley heads, but a few days of sunshine remove it. Field rats also
cause some damage. Rice is destroyed by katru and bddha ,· a red insect
destroys kharif crops, while the mahU destroys pulses by an oil which it
excretes.
The cultivators have various devices to protect their crops from Zamlndtirs
destruction. They erect platforms resting on trees (nzanha) on arrangeme~ts to
two-forked sticks struck in the ground and there they sit watching their ~r~~t the~r
fields, shouting and shooting mud pellets from their goptas (slings). e
They also make scarecrows (darna) to frighten the animals and they light
fires along their fields to keep away the pigs. Rakhas (watchmen) are
also kept.
No accurate figures are available showing the number of live-stock in Live-stock.
the State. Every one tries to conceal his cattle in order to make out his con·
clition to be worse than it is. As there is not much public grazing land
cattle are not generally bred by the samlndars. In some villages big land·
owners have taken to cattle-breeding and in the Jangal tract fair stock is
raised. The Bangar tract is suitable for cattle-breeding, but on account
of the scarcity of grazing lands the people of the Ban gar are growing poor.-
Though the people of the Jangal and Bangar use home-bred cattle for agri•
cultural purposes, still large purchases are made from outside. The Mohin•
 1()4

PATIALA STATE. ] [ PART A.

CHAP. U, A. dargarh District is noted for bullocks and goats i bulls for breedinO' are
imported. There are two big cattle fairs where 2o,ooo bullocks are~:> sold
Economic. every year. Draught and plough cattle are generally purchased from local
AGliCULTURB, dealers or the nearest markets. The draught and plough bullocks cost
LiYe·stock. from Rs. 30 to Rs. 8o each. In the Jangal and the Mohindargarh District
they generally cost from Rs. 50 to Rs. 8o and even Rs. too. Camels are
generally kept in the Jangal and the Mohindargarh District. They are used
for draught, ploughing and riding. Plough camels cost about Rs. 6o each.
Milch co;ws are generally kept by Dogars and Gujars. In villages and cities
buffaloes and cows are kept for their milk. The cultivators make the milk
into gh£ before selling it. The Bangar was formerly noted for its cattle, but
the supply from the Bangar is decreasing. The best cows cost from Rs. 40 to
R~. 6o, and buffaloes from Rs. 8o toRs. Ioo: ordinary cows only cost from
Rs. I 5 to Rs. 25, and buffaloes from Rs. 50 to Rs. 6o. The goats and sheep
are kept in almost every village for milk and wool respectively. Donkeys and
mules are kept by p~tters and brick-makers. Pigs are kept in many villages
by sweepers and Dhanaks. Fowls are also kept by sweepers. In the time
of the Mughal emperors the Jangal produced fine horses and was famous for
them, but now-a-days horse-breedingj does not exist except in the Moti
Bagh Stud at Patiala. ·
Dlseues. The prevalent diseases among the cattle are (I) ?t'abd or mari, an
epidemic disease, which spreads among cattle. The majority of those affected
die the day after the appearance of the symptoms. (2) Galxotz& is a swell-
ing in the throat, very fatal in its effects. The animal gives up taking food.
Morkhar, rora or chap/a is the foot and mouth disease.· It is an infectious
disease, and though not fatal, it m;:tkes the .cattle useless for a long time.
For this disease the people bind kikar lui kas on the feet of the animal and
make him eat a loaf of mash flour plastered with oil. Paralysis (ogu), diarr•
hrea (mok), choking (patta lagnri) are other common diseases. (3) Nikrila
is a kind of boil which sometimes causes death. Gur, wine, the bark of the
kikar tree and pepper juice are given. ·
Defects in cattle Almost all Hindu and a good many Muhammadan zaminddrs avoid pur•
' chasing cattle if they are (r) black, (2) sat danta (having 7 teeth), (3) dMl
talwar or M.nk pukdr (having one horn upside down), (4) dhaul j£bh
1 (white tongued), and (6) ell mandla (wall-eyed).

Horse· breeding. There is a breeding stud in Patiala belonging to the State. In r903 the
stock consisted of 5 horses, I pony, 3 donkeys and 25 mares. At the beginf
ninO' of the year the young stock consisted of 23 fillies, 23 colts and 22 mules;
durlng the year 1g foals were dropped. The stock disposed of during the
year included I I horses sold at a total of Rs. 2,985, and I6 mules sold for
Rs. 4,760. One hundred and twenty-two mares from the Districts were
covered during the year, and covering fees realised Rs. 2I8. The actual
cost of the stud for all charges amounted to something under Rs. 22,ooo.

Irrigation. Irrigation is effected by canals and wells, both kachcha and pakkl..
Masonry wells are worked with a bucket or Persian wheel, Jats using
generally the bucket and Aralns the Persian wheel, while some Kambohs
and Sainis of the Banur tahsil use the dhingli.
Irrigation by wells is carried on in the Paw~dh and the parts of the
1angal tract adjoining it. In the Jangal, where the water is far below the
surface, irrigation by wells is impossible. In the Mohindargarh · nizamat
wells are also used, though not on a large scale. The water of the Pawadh
and Jangal wells is generally sweet and useful for cultivation. In
Mobindargarh son:e of the wells are sweet, but others are brackish and
 105
PATIALA STATE, ] Canals. ( PART A.
only useful after rain. Wells are usually from 15 to 40 haths,deep; those CHAP. II, AI
of the Jangal being sometimes 130 haths deep. They generally have one or -
two bidhas or kohirs,· but there are some with 3 or 4 bidhas. The cost of Economic,
construction varies according to the depth and size of a well. It may be AGRrcuLtuu.
estimated at from Rs. 250 to Rs. 8oo. In most villages buckets (charsa) Irngatioa.
are used for raising water. These are worked by 4 men and 2 pairs of
bullocks. The bucket is fastened to one end of a rope and the other end
of the r~pe is attached to the yoke of th~ bullocks. The rope (Us) works
over a wooden wheel or pulley (bhaun~, raised a little above the well on
a forked stick ; when the bucket rises to the top, it is emptied into a reser•
1
·voir (khel) by a man standing there for the purpose, repeating Bagge
We jor£ 'f11t£lia sohnir£ bha£ btra, beli tera Ram aur Rabb hai- 11 0, beloved
brave brother, with a pair of blue·white oxen, God is thy protector!"
2lnd other similar chants to warn the driver against the risk of loos·
ing the rope from the yoke too soon. They can work for 3 or 4
hours at a stretch. The charsa costs nearly Rs. 30. It is very difficult
to judge how much area can be irrigated by a well. It depends on
the depth and capacity of the well and on the supply of water. The
Zflmindars say that a single bucket well can irrigate 4 or 5 ln'ghQS
(kaclzcha) in one day. In the villages where sugarcane is largely grown and Persian wheels,
Arains are cultivators there the Persian wheel (rahat) is generally used.
Each requires 2 or 3 men and a pair of bullocks. A Persian wheel will
irrigate a smaller area than a bucket well, but it is not so troublesome.
The wheel costs about Rs. 25.
Tbe opening of the Sirhind Canal has greatly mitigated the effects o£ Canal irrigation~
droughts in the Jangal. The area irrigated by this canal naturally varies ·
with the rainfall. The Western Jumna Canal irrigates I oo villages of the
Narwana tahsfl. A detailed account of canal irrigation in the State is given
below.
CANALS.
The idea of irrigating Patiala territory from the Sutlej river Canals :
originated with Mahad.ja Narindar Singh in 186x, and a survey was Sirbind Canal.
made by Captain (afterwards General) Crofton in 1862 at his desire
at the cost of the State. The project was however dropped for a time as the
cost was considered prohibitive for the irrigation of such a limited area.
1l. partial estimate for a combined British and Native States system
w\s submitted by Captain (Colonel) Robert Home in x86g and sanctioned
by the Secretary of State in 187o. The closure of the account afLer
construction took place on 31st March 188g. The three Native States-
Patiala, Jind and Nabha-were associated in the construction, under the
terms of an agreement executed on 18th February 1873. The Sir hind Canal
was first estimated to command 4,027 square miles in British territory
and 4,450 in that of the Native States, 2,970 square miles of the latter
being in Patiala. This estimate was subsequently corrected on the
completion of the system to 5,322 square miles in British territory and
2,gg8 square miles in the Native States, and on this the charges were
debited in the proportion of-
Per ctnl.
British ... ... 64
Native States ... 3~

Total ... 100

 106
PATIALA STATE. ] Canals. ( PART.. A.
CHAP. II,. A. . ~ach. State contributed the cost o£ the construction of its own
Economic. distnbutanes, and other charges were distributed amongst the States as
under:-
AGRICULTURI. ·

Sirhind Canal. · Per cent.

Patiala 83·6
Nabha ... 8·8
J!nd ..... ... ...
I
1'6

Total 100'0

These proportions are still adhered to. The total cost to the Patiala
State up to the end o£ 1901 was Rs. I,14 16I,277. The water is shared
between the British and Native States Branches in the proportions
of 64 per cent. and 36 per cent., the 36 per cent. received in the
First Feeder at Manpur, in Patiala territory, being divided between
the three States in the same proportion as given above, viz.-

Per cent.
Patiala 83'6
Nabha 8·8
Jlnd 7'6

Total 100'0

The canal was originally designed as a navigable waterwax. The

main line of the Native States Branches from Manpur to Patiala is at
present navigable. The Choa Branch from Rauni Regulator (6 miles
1,430 feet above Patiala) was to have been made navigable and
continued on to meet the Western Jumna Canal. Fortunately the locks
and extension were never constructed. Irrigation began on the Patiala
Distributaries in the rabi crop of 1884-85. The Native States Branche{
take off at mile 39 of the Main Line, on which there is no irrigation.
The feeder lines are in length approximately-
Miles.
I Feeder 18
II Feeder ... 14
III Feeder 9
the total length being 39 miles 4,514 feet. From the first feeder the
Lis~ra RiijbaM takes off, and at Bharthala, the end of the first feeder,
the Kotla Branch takes off. This is g8 miles 188 feet in length, and
ends in a reservoir at Desu. There is a British Rajba.M (Dabwa.H)
at the tail entitled to the escape water. The Patiala Distributaries
on this branch are the Mahorana, Sheron, Barnala, Longowal, Jag-U
Kotdunna, Bhlkhi, Bhainf, Ghuman, Talwandl, Jodhpur, Bangi, Righo·
walci. and Pakka. At the beginning of the second feeder the RajbiM.
Bhagwanpura takes off and at the end, at Rohtl, the Ghaggar Branch.
 107
PATIALA STATE, ] Canals. t PART A.
On the Ghaggar Branch. the Patiala State Rajbahas are the Bhawani· CHAP, 11, A.
garb, Newada, Nidampur, Udbanjara, Kharial, Sunam, Kotra, Dialpura, E -.
Arkbas and Boha. This branch tails into the Ghaggar Nala. At Rauni, conomtc.
the end of the third feeder, the Choa Branch and Patiala Navigation AaarcuLTuu.
Channel bifurcate. On the Choi Branch the working ~ajbahas of t~e Sirhind Canal.
Patiala State are the Samana and the Karamgarh. This branch tails
into the Ghaggar Nala. The Navigat~on Channel has one rajbaM. taking
off, known as the Baradari Rajbihi. It principally irrigates gardens around
~atiala. Th.e total length of the Patiala Distributaries as constructed is (in
s,ooo feet mJles)-
Jrfajor. Minor. Total.
70~ '879 r,s84
A large drainage line, known as the Sirhind Nala,. is syphoned
1nder the first feeder through 9 arches of 25 feet span. The present
maximum discharge- of the first feeder is 3,ooo cusecs, about 6o per
cent. more than originally designed. A feature of the Sirhind Canal
is the large extent of the distributary cbann~ls, the idea being to
bring the water within the boundaries of each village in a Government
channel. Under this system hardly any village water·courses pass
through the lands of. another village. The system greatly increases
the canal officer's powers of control over the distribution. The
minors were originally designed to run in groups, haJf at a time. For
this reason double the number of pipes for a given area was allowed.
This has lately been altered on the Patiala Distributaries. The
discharging capacities of the rajbahas have been increased so as to allow
the minors to run all together, and when there is not sufficiel}t water in the
branches to supply all the nijbahas at once, tile djbahas are run in
groups.
The fixing of permanent outlets bas now been begun. When
they are all fixed, the irrigated area should become more regular, .
though the predominating cause of fluctuations of area is, of course,
the rainfall, both as regards quantity and time of year. As noted
by Mr. Higham, in the completion report of the Sirhind Canal, there
is never likely to be the constant and intense demand on. the Patiala
Branches that has arisen below the 5oth mile of the British Branches,
r~cept on the tail nijba.hh of the Kotla Branch. A line drawn from the
~th mile of the Abohar Branch to the tail of the Ghaggar Branch just
divides the Sirhind Canal into the two sections of fair and intense demand,
owing to the nature of the country. Nearly all the enormous increase of
irrigation on the British Branches has taken place below this line. The
maintenance of the minors has up to now been in the hands of the ~amin•
dars . .This it was hoped would lead to economy, but the zam!ndars hope·
lessly neglect the channels, and they have now been taken over by the
State Canal Officers and should in future be far more efficient, as regards
carrying capacity. An increase of irrigation, from this cause, may be
hoped for. There is very little lift irrigation done. The average eamindars
prefers trusting to luck for. sufficient rainfall to lifting \Vater. The
zamindars are good cultivators, but quite incapable of arranging matters to
the best advantage as to the distribution from their outlets amongst them•
selves. A man will take water when he can get it and put it in his field,
though the crop may not want the water, and be damaged, rather than let
another cultivator have it. The great hope for the Patiala Distributaries is
a steady increase in high class kharif crops, such as maize, sugarcane and
cotton, and a steady increase of kbarif irrigation. The supply is at
 toS
PATIALA StATE, ] Canals. [ PART A.

CHAP. 11, A. times so low in the rabi season that the rajbahas barell get a ten-day
·-. turn per month. In consequence, when the seasons rains are also
Economic.... unfavourable, a crop sown 1 with a constant supply during sowing time
AntcuLTURB. cannot be brought to maturity and a large amount is ruined. A
Sirbind Canal, statement showing progress made in the increase of revenue is appended (A),
another showing cost and income (B), and a copy of a report on the
possible extension of irrigation to at present unirrigated tracts with a
list of the bridges on the navigable portion of the canal (C). The State
also receives irrigation from the British channels in the Bhatinda,
Ludhiana and Ferozepore Divisions. A statement (D) shows the British
Rajbahas and the villages irrigated by them,
The Bandr There is one inundation canal in the Patiala State. This was con·
Inundation structed in the time of Maharaja Karm Singh, and much improved in the
Canal. year 1915 in the time of Maharaja Mohindar Singh. It.takes off from the
right bank of the Ghaggar river about 5 or 6 miles above the old town of
Banur, from which it takes its name. It used at times· of heavy flood to
run (some 25 miles, as the crow flies) as far as Bahadurgarh Fort. But for
some years it has not run below the 12th mile. In all probability its
alignment might be improved. There is only one channel, and village
llhdnds or water-courses take off from it. Little irrigation is done in the
kharif as in years of ordinary rainfall the country is mostly flooded i
while in the rabi the supply falls so rapidly that the crops sown are
difficult to mature, though, fortunately owing to the proximity of the
hills and general flooding in the rainy season, crops do not need many
actual waterings. Both flow and lift irrigation are used.
 tog
PATIAI,A.STATE. ] ca,als. [ P.ART ·A~

(A). CHAP. 11. A..

Statements noweng
. ar.eas WYJga
. . tt d an tl net 1't7/enue
. 1'tal'ued from pIZt''l
1a ' Economic.
State s.&rk.md cana.l AGIICULTVII.
Arcu irriptld •
and reYenue·
· · · ~ rulized, Sirhl••
Area irri· ' Gross Working Net Canal•.
gated, in Revenue Revenue.
(collections). Expenses.

---- ----
acres.

Rs. Rs. Rs.

To end of 1883.84 (1940) Ml

II 1884·85 (1941) ... ... 5.479 28,072 •22,593

'I 1885-86 (1942) 4.341 8,405 71,119 -68,714

1886-87 (1943) ... 41.!)20 26,504 1,71,390 •1,44,886

"
II 1887·88 (1944) ... 77.981 l 133,1g0 2,72,504 -1,39.314

a888·89 (1945) 121,901 1,89,933 3·97,035 •2,07,102

"
II 1889-90 (1946) 131,841 3,40,014 3,57,537 •27,523

II 1890•91 h947) 184,545 5,16,342 3,67,742 1,48,600

II 1891·92 (1948) ... 191,362 6,49,945 3,29,563 3,20,382

II 1892·93 (1949) 114,859 6,84,520 3,5!M37 3,25,083

It 1893·94 (1950) 102,o73 3,26,989 3,03,16o 23,829

l

II 1894-95 (1951) 95,293 4,14,683 2,55,812 1158,871

II a8gs·96 (1952) 227,996 4.39.305 z,s8,528 1,8o,n7

II 1890.97 ( 1!)53) 321,066 9,95,033 2;94,646 7,00,387

It 1897·98 (1954) 279.798 u,Sr,263 4,!!5,546 7,55.717

II 1898·99 (1955) 304,515 101181525 4,27,621 S.90,904

1899·1900 (1950) 372,599 13,o6,7o5 3,8s,864 9,20,841

"
rgoooo1 (19S7) 199,o81 11,4~,244
----
3.94,527 7•SJ,717
"
Total 2,777,151 93,85,07~ Sl,lli,IOJ 42,6/J,!'no
 ItO
PATJALA STATE. ] Canals. t PART A.
CHAP. II~ A. (B)~

Economic.
Statemmt showing Capz'tal Outlay,Sirhitzd Canal, t'nvested by
AGaiCUI.TUitBo
Capital outlay, PaHala State.
SirhiruJ Canal.
...
~== B
.· ..: .,o
u·> "
.:
"~ ":.....
.. ......"'. i7.i
...
..s ""'"
'*..,. ~ 0 .;
~ ,.o., :> .."....." "'~
..
'!l ....,
.=
Ill
c:
"""..
... L'.l
s.. :s...
z.. I
«<I' Ill!
"§
., Ul
"'c -
Ct.:
2 ~s~ 0u -a.
_;-
~ ·j >.-:. .... e
';'
0 0"' to'
..,_..
u..!! Po
:;...!. ~"' I iii
lll

".-
.,_ ... ->
...,o ..
..ll

I
1/)
.. 0
j3 !!'Q. :!
-a.
..."'
1.)
"
1.)
!!~
..
uri"- ....
~z;
] ..e"'
~
-(.)
~li -a." ~
!! ~ E'o:ll e 'li

-- -
_o;., 'liS

-- --
Q

Rs.
Q

Rs.
f/l

Rs,
z
Rs,
iii

Rs.
z
Rs,
'1't ca4 ola883•84 (1940)
'"
... 8!lo421 S30 19,671356 ... 19,67,3561 ...
1884·85 (1941)
'"
---
4139,358 !)3,71,888 3,66,288
- ---- - ...
- u,s93 3,88,881

1885-86 (1942) ... So49,116 99,21,004 3,Bs,sss -68,714 4o54.572 ...

t886.S7 (1943) ... 8,33,171 1,01,44,175 4ol3 0304 - '•44,886 s,ss,,go ...
t887·88 (1!144) ... 3o34 0044 11ro,68,21g 4,36,248 .. 1,39,314 5.75.562 ...
188S.S9 (1945) ... so,2scs l,n,tS,sos 4143.734 -2,07,102 <l,so,BJIS ...
... ...
..
s88g•9G (1946) "'MS4 1,11,11,751 4o44o505 - 27,523 4.72,028

.. 18!)0•91 (1947) ... 3,49,5215 1,14,61,277 4o51,46o 1,48,600 3002,86o

...
. r8gt•92 (lg.S) ... - 8,!)6,; 11140511312 4.S8,630 3,20,382 1,38,348
...
.. ... ~ t1.7o6 1,31,655
...
1892•113 (1949) 1114134,6o6 4oS7,138 3,25,083

.. 1893•94 (1950) ...

...
~3,331 1014,97,837 4oS8.649 1308lg 4o34,820

..
...
t894o9S (1951) 46,574 loiS144,411 4,6o1865 1,sS,871 300I.ll74 "'
. •89s-96 <r9st) ... s,ssg 1,15,53,000 4,61,948 I,So,n7 1,81,111

II t!gG"7 (11153) ... 28,81!1 1,15,81,819 4,53,696 7,00,387 ... 103716llr

It IB117o98 (t9S4) ... s,gu r,rs,S3,741 4,63,311 7.5So717 ... 1,9t,4ot

1

.. ... 881o6o r,r617t,8ol 4165 0lll ... 1,15,,3

II
1898-99 (r9SS)
t899•1900 (1056) ... 3,6!13 1,16,75,494 4,66,946
5,9o.904
p,to,S4t .. 451SPS
,, 1900•01 11157) ... ,14,386 r,a6,gg,SSo 4o67oS07 t.S3o717 ... 1,86,111

...
-- -------
--
Total t116,gg188o 9,$3,234 42,68,!)76 66,59,153 13,95,995
"'

alatieealotetc•t Charr;u out• ... ...

--
...
-- ....
.. ...
...-.......
-
s:,e,,rse
ltalldi ll•

...
--
...
--
... ...
--... - . - ..
Tetal
I ,6,Sg,t$'
 Ill
PATlALA STATE, ] Canals. ( PART A.
(C). CHAP II•. A. "
I
. '
List of Regulators and Bridges, etc., from MJ?zpur to Patiala Economic.
Navigation Cha1znels. AGRICUL'tUIIZo ·
Regulato~s and .
REGULATORS, Drldfes, etc., ·
DISTANCE FROM FALL, RAPIDS OR SirbiDd Canal. ·
Hun. BRIDGES •
.,;
Name of work. s: ui REMARKS,
a
!I)
s::
ol
0..
ui
..£ Feet. 0
.. ....0
Ill

·a 4)
.a
I
.c
~ s::s ;t;
s::
~
z
- -
ol

-u -- ......--......---
I, II AND .III FEEDERS.
-~----

... ... M£npur Regulator ... ... ..

3 2,340 Foot Bridge, Maksddra ... 2 45

4 2,700 Road Bridge, R£mnagar 3 33

5 2,020 Foot Bridge, R£no ... 2 45

i 1,366 Foot Bridge, Dhamot ... 2 45

i :~.Bso Ohamot Syphon ... ... ... Total area o£ water.way • 278
square feet; width of each
· barrel • 10 feet,
8 1,400 Road Bridge, Dhamot ... 3 . 33
'
9 2,484 Foot Bridge, Jand~tr ... 2 45
JJ r,Soo Lis4ra Syphon ... ... ... Total area of water·way • :Jt4
square feet; width of each
barrel • 1S feet.
ll 4,Sso Road Bridge at Jargarf ... 3 33

13 4·982 Foot Bridge at Sirthla ... 2 45

/

... ... '.

Total area of water·way • roB
•s 1,700 Sirthla Syphon
'" square feet; width of barrel •
10 feet.
15 4,514 Regulator for II Feeder... 2 28 Kotla Branch takes off here.

19 940 Bhagw4npur Cart Bridge 2 29

21 984 Mohlgw£ra Foot Bridge 2 45

1
21 1,612 Mohlgw£ra Syphon
- ... ... Total area of water-way !!!! 250
square feet; width of barrel
== 10 feet,
23 800 Ghanawal Foot Bridge ... I so
24 1,191) Bhore Cart Bridge 2 29
"'
 II~

PATIALft STATE. ) Canals. [PART A,

CHAP~ II, 'A, Lz'st of Regulators and Bridges, etc., from All.npur to Patiala
.Economic. . Navigation Channels-concluded •
AGRICULTUU,
REGULATORS,
Rerulators.ancl DtSTANce FROM FALL, RAPIDs oa
HEAD.
Bridfe•, etc.,
Sithind Canal. --- ----BRIDGRS.

vi
Narne of work. ! ~ REMARKS,
j Feet. ~ ~
.M
0
'sc; t
.c
-=...
§
--~
1:

~-----.__........_.---......---

-·.·nAND mFE~oERs-
z
:g
~

·
eoneluded.

20 1,590 Sirhind Nullab Syphon ... Total area of water.way""" 1,¢2

square feet ; width of barrel
• liS feet.
28 624 Road Bridge, Kotli . ... 2 29

2g 2,140 Foot Bridge, Bhojo M4jra so

31 1,65o Third Feeder, Head Re. 30 Ghaggar Branch takes off here,
gulator.

32 1,614 Foot Bridge, RohU ... 45

35 2,J8o Road Bridge, Rakhra ... 30

35 sso Rakhra Syphon ... - Width of barrel • 7 feet.

Total area of water.way • 390

38 3·376 Kalli'n Syphon
square feet ; width of barrel
= IJ feet,

38 4oS99 Foet Bridge, Kallian 45

PATlALA NAVIGATION
CHANNBL.
350 Road Bridge, Raunr ... 26

3 ( !!,110 Road Bridge, Ablow'l ... 30

4 3.550 Foot Draw Bridge ...

4 4,6oo Girder Cart Bridge 39'5 Built by Pati£1a State.

5 J,!)OJ Railway Bridge, North• 39'6 R4jpura.Bhatiada line.

Western Railway.

s 2,7So Road Bridge, Lahorl Gate :JO

s 4.150 Road Bridge,. Sirhindl

Gate. !JO I
. ,..-.
I
 (D).
Statement showi11g British Rajbahas irri'gating Patiala State villages and their lengths in the State.

AVBRAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATION

LENGTH LYING WITHIN STATE. DONE FROM BACH DtSTRJ•
BUTARY,
Number
.; of
·~ NAMil OF DISTRIBUTARY. villages
·;;: Total length irrigated.
a From To Difference of
length.
of each Khadf. Rabf. Total.
0 Distributary.
a
...
--- - ---------·-- - - - - ------ ------ ------------ ----- ----- -----
~
z

SAHNA MAJOR DISTRIBUTARY. ..

Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet.

... ... ...

Direct Head 3 4,688 3 4,688 )

-~
:e
c
15
16
15
4,242
395
3.765
15
16
16
4·732
r,s88
3.985
0

0
0
490
1,193
220
I
Q
...,
~

.":;js
16 4,249 16 4.452 0 2~3 7 3,171 ! ... ... 328

..c
I:Q I 18
19
4.768
3,400
19
20
1,758
1,777
0
0
t,ggo

3.377 f
: 20 2,756 21 13 2,257
21 971 22 4,704
0

I 3.733
I
J
w:;· ~ > n
r'l1
.......
~ai-~: "
:<I 0
0
:c
0 I ?a
Cl ::!'.~
=~:;o !:;
<= g
... ,. -· ->=
•
::. "C~ <=
3
~ i~
_.,. l"
!l
 Statement showing British Rajl)(ikrJ,s irrigating Patiala State villages and their lengths in the State-ccntinued.
-
-
~

I LENGTH LYING WITHIN STATE,

AVERAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATION
DONE FROM EACH DISTRI•
BUTARY,

Number
c NAME Of.l' DISTRIBUTARY, of
.2 villages
.!! Total length
> Difference of irrigated.
C5 From To length.
of each Kharif. Rabf. Total.
0
.
a
Distributary.

z"' I-------·-
. ------ ---- --- --- --- ---
I
Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet.
'
SAHNA MAJO!it DISTRIBUTARY-
concld,

Minor No.4 ••• ... ... 7 245 s 4,042 I

3797 ~
8 4,8]0 9 SIS 0
6451
3 g6o :z ... -· 42
9 935 9 1,610 0
13s 1
9 4,217 11 0 I 783 J
.. Minor No.4 Branch ...
...
...
...
I 1,907 3 2,000 2 93 2 93 l ... ... IS.f

*l"'
c
Minor No.6 ... 2 6oo 3 3,6g8 I 3,0gS
} 2 2,332 3 ... ... 359
4 230 4 4.464 0 4,234
...
0 '
·;;
:E
Q
Minor No.7 ... ... ... ~4.735 3 :J,OOO 0 3,265 0 3,265 21 ... - 83
]
. Minor No.8 •••
- ... .._;.. r,87o 0 3,920 0 2,050 ')
-:.
.s:: I 1,18o I ~.475 0 1,295 I ...
Ql
2 710 3 1,497 I 787
I s 212 4
·- 932

4 4,420 8 soo 3 1,080 J

Minor No.8 Branch ... ... Head 0 1,733 0 1,733 0 1,733 ... ... ... ...
Minor No. 9••• ... ... Do. 0 120 0 J20
J I 4.439 3 ...
0
352 1 I 4.671 1 4,319 -~ 376

Minor No. I·A. ... ... Head 2 ... ...

... --------------- ---- ------- -
~.ooo 2 2,000 2 2,000 3 271
... _,- ..._ - ... _1_ 2.546
Total

BHADAUR MAJOR DISTRIBUTARY.

------- ----- ------- ------- 25 1,405

Direct ... ·- - Head

19 4,6o5
9
27
3,900
3,419
9
'7
3.900
3,813 l 11 2,713 9 ... ... 2,099

Minor No.I ... ... Head Tail 6 1,soo 6 t,soo ... ...
-...
3 ¢3
Minor No.2 ... Do. Do. I 4,500 1 4.soo 2 ... ..• 636
Minor Nc. 3 ... Do. 4 1,453 4 1,453 4 1,453 2 ... ... 665

Minor No,4 ... ... Do. { Tail

s r,oo6 } 5 r,oo5 5 r,oo6 2 ... ... 1,223
Minor No.4 Branch ... ... Do. Tail I 235 I 235 I ... ... rG
Minor No. 7·A, ... ... Do. Co. 2 4,000 2 4,000 I .,. ...
...
1,129
Minor No.8 ... 4 1,040 4 1,532 0 492 0 492 ... ... ... ...
Minor No.~ ... ... Head Tail 4 z.soo 4 2,500
21 ... ... r,6So
 'Siateme~t slzowlng British Rajbalzas irrigating PaHala State vz'llages and thez"r lengths z'n the State-continued. "tl
>
>-i 0\
s;:
t""

I LENGTH LYING WITHIN STATE,

Number
AVERAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATION
DONE FROM EACH DISTRI•
BUTARY,
>
Ul
>-i
>
>-i
~
c of
·~
~
NAME 01!' DISTRIBUTARY. villages
)~ Difference Total length irrigated.
Q From To of of each Kharlf. Rabl. Total.
0., length • Distributary.

...E
-
z
--------------...------·------
BHADAUR MAJOR DISTR!BUTAI\Y-
-------- ------- ------ ------ ---- ------- ---- -----
Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet.
concld,

...-
Minor No.9 Branch ... Head Tail I 1,500 I 1,500 I ... ... 46
Minor No. 10 ... Do. I 4,114 I 4,II4 I 4,114 I ... ... 119

Minor No. II ... ... Do. 0 .1.345 0 1,345 0 1,345 I ... ... 40

Minor No. u ... ... Do. I 1,061 I 1,051 I 1,06! I ... ... 282

Newar Branch ... ... Do. 4 4.115 4 4,115 4 4,115 3 ... ... s6o

Minor No. J ••• ... ... Do. Tail 1 133 I 133 3 ... ... 184
~
~ Minor No.2 ••• ... ... --~-----.::_0_.____ ~ 3 ... ... 541

----
I .
Is: ----2 4,500 1___2
·~ Total ... I I . . . . .•..•, 57 ••,

----------.------------------- ------- -
·;;
i5 .... ••rw. ·~· ••• -·__ --- -----·
 ..,.
DH!PAtr MAJOR DrstaiBUTAttv.

Direct Head
8 3.357 I!
4,000
618 lZ
4,000
ll,261
l 4 1,261 487
>
:j
>
t"'
>
(/),
Badhata Minor r,26o 1,622
0 4,638
1,353 1,888
0

0 535
1} 3,687 290
o-i
>
o-i
I ~
1,97G lZ 3,500 1,530 J .__.
Minor N~. t eoo 4 3,500 3 2,70G 3 11,7C0 3 SSt
Minor No, 2 4 1,592 2 549 2 549 502

Minor No.3 Head o 1,250 o 1,250 o 1,250 r us

- - -••- . - - - , - . - -
••- : - - - - -...- - - - ---~.447 --_---=----:----;;a;
Total
---------- --------- ------------- ("')
~
Paur. MAJOR DISTRIBUTARY.

Direct Head 2 3.969 2 3.969 ) -·

~
~

2 4,230 2 4.390 0 r6o

I
3 4.173
2,8so
4 1,929 0 2,756
r,6oo
I
I
4 4 4.450 0

12 534 12 1,995 0 1,461

} 13 1,629 IO 3,137
12 2,172 12 2,762
I
0 590
12 4,804 13 2,ooo 0 .2,196
,......
15
IS
550
3,373
IS
17
86o
11,388
0 310
4,015 I "'0
>

-
:ot'
24 1,567 31 1,139 6 4.572 J >-i

?> .....
!!!:i' ~ > ('11 (")
BC:i:
o;l
::c
"'c:
< !:'.,. n
0
gl?a
3-· ..=
Eli" t; 0 •
~""~ c:

... "'
.. ,. cr"
!"c:r;:
ello>o ~
~ ~
 State men! s'how,·ng British Rtfjblhas 1·rtigoting Patitfla State villages mtd their lengths in the State-continued.

AVKRAGI!: ANNUAL IRRIGATION

LENGTH LYING WITHIN StATE. ~CNE FROM EACH DISTRl·
BUTARY.

Number
of
• NANB OP DISTIUBtlTARY. villages
Difference Total length irrigated.
From To of of each KhariC. Rabt. Total.
length. Distributary.

------------------------------- ------ ------,------------- --

Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet.
~
;.,:
PHUL MAJOR DISTRIRUTARY-concld. ~
......
Minor No.1 !"
Head 2 1,240 1,240 199
Minor No.s 2 2,700 4 2,625 4,925 275
Minor No.6 0 3,540 2 3,000 4.460 6og
Minor No.7 Head Tail 2 1,ooo 2 r,ooo 2 8gi
Minor No. u Do. Do. 4 '·500 4 2,500 2 947
Minor No.13 Do. Do. 3 2,000 3 2,000 5 867
~ Minor No. 14 Do. Do. 3- 3,000 3 3,000 2 I,OSo
"
:! Minor No. 15 Do. Do. "tt
I
c
2 1,000 2 1,000 2 940 >
::0
.....
...-~
Q
Melmfj Brant/&,

Minor No, 5 s 597 3.300 2,7031 ,;>

7 2 2 323
 .
..., 4530 0 ~.953

1
Tungw.m Branch 1,577
2 1,023
·=-:;
A
6 1,750 8 3,000 2 1,250
4,203 4

~
Minor No.3 Head Tail 2 4,000 2 4,000 3 62o

Phusmand! water-course .•• Do. Do. 0 4.150 0 4,150 217

---44---;:s;- ---- ----- --- ---;;:;;
Direct
Total
KoT BHAI MAJOR DISTRIBUTARY,
-------~-- - - - - - - - - - - -

~-------

22 2,732
------- -------------------- ----- ----- - - -

22 !!,236 o 504 o 504

-
D!win Branch uS uS
Sibiin water-course
Total
----,----------------------
0 2,826 0 3,000

-=-~-··· --=- -~
0 104

_ _:.;_· _ _ _.._ . - · - - · - - - _ • _ 7 l 6
0 104 355

BAIHl\IAN MAJOR DISTRIB1JTAitY.

Direct. 4,1g5 0 799 1

aS 464 a6 u6 ~
I
i>3 2,586 14
t8 4·532 26 1,203 7 1,671 J
Minor No. i H_ead Tail 4 soo 4 soo g6g
Minor No.2 Do. Do. 2 0 2 0 2 711
Niyi Pind Branch Do. Do. 6 0 6 0 s 1,616
Ballu&na Branch Do. Do. 9 4,000 9 4,000 s IAlO
Balhl!na Minor Do. Do. I 3,000 I 3,000 I 494
Total -----:.-.---,---_--- --4-,--86 ~-:- --:-~-=- -.-;;;;
rr~ n
0 :c
0\ >"0
:s
0 •
3 ==
p ~
 en-·=
u3-:l. >
~ 1'11 n
:c
G~i-
10 0
4S
-·=
=IIQ, ..... gl:u
-·:ZO
....
........
o1:'"0~c:
n
c:
0

3 ::=
>

_..,.
~ g:~ ~
~
ll>ca
?
Statement showing BriHsh Rabjakas irri'gotz"ng PaHala State villages and their lengths in the State-continued.

AVERAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATION

LENGTH LYING WITHIN STATE. DONE FROM EACH DISTRJ•
BUTARY,

c
-~
·r;
NAMR 01" DISTRIBUTARY. I Total length
Number of
villages
irrigated.
Q !.
...
From To
Difference of
length • of each Distri· Khadf. Rab£. Total.
.
'0
e
..s
butary.

z
~--------- ---- ------ ---- ------ -------- ---- --
Miles, Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet·
BHATINDA MAJOR DISTRIBUTARY, I

Direct ... ..,. ... 3 1,798 18 1,195 IJ 4.397 13 4.397 8 ... -... 3,582

-...
Bhatinda Mino/
·' ... I 3,250 4 0 2 1,750 2 1,750 I 594
"'
Jai Singhwala Branch ........ ~ ... Head Tail ... 716
4 1,000 4 t,ooo 4 ....
Mehta Branch
-
... ------
Do.
... -------... -------
Do.
-------- ...
... -----
--·--
...
... ---- --
12 13,000 12 2,000 8 1,395
Total . ...

I TEONA MAJOR DIS'fRlBUTARY.

--------
.~
-------
, ... 32
-------- ---- ---- ---- ---
------~-
4·147
- 6,287

~ Teona ... ... ... Head " •

I,ooo
... ...
..I
~
5 i,614
0
J 12
1,000

4.750
0
r,614
1 3,136
1 4,136 4
c
... ... Head ...
-~
-~

c
.
Mithrf Branch
sosl
0
883
0

2 375
0

I
73
so8

375 J I 2
- I 2
~
·=.s:: Bajak Branch
-- ... Head Tail 6 o( 6 0 4 ... -... 597 >
"0

- -...
-1
~
r;Q
Domw~U Branch r 3·73 2 16 f,972 14 3,240 I 14 3 240 7 ... 2,877 >
r
Minor No. 2, Domwdl! Branch Head . Tail 4 3,000 4 3,000 3 ... ... 398
>
Vl
Minor No.3, ditto ... Do. Do. s 4,(00 s 4,000 4 ... ... 7l2
.....
>
.....
Minor NCJ. 4 1 ditto ... Do. Do. I 4,00.)
' I 4,000 I ... ... 194
~
.......,
Jangrdna Min~
- ... Do. ro. 6 3,000 6 3,000 ... ... 1,540

=. ' '91 . . . == =--= -"·"·

3

Total ...
I LALBitAI MAJOR DISTRIBUTARY.

::I-------- ________ ________~ ·::I___ ~--=---~---~:

Direct •.• ;.. Head 2 4,828
Minor No, 1 Do. 0 179 0 179
)

Total
-------- ---- ------ -.- __. _. -~-2-j--··_· ---1---··-·--1---1,,0_4_6_

LAINBI MAroa DISTRIBUTARY.

Direct ... Head 2 3.4/0 2 3.4]0 2

IMan Branch Do. 0 3.430

-----------------
I Tota:l 3 1900

I, . ,... u... D!.l•''"

- - ...- - - - - - -...- - - - - - -..-.- - - ---2·7-2--.·.7--54-l·---8-4-/l--.-.-
. - ---_--
54594
 (l)::'t:d
S' ~~ :!. > rl2 n
It~
< ~·=--
a: ~
n
0
0 >·
::c
::.;a::0 c: :;,1-u
0 •
~ "C~ ~
111 ., C" c: - 3 :--
~ E~ ; p?
" ..
Statement slzowinz British Rajoakas irdgating Patiata State vill(lges and thea'r lengths in tlze State-continued. .,~ -
:
;;
~

LENGTH LYING WITHIN Sl'ATI,

AVERAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATION
DONS FROM BACH 0lST1U•
>
BUTAII.Y, Vl
>-1
~
Number of ~
N'.u.llr 011' DISTLUBUTARY, villages ~

Total length irrigated.

To Difference o£
From length. of each Distri· Kharff. Rabf. Total.
..
Q

E
butary.

z
...,_~------------
·.-
---- -~ ~~ ------ --------1-----1--
C"l
Miles. Feet. Miles, Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. ~
·.: ;:t
Q
-~
:f 22 4,840 638 8oS 1,446 ~-
··•·• }
3,230 5 1,610

l
Raota Major Distributary 17 5
Q
Minor No.7, Mad Distributary 3 !11,625 4 4,700 2,075 3

s' 3,325 J 6 SSo .o 2,555

4,630 116 187 303

----- -------- -------------- ----

ABOHAR BRANCH,
------· ------- -----------
7 !,240 • 3
-
754
----- ----
995 1,749 •

Pakhow41 Major Distributary Head 2 2,280 2 2,280 2 2,280 2 126

........
BHATINDA BRANCH,
In ,>"tl
,;
.!!
.!:
Q
Dehlon Major Distributary 0 250
4,820
0
6so
268
0 848 0 848
,I 3lil
..:j

?>
 ~
Tail 1}
..
~
a
Raikot, Minor No, 6 ~

::: i{ 4
0 3 2,580 3 2,580 2 820
>
o-i

.
:.c; 125 >

~
"tJ Do., Minor No.8 0 C""

H 2,184 2,184 2 137 >

s~g. [ Tail Vl
7 I I 8 2,613 o-i
>
o-i
Tail
Kat's Major Distributary 2,160 [ IJ IS J II 2,855 II 2,855 8 t,866 ?1
~

Tail
{ }
··"·I
Kallis RajMh,, Minor N_o. 1 Head 0 4,000 0 2 274
_, 0 4,000
Ditto,, Minor No.2 Do. l ' 2,000 2,000 2,000 2 642

Ditto, Minor No.3 Do. 0 3,000 0 J,OOO 0 3,000 2 s5t

Tail•
Kaliln Major Distributary 2 so [ 2<> 4,110 } t8 4,063 &8 4,o6o 9 2,734
~
c:.
Kaliln, Minor No: 1 He11.d
t Tail
2 3.COO l 2 3,0CO 2 J,OOO 3 748 ::t
~

Do., Minor No. 2 Do.

t Tail
4 2,ooo J 4 2,000 4 2,00Q 5 955 ~
Do., Minor No.3 Do.
t Tail
2
Tail
0 J
}
2 0 2 0 3 212

Do., Minor No, 4 Do. { 4 2,soo 4 2,soo 4 2,500 4 701

Tail s
Do., Minor No 5 Do. { 8 1,51)0 J '8 1,5~0 8 1,500 1,253

Do, 2,125 2,125 238

.,Do., Minor No.6 l2 2,125 2 2 3

Do., Minor No.7 Do. { Tail

l2 3,000 J 2 3.000 2 J,OOO 2 533
Do., Minor No. 8 Do.· { 3
Tail
Tail
0 } 3 0 3 0 2 t67
.,
,..-,

Karur Branch of Kalian ... Do. { 12 4,500 } 12 4o500 J2 4500 JO 2,754 >
::0
o-J
Tail
Karur, Minor No.1 Do. { 4 4,000 J 4 4,000 4 4,000 3 381
?-
·------- ~
~
tl'l::t'IXJ
pr ~4 :! .. > r!1 n
Gfi'J5· " "' 0 :c
..s :t. ::r" n
-·cs
= .... ::o '"I...
c: ol>
:J
0
.,
•
~"'0~
..
...
c:
,. II> cr 3
_,. "'!" p
:- ;~
?>
 tn':'tr.l
~.
> f'l1 n
"' ()0 :c
;: :! .. ·Q

..,iU:=.::r
. I,
~· ;:;
E~::t~ >-1 :s
;:.....,~
c:
0 .>
3 -
c:
a-
~
..
!R =-~
~ ... ? ?>
Statemet~l snowing Brz'tish Rajoahas irr r'gating Patiala State villages and thei,. lengths in the State-<:oncluded.

I
AVERAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATIOM
LENGTH LYING WITHIN ST.LTK. DONE PROM EACH DISTRI-
BUTARY.

Number of

:~
villages
'·NAM'IE 01!' DtST!tiBUTkRY,
Total length irrigated
D ifferenc~ of of each Distri-
i5 From To length. Khar!f. Total.
butary.
.,0
...E
z I
-----------·----- -------,------ ----- ----- ----- -----
Miles. Feet. Mile;, Feet M11es. Feet. Miles. Feet
BaATI)IDA BRANCH-concld.
1
--.!
-e
.
~
Kar.Sr, Minor No. 2 .... ... I Head [ Tail
3 2,00\ l 3 !1,000 3 7,0(;0 2
I
I Do., _Minor No. 3 ... Do. f Tail
1 4 4 3,0CO 6 i 9Z4

:··;,00 I
3.0'l<>
(_ 4 3,0-:10
c
·~
:E
Do., Minor No.4 '" ... Do.
f l1 2 3.000 !I 3,000 2 ... ...
Cl Do, Minor No. S
-... ... Do. [ 3
Tail
0 )
3 0 3 0 2 ... ... 313
....."' J
:a" Du., Minor No.6 .... Do. I
(_ 6
Tail
2,00)
6 2,000 6 11,ooo 6
-· ·- 735
""'= ---..-.------:--:.:---.-=-:--.-.--~·~-- ~.:-
=-
~...l
I
Total Ludhidn'J Di'Vision .hI "'
. GiUND TOTAL
---~---- - - 387 --:~ --;;j ~.--,- ~~ "t!
>
...,
::tJ

NoT&.- Totals by Divisions given in c-olumn 7 show the actual number of villages irrigated in each Division, and not the correct totals of figures given against ?-
-each channel in that column, as a village irrigated •.•..• more than one channel is taken as a separate village against each channel.
 r25
PATIALA STATE. ] Famine Protec!ive Schemes. [ PART A.

Agricultural conditions in Narnalll closely resemble those of Sirsa. CHAP. II, A.

If the Sirsa Branch of the Western Jumna Canal could be extended to
Narnaul, this outlying tract of Patiala might be rendered secure. At Economic.·
present many wells in Narnaul have run dry, owing to the prolonged AGRICULTURI.
drought with which the last century closed. . There .ar: .also Famin11 Protec·
possibilities of tank·storag: in Narnaul! though ~r. Farrant 1.s mclmed tive Schemes,
to mistrust them. Speakmg of Fanune Protective Schemes m general
Mr. Farrant writes-
There are several small tracts in the Patiala plains that require to be considered
in connection with this subject of famine protection ; but of these there are only two·
1

for which co·operation may be expected land could be asked) from the Qoyernmen~.
These are (a) the N4maul tract and (b) the portion of the Narwana tahstl that ts
situated east of the Ghaggar river and adjoins the Sirsa Branch irrigation. The
othe~ portions are small and isolated and could only be dealt with locally.
With regard to the N~rnaul tract, it is evident from an examination of the
map that any schemes for irrigation from a canal would have to form part of a project
for the irrigation of the adjacent Districts of Rohtak and Gurgaon. Such a project
would have to be on a considerable scale, and would either consist of an extension
of the existing Western Jumna Canal (which is improbable), or of a new canal from the
Jumna river taking out above Delhi. As to whether such a scheme is possible, ha\•in'{
regard to the physical features of the country, it is not possible to say here; but any
such canal could only hope for a supply of water during the flood season, a'!l there are
already three canals fed from the Jumna-the Eastern and Western Jumna at Dadupur,
and the Agra Canal with its head·works at Okla below Delhi. It is evident then that any
scheme for the protection of this tract by a monsoon canal would have to form ·part and
parcel of a much larger scheme to be carried out by the British Government.
Nothing has been said about irrigation from tanks and wells, because these are
after all only minor works in which the only assistance required of the Government
would be in the matter of professional advice perhaps. Something will be mentioned
further on regarding storage tanks and wells. .
The only other matter requiring reference to the Government with a view to
assistance is the possibility or otherwise of extending the irrigation of the Sirsa Branch
to the tract of land lying between the northern boundary of the present irrigation and
the Ghaggar river. There is also a small tract lying between the southern irrigation
boundary and the boundary of the Jlnd State which is unprotected so· far and to
which it may be possible to extend the irrigation. ·
. Besides the tract of Patiala territory referred to in the two preceding para• ·
graphs, there are other small patches which feel the pinch of famine, . but they are
situated close to canal·irrigated country and are not in such urgent need for works
of amelioration. At any rate such works would be local and such as would not depend
upon the co·operation of the Government for their execution.
There is first the Sardulgarh tract situated on the left. bank ~f the Ghaggar
'friver, which thus cuts it off from irrigation by the Sirhind Canal. It is doubtful
whether any irrigation could be done from wells except in the immediate neighbour·
hood of the Ghaggar, as the spring level is probably too low. This is, however, a
matter for enquiry. Further, any project for damming up the Ghaggar and storing
water, besides being very costly, would meet with disapproval from the Government,
and would raise thorny questions regarding the. rights of the villages lower down,
especially as canals have been taken out oL this river near Sirsa. Then again the
Ghaggar here runs in a fairly deep channel, and the greater portion of the water
dammed up would be useless for irngation as it could not command the country. The
cost of a bye·wash to pass flood waters would alone be a very costly item.

The best way to irrigate this tract, if the levels permit, is ·to carry the water of
. the Boha Rajbaha across in an iron tube syphon; if the levels permit this will be
not only much less costly than any scheme for storage, but a pnj·utly sura preventive
of famine, which a storage tank would not be.

The next tract is that situated between the Ghaggar river and the irrigation
boundary of the Ghaggar and Choa Branches of the Sirhind Canal. This is liable to
. inundation not only from the Ghaggar river itself but from the Choa nullah is sparsely
populated, and so dose to irrigated country that it can nevt'lr feel the pinch' of famine
rery severely. Water for cattle tao be had at no great distance-a very great adyan.tage,
 126

PATIALA STATE. ] Famine Protective Schemes. (PART A.

Extens~on.!l c?uld be made from . the Karmgarh Rajbaha into a portion of this tract,
but no 1rr1gat1on would be done m years of good flood, and the channels would be liable
to be damaged. The circumstances are not so urgent as in the preceding case ; and
extensions of the canal system would have to be cautiously made.
For the country on the left bank of the Ghagg-ar and situated between it and
the Sirsa Branch, if nothing can be done from the Sirsa Branch Canal as su(Tgested
above, it is possible that it may be supplied with wnter from the Ka;mgarh
RajbaM, but levels would require to be taken. Even if the levels are favourable
the scheme would be costly and would only be taken up after careful study of the whole

.question. Much might be done in the meantime to ameliorate the condition of the people
by improving village tanks, taking care that there is sufficient catchment area for each.
'

The area near Patiala City and lying between the Patiala 11ullah and the ·
Ghagg-ar is irrigated partly from the Banur Canal and partly from cuts made from
the Ghaggar. The wells are not deep either, and the country is safe. But the con•
clition might be improved by improving the Banur Canal alignment and taking the
eanal on to the watershed instead of passing it into the drainage line as has been done
below Banur. The canal could then serve mgre country. ·
To return now to N~rnaul. I£ this cannot be irrig-ated by a canal from the
Jumna, either direct or from an extension of the Western Jumna Canal, recourse must
be had to wells, wherever these are possible under the conditions or storage tanks.
These cannot be undertaken without careful surveys and unless the conditions are
favourable. These conditions are dealt with in the accompanying short nate on storage
tanks. It is probable that in the near future artesian wells will be tried for such
tracts as this, but they will be costly, are always more or less speculative in character,
and unless experts are employed in sinking them the result is sure to be disastrous.
To touch on some other points mentioned in Khalifa Sayyid Muhammad
Hussain's notes. Nothing can be done with the Sirhind and Choa nullahs except
perhaps improve their outfall and make them more effective as natural drainages.
The country traversed by them below the feeder line at any rate is already irri·
gated by canals, and they are occasionally called upon to act as escapes for the
canal.
With regard to the Sarsuti, correspondence is already pending with the Govern•
ment on the subject, and nothing further need be said here.
• Irrigation in ,the hills is already' carr~ed ?n. e~tensi~·ely by means of ingeni-
ously devised kuls: and any system of ptpe tmgat10n ts altogether too costly
to be thought of until the demand for it is shown to be really urgent.
As the greater portion of the water due to light falls of rain is absorbed into the
ground, and is rapidly lost by evaporation,
Rainfall. it is unnecessary to take into consideration
for storage purposes any rainfall outside
the monsoon months, July, August and September. The average for these months cannot-
be obtained for Narnaul itself, but for adjoining tracts the following have been taken frorr
the Weather Reports of the Government of India :-
Sirsa I2'0I average Ist June to 30th September.
Bikaner ... 9'26 ditto ditto.
Delhi ... 24'75 ditto ditto.
Average : .. 15'34

Assume that 12 inches is the average for Narnaut.

The catchment area will depend on the proportion of rainfall running off.· In
, Mysore, where the monsoon rainfall is
Catchment, about 10 inches, the proportion of run off
. is assumed to be o·25 (Molesworth).
Mr. Binnie's observations £or small rainfalls gave much smaller proportions for the Central
Provinces. It is only possible to make a rough guess and to assume that for N~rnaul the
ratio of run off will be one-sixth. That is, 2 inche:; will be available out of the u inches of
rainfall (Qr :itQrage purposes.
 127
PATIALA STATE. ] Famine Protective Schemer. ( PART A.
•
One square mile of catchment then will yield 640" i equals 1o6·67 feet acres of water; CHAP • IJ, A.
· · ·
A foot acre 1s s1mply a large umt of measure-
or put in another
. edway 6 acres of catch·
t 'give • depth of Economic.
-
ment and is equivalent to one acre covered one ment are requtr h O k 1 0
foot deep, equals 43,560 cubic feet. water per acre oft e tan • AatucuLTURB.
, Famine ProteC•
Assuming different depths of water in the storage tank, we have the followmg tive Schemes.
table:...-

Depth of water in storage tank. Catchment rtquired

per acre of tank,

------------·------ ------
10 feet ... 6o acres,

15 II 90 ,.
IO II 120
"
..
.... l
25 " 150

30 11 ... 180
"
35 " :no

For a storage tank of o'ne square mile (640 acres) and 20 feet deep, the catchment
area required will be 640 x 120 acres, or 120 square miles. This question of catchment
it will be seen imposes a 1i mit on the size of the storage tank which must be adapted to
the available area on which it is possible to collect the rainfall. In fact larger collecting
areas will be necessary as the rainfall will be distributed over three months or so, and as
there will be loss by evaporation and absorption in the tank and consumption of the water
for irrigation purposes, it will readily be understood that smaller capacities in the reservoir
will suffice.

This brings us to the question of the loss by evaporation and absorption. In Moles~
worth the loss of water in tanks in Raj·
Evaporation and absorption. putana is given as 0'027 feet (average) per
day all the year round. These depths
appear to be very small according to experience on the Punjab Canals. On the other
hand, it must be remembered that practically impervious soil is selected for building
storage tanks on, and that to build one on more or less porous ground would be
waste of money. Measurements in the hospital tank at Patiala gave the rate of sinkage
at o·x feet per day, or from 3 to 4 times the above rates. In the escape channel at
Patiala the rate was o·2 to 0'3 feet per day. No one would think of constructing a
storage tank on soil like this. In old established tanks the small rates of sinkage are
doubtless accurate; but for present purposes a rate of sinkage of o·x feet per day or 3'0 feet
!n the month should be allowed. Even this rate will probably be exceeded for some time
m a new tank.
Now it is evident, the loss from evaporation and absorption being so heavy•
that the stored water should be used as quickly as possible. But here the difficulty that
presents itself is this. In a good year of average monsoon rainfall there will be a full tank,
but no demand for irrigation. The water will have to be kept till September or October
for the rabi sowings and the loss will be very great. In a year of scanty rainfall the tank
will not be full at any time perhaps, and certainly dry until good rain falls. If the rain is
late no khar!f could be sown, and the water would have to be stored for the rabi sowings.
If the rains ceased early, on the other hand, the water stored could be used in maturing
the kharif crops. In both these latter cases, however, the stored supply would be short.
These three cases then will be considered-
( 1) Rainfall normal in quantity and distribution,
( 2) Rainfall late.
(3) Rainfall ce:1.se5 early.
 . f~8
PATIALA STATE. ] Famin~ Protective SeMmes. ( PART A.
CHAP. II, A. The next point to settle is the distribution of the 12 inches of rainfall. This may
be assumed to be practically as follows :..,...
Economic.·
June- 10 days 1·oo inches
AGRICULTURB, July- 31
11 4'50
Famine Protec· August- 31 4'50
tive Schemes. September-2o , 2'00 "
"
92 days I2'oo inches
and further that in case (2) above the rainfall will be 5'5 inches in the first two months
• and in case (3) above 6'So inches in the last two months.
Now in the case of normal rainfall (I) where the water must be stored for use
in rabi sowings as the lo~ w\11 ~e g:o f~et v~rtical before the ~ater is brought into use, and
another 3 feet at least whtle trrtgatJOn ts gomg on, or I2 feet mall it would not be much
use in having a catchment that will give a less depth than 2o·o fe~t .,.ross or 11 feet net
. . w~ter used in irrigation · e ' ·
• u equals ~ths.
In thts case the ratio water co11ected off catchment .equals ·A •
A stora""e
o
tank II'o feet deep would be required then with a ratio of 120 to I, the calculation beinO"
as follows:- . "'

RECEIVED FROM LOSS BY

_____ _____
I in Total deptn in
1 1
Month Day. tank ~tored, tank a• end
Catchm(nt, Evap,ration, feet depth. of month,
feet depth feet depth.

-----~----:------
une 10 r·66 1'0' o 1'6 o·66
July
AUJ!USt ...
:II
jl
7•50
7'50
3'00
3'00
4'50
4'50
5'16
g·M
September ... ~---~ --~ --~ --'2:.. -'~
Total ... 92 lo'oo ' 9 O() 11'0() ...

In the above calculation it should be rem~mbered that a catchment of 120 acres has lieen
allowed pe, acre of storage tank. Similarly if double this or 240 acres of catchment
per aera of storage were allowed the gross depth collected would be 4o·o feet and the
· net depth 49 equals 31 feet. That is to say, with this ratio of catchment the storaga
tank would have to hold 3I feet of water.
In the II feet tank above, with S·o feet used for rab[ sowings, 3 feet acres. of irrigation
would be done, or I foot acre for every 15 acres of catchment. • .
The deeper the tank the more the irrigation done, but on level country it wold
seldom be possible to get any great depth in a tank and still command the count I'·
Another difficulty. In hilly country, on the other hand, the catchment area wo d
probably be limited, and a very costly dam would be necessary to store .any large
quantity.
In this case of normal rainfall water stored for rabi sowlngs (which is all that could
be attempted) a tank I square mile in area to hold II feet water net would require
a catchment area of 120 square miles, and the area sown, allowing 0'75 depth (for
i&rigation and waste), will be 640 X 8 X !rds equals 6,8oo acres roughly. The crop
would still be liable to failure if the winter rains were unfavourable. The cost of the
bund, &c., would be about Rs. 3,oo,ooo. Assuming 4 good years in 7, and a rate of Re. l
per acre, the return would be 4 x;.~oo equals Rs. 3,900 about, or say Rs. 2,goo at most after
deducting maintenance charges, equivalent to o'67 rupee. per cent.
In the other two cases the quantity stored with the same ratio of catchment to tank,
•is., 120 to r, would be still less, vis.-
Rains late
Rains stop early
and the further losses before using the water being taken at 3 feet at least, the area
irrigated would be 2'83 and 2'16 feet acres per acre of tank, or I foot acre for ever~
 U9
PATIALA STATE. J Rents, Wage.s a1td Prlas. [,pART A.

,. 2and 55 acres of catchment respectively. The returns will of course be proportionately CHAP. 11, B.
less.
Economic.
To sum up, the assumptions are that-
R!NTSI WAGES
Rainfall 12 inches, distributed ~s stated. AND PRtcn.
Ratio of 1' run off" One·sixth.
Loss by evaporation and -absorp• Famine .Protec.
tion i ... One·tenth feet depth per day. tive Schemes, ·
Ratio of catchment to tank area ... 120 to r, i.t.1 r:zo acres of catchment per
acre of tank.
Thtn the following depths 1'113Y be stored :-
. Feet.
(a) Normal year
(b) Rains late ...
...... 5II'.83OJ the cond'tttons
'bemg
• favourab)e as
(c) Rains cease early ... ... .16 regards command,;
5
and the following areas may be sown, on an average of seven years:-
. . 4 X 8 X 1 equals ~..! equals
*Average for (b) and (c) 21 feet acres, and 1 acre 42'67·
for every I 7 acres of catchment. 3 Xi* Xt equals Io'oo.
Total for 7 years equals 52'6] acres per acre of tank, or average equals 1 acres, say,
per acre of tank.
· In a tank of 1 square mile area (6,Joacres) the catchment will have to be 12o· square
miles, the cost of a bund will be about Rs. 3,oo,ooo, the average area irrigated per year
. will be 4,480 acres, bringing in Rs. 4,480 gross revenue, or say Rs. 2,500 net, and a
return of about o·S rupee per cent. In fact it is doubtful whether the working expenses
would be met as it is doubtful whether any crop sown could be matured. If this were
the case, taking a 4 per cent. interest rate, it would mean that Rs. ,12,ooo a y~r were
being given to the tract sown to enable it to try and raise a crop.

Section B.-Rents, Wages and Prices.

Cash rents are very rare throughout the State. Even the tenants Rent•·
whose occupancy rights have been recognised generally pay kind rents at
the same rates as tenants·atawill. These rates are much the same in
ordinary villages held on the pattidari or bhaidchO.ra tenures as they
are in zamindar£ villages, except that in the latter rents are raised by the ·
imposition of various cesses. The .landlord's share of the produce is
sometimes as low as ith, but for the whole State ird may roughly be said
to be the average. One-fourth is common in the remote " Bangar" and
"langal '' tracts, lying to the south and west of Patiala. In the central
rc ~ion lrd is the prevailing rent rate, and in the sub-montane strip of
country to the north and east of Patiala i is common. Lands irrigated
from wells generally pay at the higher rates, except in the dry areas to the
west and south, where the soil is inferior, and the expenses of working
wells very heavy.
Wages.-In towns wages are paid in cash and in villages in both cash Waru of labour.
and kind. A coolie in Patiala may get as much as 6 annas a day, while in a ~abll 25 rl P11rl
village he would get 3 annas only. A carpenter earns from 8 to 12 annas a •
day in Patiala as against 4 to 5 annas and some food in the villages. Reapers
are paid in cash or kind, or both. Cash wages now vary from 6 to 12 annas
according to the seasons. Wages in kind consist of a bundle of the cut·
tings-straw, grain and husk, weighing about 3 kachcha or It pakka
maunds.
Pricl!s.-Prices seem to have risen 1I or 12 per cent. since Sam bat Retailand whole.
~~
8
1 47• Tables 16 t~ntl aS
(a) rl ,.,, 8,
 130
PATIALA STATE. ] Forests. ( PART A.
CHAP.II, C. On the whole the agricultural population of the State is well off.
Their mode of living is simple, their food plain. The houses are
Economic. kept in good repair, an d the p1ough an d we11 catt1e 1ook healthy and
FoRI!srs. fa!rly well fed. ~here a.re parts of the Sta~e:-the M,ohindargarh
Prosperity of the ntzamat, the Narwana, Ra]pura, Ghanaur, and PmJaur tahsils, and the
peasantry. pargana of Sardulgarh-with no canal-irrigation and very few wells,
where at times of scarcity there is a considerable amount of priva•
tion. But increased communications and the proximity of more favoured
tracts has taken away from famine half its terrors. The improved
condition of the peasantry is entirely the growth of recent years, and
is due largely to the introduction of canals and railways, to the
establishment of large grain marts, and to the better prices for agricul·
tural produce that have followed the improvement in communications,
The Jat of the Jangal is perhaps the most prosperous. man in the State.
His revenue is light, his land is newly irrigated, and his prosperity
shows i~self in pakka ~ouses {a modern idea) and a profusion of jewellery.
The Bangar Jat agam is comfortably off. The Western Jumna Canal
has transformed him from a shepherd and cowherd into a farmer. He
avoids meat and alcohol, but is prone to greater extravagance on
occasions of marriages and funerals than the jat of the Jangal. The
Pachada and Bagri Jats, who are Muhammadans, have suffered from
bad seasons and famine. The Pachadas are notorious for cattle·
lifting and extravagance, while the Bagri Jats, who emigrated from
Bikaner in the famine of Sambat 1905, are honest and hardworking.
The Jat of the Pawadh has to work unceasingly to make a living out
of his waterless land. The asses$ment here (now under revision) is com·
paratively heavy. The Rajpnt is not so well off as the }at. He relies
more on the money-lender ; he is lazy and his women do no work
in the fields. It is quite uncommon for a Rajput to keep a stock
of grain. When he threshes his grain he hands it over to the bania
and borrows it back from him as he wants it. The general rise in
prosperity has been accompanied by a rise in the price of cattle and
agricultural implements, but this hardly discounts the rise in the selling
price of corn, Litigation is increasing, and the expenditure on marri·
ages and the like is extravagant. In the hills the standard of living
has always been lower, but here too it is rising, and the Kanet is·
fairly prosperous. He does a great trade in grass and firewood, while
the hill stations provide him with a variety of occupations at a han~·
some wage. ·

Section C.-Forests.

· Forests. The forest area in the State is 109 square miles, of which 72 are class·
ed as first class demarcated forests and 37 as second class forests.
These lie entirely in the hills, ranging from 8,ooo feet above the sea to
the foot-hills which rise from the Ambala plains at Ramgarh. The Don
extends fror.1 Ambala to Nalagarh. The country is broken and scored by
ravines, while reckless denudation has reduced the forest trees to scrub and
low jungle. The hill tracts proper are in contrast to the Dun. The smaller
tract, which is about g square miles in extent, is an island in the middle of Keon•
thai State, lying to the south of the Phiigti-Mabasu ridge close to Simla. It is
well wooded with oak (quercus dilata and semicarpifolia), deodar apd pine.
The larger hill tract extends over about 300 square miles to the south of the
 13i'
PATJALA STATE. ) Arts and Manufactures. [ PART A.

Dh.imi and Bhajji States till it merges in the Pinjaur D6n. Parts of this CHAP. II. E.
tract are bare, parts covered with'low scrub, and parts well wooded with oak E .
·
(quercus zncana ) an d pme.
· To t he east of t he Asm' nver,
· roun d Ch'a1,
'I co nomic.
a good sized mixed forest of pine,· oak and deodar stretches across the ~ars AND .
upper slopes. There are forests of chil (Pinus longz'folt'a) on the ridges ANUFAtTUKI!s.
between Dagshai and the Dun, and also between Solon and KasauH; while Forests,
the Thidugarh Hill to the south of Kasauli is covered with a valuable
stretch of bamboo.

The State forests have suffered severely from neglect. Until quite History.
recently the villagers had full use of the forests without check or
hindrance. The Dun has been entirely stripped, and it is only the
comparatively late colonization of the ~imla Hills that has saved the
forests on this side. Even here large areas of forest were sacrificed
by the peasantry to form grass rakhs whose produce they sold at great
profit in the various cantonments near. The question of maintaining
the sources of the fuel supply, both for the people and the hill
stations, received attention in 1845 and probably earlier. In r86o Lord
William Hay directed the attention of the State to the urgent necessity
of protecting its forests and husbanding their produce. Since that
time the matter has never been entirely lost sight of. In r861 a forest
protective establishment was instituted. The forests were placed unde:-
the Civil nz'dmat, and between 1861 and r87o many changes in the
control tending to more effective management were carried out. British
officers of the Forest Department made reports on the fuel supply in 1876
1878 and r888. On receipt of a letter from the Punjab Government in
1879 the State took action, appointed a Superintendent of Forests, and
introduced the Conservancy Rules proposed by Mr. Baden-Powell.. This
was really the first step towards effective management. In r885 the present
Nazim of Forests, Pandit Sundar UJ, who had passed the Forest Ranger's
test in the Imperial Forest School at Dera Dun, was appointed, and he
at once stopped the reckless cutting for lime burning, charcoal making, &c. .
In t8go a Forest Settlement was carried out by· Mr. G. G. Minniken, who
also prepared a Working Plan which was accepted by the Darbar.
Besides the forests proper the State owns 12,ooo acres of bir in the plains.
Considerable quantities of ktkar and dhak flourish in these Mrs, which
are under the control of the Nazim of Forests.

Section D.-Mines and Minerals.

An account ·of the mineral resources of the State will be found Mines and mine•
on page 2 under the heading 11 Geology." rals. ·

Section E.-Arts and Manufactures.

The figures in the margin show the distribution of the whole popula· Principal indus.
Actual Dt"-c"d· Partially tion into agriculturists, non- tfries and manu·
workers. r
ents. .
agmul· . It uns
agncu . ts an d parlla , 11y actures.
turists. agriculturists. No statistics of
Agriculturists ... :J8I,oo3 475,870 4,873 manufactures in the State can
Non·•&riculturists :J12,6']8 487,141
be given. Patiala produces
Total 693,681 g6J,oll 4,873 little of artistic interest.
Silver cups are made at
Patiala and ·Narnaul, and gold and silver buttons at Narnaul. Gold and
 ·~2
PATIALA STATE. ] Commerce and Trade. ( PART A.
CHAP. 11, F. silver wire is made from bars of silver (kandla) moulded in the State
mint.· Thin sheets of gold are wrapped round the silver to make gold
Economic. wire, while for silver wire pure bar silver, with an alloy of copper
CoMMIRCI AND to stiffen it, is used. The wire is then used in the manufacture of
TuoK. gold and silver lace (gota) which is said to be superior to that made
Principal indus· in Delhi, though it is not so light as the best quality. Flattened wire
tries aod manu· (Mdla) is woven with silk thread to make gota and twisted with it
facturel. to make sari. Then again sari and silk thread are woven to make
leatun. Ivory bracelets, surmed4n£s (boxes for collyrium) and combs
are made to a. small extent. Pail is famous for carved door-frames.
At the capital there is a large manufacture of brass and bell-metal ware
and it is noted for its phUt ke kaut (light cups). There is a large market
for handsome bedsteads woven with cotton string. The silk asarbands,
dary4£ (silk cloth) and chur;a (striped silk) of Patiala are well known,
and though the two last materials are inferior to those made in
Amritsar, the first is quite as good. Bhadaur manufactures good bell·
metal cups and brass ware, and is noted for its tukkas (sets of
Cup!)• Kanaud also manufactures these wares, as well as iron pans
and spoons. Sunam excels in cotton pagris, khes and dzautahis, a
gold lace chautahi. costing from Rs. 50 to Rs .. xoo. Stisi is manu•
factured at Patiala and Basi, the latter being very fine in quality. At
Narnaul. cour.try shoes, silver buttons and nut-crackers ·' (sarota) are
manufactured, and at Narnaul and Samana payaf (legs)1 for beds are made.
·Pail makes elaborate country shoes. At Ghuruan and Chaunda iron
dols (buckets) and pans are made, and at Rauni and Dhamot iron
gt!gars or .water-pots. Coarse· cotton and woollen fabrics are manu·
factur~d throughout the State, and at Pinjaur baskets, stone kund£s
(pestles)) ukhlis (mortars), chaunkis and sits (curry-stones). At
Sanaur neat fans of date palm leaves are made. Country carts,
baihUs, raths, and wheels are also made in some places, and raw sugar
(gur and shakkar) in the Pawadh villages. In the Bet khand is
manufactured. One pan only is used there, and the work is carried on
on a small scale. Sajj£ is made in the· Anahadgarh ni1amat. There
i!J a State workshop af Patiala, where repairs of every- sort are done,
and furniture and carriages are made. Iron work and painting is
well done. There is a cotton-ginning factory at Narwana' near the
railway station. It was started in Sambat 1954 by tala Kanhaya
Ul. It is worked by steam, generally in the cold weather, as cotton (:
obtained in these months. This factory exports nearly forty thousan\i
maunds of cotton annually, the seed being consumed locally. In some
parts of the State saltpetre is manufactured. There is a press called
· the Rajindar Press at Patiala, where 'a Vernacular paper (" Pati~la
Akhoar ") is issued weekly. Some of the official printing, Enghsh
and Urdu, for the State is done here, although most of it is done ·
outside,

Section F.-Commerce and Trade•

The surplus grain of the State1 consisting of wheat! gram, barley,

S6f'Son,millet and pulse, is taken to the nearest railway statiOn or market
for export or sale. There is a considerable import of khand, shak~ar and
rur from the United Provinces. Cotton is exported from Narwana to
Bombay.· Red chillies are exported to Hat~ras and loaded at ,th.e
nearest railway etation. Country cotton yarn ts also exported. Ghz JS
 133.
fATIALA STATE. ] • Mtans of Communicata'Dn. [PART A,
exported from Narwina to the adjoining British Districts, but the CHAP.JI, c.
amount produced is not sufficient to meet the requirements of the State. . -
Kat£ (whitewash) and clutna (lime) are exported from Narnaul and Economic.
Pinjaur. The grain marts in the State are Patiala, DhUri, Barnala, Bhatinda MuNs ol" Co11•
and Narw.ina, but grain is also carried to the adjoining British marts and IIUNICATJ~"·
to Nabha. Commercund
trade.
Section G.-Means of Communication..
Four lines of rail pass through the State. Th~ Rajpura-Bhatinda line Railwa11,
belongs to the Pati.ila State, but is worked by the North..Western
Railway. The agreement was that "All costs, charges and expenses
incurred by the North-Western Railway in connection with the
maintenance, management, use and working of the Ra jpura·Bhatinda
Railway and the conveyance of traffic thereon properly chargeable to
Revenue Account shall be paid out of the gross receipts of th~ amalga·
mated undertaking and so far as possible out of the gross receipts
of the half year to which they are properly attributable, and in
each half year there shall be deducted from the gross receipts of the
Rajpura-Bhatinda Railway 55 per cent. of such gross receipts and the
balance after making the said deduction shall be paid over to the
Patiala Darbar." By a later agreement the amount to be deducted was
reduced to 52 per cent. of the gross receipts. The principal stations are
Rajpura, Patiala, Dhurl, Mansurpur, Barnala1 Tapa and Bhatinda. The
Ludhiana-Dhuri-Jakhal Railway has stations at DhUri and Sumim, whil~
the Southern Punjab line passes through the south of the State with
stations at Mansa and Narwana. Bhatinda is a large junction, con-
necting with Ferozepore, Sirsa, Delhi, Samasata and Bikaner. The
main line of the North-Western Railway goes north from Rajpura;
leaving the Patiala State at Sirhind. The Mohindargarh nieamat is
traversed by the Rewari-Phulera Railway.
There are 184! miles of metalled roads as detailed below, maintained Road• in plaiat.
by the State:-

r. Pati.ila to Sunam, 43 miles, with branches to Sangrar at mile 24:

and to Samana at mile 4·

.} 2. Patiala to Ra jpura, t6l miles, joining the Grand Trunk Road at

Rajpura at mile to; a branch takes off to the Kauli railway station. The
only bridge of importance is over ~he Patiala Nala at mile 2. .

3, Basi to Sir hind, with branches to Bara Sirhind, Amkhas, Gur·

dwara Sahib, Bazar Basi and circular road round Basi, 9 miles. At mile 2 •
is an old bridge {bridge arches) built in the time of Muhammadan kings over
the Sirhind Choa,

4· Pati~la to B~un.narh~ri, 8i mi.les. This road i.s chiefly maintained for

shootmg, but 1s also m lme w1th the d1rect road to Ka1thal. It is also largely
us~d for gras.s, and wood traffic from the surrounding- villages and !Jirs
gomg to Pat1ala.

:,5· Patiala to. Majil, 4i ~iles. !his bran~hes ~ff from mile 3 of
Pabala·Bhunnarhen Road. Th1s road IS also for shootmg parties, and for
~rass and wood traffic.
 134
PATIALA STATE. ) Means of Communication. [ PART A.
CHAP. II. Q, 6. Patiala to Sanaur, 4 miles. There is a large bridge in mile
1 over
the Patiala Nala, This road carries heavy passenger and grain
Economic. traffic.
)bANS or CoN·
IIU!IICATIOII. .
1• Nabha to Kotla Road. Total length 18 miles, of which 8 mile&
Roads in plains, lie in Pati<l.la State,

8. Barnala·Dhanaula Road. Tota16t miles, of which 31 miles lie in

Patiala. This is a feeder road to the railway.
g. Patiala·Nabha ·Road, 13 miles. 1 This is at present maintained(
for the State by the Irrigation Department. .

10, Ablowiil Road, 4t miles. This is a road from the railway station
to Ablowal bridge, parallel to the south bank of the Patiala Navigation
Channel. It is an alternative road to the one running parallel to the north .
bank of Patiala Navigation Channel, as the road on one bank i'S not able to
cope with the traffic.

I r, Nabha-Bhawanlgarh Road. ·or this road 5 miles lie in Patiala

State. It is a feeder line from ni:amaf Bhawanlgarh to Nabha.

12. Branch road from mile 4 of S~nam·Samana road. This is 14

~iles in length, total distance to Sa.mana being 18 miles.

13. Kotla-Sangrur Road, II miles, . which lies in Patiala

State.
14. Barnala-Hadiaya Road, a feeder road, 4i miles in length.
15. Patiala City Roads, 10 miles,

a6. Patiala Civil Station Roads, 15 miles.

1 7· Pati&la Cantonment Roads, 3,t miles •.

tS. Mot1bagh and sides, 1 mile.

19. Baradari-Rajba.hi Road, 3 miles,

20. Ab}owal bridge to Baradari, I! miles:
:n. North-Western Railway Approach Roads, a miles.
Besides, the following roads are now being metalled:-

1. Basi-Alampur Road, 5 miles. This continues throu~h B_rit~sh ter·

ritory to Rupar. Government is also m~talling the portiOn m tts own
territory. ·
2. Jakhal-Munak Road, 4 miles. Feeder road to Jakbal railway
station. ·
3· Bhatinda·Mandi Roads, 3 miles,
 135
PATIALA STATE. ] Means of Communr'calio1t. [ PART A.

The following unmetalled roads are maintained by the State :- CHAP.II, C.

(a) Mulepur Road, 5 miles. Joins Grand. Trunk Road at Serii Banjara Ec;;;mlc,
and leads to Mulepur. . .. . MIAKs ,
0
c
011
•
(b) Tangauri Road, 1.2 miles. Forms part of the D1stnct. road from MUKtc.utoM.
Ambala to Rupar. · Roads ia plaint.
(c) Ban6.r-Rajpura Road, 9 miles. This is now being bridged, and
eventually it is intended to metal it.
(d) Ghanaur Road, 8 miles, from Sambhu railway station to Ghanaur.
(e) Chaparsil Road, 3 miles. Branches off from the Patiala-Rajpura
'Road in mile 6 to Chaparsil, where a fair is held annually.
(/) Alampur Road, 5 miles. Now being metalled,
(g} Ghuruan Road, 3 miles. '
(h) Khamanon Road, 9 miles.
(z) Ghagga·Samana Road, 15 miles.
{j) Hadiyaya-Bhlkhi Road, 16 miles.
(k) Jakhal-Munak Road, 4 miles.
·(l) Narnaul to Kanaud, 13 miles.
(m) Kanaud to Basi, 11 miles. .
Total II3 miles.
In the hills, the metalled road from Amba.la to Simla, which is main-
tained throughout by the Punjab Government, runs for great part of its
length through the Patiala State. .
The following roads in the hills are maintained by the Patiala State :""""': Roads in blllt;
I, Kandeghat-Chail, ~2l miles. Crossing the Asni river in mile 8, a
large bridge of one span uo' clear is now under construction. Chail
is the sanitarium of the State, about 7,300 feet above sea· level.
2. KandegMt Bazar to Srinagar Kothi, i mile,
3· Sairi Road. Direct road from Kasauli to Simla · viet Sairi:
portion maintained by the State, 15 miles.
4· Jutogh-Arki Road, Sl miles.
5· Dagsbai-Nahan R~ad, 4l miles.
6. Mamlik·Kunhiar Road, border of Siiri Road, 4 miles,
1· Pinjaur-Nalagarh Road, tol miles.
8, Sabath6.·Kasauli-Kalka Road, '14 miles.
9• Chail Municipal Roads, 5' miles.
Total So miles 7 furlongs. · ,
Road 1 will admit of cart traffic after the Asni bridge is built; all the
other roads are mule or rickshaw paths. A road from Cha.il to Kufri,
about 16 miles, has lately been made and opens direct traffic with the
Hindustan·Tibet Road and Simla, The total annual cost of maintenance
of roads in the Patiala State is at present about one lakh of rupees
per annum. The Sirbind Canal is navigable from Ropar to Patiala,
Country produce is conveyed to the railway in carts or on camels and
donkeys.
There are smlis at the principal towns and railway stations and List of rest•
dik bungalows at Patiala and Bhatinda. houses,
Table 29
of Pari B.
Po/ymrlrical
Tcbte N1,30 rf
14#'#1,
 •a6
PATIALA STAU. ] P~stal and Tt/egrapk, FamJ'nt. [PART A.
CHAP.U, H. POSTAL ARRANGEMENTS.
Economic, Originally the postal arrangements of Patiala were confined to the
FAIUNI. conveyance of official communications which were carried by sowars
and harkarrf.s retained in the various sadr offices at a total cost of over
r?St Offices. Rs. 301ooo· yearly, and no facilities were offered to the public for the ex-
o'ffi~:{ f:O~, 3 • change of their private correspondence. In Sambat 1917 (186o A.D.) in
wetlcl,.1 of P;st the reign of Maharaja Sir Narindar Singh, G.c.s.l., the postal system was
Offi ees, Table 31 organized undr.r the control of the munsh£khana (Foreign Office). Runners'
of''" 8 • lines were laid between various thanas of the State, and the public allowed
·to :post letters at these thanas at a.charge of two .Mansuri pat) as per letter
prepaid, four Mans uri paisaJ unpaid. A special officer on a salary of Rs. 30 per\
mensem was appointed by the munsh£kM.na as munsarz'm of the postal arrange·
ments. The postal service was given out on contract to one Ganga Ram, who
undertook the appointment of the runners, and sar/Jarah.s or overseers. All
postal articles were made over to the runners, who were responsible to the
Deputy Superintendents of Police; these officials received the moneys paid
for postage from the runners, and remitted them monthly to the treasury,
where the balance, after paying the amount due by contract to the State, was
handed over to the contractor. The method .of payment of postage was by
British stamps bought by the contractor at their face value and retailed by
him. Stamps used on public service were registered and their value credited
to· the contractor. Postal articles for British India were despatched already
stamped through Rajpura, where a clerk was stationed .who· delivered them
to the British Post Office, paying the usual rates. Similarly articles .from
British territory were despatched by a clerk stationed at Narnaul. There
were no faCilities for money orders, insurance, or other minor branches of
postal business. In Sambat 1940 (1884 A. D.) a Postal Convention ,vas signed
between the Imperial Government and the State (Aitchison's Treaties,
Volume IX, No. XXX), which was modified in I goo A. D. By this agree·
ment a mutual exchange of correspondence, parcels, money orders and Indian
postal notes was established between the Imperial Post Office and"the Patiala
State Post, registered value payable and insured articles being included.
Stamps surcharged with the words 11 Patiala State" are supplied by the
British Government to the Patiala State at cost price and are recognized by
the Imperial Post Office when attached to inland correspondence posted
within the limits of the State. When the convention was signed the late
Lala Hukam Chand and tala Gaurishankar of the·Punjab Postal Department
were lent to .the· State as Postmaster-General and Postmaster of Patiala,
respectively, to re•organise the postal system of the State. Ula Hukar{
Chand was succeeded as Postmaster-General by Lala Raghbir Chand in
Sambat 1951 (1894 A.D.). ·By an agreement of 14th August 1872,
the British Government agreed to construct for the State a single line of
wire (on· the standards between Ambala and Lahore) from AtnbaJa to
Rajpura, and thence to Patiala at a cost o£ Rs. 15,soo, the Maharaja agreeing
to pay the actual cost o£ construction and of the maintenance of the line and
the office at Patiala. The receipts are credited to the State under clause 6 .
of the agreement. The officials are to be natives in the British Telegraph
staff. 1 he Telegraph Act (VIII of 186o) and any other Acts passed are
to be applied to the lines, and jurisdiction with regard to offences against
the Act is regulated by the sanacl o£ May Sth, 186o,

Section H.-Famine.
From the general description of the physical conditions of the State
it will be clear that the results of a failure of the rainfall are very different
in different parts of the State. In the Bet and Pawadb, where there are
 rsr
PATIALA S'fATE. ] [ P'ART A..
numerou!!· wells, and in the Janga.F and Bangar which ate· protected by CHAP.IJ, Hr.
canals, the effect of deficient rainfall is not very seriOI;lS· In the parganas E -
()£ Sardulgarh, AkaJgarh,. the Naill, Narwana tahsil and the. niiamat ?£ conom 1a.
Mohindargarh, wher:e there are few wells and no. canals, a deficiency of rain FAIIINI.
has a serious effect on the crops and causes famine. Famines, ,
The earliest famine of which men talk is that of Sambat 184o, known 1783 A.D.
as the c!u£/ta or chalfsa. This was. a terrible famine which lasted for more
than two years. The people could not get grain and lost their: lives either
from want of grain or from sickness brought on by bad food, and· most of .
:he people left their homes. The nex.t famine was in Sambat 1869; it is 1S12•A.D..
mown as· the Jhauna or the famine of 20 sers. It lasted for 8 or 9
months. Both harvests failed and the people suffered heavily. The
nabia was the famine of Samoat r8go. Both harvests failed, and the 1833 A.D~
price of grain rose to 38 s.tt s kachcha per rupee in the course of the
famine, the rate before it having been 4 maunds per rupee. Sambat
1894 also brought a famine, but it was not so severe. In Sambat 1905 1848 A.D..
t.here was also scarcity in the Jangal tract. The famine of Sambat .
1917, commonly called the satahra, was a severe one. Both harvests tS6oA.D.,
failed and the rate rose from 3 maunds kachcha to. 17 0r 20 sers kachcM.~
Three lakhs and thirty-one thousand maunds (pakU) of grain were
distributed by the State to its subjects, and Rs. 3·7S,.ooo of land revenue·
remitted in the famine-stricken areas ; relief ~orks were also opened~.
State employes and others were allowed grain at low rates and the value
deducted from their pay in instalments after the famine. had ceased.
The famine of Sambat 1925 was felt throughout the State. It is commonly r868 A.D:.
called the pachia. Though the crops on wells were good, prices rose to 25 ·
strs kachcM,. In Sambat 1934 famine was ftlt all over the State. No •877 A.o,
rain fell in Sa wan, and there was no crop on unirrigated lands. The BangiU'
and the Mohindargarh n£stlm!Jt suffered severefy· Collections of land
revenue were suspended, but recovered next year· As in Mohindargarh
the people did not reco.ver from the severe effects of the famine, relief
works were opened there. In Sambat 1940 also there was a scarcity 1883 A.D;.
of grain, but it was· not serious and did not affect the whole State.
The famine of Sarnbat 1953 made its effects felt on every part of the 1897 A, D..
State. Rain feU: in Sawan, and crops were sown, but dried up for want of
rain. The rate rose to 8 sers pakka per rupee. Takav£ to the amount.
of Rs. 1 o,ooo. was distributed in Anahadgarh and Mohindargarh.
~elief work.s comprised a kachchr! road from Barnala. to Bhikhl,. whicli:
fmployed 2,3 I 2· persons. and cost Rs. 36,400 ; repairs to. the forts.· at
Bhatinda. and Ghuram (Rs. 4,914); and additions to the, mausoleum··
of Maharaja AIR. Singh (Rs. 37,8oo). Gr.ain to the value of!
Rs. 14,864 was distcihuted and blankets to .the v.alue of Rs. 7,ooo._ The·
American Mission also distributed . grain with assistance from. the
State. In Sun am a charitable . institution (sadJ.bart) fed So. persgns·
daily. The total expenditure on relief works c~up.~ to }\s. 119] 1839•
The famin~ of. Samba~ 1956 was s;verely f_elt throughout the St~t~, but· agoo·A Dt
more espec1ally m Sardulgarh, Narwana, Akalgarh, Sunam, Bhawantgarh
and Mohindargarh. The year was rainless, following a succession of bad
harvests, and the grain famine was aggravated by a water famine in Sardul·
garb and a fodder famine everywhere.. Twenty·dght villages-were affect•
td in Anahadgarh, 281 in Mohindargarh and 104 in Karmgarh. La! a
Bhagwan Das, the Diwan (now 1\fember of Council\ was- made Centrar
Famine Officer, with assistants; u prescribed in the Punjab Famine Code,
Poor-house!! and kitchens were opened-the poor-house at Patiala has never
be~ clo~d-and relief works on a large scale were started. As in the former rpoa A D..&.
Iamme. ncb men came forward and iubscribed largely to the Famine Fund..
 138
PATIALA STATS. ] Fami,,s, (PART A.

CHAP. II, H.
The relief works, which were various and of no permanent importance, were
Economic. kept open from January to September, and gratuitous relief was given till
FAIIINI, December. 10,395 were employed, on an average, everr month on relief
works, while 5,270 were relieved gratuitously. The tota expenditure was
Famines. Rs. 3,81,722. Land revenue was suspended to the amount of Rs. 2,58,7I5,
while Rs. 2,oz,2o8 were remitted in Mohindargarh.
Pati!ta poor• In connection with the famine relief operations a kitchen was first
house, started in the Sa mad han at Patiala at a cost of Rs. 150 per day. ~ubse­
quently, on the tst Baisakh 1957, a poor-house was established on
the lines of the Famine Code in Ablowal, near Patiala, under the control\
of Uta Bhagwan · Das and the direct supervision of . Abd-ul-Hakim ·
Khan, MB, Assistant Surgeon, and the relief was strictly regulated accord·
ing to the Code. The average weekly number relieved in the kitchen was
highest in Phagan (3,959), and in the poor-house at the end of Baisakh (2,465).
After Asauj 15th the poor began to leave the poor-house, so that the inmates
fell to 304 early in Kitak and to 2~8 in Maghar. The total cost of the kitchen
in the Samadhan and of the Ablawal poor-house was Rs. 27,•15 from
Phagan 1st, 1956, to Maghar 17th, I957· 0£ this Rs. 24,465 were spent
on food, Rs. 1,446 on establishment, Rs. 40 on clothes: and Rs. 8o2 on
miscellaneous items. The railway fareS! of 61 persons were paid by th~
State to enable them to return to their homes, in addition to 333 who were
·lient back to Bikaner .and Hissir without cost to the State and 738 residents
of less distant localities who were sent home on foot with three days' food.
Large numbers left the poor-house of their own accord without giving
information as to their homes. There were many opium-eaters among the
'poor, the daily number for the week ending 13th Baisakh 1957 being 87, and
they were induced to take large quantities of food and reduce their doses of
opium, with the res;ult that only two opium-eateri remained on the ISt Katak
1957. As the opium was reduced by degree~ no bad effect on their health
:resulted. The numbers in the poor-bouse on the 1oth Maghar l957 were
as follows :-Hindus 58 (of whom 33 were inhabitants of the State), Mu-
hammadans 44 (31 of the State) 1 CMhrasand Chamars 34 (22 of the State);
and 38 in the hospital (14 of the State), There was no case of cholera, and
only t ~ cases with 4 deaths from small-po~, 235 cases with 8 deaths from
dysentery. and 501 cases with 13 dea.ths from fever. Thus out of 3,929 in-door
and out-door patients only 46 died and the rest were discharged cured. The
avera~e daily number of in·door and out door patients was 91'30. Except
·malanal fever no disease broke out in· the poor· house, and the general healtt
pf the inmates was good,. A 11chool was opened for the children. All wh .
were able to work were given light work according to their strength. As.
the number of compartments was small, they were made to build more with
bricks made with their own hands. They were also made to. twi~t cord and
make charpals for the sick among them. As no help was rendered by the
police or army, respectable famine-stricken, men were employed a~r sepoys. ®
annas 10 per day, and they worked very satisfactorily.
 CH!Pl'l~R III.-AD:MINISTRATIVE,
_......,~-

Section A,-Administrative Departments.

Dunng. tnt' . . of. t he M. ah/!11ta,.Ja th e s·tate. 11
' mmonty • adm1mstere
'' d CHAP.Ili,N.
_ ..
by a Council o£ Regency consisting of three members. There are Admlnistra..
four High DepartmentS of State, th~ Finance Department (Diwan{ tlve.
fl. l) ; the Foreign Office (Munsht Kltana); the Judicial Department AnMtNISTRut••
(Ada/at S1dr).; and the Military Department (Baksh£ Khana). · The DEPARTMENts.
Finance Minister-'Dfwrin-in the early days of the State had full Govetnment
powers in all matters connected with the land revenue and the treasury. officials.
He decided land cases and was sometimes allowed to farm the land Table 33 of
revenue. Maharaja Karni Singh put a Stop to this practice and organised Part B.
the Financial Department. The Dtwan is now the appellate Court in
revenue cases, and all matters of revenue and finance are submitted to him.
The Foreign Minister-Mzr Munsht-transact!i all business with other
Governments, signs agreements, contracts, etc., and conducts the external
affairs o£ the State. The Judicial Minister~Add!at/-is a recent creation,
dating from the reign of Mah3.tija Karm Singh. The Commander•in-
Chief-Bakhsht-formerly combined the duties of Paymaster with his
own, but the office now is purely military 1 Maharaja Rajindar Singh
created a Chief Court of three members to hear appeals from the decisions
of the Finance, Judidal and Foreign Ministers.
The State of Patilila is now divided into five ttisdmats or Districts, Administrative
and these nizamats are each sub-diYidl'!d into, on an avetage, three tahs:ls, Divi•ions.
there being in all sixteen tahsils in the State. the Nizamats and Tahsila
are:-
Nizamats. Tahsfls,
(f. Patiala; al!tO called the Chautasi; in the
1. Karmgarh, also called f Pawadh.
Bhawanigarh, at which 1 2, Bhawanlgarh or Ohodh.in 1 partly in the
place its head· quarters "'ll Pawadh and partly in the'jangal.
are. 3• Sunilm, mostly in the Jangal.
4· Narwana, comprising the Ban gar.

l l Tht lJakhshi.-This officer's title is translated into English sometimes by Paymaster·

G era!, at others by Adjutant-General or Cammander·in·Cilief. Blochmann, Aln, I, 261,
has Paymaster and Adjutant-General. None of these titles gifes an exact idea of his
functions. He was not a Paymaster, except in the· sense that he usually suggested the rank:
ta which a man should be appointed at promoted, and perhaps counters1gned the pay bills.
But the actual disbursement of pay belonged to other departments. Adjut:~nt-General is
somewhat nearer to correctness. Commandet·in·Chief he was not. He might be sent on a
campaign in supreme c·ommand; and if neither emperor, 'Vicegerent (makll·i mutlak), nor.
chief minister (sulr) was present, the command fell to him. But the only true Commander-in··
Chief was the emperor himself, replaced in his absence by the fJJaktt at fJJallir. The word
Bakhsh! means 'the giver' £tom P. bakhsh!aan, 'to bestow,' that is, he was the giver of the
gift of employment in camps and atmiet (Dast6r-ul-Insha, 23'2). In Persia the same
official was styled. 'The Petitioner 1 ('ari•). This na:me indicates that it was his
!pecial business ta bring into the presence of the emperor an7. one seeking for
employment or promotion, and there to state the facts conne9ted wtth that man's ease,
Probably the use of the words Mfr 'Arz in two· places in the Afn i Akbar{ (Blochmann,J,
257, 259) are instance! of the Persian name being applied to the officer afterwards called a
Bail:hsh{ The first Bakhshf (for there were four) seems ta have received, almost as of right,
the title of Am!r ul.Umara (Noble of Nobles); and from the reign of Alamgfr onwards, I
fi~d no instance of this title being granted ta more than one man at a time, though in Akbar's
retgn such appears to- have been the ease (A In, I, 240, Blotkmann's note). (From at:t articl11
l11 the Journal of Royal Asiatic Sociefy, ;Sg6, page• SJ9·4o, by W. lrtiM, on the Array of the
Moghals), • ,
 ~40

PATIALA STATE. J .Adminis;''fafivt Dtpa-rJmenll. ,[ PART A.

CHA1'. ·m, A. Ni&anzats.
Admlnlstra..
tlve. r. Fatehgarh or 'Sithind, in the Pawadh.
ADMINIITitATIVI 2. Amargarh, in the Jangal, also known as
DIPUTMINTS,

.Adminiatratifl
Difialon••
J. Amargarh·, .also. -called
' Basf, at which place its·
head-quarters are.
J DhUri, where the present tahsil head·
quarters are .
j3· .Sahibgarh, also -called Pail, where the
head-quarters are, mainly in the Jangal
L and partly in the Pawadh.
·3. An6hadgarh, also called { 1. AI'lahadgarh, 1
Barn!ila, at which place 2. Govindgarh or Bhatinda, in the.Jangal
~ts head"'quarters are. 3· Bhikhi, · '

( r. Rajpura,}

t
2 Banur) in the Pawadh.
4· Pinjaur "' 3. "Ghanaur, ·
4· Pi~ja:ur, in the HimalayAn area.

5· Mohindargarb, popularly
·called the • 1
Narnau
fl. Mohindar:garh, also called K.anaud, troh\
the name of the old fort and town at
nidtJsat. wh'1ch •ItS hea d-quarters ar(!,
2. Narnaul. .

Of these fiv~ ~;samatt t~e first three comprise all the main p<>rtion of
the State, and Pm1aur also mcludes the detached part o£ the State which
lies in the Simla Hills and forms tahsil Pinjaur. The ni~cf,at of Pinjaur
however is mainly composed of the Pawadh tract, which forms the north·
eastern part of the main portion of the State. The nisomat of Amargarh
comprises the rest of the Pawadh (Fatengarh and part of Sahibgarh tahsils),
and the northern patt of the Janga.l tract (the remainder o£ Sahibgarh and
the whole of Amargarh tahsHs). Karmgarh Nizamat comprises the south
central part of the main )Xlrtion of the State, including the tahsil of
Narw1ina. which lies in the Bangar tract south of the Ghaggar. Anahadgarh
ntr4mat lies wholly in the Jangal and Mohindargarh in the Bagar.
Mobindargarh consists of the outlying block of Patiala territory, which
is really a part of the Rewat on the borders of Rajp6tan{.
The head-quarters staff of each nuamat consists of a Nazim, two N:ii •
Nazims, and a Tahsildllr in charge of the head-quarters tabs!'. Nazims
date from the reign of Maharaja Narindar Singh, when, under the name of
Munsarim hadbast, they were appointed to introduce cash assess•
ments. The Nhim is practically a Deputy Commissioner with the
powers of a Sessions Judge in addition. He hears all the appeals of
his Naib-Nazims and Tahsfldars, whether civil, cr~minal or revenue.
Karmgarh and Amargarh nisamats have each two Naib·Nazims;
Anahadgarh has three,- two at Barna Ia and one at Bhatinda; Mohindargarh
one, posted at Narnaul; and Pinjaur two-at Rajpura and Sanaur. The
N:\ib-Nazim ~s the. court .of. orig~na! j~ri~dict!on, both civil and criminal,
the Tahsildllr havmg cnmmal JUnsdJctwn m a few petty cases only.
The Tahsnd~r is the court of original jurisdiction in revenue cases, and
i.as criminal powers in cases falling under Sections 425 and441-447 of the
Indian Penal Co((e. The Tahslld!ir of Pinjaur has the powers-civil and
criminal-of a Naib-Nazim. The Tahsildars have no civil cases and hardly
;ny criminal. Hence they work with a small establishment, consisting of a
Siulta-navis, an Ahlmad and two .Muawan Siaha-navls. Only the Tahsildar
 •4•
PATIALA STATE. ) (PART A.

of Pinjaur has a Naib·Tahsildar. The Falwaris, who are at pr~sent working CHAP. -III, B~·
under the Settlement Department, are normally under the Tahs1ldar. There Ad :-:" ·t
are no Kanungos except m the Moh'mdargarh o·!Stnc
I • . t· mmlS ra..
tive.
AoMINISTRATr'vl
Section B.-Civil and Criminal Justice. DIPART:MINTI.

Before the bme . of H'IS H'1ghness !11a .. . Karm s·mg h, t.h e Criminal
·u h'ara1a Civilanll j stie ,
11 1
;.dministrative and judicial work of the State was m the hands of the Tabl•s 34 anll ss
tM.nadars (faujdars of the Ain-i·Akbarl), the collectors of revenue of P•rt.B.
l(u:raha) being under them. . There was no treasury and no court. Early hlstorr.
1n each pargana there was a tJtanadjr, and in Sunam and Patiala
proper there were ltotwrlls. Their decisions in civil and _criminal cases
were finaL Claims and offen('es, of whatever nature, were d1sposed of after
verbal enquiry. No record of evidence was made and no judgment prepared.
Final orders were given by word of mouth. The people acquiesced in the
decisions and seldom appealed to the Diwan or Wazlr. There was no re-
gular law in force ; the customs and usages of the country were followed in
deciding cases, and had the force of law. The ptJndtlyat system was
generally in v0gne, and boundary disputes specially were referred to
a.tbitration. The administering of oaths (nem) to the litigants was
a great factor in bringing cases to an amicable settlement. The
offenders were geu.erally fined, but habitual and grave offenders were
imprisoned without any fixed term of years and were released at. the
pleasure of the presiding officer. ln murder cases the offender's relations
were ordered to pay the price of blood to the heirs of the deceased by offer·
ing either a nata (female relative in marriage) or some culturable land or some
cash, and thus to bring about an amicable settlement of the case ; otherwise
the perpetrator was hanged, generally on a kikar tree, in some conspicuous
place where the corpse was left hanging for many days. Barbarous punish·
ments, ·such as maiming and mutilation, were in force to some extent.
Sometimes the face, hands and feet, of an offender were blackened and he
w~s proclaimed by beat of drum, mounted on a donkey through the streets
of the city .I ·

Mab!ra]a Karm Singh began the work of reform by appointing an Refoms.

Adalafi (Judicial Minister), but no line of demarcation was drawn between
~is powers and those o£ the tlutnada,rs. Orders in criminal cases were
!1ill given verbally, but in civil cases files were made and ·judgments
wri~ten: Cases of proprietorship in ;land were decided by the
Adalatz, though they were transferred subsequently to the JJiwan.
During the time of Maharaj~ Narindar Singh five nizamat: were 1844 A. D
marked ()ff and N~zims appointed to each. One tahsil comprised twQ "· ·
thdnas, a~d sixteen Tahsfldars were appointed, who, in addition to their
revenue work, dealt with criminal and civil cases. His Highness introduced
a 1\lanual of Criminal Law, "The Law of Sambat 1916, 11 for the guidance of
criminal courts. In most respects it was similar to the Indian Penal Code.
In .th.e ~e!gn of ~Ia?4raja Mohindar Sing~, Tah.sildars were deprived of
th_e1~ JUdicial and .mm1~a! powers a?d.two Na1b-NaZ1ms were appointed in each
"'Zilmtll to .d;c1de Civil and c~1mmal ~ases and. ~uperintend the police.
A Code of C1vil Procedure, comp1led from the Bnt!sh Indian Act VII of
1859 and Act XXIII of 1861 with suitable modifications, was introduced
which is still in force.l •

• 1For ll ?etailed account eitl1' History of Pati,la,' by Khallfa Sayyid Muhammad H11an1
Pnme M1n1ster, PahAla State.
 142
PATJALA SrAtt. J · Civil ud Cri.,.inal ']ustict. ( PAR't A.
CHAP. _ Ill, B. T. h
e courts. of·. ongma
• • 1 . 'sd' .
JUrJ 1cbon as they stan d. at the present. day have
~dmlnlstra.. already been described.,. A T~hsHdar can gi~e ~hre~ months' imprisonment
t1ve. . and Rs. 25 fine 1 and a Na1b·N.mm three years 1mpnsonment and Rs: 1· 0o17
c1v1c. AND c1u. fine. Appeal!J from the courts of Tahsildars and Naib-Nazims all O'Q to' the
MIHAL jusrrc1. Nazim. The Nazim is a Sessions Judge with power to pass ::>sentences
Present tysttm. of 14 year'if imprisonment and Rs. x,ooo fine. From the Nazim's decisions
appeals lie to the Adrilatt in civil and criminal and to the D'iwan in revenue
cases, with further appeals to the Chief Court and the ljlris-i-khas (the
Court of the Mahar.i ja). At the capital there is: a Magistrate and a Civil Judge
with Naib-Nazim's powers. Appeals from these courts- go to the Muawan
Adalat, the· Court of the Additional Sessions Jl!dge, who assists the Adilatand
has the poweu of a Nazim. The Chief Court may pas-s any sentence au·
thorised by law. Capital punishment and imprisonment for life however
need the confirmation of the Ijtas-i-k!ufs. In murder cases the opinion of
the Sad1' Aklkars is taken before the sentence is confirmed. Special
jurisdiction in criminal cases is also exercised by certain officials. The
Foreign Minister has· the powers of a Nlizim in cases where one party or both
are not subjects of Patiala, Jind or Nabha. Appeals lie to the Chief Court.
Case!f un:ler the Telegraph and Railway Acts are decided by an officer
of the Foreign Department subject to appeal to the Foreign Minister.
Certain Canal and Forest Officers have magisterial powers in cases falling:
under Canal and Forest Acts, and the Inspector-General of Police exercises
similar powers in respect of cases which concern the police. During the
Settlement operations the Settlement Officers are invested with powers to
decide revenue cases with an app~a:l to the Settlement Commissioner.

lhvhion and
'· Powers of revision (nigran~ can be exercised by the Ad<ilatt and the
revitw, Sessions Courts; review (na1arsan~ by the Chief Court and Ijl as·i-khris:
only.

Codes of law; The Indian Penal Code is enforced without modification. The
Criminal Procedure Code (Act V of x8g8) is enforced with some
modificatians of which the most important are given below. No court is
invested with summary powers. In Sessions cases fio jury or assessors are
chosen. Special regulations have been made for the trial of cases of
contempt of court, which offence is m1de to include cases falling under the
·following sections of the Indian Penal· Code-175, 178, 179, 18o, z28.
The Civil Procedure Code differs in many points from that o£ British
India. There is no bar to appeals on the ground of the value of the suitt
AU civil suits, of whatever val'ue, are heard in the first instance by th~
Naib..Nazims, and in Patiila City by the Civil Judge.
~

Speeial'an4 - Suits-, civil or criminal, to which the i4gfrt!ars of Kham~non are a

locallawa. party, are heard by the Naih-Nazim, and revenue suits by the Tahsildar, but
the appeals lie to the Foreign Minister. Hindu or Muhammadan Law is
frequently followed in civil and revenue guib. For an account of the
Revenue Law see page 145· ·
The eommoaet A few· members of the following tribes are addicted to the crimes·
form• of crime. noted against eet.ch :-
(1} Sikh Jats,-Dacoity, robbery, house-breaking, distilling illicit·
liquors, and trafficking in women .
.(l) Hindu Jats of the Bangar,-Cattle stealing and receiving.
(3) Muhammadan ;:n<f Hindu Rajputs,-Cattle theft and receiving,
 .143
PATIALA STATE. ] [ ~ART A. '

(4) Sunars,-Receiving and retaining stolen property and making CHA~:_m, B.•
and passing counterfeit coin. Administra-
tive.
(5) Chuhras,-Theft and house-breaking. Ctv!L AND Cat •
.'lllfAL JUSTICI,.
The following are the regular it criminal tribes " with Jhe offenceS to Criminal Tribt 1
\Vhich each is specially addicted:- and Crime,

(t) Sansis,-House breaking, highway robbery, dacoity, theft of

standing crops and corn from stacks.
(iz) Baurias,-Robbery, house-breaking, dacoity, theft at railway
stations and on roads.
(z'ii) Bilochls,-House-breaking.
(iv) Minas,-Dacoity, robbery and house-breaking

Cases of murder, adultery and seduction are not very common. Civil
litigation is increasing. Petty cases are fought out to the .bitter end,· and
the parties suborn witnesses freely to support their claims On this subiect
the proverbial philosophy of the people is not silent, and some common say ..
ings are given below:-
Gmmian de chor nin jutian dt ma1'-' For a man who steals sugarcane, shoe-beating is
enough.' The way of witnesses is shown in To6~ de mute d4 ga'lllah daddu -' A frog is the
witness as to making water in a tank'; Ape main ,ajjl pujjl ape m,e bachche jlw6n-' God
may bless me, my sons may live long'; chacha chor, 6hatija kad-' The uncle the thief, the
nephew the judge ' ; Ram Ram japna pa,ayd mal apna,-' Those who mutter R:im R~m
misappropriate the property of others'; Munh sddh dd anthian cho1 dtdn-' The face is the
face of a saint, the eyes are those of a thief'; Surat momndn kartut kdfrrin-' His face is
that of a man and his deeds those of an infidel'; Man dlzltin ga'lllan walian bap put jane#-
' The mother and daughter are the singers and the father and son are the members of
the marriage procession'; Gha" ke dhadi, gkal' k11 dhol-' The drummers and drums are.
our own'; Choran da mal Whian de ga•-' The thieves clothes are measured by staves.1 .

There are also proverbs which illustrate the power of local magnateS
and the hopelessness of contending with them :- .
Hakim de a.g-drt ghore dt pachharl se bachna chahie-' Be careful o( an officer's
front and a horse's hinder part.' Hakmf garm di, shdhi bharam di, nikmat na,am dt,
ba!hahat dharam dt-• Authority and majesty, banking and confidence, the medical
pr, ession and leniency of temper, kingdom and justice are compatible.' Hukm nishdn;
ha isht dl mul'lh mange sole-' Authority is the sign of paradise, one can get whatever
he asks' Hakim de mare kicha1 dfJ gir~ dd gila nahin -'An injury received from an
officer and slipping into the mud are !)Otto be complained of.' Slhon, sappon, hllkimo"'
mu,akh so pattyae -'They are fools wno trust a lion, a serpent or an officer.' Sakte dt.
sattl bthtn sau -'A man in authority counts his hundred as seven scores.' Sakta md 1'6 au,
rowan na ds-• A powerful man beats one and does not let one weep.' Jis dt WM us tl;
mhais-' Might is right.' Waqtke kakim "aur chaleeJ.lmi II! 6achna chdhie-' An officer
in power and running water are to be shunned.' Hakman d4 hdla sidl rM p4la pas pas
nun nahtn janda-' The rent and revenue payable to officers and the coldness of winter
cannot be avoided.' Pathanan d4 jaba,. riai4 d4 sabar-' The high· handedness oi the
Afghans is to be borne patiently.' Jat muhassal B~hman shah Path~n hakim gasah
Ahuda-• A j at watching the ripe crops of another, a Brahman money lender, .a Path4n
who is a ruler (all are) the visitation of God, i·e., are much to be dreaded.' (Cf. Mac:ona.
chie, No, 913, when instead of PatM~n is given Bania). Amlr da hassa garth d4 bkan dotl
frlua-• The great man laughs, the poor man's shoulder is broken! Jhoton dl larol
jhundon da nu!Js&n-' The bulls fig~t and the shrubs suffer.'
There is no formal Registration Act in force in the Stat&. Regis.. Reristrttioa ·
tration is, however, effected on two-rupee impressed sheets. Deeds relat- Tabl1 37 • •I
mg to monetary tra~actions and inhabited hou~es are registered in the Pt~rl B,
 144
PATIALA S:rATE. J ( PART ·A,

, sadr by the Ciyil-Judge and in tl\~ mofussil by the Naib-Nazims. There are
, no special Regtstrars .or Sub-Regtstrars.. W~ere. the deeds relate to t~e ~ale
or mortgage of agnculturall~nd, re.gtstratlon IS taken ~y th~ Tahs1ldars.
A copy of the registered deed JS kept m the office of regtstratJOn, and th~
· original, duly certified, returned to the presenter.

Section c.-Land Revenue.

·VrLLAGE COMMUN'ITrES AND TENURES.

Cultivating oc· · Until the Regular Set,tlement is completed no a•-<:urate informatioll'

eapancy of land. is available as to the proportion of bhaiacfzara, patt[ddr£ and samfndarf
Tail' 38 D/
11
p,,, villages in the State. The general effect of British rule has been, as Settle·
' ment Officers throughout the Punjab have remarked, to assimilate the status-
of all three to that of · bhaiacho:ra villages; inasmuch as- possession
becomes the measure of obligation, i:e., the proportion of the land revenue
for . which the ~ultivators are responsible, while on the fulfilment of that
obligation depends the continuance of their possession. The same proces-s
has been .followed in Patiala. Since, however, the substitution of the
·bhrJJrJcnara and the patt{dar£ tenure is always. accelerated by settlement
operations (when these include the preparation of a record-of·rights), i~
is still the case that patt£dari villages, perfect or imperfect, are in the
majority in the Patiala State. Zamfndar£ villages, khaUs and bilijma!,.
are not uncommon. As a res!llt of the present settlement operations a:
large number of patHdar£' villages will in future be classed as bMJa-
.chrira. It was a favourite plan of the Sikh Governments to carve out new es·
tates, regardless of existing rights, and plant new settlements on, cultivated. .
land! Sometimes the €lbject in view was to reward faithful service, some-
times to replace thriftless cultivators, sometimes to plant a hostile colony-
in the neighbourhood of a: powerful feudatory. Hence there are.
many samfndar£ villages in Patiala the property of single owners or
· single families. There are no chaharml tenures in the State. Village·
. proprietors are called biswadars as distinct from maUMn kab:&a, whose
rights are limited by their fields. Malikan kabsa have no share in the
village waste and do not belong to the brotherho<i>d. Some are Brahmans,.
parohits, or keepers of religious institutions, some village menials, and:
some relations in the female line of a former proprietor, who had to.
be provided for, though they could not inherit in full. There are ( lO>-
talukdars or dU malikan in Patiala, except i.n a few villages like Basi·
· ;tnd Bhadaur, where the idea of a superior proprietary has been artificially-
extended by State officials. Tenants are called Uslifkar or asami:
'll 'a's The most important village menials who assist in the cultivatiorr.
VI ill RI8Rl • o ,
. are-
(a) Khati or tarkhan (carpenter), who repairs alf agricultural imple•
ments. ·
(2} Lohar (blacksmith), who makes and mends all iron implements,
the iron being given to him •
.(3} Chamar (tanner and cobbler), who not only !llakes and mends
shoes and all leather articles needed for agnculture, but also
does coolies' work, vi1., he cuts grass, carries wood, P.uts up
tents, carries bundles, acts· as watchman and the hke for
officials when on tour, This. work is shared by all the C/t.awaY$
in the village,
 •45
PATIALA StATE, ] ( PART A.

(4) Chuhra (sweeper), who sweeps the houses and village, collects CHAP.III, c.·
the dung, and carries news and officials' dak from village to Administra..
village, but will never carry a bundle. 1 tive.
LAND RI!VINUB:
The other menials and artizans who are found
.
more or less in every V'll .
1 age mema 1s.
village are-

(l) '}Mnwar or kahar (water·carrier).

(2) NrU (barber).
(3) Nilgar (dyer).
(4} Kumhar (potter).
(5} Tel£ (oilman).
(6) Bert (watchman).
(7) Dhobi (washerman)~
(8) Mirast (minstrel).
(9} TofU (weighman).
(1o) Muhassal (crop-watcher).
(11) P(U£ (cowherd).

The last three are not properly village menials. The to!U is generally.
a shop-keeper, engaged at each harvest to weigh the grain. The mulzassal
and pet!£ are only employed by the well-to-do and are paid for the work they
do. The four first mentioned may be called agricultural menials. They all
receive their respective perquisites in the shape of a fixed share. of grain at
both harvests, and the rates vary from tahsil to tahsil. Details have not
been definitely ascertained as yet. Many of these menials hold and till land
in treir villages and pay only at revenue rates. In the present settlement,
ac· prding to the rules laid down for the enquiry into tenants' rights, it
is possible that most of them will be made, on account of their long •
continued possession, either occupancy tenants or, under certain. circum•
stances, maUku1t kabsa.

No formal inquiry into the rights of the tenants in the State was Tenant•right,
made before the commencement of the settlement now in progress,
but prior to the first summary settlement of Sambat 1918·19 (1863), the
agricultural population of the State was mainly composed of cultivating
communities with whose members were associated persons' who, though they
had not in popular estimation any claims to proprietary rights, yet cui·
tivated the lands in their occupation on almost the same terms as the re·
co()'nised proprietors-who belonged to the village community and had done
so for long periods. Moreover, in many cases. these occupiers had been the
first to break up the land in their possession and reclaim the waste (multor).
They had also been accustomed to pay a. share of the produce of their

lThe reason being that his touch wouiJ defile it, n1t thlt his dignity would suffer,
 l"46
PATlALA STATE. ] Tenant•rigM. ( PART A.
CHAP. Ill, C. lands direct to the State or else to pay rent at revenue rates. Such tenants
Administra.. wd.ert·~ n~t conbsitdered liable to ejectmentt, althdough prior to. sambat 1915 no
tive IS mct10n e ween occupancy tenan s an tenants-at-wt11 was avowedly ,
' made, and it was not until Sambat 1924 that the word maurus£ became
LAND RI!VENUB. current in the State. In that year an order was issued that no person culti·
Tenant.right. vating with a proprietor should be deemed a maurus{ tenant, and in 1872,
after the passing of the Punjab Tenancy Act of 1868, it was held by the
State authorities that cultivators who had held continuous possession for
30 years should be deemed to be occupancy tenants. But in· practice
this rule was not observed, and sometimes 25 ·years' possession was he~
sufficient to confer occupancy rights. It was at one time intended to
introduce the Act of 1868 into the State, and though this was never formally
done, the provisions of the Act were referred to and followed in deciding
tenancy cases. In the records of the summary settlement of Sambat 1932
both proprietors and tenants were promiscuously entered in one column as
asamls, and as a matter of fact very few tenants cared to assert their claims
to occupancy rights, believing that they would never be disturbed in their
possession, while on the other hand the landlords never thought of
ejecting them as long as they paid their rent, which was usually equal
to the amount of the revenue, though in bt'swadar£ villages the rent was
and is a fixed share of the produce, plus a ser£na of one or two sers
per man paid as seigniorage, with certain other cesses and menials' dues.
On the commencement of the pre<~ent settlement the landlords in the
pattidJr£. and zamindart villages (especially in those of the latter which
are held by ahlkars of the State) began to change the fields which had been long
in the occupation of the tenants to prevent their being declared maurus{s of
their old holdings, ousting them in most cases without legal process and
without regard to the proper time for ejectment. On the other hand, some
cultivators who had been long out of possession took advantage of the
weakness of the land-owners and forcibly took possession of fields which they
·had seldom or never cultivated. With a view to preventing these acts of
violence the Punjab Tenancy Act of 1887 was introduced, with modifications
necessitated by local conditions, with effect from the 1st of Asauj, Sambat
1958, by the Council of Regency. These modifications were included in
a Supplement to the Act, which is reprinted here in full.
Supplement Section (1).-(a) Whereas a regular settlement is now being made {or the first
to the Punjab time in the Patt~la. State, and the ~ules in fo~ce in the. British ~istricts of t~e Put jab
Tenancy Act, will be followed, 1t 1s therefore cons1dered adv1sable to mtroduce mto the Patl~la 3 ate
No. XVI of 1887. the Punjab Tenancy Act, XVI of 1887, wit~ certain modifications to be detailed below.
Therefore it is hereby ordered by the Counc1l of Regency that the Act aforesaid shall
1901 A.D. come into force in the Patiala State with effect from Ist Asauj, Sam bat 1958.
(b) Pr'ovided that any case to which thi~ Act applie~ which h~s been decided .sub•
sequent to 1st Baisakh, Sam bat 1946, may, w1th the prev1ous sanctton of the Counctl of
Regency or of the Settlement Commissi?ner, be reviewed, ~r may form the s?bject·matter
of a ·fresh suit. Sanctio~ to the re-heanng ?f each case wtll ?nly be·accor~~d ·~ 1t appears
that there are prim4 faCII grounds for hoJdmg that the·prevtOUS. final deCISIOn tn the Case
has been contrary to the provisions of the Punjab Tenancy Act and opposed to the princi-
ples of justice, equity and good conscience.
Sf'etign (2).-(11) Substitute f~r clause 3, section I-
" Act XVI of 1887 shall come into force in the Patiala St~te on rst Asauj, Sam bat
1958, corresponding to 16th August 1901 A.D."
(b) Stction 4, clmls~ n.-:R~tes and cesses also i~clude such rates and cesses whic~
are leviable under the PunJab Dtstnct Boards Act XX of 1883 and the Northern Indi311
Canal and Drainage Act, 1873> and as the Northern India Canal and Drainage Act i~
already in force in this S~te, and as sections 20 and 23 of the Punjab D!strict .Boards Act
have reference to the PunJab Tenancy Act XVI of 1887, therefore the satd sect1ons of that
Act shall be deemed to be in force in this State,
 147
PATIALA STATE. ] Tena;zt.dgkt. (PART A.
(c) In clause 16 of section 4 mrd" Patiala State Act, of Sa.mbat 1956," fa, CHAP.IJJ, c.
01
Act 1879." -
Adminlstra•
Stciio,. (3).-(a) In section 5 (a) substitute 11 Ist Asauj, Sambat1958," for. ''com• tive.
mencement of this Act/' a.ndfor "twenty years" read" twenty· five yenrs "..
LAND RJtvB~us.
(b) In clause (c), sections•. of the Act, 1'ead" Jst Ba.is~kh, Sambat 1932, correspond· Suppltment to
ng to the 12th April 1875.'' for" twenty·first da.y of October I868,u and in clause (d) the Punjab
substitute "25 years" for "twenty years". ·· Tenancy Act,
· No, XVI of 1887.
Section (4).-Substitute the following/or section 6 of Act XVI of 1887 :-
u A tenant recorded in the following papers:-·
(a) record·of·rights of the Bhadaur taluq4 prepared in Sam bat Jgu,

(b) record·of·rights of the N~rnaul District prepared in Sambat 1935,

(c) measurement papers of the Karmgarh, Amargarh and Pinjaur Dis·
tricts prepared in Sambat 1932,
(d) measurement papers of the Anahadgarh District prepared .in Sambat
1935,
as a tenant having a right of occupancy in land which he has continuously occupied
from the time of the preparation of the said papers, shall be deemed to have a right of occu·
pancy in that land unless the contrary has been established by a decree of a competent
court in a suit instituted before the passing of this Act and Supplement.
Section (5).-Substitute the following in place of section II of the Act :-
"Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing sections of this chapter, a tenant, who
immediately before the commencement of this Act has a right of occupancy in any land
under any law or rule having the force of law which previous to the passing of this Act
governed the relation between landlord and tenn.nt in the Patiala State, shall, when the
Act comes into force, be held to have a right of occupancy in that land under such claims
under such section of this Act .ns a competent Revenue Court called upon to :~.djudicate
upon the claims of such tenant may hold to be most appropriate.
The precise status of any such occupancy tenant shall be defined by any Revenue
Court on the express application of any party or on the institution of any suit in respect of
possession or enhancement or abatement of rent."
Section (6).-(a) Read" passed under the Patiala State law or rule having the
force of law before the date of introduction of Act XVI of 1887 and its Supplement,~' for
''passed under the Punjab Tenancy Act of 1868 ".
(h) Expung~ from clause u, section 53, of the Act, the words" Secretary of State
for } ndia in Council," and substitute" ljlas Khas ".
(c) In sections 75 to 98 and 102 to to8 where the terms "Local Government,''
" Financial Commissioner" and "Commissioner'' are used, the term "Settlement Commis•
~ioner, Patiala State," should be substituted during the currency of Settlement operations,
provided that wherever a reference is made in Act XVI of 1887 to the Commissioner as
being subordinate to the Financial Commissioner either in his executive or judicial capacity,
the Commissioner shall be held not to be so subordinate and to have all the powers,
executive and judicial, vested in the Financial Commissioner, being in the case of those
tahsils which are declared to be under settlement in the Patiala State, the powers, execu·
live and judicial, which are hereby invested in the Settlement Commissioner, Patiula
State.
(d) In section So of Act XVI of 1887 shall be added the following:-

" l V.-The order of the Settlement Commissioner in any appellate case decided by
him shall be final, notwithstanding the fact that the order of the Lower Court
is therein modified or reversed, unless a question of local cu6tom is involved
111 the decision of the Settlement Commissioner, in which case, nnd in which case
only, a further appeal shall lie to the ljli:is Khas. ·

• V.-An appeal shall lie to the ljlas Khas from any order or decree made by the
~cttlement Commissioner in a :iuit originally instituted in his Court.'•
 148
PATIALA STATE. ] Tenant-right. [ PART A.
CHAP. Ill, C. (e) The Settlement Commissioner is empowered to confer, during the currency of
.- settlement, under this clause of the Act upon any of his subordinate officers, powers of a
Administra.. Collector, or Assistant Collector, 1st or 2nd Grade, for hearing cases disposed of by Revenue
tive. Courts or Revenue Officers, and to declare what tahsils are to be brought under settle·
ment from time to time.
LAND REVBNUB.
(/) The Settlement Commissioner is empowered to determine from time to time the
Supplement to classes of cases- being cases to which this Act applies-which should be disposed of by
the Punjab the Settlement Courts and by the ordinary Revenue Judicial Courts of the State, respec·
Tenancy Act, tively ; and the Settlement Commissioner may, in pursuance of such determination, by
No. XVI of 1887, order direct that either certain classes of cases, or certain particular cases, shall be tried
by the Revenue Judicial Court of the State-original or appellate-which could ordi·
narily have jurisdiction instead of by the Settlement Courts. . (
(g) In those parts of the State where the settlement operations have not yet been
started, or where they have terminated, the word" Ijlas Khas" shall be substituted for
~~Governor-General," " Lieutenant-Governor," and "Financial Commissioner".

(h) In those parts of the State which have not yet been brought under settlement
or which have been settled, the ljlas KMs may confer on any of their subordinate officers
the powers exercised by the Financial Commissioner, Commissioner, Collector and Assist•
ant Collector of the tst or 2nd Grade, and determine the classes of cases which should be
disposed of by these Courts.
Section (7).-In section 86 of this Act the following should be inserted after clause
(b):-
11 Provided that in event of any legal practitioner being guilty of unprofessional conduct
or displaying gross ignorance of the law or conducting cases in such a manner as to
prejudice the interests of his clients, the Settlement Commissioner may debar such legal
practitioner from appearing in his own Court or in any of the Revenue Courts or before
any of the Revenue Officers subject to. his jurisdiction or control.''
Section (8).-The following should be added to section 86 of this Act:-
" IV.-AII petition•writers should in future note in all applications under section 76,
clause (r), and in all petitions under section n. clause (3). the section, clause, sub•section
and sub-clause of this Act under which relief is sought, otherwise the Court will direct the
petition·writer to re-write the application at his own expense.,
Section (g).- In sections 99 and 1oo of this Act read" ljlas Khas" for" Divisional
Judge" and " Chief Court 1'.
Section (ro).-Summary powers.-Whereas a regular settlement is now being made
for the first time in the Patiala State, the Settlement Commissioner is empowered to confer
upon any of his subordinate officers whom he thinks fit the power of instituting enquiries
into the rights and tenures of tenants and of summarily passing orders as to the entries
to be made in the village papers. Such powers will not generally be conferred upon
officers holding a position less responsible than that of a SettlementSuperintendents,
but in special cases these powers may be given to selected Deputy Superintendents. ff)1e
result of summary enquiries thus instituted will be noted in a register called TaJ.izh·
ltaquq·J.fttsaran.; and the orders will be passed in the manner prescribed in Chapter IV,
Act XVII of 1887, for mutation cases.
Every aggrieved party shall have a right to seek relief either by preferring an appeal
against such order or by filing a regular suit.

The Punjab Land Revenue Act has been introduced into the State,
rather as a guide to procedure than a law to be implicity followed. The
principles of the Act are to be invariably followed, but where the wording of
the Act is such that their provisions cannot be literally applied, discretion
vests in the Settlement Commissioner to interpret them. When the settle·
ment is complete the situation will of necessity be more clearly defined.
The main portion of the modern State of Patiala corresponds roughly
to the old 1\Iughal Sarkctr of Sirhind, excluding the code of Thcineswar
and a few other parganas now in the Districts of Karnal1 Ambala~
1
Cf, the Sair Punjab of Ula Tulsi R~m.
 149
PATIALA STATE. ) Fz'scai Rz'story. [ PART A.

and Ludhiana, as the following list taken from the Ain·i-Akbari CHAP. Ill, C
shows:-
Administra•
tive.
LAND Rav&Nus,
Area, Big bas. Revenue, D~ms. Tribe.
Fiscal History.

---- ----- -----

Subu1hs ~1 Sirllind (IJ/arganas). Rs.
J, Suburbs of Sirhind 820,450 1100,22,270
2. Rupar in Ambala District
3· Pail 525,932 73,62,267 Rangar and Jat.
4· Banur .. . 407,367 10,87,270 Do. and Afgh~n.
S· Chhat .. .
6. Dhotah .. .
7· Doralah in Kalsia ... •.. 6s,o6o 1,88,440 Rangar.
8. Deoranah in Amb,la District ...
g. Khuram, now Ghuram !58,750 75,09,094 AfgMn, Rajput
and W4n Jat.
10. Masenkan, now Masingan ... I :204,377 70,53,259 Jat,
11, Village of Rae Samu
12, Amb~la
IJ, Kaithal
Js ..
ht .
ntis erntory
Samdnah, etc, (gparga11as).
1, Saman6h 904,261 7,6g6 Jat and Wah,
(? Ghorew4ha),
2, Sunam ... ... 42,02,064
3· Mansurpur, now Mansurpur in 80,35,026
Bhawan!garh, tahsfl Dhodhli.n.
4· Malnera (?),probably ~Uler Kotla
s. Haparf l?) in Karnal
6. Pundr!, in Karnal District,
tahsil Kaithal,
1· Fatehpur
8. Bhatinda
9· 1\Uchhfpur

Nizamat Mohindargarh comprises a portion of the old 1\fughal Sarkar

Area in Revenue of Narnaul, and Kanaud, its head-quarters,
bighas. in dams. appears to be the Kanodah of the Ainl
tJ~rnaul ... 214,318 52,13,218 which was held by Rajputs and 1\Iuham·
JCanodah... t0,710 4o,s6,128 madan Jats. The assessments of Raja
Todar Mal are describeJ elsewhere, and there is nothing to suggest that he
treated Sirhind, or Narnaul in a different way from the other Sark4rs.
We must pass straight from Akbar to the times of Ala Singh and his succes·
sors. The State used to collect its revenue by kM.m tahsil (collection i~·
kind) up to Sambat 1918. This arrangement was only occasionally replaced z85.:a A, o.
by cash assessments made for a period of one or two years, but these rar
and irregular assessments or contracts were not based on any fixed rule or
established principle, for whenever there was a good crop and the Diwan ex•
pected to realize more by collection in kind than by adhering to a fixed cash
assessment, he at once cancelled the agreement without the slightest scruple
and did not wait for its term to expire. As a consequence of this short-sighted
policy, the samlndar never put his heart into his work and waste lands were
not brought under cultivation. Instead of impr?ving the existing revenue
administration and adopting a more sympathetic, honest and fixed policy,
the State officials tried to increase the State revenue, but it could not be
1Aln·i· Akbari, Blochmann'li Translation, II, pages 97 an~ lOS.
 *50
PATIALA STATE, ] F£scal liistory. [ PA~T A.
CHAP. II~ C. increased in spite· of their ill-judged efforts o~ which the only possible
. . result was a slow but steady loss to the commumty as land went out of culti·
Ad·m tmstra• vation. Bad faith was evinced only in dealing with old villacres. The
tlve. conditions made: in the sanads granted at the time of thei-r foundation to new
LAND ·RsvENtJit, villages were strictly adhered to, and the promises made as to comparatively
FiiCal Hutory. light demands were not broken for a certain period. The cash assessments
too, even if honestly maintained, could not be regarded as a boon to the
people. The notorious assessments of Diwan Sedha Singh, who assess·
ed all land of whatever description at an all-round rate of 8 annas per
kachcha bigha, was such a veritable ordeal that, even to this day, the
descendants of the owners of that time regard the fact of having successfully
passed through it as a proof of their right, and produce it as an evidence
in law suits. .
The share of the produce taken by the State differed in different
parga1tas ,· it was mostly one-third, but one-fourth and two-fifths was also
taken, and there was a large number of extra dues called abwab. A cash
rate per biglta, called sabti, was charged on crops that could not be easily
divided. The State's share of grain was realized either by actually dividinO'
the produce (batd£ or bhaval£) or by appraisement, kankut, kmt or kachh.
Bata£ was, with rare exceptions, usually resorted to in the rabi and appraise-
ment as a rule in the kharif. The officials who made the bat&£ were called
batawds and those who made the appraisements were known as kachhtJs.
At each harvest the Tahsildar divided the parganas into a number of
suitable circles, and two krichldis or measurers and two batawds were appointed
for each circle, two nmllarrirs called likluiris being als() sent with them.
One of the M.clzltus who was considered somewhat superior to the other
used to get a fee of Rs. 6o, the other receiving Rs. so, for the season,
but the batawa' s allowance dwindled down to Rs. 30. One out of each pair
of kaclzluJ.s, batawds and Ukkaris was the Tahsildar's nominee and the
other, called " Sarkari, 11 was appointed by the Diwan. Both were
servants of the State, but they were appointed in these different ways, the
idea being that their mutual jealousy, rivalry and dependence on two differ·
ent superiors would be a check on dishonesty.
When the crop was ready for the sickle one or two mult.assals or
watchmen were appointed in each village to watch the crop and the grain
before division. The sam£ttd4r himself was not allowed to touch his
crop or take a single handful of grain for his cattle. The multassal use<}
to get I i annas a day, of which an anna was paid by the village and hal~;
an anna by the State.' This establishment was temporary. It was employ·
ed at each harvest and dismissed as soon as the work was done. In the
reign of Maharaja NarindarSingh the Diwan used to assemble all the Mchhus
in front of the Maharaja's palace before they started on their expedition,
and after having saluted the :Maharaja they started to their respective
villaO'es, each a type of tyranny and dishonesty personified. They would
occupy the best house, take the best clothes for their b~ds, and utensils for
their use, send for all the kamins to serve them, and get the best food and
·supplies for themselves and their horses. Early in the morning they started
on their work in the fields. They only rode round each field measuring
it by the horse's paces, while the likkar£ sat waiting at some convenient
place. They returned to the likluiri after having inspected ten or twe~ty
fields and dictated the khasra or appraised amount ot the State's port10n
of the· ontturn. After having finished one village and before starting for
aoother they sat down in an open space outside the village and read out the
khasra entries to the sam£ml4rs. A great deal of clamourous haggling
ensued till at last1 after deducting ten or fifteen per cent.1 a bargain was
 lSI
PATIALA STATE. ) Etscal Ht'story. [PART A.
struck, largely with the aid of bribes. This was known as mtwen pakttna} CHAP.III,.C.
that is, making the entries pak!u1. So far everything depended on the A. -;-
ktichhu' swill and pleasure, but after the, en!ries had ~een thus ~ade pa.kka ti~~mistra•
none could change them and khasra koina was cons1dered a senous cnme.
In a similar way the batdwJs got the produce weighed by the village 6an-,'a LAND Rav&Nua.
called the dharwai, deducted I 5 per cent. as kamtn' s dues, divided the Fiscal History.
rest at the parga1za rate of bat4i, and recorded in the same way (nawe1z
pakchui) the amount due from each man against his name in the khasra.
The Diw~n's men sent their findings to the Diwan and the Tahsildar's men
to the Tahsildar, and the papers were checked by comparing them.
Owing to negligence or dishonesty on the part of the bat4w4s the delay
in effecting the bat6.£ often caused great damage to the grain, as it deteriorat·
ed from exposure to rain and moisture and sometimes the batd£ was made
after the proper time for sale had passed. In the rabi harvest, i£ the pro·
duce was small or the grain had deteriorated in any way, then the State's .
portion too was forced back on the sam(ndars and its price realised from
them at a rate, {bMtz 2 phdrna) fixed by the Dlwlin at each harvest with
reference to the current rate, or the amount of grain collected was stored\
to be sold at a time of high prices. When the grain was brought out of the
granaries for sale and was found to be less than its known amount as shown
in the papers prepared at the time of collection, the samlnd4rs were forced
to pay for one-half of the deficiency, as the deficiency was attributed as
much to the dishonesty of the samindars as to that of the revenue officials. .
This was the system of kham collection that prevailed up to Sambat 1862 A. D.
rgr8.
Revenue farming, as has been mentioned elsewhere, existed only to ,
a very moderate extent. The Diw.in himself often used to contract for a
good many parganas. This system pressed heavily upon the people, and
on account of the general mismanagement and corruption of the mercenary
revenue staff, the State, on the whole, incurred great losses and the safhin-
ddrs were ruined, both by the various troubles and harassment they had to
suffer and the bribes they had to pay as well as by the heavy fines and
punishments inflicted upon them by the Malba-k!zana if they tried to
escape from the oppression by propitiating the greedy and rapaciousrevenue
officials with bribes. This Malba-khana was a kind of office of control
rtarted in the time of Maharaja Karm Singh to enquire into and punish
.he wrong-doing of the revenue establishment and saminddrs who
tried to profit by bribing them at the time of collection. As the
bribes were generally paid out of the Malba or included in the Malba
expenses under fictitious items of expenditure, and as this necessitated
the examination of the Malba accounts by the office, it came to be
known as the Malba-khtlna. The account books of the village oanids
were taken from them and kept in the office for months and sometimes
for years, and were often destroyed or lost; the harm thus resulting may
well be imagined.
Mahirija Narindar Singh, seeing these defects in the revenue system
made up his mind to abolish it altogether and to fix a cash assessment. Se:
veral high officials of conservative ideas, and specially the Diwan, vehemently
opposed this innovation, and on account of their opposition there was but
little hope of success. For this reason the Maharaja abolished the office
of the Dlwan for a short time, and an officer with limited powers called
Munsarim DiUJan was appointed in his place. The Maharaja then divided

1 Lit. 1 to make the names (fl4'111tn) 1aUi',

' BMn """ ~declaration of rates',
 152
PATIALA STAT£. ) Ft'seal Hz'story. ( PART A:
CHAP. Ill, C. the State into four divisions, an officer called Munsafz'm·t'·hadbasl beina
appointed for each division. The name of this officer was after some tim~
Administra· changed to Mohtimam Bandobast and afterwards into Naz~·m. These
tive. four officers carried out a boundary survey or hadbast measurement, and
LAND RavaNus •. made a summary settlement for one year based on an estimate of the ex-
Fiscal History. isting capabilities of a village and the average kham collection of the last
22 years. The average of 22 years was about 23 lakhs and the new assess-
1862 A.D. ment (Sambat 1918·19) amounted toRs. 30,87,ooo. After the lapse of this
term another settlement on the same basis was made for three years by which
the revenue was reduced toRs. 29,39,000. It was cheerfully accepted by(.
the people to whom an assurance was given in a general proclamation that
the demand would not be altered during the term of settlement. This last
a86 2.c;5 A. o,. settlement remaine<L~ force only from Sambat 1919 to 1922. Afterwards
summary settlements were made every ten years.
Mobindargarh The Mohindargarh District has a fiscal history of its own. Cash
District. assessments were introduced in the time of the Nawabs, long before the
tract became a part of Patiala. One-fourth of the gross produce was regarded
as the Government share, and appraisements were made much as the
Sikhs made them in the Punjab. On annexation the British Government
made a very light assessment, probably for political reasons. In 1842 the
British Government made a regular settlement. Patiala on the other hand
imposed the highest assessment, t~e tract has ever. paid, the year after
Mohindargarh was transferred to tlie State. Reductions became necessary,
1881 A. D. and when in Sambat 1937 the assessment was again raised to nearly its
original pitch, many proprietors threw up their holdings.

Fixed land reo A regular settlement of the whole State was commenced in(1901 A. D.
venue. by 1\lajor Popham Young, C.I.E. The present assessment is Rs. 41 148,t55.
Table 39 of p.,, but including cesses and all the miscellaneous dues, the total demand
B.
amounts toRs. 44,80,359, of which Rs. 4,71,136 is assigned revenue, leavincr
a balance of Rs. 40,091223. Of this sum if we further allow all the dra\\~
backs on account of inam, pancMJ, cesses and other miscellaneous grants,
such as ntinUr, adhkar, etc., which amount to Rs. 5,57,614, the balance
of Rs. 34151,6o9 is the sum received into the State Treasury.

Cesses. The cesses now levied in the State are as follows :-

(I) Road cess ... At Re. 1 per cent.
(2) School cess ... ",, "
I
"·
(3) Hospital cess I

(4) Postal cess ... II ," I

"
II

(5) Patwar cess-

(a) in District Narnaul II , 3·2·01 and
(~) elsewhere ... II , 2-8-o per cent .

on the mal (pure revenue). The mal is !ths of the total revenue, and is
regarded as pure revenue, the other ith being considered ever since the
introduction of the cash assessment in the State as representing the various
miscellaneous cesses of old times, when the 6ata.£ system was in vogue,
such as. ntuars, crop watchmen's dues, expenses of collecting the
Government share of the produce, etc. Of these cesses, the Road
 15l
PATIALA STATE. ] Cesses. [ PART A.

and School cesses were imposed in Sambat tg28. The Dispensary cess CHAP, Ill, C.
was introduced later before the last settlement (Sam bat 1930). 1 he Administra"'
Postal cess is the youngest, and dates only from Sambat 1949· The tive,
Patwar cess was imposed in Sambat Igr8, the year in which the cash L. R
assessment was introduced. The total of each of the above cesses now AND EVENus,
levied in the State amount to- Cesses,
Rs. 1872 A. D.'
1874 A. D.
(I) Road ... 34;789 1893 A. D.
J86:~ A. D,
(2) School 34,785
(3) Hospital ... ... 34,785
(4} Post ... ''"' ., 34,783
(5) Patwar ... ... 88,g83

Total 2,28,125

In the Mohindargarh
----
nizamat the following extra cesses are also
levied:- . '
So,..;.deh.-A cess dating from the Nawab of Jhajjar's time, which is
levied at the rate of Re. 1 to Rs. 2 per annum per village as a royalty.
lt!aq.-An old cess, the origin of which is not clearly ascertainable
beyond the fact that an ltUq-Navis (Miscellaneous Muharrir or Despatcher)
~nd a chaprasi used to draw their pay from this fund before the Patiala
regime. ·
Begb·.-In old times all the villagers were required to supply a certain
number of coolies in turn to the officer in charge of the District. This ·
custom was discontinued long ago and was replaced by a cash cess amount•
ing to between I and ~ per cent. of the revenue.
Lamba ..dar£.-This cess has been levied at the rate of Rs. 4. per cent.
on the mal in tahsil Mohindargarh and at Rs. 3 per cent. in tahsll N~rnaul
since the itaqa came into the possession of the Patiala chief. A similar
cess at 5 per cent. is also levied from the villages of tal6qa Bhadaur,
lying in tahslls Barnala, Pail and Sirhind. In other parts of the State a
sm~Jt sum called panchai is given to the lambardars out of the State
re,~nues.
Sarroj£.-A cess at the rate of annas 2 per hundred rupees is levied to
remunerate the money-testers kept at the treasuries of Mohindargarh and
Narnaul at an annual expenditure of Rs. rso.
Maskirat.-This cess was apparently introduced by the Patiala
authorities in Sambat 1937 in lieu of leasing the \•end of liquors and intoxi· ,sso }.. D.
eating drugs. Although such sales are now prohibited, except under a license,
the cess is still levied at from 8 annas to Rs. 2 per annum per village.
1 NanUr.-A cess under the head ,O,nkar is levied in tump
sums from a few villages in Niirnaul in addition to their revenue, and is paid
to the klinungo, chaudhris and a few lambardars as a sujed·posM grant
after deducting tl!th share, which goes to the State Treasury.
1Nott.-ln the NHw~na tahsil of the Ka:mgarh f'liadmat a similar item is
1
: instead of heinz levied separately, given to certain leading men of the tahsll out of the StaLe
, Treuury.
 154
PATIALA STATE. ] ·Cesus.
I
[ PART A.
CHAP.III, C. Mandar Hari Drfs.-A cess at the rate of Re. I toRs. 2 per annum
. . is levied in tahsil Narnaul for the maintenance of the Mandar Hari Das at
fte~mistra- Narnaul. The cess has been realized from .ancient times.

LANO RKVENtJJ!, Gaushr1la.-A cess at ·g annas per cent. is recovered for the protection
Cesset, of cows, but the money is not credited to the treasury.

Bhet Gurdwara.-An annual cess of Re. I per estate was levied from
the Narnau'l villages in the name of one Gopi Nath, Brahman of Jhajjar in
the Nawab's times, but soon after the land passed into the hands of the
Pathla authorities it was converted into a Gurdwara cess and the GunK
wilra removed from Jhajjar to Mohindargarh. It now enjoys a j&g£r of
Rs. r,coo, and the cess levied is not spent on the maintenance of the temple,
'but credited into the treasury.

The amounts of the cesses are-

Rs.

Sar-i-deh 513
Itlaq 870
Beg!lr 3,619
Lambardari .... 12,219

SarrHi ... 455

Maskirat so6
Nankar ... ... 2,227
Mandar Hari Das ... 278

Bhet Gurdwara ... 306

Total 20,993

Besides the foregoing cesses, nasq rs due to th~ following officer1 a

the rates mentioned against each are lev1ed per estate per harvest throt(;h·
out the State:-
(I) Diwan At Rs. 2

(2) Nazim ••• ,, Re. 1. in nisamat

Mohind a r•
garb only.

(3) Tahs\ldar ... ... " ,,

(4} Thanadar ... II "

This means a cess of Rs. 10 in Mohindargarh and Rs. 8 elsewhere

per annum due from each estate, irrespective of their iamar. The tot~l
sum realised on this account in the State amounts to Rs. I 5,406, and IS
recei,·ed in the treasury. When a Tahsildfir first joins his appointment, ,
he gets half the amount of nazars thus received and the other half goes t() 1

the State Treasury.

 rss
PATIALA· S'I'ATE. ] Octroi. '}!igtrs.. £ PART A.

There are certain. other miscellaneous taxes levied in the State as CHAP. IU~ c..
detailed below :-
Administra-
tive.
(1) On camels at Re •. 1-4-o per camel per annum,.
~AND RBVINllll •.
(2) On carts at Rs 2-8-o per cart per annum.
Ce~ses'"
(3) On· brick kilns at Rs. 2 per kiln per annum,
(4) On goats and sheep at Rs. 2-8-o per 100 per- annum,.
The total income from these taxes- in the State comes to Rs. 6g,o56 per
annum.

Lastly comes zaluJ.t or octroz' duty. The contracts are sold annu• .Octrd..
ally, and the tax is often imposed even in small villages· with 5 or 10 shops·;
irrespective of the population, at the instance of some enterprising specula·
·tor, or at the good will of the Tahsildar. The total income derived from
such villages and towns, the population of which is less· than s,ooo souls1
amounts to Rs. 55 1186. In the Narwana and Bhatinda tahslls, of which the
revised assessments have now been announced, all these cesses; except
the local rate, have been abolished. The Council of Regency have
lately introduced sweeping reforms into the octroi system in the State.
At the station ma11dis of Rajpura, Dhud, Sunam, Lehra Gaga, Chajlf,
octroi duties have been abolished. No octroi is levied in towns whose
pop,ulation is less than ~,ooo, except where octroi contracts are running, in
which places contracts will not be renewed. Grain. and oil seeds pay no
duty at Patiala, Bhatinda lind Barnala, and grain goes free into .1\arnaut
The immediate result is naturally a large loss of revenue, but the Council
hope to be compensated by the increasing trade and prosperity of the
markets in the State. ·
There are two well-known jagfr families in the State, via., the Bhadaur Assignments
chiefship in tahsfl Barnala and the Khamanon jag{rs in tahsil Sirhind.· of land revenue::
A det4iled account of the former is given at pages 277 to 299 and one Bhadaur jag{,,
of the latter at pages 228 to 23 I of Griffin's Punjab- Rajas (Edition of
187o). It would be out of place to give here a political history of these
two families; the former was the subject of a long dispute. · Bhadaur is
one of the PhUlkian families. Only as much of its history is given here
as relates to the question of revenue. The jagir of Bhadaur formerly
~onsisted of 53, but now consists· of 49, villages detailed in the
accompanying table, and amounts to Rs. g2,75o, of which Rs. 2,ooo
are paid from the Ludhiina Treasury on account of the villages of
Saidoke and Bhughta, which form part of the jagir, while Rs. go,750
are paid from the Patiala State Treasury. The jagir is. divided into-
three pattis-
(•) Patti Dip Singh-
Sardar Bhagwant Singh and Sardar Gurdial Singh, sons of
Sardar Balwant Singh, in equal shares,-Rs. 35,543. The
jJKir of _Sardar Gurdial Singh, minor. son of Sardar Bal want
Singh, who died in February 1903, is under the control of
a Court of Wards. ·
(2) Patti Bir Singh-
Sardar Partap Singh and Autar Slngh in equal shares,-
Rs. 221597·
 ISO
PATIALA STATE. J Bkadaur Jagir. ( PART A.
CHAP. Ill, C. (3) Sardars Kartar Singh and Kirpal Singh, sons of Sardar Sham·
Administra- sher Singh, in equal shares,-Rs. 12,978. By the death of
tive. Sardar Shamsher Singh in 1897 A.D. the jagir passed under
the control of a Court of Wards.
Lu~» RBVBNoz;
Bll&llaur jaglr.
(4) Patti Mohar Singh-
On the death of Sardar Narain Singh in 1872 A.D., and those
of Sardars Achal Singh and Attar Singh in April and Octo·
her of x87g, the jag£, has lapsed to the State. Their
widows receive maintenance grants, which generally
amount to one fourth of the jagir. The amounts of these'
pensions are shown below :-
( 1) Widow of Sardar Narain Singh,-Rs 6, I I 2
(husband's jagir now lapsed); Rs. 1,528 (main-
tenance grant).
(2) Widows of Sardar Achal Singh,-Rs. g,772 (bus·
band's jdgir now lapsed) ; Rs. 3,172 (maintenance
grant).
(3) Widow of Sardar Attar Singh,-Rs. 4,811 (hus-
band's jagir now lapsed) ; Rs 3,999 (main·
tenance grant).
In the cases of Nos. (2) and (3) the maintenance grants are more than
{tb of the jagir, for on Sardar Naniin Singh's death his remaining tag{r after
deduction of his widow's maintenance grant of Rs 1,528 passed to Sardar
Achal Singh and Sardar Attar Singh to the amount of Rs 2,917 and
Rs. 1,667 respectively. Similarly on the death of Sardir Achal Singh his
remaining fagir of Rs g,517 descended to Sardar Attar Singh. Conse-
quently the maintenance grant of the widows of Sardar Achal Singh was
calculated on Rs. 9,772 (his own fagir) + Rs. 2,917 from that of Sardar
Naniin Singh, and in the case of Sardar Attar Singh's widow the mainte-
nance was granted on Rs. 4,8u (his own fagir) + Rs. 1,667 from that of
Sardar Narain Singh + Rs. 9,517 from that of Sardar Achal Singh.
The villages of the Bhadaur jagir were settled in 1850 before the territory
was made over to Patiala A supplementary genealogical tree of the
Bhadaur jagirtlars and a statement of the villages of the fJgir and th~
assigned 11 Jama" of each are given on the following pages,
 Supplement to tM Gene~ical tree of the Bhadaur 'Jaglrdars gt'ven in Griffin's Punjab Rajas.

Descendant. of Bfr Sinch. DescendtHtls of Mahar Singh.

Khark Singh. Jamal Singh. Jagat Singh. Dev4 Singh. Achal Singh Uttam Singh.
I
Attar Singh.
I
Nadhh Singh.
I
Ajaipal Singh.
I
Nar.iin Singh
(died heirless,
18791· I
Attar Singh
(died childless, 1
r
I 1
I
Kebar Singh.
I
Shamsher Singh
1882). Widow
(died childless,
1879).
Bhagwant Balwant
Singh I 1 (died 1897). I Kishan Kaur.
I
Sing b.
(died
1903)·
(
P.::rUp . Autar r
I .1
Widow Basant
Kaur.
Widow Shih·
karan Kaur.
Singh, Singh. Kart.1r K1rpal
Gurdi!l
Singh
'
(minor),
Singh Singh
(minors).

I ~>
<Q.
iD3 >
(')
:c
-1"0
2. .
C1J
:::- =
:-

' p
 tt> (')
<0. :t
!D3 >
-,"'0
:s •
'ij; =
..., -
'* ~

Statement of tlu! vz'llages of Bhadaur Jagtr with the assigned ttjama" of each and the amount paid to jag{rdJrs. '
' p "tt
c..n
~ oe
;;
t"''
RuNNING jdglr. LAPSED j4g{1'. >
~~ ~ ~~ P..""'""'"t:J
~~~~
.
""
. ~
en
~

1!cn~ "'.s t~=E; :;.= ~..c: -a ]""' ] ~

co .... c:,.CC/1 ~<~~ :.:: ::G... C/1 ,.c-
~
C/1 C/1 "'
""
.r: ~
..
C/1
~~~]
... 0 n1 bl)+.l
bll
~ g.a.~; ~;ao ~ l,.._l
Names of villages. .; ~ ~ ~- ~
"' . ~ "
~ REMARKS •
1:! a~-~~~~ ojC/1
0
(I) bll ~~ ~Ui -..c "' .
-..c ]~ ::G
·~ --~Vi~ Ol..c tf)~ 0 bj)
cn1l a.s .... bj)
.... c:
't;Ul"
'!;
'~ 0 0.5 ~~~~ 0(\iti)Cf} c; fJ)-~~ 0~ o·-
til
Ul
.r:
z "i'i 5~<6~! c:: ..c ..c- ... "..c:..ce.., ;;; " ~
":ii a~
";;j
~~. "'e
0
""U'l-
...... c ...
~~~~0~
.2 ~~~:=:
~i:/i(/)~~
~-~-~~~
!5tlltlltll"'
"o..c:
~< :e~
0 ~~ ..
C/1
.r:

------------ ----- ------ --.-- ----- ---------- ----- -----------

p.. p..
~ < p.. p.. p.. p.. &-<

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

2
Sandhu Kaliln
Balloke
... ~.442
11415 6g6 333 386
1,442

3 Dhudtot 1,170 768 4,08

4 Jaimalsinghwa~ 6So 332 318
s Nainewala 1,483
1,038
1,479 4
6 A1Ura. 544 494
'7 Talwandf I,6gS 525 1 1 170
8 1Chiniwal Khurd I,,OI 1,442 319 .......
10
Twho
J I
12
Raya
Dhaner
...
..
Kharaksinghwalli
2,026
2,789
2,216
949
770
2,216
949
1,246 10
2,789

13 Rnmgarh 2,143 2,143

-
14 Tillewal.i 4,8go 2,280. 1,410 1,194
15 Majhoke 1,455 6'2_7 828
 r6 1 M"m .. ,
~ 4.403
17 Jalaldew~l
18 Patti Dfp Singh in Bhadaur
19 Patti Sardar Bfr Singh in
-· J,888
4,288
6,400 2,158
Bhadaur.
Patti Sardar Mohar Singh in 1,168
20 4.949
Bhadaur.
21 Sudhuw:H 920 920
22 Naraingarh 614
.ll3 G ..gewal 1,009 1,oo9
24 KaLis .•• 1,829 756
25 Gihal •.• •.. 3,859 2,032
26 Channa Gulab Singh 732 732
27 Drpgarh ... 9 24
2,212 2,212
28 J~ngiana
1,8os 1,Bo5
29 Khokhar
:,Jo Such ¢5 435
!ll Dikh 2,668 2,668
!J2 Patt/Gill 634
!l3 Neor 868 868
34 Dod ••• 1,992 959 4i4
35 Malia ... 1,531 86o 268
:J5 Ghani:{n 1,425 607
37 Maluka •• 3,241 1,634 6zo
:J8 Buraj Saraur 590 297 117
!l9 Mugal Mazra 6os 155 100
.ojO Katahrf •• 2,533 1,213 397
156 849 The Sikhs o{
41 Kanghb 1,699 4 25 KangM.s were
formerly t h e
Zaild~rs of Bha.
d •ur j ag{r'
hence t h e
amount o f
Rs. 849 is as·
signed to them.
4~~
43
Doburjt
Lapr.ia
1,902
1,340
475
 "' t'
:.
!:.

.__
!:
~ ~
2

. ,"'
:!>
0

~
-, .,.=
<C. (')
:c
!D3
~
~
'"I
>
•
~
~- !'" sr P
...Statement of the villagl!~ of Bhaaaur 'Jagtr wt'th the assigned 11
fama" of each and the 11mount paid to jaglrdars-concluded. "'t!
~ 8'
~
RUNNING jaglr. Lwss:u jaglr. >
... .. Ul
...;
'E'
..
U)
.
'E
U)
~
rs
t..-j
Names of vill!ges RIIIURKS.

0
z
-;;
.
·c
Ul
------------------------------
Rs. Rs Rs Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

44 Ajnod ••• SOJ

45 Dogd ••• 1,745
46 Dhauda ••• 355 355

------------ ------------- --------- ----- ---

Total 34.543 4,837 6,139 849

--------- ------ ------------------- ---- ·---

1+7 Snido ;;; ... } 2,000 1,000 1,000 From Ludhi.ina
48 Bhagta ••• Treasury.
-49 BhAI Rupa (Nabha State)

GRAND TOTAL 35.543 I 22,$97 g8o7 6,139 849

--------------------------------r--
 t6t
PATIALA STATE. ] Sirht'nd and Pdil Jrig£rs. (PART A.

The Khamanon iU.qa in tahsil Sir hind comprises 8o villages, of which CHAP. Ill, C.
3 only are held wholly in jagir, 77 being held in part. The t'laqa was bes· Ad . 'stra
towed upon the Maharaja of Patiala in recognition of his conspicuous and tiv!mm •
loyal services in the Mutiny on payment of Rs. 1,76,360 naznina in t86o. It •
was then considered worth Rs. 8o,ooo a year. Its present revenue is Rs. 92,616. LAND REVIINUI.
The jagir dates from the capture of Sirhind in I 762 A.D. The ;,tgirdars Khamioon j4gir
are Kang Jats and are divided into three main branches, the families of
Sardar Sarda Singh, Sardar Ram Singh and Sardar Koyar Singh. Each
branch has its own villages, in which it realises the revenues, appoints the
lambardrirs, and sanctions the breaking up of the waste. Besides the
revenue the jagirdars receive various dues in cash and kind. They have
lost the right to distil spirits and grow poppy, but they are still entitled to
carry their appeals in any law suit to the Foreign Minister. Lapsed estates
revert to the 1\faharlija, whose income from these jagirs in Sambat 1959 1903 A. D.
amounted to Rs. 5,668 as shown below:-
Rs.
Lapsed jclgt, s
• Commutation payment
... x,6so
4,018
Total s,66s
Widows are entitled to maintenance only. Succession to collaterals is
only permissible where the jdgir is worth annually Rs. zoo or less.
There is a third group of 28 villages, held in petty jagirs by Sikh Pi.iljag(rs.
Sardars in tahsil Pail, assessed at Rs. 18,148. This jagfr als'J dates from .
the sack of Sirhind. Three villages-MaHpur, Arak and Rara-are held
wholly injdglr by the representatives of their founders, and the reven11e of
the rest is divided in varying proportions between the State and the
assignees. The total jama is collected by the State and the assignees . are
given their share by the State. The rule of succession is that of 18og,
i.e., the State is entitled to the reversion of the revenue in all cases on ·
absolute failure of heirs, and in most cases on failure of heirs tracing their
descent to a common ancestor alive in 18og A.D. Widows have a life
interest in their husbands' jag!rs unless they prove extravagant, when they
become entitled to maintenance only. The assignees are divided into seven
groups, whose income is given in the following table.
 Statement showing the names of Pail Jagirddrs ·in groups, elc. "tl 0\,
>
:j ~

>
t'"
IgiS S:\MSAT. CoLLECTIONs, 1960 SAMBAT. >
U'J
>-j
Deductions. >
>-j
Names of the lt/g{rdars p1
in groups.
• Total Amount Total
t "-'
'6 receipts. of jag{rs. receipts. Amount Commuta-
z ofjaglrs. Forfeited Tahsil Amount of arrears
tion Total. due to jdg{rdtirs.
-a amount. amount. dues.
·c
"'
{/)
----.--..- --~-- ----- ---- --- ---- - - - ------ ------
---- ---~

' . Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs, A. P. Rs. A· P. Rs~ A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs, A. P. Rs. A. P. Rs. A. P.

I Gidrfw&le ... ... 5 566 o o 2,154 0 0 5,729 0 0 2,175 00 ... ... 139 10 0 139 IO 0 2,035 6 0
Sl Liidpurw41e ... ... 19,533 0 0 s,S72 o o 19,939 0 0 6,210 oo1 ... SIO IO 0 390 2 0 goo 12 0 5,309 4 0

3 R4rawiile ... ... 6,411 0 0 2,190 0 0 7.524 0 0 3,143 00 ... ... 202 0 0 202 0 0 2,941 0 0

I
4 Loponwale ... :··l !),331 0 0 1,576 0 0 9 1 Ij'4 0 0 1,646 00 76 2 0 ... 77 4 0 153 6 0 1,492 IO 0

$ Nttoow<te -...~
... !,530 0 0 48() 0 0 1,381 0 0 423 00 ... ... 29 s 0 29 s 0 393 8 0

6 Barm,l!pur ... ... 4,562 o o 3,301 0 0 4.756 0 0 3.475 oo ... -·... 230 12 0 230 12 0 3.244 4 0
1 ...
7 ArAkwale ... - 1,401 0 0 1,401 0 0 t,6oi o o 1,6ox 00 g5 13 0 g6 13 0 I,S04 3 0

......,
------ --- ---
Total ...
.
48,334 0 0 ~7400 I , ..... 0 0 1·•.673 .. 76 2
0 I sxo 10 0 1,166 I 0 1,752 13 0
I
16,920 3 0

-
PATIALA STAT£. ] }agirs anti muaf/s.
All the jagtrdJrs holding on the same basis of conquest tenure pay in CHAP.Ill, C.
lieu of services commutation fees amounting in all toRs. 161333 at the rate of Ad -1-. t
Rs• .2-8-o per cent. on the mal (the nett land revenue). tiv~ ms ra·
Regarding muajis (minor assignments) the Settlement Officer writes as LAND RsvaNus.
follows:-" The villages held revenue free, in whole or in part, are r 1.2 in s .
number. They are given mostly for the maintenance of gurdwffras, temples, m~~\i:ncom•
mosques and other religious institutions and for various charitable purposes, , '
and to ahlkars for good and meritorious services. The revenue of the Muafls.
villages thus held in whole or in part is Rs. 1141 1375 1 while the amount
9£ small revenue· free plots, the area of which is as yet unknown, is about
Rs. 83,220." .
A cess called haq-ul-tahsU is levied from all the mudfidars of whole Haq-uZ.t«hdl~
or parts of villages at the rate of 7 per cent. on the total jama in the
Barnala nizdmat, and on the mal only in the nizamats of Amargarh,
Karmgarh and Pinjaur, with the exception of tahsil Pinjaur, where the
rate is 5 per cent. It is realised in all cases whether the revenue is col·
lected through the tahsil or not. It is said to be a contribution towards
the expenses of the general administration of the State and is now termed
abwab-i-mudfi, a less misleading designation. The other customary cesses
(roads, etc.) are levied in the assigned villages from the land-owners.
With regard to adhkar£ the Settlement Officer writes:-" There is one l.dhk4rt ·
other kind of muaj or favourably assessed lands in the State called adhkdr£, '
which means half. It is· an allowance to Brahmans, Sayyids and faq£r
agriculturists who till their own lands and pay only half the total State
demand as compared with others. The area of such grants is not known .
as yet, but the amount remitted is Rs. 35,194 in the 13 tahsils." 1 .
A statement is appended showing by tahsils the total revenue, the Jaglr aad mue!fl
numbers of jagir and mudj£ villages, the revenue of each and the amounts statemeat,
received from the assignees, together with the adhkar£ items.

1/.t., the whole State exclu.ding the nildmd of Mohindar:arh ,

 164
PATlALA STATE. J ;Jag{rs and muafzs. ( PART A,
CHA.P.III, C.
Jagtr and
Administra-
tive.
LAND RIVINUI. 3 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I II I 12
ycfg{rand muaf£
'tatement· ~ ~ NUMBER Oil VILLAGES,
~ 0
~ ·> ~
i:: !! cu 'jdg{r, Mu&f£.
:~ Name o£ tahsn. 2 .,; ~
o
z--:: 0
z o:;
.. ,a
4)

~=
I {
" ~S _] Whole Part. Total. Whole. Part, Total
·E ~ §'0 ~ !l ~
~ z z
-------------------- f.< f.<

Rs.

Bhatind1 200~ 2,61,453 6 7

5
Bhikhi 2,9049') 4 5 6
Barndla 49 3 4 53

----------
Total 3 51 9 6 '5 66

-------- --·-- ----

Narwdna 137 1,51,201 3 3
4 3
5 tE
Sun!m

6 :; Bhawinfgarh ...
126

214
2,67,535
3,45.418
4
6 6
4 4
6
~
Pati~la 207 2,47,460 16 16 16
'1

T•••l ... -; :::r-:--: --~ -: -.. --: -:;

-----·---------
8 DMri 161 8 3 II II

.~ ~42
9 :5- Pail 192 3,57,031 3 28 12 2 14
ro tn Sirhind 4,Q4,208 3 '17 So 13 t8 31 Ill

--------~-- ---------
Total ... 6t8 n,36,825 6 102 to8 33 23 56 164

- ------------
Ghanaur• IO 10 II II 21

Rdjpura

13 Banur 141 6 6 6

------------------ t6 12 28
Total ... 417 4,49,501 10 6 12 •••
 J65
PATIALA STATE. ] Jagtrs a1td muajts. [PART A.
Mu4/t Stateme11t. . CHAP. IU, c;
·===;;====:====;===r=="==:::::;===F=I==;==~. Administra•
14 as x6 _l __x_7_l_rs_l rg I 20 / 21 tive.
~ _ LAND RIVENUB•
ToTAL oF JAMA. ) REVENUES MADE. Jdg{r and mudf(_
statement,
Villages ('1/Jhole or part), Small
grant Service Adhk£rf,
revenue· Grand Haq-u!. com·
Total. tahsil. muta• Total.
free
J~g!r. Muatr. Total. parts. tion.

-·-
Rs.
-- ---- --- - -- --1--
Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs, Rs,

2,222 7,686 9,908 I 4,175 14,083 478 496 974 392

4JJ 5,901 6,312 5,225 11,537 499 499 2,631

90,354 9.479 99,833 5,6so 1,05.483 757 II 1200 12,017 r,516

-- -- -- -- --- -- --
92,987 ::~r:: 23,o66 1131 1103 1,734 11,756 13.490 4,539
---- --- --/-- -- -- ---- -
4,190 4,190 1,084 5,274 293 293 4,049
7,48g ],489 6,492 13,981 556 556 3,201
3,300 21,564 23,864 9.422 33,286 1,737 1,737 5,503
20,589 2o,589 10,518 31,107 1,293 1,293 2,888

---------,---------
3·300 53,832 57.,132 2],516 83,648 3,879 ... :J,879 1$,641

---------------------- ~
2,100 , 691
t8,148 16,859 35,007 8,750 43,757 2,085 76 2,161 11$02

92,616 28,399 1,2I,OI5 7,347 1,28,362 21920 4,458 7,378 11523

12,090 14,400 26,490 491 43 534 1,!)27

__ _________
3,458 :3.458 154 3,612 100 too
940
,
872
1
1,812 78 1,8go
__, -----
... ... ...

11,442 591 43
-- ---- . - - -.................... ____ -------------------
 166
PATJALA STATE. ] Mt'sce!laneous Re11enue. Exdse. [PART A.
CHAP.lll, D. No pachotra £n4ms have as yet been granted to the leading agriculturists
Ad 7j' t Rs. 5,097 are however granted as nankar in certain villages in the tahsUs
tiv~un s ra• of Bhikhi, Narwana and Narnaul to the headmen. A further sum o£
• Rs. 1,94,572 is paid to the ,headmen or the bz'swadars under the name of
M•sciLLANious "£nam panchai" or "£nam nauggidri." The origin of this is said to be
R!VI!NU!.
that at the time when cash assessments were introduced an extra payment
l~t4m~t . of I I per cent. on the revenue was realised from the villages and 9 per
cent. was given back to the Mswadars as a recognition o( their status.
The right descends from father to son and the person receiving this z'nam
is acknowledged as bz'swadar. However small the amount may be it is
greatly prized. This percentage now varies from Rs. 10 toRs. g, Rs. 8 and\
less. It has not yet however been decided how this z'nam will be dealt with
in the present settlement.
Village headmen. There is as yet no saz'lddri system in the State, but there are a larcre
number of lambardJ.rs. They are responsible for the collection of the
land rev~nue and are also bound to assist in suppressing and investicrat·
ing crime and giving information to the· police. In point of fact the
revenue collection till recently was done by the patwaris ,vho accom·
panied the lambardar to the tahsil when taking the money, but now the
lambardars are responsible for the revenue. Some lambardars are really
large landowners, while some have sold or mortgaged their properties.
Now they are generally paid Rs. 5 per cent. on the revenue they col·
lect; in some parts only Rs. 3 or Rs. 4 per cent. This is a temporary arrange·
ment made for the present settlement. The whole question of panchai
or pachotra1 and the remuneration ·of lambardars will be dealt with by the
Settlement Commissioner.
Petty village Petty grants are commonly made to village menials, Pt:ohits and jaktrs,
grants.
or to local temples, shrines and mosques.
The malba is a common village fund, realised together with the revenue
to meet the joint village expenses.
Section D•...;..Miscellaneous Revenue.
EXCISE,

Miscellaneous The Excise Department (Mahkama Maskirat wa Abk4ri) of the

Revenue, State is now under an Excise Superintendent. The department was
Table 40 of Pt~rl regularly organized in Sambat 1947, but before that year there was no sep<r·
B.
Excise, rate department, excise being under the control of the Financial Ministe\
Table 41 of Part An abkari darogha was appointed in each nizamat to inspect the State
IJ. abkaris therein. There was an abk4r£ in each tahsil under the im·
1891 A.D. mediate superintendence of the Tahslldar, who was under the m1zim 1 the
contracts for retail sale being sold by the nuzims with the sanction of. the
Finance Department and the wholesale licenses to distil country liquors 4
in the abkaris being granted by the Tahsildar. The rates of still-head
duty were-
Rs, A. P.
From 75° to I00° '"' 2 8 o
From 50° to 75° ... ... 2 o o
Below 50° ••• 1 8 o
A' Dastur ul Amal Abkdr£' for the guidance of the authorities and
the public was sanctioned in Sambat 1932 by the Maharaja, and there are
1S7G A.D. now rules and regulation! (Dastur ul Amal Maskir4t wa AbUri Riyasat
lCaJled Kanam in Mohindargarh.
 t67
PATIALA STATE. ) Stamps. t PART ~·
Patiala). The Department owes the present completeness of its organi· CHAP. til, D.
zation to the frequent efforts of the Hon'ble the Khalifa Sayyid Muhammad Ad .. t
Hussain. There is only one distillery at Patiala, where country liquor is tiv!mms ra•
made by machinery, but there is also a bhatt£ at Nirnaul. The rates of •
still•head duty are- MISC!LLANIOUS
RIVBNUJ.
Rs. 2-8-o for 100° (proof liquor). Excise.
Rs. 2-o-o for 75° (25° below proof liquor).
A \Vholesale license for a shop is issued on payment of Rs. 24, while
tetail contracts are sold by auction. European liquor is only sold by those
·who hold licenses. Licenses are granted with regard to the quantity of
the liquor sold. A licensee who sells 2,ooo bottles per annum pays
Rs. 100 for the license and one who sells more than 2,ooo bottles pays
Rs. 200.
Wholesale licenses for drugs are issued on payment of Rs. 10. Intoxicating;
Licenses are given by the Foreign Office to contractors, entitling them to drugs.
buy 74 packets of Malwa opium at reduced duty. On presentation of these
licenses they obtain a pass from the Excise Officer at Ambala1 to buy opium
from Ujjain. One rupee per ser is paid into the State Treasury by the
contractor and four rupees are levied from him at Ajmer. The duty thus
collected is remitted to the State. The contractors also buy opium, charas,
biLang, etc., from the adjoining British Districts 2 on State licenses, but no
import duty is imposed. Retail contracts for the sale of drugs are sold by
auction. All the drug contracts are sold jointly except for Patiala City,
where the contracts for opium, clzaras and biLang are granted separately.
Licenses for the sale of country liquor- are not sold jointly with drug
or opium licenses. A list of the liquor and drug shops will be found in
Appendix B.

STAMPS,

Until Sambat 1913 all deeds were executed on plain paper, but in Non.judiciat..
that year Maharaja Narindar Singh intro~uced the use of stamped paper 1857 A.D.
and entrusted the State seal to a spec1al officer. The State Stamp
Act was introduced in Sambat 1924 by D£w4'11 Lala Kulwant Rai. !868 A.D
Process-fees (dastakana) were introduced in Sambat 1929 at the rate of Process·f~s
RJ. 2 per cent, Up to that time the parties produced their own witnesses. A
1873 0
'
A special stamp was used to realise arrears of land revenue, The D t ~~ '
Tahsil dar gave a stamped authority to a chapras!, 'who then proceeded to as a "'·
the defaulter's house and realised the arrears plus the value of the stamp.
This special stamp is no longer used. In Sambat 1958, the last year of the Jgoz A.D•.
~d stamp systerp 1 the income from stamps was nearly Rs. I 15o,ooo, while
tf1e expenditure on establishment and contingencies was slightly over
' Rs. 6,ooo. In Sambat 1959 the. Stamp Departme~t was transferred to the 1g03 A.D.
Accountant-General on deputation, who reorgamsed the system of issue.
The new rules provide for a s.upply of stamps. ~eing kept i.n the charge
of the Treasury Officer, who 1ssues them to mzamat treasunes on receipt
of quarterly indents. Stamps may only be sold by lkensed stamp vendors,
of whom there are 25 in the State. The Patiala Stamp Act deals with
stamps and court-fees. It is practically identical with Act XVI of 1862.
A new Act is under the consideration of the Council of Regency.
1 Fuaja.b Excise Pamphlet, Part II, Section 43·
. :The. import <lf opium into British territory from the N~naul tsl1dmd Ia probiblle4-
1
/61cl, Sect1oa 39·
 168
PATIALA STATE, J Public Works. t PART A.
CHA~ll, F. From the 1st of Magh Sambat 196o fiscal stamps on water-marked
Administra· paper have been introduced. The court-fee stamps differ from the general
tive. stamps. The paper is supplied by the Bengal Paper Mills Company who
MtscKLLANBous are contractors to the Government of India, and the stamps are m~nufac-
RKVBNUE. tured in the Fort at Patiala. For postage stamps see page 136.
Stamps. Section E.-Local self-government.
1903 A.D.
Local self•government is being introduced in Patiala.
Section F.-Public Works .
• Public Works. The fo)lowing account of the Patiala City defence works has btcu
furnished by the Executive Engineer, Patiala Division, Sirhind Canal:-
The Patiala City The chief protection works for safeguarding the city of Patia!a
defence works. against damage from high flood,s are-
{ I} the Patiala na/IJ band with its' catch-water channel, COil•
stituting the outer and main line of defence, and
(2) the new cut band with its catch·water drain, forming a.
' retired second line of defence.
The Patiala naia band at the upper end begins at a point
situated about half a mile to the south of the village of Rit Kheri and 6i
miles due north of the city of Patiala. It starts on high ground (R. L.
841'05) bordering the right bank of the Pati!ila mila basin, and runs in a
southward direction roughly parallel to the natural drainage line for a
length of nearly 6 miles. It intersects the Ra jpura and Bhatinda Rail way
in the 6th mile at R. D. 25,660. The new railway bridge over the band
catch-water channel has a clear waterway of 4 spans of 35l feet each or
142 feet in all. There is a second older railway bridge over the nata
close by having a clear waterway of 200 feet (5 spans of 40 feet each).
The latter bridge alone existed at the time of the great flood of September
x887, when the water rose one foot above the lower flanges of its iron
girders and three of its piers were scoured for a depth of five or six feet.
But since then the girders have been raised above the maximum flood
level. The highest recorded flood levels here were-
I11
{above bridge
1 887
82g·xg
below do. ... 828·6g
{above do. 82g·61
111 1888 below. do. 828·g8
The present levels of rails, formation surface, and lower flanges of girders
of both the railway bridges are- .

Bridge on 6and Bridge on

cut, nata.

Rail level ... .•. 834'18 8J.P9

Formation level 8JJ37 8J2'8o
Lower flanges of girders 8J0'21 8J0'28

the first !Jand skirts the Patiala r.ala in the 24th and 27th thousands
and further on at the Hira Bagh Bridge: where the Patiala·Rajpura
 a6g
PATIALA STATE. ] Protection Bat~cls. [PART A.
road· crosses. the cut enters the mUa, utilizing the old bridge built over CHAP. Ill, F'.
the latter. The waterway of the Hlra Bligh Bridge (3 spans of 19'5 feet -
each) was far too small to pass on the immense volume of water coming ~d~lnlstra..
down in high floods, and in order to relieve the great strain on the v •
. bridae, the metalled road has been lowered on the Rajpura side for a PuBLIC WoRKs.
length of nearly a mile so as to allow an easy passage over the road of The Pati41$ City
· storm water which would otherwise be headed up for want of waterway. defence works.
In September 1887 (before the road was lowered) the flood water headed
·41p o·g8 of a foot at the up-stream face of Hrra Bagh Bridge and
,· ')ll the down-stream side the bed was scoured to a depth of about
· 30 feet. The scour hollow was filled in and the bed and banks on
·the down·stream side of the bridge have been pitched with block
kankar. From the Hira Bagh Bridge onward the band line bends
towards the south-east and rejoins the mUa at another old bridge
over which the Patiala-Sanaur road runs (R. D. 44,684 feet). The
,waterway of this bridge also was quite inadequate to pass high floods
and the road on the east side (towards Sanaur) has been lowered for
'a length of about half a mile in order to give storm water a free passage
over it. A little more than a mile below the Sanaur road bridge the
Patiala nrUa band comes to an end (R. D. so,ooo feet) and its catch-water
channel runs into the cut channel with its bed at the same level as that of
the latter. Thus the total length of the Patiala nata ta"d is 10 canal
miles. Its top widths at different places are as follows:-
From R. D. ToR. D. Top widtk.
o' IJ,ooo' to'
I3,ooo' 2o,ooo' 1&
2o,ooo' 5o,ooo' 30'
The side slopes are 2 feet to 1 foot throughout. In four places where flood
streams take a set against the · band, the siqe slope on the east side
towards the tu£/a is pitched with block kankar, vis.- . I

From R. D. To R. D. Length.
(I) 17, 714' t8,423'. 709'
(2) 20,510' 21,510' I,ooo'
(3) 22,527' 23,502' 975'
(4) 29,225' 29,305' So'

1,1e height of the top of the band is nowhere less than 3 feet above the
m·aximum flood level that is to be expected. The intended level of the
top of the bartd is indicated by masonry pillars at every 11ooo feet built with
their tops at bank level.

The new cut ba11d commences in high grou11d (R. L. 828·88) at New cut 6e~ntt.
a point about a quarter of a mile to the south-east of the small village of
Jhal, and about hvo miles due north of the city of Patiala. At first it runs
southward roughly parallel to, and I£ miles distant from, the Patiala
1trUa battd, as far as the railway crossing, which is at R. D. 8,222 feet.
Here the railway has a culvert of 2 spans of 20 feet each over the land
catch-water channel. Below this point the oand line curves eastward and
1 intersects the Patiala·Rajpura. road at R. D, 14,400 feet, where a bridge of .z
 170
PATIALA STATE. ] Protection Bands. . [ PART A.
CHAP. Ill, F. spans of 35 feet each has been built to take the road over the catch-water
Ad .-
15
t channel. Thence the line runs in a southward direction nearly parallel to
tiv~un ra- the Patiala Escape Channel, the band forming the left bank of this channel
• at its terminal3 feet fall, where it tails into the mUa opposite the Moti
PuBLic WoaKs, Bagh. Here also the band catch-water channel tails into the mUa, which
New cut hand, is the general outfall for all storm water brought down by the new catch·
water drains and for large volumes poured in from natural drainages on the
east side conveying towards this part of the nala. The 3 feet fall has ~
two bays of 5 feet each and these are provided with iron sluice-gates which
are lowered so as to close off the escape channel during high floods and prea
vent flood water entering it from the nata. Also under the right bay oi
this fall there is a passage for the city saucer drain, which is also closed off
by an iron valve during high floods.
Retutn 6and As during heavy floods the accumulated water in the Patiala nata
near Mot! Bagh; on the down·stream side of the 3 feet fall rises to a level so high that it
would (as it has done in 1887) turn the flank of the escape and flow towards
the city, a return band 1,6os feet long has been constructed in continuation
.of the new cut band extending from the 3 feet fall in a direction at right
angles to the line of escape out to high ground near the Moti Bagh.
The new cut band ·being the last defence against destructive floods
approaching the city needed to be made specially secure at the points where
an entrance might be forced as it was in 1887 and 1888, and this has been
done by building masonry core-walls in the heart of the band in two places,
'IJis.-
From R.· D. ToR. D. Length.
(1) 1r,xso' r,ooo'
(2) 18,6oo' 19,335' 735'
These are the places where the great floods swept down with the
greatest force and breached the band. They are at old drainage crossings.
In two places this band has an outer cityward slope of 4' to 1: instead of the
general slope of 2' to 1', vz's,...._
From R. D.
(1) xo,2go' Ir,ooo'.
(2) 12,387' 12,6]1 1
In one place, via., from R. D. ~ 1,535' to :2,ooo', the i~ner or ncUa war.d
slope F. C. is 3' to 1'. The top ~ndth of th1s band at d1fferent places IS
given below :-
From R. D. To R. D. Top width.
o' 8,222' I5'
. I
1
8,222 to,ooo' 23'
1
Jo,ooo' 14,400 15'
1
14,400 26,795' 30'
1
26,795' 28,400' 20
Masonry pillars built at 1,ooo' intervals have their tops at correc~ ban.d
top level as in the case of the Patiala 11Ma band. Every fifth p11lar IS
marked with a mile number.
 .,.
PATIALA STATE. ) Army. ( PART A.
Flood water collecting behind the new cut band is accounted for CHAP.lll, a;
by an outlet which conveys it into the Patiala Navigation Channel on the Ad ;-;:-stra
left bank near Lehal. There ·IS also a second m
· 1et for adm1ttmg
· · sueh wat er mmJ
tive. .•
into the Patiala Escape Channel on the left bank just below the 7 feet .fall.
The Patiila Navigation Channel which has a flat bed can be dramed PUBLIC WoRKs,
back when necessary through the Rauni Escape taking off from that Return hantl
channel near mile t and falling into tM Choa Branch near mile 4· near Motr Baib•
Storm water which collects inside the city of Patiala finds its way ~~~;:
1

artly through the city drain and partly by natural flow into the low Ragho
J U jra basin. Ordinarily this water is carried off by the saucer quickly and
completely into the Patiala Escape Channel and thence into the mila below
the 3 feet fall, but when the nata is running in high flood it cannot act as
an outfall for intramural water, and as mentioned above the sluice-gates
at the fall have then to be lowered to shut out water from the nata side.
In flood time the saucer drain is shut off at the regulator just below the
off-take of the new city outfall drain in order that the latter may be brought
into efficient use for the relief of the city. This special channel having its
head at the lower or south extremity of the Ragho Majra basin and at a point
about midway between the Kilhouri and Sanauri gates carries the great bulk
of the city storm water away about five miles to the south; and there delivers
it into the Patiala nala about half a mile to the south-east of ·the village
of Main. The residue of water left in the Ragho Majra basin, after the
outfall drain has done its work, is subsequently run off by the saucer drain
into the mila near the city, when the flood there subsides, as it generally
does in two or three days. .
Other public works are in contemplation or are being constructed as
funds allow. Of these the most important are a Jail, Public Offices,
District Hospitals and Dispensaries, Waterworks and Drainage System for
Patiala City, and the Dadri-Narnaul Road.

Section G.-Army.
The administration of a State founded on a successful military exploit Early History;
was inevitably military in character. Maharaja Ala Singh was regarded
as a brilliant ~oldier under .whom both glory and plunder might be won,
and many a d1scontented S1kh from across the Sutlej came to Barnala to
take service under him. The country between the Sutlej and the Jumna
las no-man's land between the British dominions and the Sikhs at Lahore
disorder and anarchy were hard to repress, and Patiala was divided int~
Districts under military gov.ernors called thdnada~s, whose first duty was
?e
to keep or.dt;r, a~d w~ose.leJsure was to spent m collecting the revenue
and. ~dm!mstenng JUStice. Th~ . thanadars had absolute power in
the1r aUqas, a~d to cou~ter~ct the1r mfluenc~ fort ~ommanda?ts (qiladars),
generally fore1gners (Purb1as), were established m the vanous forts with
in?~pendent. powers. . The organi~ati~n of the State remained entirely
m1lttary untll th.e re1.gn of Ma~ara1a Karm Si~gh. '!'~is ruler placed
the Commander-m·Ch1ef (Bakhshz) under the Prnne Mm1ster organised
the.army on a mo~ern basis, and introduced a system of pay ;nd regular
regimental formation.
!n 188g the. Imperial Service !roops were organised,1 and the Patiala Imperial Service
Contmgent cons1sts of the Ist Pahala Lancers, and the xst and 2nd Infantry1 and Local
Troops.
'.Patiil.la has been. call~ the cradle of the Imperial 8-erv-:-ic-e-=T-ro-op-s-in-In-d-ia,_as_L-ord
Dufferm announced the Inception of the scheme at Pabala in 1888 and the Patial D ba
the first of all the protected States to come forward with the offer of a contingent~ ar r was
 172
PATIALA STATE. ) Army. [ PART A.
CHAP. Ill, a. with a fully organised transport. New cantonments with a military
Ad -:-:" t hospital and transport lines have been built. Troopers get Rs. 24 a month
t'vr'"
1
18
ra· and sepoys Rs. 7· The local army consists of one regiment of cavalry
' and two of infantry. The strength of the army is shown below :-
ARMY.
~

lmpe1ial Senice
and Local NUMBER OF ALL RANKS.
Troops.
..~
,j,

...;,
~
\.)
l£l
0
'd
CoRPs. 1£: ~
c:
0 : 0
'd ·;;;.,
~ 'Ej ...:
Ul
0
·;;; 0 riJ
E
·a I 86
\.)
Ul
:<:
II:

!:! ..;.... ~c:: <

~
E v r: l>l

- --
0
u I z
0 0
< ~
~----......_. --.-
I
-
:iE Eo<

II Rs.
I

.rljirul" Laoeo~ ••
... 24 90 6ot 715 :J,:J2,000

8 1st R~jindar Sikhs

·~ '
... 1$ 65 563 643 1,o6,soo
~ 2nd Infantry IS 643 1,10,000
] 1Hospital ... 8,000
. . } JTransport g2,700 516 mules
and po·
LShare of Head·quarters Staff ... 14.100 nies.

Total
-------- I

---------
pnd Local Cavalry '7 54 329 400 1,46,200

13rd Local Infantry 13 49 438 soo 6s,ooo

~ 4th " ss,ooo

1
11 13 49 438 $00

j Horse Artillery ... ... s 17 ! 105 127 42 ,6oo so horses.

I

Share of Head·quarters Staff ... I 14,100

Stores and Hos)?ital • ...

Total
-/--!------
~~_:_~_::~~:
GRAND TOTAL 102 9,88,$00
I
 173
PATIALA STATE. ] P~Hee aHd Jails. ( PART A.

The services rendered to the British Government by the Patiala Army CHAP.III, H.
date from the Gurkha War of 1814. The Patiala Infantry formed part -:-;-
of Colonel Ochterlony's force, while the cavalry were employed in patrolling At.dmmtstra•
the country at the foot of the h1'll s. Durmg · the 111mu t'my no prmce
· • tve.
tn ·
India rendered more conspicuous service to the British than the M.ahliraja ARMY.
of Patiala. When the news of the outbreak at Meerut reached htm, the War services,·
Maharaja put himself at the head of all his available troops and marched·
the same night to Nasimbli, a village close to AmbUa, at the same time
sendina his elephants, camels and other transport to Kalka for the
Euro~an troops coming down from the hills. From Nasimbll the
tMahan\ja marched to Thanesar, where he left a force of 1,300 men
and 4 guns. Patiala troops helped to restore order in Sirsa, Rohtak
and Hissar. Other detachments were employed at Saharanpur and
]agadhri; while on the revolt of the roth Cavalry at Ferozepore
the Patiala troops pursued them and lost several men in the skirmish
that followed. During ~857 the Patillla contingent consisted of 8 guns,
2,156 horse, and 2,846 foot, with 156 officers. In 1858 a force of
2,ooo men with two guns was sent to Dholpur, and 300 horse and
6oo foot to Gwalior, where they did good service. In February at
the request of the Chief Commissioner a force of 200 horse and
6oo foot (which was afterwards doubled) was sent to Jhajjar to aid
the civil authorities in maintaining order. Two months later the Chief
Commissioner applied for a regiment equipped for service in Oudh. All
the regular troops were already on service, but the Maharaja raised
203 horse and 820 foot. Since the Mutiny the troops of the State have
been offered to the British Government on four occasions. The offer was
refused for Manipur and Chitral, but accepted for Kabul and the Samana. A
horse battery and two regiments of infantry served in the Kabul Campaign.
They were employed in keeping open the lines of communication between Thai
and the Paiwar in the Kurram Valley and proved themselves excellent soldiers,
maintaining an exemplary discipline during the whole period of absence
from their homes. Their services were recognised by the bestowal of the
1<. C. S. I. upon Sardar Dew aSingh and of the C. S. I. upon Bakhshi Ganda .
Singh, Commandant. Further, Maharaja Rajindar Singh was exempted
from the presentation of nazars in Darbar in recognition of the services
rendered on this occasion by the ·State. In the expedition of I 897 on
. the North-West Frontier, Maharaja Rajindar Singh served in person
with General Elles in the Mohmand country, while a regiment of
Irtgerial Service Troops was employed both in the Mohmand and Tirah ex·
pcditions.

Section H.-Police· and Jails.

The tluina has always been the unit of police administration in the Strength of
State, but formerly the tlzanadars possessed judicial powers also. They police.
were mostly illiterate men, and each had an amtn under him to carry on ~abll 41 of Pari
clerica~ work, and to act ~or him generally in ~is; a~sence. Outlying posts, Working of
at a d1stance from a thana, were under szlladars, who were selected police.
from amongst the constables or chormars and ch11uVdars, as they were Tabl1 48 ~ P•rl
then called. Till the reign of Maharaja Karm Singh these tlulna func· B.
tionaries were under the direct orders of the odalatt in all police and
judicial matters. Maharaja Narindar Singh divided the State into four
districts (Narnaul had not yet come into its possession) and placed each
under an officer called naib·i·ad(Uat. The tkanadars now passed under
the immediate control of these officers, and as the clerical work in thart4s
had by this time increased~ an assistant clerk or matlad·muharrir was added
 171.1
PATIALA STAT£. ] Army. [ PART A.
CHAP. Ill, 0. with a fully organised transport. New cantonments with a military
-:-:' t hospital and transport lines have been built. Troopers get Rs. 24 a month
f.e~ams
1
ra· and sepoys Rs. 7· The local army consists of one regiment of cavalry
' and two of infantry. The strength of the army is shown below :-
ARMY.
- --
lmpedal Ser•ice
and Local NUMBER OF ALt. RANKS.
Troops.
..~
til

..
.;,
4>
!,)
1£
0
'd
CORPS. 1£ q,)
t:::
0 I 0
'd ·;;;
~
·e
Ul
...
Ul

·~ I E
0
(.)
r},
:.::
·a"' i c
0
(.)

tl .; ~
::1
1!:
<
)':
E 0 4> 0
t:::
s:: Ill

- --
0
u I z :s < ri
-
(-<
~----- --:-
I Rs •

. rlj!W L'"''"•• ... 24 90 6o1 715 :J,:J2,000

8
·:;
tst R~jindar Sikhs
.
... 15 65 563 643 1,o6,5oo

~ 2nd Infantry ... ... IS 65 563 643 1,10,000

] 1Hospital ... ... ... ... ... ... s,ooo

} f Transport ... ... ... ... ... ... 82,700 516 mule
and p0•
LShare of Head-quarters Staff ... ... •... ... ... 14,100 nies.

- -- -
___ I
_...

Total ... 54 220 1,727 2,001 6,53,300

-- - -- -- --
r2nd Local Cavalry ... 1,46,200

..
17 54 329 400
13rd Local Infantry ... 13 49 438 soo 6s,ooo
... ss,ooo
~rHorse Artillery ...
13 49 438 soo
j •.. s ,, I
105 127 42,000 50 horse.s.
Share o£ Head·quarters Staff ... ... ...
I

I .. ... 14,100
Stores and Hospital . ... ... I
I ... ... 9.400

j
- -- ---
I II
I
I
_....,,I __
Total ... 1,527
48 169 1,310 :J.3$,200 I

-- - - - ---
GRAND TOTAL ... 102 389 3.037 :J.$28 9,88,$00
 173
PATIALA STATE. ] (PART A.
The services rendered to the British Government by the Patiala Army CHAP.III, H.
date from the Gurkha War of I 814. The Patiala Infantry formed part -:-:-
of Colonel Ochterlony's force, while the cavalry were employed in patrolling f.dmm•stra•
the country at the foot of the hills. During the Mutiny no prince in lYe. ·
India rendered more conspicuous service to the British than the Maharaja ARMY.
of Patiala. When the news of the outbreak at Meerut reached him, the War services.·
Maharaja put himself at the head of all his available troops and marched·
the same night to NaslmbH, a village close to AmbAla, at the same time
sending his elephants, camels and other transport to Kalka for the
European troops coming down from the hills. From Nasimbli the
Maharaja marched to Thanesar, where he left a force of I,300 men
and 4 guns. Patiala troops helped to restore order in Sirsa, Rohtak
and Hissar. Other detachments were employed at Saharanpur and
Jag,dhri; while on the revolt of the 1oth Cavalry at Ferozepore
the Patiala troops pursued them and lost several men in the skirmish
that followed. During ~857 the Patiala contingent consisted of 8 guns,
2,156 horse, and 2,846 foot, with 156 officers. In 1858 a force of
2,ooo men with two guns was sent to Dholpur, and 300 horse and
6oo foot to Gwalior, where they did good service. In February at
the request of the Chief Commissioner a force of 200 horse and
6oo foot (which was afterwards doubled) was sent to Jhajjar to aid
the civil authorities in maintaining order. Two months later the Chief
Commissioner applied for a regiment equipped for service in Oudh. All
the regular troops were already on service, but the Maharaja raised
203 horse and 82o foot. Since the Mutiny the troops of the State have
been offered to the British Government on four occasions. The offer was
refused for Manipur and Chitriil, but accepted for Kabul and the Samana. A
horse battery and two regiments of infantry served in the Kabul Campaign.
They were employed in keeping open the lines of communication between Thai
and the Paiwar in the Kurram Valley and proved themselves excellent soldiers,
maintaining an exemplary discipline during the whole period of absence
from their homes. Their services were recognised by the bestowal of the
K. C. S. I. upon Sardar Dewa Singh and of the C. S. I. upon Bakhshi Ganda
Singh, Commandant. Further, Maharaja Rajindar Singh was exempted
from the presentation of nazars in Darbar in recognition of the services
rendered on this occasion by the ·State. In the expedition of I 897 on
the North-West Frontier, Maharaja Rajindar Singh served in person
with General Elles in the Mohmand country, while a regiment of
lrJperial Service Troops was employed both in the Mohmand and Tirah ex·
pdiitions.

Section H.-Police· and Jails.

The tluina has always been the unit of police administration in the Strength of
State, but formerly the tluinadars possessed judicial powers also. They police.
were mostly illiterate men, and each had an amfn under him to carry on iabl• 47 of Pari
clerical. work, and to act ~or him generally in ~is~ a~sence. Outlying posts, Working of
at a d1stance from a thana, were under ulladars, who were selected police.
from amongst the constables or chormars and cltau~{ddrs, as they were Tabl1 48 tl/ P•rl
then called. Till the reign of Maharaja Karm Singh these thana func- B.
tionaries were under the direct orders of the odalati in all police and
judicial matters. Maharaja Narindar Singh div!ded the State into four
districts (Narnaul had not yet come into its possession} and placed each
under an officer called naib·i·adalat. The thanadars now passed under
the immediate control of these officers, and as the clerical work in tltattis
had by this time increased, an assistant clerk or madad·muharrir was added
 1?4
PATIALA StATE. ] PoUce and JaUs. ( PART A.
CHAP.Ili;H. to their establishment. In J86I the office of naib·i·ad&/at was abolished
: - . and that of flasim created instead. At the same time Tahsfldars were
f.~::unistra• given magisterial powers authorised to pass sentences of imprisonment up
• to 3 years, and named tuUb-nast'ms in this, their judicial capacity. The
Pouc1 AND nazims were mad~ .Sessions Judges, and their cou~ts were made. appellate
JAtLs. courts for the decisions of appeals from the findmgs of the nazb-nasims.
Working of In 1870 Maharaja Mohindar Singh found that judicial work was interfering
police. with the Tahsildars' legitimate duties connected with revenue and finance,
and he appointed separate officers· as naib-m[sims to carry on that work.
The thana functionaries were then placed under naz"b·nasims, the nazim
and the hakitn-i·adalat·i-sad,. (commonly called the adalat£) still con4
tinuing to be the chief of them all. This system remained in force till
J882.

In 1882 the Council of Regency organised the police department on

the British model. District Superintendents of Police were appointed at
salaries ranging from Rs. So to Rs. 1 oo a month. The munshis and
sepoys were called sergeants and constables, while inspectors and court
inspectors were appointed in every district. A Police Code was issued,
closely modelled on the Code of Criminal Procedure, and British Indian
Criminal Law became the law of the State. The final step was the appoint·
1886 A.D. ment in Sambat 1942 of an Inspector-General of Police with an adequate
head-quarters staff. Al~ departmental powers, formerly vested in the magis-
rates and nasims,- were then transferred to the Inspector-General and Dis-
trict Superintendents. Many improvements have since been carried out by
Mr. J, P. Warburton, who was appointed Inspector-General of Police by
the .late Maharaja Rajindar Singh. There are at present 36 thanas in
the State as shown below :·- ·
Karmgark nizamat.-Karmgarh (at Dirba), Naraingarh (or ChGharpur),
Samana, Akalgarh (or Munak:), Narwana, Bhawanigarh (or Dhudan) and
Sunam. Also Patiala Kotwali.
Anahadgark n£samat.-BarnAla, Bhikhi, Bhatinda, Bhadaur, Sardul·
garb (or Dodh.il) and Boh8.

Amargarlz nisamat.-Amargarh, Sirhind or Fatehgarh, Khamanon,

Alamgarh (or Kalaur), Chunarthal, Doraha. (or Pail) and Sherpur.

Pinjaur nisamat.-Pinjaur, Rajpura, Ghanaur, Ramgarh or Ghurlm,

(stationed at Bahru), Mardanpur, Lii.lru, Banur, Srinagar, Sanaur, Dharampur
and Kauli.
Mohindaruark nisamat.-Mohindargarh (or Kanaud}, Narnaul, N6ngal
b
Chaudhri and Satna1'1.

There are numerous outposts, those on the !<alka-Simla road .being. the
Outposts. most important. As dacoits from Alwar and }a1pur used to make mcurswns
into Patiala it was found necessary to establish 14 outposts along the
Patiala frontier, in the Mohindargarh nisri.mat. These outposts have, how·
ever, been recently abolished.
Details of the constitution of the police !orce will be f~und in P~rt ~·
Consti tutioo of Youna men of good family are now recrUJted as Probationary D1stnct .
police.
Superintendents, and whenever a vacancy occurs one. of them is selected I
for it. A small force of mounted police bas been orgamsed.
 i75
PATIALA STATE. ] Pollee and 'Jails. [PART A.
The chauHdoA system has also come under revision. Formerly the CHAP.IU H
villages paid their chauktd4rs in grain twice a year. Their pay was varied - • '
and uncertain, and they consequently neglected their duties. Regulations t-dmlnistra•
have now been drawn up, modelled on those of the Punjab, providing tve. ·
among other things that clzauktdars shall receive Rs. 4 a month. PoLtcB AND
, 1AILS..
The Criminal Tribes in the·State, though few in numbers, are kept fek~uMddrlsJs•
under strict supervision; the ~ajo:ity of them are Sansis and Baurias, C '. •
with some Harnls, M(nas and BIIochts. r1mmal Tnbts.

There are two jails in the State-at Patiala and Mohindargarh, and Jails.
six lock-ups-at Narnaul, Anahadgarh, .Karmgarh, Pinjaur, Chail and
Amargarh. The jail at Patiala has accommodation for I,roo prisoners,
that at Mohindargarh for so, while each lock-up holds 40. A new· central
jail is under construction at Patiala. Jail industries (which only exist in
the Patiala jail) include carpets, da1ts, munj matting, paper, blankets and
prison clothes. Litho-printing is also done. The convicts are now
employed in labour in the State gardens, and in the building of the new
jail. Their gross earnings in Sambat rg6o were Rs. 14,243. The 1903 A.D.
jail expenditure is high; the prisoners are confined in two separate
buildings; the warders have guns of an obsolete pattern ; and a large
number of extra warders are employed to guard the convicts at their
work. Hence the number of warders is double what it ought to be .
when the new jail is occupied the establishment will come under reduction:
The diet of prisoners is better than that given in British Jails, as wheat
flour is given to the prisoners in Patiala all the year round. In British jails
however, vegetables and condiments are grown in the jail garden, and j~
Patiala they are bought in the 6asar. The annual expenditure in the central
jail and the average cost per prisoner are shown below:-

Head of charge. Total expendi·

ture, Cost per head.

------~------
Rs. A. p,
...,....
Rs.
__ _
Establishment .. 30,oSJ 0 0
A, P.
33 3 ro
Dietary charges
Hospital charges
- lg,028
2,514
0

0
0

0
21

212
0 4
7
Clothing and bedding 8,948 0 0 9 14 I
Sanitation charges ... sSr 0 0 0 10 3
Miscellaneous services and supplies 11,116 0 0 12 4 6
Travelling allowance ... 77 0 0 0 I 4
Contingencies r,6o1 0 0

___
I 12 4
Ezttaordinary charges 1,467 0 0 I 911
....._

Total
--- 75.413 0 0 83 s 2
 .,6
PATIALA STATE. ] . Edueallon and literacy. ( PART A.
CHAP. nt,l. Section t-Education and Literacy.
Admlnlstra· ====================~-~
The figures in the
tlve. margin show the number
EDUCATION AMD of literates in every 1o,ooo
LITIRACY.
of eath sex according to
Literacy,
!\fates {
under instruction ... ... 38 J424'6 the censuses of 1901 and
1891. Taking the religi·
able to read and write 547
ons separately the follow·
. runder instruction ... u·S
ing are the figures per
Femalest to,ooo of each sex:- '
able to read and write

.. . - -
MuHAMMA· SIKHS.
HINDUS. DANS. OTHERS.

..
r8g1. tgor. r8g1. 1901, 1891. Igor, 18gr. 1901,

1-
I
·- - -- - -
(under instruc· 42 ~ rI 39 r 21
l r 231
Males{
t tion.
table to read 704
I

I ss6 ~
1228
't
I
2076 ~·
1372
~277
I
iL 4,172
l

t 4,143
l and write; J l J l J J
runder instruc· r ·sjl l
t r
•6 ~
I tion. I r·1 so
I
Females1
able to read
l and write,
4'6 t 8 I'
J
~ I~
s ,JI
12'41
l
12'61
J
9'4

l 246
~
J
1,323

l
.... -·
-
I NUMBER ABLE The mar•
TO READ AND
Number of
Total number males in
Caste or tribe. of caste or
WRITE.
column 3 ginal tab 1e
tribe. who know
English. shows the
Males. Females.

---
-
-;-,---;- -- -
---- -
I 4 5
actual numd .r

Adfn ...
Arora-
Brahman I
-
.....-
47,022
2,3g6
91,465 8,083
302
361 ~2
46
6 6
I4
86
of literates in
selected
Banii".
Jat ...
Khatr{
..... 8o,767
484,73I
I8,J38
17.917
5.398
4,2g6
52
99
31
51
34
66 castes.
Pat han ... 368 8 I5
Rijput ... 7,9171
65,296 942 28 I4

--
Sayy:id 88,6651 937 38 I2
Sha1kh 231 1JI 1,016 39 3

The census returns of 1901 show that of the total population 38,097
w~re literate, but of that number only 86o were females. The agricultural
population in general does not regard education favourably. At the census
of 1891, 3,410 persons in the whole State were returned as under instruction
and in 1901 the educational returns showed 6,o58 pupils, to which
should be added 1,654 scholars in private and village schools, making a
total of 7,712,
 177
PATIALA STATE. j Education 6-r.tl Literacy. ( PART A.

Before the reign of Mahiiraja Narindar Singh there was no system of CHAP.III, I~
State-controlled education in Pati<lla, though private schools are said to .
have been numerous in the capital, and in these Persian, Arabic, Sanskrit ~dmlmstra.c
and Gurmukhi were taught. The first State school was opened in Patiala ve.
itself in 186o A.D. and in this the three classical languages mentioned EoucATioN AND
above were taught. In 1862 the scope of the school was enlarged and LrTERAcv.
provision was made for teaching English and Mathematics, but Persian Education.
remained the most popular study. This school was under the control History.
of Lala Kulwant R.ii, the Financial Minister, who was thus the
pioneer of education in the State. Mah3raja Mohindar Singh in 187o,
lhe first year of his reign, created a regularly organised Educational
Department, under a Director assisted by an Inspector. The first
Director was the well known Mathematician Professor Ram Chandar,
formerly tutor to the 1\fah~raja. The school at Patiala was liberally
equipped and made the central school. A Managing Committee, con•
sisting of all the principal officials, was · also appointed to promote the
spread of education. The teachers in the indigenous schools in the
town of Patiala were taken into the service of the State, Persian re·
maining the only subject of instruction, and their maktabs became State
schools, while existing schools were similarly taken over or new schools
established at the towns of Sanaur, Samana, Pail, Bhatinda, Basi, Sri·
nagar, Pinjaur, Narnaul, Sunam, Narwana, Banur, Hadiiiya, Kanaud, Atnar-
garh, Mansurpur, Barnala, Talwandi, Munak and Sirhind. The total num-
ber of scholars was 1,700, of whom 400 were in the Patiala College, and
Rs 17,370 were expended annually on the maintenance of the schools.
Soon after this in 1928 Sambat two Deputy Inspectors were appointed and A.D,J87'•
in the following year a third was sanctioned for the supervision of A.D. ~872.
the schools in the capital and in the tahsil of Patiala. The Maharaja 1
raised the State grant for education to Rs. 6o,ooo a year, and this left
a surplus. It was invested in Government Promissory Notes and the interest
placed at the disposal of the Educational Department. In 1872 the Patiala
College was affiliated to the Calcutta University and boys were first prepared
for its Entrance Examination in 1875. In 1874 the Oriental Section was
affiliated to the Punjab University and Maulvi and Prag classes opened
under the newly inaugurated University system, and since 1876 it has
figured in the list of successful institutions of the Punjab, its students having
competed successfully in the examinations of the Punjab University. The
success of the school having made it desirable to provide for higher edu·
cajon, a First Arts Class was opened in 188o and a B. A. Class in
1EM. In 1930 Sambat a Roorkee Class was opened and systematic instruc· A.D. 1s13o
tion given to boys for admission into the Overseer and Sub-Overseer
Classes. This Class still exists and has proved a success. · The want
of a proper building was, however, a serious drawback to the success
of the State's effort in the cause of education.· In 1876 a suitable
site was selected at the desire of the Maharaja, and when Lord North·
brook visited Patiala he laid the foundation stone of 1\fohindar College.
IIis Excellency also established a gold medal i'n memory of his visit,
~laharaja Mohindar Singh not only endeavoured to extend education
within the State, but evinced much generosity in making .several handsome
donations to various educational institutions in British India, irrespective
of creed and caste. The chi~£ of these were ma~e to the Punjab U~iversity,
the Muhammadan Anglo·Onental College at Ahgarh, and the Delh1 Zenana
Teachers' Home, the Lawrence Military Asylum at Samiwar, the Mayo
Orphanage at Simla, and the Mohindra Ul Sarkar's Science Association at
Calcutta. In addition to the above endowments His Highness gare a sum of
 178
PATIALA STATE. ] Schools. [ PART A;
CHA.P.11t, 1. Rs. 23,568, in small subscriptions, to various associations, a portion of which
ad t was allotted to educational ones, irrespective of any distinctions of creed,
"' m1n1s ra- caste or colour
Uv~ ·
EoucArtoN AND The Educational Department of the State. is now administered
LITBRAcv. on the system introduced by Dr. Sime in 1889. The Director
Education. of Public Instruction is also Inspector-General of the State Schools and
in that capacity he visits each school at least once a year. The direct
Sam bat 1g46, responsibility. for the supervision of the schools vests however in the
Inspectors, who are required to visit each school at least twice a year.
There are two Inspectors, the senior being in charge of the Patial{
Circle, which comprises the ni1amats of Amargarh and Pinjaur,
with the Patiala tahsil of Karmgarh, and the junior having charge
of the Barniila Circle, which comprises Amihadgarh and Mohindar-
garh flizamats, with the three remaining tahs!ls of Karmgarh.
The Patiala Circle has 58 schools, . as detailed in the margin, with
Schools in 1902, CtRCLtt. 3,138 pupils~ 2,8o6 boys and 332
,---.A.--'"" girls. Its expenditure amounted
Patidla, Barndla. in 1902 toRs. 26,538 and its in-
Middle ... 7 9 (Anglo-Verna. come from fees toRs. 1,610. The
cular 6 and
VernacularJ). Barnala Circle has ,48 schools,
Primary." 40 JO with 2,483 pupils, 2,381 boys and
High 1 ... Anglo·Ver- 2 a Anglo-Verna- 102 girls. Its expenditure amount·
·
Girls' _
nacular ·
9 7
cular.
ed in 1902 to· Rs. 20,712 an d 1ts
·
income from fees to Rs. I,' 50.
Total 58 48

The following 18 schools are located in school buildings:-·

Srinagar, R~jpura, Banur, Sirhind, Nandpur-

Patiala Circle ••• Kalaur, Ghuruan, Pail, Ghanauri Kalan,
{
Chan:irthal.

Mohindargarh, Narnaul, Nanga! Chaudhri,

Barnala Circle ... Bhfkhi, Samana, Dirba, Narwana,
{ Kalait, Mansarpur.
The following 12 are located_ in forts and other State b";·ld·
ings:- \
Patiala Circle {Sanaur, Bahadurgarh, Pinjaur, Ghanaur,
... Basi, Doraba, Amargarh, Sherpur.
Barnala Cir~le ,,.. Barnila, Hadiaya, Karmgarh, MU.nak.
The rest .are in hired buildings.·

Ex'sting The buildings of the Mohindar College have already been describ·
institutions ! ed. The staff consists of no less than 41 masters and officials,
The 1\lohiodar ot whom 4 belong to the College Vepartment, 12 to the Anglo-
College.
Vernacular High School, 8 to the Vernacular High School, 4 to the
Persian, 2 to the Arabic, 6 to the Sanskrit and 2 to the Gurmukhi

1 The High Schoolt are at F1tiala ~lerming part of the Mohindar Colle~~), riil, Bhatind&
and Mohindlrg~rh, ·•
 179
PATIALA STATE. ) Schools. (PART A.

Section, with a librarian, a gymnastic instructor and a clerk. Of the CHAP.Ill,l.

College staff all are graduates, and of the Anglo-Vernacular High School
teachers 4 are now experienced graduates. 'J.he College is maintained f.d:lnlstra-
entirely by the State, only nominal fees being levied from the students. IV •
Prizes and scholarships to the value of Rs. 2,211 are awarded annually. Two EoucArtoN AND
gold medals are also given by the State,-one, the Northbrook, to the first LunAcY.
student in the English Department of the College, and the other to the first Edue1tion.
in the Oriental Department. In the latter department poor students are The Mobinda(
supported by stipends. The. total number of students is 324, of. whom 120 College.
are non-Brahma.nical Hindus, 6o Brahmans, 70 Muhammadans and 3 Native
'Christians. There are only 41 boarders in the boarding-house, which is
controlled by a Resident Superintendent, the Principal of the College being
ultimately responsible for its good management. Free medical attend·
ance is also given to the boarders, the Civil Surgeon receiving an
· allowance of Rs. IS per mensem
1. College proper ... ... 9~;~4 for this duty. No fees used
2 •. Oriental Section·- • Rs to be charged, but annas U a
(a) Arabic 840) month are now to be levied from
(b) Sanskrit 1·3°8 )4152 each student to meet the mainte·
lc) Persian 1,584 '
(d Gurmukhf ... 420 nance charges. The total cost of
3· A.• v. High School ... 7,116 the College is Rs. 23,466 a year
•· V. Hi.l!h :::.chool ... ••• 2 •274 distributed as shown in the margin.
In ; go2 there were 78 1 indigenous schools in the State as against 129 Jndigenou•
in 18gr, with 1,305 scholars in 1902 as against 1,629 in 1891. They education.
include (a) 16 patlzshalas, (b) 17 chatsM,tas, (c) 13 dlzarmshalas and (d) 32
m:dt11bs.
In 1902 the 16 pathsha!O.s were attended by go boys. Their education is Patli•hdl4t,
religious and Brahman boys especially resort to them to learn padhcti, 'priestly
lore,' and 'jotish,' astrology. The students are called vidiarthts and
generally live by begging. Tney receive lessons from their teachers early
in the morning and again in the afternoon, and are fir~t taught the Sighra·
hodlz, Horaclukkar, Biwah padkatt, Sanskctr padhati and other similar
books relating to Hindu ceremonial and rites: then they are taught vaya·
kartt, or Sansk& it grammar, by heart. The voyakarn books taught are the
SJ.rsut and Clzandraka, and these are first learnt by rote (path = reading
without comprehension) and then the arth or meaning is explained. One
book at a time is taught, another only being begun when the first has been
r.hstered. Though this system improves the memory it has a deteriorating
e~e:t on the intelligence and judgment. Such education is imparted to
vtduf.rthis in all the towns and most of the villages, but in Patiala itself
an_d in a few vilhges higher subjects, such as voyakarn,.. ' grammar:
1uyae, 'logic.' iotish, 'astrology,' JJedant, ' theology,' and Hindu law are
taught. Higher education is, chiefly imparted at the great religiou-;
centres, such as the Kurukshetra and Kashi. At these places the Git.i,
Bh~gwat, Mahabhlirat, Ramayan, Vedas, Siddhant Sharoma..ni, Siddha~;~t
Kaumudi, books on the Purans, mythology, k!tatdarsh1.n, the six schoQ!s
of philosophy, and Hindu law are taught. The Brahman who ont~ knows
enough to perform religious rites and ceremonies is called a #dh&..
(Sanskrit opddhi'ycf); one who is well up in Sanskrit is called pa.ndit:
and one who knows astrology is called a jotslzi. These tea~hers receive
no remuneration from their vidiarthis and depend for their livelihood on
their jajma,s or on presents given them for reciting kathas from the
Bh~gwat or Rimayan.

1
~his number is below the mark i there are~ good ll.1oll.liJ1 indigenoil.IOGJrm~hi aad MaMiaa.
1~ho~ls 1n lhe State lh•l have not been returned, ·
 180

PATIALA STATE. 1 -Indigenous Sc!no!s. [ PART A.

CHAP. Ill, I. ChatrhaUs are Mah4jan£ reading schools where pMha'rteach Lande and
Ad 'nistra- accounts to ~Iahajan (shopkeeper) boys generally. The 17 chatJ!uUas in
tiv~
1
the S.tate have 368 boys, who are first taught the chhot£ and bar£ Mrak]tar£
or s1dhon, the Lande alphabet, which thev write on the ground with their
~oucArioN AND fingers. Figures are next taught and then the kotlze or 1 tables' up to 40,
lTIIRACY, paua {!), ad/uj U), pauna {!), swaya {~t), dudha (q), dlzaya (zi), hunt'ht£
Education. (3l), dh~uncha (4~), etc;, up to gi are .taught. T~en tbe gttyatt"r!:n (table
Chatshal&s: of I I times) and hawan (table of 21 times} are learnt by heart. The bt"kat
Land~ or Sarrtffi (multiplication of I!! I l,. 21, etc 1 by one another) is also taught. These
sch()ols, tables help the boys m the1r trade in after-life. Every day three boys, who
are well up in the tables, stand at one end and three others at the other'
end of the class and recite them, while the rest sit and in a rhythmical tone
repeat them step by step after the six boys~ ·When a boy has learnt to
write the aiP.habet and figures on the ground ana to recite all the tables,
he begins to write the alphabet and figures on a takhtt, a small wooden
board plastered over with black, pandu or white clay and water being
used for ink. After some practice they· plaster the taklzt£ with gajr.i,
and write on it with black country ink. On the ta kht£ ~he four
first .rules of ~rithmetic, interest and the method of keeping accounts·are
taught. Afterwards essential arithmetic and gurs, or formula:!, are taught
to make the boy skilful in Hindi accounts. An intelligent lad finishes this
course in two months and boys of ordinary capacity in six:. The boys take
two pice, a ser of flour and a quarter of a se,. of raw sugar .with them when
they begin their studies. The sugar is distributed among the pupils, and
the flour and pice given to the teacher. Every pupil pays one or two pice
and half a ser of grain to the prJdhd every Sunday. The padha is generally
paid on the contract system, receiving a fixed sum on the completion of a
certain course of special instruction, e.g, one rupee is paid after finishing
the tables, one on beginning to' write on the t akhti, and one ·after l:arning
the rates, etc, The majority of the pupils leave school after learmng t~1e
tables, but a few learn mental arithmetic and book-keeping and to wnte
out bills and drafts. A festival (the ChrJ,m Chikri) is held on the 4th
day of the moon in the lunar month of Bhado,n, at which the pad~a
accompanied by his pupils goes to the house of each and the parents give h1m
a rupee and some clothing, with sweets to the boys. Food is also
given to the padha on festivals, and on his marriage the pupil pays hir_n a
rupee. Hindu shopkeepers are very quick in mental arithmetic and pract1cal
accounts, ·and even educated mathematicians cannot compete with them t'n
mental activity. .
Dht~ramsh&/Js; Gurmukhi schools are generally located in dlzaramshalas. In 1902 the
13 dharamshatas contained 56 boys. BhrUs or sadhus are the teachers
in these schools. The alphabet or paint£ -the 35 letters-is generally taught
on the ground, and the maharni written in pfmdu ink on a takht£ plaste:ed
with black. This maharni is not a recitation of tables, but a compoundmg
of consonants with vowels, st1ch as sa mukta, sa kanna, si siarf, si biharf,
s1i ankar, s4 dalankar, se tawan, sal doUya"l, so ha~ra, sau kanattra, sant,
tippt, san hindi.· Maharni is written as well as re::1ted Of the Gur~ukh1
books the Balopdesh is taught first, then the Panjgranthi, D~sgranth1 an~
Guru Granth Sahib. Boys are also taucrht to wnte Hters m Gurmukh1,
In the Jangal tract the people have !:)a strong predile.ction. for Ir:arni~g
Gurmukhi, and the schools for teaching it are rap1dly wcreasmJ m
numbers.
The mllktah is the vernacular Persian or Arabic school. The 32
mdt.Jbs in the State contain 79' boys. There are two kinds. of ~chools,­
the one where only the Quran is learnt, the ofher where Arab1c 15 taught
 181

PATIALA STATE. ] literature. [PART A.

In the Quran schools the Qaida Bagdadi or Arabic primer is taught first, then CHAP.lll, 1.
the 3oth sipara or am-ka-sipara, and then the.Quran is learnt by rote .. One . .
who can recite the Quran by heart is called Hafiz, and is looked up to with f,dmm1stra..
respect by Muhammadans. There are two schools, at Sunam and Narnaul, Ive. ·
where Arabic is actually taught. In these schools the Bagdad! Qaida and EoucATIOM AND
Al·Quran are taught first and then_the Mizin-us-sarf, Sarf Mir, Nahav 1\Hr, LITERAcY,
Qifia, Shafia, Hadis, &c. Persian is taught in Persian schools in which the Maktds.
vernacular Qaida, and vernacular re~ders, 1st and 2nd Persian readers, the
Amadnama, Khaliqbari, Karima, Dast6r Sibian, Gulistan, Bostan, Insha
Dilkusha, lnshi- Khallfa, Mlna Bazar, Seh-nasar Zahuri, Sikandarmima,
Ahulfazal and the lkhlaq Jalali are taught. In these schools boys read
aloud, shaking their heads backwards and forwards meanwhile. A
,.,,k11l or wooden bookstand is used in reading the Quran and Gurmukhi
books. '
Artisans' boys, such as blacksmiths, carpenters, goldsmiths, tailors, etc., Education of
are taught by skilled artisans, who are presented with a rupe~ and some artisans,
sweets by their apprentices.
Female education is generally looked upon with disfavour through- Female educa.
out the State. Girls learn kashida and other needle work, i.e., embroidery, tion •..
sewing, making gloves, hosiery and trouser-strings, etc., at home from other
women. They also learn cooking and other household duties at home
from their mqthers and relations. Women are taught only Gurmukhi,
Nagri, Sanskrit, or Arabic according to their religion. Only religious
books are generally taught to the girls. In Patiala. town some Hindu
widows teach girls and women the Gita, Ramayan and Bishnusahasar-
nam.
As regards literature, Patiala is not far behind most of the other towns Literature.
of the Punjab, and some of its authors have produced standard works. The
Khalifa brothers have taken the lead in this direction. The late Wazlr-ud·
daula, Mudabbar-ul-Mulk, Khalifa Muhammad Hassan, C.I.E., Prime
Minister of Patiala, was the author of the Aijhut·Tanzil and the Tarikh-i-
Patiala. The former work is designed to prove the superiority of Islam
over other religions and is greatly esteemed by the Muhammadan communi-
ty in India, and the latter is the standard work in Urdu on Patiata History.
The 11ashlr-ud-Daula, Mumbh-ul-Mulk, the Hon'ble Khalifa Muhammad
· Ht•jsain, Khan Bahadur, Member of the Council of Regency, has tran-
slakd the 1 Rajas of the Punjab'· and Bernier's Travels into Urdu.
Sardar Gurmukh Singh, Sardar Bahadur, President of the Council of
Recrency, is the author of the Nanak Parkash, an interesting and instructive
b o~k on Sikhism. Bhai Gyini Singh is the author of the 1 Tarikh-i-
Khalsa' and the 1 Panth Parkash' in Punjabi, both highly esteemed
in the Punjab. The author has treated Sikh history exhaustively.
Another Punjab! writer is Bhii Tara Singh, who has written a Kosh
or vocabulp.ry of words and. phrases in the Adi Granth, with explana~
tions, a work greatly admired by students of the Sikh religion. He
has also written several other treatises on Sikhism. The late Mr. M. N.
Chatterjee, Professor of the Mohindar College, was the author of a
poetical work, the "Morning Star," and his "Logic and Philosophy" are
used extensively by students of Metaphysics, Logic and Psychology. The
late ~faster Chhutti Ul, Director of Public Instruction in the State, translated
/Esop's Fables into Urdu, and the work is used as a text-book in the
Upper Primary. classes of th~ State s;hools. The late Professor Ram
Chandra, also Director of Pubhc InstructiOn, brought out a unique Mathe-
matical work on Maxima and MinimaJ which is highly spoken of by.
 182

PATIALA. STATE. ] Medica/. [ PART A.

CHAP.Ill, J. advanced students of Mathematics throughout Europe and America. The
Admin'stra late Sardar Part~p Singh, Financial Minister of the State, edited a Geor
tlve. 1 .. graphy of Patiala which supplied a want keenly felt in the State. Pandit
EnucArroN ANn Ganes~i Ul com~osed books o~ the Geography of PatiiHa and on Algebra.
LtriiRACY, Munsh1 Ganda Ram, Mathematical Teacher, has composed two works in Urdu
on Algebra and Natural Philosophy. ~andit Muni Ul has composed some
Literature. books on moral and religious reform. As Senior Inspector of Schools and
Officiating Director of Public Instr~ction Pandit Ram Sin'l'h, Sharma,
wrote the 'Asul·i-Talim' (Principles of Training), which was 1:3greatly ap·
preciated by educational experts in the Punjab and United Provinces, and
the General Text-Book Committee, Punjab, approved of it for the librai
ries of High ~chools and Training Institutions. The 1 Patiala Akhbar '
was started in 1872 by Munshi Newal Kishor with the sanction of the
St~te, ~ince 1895 thi~ paper has bee~. under the ma~agement of Sayyid
RaJah Ah Shih, propnetor of the R4)1ndar Press, Patuila. The English
and Vernacular newspapers of the Punjab and United Provinces are usually
read by the educated people of the State.

Section J.-Medical.
Supervision. A regular Medical Department was organised by Maharaja Mobindar
Singh in 1873 and placed under Surgeon-Major C. M. Calthrop, the first
Medical Adviser to the State, who also had charge of the vaccination work.
The Medical and Sanitary institutions and establishments of the Patiala
State are under the direction of a Medical Adviser, who is an officer
of the Indian Medical Service, lent py the British Government .
Establishment.
.
The Medical Staff consists of (1) an Assistant Surgeon lent by the
Government of the Punjab who holds charge of the· Rljindar Hospital and
is also Civil Surgeon of Pati:Ua, (2) nine Assistant Surgeons engaged direct-
ly by the State, (3) twenty-seven Hospital Assistants ; and besides these a
Medical Lady Superintendent in charge of the Dufferin Hospital with two
qualified Female Medical Assistants.
lnstitutio~1. The institutions consist of the Rijindar, Dufferin, imperial Service
Dispensaries.
Tablt 53 1 Pari Troops and Jail Hospitals, and City Branch, Poor-house, Local Troops
B. and Police out-patient dispensaries at Pati4la. There are outlying
dispensaries in charge of Assistant Surgeons at Basi, Bhatinda, Narnaul,
Barn.lla, Rajpura an~ Sunil~, t~e three former havi.ng in·p~tient accomr(o·
dation. There are dtspensanes m charge of Hospttal Asststants at Ban\r,
PJ.il Dhuri, Bhawanigarh, Narwana, Samana, Munak, Haryau, Bhikhf,
1\lohindaraarh, Sirhind, Pinjaur and Srinagar, the last only having in-patient
accommodation. There are also three dispensaries at Bilad, Ladda and
Tal wandi in charge o{ Hospital Assistants in connection with the Irrigation
Department. In 190~ t~e Hendley Female Disr:nsary was opened at
Patiala by Sir BenJamm Frankhn, K c.t.E., Dtrector-General of Hos·
pitals in India, at the request of the Co~nc.il of Regency. It is situated
near the Sanauri Gate of the town, and 1s m charge of a Eumpean lady
doctor.
~pecial institu· The Rajindar Hospital is a handsome, .wellrequipped. building, with
tions. s6 beds, built in the time ofthe second Counctl of Regency m 1877 .. It was
formally opened in January 1883. A .~horo~~hly mo~ern operatiOn roo.m
was added to the building by Mah~ra1a Ra.Jmdar ~tn~h. The. Duffenn
Hospital close by the Rajindar Hosp1~al was ats~ bu1lt m ~he; bme of the
second Council of Regency, the foundalton stone havm~ been la1d m November
_JSS~ a~d the building opened in October 1890. h •s well secludej from
 183
PATIALA STATE. ] Medical •. [ PART A.

observation near one of the town jtates, and thus adapted for the treatm~nt CHAP. Ill, J,
of females ~f the better classes. The Military Hospital, in the lmpenal Ad .. t
Service Troops lines, is built o~ the pan l of S1m1 1 ut'1~ns ·m. Bn't'.'sh
· il a~, ·m~ t't mm1s ra-
tive.
India. The other medical work m and around Pabala 1s earned on m bmld-
ings ill-adapted to their purpose, a?d this is al~o ~he case at Basi, Sunam, Mao•cAL.
Narnaul, Pail, Haryau, Narwana ~nd ~·rhmd .. l!nder the pre~ent ~pecial iostitu•
Council much has been done to prov1de suttable bmldmgs for the vanous ttoos.
hospitals and dispensaries. ·
·
The Samtary Department ·me1udes the conservancy'- of p at''l
ta. a an d Sanitary
ment, Depart•
the towns shown in the margm, the
R~jpura. Bhatinda. vaccination, and the registration of
~:~tr" ~~:~'ln rgarh.
1
births and deaths in the State. There
Sirhind. ~amana. is a Superintendent at Patiala in charge
Dhurf. Sun4m. . of conservancy throughout the State
Barn~la. N~rnaul. under the Medical Adviser, and his
duties include all those which in British territory come under the control
of a Municipal Committee.

The vaccination and registration of births and deaths estab- Vaccination.

lishment is under an Inspector of Registration and Vaccination (who is an ~able 54 of Part
Assistant Surgeon), a Supervisor of Vaccination, and 30 Vaccinators. '
Vaccination is entirely voluntary and is fairly generally accepted in
every nisamat. The people of the town of Patia!a are, however, somewhat
adverse to it, and the introduction of a compulsory Act to deal with this
serious condition of things has been often proposed, but no action has as
yet been taken in this direction.
As in the Punjab, the registration of births and deaths is now Reg.istration
carried on by the village chauklddrs; previously to 1901 it was effected :i!!1~!hs and
through the tahslls by the State patwaris. This system was never satis- '
factory and up to 1901 no dependence can be placed on the vital statistics
as submitted by the Department. The hope that the new system would be
an improvement on the other hand has not yet been fulfilled, but it is .too early
as yet to give a definite opinion on this new departure.

In connection with the Rajindar Hospital is a 3rd Class Meteorologi- Meteerological

cal Station from which reports are sent monthly to the Government of Department,
India. The observations are taken by a Hospital Assistant who has h.ad
cr.11siderable experience in this work.
At Patiala near the Moti Bagh there is an asylum called the Ram Leper Asylum,
B~ra which supports 16 lepers and 13 blind paupers. It was founded in
Sambat 1883 by Maharaja Karm Singh at the suggestion of Bhai Ram
Singh, a h.oly man,, who devoted his .substance to the reli~ of poverty and
even adm1tted cnppled cows to th1s asylum. MaharaJa Karm Singh
granted him a village in jag[r and his descendants carried on the work
and called themselves maltants. The expenditure is about Rs. 1,2oo
annually.
The institution now known as the Victoria Poor·house was started in The Victoria
the famine of Sambat 1956, and was at first called the Poor-house. It was Poor•houae.
managed by competent State officials and afforded extensive relief to the
famine-stricken people, and a full account of it will be found in Section H page
136. When the famine was over, some .of its inmates who h~d no
homes and means of subsistence were unable to leave it, and were,
therefore, kept, fed and looked after. The Poor·house, moreover, continued
 t84
PATIALA STATE. ] Medical. [ PART A.
Cf-IAP. Ill, J, to admit fresh inmates, and so it was proposed by Leila Bhagwan Das, Member
-.- of the Council of Regency, that a permanent Poor-house should be
f.dmmlsha- established in memory of Her late Majesty the Empress, and at a meeting of
rve. the Central Victoria Memorial Committee held on January 1st, tgor, presided
Ma:orc.u.. over by Kanwar Sir Ranblr Singh, K.c.s.l, it was decided to establish
The Victoria this institution. Rs. 70,000 were subscribed and are being spent on a large
Poor·house. building for its inmates, who number over too. The Darbar also allotted ·
Rs. sao per mensem for food and other expenses. The average number fed
is about I 15 daily. The institution is in charge of a Hospital Assistant,
who is also the Superintendent, a compounder; a store-keeper, two
peons, two cooks, a teacher, two chaukiddrs, two kanars, a sweeper, (
barber, a dhobi, and a carpenter to teach the orphans. The last named
is paid Rs. 12 by the Medical Adviser from his own pocket. One of
the liahars grows vegetable in the compound for the u·se of the inmates.
The health of the inmates is generally good. They are· fed twice a day,
at 8 A M. and 6 P.M., on bread, dal and vegetables, the sick being given rice
and milk also. The cost of food alone amounts toRs. 2 per head monthly.
Such as are capable of working are required to twist ropes for the repairs
of their charpats, to make up packets of quinine for sale through the Post
Offices or some other light work. Orphan girls are taught spinning and~
boys carpentry. No pauper or orphan is admitted into the Poor-house
without the order of the Medlcal Adviser and Ula Bhagwan Das, who
supervises the working of the institution. The building under construction
is to be called the Victoria Poor-house Its foundation stone was laid by
the Hon'ble the Lieutenant-Governor at the Dusera in 1905.
 CHAPTER IV.-PLACES OF INTEREST.
~~-
AMARGARH NIZAMAT,
The Amargarh nizamat lies between 75° 39'. and 76° 42' E. and CH~ IV.
30° sg' and 30° 17' N., with an ar~a of 875 squ~re m!les. It has~ popuJa.. Places of
tio!l (a got) of 365,448 souls as agamst 36r,6ro m 18gx,a~d contam~ three interest.
towns, BAst, its head-quarters, PAIL, a.nd SIRHIND, w1th 605 viila~es.
The land reven~e with cesses ~~ounted 1~ 1903·04 to ~s. g,I2,~39· I he ~i~;:;;:.b
nizamat compnses several d1stmct portions of Pabala terr!tor~ and
is divided into three tahsils. Of these the first, Fatehgarh, hes m the
north·east of the State round the old Mughal provincial capital of Sirhind,
and the second, that of Sahibgarh or Pail, forms a wedge of territory in
the British District of Ludhiltna. The third tahsil, Amargarh, lies so1,1th
of Pail between the State of Maler Kotla on the west and the territory
of Nabha on the east. This tahsil lies in the Jangal, the other two lying
in the Pawadh.
AMARGARH TAHSIL.
Amargarh is the south-western tahsil of the Amargarh m'zamal, lying
between 75° 39' and 76° 12' E. and 30° 17' and 30° 37' N., with an area
of 311 square miles. It has a population (rgot) of 123,468 souls as
against 118,329 in 18g1, and contains r6I villages. Its head-quarters
are at Dhuri, tbe junction of the Rajpura-Bhatinda and Ludhiana·
Jakhal Railways. Its land revenue with cesses amounted in 1903-04 to
Rs. 3>37,985.
ANAHADGARH NI~AMAT.
The Anahadgarh tdzamat lies between 74° 41' and 75° so' E. and
30° 34' and 29° 33' N., with an area of 1,496 square miles. It has a
population (1901) of 377,367 souls as against 347,395 in 1891, and contains
four towns, GOVINDGARH, BHADAUR, BARN ALA or Anahadgarh, its head..
quarters, and HADIAYA, with 454 villages. The nizamat which is
interspersed with detached pieces of British territory, of which the
principal is the Mahraj parKtma of the Ferozepore District, forms the
western portion of the State. It lies wholly in the Jangal tract, and is
divided into three tahsi!s, ANAHADGARH, GOVINDGARH and BHIKHI,
The land revenue with cesses amounted in 1903-04 to Rs. 7,221925.
.' At-;AHADGARH TAHSIL.
The Anahadgarh or Barnala tahsil is the head-quarters tahsil of' the
Anahadgarh nizamat lying between 75° 14' and 75° 44' E. and 30° g' and
30° 34' N., with an area of 320 square miles. It has a population (rgor)
of 105,989 souls as against 104,449 in 18g1, and contains the three
towns of BARNALA or Anahadgarh, its head·quarters, HADIAYA and
BHADAUR, with 86 villages. Its land revenue with cesses amounted in
1903·04 toRs. 1,77,488.
BAHADURGARH.
The fort Bahadurgarh is situated 4 miles to the no~th•east of
Patiala in the Patiala tahsil of the KarmO'arh nizamat, and is connected
\~·ith Patiala ~y a metalled road. The village Saif.ibad in which the fort is
s1tuated took tts name from Nawab Saif Khan, brother of Nawab Fidai
Khan, w~o found:d it i~ th~ time of the Emperor Aurangzeb. The date
of foundmg the v1llage 1s g1ven by Shekh Nasir Ali·1 Sirhindl, a famous
 I So
PATIALA STATE,] Banul' Town. [PART A~

CH~P. IV. poet of that age, in an inscription on the inner gate of the fort, as " Aba.d
Namud Saif Khin SaiU.bad" (Saif Khan founded Saifabad), which accordina
Places of to the ibjad calculation comes to 1067 A. H. or 1658 A.D. This villag~
interest. as well as certain other neighbouring villages. was in the possession of the
B ab£durgar h. descendants of Saif Khan until the time of Maharaja Amar Singh, who at
the suggestion of Raja Kfrat Park4sh of Nahan captured and annexed the
villages to his own territory, granting the village of Chhoti Rasulpur to the
. descendants of Saif Khan as jag1r, which they hold to the present day.
The mosque in front of the palace was built by Saif Khan in 1071
A.H. or 1668 A.D. as the following inscription on the doorway of the
mosque denotes (according to the afJjad calculation ) :-11 Banie .h,1 ~asjid (
amad Saif Khan II (Saif Khan is the founder of this mosque) .
.The foundation of the present pakM fort was laid in 1837 by
MahArAja Karm Singh, and it was completed in 8 years at a cost of
Rs. Jo,oo,ooo. This strong fort is surrounded by two circular walls or
ramparts, .the outer wall being 1 I o feet apart from the inner one. The
outer wall which is 29 feet high is surrounded by a pakM ditch 25 feet
deep and 58 feet wide. The circumference of the fort is 6,8go feet
or 1 mile 536 yards and 2 feet. Maharaja Karm Singh gave the fort its
present name in commemoration of the sacred memory of Guru Teg Bahadur
who paid a visit to the place in the time of Saif Khan, and who, it is said,
prophesied the rising up of a fort here at some future date. The officer in
charge of the fort is called Qz'ladrf.r. The Maharaja also built a gurdwdra
in front of the fort in memory of the great Guru, which stands to the
present day. A village has been given in muafi to this gurdwara for its
maintenance. A fair is held annually at this place on the tst day of
Baisakh-the Bais4khi-the new year's day of the Hindus. Close to the
gurdwara is a tank which not only adds to its beauty, but is useful to the
public. The village Bah.idurgarh has. besides, a few fine buildings and
a garden. It has also a Primary ~c?ool. Outside the f~rt lies the ,tomb of
Saif KMn, the founder of the vtllage. The populatiOn of Bahadurgarh
according to the census of 1901 is 8g3, and consists chif!fly of peasants and
artizans,
BANUR TAHSIL.
Banur is the north·eastern tahsil of the Pinjaur nizamat, lying between
76° 40' and 7t' E. and 30° 23' and 30° 39' N., with an area of 124 squar~
miles, It has a population (1901) of 56,674 souls as against 6o,185 i\
1891, and contains the town of BANUR, its head-quarters, with 135 villages.
Its land revenue with cesses amounted in 1903-04 to Rs. 1,70.497·

BANUR Tow~.

Banur is the head-quarters town of the Banur tahsil of the Piojaur

nizam11l, lying 9 miles north-east of Rajpura, in 76° 47' E. and 30° 34' N.
Population (1901) s,~IO as against 6,6]1 in J88~, a decrease du.e to its
distance from the ratlway and an unhealthy chmate. The rums that ,
surround it testify to its former importance : its ancient name is said
to have been Pushpi or Popa Nagrl or Pushpawatf, " the city of
flowers," where l\Hidhwa1 Nal and Kam Kandla dwelt, and it was
once famous for the scent distilled from its clzambel£ gardens, an industry
which has all but disappeared. First mentioned in Babar's Memoirs it

Lov~n aad heroes of the drama of the same OJme who flourished during the reign of
Vikram4dittya (Madhwa Nal-K4m Kandla ndta.f published in Bombay: and man~&Script
Gurmukbl book by Budb Singh of Banur).
 187
PATIALA STATE,) Basi. [PART A.
became a mahal o£ the government of Sirhind under Akbar. Banda CHAP. IV.
Bain\gi looted Banur on the 27th cf Baisakh, Sambat 1765 {1708 A D.). -
As the inhabitants of the town surrendered themselves, so they were saved r~:;..~of
general slaughter.' It was wrested from the Mughal empire by the n •
!:iinghpuria. Sikhs and Amar Singh, Maharaja of Patia.la, after the. fall of Banur Town.
Sirhind in 1763, and eventually came into the exclustve possess10n of
Patiala. It was defended by the old Imperial fort of Zulmgarh and hy pne~
of more recent date. The tomb3 of Malik Suleman, father of the Sayyid
Emperor Khizr Khan, is shown in the town. It contains the following
bast is, •suburbs' :-Malik Suleman, Ibrahim Khan, Ali Zian, Surat Shih,
Kakra, Ise Khin, Saidwara and Patakhpura. Its more important
mahallas are :-l<ajputan, Kalalan, Sayyidan, Maihtin, IG.ithan and
Hinduwari. Each malzalla is inhabited exclusively by the tribe whose
name it bears. There is a well known by the name of Banno Chlztm6an
(washer-woman), a famous musician, who is said to have lived iQ the time
of Akbar. A fair is held annually in the town on the occasion d
1\Iuharram. There is no trade of any sort except that of aClt'iS, ·which are
made here of very fine quality. It contains a Vernacular Middle School,
Dispensary, Police Station and Post Office.
BARNALA TOWN.
Barmila is the head-quarters town of the Amihadgarh tahsil and
ttisamat, 52 miles west of Patiala, on the Rajpura-Bhatinda Railway, in 75°
37' E. and 30° 23' N. Population (1901) 6,905 as against 6,612 in 1891 and
5,449 in 1881, an increase due to its market and position on the line of rail.
Refounded in 1722 by Baba Ala Singh, Raja of Patiila, it remained the·
capital of the State until the foundation of the town of PatiAla in 1763, and
the hearths .of its founder are still revered by people. It is built in the form
of a circle, and surrounded by a wall of masonry, within which is a
fort. In front of the inner courtyard of the fort there is a spacious Uoli
with 127 steps. The town contains a SlJrai, dispensary, anglo-vernacular
middle school, post office and police station. Lying in the centre of the
Jangal tract, it is a place of export trade of grain, and the State has con..
structed a market to foster its development. Barnala is noted for its
earthenware ehilms, huqrp£s and surahis.
BASI,
Basi"' (in Fatehgarh tahsil), a thriving town, 5 miles north of Sirhind
.)iilway station (30° 42' N. and 76° 28' E.), was made the head-quarters of
he Amargarh nizamat as Sirhind itself was held accursed by the Sikhs.
The houses are nearly all of brick, and the lanes, though narrow and crook·
ed, are well paved. It contains several dharmsalas and one or two sarais.
Its more important lanes are the Punina Qila, Nai Sarai, Chakri, Lilarion ka
Mahalia and Katra NijAbat Khan, and the chief brf.sars are the Bara
Badr, Chauk or 1iandi and Piplonwala Bazar. The lacllarb of the
nrfzim and naib-nazim and the police offices are in a have/£ outside the
town, but the misim now holds his court in the gardens of the 'Am·o-Khas.
The hospital and the post office are inside the town. In an old
fort, built by Diwan Singh Dallewala, is the district lock·up or ha11aUt and
an anglo-vernacular middle school, In a house near it called the Darbar
Sahib a hair from the Prophet's beard is kept in a glass, and Muhammadans
visit this place on the Prophet's birthday and on the anniversary of his death.
I Vidt Tar!kh Khalsa by BMi Gian Singh.
' Fort ol Banda·ali·Beg to the west of the towa, oa the clr.ol, "seasonal torrent."
1
One of the walls arouad his tomb contains the ins~:ription which &ires tho date of bi1
death as 8oS A. H. ·
• Pa.tii!a Cieo.;rapby, pa"' J5.
 188
PATIALA STATE. ] Bhatinda. [PART A.

CHAP. IV. There is also a fine garden planted by Muhammad Namdar Khan, a member
of the late Council of Regency. The population in 188'1, 1891 and 1901
Places of is shown in the margin, and its constitution by religions is given in Table 7
interest.
Bast. of Part B. Though somewhat less
than in 18gr, it has increased by
Year of 842 since 1881. The town is a
Census. Persons. Males. Females. healthy one. Basi is of no
historical importance, as Sirhind,
- · · - - ______ - - - - only 3 miles distant, was the
head-quarters of the suba under the
12,896 6,68g 6 207 Mughals, in whose time Basi was
6,610 called Basti Malik Haidar Khan
Umarzai, which tends to show that
J!)Ot 6,589 it was founded ·in 1540 by the
Patban malik, who is said to have
settled here in the time of Sher Shah. Once in the suba o£ Sirhind, it fell
into the hands of Diwan Singh Dallewala and then into those of the Mah.i·
raja of Patiala.
Basi is a large mart for red pepper, indigo, saunj, coriander, tukhm
balangu, cotton and sweet potatoes. The value of the red pepper exported
is nearly Rs. Io,ooo a year. It is also noted for its sus£ (a kind of
coarse cloth used for women's paiJamas). Its Bons also weave common
country blankets and cloth. Khand and gur are imported from tbe United
Provinces and good rice from Delhi and Amritsar. It also produces fine
oranges. Good earthenware pots (hand£s) are made at this place. It is
noted for its cart-wheels. ·

BHATINDA,
Bhatinda,1 the modern Govindgarh, now an important railway june•
lion and a terminus of the Rajpura-Bhatinda line, is the head•quarters of
the Govindgarh tahsil (in Anabadgarh nz'zamat). Lying in 30° 13' N.
and 75° E. in the centre
of the Jangal tract, it
Years of
has a very hot and dry but
Census. Persons. Maler. Females, healthy climate. The popu"
lation in 1881, 1891 and 1901
is shown in the margin, aJ. i
- ---1----1-··- its constitution by religioh.;
in Table 7 of Part B. The
1881 2 ,307 large increase since 1881 is
due to its rising importance
. as a railway junction, the
3.366 creation of a market and
the (British) officrs of
1901 13,185 5,288 the Bhatinda Canal Divi ..
sion.
Bbatinda is of great ~ntiquity, but its earlier history is very obscure
it having been confused with !:>irhind, Bhatia and Ohind. According
to the Khalffa Muhammad Hasan's History of Patiala its ancient name
1 The Maj&'IJ:ars (managers) of Hajf Ratan's mausoleum have a patta of Akbar's
time, dated 984 H., corresponding to 1577 A. 0., e-ranting the mud/{ of S villages and
authorizing the collectioo of one rupee pet village annually. Therein Bhatinda i1 men•
tioned as ~longing to the Sarkar of Hissar under provioce of Sbah·jah4nab~d, another name
for DeihL
 189
PATIALA STATE.] Bhatinda. [PART A.
was BikramaO'arh. Bhatinda is said in the Hindu annals to ha\'e been CHAP; IV.
Jaipal' s capital and place of .r.esidence, which Mahmud. captured/ Places of
Tabarhindh was, in all probab1hty, the old name of BhatJnda. Thts interest,
is distinctly asserted in the Labb·ut-Tawarlkh, according to Raverty, .
Another form was Batrind, and this is found in Ibn Bahita. Bhattoda.
The earliest mention of Tabarhindh occurs in the Jami-ul-Hikayat
written about 6o7 H. or I2II A. D. It is thence calied Tabarhindh
or in· two MSS. Barhindh or Tarindh (i Batrindh). 2 In the Tabaqat-i·
Naslri Tabarhindh is .repeatedly mentioned. It was taken by
Muizz·ud·Din tShihib·ud-Din) Ghorl, 3 who took the fortress of
1 !barhindh and advanced to encounter Rai Kclha Pithora at Tad. in.
Here Muizz-nd·Din was defeated and forced to retreat to Lahore. But
in this connection Tabarhindh4 would appear to be Sirhind, whose position
on the high road to Delhi via · Tarain, now Tarawari Azlmabad in the
Kamal District, renders it highly probable that Sirhind and not Bhatinda
is meant, though it is by no means certain that Sirhind had been founded
at that time. Farishta is most explicit according to Briggs. He says
that Mahmud aft<:!r defeating Jaipal marched from Peshawar and reduced
Bitunda5 (probably Ohind or Waihind) : then that he entered Multan by the
route of Bitunda6 (probably Bhatia, certainly not Bhatinda as a glance at
the map will show).
The Aina·i-Barar Bans7 preserves the following traditions :-Bhatinda
was built by Bhati Rao, 8.son of Bal Band, who in 336 Sambat became
ruler of the Pun jab, and to whom the foundation of Bhatner is also
ascribed.
The Barah and Punwar Rajputs, jealous of the rising power of Btja
Rao, plotted his destruction. They offered Dev Raj, son of Bija Rao,
a daughter of the Barah chief in marriage, and to this Bija Rao agreed,
but when the wedding procession entered the fort of Bhatinda he was
assassinated by the Barah chief, who seized the fortress, which was
then known as Bikramagarh. Dev Raj, then 8 years old, was saved by a
camelman.9
During the reign of Rai Patho Rai, Rao Hem Hel Bhatti gradually
overran the territories of Bhatner and Bhatinda.
Rawal Jaitshi, in addition to vast numbers of infantry, posted Io,ooa
hor~e at each of the forts of Pogal, Hansf, Bhatner and Bhatinda.to
·Aruhammad of Ghor deputed Nawab MahbubK bin, Bara-Hazart,
against Jaisalmer. At that time Rana Padamrath, a descendant of
Rao Hem Hel, ruled over Hansi and Hissar, and Rao Mangal) another

1 T. N., pp. 79-So; This agrees with P'arishta. (Briggs, I, p. 15) 1 who says that Jaipal,
son of Hitpil, l:irahman, ruled over the country from Sirbind to Lamghan and from
Ka.shmfr to Mult.io, He resided in Bitunda. to facilitate resistance to Moslem aggression,
~E. H. I. II., p. :zoo.
3 T. N., pp. 4S7·8, 463·6:.

4 1n early Persian histories there is no ambiguity between Sirhind and Batrlnda bat
1
English translators have misread Ba.trinda. (Bathinda) and Sirhind as Tabarhindh.
' Briggs' Farishta, I, P• 38, '
4'·
'Ibid: I P·
7 Vol. I, Ch. I, p. /6.
• The eponym of the Bhaltf Rajp6t5. The second part of the name is possibly '1111/l!l1
! division' or' share ' as in R~iwind, Sult~n'Wand, etc.
'A!na·i Bar~ Bans I, Ch. I, p. 86 iII, Cb, IV, pp, 128-9.
10 Afna·i·Bar!r Bans, II, Cb.IV, p. 223,
 ago
PATIALA STATE.) Bhatinda. [PART A.
CHAP. IV. descendant, h;td ~ikramagarh. The latter, leaving the fortress in charge
Places-of of Anand Rao, h1s son, led a large force to Jaisalm er. Maagal Rao was
interest. killed in battle with Muhammad of Ghor, and Anand Rao died during
the siege of Bhatinda, which was invested for four years. In Sambat 1422
Bhatiada. · · Muhammad of Ghor conq'Jered Bhatinda fort. At this time Rao Khewa
A. o. 1365. son of Anand Rao, held Hissar.I '
According to Munshi Zaka Ulla, Altamsh made Ebak, Lamgaj, amir
of Bhatinda.
Altunia, governor of Tabarhindh (Bhatinda probably), re\'olted
against Sultan Raziya, daughter o£ Altamsh. She '!~arched against h1ul,
but her Turk nobles revolted and she was consigned to AltUnia as a
prisoner. He subsequentlv married her, and after their defeat by the
Imperial forces she fled to Bhatinda.
Raverty in his translation of the Tabaqat-i-Nasiri says that Mirza
Mughal Beg in his account of the Lakkhi Jangal avers that Bhatinda, also
called Whatinda, is the name of a territory with a very ancient stronghold
of the same name, which was the capital of the Chahil (Jat) tribe. Lakkhi,
son of Jundha, Bhatti, having been converted to lslim during an
invasion of Sultan Mahmud of Ghazni, received the title of Rana. Lakkhi
and was removed here with his tribe, where they founded 350 or 36o
village;. At that time the Ghaggar flowed past Bhatner into the
Indus, and the country was watered by two or three considerable rivers
(T. N., pages 79 and So, notes).
Kabaja (probably Qabacha) extended his rule from Sind eastward to
Tabarbin db, Kuhram and Sars'uU, and Tabarhindh with LahU (probably
Lahore) and Kuhram formed the object of his strug~les with Altamsb.
t:nder Altamsh Malik Taj-ud-Din, Sanjar·i·Gazlak Khan, Sultan{
Shams{, was malik o{ Tabarhindh. Malik Sher Khan·i -Sunqar retired
towards Turkist~n, leaving Uch, Multcin and Tabarhindh in the hands of
dependents. Muhammad Shah obtained posses;ion of these fiefs and they
were made over to Arsalan Khan, Sanjara·i·Chist. On his return Sher
Khan endeavoured, but without success, to recover Tabarhindh. He
was, however, induced to appear at Delhi, where Tabarbindh was restored
to him. Tabarhindb was, however, soon bestowed on Malik Nasrat Khan,
Badar-ud-Din Sunqar together with Sunam, Jhajhar, Lakhwil and the
country as far as the ferries in the Beas.
In 1.239 A.D. Malik Ikhtiyar-ud-Din, Karakash, Khin-i-Aetkin, became
superintendent of the' crown province (kluUisa} of Tabarhindh under
Altamsh. He was Altunia's confederate, and on the assassination of
lkhtiyar-ud·Dln he induced Raziya to marry him.
On the accession of Ahi.-ud-Din, Mas'ud Shah, Tabarhindh was
entrusted to Malik Nazir-ud·Dln Muhammad, of Bindar.
Ala·ud-Din assigned the fortress of Tabarhindh and its dependencies
to :Malik Sher Khan in fief and he led a force from it against the Qarlighs
in Multan.
E. H. I, III, Sher Khan repaired Bhatinda and Bhatner.
ao$. Bhatinda was conquered by Maharaja Ala Singh with the aid of the
Sikh confederacy (dal) in about 1754 A. D.
1 Maggbar svdi ::nd, But tho 7ear 14::2 Bikraml docs n~t corretpond with the time of
Mubammad of Gbor.
!.Ai.tla.+l3arir 13ans1 11, pages :.IZ.J•2o and 277"JS.
 . 191
PATIALA STATE.] Bizatr'nda. [PART A.
The fortress was in the possession o£ Sardar Jodh, and from him it CHAP, IV.
passed Jnto the hands of .his nephe'Y S~kh Chai.n S!ngb, a Saba Jat. .
Mahara'a Amar Singh sent a rorce agatnst tt, followmg m person shortly ~lfcestof
afterwa~ds. The town was taken, and Sardar Sukh Das Singh and Hazari m eres •
Bakht Singh Purbili. left with a considerable force to reduce the fort, Bhatinda,
while the Maharaja returned to Patiala. Kapur Singh, son of Sukh Chain
Singh, surrendered and evacuated the fort in 1828 Sambat,l A. 0·177•·

Bhatinda is now a thriving town, its houses being mostly built of

brick, with fairly straight and wide streets. It has a considerable trade,
befng situated in the great grain-producing Jangal tract. In the Rajindar
Ganj, constructed in 1938 Sambat near the railway station, is a large
market, in which t21ooo maunds of grain are sold on an average daily for
three months in the year. Wheat, gram, sarson and tara·mira are the
chief exports. Previous to Sambat 1950, when there was no other grain·
market, it exported 8J,ooo maund3 daily. Two grain-dealing firms of
which Ralli Brothers are one have agencies at Bhatinda, Gur, shakkar
and khand are imported from the United Provinces; rice from Amritsar
and Cawnpore (S. P. Railway); ghi from the Bangar, United Provinces
and Rutlam; cotton seed from the United Provinces and Multan. In the_
Rajindar Ganj, Mandi and Kikarwala Bazar and in the town itself the
Noharyanwala Bazar and the Fort Bazar are the most important oazars.
In the Rajindar Ganj the houses and shops are built nearly in the same
style. The chief streets are the Maihna,- Jhuttike, Sire, Bh!Hkl and
Buriwale, of which the first three are inhabited mostly by the Jats.
The tabsll and police station are inside the town and the post office is
in the Rajindar Ganj. There is a High School where English and
Vernacular are taught, and a hospital in charge of an Assistant Surgeon.
The kachari of the City Magistrate is also in the town. The railway
station lies north-west of the town, and is already insufficient for the
numbers of trains daily running through it. It is the junction of the
Rajpura-Bhatinda, Delhi-Samasata, Rewad·Ferozepore and Bhatinda.
Bikaner Railways. There are also offices of the District Traffic Super.
intendent of North-Western Railway and of the Executive Engineer of
the Bhatinda Irrigation Division. A rest camp has been made for British
troops to halt at within the area of the town of Bhatinda. There is also a
dik bungalow (furnished) near the railway station and there are two fine
sartf~s for the accommodation of tra\'('llers. B. Thakar Das, late Station
Ma~~r, also built some fine houses to be let to travellers on rent. There
are water-mills erected by Canal Officers on the Bhatinda Branch, There
is no proper water·supp\y. There is a very large and famous fort2 built
on a raised ground. It 1s a square (66o' each side), having 36 bastions
nearly 118' high. The town was built in the days when the river SutlejS
was running near this place, but it is not fully known who built the fort.
Inside the fort _is the gurdwara of Guru Gobind Singh.

l Vid1 History of Paliala by Khtlifa Muhammad Has:..n, pages 82·5·

'There are three more forts, Bhatner in Bikaner, Abobar and Sirsa in British territor
which are situated at about equal distances (32 kos) from each other forming in a measu y,
d
qua range; I an d t he1r . 'I anty
. S1m1 . Ieads to tb e conclusion
. that they were ' built under one r re1 a
The fort is a square, occupying 14 acres of land, entirely built up of bricks and m ut er.
111d1 with the exception of the outer wall, is filled up with earth; it looks like a mound of or ~~
IIU!'f1)unded bJ brick walls and lowers, It is so high as to be visible from a distance of IS
(Pati"a History, page rg).
:::1
I es

~ ViJt Dr. Oldham's book, "The Lo1t Rivers of the Indian Deserts."
 192 •

PATIALA STATE.] ChrW. (PART A,

CHAP. IV. BHADAUR,
Places of , Bhadaur is a town in the Anahadgarh tahsil and nz'zamat lying 16
Interest. miles west of Barnala in 75° 23' E. and 30° 28' N. Population (ago1) 71710
Bbadaur. as aaainst 7,177 in t8gt and 6,gu in 188r. Founded in 1718 by Sardar
Dun~' SinO'h, brother of the Raja Ala Singh of PATIALA, Bhadaur bas
since remained the residence of the chiefs of Bhadaur, who have an impos· ~
ing house in the town. It is a healthy and flourishing town with a. small
manufacture of bell·metal and brass-ware, its light abkhoras and katorat
being well-known. It contains a mahalla o£ t~e Thathera~, by whom ~h~se
articles are made. Its houses are mostly of bnck, the artlzan classes hvog
inside the town and the Jat landholders in its outskirts. It possesses a
police statio.1, a vernacular middle school and post office.
BHAWANIGARH TAHSIL,
Bhawanfaarh (or Dhodan} is the north-western tahsil of the Karm·
<tarh ruzamat,
• ; !::1
ly1na
•
between 750 57 an d 760 I 8' E., 290 48' an d 300 24 N.,
I I

:,ith an area of 48f square miles. It has a population (1901) of I 40,309 as

flgainst 140,607 in 18gr, and contains one tow~, SAM ANA, w~th 213 villages.
Its head·quarters are at the village of Bhawamgarh or Dhodan. In 1903·04
its land revenue with cesses amounted to Rs. 3,04, I z2,
BHAWANIGARH TOWN (DHODAN).
Bhawanigarh or Dhodan village is the head-quarters of the tahsil of that
name (Karmgarh nizamat). Lying in 30° 16' N. and 75° 61' E, it is 23 miles
west of Patiala, with which it .is connected by a metalled road, It is a
purely agricultural village, built of sun-dried bricks, but contains a fort
in which are the kachar£s o£ the nazim and naih-nazim. The tahsil
offices are in the village. which also possesses a dispensary, anglo-ver·
nacular middle school, police station and post office. Population (1901)
3,404 souls. Its older name of Dhodan is derived from the Dhodan Jats,
a sept of the Bijha got which holds it. It was re-named Bhawanlgarh
by Baba Ali Singh in whose time a sheep is said to have defended
itself against two wolves at the shrine of Bhawani Devi in the Dhodin
fort. Acting on this omen a darwesh advised the Maharaja to build the
fort of Bhawanigarh.
BHIKHI TAHSIL.
Bhikhi, the southern tahsil of the Anahadgarh niz&mat, lying Ol\ ween
75° t 5' and 75° so' E. and 29° 45' and 30° 14' N., with an area of 645
square miles. It has a population (1901) of u8,g65 souls as against
119,354 in 18g1, and contains 172 villages. Its head-quarters are at the
village of Bhikhl. Its land revenue ,..,.ith cesses amounted in 1903-04 to
Rs. 2,70,993.
CHAIL.
Chait, the summer residence of the MaMraja of Patiala, lies in the
pargana of Chail, Pinjaur tahsil, nizamat Pinjaur, 22 miles east of,
Kandegh~t Station on the Kalka·Simla Railway and 24 miles south·east oL
Simla by the Kufri road. It lies in 30° 57' 30" N. and 1t 15' E. The'
height of Tibba Siddh is 7,394 feet above sea-level. Its populatior
according to the census of 1901 was only 20, but during the summer
months is about J,ooo. Chail was originally a possession of Keontha
State, but was wrested from it by the Gurkha Commander Amar Singl
in t814. After the Gurkha War, by the sanad of the 2oth of October !815
the British Government transferred the portions of the Baghat and Keontha
 lg3
PATIAL~ STATE.] Fatehgarn Tahsil. [PART A.

territories to the Patiala State on payment of a naardna of Rs. 2,8o,ooo.1 CHAP. IV~
The hill on which the Maharaja's palace stands is called R.ijgarh. The
Residency House is. situated on Padhewa, and the third hill, which is ~lfces ~f
included in Chliil, is known as Tibba Siddh. Prior to 1889 there were no m eres •
houses on these hills, but only a temple of Shivaji on the latter hill. The CUil.
handsome villa of the Maharaja, which is lighted by electricity, was built
in t8gi-Q2. Close to it is the Guest House, a fine building, generally known
as the Dharamsala, for European and other gentlemen. Other buildings are
Pine Cottage, Billiard Room, Garden Cottage, Glen View Cottage, .Oak
Cottage and Siddh Cottage. The station is provided with water•works.
l'he superintendence of the station and sanitary arrangements are under the
Medical Adviser to the Maharaja. The summer climate of the place is
salubrious, but the winter is intensely cold and snow often falls, CUil
has a post office and a sub-treasury. It possesses no State school in the
locality, but has an indigenous school where a Pandit teaches Nagri. There
is no police station. The Mzar, called Am·khari, consists of 15 or 16 shops,
owned by Brahmans, Ra jputs and Suds. There· is a garden at Mohog.
A telephone connects the palace of the Maharaja with the stable,. electric
house, and the Medical Adviser's house. A large space has been cleared
for a badminton and two tennis courts. The Cbail hills are densely
wooded, with trees similar to those in Simla. The deodar is the principal
tree, both as regards value and abundance.
CHHAT.

Chhat (in the Banur tahsil of Pinjaur nizamat) is an ancient village.

7 miles east of Banur in 30° 36' N. and 76° so' E. Banur is closely
connected with Chhat, and the two places are commonly mentioned togethe
as Chhat·Banur. The ruins of old buildings, still to be seen, show that it
must have been one of the basUs or suburbs of Banur which was
formerly a large town, and there are a good many Muhammadan tombs,ll
It contains an old fort. Its population in 1901 was 674. Tradition says
that its old name was Lakhnauti, and that Rai Pithora, who was shabd-6edh£
(i.e., could shoot an arrow as far as a voice can be heard, whatever might
intervene), was imprisoned here by Shahab-ud·Dln in a house whose roof was
made of atheet of iron one b(Uisht (} feet) thick. Shahab-ud-Dfn, sitting
on the roof, called to Rai Pathora, who aiming by the voice shot an arrow
which pierced the roof and killed Shahib-ud-Dln. Hence the place became
k~.wwn as Chhat, 'a roof ' [!3'air-i-Punjab, page 405 and cf. Afn-i-Akbari
tr~slated by Francis Gladwin, page 386, This is of course pure legend.]t '

FATEHGARH TAHSIL.

Fatehgarh (or Sirhind) is the head-quarters tahsil of the Amargarh

nizamat, lying between 76 ° I 7' and 76 ° 42' E. and 30° 33' and 30° 59' N.,
1History of Pati41a, pp. 263·64.
2
Tbe inscriptions nn the tomb! of the following persons give the dates of their
death:- •
;1) Mirza Mlr Muhammad Khh, Hirvl, died on the 17th Sbaww~l, rooo A. H.
(2) Khaw~ja JaW·ud·Din Khan, son of Sult!n Husain Sb~h 1 Hirvl, died on the 12th
Rabl·ul·Awwal, 1000 A. H.
(3) MusammAt Malika Begam, daughter of Khawaja lm4d·ud·Daula 1 Hirvr Delhv!
1
died on the 19th Rabl.ul•Awwal, 1013 A. H, '

(4) Sbahzada .Miua Khaw!ja Jal£l.ud·D{n Kh;S.n, son c,f Mlr Abn:ad KMn, son of
Khaw~1a Suleman Khan, son of BadsMh All Sher KMn, son of B~dshah Husain
Shah, Hinl, Delhvl, died on the 19th Ramdn, 1000 A. H.
(5) Shihdda Jalil·ud·Din of Khawarizm died on the 2oth Zil Hij 1 70:1 A. H.
 194
PATIALA STATE. ] Hadz'aya, [PART A.
Cl;fAP. IV.
with a~ area of 29o.square miles. It has a population (t cox) of 1~6,589 souls
Places of as a~amst 130,741 m 18gt, and contains the towns of BASI and SJRHIND
\'\nterest. or Fatehgarh, its head-quarters, with 247 villages. Its land revenue with
atehguh Tahiilo cesses amounted in 1903·04 toRs, 2,66,974.

GHANAUR TAHSIL.

Ghanaur is the southern tahsil of the Pinjaur nizJmat lyin<Y between

I I . an area, of I bs
76.o 50 an d 760 29, E. a.n d soo 29 an d 30 o 4, N., w1th 7 square
mtles. It has a population (tgot) of 45,344 souls as against 49,842 in t8q;,
and 171 villages. Its head-quarters are at the villacre of Ghanaur. Its land
revenue with cesses amounted in 1903·04 toRs. 2 1 0~,489.

GHURAM (RAMGARH).

Ramgarh, the ancient Ghuram (spelt Kuhram in Ain-i-Akbari and other

Muhammadan histories) is a village in Ghanaur tahsil (Pinjaur nt'zamat),
26 miles south of Rajpura in 30° 7' N. and 76° 3:-;' E., with a population
of 798 in 1901. It is an ancient place with many ruins in its vicinity,
which show that it was a great town in former days. Tradition avers that
it was the abode of the nansal (the maternal grandfather) of Ram Chandar
of Ajodhia.l Kuhram was one of the forts whlch first surrendered to
Muhammad of Ghor after his defeat of Pirthi Raj at Tar<hvari in 1193,
and it was entrusted to Qutb-ud·Din, afterwards king of Delhi. From this
place he marched on Hansi. It continued to be an important fief of Delhi.
Near it stands an old fort, to the' south of which is a garden surrounded by
a paHa wall, adjacent to which is a large tank. A little to the east of the
village is the shrine of Miran Said Bhikh, within whcse walls are three
buildings, in the central one of which hangs an iron globe suspended to
a chain. Here a fair is held in Asarh. A tomb of U.Hnwala (Sakhl
Sarwar) also stands there.

GoviNDGARH TAHSIL.

Govindgarh (B~atinda) is the western tahsil of the Anahadgarh

nizamat lying between 74° 41' and 75° 31' E. and 29° 33' and 30° 30'
N., with an area of 769 square miles. It ha!!l a population (1901) of J4f-4I3
souls as against 123,592 in tSgr, and contains the town of BHATilDA,
also called Govindgarh, its head-quarters, with 196 villages. The land
revenue with cesses amounted in 1903·04 toRs. 2,74,444.

HADIAYA.

The town of Hadiaya is in the tahsil and nizamat of Anahadgarh,

4 miles south ofBarnala, in 75° 34' E. and 30° 19' N. Population (1901)
5,414 as against 6,181 in 1891 and 6,834 in 188r, a decrease due to the
rising importance of Barnala. Its population is largely agricultural. It
has a small trade in grain and some manufacture of iron Jocks, pltauras,
and carts. The town contains a gurdwri.ra of Guru Teg Bahadur and a
large tank at which a large fair is hel~ in Baisakh. The Bairagl f.aq{rs
have a dera here. It contains a police post and a vernacular pnmary
school.

I See the Daawa11 granth, lOth chhand, of Gnra Gobind Singh,

 195
PATIALA STATE.) Mansurpur. [PART A.

KALAIT.
Kalait (Kil.iyat) in the Narwana tahsll of Karmgarh nizamat, CHAP. IV.
now a station on the Narwana-Kaithal line, is a place of great anti· Plac;;of
quity, in 29° 41' N. and 76° 19' E., 13 miles south-·west of Kaithal. interest.
It contains two ancient temples, ascribed to Raja' S.Ubahan, on which
are Sanskrit inscriptions, and a tank, known as Kapal 1\luni's tifatk, Kalait.
which is held sacred by Hindns. Kalait was described in the Report,
Pun jab Circle, Archceological. Survey, for 1888-8g. The temples, tradi-
tionally seven in number, are therein said to be four in number, and their
ave is stated to be about 8oo years. Their destruction is attributed to
A!rangzeb. Population ( rgo 1) 3,490 souls. The place lies within a radius
of 40 kos from the Kurukshetra, within which Hindus do not consider it
necessary to take the bones and ashes of the dead to the Ganges. The
village contains a vernacular primary school. ·

KARMGARH NIZAl\tAT.
1
The Karmgarh niaamat, which takes its name from the village of
Karmgarh (Sutr.ina), 33 miles south-west of Patiala, lies between 76° 36'
and 75° 40' E. and 29° 23' and 30° 27' N., with an area of 11801 square
miles. It has a population (1901) of soo,635 souls as against 500,225 in
t8gr, and contains four towns, PATIALA, SAMANA, SUNAl\1 and SANAUR, and
665 villages. Its head-quarters are at Bhawanlgarh or Dhodan, a village in
tahsil Bhawanigarh. The land revenue with cesses amounted in 1903·04 to
Rs. 9,46,368. The nizamat consists of a fairly compact area in the south-
east of the main portion of the State, and is divided into four tahsils,-
Patiala, Bhawanigarh, Sunam and Narwana, of which the first three lie in
that order from east to west, partly in the Pawadh and partly in the Jangal
tract, on the north of the Ghaggar river, while the fourth tahsil, that of
Narwana, lies on its south bank in the Bangar.

LALGARH.
Lilgarh, usually known as Laungowal, is the largest village
111the S~at . It lies in SunR.m tahsil of Karmgarh nizamat, 8 miles
north-west f Sunam in 30° 12' N. and 75° 44' E., and . was rebuilt
by ~laM ja Ala Singh. A purely agricultural village with an area
of roo,ooo bighas, it· produces a vast quantity of grain. It is built of
sunr,'\ried bricks and contains a police post. Population (tgot) 6,057
souiJ.
MANSURPUR.
Mansurpur, called Chhintanw.iLi, is a vert old village on the Raj·
pura·Bhatinda line in Bhawinlgarh tahsil of Karmgarh nizamat. It was
renowned for its clthint-' chintz '-of fast colour, whence its name. It lies
in 30° 22' N. and 76° s' E. Its population in Igor was r,86o. It
co11tains the deval or shrine of 1Iagghi Ram Vedanti, who founded the
Apo·Ap sect. Its first historical mention dates from 1236, when the Sui.
tin Rukn-ud·din Firoz Shah I, son of Altamsh, led his army towards
Kuhram, and in the vicinity of Manstirpur and Tarain (Tarawari in Karnal)
put to death a number of ·his Tajik officials. Like Samana and Sunam
it formed one of the great fiefs round Delhi, and is more than
once mentioned in. the Ta?~git·i-N~~iri.. Here ~Iaharaja S~hib Singh
fought a battle With MaharaJa RanJlt Smgh wh1ch ended m their re•
conciliation, Firoz Shah cut a canal from the Sutlej in order
to irrigate Sirhind, Mansurpur and Sunim, but it is now merely a
 196
PATIALA STATE.] Mohindargarh town. (PART A.
CfiAP. IV. seasonal torrent. Its climate used to be good, but is now malarious. There
was a fort in Mansurpur, where Maharaja Sahib Singh built a resi-
Places of dence. The biswadars are mainly Khatris, Rajputs and Mughals. There
Interest.
are a post office and a vernacular primary school here.
Mansurpar,
MOHINDARGARH NIZAMAT.
The Mohindargarh nizamat lies between 2t t8' and 28° 28' N. and
75° 56' and 76° 18' E., with an area of 6gt square miles. It is bounded
on t}Ie north by the Dadri tahsil of Jind, on the west and south by Jaip~r.
temtory, and on the east by the State of Alwar and the Bawal nizamJt
of Nabha. It has a population (1901) of 140,376 as against I47,912 in
18gr, and contains the towns of NARNAUL and MOHINDARGARH or Kanaud
its head-quarters, with 268 villages. In 1903-04 its· land revenue witl~
cesses amounted to Rs, 3,85,310. Situated in the extreme south-east of
the province, it is geographically part of the Rajputana desert and forms
a long narrow strip of territory lying north by south. It is partially
watered by three streams: the Dohan, which rises in the Jaipur hills,
traverses the whole length of the nizamat and passes into J!nd territory
to the north; the Krishnawati, which also rises in Jaipur and flows past
Narnaul town into Nabha territory in the east ; and the Goh!i. It is
divided into two tahsils, MOHINDARGARH or Kanaud, and NARNAUL,

MOHINDARGARH TAHSIL.
Mohindargarh or Kanaud is .the head-quarters tahsil of the Mohindar-
garh (Narnaul) nizamat, lying between 75° 56' and 76° a8' E. and 28° 6'
and 28° 28' N., with an area of 330 square miles. It has a population
(1gor) of 55,246 souls as against 59,867 in 1891 1 and contains the town
of Mohindargarh, popularly called KANAUD, its head-quarters, with 1 r 1
villages. Its land revenue with cesses amounted in 1903-04 toRs, t,so,Ssg.

MOHINDARGARH TOWN,
Mohindargarh (Kanaud), the head-!}uarters town o£ the ~1hindargarh
tahsil and nizamal, lying 24 miles south of Dadri, in 76°\'3' E. and
28° 16' N. Population (1901) g,g84 souls. Kanaud was foundet'l by Malik
Mahdud Khin, a servant of Babar, and first peopled, it is said, by
Brahmans of the Kanaudia sasan or group, whence its name. It rem.fl'led
a pargana of the sarkar or government of Narnaul under the MJ~hal
emperors, and about the beginning of the 19th century was conquered by
the Thakur of Jaipur, who was in turn expelled by Nawab Naja£ Quli KhAn,
the great minister of the Delhi court under Shah Alam. On his death his
widow maintained her independence in the fortress, but in 1792 Sindbia's
general De Boigne sent a force against it under Perron. Isma!l Beg
persuaded its mistress to resist and marched to her relief, but she was killed
in the battle which ensued under the walls of Kanaud and Isman Beg
surrendered to Perron. Kanaud then became the principal stronghold of
Appa Khande R~o, Sindhia's feudatory who held the Rewari territory, It
eventually became a possession of the British by whom it was granted to the
Nawab of Jhajjar, By the sanad of 4th January 1861, parganas Kanaud
and Buddhllana were granted, with all the rights pertaining thereto, by the
British Government to Maharaja Narindar Singh, in lieu of Rs. tg.38,8oo.
The fort of Kanaud is said to have been built by the Marathas. The inner
rampart is pa Ha and the outer kachcha. The treasury and jail are in
the fort. The place possesses an old garden, an anglo·verna.cular
middle ::~cbool, a polic~ station, a post office, aad a ~ispensary.
 i97
PATIALA STATE.] Narnaul Town. [PART A.

NARNAUL TAHSIL,
Narnaul is the southern tahsil of the Mohindargarh (Narnaul) CHAP. IV.
nizamat, lying between 75° 58' and 76° I 7' E. and 2t 18' and 28° 8' N., Places of
with an area of 274 square miles. It has a population (1go1) of 85,130 interest.
souls as against 88,045 in I8gr, and contains the town of NARNAUL, its N£rnaul tabsfl,
head-quarters, with 157 villages. Its land revenue with cesses amounted
in I 903-04 to Rs. 2,34,452.

NARNAUL TOWN.

Narnaul, 1 after Patiala the most important town in the State,

is the head-quarters of the
Narnaul tahsil (in nisamat
Year of Mohindargarh), lying (in
census. Persons, Males. Females. 28° 3' N. and 76° 10' E.) on
both sides of the Chhalak
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ nad£; it is 37 miles south-west
from Rewari, with which it
1881 to,o68 is connected by the ~ewari-
t8!)1 21 159 10,746 Phulera Railway, and has de·
' j 10.413 creased in population as the
19,489 9,466 1o,o23 marginal figures show. This
decrease is attributed to the
famine of 1956 Sambat (t8gg A. D.). As constituted by religions its
population is shown in Table 7 of Part B. The town lies on high ground,
and the houses, some of which have two storeys, are almost all built of
stone. Its lanes are steep and narrow, but paved with stone, and its climate,
though hot and dry, is healthy. Narnaul is a place of considerable anti·
quity. Founded according to tradition goo years ago near the Dhosl hill in
the midst of a vast forest, it was called Naharhaul or the ''lion's dread.'
Another folk etymology ascribes its foundation to Raja Launkarn, after
whose w;t.if"" Nar Laun is named. After Launkarn's time it fell into the hands
of the ~ 1 hammadans. In the Digbije of Sailideo (Sabhaparb of the
Mahab~ rata) it is said that Saihdeo marched southwards from Delhi to
the Chambal river, after conquering Narrashtra or Narnaul. Narnaul is
fi,,V: mentioned in the Muhammadan historians as given by Altamsh
i'.Aief to his Malik Saif-ud-Din, afterwards feudatory of Sunim.2 In his
Ghurrat-ul·kamal, Amir Khusro mentions it as under Malik Kutlagh·
ta.gin, Azam, Mubarak, am{r of Narnaul under Ffroz Shah Khilji.s In
1441 (68g H.) it was held by Iklim Khan and Bahadur Nahir and
plundered by Khizr Khan on his expedition into ·the turbulent Mewat.
Ibrahim Khan, grandfather of.Sher Shah, entered the service of Jamal
Khan, Sirang-Khani, of Hisir·Firoza, who bestowed on him several villages
in pargJna Narnaul for the maintenance of 40 horse, and at Narnaul Ibrahim
Khan died.' His tomb is still shown, in the town, which claims to be Sher
Shih's birthplace. Sher Shih's vassal Haji Shih was expelled from
Narnaul by the redoubtable Tardi Beg on Humayun's r~storation; and, in
the reign of Akbar, Shih Quli Mahram adorned the town with buildings and
large tanks. Narnaul was the centre of AbU Ma'Ali's revolt under Akbar.~ A. D.rs63•
1 1t
2
was one of the sarUrs of stl611 of Agra under the Mughal Emperors,
T, N" page730.
1 E. H, I, 11f, page 540.
4
E. H. I., IV, pages 3QS-g.
~ ~•li! 1., 1111 page 121,
 1gS
PATIALA STATE.] Nafwcttta Tahsil. [PART A.
CHAP. IV. Under Alamg1r in 1671. A. D. occurred a curious revolt of a body callino
themselves the Satnamls, Mandihs or Mundihs, inhabitants of Mewat wh~
Places of considered themselves immortal, 70 lives being promised to every on~ who
Interest.
f<;ll in action: /;-body~£ ~bout ~,ooo co}le;ted near Narnaul and plundered
Narnaul Town. ctttes and d1stncts. Tahtr Khan fauJdar, at first unable to withstand
them, deputed a force under several officers includinO' Kamal-ud-Din
son of Diler Khan, Purdil, son of Firoz-ud·dfn, Mewatl, and the risin~
was suppressed with great slaughter and the Hindus called it the
maJuibkarat on account of the number of elephants killed in the cam•
paign.l The Muntkhab-ul-Lubab states that the Satnamis got possession
of Narnaul, killed the faujdar, and organised a rude administration.
Under Nasir-ud-Din Muhammad Shah, Sarf-ud-Daula, Ini.datman~ Khin
was sent against Raja Ajit Singh who had revolted and taken
possession of Ajmer, Sambhal and Narnaul, but he abandoned the latter
place on the advance of the royal army. 2 Under Ahmad Shah, 'ltmad-
ud-Daula obtained the s1tbahdar£ of Ajmer and the faujdar£ of Narnaul,
vice Sa'adat Khin deposed, with the title of Imam-ul-Mulk Khan-Khanan.
On the break up of the Mughal dynasty Narnaul became an appanage
of Jaipur, and in 1793-97 Narnaul and Kanaud were taken by de Boigne
and given to Murtaza Khan Bharaich.3 In reward for his services in the
Mutiny Maharaja Narindar Singh was granted the itaqa of Narnaul of the
annual value of Rs. 2,oo,ooo with all the accompanying sovereign rights.
The town boasts a considerable trade in cotton, ghi, sarson and wool.
Painted bed-legs, jrijams, sarotds, embroidered shoes, leather halters,
leather bags, brass huqqas and ckz'!ms and silver buttons are made and
ckunris or women's head-dresses' are dyed. Raths and majholts are also
made and its (white-wash) lime and kenna are in great demand. Narnaul
·· possesses many buildings of interest, including a large sara£ erected by
Rai l\lukand Rai Kayath in the time of Shah Jaban. In this the magistrate
of l\lohindargarh holds his court. The tahsil and police station are in the
town, which also possesses an anglo-vernacular middle school, a post
office, and a dispensary in charge of an Assistant Surgeon. Other old
buildings are the Khan Sarwar tank, chhatta of Rai Mukand Rai, Chor
Gumbaz, Sobha Sagar tcUab, and a spacious building with nine c~.rt-yards,
and a garden and Mol£ remains of the takkt of Mirza Ali Jan, a man of
note in Akhbar's time, Nawab Shah Quli Khan's mausoleum, an· tombs
of Pir Turkman and Shah Nizam. The town contains a s11.ra£ and several
dharmscUas, and outside it are several large tanks. The .. · .~ ;'11port<ljJ
lanes are the Mandi, Adina Masjid, Kayath-wara, Sarai, Kharkhari, Chart\~
wara, l\lissarwara and Fara.sh-kbana, with the Naya and Purana bdzars,
the latter a general, the former a grain, market, built in 1916 Sambat. by
1\Iaharaja. Narindar SinO'h, On the Dhosi (a flat-topped hill near NarnaulJ
is a well named chanda; kup sacred to Chiman R£shi, which the Hindus
worship, and when the titlz of Amawas happens up:m a Fridav the
water flows over at sunrise, at which time the people bathe there. ' \ the
months of Chet and Katak great fairs are held there.

NARWANA TAHSIL.
Narwana is the southern tahsil of the Karmgarh nizamal, lying
so\lt b of the Gbaggar river between 75° 58' and 76° 27' E. and29° 23'

I E. H,l., VII, 186, cj. 294·5·

: E. H. 1.1 Vlll, page 44·
aTod'a R'jistao, Volume 11, page 399,
 '199
PATIALA STATE,] Pail. [PART A,

and 29o sx' N. It has an area .of 538 square ~iles. .Its popula~ion (190.1) CHAP. IV.
is 117 6o 4 as aO'ainst 108,gx3 m 1Sg1, and It contams 133 villages, 1ts PI f
head-quarters t>being at the village of Narwana. In 1903·04 ,the land inf;r~~f.
revenue with cesses amounted to Rs. r, 79,887 ·
Narwlna Tahsil.

NARWANA TOWN.

Narwana' the head-quarters of the tahsil of that name in Karmgarh

nizamat 1 is a' village, lying in 29° 36' N. and. 76°I 1' E , ":ith a station on
·lhe Southern Punjab R1ilway, about half a mile from the VIllage. A purely
agricultural place, built mostly of brick, it is a mart for cotton, ghi, til,
mu,g, moth and Mjra, and has a gin~ing factory near the railw~y
station. The place is not yet connected wtth the station by a road, and m
the rainy season ac.cess to it is ~ifficult .. The place boasts a vernacuJar
middle school, dispensary, police stauon and post office. ~opulatJon
( rgo1) 4,432 souls.
PAIL,

The town of Pail (3o0 43' N. and 76° 7' E.), head-quarter~ of the
tahsil of that name, is officially called Sahibgarh. It is in the Amargarh
,izamat and lies 34 miles from Patiala and 6 miles from the Chawa Station
on the North-Western Railway, but it is not connected with the station by
a road. Nearly all the houses are of masonry and the lanes though narrow
are straight and well paved, and as it lies on a mound, the site of a ruined
village, all its drainage runs outside the town. The hazar divides it into
two . parts, on one . side of "
which reside Muhammadans
and on the ·other Hindus.
Year of census. Persons Males. Females. The town is so built that there
is no need for women to go into

--T,
r88a ... ... 5,077 2,6oo 2,477
the hazar to reach one lane
,---~-- _ _ ~rom another. The population
m 188r, xSgr and Igor is
shown :in the margin, and its
1s91 .•. ... (. s.s66 2 ,; 46 constitut_ion by religions is
'f~ V~•j 5 SIS
...
. . . ::> 2,798
·1
2 , 82 :>

2,717
shown m Table 7 of Part
B. It has ~ecreased since
"" •891, but mcreased since
~ . . . 188 I. • The place i~ a ~ealthy
one, The town IS of some antiqmty and the followmg account 1s g1ven of
its foundation :-More than 700 years ago Shah Hasan, a Muhammadan
jaqir, Jok up his abode on the ruins of a town. The Seonl: Khatris came
from C, 'niot to Pail, and at the faqir's suggestion settled there. In digaing
its foUJ tions they found a pas~fJ or pail (a woman's foot ornament) ~nd
told th( · ,1qir who advised them to name the place after the ornament. Shah
Hasan'~ omb stands in the town and a fair is held at it every year. In
1236 A. D. the rebellious Malik Ala-ud-Din }ani was killed at Nagawan_ in
the district of Pail by tbe partizans of the Sultin Raziya, daughter of
Altamsh. Pail was a pargana of Sirhind in Akbar's time. The town is
not a phce of much trade, only mirch (pepper) and some grain being export·
ed. Carving door frames is done by its carpenters, and they also make
1
Its original name is popularly supposed to be Moru,na after the name of Jats of the Mo
t6t, r
 ~00

PATIALA STATE.] Patict/a town.

CHAP. IV. ralhs and bakUs. Light country shoes are also made. The town contains
a tahsil, high school, dispensary, post office, and police post. There is
Places of also an old fort, a fine gumba (the tomb of some imperial official) and a
interest. pathronwa/i kaueli, or house of stone, with door frames and gates 'also of
P~il. stone. There is a tank called the Ganga S~gar and a temple of Mahadeo
called the Dasnam ka Akbara. Here every year the Ram Lila is celebrat:
ed on the Dasahra day. Mahadeo and Parbati are worshipped in the form
of Lallo (RaH) and Shankar, and in Chet girls lament daily in their names.
In Baisakh the mourning ceases. Two images of dung and clay are made
and handsomely dressed. These are then worshipped, and finally all the
Hindu womf'n ?f the t?wn assemble and lament, then sing joyful son3>
and cast the tmages mto a . tank or well, The landowners of Pail are
Khatris.

PATIALA TAHSIL,

Patiala or Chaur.isi is the north-eastern tahsil of the Karmgar h

nisamat, lying between 76° 17' and 76° 36' E., 30° 8' and 30° 27' N., with
an area of 282 square miles. Its population was 121,224 in 1901 as
against 128,221 in t8gt. It contains two towns, PATIALA, its head-quarters,
and SANAUR, with 197 villages. The great fort of BaMdurgarh, four miles
north-east from Patiala, lies within the tahsil. The tahsil is wholly
within the Pawadh. ln 1903•04 the land revenue with cesses amounted
to Rs. 2,14,o86.

PA:t'IALA TOWN.

Patiala, the capital of the State, lies in a depression on the western bank
of the Patiala nadi, on the Rajpura·Bhatinda Railway, 34 miles from Amba-
la Cantonment, in 30° 20' N. and 76° 28' E. It is also connected with
Nabha and Sangrur by a metalled road. Tradition says that Patanwal.i
theh or the ruins of Patan lay where the foundation of the Patiala :JI'Ia,
'palace,' was laid. It is also said that long ago a Patan-ki·Rani lived in
Patan. Muhammad Salah and other influential Khokhar za~·tndars o£
pargana Sanaur surrende.red .San~ur with its 84 villages to ~a ';raja. Ala
Singh. In order to mamtam h1s hold over the newly acquire ;erntory
it was necessary to erect a stronghold, so the Mahar at· . ~l~ct.~d fa.';~la
for its site, it being at that time a small and little kno~·~.:·. • i)b.f"t~·of
ptt,.gana Sanaur, and erected a kackcht garh£ (stronghold) in 17 J~:\·~:;: ;lis
g~rhi was situated a little to the east of the present qi!a, whit.' i~was
founded in 1763 by Maharaja Ala Singh and built from the <ustom
dues collected at Sirhind [Tarikh-i-Patiala, pages 49-50 aa~L 61].
After the fall of Sirhind in 1763 its inhabitants migrated in larr~· num·
hers to Patiala, where they are still known as Sirhindls. Since its f~ .1dation
it has always been in the possession of the Maharajas of Patiala, · ·~ under
their rule has increased in population, size and prosperity. It is N a fine
town covering an area of 1,209 pakka highas. A mud wall (kot) .•1icb sur-
rounded the town was demolished in Sambat 1935 by the second Council of
. Regency. Some gates still standing are remains of the !lot. The houses
mostly built of brick are crowded together. The lanes are narrow and
crooked, and are for the most part paved or metalled. The bazar streets
are wide and straight. The shops near the q£/a are of a uniform style. The
most important lanes are the Lat6rpura, Bhandian ki gali, Desraj,
Chhatta Ninu Mal, in which Khatds, Banias and Brahmans mostly live.
The chief 6~zars are the Cbauk, the Dhak Mear, Sirhindi and Sam~nia
 201

PATIALA STATE.] · Patiala· TofiJn, I [PART A.

I

Mzars. The population in 188r, 1891 and 1901 is s.ho'!n in the ma~g~n. I~s' CHAP~ IV.
·I

· cortstttut1on ·by · rehg1on ts.

1
-
===========-=-=-=- shown in Table 7·of' Part !"laces of
•

B.:
The :situation· of the town on mterest.
Year of census. Persons. Males. Females, low-lying land and the numer· Pati,ta Town.
ous tooas (ponds) in it used to

- · - -- _. __ ·cause serious outbreaks \ of

,____ ·disease, ·and to protect· it
,_
.. against these some depressions
1881 '" -- ... . 53.629 "30,858 22,771 ··have been filled in and the
.~. ... 55,8561 34,U8 21,728 . re~atinder • drained.t 'The
' sam ary arrangemen s are
Igor . ... . 53 545 31,4:94 :22,051 good 'and malarial fever is not
now ·severe. Drinking·· water
is obtained from wells inside the' town and water· in the rainy· season is'· not
~~ .
Patiala is a mart for ka,ari, sari, dank, sitafa, Mrila (gold lace), Trade and manu•
gota,1
dur£a and darya£ (silk doth). Silk and sari· embroidery is. also made by factures,
Kashmirls, designs of all sorts being work~d on the edges of ekadar s, thogas,
jackets, handkerchiefs and caps. Silk azarbat~dl (trouser strings} are also
made. The light cups of bell metal . (pkul kd kaul) . are •well: known.
Grain is consumed in great quantities, but sugar and rice,~are also important
imports. 1 here is a State workshop outside the city where repairs. of ·all
kinds are undertaken and certain articles manufactured with the aid· of
machinery.
'1'he principal educational institutions are the' Mohindar· College with Public·b~ildings
its· boarding·house ··which· cost more 'than Rs.· 3,oo,ooo, the new middle and ioa\itutioas.
school and some primary schools for boys and girls. 1Attached to· the
.Educational Department is'the Rajindar Victoria Diamond· ]ubillee· Public
Library. The College Hall is utilised as the reading room of the library.
Another library is attached to the college. r There is also Rajindar Deva a
Orphanage School. The· English and. Urdu' 'Rajindar Press publishes a
weekly pap~r called the 11 Patiala' Akhbar.'' .. The Rijindar · Hospitalis a
finebuil~dir.l outside the town oppos.iteth~ Baradari, and·t~ere arealso
in the t~ n near Sanaur( Gate a branch· dispensary and Hendley Female
Ho~e0:' At~~~;d to ·the Rajindar Hospital is:t~e fem~le· hospital under
thr.•h.;: .~ . ~ ~·L-~·~ldy doctor. A· ne'! ·cen.tral Jail on tmproved ~ellular
syl:ta\':t, J;g 3 mtles.north·wes~ of. Pab~la, lS·Under, ~onstruction: Mt!ni·
CIPt.iv:.h·o.l (Arastgz · S~dr) ts under the supervlSlon of the Medical
Adv1~~ A mu~icipa.lity has recently been established. · Draioage system
has rrt, 0 .~ 1'-.Q.nSiderable progress, and· a .water·works scheme has been
sancti(:, '1and the work has been taken in~ band. ·The general post office
is out~· e the town opposite the Rajindar Hospital. The Patiala
worksh1;. is near the Baradarf. ·The Irrigation Department office is oppo·
site the, hindar Kothi, the Kanwar Sahib's residence. On the other side
of the R, t is the Singh Sabha house. -1 he ljlis·i·khis <:ourt outside
Sheranw a Gate is built on an improved modern style and is a good
building. ·The present Residency House; situated near the Baradari, is a
fine and commodious building. ·The police station (Kotwali) is near the
gila and the telegraph office is situated. in. fro~t of ' the Samadhan.
All the ·other offices, such as · the Chief Court, · Dlwini Mal
Sadr·Adalat, Munshl Khina and Bakhshf Khina are in State building~
'Tbe importatioa of tbele articles from Delhi bas docroaao4 &ho demand for local man~t
f&ctijfct 1 which fact bu told heavil7 upo11 \bt "''ft1men, ·
 ~02

PATIALA STATE.) Pinjaur Nz'aamat. [PART A.

CijAP. IV. in or near the r;ila. Beside t~ese public buildings, the qila contains a new
Diwan Kh&.na1 built by Maharaja Narindar Singh in 1916, which cost nearly~
Places of Rs. s,oo,ooo. It comprises two large halls, the outer 135' x 36' and 30'
interest. high, and the inner 135' X 21'. The r;ila also contains the old Drwan
1

'Pati~la Town, Khana, also a fine building, and the Patiala museum. Opposite the tele•
graph office are the State samddhs (tombs); that of Baba AU. Singh is o£
marble. The Kanwar Sahib's havtti, west of the r;ila, is a large building
built by Maharaja Karm Singh at a cost of nearly Rs. s,oo,ooo for his
younger son Kanwar Dfp Singh. Round the city runs a road (called the
Thand[ or Chakkar·kl·Sark) or Mall which passes close to the Raj in dar
Hospital, and is like the whole city lighted by lamps. Near the Sheran"'U
Gate is the Bara"dari garden, where the Maharaja resides. It is a very fine
garden with artificial bills and paths and adorned with statuary, and li~hted
by electric light. The Baradari is also worth seeing. Opposite it ts the
famous temple of MaU KaU and Rsjeshwari in which are preserved some
Sanskrit manuscript leaves9 (patras) supposed to have been written by Bias,
the famous author of the Mababharata. Near the Baradari are some fine
houses where European officers reside. Towards the Samania Gate is the
Moti Bagh garden, containing an upper and a lower garden like the
SMlamar gardens at Lahore. Inside it are some fine buildings, and it is
surrounded by a masonry wall. A canal with a number of iron bridges
over it runs through it and supplies lits tanks, fountains, and a6shJ,s. I
was made in 1904 Sambat by Maharaja Narindar Singh 'at a cost of
Rs. s,oo,ooo. On the other side of the Moti Bagh is a large tank into
which the Patiala escape channel falls. On the other side of the tank i:~
·the Banasarghar, connected by a hanging bridge with the Moti Bagh. On
the opposite side of the Moti Bagh there is a large gu,dwara. West of
the gurdwara. is the Victoria. Poor·house. Towards the Saifa.hadi Gate is
the Hira Bagh garden, which contains a fine building· with some tennis
courts. Outside the Nabha Gate is the cantonment for the Imperial Service
Troops, built on the model of a British cantonment. There is a fine polo
· ground and a race-course. Near the Uhori Gate is the Christian Church.
There is a &k bungalow (furnished) near the railway station, and
there are in the city six sarais for the accommodation of travellers.
The canal passes by the northern side of the city. It is a boon~:~ the inh.abi:
tants. As Patiala is situated on low-lying land it is flooded at 'i.mes, The
first flood occurred in Sambat sgog, but as there was a 'kachcM, ·~Prt¢md
the city and the entrances were protecte~ by heavy ~at( .~;h!tp,e]V f"'·i~;te
rise of flood aroused the people, and tt was easily avci .~. · i~hr 1'tt·'· ·&J}'
shutting the gates and putting bands in them. In ~ambat a~J.V:-~:.· od
1

entered the city and caused great damage. A 6nd {dam) was· e~l;~' to
protect it from floods, but next year the floods broke the lanti.... ,~~~rrange•
ments were made to protect the city, and it is now secure. ·: ·

~INJAUR NIZAMAT.

- The Pinjaur tu'z4mat lies between 76° 29' and 77° 22' E.\;~d 31° 11'
and 30° 4' N., with an area of 933 square miles, It bas a population {tgoa)
of 212,866 souls as against 226,379 in 18gt, and contains the town of
BANUR, with r,588 villages. In 1903·04 its land revenue with cesses amount·
ed toRs. 6,481475· The ni1amal forms the north-eastern part of the State,

• This building bas recent11 bcea remodelled into oae spacious Darbu Hall,
s MaUraja Nariodar Singh bfoogbt these leaves from Ba4d Nar,iA wb~ Ia Sam bat
1po9 bowen\ Cbcre ~~other place• oo pilgthD#!'!
 '03
PATIALA STATE.] /Ujpu,a. [PART A.

and is divided into four tahsils, RAJPURA, BANUR, PINJAUR and GHANAUR, CHAP. IV.
Of these Pinjaur lies in the Himalayan area, the other three being in the Plac';;" of
Pawadh, The head-quarters of the nizamal are at Rajpura. interest.
PINJAUR TAHSIL, Pinjaar fiistSmat,

Pinjaur, the north-eastern tahsO of the Pinjaur m'st!maf, lying between

77° 22' and 76° so' E. and 30° 41' and 31° n' N., with an area of 454 square
miles. It bas a population (a got) of 55,731 souls as against 56,745 in a8gt,
and contains 1, 136 villages. Its land revenue with cesses amounted in
rgo/o4 to Rs. 83,995. Its head·quatters are at PlNJAUR.
PINJAUR TOWN.
Pinjaur,1 the head-quarters of the Pinjaur tahsil (Panjaur m"zt!mat),
Patiala State, Punjab, lying 3 miles from Kalka on the Simla road, in 30°
so' N. and 76° 59' E., at the confluence of the Koshallia and Jhajhra, two
tributaries of the Ghaggar. Population (1901) 812 souls. The name
Pinjaur is a corruption of Panchapura and the town is undoubtedly of
considerable antiquity, being mentioned by AbU Rihcin in 1030 A. D. In
125.4 it formed part of the territory of Sirmur which was ravaged by Nasfr·
ud-Din Mabm6d, king of Delhi.~ It was the fief of Fidai Khan, foster ..
brother of Alamgfr, and the Raja of Sirmur recovered it in 1085 H. from
the son of its former holder, a Hindu. Fidai Khan laid out the beautiful
gardens, which still remain, after the model of the Shalimar gardens at
Lahore. They are watered by an aqueduct fed by a hill stream, Wrested
from the Muhammadans by a Hindu official who made himself master of
Mani Majra, it was taken by Patiala in 176g,3 after a desperate siege, in
which the attacking force, though reinforced from Hind6r, Kahlur and
Nahan, suffered severely. There are extensive Hindu remains and
fragments of an ancient Sanskrit inscription in the town.4 Bourquin,
Sindhia's partizan leader, dismantled its fort. Pinjaur is also celebrated for
its t£,atl,,· or sacred tank, called the Dhirachhetar or Dharamandal, at
which a fair is held from Bar'sakh Sud£ tfjS to saptmt. The place also
possesses a dispensary, pest office, vernacular primary school and police
statio. n, and · i; the head-quarters of the Conservator of the Patiala State
Forf'Sts. .f ·
RAJPURA TAHSIL.
· '
f'~:··:, 1.(i.:f''the head-quarters tahsn of the Finjaur nitzamal, lying
betw~"\t:.:..t 13' and 76° 49' E. and 30° 22' and 30° 36' N., with an area of
143 sq:~~iles. It has a population (xgot) of 551II7 souls as against
sg,6o7 i~(J.·~h-<ind contains 146 villages. Its head-quarters are at the town
of RAJPt:1 • : lts land revenue with cesses amounte~ in 1903•04 to
Rs. r,gt,.. .
RAJPURA.
Raj " a, the head·quaters of the Pinjaur nizdtmat and Rajpura
tahsil, lies' 6 miles north·east of Pati,la in 30° 29' N. and 76° 39' E. ·
It has a sl tion on the North•Western Railw.ay and is the junction
1 Traditioa says that Pinjaur was fouaded by Paados1 tho heroes of Mabibharat.
'A. S. R. XIV, pages 70*71·
1 Paajab R4j&l, page 32,
• A. S. R.XlV, page 71.
• Oa tht Bala~kb 111di t(j, d1ullai·tritiy4 or aatu•·tii a fair is held io eomme-"
'mora~i?D of the birthday of Pare R'm (the exterminator of the Kshatriyls) who practised
. atc:tliCIIM bt"re,
 ~04

PATIALA STATE.] Sam4na. [PART A,·.

I
CHAP. IV~ for the Rajpura·Bhatinda .Br~ncb, . Founded by. Rlja Todar Malr
Places of .. Akbar's !amou~ J?inister, '· jt is. still. surround~ by ·.a brick . wall and
intere$t. most of 1ts bulldmgs are . of bnck. The town only. contains two b4zars
with some 40 shops, but Maharaja Mohindar Singh built a Mu£r south of
R!jpura..• · the railway and named it the Albert·Mohindar Ganj in commemoration of
the Pri~ce of \Yales' visit in 1876 A. D•.. }'his ganj, also known as the Shih·
zidganJ, contams a few shops•. The ruz(llmat and tahsll offices are located
in an old. Mughal sar4i. Th~ town p~ssesses an. anglo~vernacular middle
school, d1spensary, pohce post and a post office outside the town. Population
(1901) 1,316 souls, There is an old Mol£ near. the sara£.

SAHIBG.\RH TAHSIL.

Sahibgarh or P4il, .. the northern tahsil. of the ·Amar~arh nizamat,

lying between 75° 59' and. 76° 35' ..E. and3o~ 23' and 30° 56 N;, with· an
area of 273 square: miles. It has. a population (rgo1} oL 11~391 souls as
1
againstU21540,in t8gr, ,and ttontains the town pf PAIL or Sahibgarh,' its
bead-quarters, .with 197 villag~s. It~ land revenue with cesses amounted
in 1903·04 toR$. 31Q7,28,1,;.

SAMANA.

The town of Samana1 , lies in 30° 9' N. and l 76° 15' E. in

tahsn ~ Bbawanigarh (nizttmat , Kanngarh). and .. is . 17 miles south•
west of Patiala, with whic~ it ris connected byr a metalled road•.
Its. houses. are. mostly .of .pri,clc, :those .of the Sayyids .being especially
handsome and often. several. stories .high~· . The,. town .is healthy. , Its
population in t~88r, 1891. and .190J. is shown in the .. margin and its
constitution by. religions .in
Table 7of Part B. Samana. is a
Year of place of considerable antiquity,
census, Persons, Males. Females, Tradition avers that the lma.m·
garb covers its original. site,
- - ~-- - - - ·and says that it ~as enlarged
ISBa and renamed \Y fugitives
738
9 494
of the Samanide h:lff~tfu.of
757
... ' "' "'
aSga 10,~35 S,oSI 4,984 ~ersia . .(:· :.C.,fr;~c f(l';ttlen•
1901 .
.
10 209
' 5·' 94
' boned m tm.: ..:. • i'!itflladan
s,ors historians with ~ ~:·~Kuh·
rim, Lahore .md ·JJ\Yt';g as a
>r·
fief of the Delhi Kingdom. I With Sarsuti, K1.1hram and Hansi it§~~~ndered
to Muhammad of Ghor after his defeat of ,Pirthi Raj. in·:;;~ ~L·nd .was
placed by him in Qutb·ud·Din Ibak's charge when he returned ~· Ghazn(.
'With Kuhrim it became the fief of Saif-ud·Din under Altamsh. rJn Sher
Khin's death, in the 4th year of Ghias-ud·Din Balban, it :,arne witb
Sunam the fief of the Amlr Tamar Khiin..3 which was, ,sequently
granted to Bughra Khan Nasir-ud-Din;~. the. king's younge :'n.. Malik
1

tJts original name is said to hue been Nal'llnlan Khera during the rule of Bar4b
R4jputs i subsequently it was known as Ratangarh, Dbob( Khera and Sambi respecti rely.
1 Briggs' Farishta I, page 941. Elliot, 11, page 11li.
1 Tamar KUn was one of the 40 Shams( slaves according to the Tarlkh-i·Flroz Sh,ht,
Elliot JII, page tog. · •
4 /bitl, pares 241, 258-g. Bughra Khb, E. H. 1: III, page 111 . P. 16id, pares 33c
and :l:l7·
 ~os :.
PATIALA STATE.] Samdna. [PART A.·

Saraj, son of Jamdir,, was ma~e nai~ o£ Samana and com.mande~ of· its CH~ ~V~
forces.' Under Ala·ud·Dfn !L appa:ently formed a provmce, hke. ~he Places oft
Punjab and Multli.n, and was mcluded m the G~vernment of Zafar, Kb~n. ·ante rest&'.
Subsequently it became the appanage of the. kmg's brother~·Alap Khan.·
Under Muhammad ·Tughlaq the Mandai,.. Chauhan, Miana, · Bbartia1 s;m'/.''o
(? Bhatti) and other tribes who inhabited .the ,country 'about• Sunam .and, ~ 7CJ ' •
Samana, unable to discharge their . rents; fled to the ·woods.3 Under CJ. E. H. 1, Ill,
Muhammad Khilji its go~ernor v:as M~lik Beg, Laki," and in I~U :~~9 A. o.
it was· conferred on Mahk Baha-ud~Dm, a ;. nephew . of the kmg 134 .. A 0
•~h .1 as-ud-Din.
, • support , as, ·A'nz·u
Tughlaq .. f.or h1s. 1 .6 "~h
. 1•Mumi:l.J.l'k . I•4• • •
n: en·. Cf E H 1 t1t
,..iroz Shah Ill cut his canal from the Sutlej to .Sunam, he formed. 245. · · ' '
Sirhind with the country up to within clO kos of Samana, into a separate ·1311 A. D..
district.6
In 1389 Samana was the scene of important events. The new amtr.r
of Samina treacherously slew Sultan Shah, Khushdil, at the tank of Sunim
and then took possession of Samana, where they ·plundered the ·Malik's
houses and slaughtered his· dependents... With. their aid Prince .Muham·
mad Khan was enabled to leave his asylum· at Nagarkot and advance by
Jullundur into the Samana ·District and. there assumed the. sovereignty of
Delhi.7 Samana indeed appears to have been the centre of Muhammad
Khan's power, for when he ·was expelled from Delhi his son Humayun
raised fresh troops in Samana and after his defeat at Delhi fled thither again,
At this time the fiefs ·of Malik Zia·ud-Din Abt1rja, RAi Kama.I·ud·Din Miana; .
and Kul Cha~d ,B,h~tti lay in that quarter and they ~ere Humiyun's sup· 139s A. p,
porters. Ta1mur s mvastOn appears to have left Samana untouched, though .
Hakim. Iraqi was despached towards it (Briggs 490) •. Taimur himself. -
says he sent Amlr Shah Malik'· and Daulat !Tinsur Tamachi to march on
Delhi by way of Dipalpur· and await him at Samana (III, 421, cf. 341).
In 1397 Sarang Khan with aid of Malik Mardin Bhatti's forces got 1397 A.D.
possession of Multan and then besieged Ghiilib:' Khan in Samana and
drove him .to flight, but· Ghalib 'Khan was reinstated in its · possession. Duff, 234 E. H.
In 1405 Mulhi Iqbal Khan unable to· take Delhi marched on Samana, J.JV., 32.
where B~ram Khan, a descendant ·of a Turki slave of Firoz Tiighlaq, 14°5 A. 0 •
had Ion;· established himself•. On .Iqbal Khan's approach he fled to the
tJt
· .hills, after his reconciliation with Iqbal Khan he appears to have ,
rei}·~~ ~.~.~t~ta~ for he or Bairam ·Khan. ~is successor, was attacked
th~:)'·. 1 ~ :,:.:.<: ~~mg year by Daulat Khan ~od& wh~m Muhammad Tughlaq ...
ha,_{,l. f{lted agamst the place. In 1417' Z1rak Khan, governor of·Samana, 1419 A. D.
wiihi(o•Jered to attack Tughan rail who had laid siege to Sirhind.
TU);~\n retreated to the hills, but Zfrak~ Khan overtook him at Pail and
com"· 'b.\. .Jim to submit. Thereafter Samana is mentioned several times
gen' 'fny in such a way as. to imply that it was the extreme limit of, the
effel ~e rule of the. Delhi kings.. Banda Bairagi on his way to Sirhind
orde1 ~.a general massacre and looted Samina for three days in 1708 A. D.
In tl. ~town is the tomb of Muhammad Isman, the Pfr Samania. Saida
was .o rlebrated darum~ of Sami,na in the time of Malik Bablol. Lod( who,

1 E. H. I. Ill, page 115.

2 In the original of Fariabta. Bh4tti4tJ 1 l.e,: Bhatt!s i1 given,•
1 Briggs' Farishta, page 425,
4 Ibid, page 397•

. • !6itl, page 40~.

•ibid, page 453·
'Elliot's History of India, IV, ptfes !.!o.:n,
 ~o6
PATtALA STAT!. l [PART A.
CHAP~ IV. it i~ said, ~ve him Rs. 1,6oo for t~e kingdom o£ Delhi. Samana contains a
Places of police. station, anglo·vernacular middle school, post office and dispensary.
Interest. · Its chief mdal!tu are the Mahalia Bharaichan, Mahalia Malkina Mahalia
Chakla or Sayyidan, Machchhl Hatta, Chandailon ki aarhr, Mahall~ Manjha..
Sam,aa.
nian, Mahalia Sara( or Bukha.rian, Mahalia Imamgarh or Andarkot, and
Mahalia Nurpura.l The dome of Mir Ahmad Husain's house is built of
kaclzclld. ladao-mud and brick, Its hall is 45' x 25'. '
Samana manufactures pael (bed legs), pans, axes, ~asolas (adzes),
earthenware S1mihis (long, narrow necked goblets made by ekinigrus)
and clzarUar (spinning wheels). It is also noted for its larfi (a kind of
sweetmeat) and IJe,, Fairs are held on the occasions of Muharram and
Ram Lna annually.

SANAUR,
The town of Sanaur lies 4 miles south·east of Patiala, with
which it is connected by a
metalled road (30° 18' N.
i

Census of Persons. Males. Females.

and 76° 31' E). It lies on
a high mound, and its houses

-- -- --- are mostly of brick. Its

lanes are paved, but some·
-
t88l

...
1~91
g,us
8.678
4.633
4·435
4.495
. 4,243
what narrow, crooked and un·
even. Its population in 1881,
1891 and 1901 is shewn in
1901 s,sSo 4.391 4,189 the margin and its constitu-
'" tion by religions in Table 7
of Part B. It has decreased
since t881 by 548. The town is ofsome antiquity, but of no historical
importance. In the time of Babar, Malik BahB.·ud·Din, Khokhar, became
chief of this (Jargana which was called Chiud.si (84) as having 84 villages,
a name it still retains. In 17 48 it came into the possession of Mahira ja
Ala Singh. It possesses a Magistrate's court, anglo-vernacular middle
school (both in the fort), post office and police station. The town iNgood
mart for pepper, and produces vegetables of various kinds which a ~sold
in the Patiala lazars. Earthen jhajhris Gars) and hand fans are \asle
in ~he. town, which is known also for its fine i4mans (a t~~·:,~f.~~l~·
Gram 1s exported, but only on a small scale. · - · ·1 .. •

SIRHIND.1
u:
The town of Sirhind, the bead-quarters of the Fatehgarh tahsil ::is
situated in the Amargarh t~isamat near the Sirhind Station on the N ,-n·
t-
lfo the time of JaUnglr the JuUh£s had r.ooo houses at this place. The em per .:se4
to wear a very fine soft cloth called Samy4oo manufactured by these weavers. They :e Ia
their possession st~uds granted by the emperor. Unlike other weavers of Samana th 1 an
the owners of their houses.
: Bad.b Mihar, the author o£ Brihat Saagta, Chapter XIV, verse 29, quotes from P'r£sar
Tantar (a book on astrology-jotislc) that Sal-rilldh was an ancient town. It was the capital of
the Sutlej District. lt is talculated by some that P4r!sar Tan tar was written at the end of Dodlar
'l"t which goes to prove that the towa of Saf·rindh existed at that time. Bar£b Mihar was
011e ~ the N11•r1Jta•, 'nine gems,' of the court of Vikramaditya (BUrat•Varsb-Bhu•Barnan,
pages 131 and 311, by Shankar B41krishen Dikshat). lt is called G•rum4rl or G•rtltn4r (the
place where Gar6s were killed) and Pltitkl~Srl, • cursed city,' by the Sikhs. Tho mentioa
of lhe aame of Sirbiod in tbe morn in I is c:oasidere<l uapropitioas.
 !aO?
PATIALA STATE.] Sirhina. I [PART A.
WesternRailway(Jo0 38'N. and 76° 27' E.). Its houses are of masonry and· CHAP. IV.
the lanes straight, wide and PI - f
, , ut uneven. . Th
pa~e db
aceso
. e popu· Interest.
labon m a881, 1891 and 1901
Vear of census. Persons. M•les.l Femoles. is shown in the margin; and Sirhi11d.
its constitution by religions is
shown in Table 7 of Part B. It
_ _ --~-- has increased slightly since t88r.
j Though almost surrounded in
r88r ... ... 5,401 2,946 2,455 the rainy season by a cko4, the
l'ii.B
Yllgr... - 1 5,254 s
2, 54
..,Joo health of the town IS fairly good,
••
and the climate of the 'Am·o·
1901 ... ... , 5,415 2,955 2,46o Khas is .. proverbially good.
- - - - - - - - - - . . . . . ; . _ - - Sirhind is apparently a town of
considerable antiquity, but its early history is by no means free from obscurity.
This arises from its confusion with Tabarhindh in the earlier. Muhammadan
historians. The spelling Sirhind is modern and.due to a fanciful derivation
'sir-Hind,' the' head o£ India,' due to its strategic position. The origin of
Sirhind is variously described. According to a modern writer,1 Sahir
Rao or Loman Rao, t66th in descent from Krishna, ruled at Lahore from
53 I Sambat, and tradition assigns the foundation of Sir hind or Sahirind 9
to him. On the decline of the Rajput power in Ghazni, says this
writer, the king of Bokbara, with his allies of Tartary, Iran and
Khorasan, marched on Lahore, and Sahir Rao was defeated and slain.
Another writer, Nur·ud·Din, Sirhindi, a follO\ver of Mujaddad·i·Alf-i.Sani,
in his Rauzat·ul•Qayum,s says that Sirhind was founded in the time of Firoz
Shah IU, at the suggestion of Sayyid Jalal·ud-Uin, Bokbad, the king's
p;,., by Raff·ud-Din, an ancestor of Majaddad·i·Alf·i-Sani ; but this appears to
be incorrect, as the town was more ancient. He derives its name from slit,
'lion,' and rt'nd, 1 forest,' or ' the lion's forest,' so called because at that
time the site of the town was covered with dense forest. Tliat the older and
correct spelling of the name is Sehrind is beyond dispute, for it is invariably
so spelt on coins.' It is also highly probable that Tabarhind or Tabarhindh
in the earlier Muhammadan historians is as a rule a misreading for Batrind
or Bathinda, but it would be going too far to say that this is invariably the
case.6 ?-abarhindh, it appears quite certain, was not the old form of Sir bind
or Sih;.tnd, for the two names occur in the same works as the names of two
di~ti~~··t_. P!~~> 'V·l:• in the English tra.nslation ?f the T~baqit·i·Nisiri
S1rh . ~ 1~· ~ ....~.;tnenboned and then Tabarhmdh, but 1f Tabarhmdh had been
the ( 1:... t.• m of Sir hind the former name would assuredly have been used
in th:P. ea~ ·;. art of that history and the newer form in the later.6 More·
oyer;~ s~!i·• lssa~es Tab~~hindh ~ onlY. mean, or be a mistake for, ~ir·
hmd~. a~.<>'·c:,-•·{graphlcal pos1t1on prec1sely sutts the context, whereas Bhatanda
1\ fll\llla. Sadfql, the author of the Afna·i·Barir Bans, in Volume I, Chapter I, page Z4 1
an4 Vt. e ll, page IOI.
s 1. . , or alit in Sanskrit meaning boundary;
1 I' ~ 16. · Rauat·ui·Qay4m or Raunh·i·Qayumia, a history of the lives of the Makh·
f.
d.Um·dd of Sirhind, translated by Watf.ulla Sadiqi of Fatidkot, from a MS work
in Arabic b7 NLir·ud·Din, written in 13o8 H (aSga A.D.) , •
• The fonn Sihrind also occurs frequently in the Muhammadan historians , 1 in the
TJ.dkh·i·Mub£rak Sh~r (Elliot's History of Jndia. lV, pages 6, II), in the T~ak·i~B,bari
m., pa(e 248), and an the Munta.khab.ui·Lubab (/6., Vll, pages 414•1S). In the Farhatun
Na.~:irin at Is spelt Shaharind (lb., Vlll, page t6g),
• 'As the la.te Mr. E.]. R_?dger~ appears to have h.eld: ~ Report, Punjab Circle, Archzo•
to.gtcal Surve1, s~s,,page a, lA whu;b a vecy fl.lll ill4&nter~t1Dg account of ~be ruip~ of Sar
t11114 or Sa.hnnd IS gaven.
t f:, H, 1.. p&Jta 19S'95.
 2o8
PATIALA STATE.] Sidzind. (PARrA.
CHAP~' IV, ·.would not do so. For instance, we read that Muizz-ud-Din (Shah3.b-ud-Din of
Places of · Ghor) left a garrison in Tabarhindb, which place Rai Pithora re·took, after
Interest. a siege of 13 months, but Muizz-ud-Din again advancing defeated him at
Taraio,l Here Tabarhindh can only be Sirhind, as Tarain is the modern
Sirbiad. TaUi.warl Azlmabad in the· Karnil District on the high road to Delhi.
Sirhind is mentioned in Farishta in several passages, but it is more than
likely that Farishta himself confused Tabarhindh with Sirhind, then a well-
known place, ·being ignorant of Bhatinda and its past importance. The
more important passages are reproduced below:-
In 977 A.D. Jaipal, the son of Hatpal, of the Brahman tribe, reigned over the country ex•
tending in length ·from Sirhind to Lamghan, and in breadth from the kingdom of Kashn~
to ¥u1U.n (Briggs' Farlshta. Volume I, page IS)• The administration of Vizier Im4d·ud·Din ·
ZunJany~ now became so unpopular that the governors of the provinces of Karra 1 Sarhind 1
:. Samana, Kuhram. Lahore, etc., entered into a confederac.Y and deputed persons to wait on
Gbias·ud-Dtn Balban, the former Vizier, and prevailed upon h1m to make him consent to take
the reins of government into his hands as formerly. He consented, and the nobles united
· their forces and met on thuame day at Kuhr'm (I, page 241).
In the fourth year of this reign, the king's (Ghfas·ud·Dfn Balban's) nephew, Sher KMno
who had ruled the districts of Sarhind, Bituhuda, etc~ died and was burieJ at Bhatner in an
extensive mausoleum (1., page 258).
On page 491 {Translations) the MSS. have· Tabarhindh, except one
which has Batbindab. "
History. · It became a fief of Delhi· after the. .Muhammadan conquest. Firoz
Shih dug a canal from the Sutlej and this is now said to be the ehoa,
' seasonal torrent,' which flows past the town. Sirhind continued to be an
important stronghold of the Delhi empire. In 1415 Khizr Khan, the 1st
Satyid.elJlperor of Delhi,. nominated his son,· the Malik-us·Sharq Malik
Mubirik, governor of Firozpur ana. Sirhind with Malik Sadho Nadira as his
deputy, Io 1416 the latter was murdered by Tughan rats and other, Turk
· ~achas, but .Zfrak. Khin,.the .governor of Samana, suppressed the revolt
, in the following year•. In 1420 Khizr Khan defeated the insurgent Sirang
. Khan at Sirhind, theo under the governorship of Malik Sultan Shah Lodh(.
Under the Mughal sovereigns this was one of the most flourishing towns
of the empire. It is said to have had; 360 mosques, tombs, sa,a£1 and wells.
The ruins of ancient Sirhind are about a mile from the railway station,
extending over several miles. It was prophesied that the ruins of Sir hind
should be spread from the Jumna to the Sutlej. This has been lit.eral~ulfilled
in the construction of the line of railway from theJumna to the Suf ~·which
was ballasted with bricks from this spot. The Sikhs thin): tt a me rious
act tD take away a brick fro?l the ruins and ~rop it in ~•• ~ . ·.::::\~b:tveys. 3
In 1704 A. D. Baz1d Khin,• 1ts governor, bncked up ahve I) •• .~•rhmd
. Fateh Singh and Zorawar Singh, sons of Guru Gobind SJD:c-;';~t>l'ri 1708
. Banda . Bairagi sacked Sirhind and killed Bbid Kht,"' , .; . g~('~rnor.,
·After his invasion, Ahmad Shih Durrint5 .appointed Zain .k..~.::- ...-:' \. 'ar of
Sirhind in 1761. In December 1762 the S1khs attacked S1rhmd an .:jk1lled
Zain Khan at Manhera, near Sirhind, and the country fell into the 'rnds of
Maharaja Ala Singh. ,_
Sirhind is not a place. of trade, only mif&~ being exp_orted. ,:s tahsrt
and ·anglo-vernacular m1ddle ·school are m ·a. sara,. ·The· t :fn also
1 T. N.. pages .464·465, ·
E. H. I., Volume It, pages zoo, 30l, 3S5•3JJ,372, all in T. N,
: Ia the original of Farisbta Rchan( is given,
• VUI La.ad of the Fite Rivere. page 228, by Duid Rou, c.t.s., F,R,o.s;
· • Vide Paath ParW, page 351, by Bh£S Gian Sin,b. Aet:ordin& to Latif's Hlator1 of tbt
PllDjab the eame of the goveraor wu \Vazrr Kbiia.
! Villi T4rlib•i-PatWa, pa'e:t 56-6a.
 ~09

PATIALA STATE.] Sun!-m· Town. [PART A.

contains a police post and a post office. The ruins of Sirhind contain the CHAP. IV.
mausoleum of Mujaddid-Aif-i-Sanl, which is a fine building to which the - ·
Muhammadans in general and the nobility of Kabul in particular pay visits Plac Js of
as a place of pilgrimage. Near it is the mausoleum of Rafi·ud-Din, ~n interest.
ancestor of Mujaddid-Alf-i-S.ini, close to which is the rauza of Khua1a Sirhinl.
M'asum, son of Mujaddid-Alf-i·Sani, and which is commonly known as
rauza cMn£ on account of its excellent mosaic work. The mausoleum of
Shah Zaman of Kabul contains the tomb of his heeam also. It i~ unknown
whose ashes the two rauzas of Ustad and Shagird contain; it 1s said one of
~h.,.;m was built by a master (ustad) mason and the other by his apirentice
!(§hagird). There are two small mausoleums near the village Dera Mir Miran
known as Hij·o·Ta.j. It is said that two begams (queens) named Hlf.j-un•
Nisa and Tij-un-Nisa of a king were interred there. Close to it is the
rauza of the daughter of Bahlol Lodhi containing an inscription which
shows that she died in 901 A. H. in the time of Sikandar Lodhi. Gu.rdwara
Fatehgarh (where the two sons of Guru Gobind Singh were buried alive)
and gurdwara Joti Sar6p (where they were afterwards burnt) are other
places worth notice. There is also a large mosque begun by Sadhna, a
Qasai, the famous Bhagat, but never completed. Here is also a Jaba.zi
havelt built on the model of a ship. The extensive garden1 called the
'Am·o-KMs is walled in on all sides and contains some fine buildings.
It now covers only a small area, but is stocked with various kinds of fruit
trees, mangoes and oranges. It was planted by Sultan Hafiz, whose tomb
is close by, and in the time of Shah Jahin, Kandi Beg brought a canal into it
from the Sutlej. Near the garden is a well with I 6 bz'dhs It also contains
a bhulbahlion, ' labyrinth,' since repaired, and a large bridge under which the
Sirhind choa passes. Sirhind was the birthplace of the poet Nasir Ali.
SRINAGAR.
Srinagar, a village in pargana Srinagar, Pinjaur tahsli and nt'aamat,
lies on the slope of the Krol hill in 30° 58' N. and 77° 11' E., half a
mile from KandegMt Station (on the Kalka-Simla Railway). It containsa
kiJt!t£ or summer house of the Mahin\ja and a garden on the model of that at
Pinjaur. Its climate and water are excellent. It has a police station,
primary school and dispensary. Its population in 1901 was Ioo,
SUNAM TAHSIL.
. S·.. n,am j~.. ~the , westernmost tahsil of the Karmgarh niaamat
, ly!ng L \;. ::!:.<'"7 ·.1 ') 40 and . 76° 12' E. and 29°. 44' and 30° 14' N.,
With a1, ~· e~ of 492 squa~e m1les. It has a population (1901) of 121,498
souls as ... ~ ... t 122,484 m 1891, and contains the town of SUNAM, its
head-quart{, · · h 122 villa~es, Its land revenue with cesses amounted in
.,,.,. ,4 8,2JJ.
....;.,'9'"
1903·(1-.~,

SUNAM TOWN.

Tl ~own of Sunam, the head-quarters of the tahsil of that name (in ,,·sa·
mat Karmgarb) is on the Lu·
Persons. Males. Females. dbiana· Jakhal Railway, 43 miles
west of Pati!Ha, with which it is
- - - -- -
12 22
- 6
- - 8
- connected by a metalled road.
z88z ... • 31 ·379 5. 44 The population in r88r, I8gr
1891 ... 11o,869 5,732 5,137 and 1901 is shown in the mar·
gin and its constitution by
1~90_1_ _ _ _ _.._.'-- 10_·0-=6g:....;.__::S.:..:..4S:::_8_:_....:;4,~
61_ 1 religions in the Table 7 of
Part B. The marked decrease in 1891 as compared with 1881
1 Cf, A!n·i·Akbarf page 375•
 ~10

PATIALA STATE.] Sunam Town. [PART A.

CI:IAP. IV. was due to its not being on a line of rail. The construction of
·the Ludhiana~Jakhal line recently opened appears to have already
Places of arrested its decay, but being situated near a thou it is not a healthy
Interest.
town. Sunam is a place of great antiquity. Originally founded near the
Sun4m Town, Suraj Kund, of which some remains are still to be seen, it was called
Surajpur. The modern town was built ·within the walls of an old fort
into which its inhabitants were driven to take refuge, and it is divided
into two parts, one in the citadel of the fort, and the other on the low land
around it. It is 792 feet· above sea-level. Though now of little importance,
Sunam played a great part in the history of the Punjab after the Muha~~
madan invasiop, and Al-Beruni mentions it as a famous place of t1~
period.l Sunam in Sanskrit means a sacred name, but some say that it
was named after Sona, a Gujari, who guided Muhammad of Ghor to
Bhatinda and asked this boon as her reward. Others accept a deriva·
tion from Sanam, which in Arabic means the hump of a camel. When
Qutb-ud-Din lbcik saw that the place had this shape he named it Sunam,
but this etymology is untenable, as the town is only said to have assumed its
present shape after Taimur's invasion. Sunam was held by Hindu Rajas
till conquered by Muhammad of Ghor. Sultan Shams-ud-Din Altmash
gave it to his page Sher Khan 2 in jagi.,, Ghias-ud-Din 3 Balban gave it to
Timar Khan, with Samflna, on the death of his cousin Sher Khan, and
subsequently conferred it on his own son Bughra Khcin. 4 Under Muham ·
mad Shah Tughlaq its dependent tribes revolted. Flroz Shah 5 ~rought
a canal through Sirhind and Manslirpur to the town in 1360,6 and m 1398
Taimur7 attacked it. It is an ancient site, and by digging 40 or so feet deep
statues, big bricks and bones are found. In the time of Akbar it was a
pareana of have!£ Sirhind. In th'e rainy season the water of the Sunam
choa surrounds the town, and it was formerly difficult to cross it in order
to go to the neighbouring villages in seasons of heavy rain, but the people
have now built a bridge over the thoa. Nearly all the houses are of
palM. brick. The Chauhatta, Katehra and Bara Bazar are the most
important oasars. At first its mahal/as were named after the castes that
occupied them, but now there is no such distinction. The important
streets are the Sirewala, Bandewala, Gauryanwala and Mahalia Raja Ram.
Sunim is noted for its cotton work, and choutah£, khes, pagr£, palong·
posh andjajams are made. A plain chautah£ costs Rs. i6, a khes Rs. 5·8-o,
a pagri Rs. 3 and a palantfJosh Rs. 2, but these manufactures are dic{easing
daily.. ~ine qalatHdans a~d boxes are. also made. Grain i(-~'"'='.l).r~.~~L Br~ss·
ware IS Imported from Nabha and Pabala, and gu,. and khana nu ...;.._) i~:t.Jmted
Provinces. The tahsil is inside the town, which possesses a .~7) office,
anglo·vernacular middle schcol. pot:ce st~tion and hospital. ('1:-V.' I. !sa sara£
in the chauAatta, and various fine buildings with two or thr'1., ·. J~SJ The
thh.afta of Raj::t Ram W:IS once a famous building. There are·\.uree' tanks,
the Suraj Kund, Sita Sar and Ganga taf,f/J. A mosque dates frcf:1 the
time of Akbar, and its shrines have been described in Chapter I, Sed ion C.

----·-------------------1.-·-·-
1 Tarfk·i·Hind br Uta Lajp;t Rai, Pleader, Part I, p. 159·
' (Tradition) (Tabaqat·Akbar!).
3 Briggs, Volume I. p1ges ~;;9·6J.
4
E H. I, III, tog and 115•
• 'Briggs, Volume I, P• 453·
I Ibid, IV, P· II.

7 Sw~tcb.un-Naw.ir, a Persian book.

JIND STATE.
 ]IND STATE.
--)~-

OHAPTER I.-DESCRIPTIVE.
~~

Section A.-Physical Aspects.

·- _..:,eind, though the second in area, is the smallest in population of the CHAP.I,, A,
~e Ph•1lkian States, containing as it does the sterile Eagar tract of 0
9
;-J ti
Didd tahsil with its sparse population ever ready to emigrate in bad e r P ve,
seasons. The State contains 7 towns and 439 villages, and has a total PavsrcAL
area of 1,268 square miles with a population {according to the census Aspscrs.
of March 1st, 1901) of 282,003 souls, giving an average qensity of General deserip•
224 persons to the square mile. The State consists of three separate tion.
tracts, via., Sangrur, Jind and Dadri. The tahsil of Sangrur is some•
what scattered, and comprises four itaqas separated from one another
by British territory or portions of the States of P~tiala and Nabha. These
four ilriqas are (1) Sangrur, which on the north is mostly bounded by Patiala
and Nabha territories, on the east by the Bhawanigarh 11isamat of Pati~la;
on the south by the Sunam tahsil of that State and the village of Kharial
in the Kaithal tahsil of Karnal ; on the west by the Barnala tahsil
of Patiala and the Dhanaula tMna of Nabha: and on the north again by
Nabha territory interspersed with that of Patiala. It contains 1 town
and 43 villages, with a population (rgot) of 36,598 souls and an area of rog
square miles; (2) Kularan, which is mainly surrounded by Patiala
territory, lies 20 miles east of Sangrur, and comprises 33 villages, with a
population (1901) of 14,976 souls and an area of 66 square miles;
(3) Bazidpur, a small iUqa comprising two islands of the State territory, the
northern island including four and the southern three villages only. . The
total area of this i/aq(l, is only 9 square miles and the population in 1901
was 2,361 souls; and (4) BaU.nwali, a larger ilaqa lying 48 miles' west of
Sangrdr and comprising three separate islands of Jind territory, namely,
(i) the Balinwali llaqa properly so called, including the town of that name
with 10 villages. It is bounded on the north-east by Nabha territory, on
the east and south by that of Patiala, and on the west by the Mahra j
pargana of t~~-·'~ 'kt·a tahsil in the Ferozepore District : {U) to the north of
this the m;, ~.f 1'Si:and lies the large village of Di.ilpura, held in irJ,tfr by the
Sardars o~~jalpura; it is surrounded by the territories of Nabha on the
south-east,· :i~~ahraj pargana of Ferozepore on the south-west, and
~atiala on th,e_.. ·west: ~iiz') .south of B~Ianwali lie the two isol~t.ed
Villages of M'<u1!) and Buq, which are entirely surrounded by Pabala
territory. The Bahinwali ilrf.qa had a population of 10,746 souls in 1901,
and its area is 57 square miles. The tahsil of Jind is a compact triangle, and
is almost entirely surrounded by British territory, being bounded on the north
by the Narwana tahsll of the Patiala State and the Kaithal tahsil {District
Karnal), on the east by tahsil Panipat (Karna.I District); on the south-east
by the Gohana sub-tahsil, on the south by the Rohtak tahsil (Rohtak
District), and on the west by the Hans! tahsil (Hissar District). This tahsff
contains 2 towns and 163 villages, with a population (I go 1) of 124,954 souls;
and an area of 464 square miles. Its greatest length from east to west
is 36 miles; its ~;reatest width from north to south is 24t miles. Tile
compact tahsil of Dadri lies directly to the south of Jind, but is sepa..
rated from it by the Rohtak tahsil, '\\ilich with tahsil Jhajjar, aiso in
the Rohtak District, qounds it on the east. On the south this pare
:ana adjoins the State of Dujana, the Bawal nizamal or N~bha, and the
 21a
]lND STATE.] Rivers. [PART A.
CHAP. 1, A. Mohindargarh nisamat of Patiala ; on the west it is bounded by the Lobani
-. . State, and on the north-west by the Bhawani tahsil of Hissar. This
Descriptive, tahsil, 30 miles long from north-east to south-east and 23 broad from north·
PaYsrcAL west to south-west, has an area of 562 square miles. It contains 3
AsPEcTs, towns and 181 villages, with a population (1901) of 92,368 souls.· The
General clescrip· tahsil of Sangrur lies almost entirely in the great tract known as
tion. the Jangal, only the seven villages round Bazidpur being situated in
the Pawadh. Owing to the canals, however, the water-level is
generally high, being only 30 feet below the surface in the Sangrur
itaqa, and from 25 feet to 32 feet in Bazidpur and Kularan, but in the. .un-
irrigated iLaqa o£ BalanwaH it is 150 feet from the surface. )\~
tahsfl lies entirely in the Bangar and includes a part of the Nardak
or Kurukshetra, the holy land of the Hindus in the Jumna Valley. Water
lies at 120 feet or so below the surface. The Dadri ildqa o£ Dadri tahsil
lies, in the Hariana and Badhra, in the Eagar, a tract of sandy soil inter·
spersed with shifting sand-hills, though water is only 50 feet to 54 feet below
the surface. Well-cultivation is only possible in this tract on a limited scale
on account of these sand-hills. The Eagar tract has a hot, dry climate, being
exposed to violent sand-storms from the Bikaner desert in the hot season.
River •yatem. The Jind State is traversed by no great rivers. The Choa ntUa
enters it from Patiala territory near the village of Ghabdan, passes
through Balwahar, Sajuma, Gaggarpur and Kular Khurd, thus travers•
ing the Sangrur itaqa, and thence re-enters Patiala territory near
Sunam. This stream flows only in the rainy season, but when in flood
it attains a width of one mile near Ghabdan and Kular Khurd, cutting off
communication with these villages sometimes for two or three days. Its
flood waters are beneficial to the lands which they cover. The Jhambo·
wali tho£ is a small torrent which only flows in the rains, past Bazfd·
pur and Muhammad pur in the Bazidpur itaq a, and thence traversing
the intervening Patiala villages, enters the Kularan £taqa at Sahjpura,
and passes through Dharmgarh and Buzurg. Its greatest breadth in the
rainy season is, however, only 12 feet, but its flood waters fertilize a
certain amount of land on its banks. The Ghaggar stream only traverses
the extreme south-east corner of the Kularan Jtaqa, passing through the
villages of Saparherl, Usmanpur and Ratnheri for about 5 or 6 miles.
In the rainy season its breadth extends to some 3 miles near Saparheri
and Ratnheri, and at Usmanpur it is crossed by a ferv\..at this season.
When in full flood the Ghaggar does a certain c.mount of \..;...:lge to crops,
but on the whole its flood waters do good and fertilize the lands tht.y cover.
Tahsil Da~rl, '!hie~ has no canal irrigati~n, is watered by~... ··Dohan, a
stream wh1ch nses m the lands of Ghoghu and Bhagaur, t:( .. ·;ages of the
Jaipur State, whence it flows past the Patiala town of Kat~..-;4 and there..
after irrigates the ]ind villages of Pahirf, Badhwana, Jawa, Jhojhu Kalan,
Balali, Abidpura, Mandaula, Kaliana and Dadri for some 15 or x6
miles, disappearing in the drUar land of Kalyawas in Rohtak. When in
• flood in the rainy season, it is used to fertilize the lands below its level for
two or three years, but it was apt in years of heavy rainfall to cause damage
both to houses and crops, and is now controlled by three dams, of which the
first, raised in 1874, lies between the roads leading from Dadri to Kaliana
and Jhajjar, while the second is between those leadin~ to the Dadrf railway
station and the Joba.wala tank near the town,_ and the third, made in 1886,
adjoins D.idri station, lying between the road leading from the town to
Rawaldi and that leading from the town to the station. 1he worst floods
occurred in x86.2 and 188s. In the latter year considerable damage
was done in the town of Daclri both to private property and to the
State R~atas or grain stores, which were destroyed. The loss to the
 2t3
1rNo StATE.] Fauna and flora. [PART A.

State alone was estimated at a lakh of rupees. The bands, which kept the CH~ I, A.
water of the Dohan from entering the town, also prevented th~ .surface Descriptive.
drainage of the town itself from finding an outlet, and thus InJUry to PHYsicAL
the place resulted. · Asncrs~

The tahsils of Jlnd and Sangrur consist of undulating plains whose Hills.
monotony is broken only by shifting sand-hills, but in Dadri tahsil there
are also hills or kopjes, some 34 in number, which are off-shoots of the

~
a alli Range. Of these the largest is Kaliana, a hill six miles south~
,,.. · of Dadri, covered with jfil trees, with an area of 282 acres. From
! a soft pliant sand-stone (sang-i-larz£n) and a hard stone used for mills
(chakkis), mortars (ukhals) and building purposes is quarried. At its
foot lies the township which bears its name. Ataila Kalan and Sisw.ila
are two hills lying close together, I 2 miles south-west of D.idri. The latter
abounds in the gum-yielding kher tree, and salrlj!t stone is also found in
small quantities. These two hills cover an area of 1,340 acres. Further
to the south·west, 20 miles from Dadri, is the Kadma hill, which lies partly
in Patiala. The part lying in this State has an area of 770 acres, and is
also covered with kher trees. Other hills are Duhla (area 370 acres) near
Kheri Battar village, Kapuri (54 acres) near the hamlet of that name, and
small hills near Manakawas and Pandwan villages. Kapurl hill yields a
few crystals,

The climate varies in different parts of the State. The Jlnd tahsil Climate,
which is irrigated is moist and unhealthy. Dadri is very dry, sandy, and
healthy, while Sangrur comes between the two in these respects. The
minimum temperature at Sangrur is 41° in January and the maximum
104° in June. The average rainfall for the last ten years is 17'02
inches at Sangrur, 16·49 at Jind, and 10'39 at Dadri.

In the villages of Sangrur tahsil· well water is generally used for Water.supply,
drinking, the water of the tank or pond (johar) being only used for bathing
and watering cattle. The water-level is not very deep except in the Balan~
wali ilcl.qa, where it varies from xoo to 150 feet, and the construction of wells
entailing great expense wells are very few. In Jind tahsil generally, as
the water-level is very deep, the fohars are used for drinking, those near
the canal or it~'t. '~b'hrlhas being supplied from them in time of drought.
The joltars of"Lne baran£ tract, however, run dry in dry weather, causing
great suff,;'fi_ng to the cattle, and water has to be carried from village to
village in ~ :;~-.. This is especially the case in the villages adjoining the
Rohtak and 1.. Districts. In Dadri tahsil, where there are no canals,
the villagers<-'-' er much from scarcity of water, as that in the wells is
generally brackish. The larger villages and towns have deep tanks with
pakU" ghats, which are full in the rainy season, but run dry in seasons of
drought, when the villagers suffer considerably and are often compelled to
abandon their homes. In some villages drinking wells are dug on the banks
of the joh1rs, so as to allow the water to filter into them, and this has the
effect of making the well-water sweet. An aperture (mort) is sometimes
made in the well cylinder, so that it communicates with the tank when the
latter is full, and water is then let into the well. This also helps to keep
the well wattr !weet.

The fauna and flora are much the same here as in the adjolning patts Faaoa ud ftora·
of Patiala, and the geological formation is also identical with that of •
the Patiala plains. ,
 214
jJND StATE. ] ilistary. [PART A.
Section B.-History.
CHAP. I, B. The history! of Jlnd as a separate and 'ruling State dates from
Descriptive 1763, in which year the confederate Sikhs having captured Sirhind town
•· from the governor to whom Ahmad Shah Durini had entrusted it, parti·
H1sroar, tioned the old Mughal province of Sirhind. Prior to that year Sukhchen,
EuJ1 hiatory. grandson of Phul, the ancestor of all the Phulkian families, had been a mere
rural notable. On his death in 1751 Balanwali, which he had founded,
fell to Alam Singh, his eldest son, Badrukhan to his second son Gajpat
Singh, and Dialpura to Bulaqi. <.:"-'·
Geatalo,tcal The pedigree of the present Rajas of Jind and Nabha is given -~'
table of Rijasof below:-
]fad aad I'Ubba.
PHUL.
I
( I I I I ~
Tlloka. R4ma, RaghU, Chand, Jhandu, 1'akhat Mal,
ancestor of ancestor '--- -...,..----...1
the PatiAla of the ancestors of the Laudgharia family.
and Bhadaur Jiundan
families. family.
'------------------~
r-------~~-------~
Gurdita, Sukhchen,
ancestor of the Nabha family. d.ysr.
(
r-----------~.,----.__-------~.
Alam Singh, RAJA GAJPAT SINGH, Bul,qi Stngh,
d. 1764, d 1789 from whom have
., ' descended the
Di.ilpuria Sard.irs.

J
r·-.----------~-.~~------------~
Mahar Smgh, RAJA BHAG SINGH, Bh6p Singh,
d. 1771. ·d. 181g. d. 1815,

Hari Singh, ( I ·
I
d. 1781. RAJA FATAH SINGH, IPartab Singh, Mahtab Singh,
d. 1823. d. 18!6, d. 1816,
I
RAJA SANGAT SINGH,
d. 1834· (
r~----~--------,
Ka.rm Singh,
t.
Basawa Singh,
d. 1J8r8. d. rf830. I. . J

R.\JA SARUP SINGH, G.c.s.r.,

d. 1864.
r----'---1..... :.. '. -~ Singh,
Sukha Singh, gw~n
1 ~~s~ -~~~~
I L-
Randh{, Singh, RAJA RAGHBIR SINGH,
d. 1848. d. 1887. Harnar Singh, Raja Hira lingh {of
I d, 1856, Nabha), b. 1843.
Balbfr Singh. I
I . Tika Ripudaman Singh,
RAJA RANBIR SINGH, b. 1883.
b. IS79·
(
~----------~,-----------,
Dfwbr Singh, Sher Singh, Chatar Singh,
d. 1841. d. t882. d, 18~1.
,._--!-1_ _ _ _ _ "\
Hu Na!!in Singh, Shamsher Singh,
b. x861. b. 1872.
ITili:~ account is princ:ipa.lly taken from Ciriffin'5 Punjab R6jas and Massy's Chie!a,
 ~us

]ISO STATE.] [PART A~

On Alam Smgh. ' s death m ' 1754 B'l' ' t s·mg,h, who CHAP.
a anw111 1'1aIso fe11 to GaJpa - I,,. B.
was the most adventurous of the three brothers, and had in 1755 conquered Descriptive,
the Imperial parga,as of Jind and Safidon and overrun Panipat !lnd HrsroRY.
Karmil, though he was not strong enough to hold them. In 1766 GaJpat . .
Singh made Jind town his. capital. Neve~theless he. ~em~ined a v~sal of ~~g.a:~~n!.~7so,
the Delhi empire.and ~ontmued t? pay t~1bute, o?~ammg m re~urn m I7Z2 Conquest of jlnd
an Imperial firman wh1ch gave h1m the title of RaJa and the nght ~o com and Saffdon,
money in his own name. In I 773 in consequence of a quarrel w1th the ·
Raja of Nabha he attacked Amloh, Bba.dson and Sangrur which were in
, the !':ibha territories, and though compelled by the Raja of Patiala to
ro')!tfuish the two former places, he succeeded in retaining the latter, and
it has ever since remained part of the Jind State. In the next year, however,
the Delhi government made an attempt to recover Jind, but the PhUlki:in
States combined to resist the attack, and it was repulsed. Gajpat Singh
then built the fort at the town of Jind in 1775, and soon after this Jind
and Pati!';la joined in an invasion of Rohtak, but the Mughal power was
stron('1 enough to compel them to give up most of their conquests, and Jind
only ~etained Panjgirain. Again in 1780 the allies marched on Meerut,
but were defeated, and Gajpat Singh was taken prisoner by the Muhamma-
dan general. His release was only secured by payment of a heavy ransom.
He died in t 786 and was succeeded by his son~ Bhig Singh, inheriting
the title of Raja with the territories of Jlnd and Safldon, and Bhup Singh
obtaining Badrukban. ·
Raja Gajpat Singh's daughter, Blbi Raj Kaur, married Sardar BMgSingb,A,D.
Mahan Singh, Sukarchakia, and became the mother of Maharaja Ranjit 1189-1819·
Singh. Gajpat Singh's position on the north-western corner of the
Rohtak countr)' made it easy for him to invade Gohana and Hissar
whenever the Mahrattas happened to have their hands full elsewhere ;
and he and his son Bhag Singh ultimately farmed these territories as
lessees of the Mahrattas, and held them until the beginning of the last
century. Raja Bhag Singh had shrewdly held aloof from the combination
against the British; and when Scindia's power in Northern India was ulti...
mately broken, and he was obliged, under the Treaty of the 3oth of Decem·
ber 1803, to surrender his possessions west of the Jumna, Lord I.ake reward·
ed Bhag Singh by confirming his title in the Gohana estates. He afterwards
accompanied Lord Lake as far as the Beas in his pursuit of Jaswant Rao
Holkar, and he was sent as an envoy to his nephew, Maharaja Ranjit
Singh, to dissuad( him from assisting the fugitive prince. The mission was
successful. Holkar was compelled to leave the Punjab, and Bbaa Singh
received as ~is reward the pargana o£ Bawina to the south-west ofPanipat.
The history ;;~·rt Singh's interference in the PhUlki.in States has been
given above (IJ.H 8). From Ranjit Singh, Raja BMg Singh received the
territory now ini.: ded in the Ludhiina District, comprising Jhandiala, Raikot,
Bassian and Jagraon. He died in 1819 after ruling 20 years, and was
succeeded by his son Fateh Singh, who died in 1822.
Troublous times followed. Sangat Singh who succeeded his father Sarup Sincb,
Fateh Singh was obliged for a period to desert his capital and make over A.D.1837-al6..,;
the administration to foreign hands. Matters, however, mended after his
death, in 1834. Sangat Singh had no son, and the question of escheat
arose in the absence of direct heirs, though the collateral claimants were
many. Orders were finally passed, in 1837, in favour of Sarup Singh of
Baztdpur, a third cousin of the deceased Rajtt, as the nearest male heir.
But he was held to have no right to succeed to more territory than was
possessed by his great-grandfather, Gajpat Singh, through whom he
derived his title. 1 his territory consisted of Jfnd proper and nine other
#llrtanas, containing 312 villages, with a revenue of Rs. 2,36,ooo. Estates
 ~·6
)IND STATE, J (PART A.
CHAP. 1. B. yielding Rs. 1,82,ooo were resumed by the British Government as escheats,
~ t' including the acquisitions of Rija Bhig Singh in and near Ludhiana, Panfpat
0 escr•p •ve. Hansi and Hissar, and when Kaithal was resumed in 1843 the Mahalii~
H1sroav. Ghabdan pargfJna was given to Jind in exchange for a part of Safidon.
R4jaSarup Before the outbreak of the 1st Sikh War the Raja of Jind was in close
Singh's belp to alliance with Patiala against Raja Devindar Singh of Nabha. His attitude'
!~:!~~~h Gov• to the British Government, however, was anything but friendly in 1845,
A.D. 184,5. until a fine of Rs. 1o,ooo for failure to supply transport, when called upon,
recalled him to his allegiance and a belief in the power of the British.
Consequently in the Ist Sikh War his conduct was exemplary. Th((.,_"<er·
tions of his people in providing supplies and carriage were great ; his ~ ·•
tingent served with the British troops, and a Jind detachment ·which accom·
panied the Patiala contingent to Ghunghra.na under Captain Hay was highly
praised by that officer for its steady conduct and discipline. Later on a
detachment accompanied the expedition to Kashmir, where a revolt was in
progress against Mahiraja Gulab Singh, Jind received in reward a grant o£
land of the annual value of Rs. 3,ooo, while the fine of the previous year
was remitted. Another grant, yielding Rs. I,ooo, was shortly afterwards
A.D. 18.47, added in consideration of the abolition of the State transit dues. In 184 7
the Raja received a sanad by which the British Government engaged never
to demand from him or his successors tribute or revenue, or commutation
in lieu of troops;, the Raja on his part promising to aid the British with all
his resources in case of war, to maintain the military roads, and to suppress
sati, slave-dealing and infanticide in his territories. When the 2nd
Sikh War broke out Raja Sarup Singh offered to lead his troops in person
to join the British army at LahQre. He was warmly thanked for the offer
and the loyalty which had prompted it, though the services of himself and
his troops were declined.
~£ja Sar6p Raja Sarup Singh's loyalty was again conspicuous during the Mutiny,
~ 10 1~'s .hel~10? He occupied the cantonment of Karnal with 8oo men, and held the ferry
10
:;' 1 utt- over the Jumna at Bhigpat, twenty miles north of Delhi, thus enabling the
A.D. 1857· Meerut force to join Sir H. Barnard's column. The Raja was personally
engaged in the battle of AHpur on the 8th of June and received the congra·
tulations of the commander-in-chief, who presented him with one of the
captured guns. At the end of June the Raja was compelled to pay a fly·
ing visit to Jind as the rebels of Hansi, Rohtak and Hissir had induced some
. of his villages to revolt. He returned to Delhi on the gth of September,
where his contingent ultimately took a prominent part in the assault on the
city, scaling the walls with the British troops, and losing many of their num-
ber in killed and wounded. Raja Sarup Singh was the only~;£ who was
present with the army at Delhi. He was further active ~.~~out in send-
ing supplies to the besieging force and in keeping open \~_r lines of com·
munication and preserving order in the districts adjoining'~..his State. The
commissary-general declared that but for the timely supplies furnished
by the Raja the quantity of stores would at first have been insufficient for 1

the troops. After the fall of Delhi the Raja. sent 200 men with General Van
Cortlandt to Hansi, 110 more with Colonel R. Lawrence to Jhajjar, while
250 remained to garrison Rohtak. The Governor-General in his notifica·
cation of November 5th, 1857, said that the steady support of the Raja of
Jind called for the marked thanks of the Government. These splendid
Graat of D£dtf. services received a fitting reward in the grant of the Dadri territory, cover•
ing nearly 6oo square miles, forfeited on account of the rebellion of its
Nawab. This territory now yields a revenue of over two lakhs of rupees
per annum. He was also given 13 villages, assessed, .at Rs. 1,38,.ooo, i.n
the Kularan pargana, close to Sangrur, where the RaJa no": has h1~ ~ap•­
ul, and a house at Delhi, valued at Rs. 61oool together w1th add1bonal
 ~i,

Jt~D STATE.] Raja Raghbir Sz"ngk. [PART A.

· . . . dt I • CHAP. I, B.
honorary titles, was confe~red o~ h1m. H1s s~lute was ra1se o ~even. guns, -:- .
and like the other Phtilku'in ch1efs, he received a sa11ad grantmg him the DescrJptJve,
po":er of adoption in case o£ the failure of natura} h.~irs, a~d l~galising the HrsroRv.
appointment of a successor by the two other Phulkian chiefs 111 the event . ,
of the RaJ· as dyinO'0 without nominatinO' an heir. Various small transfers sR·,'niah~ahrupl
of isolated villaO'es
0
were made between: : .Jmd
,
and the B''hGnhs overnmen t gsep
and loyalty in
in the next few years, tending to consolidate the State territories. Mutiny.
Raja Sarup Singh died in 1864. He is described as 1 in person and pre·
sel~s;,eminently princely. The stalwart Sikh race could hardly show a taller
Qjli stronger man. Clad in armour, as he loved to be, at the head of his
troops, there was perhaps no other prince in India who bore himself so
<Tallantly and looked so true a soldier, The British Government has never
had an ally more true in heart th~~ Sarup Singh, '':ho served it !rom affec·
tion and not from fear.' 1 The RaJa had been nommated a Kmght Grand
Commander of the Star of India a few months before his death. He was sue• R.'i• Ragbbir
ceeded by his son, Raghbir Singh, who was in every way worthy of his X'ogh,
father. Immediately after his installation he was called upon to put down aesi. I 864-
a serious insurrection in the newly-acquired territory of Dadri. The people
objected to the new revenue assessment which had been based upon the
British system, though the rates were much heavier than those prevailing
in the neighbouring British Districts. Fifty villages broke out in open
revolt, the police station of Blidhra was seized, and rude retrenchments
thrown up outside some of the villages, while the semi-civilised tribes of
Bikaner and Shekhciwati were ilivited to help, on promise of plunder and
pay. Raja Raghbir Singh lost no time in hurrying to the scene of the
disturbances with about two thousand men of all arms. The village of
Charkl, where the ringleaders of the rebellion had entrenched themselves,
was carried by assault, two other villages were treated in like manner, and
within six weeks of the outbreak the country was again prefectly quiet.
The Raja rendered prompt assistance to the British Government on Assistance in
the occasion of the Kuka outbreak in 1872. He sent two guns, a troop of Kuka outbreak.
horse, and two companies of infantry to Maler Kotla at the request of the A.D. 1872•
Deputy Commissioner of Ludhiana, and the rising was effectually suppressed.

When the 2nd Afghcin War broke out in 1878 the British Govern· Help in the :and
ment accepted the loyal offer of Raj! Raghbir Singh to furnish a continO'ent. AfgMn War.
The Jind force consisting of soo sepoys, 2oo snwars, with a large ~taff A,D. 1878•
and two guns, arrived at Thai in May 1879 and rendered useful service on
the line of .r;~\"Tlpmnications. The honorary title of Raja-i-Rajgan was
conferred on 't 'Ja of Jind in perpetuity, and Sardar Jagat Singh, the
State Political t\r~er, was decorated with the C. l. E., while Sardar Ratan
Singh, commanding the contingent, received a sword. A similar offer in
the Egyptian Campaign of 1882 was declined with a suitable recognition
of the Raja's loyalty.
Raja Raghb~r Singh was i~defatig~ble in his efforts .to promote the R4ja Raghblr
1~rospe;1ty, mate:1al ~nd otherw1se! .of h1s people, He reb~1lt the town of ~ingh's interest
s.angru~, modellmg 1t largely on ja1pur, and made many Improvements in an arts aad
JIDd, Dadri and ~afidon. He established daily distributions of alms (sada manufactures,
~arat), and contnbuted large sums to religious institutions at various places
m ~he State and elsewhere. Besides the routine business of the State, to
~h1ch he de.voted a large part of the day, the Raja was keenly interested
1n enc~uragmg local arts and manufactures. He sent various workmen in
gold, Silver, wood, etc., to learn the higher branches of their crafts at Rurkt
1
' R4jaa of the Punjab, page 374•
 218
}!NO STATE.] A nNquitz'es. [PART A.
CH~ 1• B. and other centres. He practically created the carpet industry of Sangrur
Descriptive. and made a great collection of objects of art. In this way he gave a great
Htsroav. stimulus to local talent, and Jind is undoubtedly the first of the PhUlkilln
States as regards artistic manufactures. This able and enlightened ruler
R~ja Raghblr
Singh's interest
died in 1887, and his death was a loss to the province. His only son
in arts and Balblr Singh had died during his father's lifetime, leaving a young son,'
manufactures. Ranblr Sipgh, to succeed to the gaddi. Raja Ranbir Singh, born in 1879,
A.D. 1887, was then only 8 years old at his accession, and a Council of Regency was
appointed to carry on the administration until he attained majority: 'Full
A.D. 1899. powers were given him in November 1899 in a da,bar held at Sang~,~
An account of the relations of the Phulkiin States with the British
Government has been given above (page 48). The services of the Imperial
Service Jlnd Infantry in Tirah will be noticed below ·in· Chapter III, Sec·
tion G (Army)
ANTIQUITIES.
The Kuruk• The famous battle-field of Kurukshetra, where the Kauravas and
shetra. Pandavas fought for eighteen days, is situated on the south side of Thanesar,
30 miles south of Ambala in the Punjab, and an account of its antiquities
will be found described in Cunningham's Arclzreologz'cal Survey Reports,
Vol. XIV, p. 86. Given below is a note by L. Raghunath Das, Superinten·
dent of Ethnography in the Jind State, which relates to that part of the Kuruk·
shetra which lies in that State and forms the southern border of the sacred
territory, lying west of Panipat and including Safidon and Jlnd, the two
ancient towns which are the most important places in the south as Thanesar
and Pehoa are in the north of the Kurukshetra. The details of the various
temples, shrines and places of pilgrimage in this tract do not lend counte·
nance to Cunningham's suspicion that both Kaithal and Jind have been
included in the holy circuit in recent times to gratify the Sikh Rajas of
those places. The archreological remains of the southern Kurukshetra do
not appear to have ever been examined by an expert, though the- whole
territory 'vould probably repay systematic exploration. The note is as
follows:-
' .
(1) At Baraud in the Safidon £Uqa, and 3! miles to the north·east of
the town of Safidon, is a temple of Mahiideo, which is said to date from the
Sat Yuga. It is visited by the people on the SMvatc'itris, and as there are
no pujarts, the villagers here perform worship themselves.

(2) At Safidon itself there are three ancient ttratlz~nd temples,

supposed to have, been built towards t~e close of the D,~ .. ·~ ,uga, namely,
Nageshvara Mahadeva, Naga-Damam Dev( (or Bhal\ ' ,ev1) and Naga
Kshetra. The legend goes that at the end of the Dwapar '·uga a Raja Parik·
sit was bitten by' a serpent, Taksaka. To avenge him, his son Raja
Janarriejaya established the images of Nagecvara Mabadeva and Naga-Damani
Devi (the goddess who slaughters serpents) in the temples and invoked
them. He then made a bedi lzawan, or place of sacred fire, and held a
holocaust of the snakes with their shaktfs (powers). (i) Nageshvara
A!alutdeva.-This temple, which lies on a tank, contains an idol of
Nageshvara l\Iahiideva, and fairs are held here on the 13th and
14th of Sa wan and Phagan in the dark half of the month. The wor·
shipper here is believed to obtain Naga-loka. (t'i) The Bhawan Devi.7i
or temple of tlze goddess.- This temple contains an idol of Naga·
Damani Devi. Fairs are held on the 7th and 9th of Asauj and Chet sudi.
The temple was rebuilt by Raja Raghbfr Singh of Jlnd in Sambat
'9-+3· (ii1) Tile Naga. Kshetra tank.-The tank was rebuilt by Raja
Raghbir Singh in the same year, and the tirath of Naga Kshetra is the.
 ~19

]IND STATE. ] AnliquUies. [PART A.

place where the snakes were slaughtered and hence is called Sarap Daman. CHAP. I. B.
Bathing in it is believed to set one free from the fear of N~~as (snakes~. D t'
The temple of Sri Krishna here was also erected by RaJa Raghb1r _esc rip IVe.
Singh in the same year. Its fair is held on the 8th of Bhidon bad£. HistoRY.
The administration of the above temples is !n the han~s of t~e State Antiquities,
authorities, three Gaur Brahmaqs of the I<aush1ka gotra bemg nommated as
pujaris and paid by the State.
(3) Mahadeva.-Th~re is also a temple of Mahadeva at Paju Kalan in
. the ~jldon z'Uqa, 3 miles north·\~'est of Safidon. It is on the Parasar tank,
so)u1fed because Pariisara Rishi performed penances here. It also dates
from the Sat Yuga, and its fairs are held on the 13th and 14th of Sawan
and Phagan badi. People also bathe here on every Sunday in Sawan.
It is in charge of a Shcimi Bairagi of the Ramanandl order, who mu~t
remain celibate.
(4) The Singhi Rikh tank at Sangha.na, 4 miles west of Saffdon, owes
its name to Singhl-Rikh, the Rishi who worshipped there. Bathing in it on a
parab or fete day is meritorious.
(5) There is also a temple of Mah~deva at Hat, 6 miles south-west' of
Safidon in the same z'laqa on the Panch Nid. 1 It has been in existence since
the Sat Yug, and to bathe in its tank is equivalent in spiritual efficacy to
perfoqning 5 jags. There are fairs here on the same dates as at Paju
Kalan, but no regular pujaris are appointed, though occasionally a Shiimi
(Baira.gl), a Brahmachari, a Gosain or a ~lldhu may halt here in his wander·
ings. Two miles from Hat is the Aranbak Yaksha, one of the four yakslzas
or monsters, who guarded the four corners of the battle-field.
(6) The Suraj Kund tank at Kalw6, g~ miles south-west of
Safidon in the same z'lriqa, is believed to owe its origin to Suraj
Narain, and bathing in it at any time, but more specially on a
Sunday, is held to avert the suraj-gralz or evil influence of the sun-god.
The old temple of Stiraj Bbawan at Stiraj Kund, the ruins of which
are still to be found, having ~een demolished, a new temple of Krishna and
Radhika was built by a Bairagl of Brij, whose chetas hold it in succession
from him. ·
(7) At Jiimni, r 2 miles west of SaHdon, are a temple and tank of
Jamadagni, father of Parashurama. People bathe in the tank on Sundays
and the pur,;nmdst' or 15th of every month. The temple is in the charge
of a Shami ti.' ·· JUmanandi order, and has a muaf£ of So btgahs of land
attached to it.., y-)
(8) At Asan, which is at a distance of r4 miles in the south-west of
Safidon, is a~ a~cie~t tank, called Asvini·Kumara after the god. in whose
honour a R1sht d1d penance there. The leaend in the Vamana Purana
g?es that an ugly Ris~1i, being laughed at in the assembly of the sages,
1.hd pen~nce and mvoked the god Ashvini-Kumara, who appeared
befo~e ht.m, a~d bestowed on him beauty, saying "be beautiful after
bath1ng Ill thts tank.'' Hence bathing in it on Tuesday is believed to
f'nhance one's beauty. . ,

(g) At Barih KaLan, which is r 7 miles south-west of Safidon are the

tank and temple of Barahji Bhagwin, commemorating Vishnu's ~araha or
1
Panch Nid, th,e place where 5 Uraths were connected with 5 channels by H't /(, · L
Mah4dto (B~wan Puran), , · a au,
 ~20

JIND STATE. ) A ntiguz'll'es. [PART A.

CHAP. I, B. boar incarnation. The fair is held on the 11th and 12th o£ Bhadon sudi.
Bathing in the tank and worshipping the god Barah are believed
.Descriptive. to secure the highest place in heaven. The Chandar-Kup or Moon·
HisTORY. well Tirath, built here in honour of the moon tSoma Deva), is an
Antiquitie~. ancient cave in which water collects in the rainy season, and in this
water the moon is supposed to have bathed. Her evil influence is
averted by bathing here on the 11th and 12th of Bhadon szedi or
on a Monday. The Sapt-Rishi Kund or tank of the Seven Rishls
is also here. The legend in the Tilak Gyan Granth is that the seven
Rishis, Ranbuka, etc., came here after visiting the tiratlzs or t~c: of
Kurukshetra, and made their kuti (resting-place) and hawan lm11d 1&.
After a time they went to Pindtarak (Pindara). It is of spiritual
benefit to bathe in it on the days mentioned above or on any
sacred day. A Suraj Kund is also here, bathing in which is as
meritorious as performing worship at an eclipse of the sun. The
bathing day is Sunday. There is also a Chandar Kund, to bathe in
which is equal to worshipping at an eclipse of the moon. The bathino·
day is 1\'Ionday. ~>

( 1o) At Pindara, which is 20 miles south-west of Saffdon, is

another Soma Tirath, with a temple of Soma Ishar Mahadeo, sacred
to the moon and the planet Shukra (\'enus). This tank is visited
by many thousands of people, often from distant places, at a Somawati
Amawas, or a l\'l9nday which falls on the day before a new moon,
and a fair is also held on the 13th and qth badi both in Phagan
and Sawan. At a Somawati. Amawas pilgrims offer pinddau, balls
of rice-flour, for the benefit cf deceased ancestors, and this is as
efficacious as a pilgrimage to Gaya. Alms offered on such an
occasion are also equal in merit to the performance of a Ra jsu
Jag.
(11) The temple of Jainti Devi or Goddess of Victory at Jind
which owes its name to this temple. and which is 22. miles south·
west of Safidon, was built by Yudhisthira and his brothers, the
Pandavas, before their fight with the Kauravas. A tank called the
Suraj Kund lies'in front of the temple and is now filled with canal
water. On the tank of Somnath, in the town of }fnd, are the
temples of 1\lahcideo called the Soma Ishwara shivalct and Mansa
Devi. The tank derives its name from the Moon-god Soma, and by
bathing in it one can reach the moon. On another tan~, called the
Jawalmal Ishwara, is another shivcUa of Mah:ideo b~ the same
name as the tank. Bathing here is believed to free ( . ,oul from the
door (bonds) of transmigration. The Asankh Tlratl!..~t Jfnd i~ an
ancient tank so called because countless (asankh) rzsh1s are satd to
have worshipped there. To bathe in it on a sacred day (parab) is
equivalent to a pih:rrimaae to Badri N'ath. Washing in the Asni Dharr1
Tlrath, also an extreme{). ancient tank, cleanses from sin if performed
on a Thursday. In Sambat 1903 H. H. Raja Sarup Singh built the
Raj Rajashri or Lord of the State Temple at Jind. The fair is held
on the 1st to the gth of Chait and Asauj sudi.

(1?) At Bari·ban1 is a temple to Grahi Dev{, who was a Yakshani

goddess of Gn\ha Rishi. A fair is held on the 7th and 8th of Chait and
Asauj sudi. Visiting it is believed to avert sins. Here too is an
1Bara·ban is 24 miles south.west of Saf!don.
 ~~·
j IND STATE. ] Antz'qua'tief. [PART A

ancient tank called the Punpunya, so called because Nar Singh washed CHAP. I, B.
his hands in it a second time after killing Harnakash. Bathing in Des;iptive
it is as efficacious as bathing in the Kirt Sauch, while it also '
makes the bather more prudent. This village also contains a very HisTORY.
old tank called the Kirt Sauch or place of hand-washing, so called Antiquities.
because Nar Singh, the lion incarnation of Vishnu, killed the Daiya
or Demon Harnakash at this spot and washed his hands and feet in
it. It is beneficial to bathe in it on a parab, and to do so is equivalent
to performing a Pundrik Jag .
. / (13) At lkas, which is 25 miles off Safidon in the south-west direction,
is the Hans, or 'Goose' tank, also called the DhUndu or 'seeking,' because
here Krishna, after escaping from the Gopis, concealed himself in the
uuise of a goose (Hans is a symbol for soul) while they sought him
in the same shape. It is customary to bathe in it on a Sunday in Sawan,
or on any parab. Bathing in it is believed to be equivalent in merit to
making a gift (pun) of r ,ooo cows.
(14) Ram Rai, which is at a distance of 28 miles in the south·west
direction, is also a village of peculiar sanctity. It contains-(i) A
temple to Paras Ram, adjoining which are the Ram Hirdh, 1 Suraj
Kund and San Hitha. The Ram Hirdh or 'Temple of Paras Ram' marks
the spots where that hero destroyed the Chhatds. The legend in the
Mahabhlirata goes that" Paras Ram killed Sahansara Baho (thousand armed)
with all his sons and sabza, 'army,' and filled five kttnds with blood, bathed
himself in them and offered Tii·anjli to his deceased father, Jamdagan,
saying : 'It is the bl~od of those who killed you and took away your
Kamdltainu cow.' Then Paras Ram took up his axe, and began slaughtering
Kshatrayis," while the San Hitha is midway betwf!fn the Ram Hirdh and
the Suraj Kund. People bathe in these tanks on the 15th sudi of Katik and
Baisakh, after which they worship in the temple which contains images of
Paras Ram and his parents Jamdagan and Ranbuka, feed Brahmans, and
give alms to the poor. Also at an eclipse of the sun they bathe in the San
Hitha tank and at an eclipse of the moon in the Ram Hirdh; by doing so
they believe that they will reach Swarga (paradise). (ii) The temple of
Kapal Yaksha is in the south-west of Ram Rai. The .Yaksha was a
door-keeper of the Kurukshetra. The temple is worshipped on the
same days, and is in the charge of a Kanphata Jogi. (z'iil The
temple of Anokhali Mekhla Dev[, who was the Yaksltani of Kapal
Yaksha, is in the charge of a Gaur Brahman. A fair is held on the
same day~ •. ·
:.
(15) At Pohkar Kheri, which is 29 miles south-west of Safldon,
in the south-west of the village, is a tank of Pushkarji, with a temple
of Mahideo. The name Pohkar is from Pushkar, meaning 'great purifier.'
Here Brahma, Vishnu and Mahesh worshipped, and there is special
worship of Mahadeo on the 13th and 14th badi of Phagan and Sa wan,
while bathing here on 15th sudi of Katik or Baisakh (each· a Su,oj-
parab, or day sacred to the sun) is equivalent to performing a aswameda
or horse-sacrifice.
(16) Dind:l i~ a tank where Daryodhan is said to have hidden during
the Mahibhirat battle and to have been caught by Raja Yudhishtar,
Hence the name Dindu (dlzundna = to search).

·fUm Hirdh is a place where the heart o! Paras Ram was pleased, for R£m is for Paras
R~m and ltir4/a means hea.rt, • ·
 ~22

}lND StAT!.] Populaft'on. [PART A,

CHA:P.I. C. Section C.-Population.
Descriptive.
PoPULATioN. The Sikhs, who are mostly found in tahsil Sangrur, stand first in
physique. They are muscular, stout, tall, often attaining six 'feet,
Physical ehuac· handsome, with reddish brown complexion and generally long lived. Besides
~;~~c~ of the being good husbandmen they make excellent soldiers, as they still possess
the military spirit infused by Guru Govind Singh. The following kabit
The Sikhs. describes the characteristics of the Sikhs :- ·
1' Bankre banail bir chhatri ehhabi/e dhtr ,- .
Chhail chkake ras bir fawan khuns£/e luin.
Sohal sam!Jsru safu sudhe skiyam stt ,·
Ainthdar Mnkre muthlzatre sa mile hain.
Lochan hansun kain te risaun hain rahen bairan pai ,·
Bhon J.ain bank chharhf c/zhaun hain bhallctl khi!e hain.
Bank sclmile, set, pit, Ia/, nilt;
Sa6 SIJhat sufUe tal gzeru ke rang{le hain/'

"The Sikhs are well armed, handsome, brave, bold and resolute
Kshatrly~s, inspired with bravery and enthusiastic youths (jawun). Thev
have flowing, well kept, straight beards whether blactr' or white, curled and
twisted moustaches, and smiling eyes which are terrible to their enemies.
They have curved, over-strained eyebrows and reddish brown shining
foreheads. They are well dressed in white, yellow, red or blue clothes and
all are good-looking. They are gay fellows beloved of the Guru."

The Jats. Next to them in physique are the Jats of tahslls J!nd and Dadri, who
are the backbone of the agriculturists. They range from 5 feet 4 inches to
6 in height and can carry a to 3 maunds. Their women take a large
share in cultivation and are generally stalwart, leading healthy lives, often
attaining the age of 70 years. The Jats are not given to pleasure, their
want; are simple and easily satisfied, anj they describe them thus-
Dtls changl bail dekk wa d~u ttUn lerr{;
Hakk Msabi nya, Wti sak sir jeor£ ,·
Bhur£ blzainf ka dl'idh, ulll. rabargholna:
/tna dt kar/lll' to bolzr na bolnti.
"Let me see 1o good o1en :~nd 10 {l'launds of mixed grain, fair justice
and agreement with rr-latives and partners, and the milk of a gray buffalo
and some rabari to stir into it God give me so much and I will not say
another word." Reddish brown (~tmi) colour, long pointed (sua) nose,
deer-like eyes (mirth'~ nai11i), thin red lips, and long deep black hair, are
the characteristics of beauty according to the Jat ideas. The name of
the tribe is pronounced Jat in tahsil Sangrtir, but Jat in Jind and Dadrf.
The Ran~hars1 The Rano-hars in Jlnd tahsil are next to the Jats in physique, but they
Ahirs and are spare in b~y, and are not such.good cultivators as.the Jats. T~ey
R.Abbirls. are more often addicted to theft. The1r women lead a life of seclusion.
 2~3

jJND STATE. ] Population of towns and villages. [ PAR'r A.

Ahlrs and Rahbaris are not inferior in strength and personal appearance CHAP.I, C.
to the Jats. Descriptive.
)ind with 222dpershons to . ~he square milfe hstanpds .8tbh Gamong thet 1.6
1
Native States un er t e po1Itlca contra1 o t e unJa overnmen , 111
PoPULATION,
•
density of total population on total ~rea. The d~nsity of the total popul.ation ~:;l~~~~l Pari
and of the rural element, on the cultiVated area, IS 244 and 209 respectively. B.
The pressure ofthe latter on the culturable area is only 191. '
The population · and Density by
· Populatioll Dnzsity. tahsils.
,..a
T h 'l
H • (
1901 ). density of each tahsil is
given in the margin, the
Jlnd 124,954 27 1 density shown being that
Sangrur ... 64,68 1 2 67 of the total population on
the total area.
DAdr! ... 165

The State contains 7 towns and 439 villages. The population of the Population of
To 71m, PopulatiotJ former is shown in the ~bls. .~ p t
( 19° 1). margin. Since 1891 the 8~ e 1 °" ar
.Sangrur 11 852
1
new capital of the State,
Sangrur, shows a remark·
Jlnd 8,047 able increase of 34 per
Dadr! cent. Safidon and Balan-
wali also show increases of
Safidon 5 and 1 I per cent. res-
Baund pectively. All the · rest
have fallen, Baund and Ka-
Kaliana Hana having declined very
Balanwati
- considerably, Baund by 15
and Kaliana by 14 per cent.
Only 14 per cent. of the State population live in towns. The average
population of a village in the State is 550.
The villages in the three tahsils differ widely both in appearance and in Villages.
the degree of comfort and prosperity which they have attained. The best are
the Sikh villages of Sangrur tahsil, which have pakka havelfs, the houses
of the Sardars and wealthy Banias being built entirely of brick, while the
kachha houses are plastered, and for the most part kept scrupulously clean.
On the outskirts of the village site are the mud huts or hovels of the
village menials such as the Cbamars, ChUhras, etc. In or close to each
village there is usually a temple or gurdwara with a pond (iohar) attach·
ed to it. The johar is generally surrounded by a thick fringe of large
trees, chiefly nim, st'rfs, pipol, banyan and killar (acacia), and has a
well-built ghat on its bank. Jat villages are generally built of
sun-dried bricks, plastered over with mud and looking neat. Nearly all
the Jat villages contain a lofty and handsome chaupal, halluU or
paras (guest house) built of brick and several pakkti. ha?;e/is. In
some of the larger villages there are pakka shops which form a small
hazar. In Dadri tahsil the Bagri villages are poor and squalid, being
often a mere duster of huts in which a few families live, but the
~I uhammadan villages are in better condition. In some villages of this
tahsil and in Dadri and Kaliana towns there are houses built of
stone. Most of the villages in tahsils Jind and Dadri are ancient
settlements of Jats and Rajputs, Hind6s and Muhammadans, the
latter being called Ranghars, immigrants from Rajputana and else·
where. These villages were grouped into tapprts, some of which were
named after the got which bad founded or built the villages in the group.
 224
)IND STATE. ) Growtlt of popteiatiot~. (PART A.
CHAP. I, C. These tappas were-
Descriptive. In tahsil 1\'mllbtr nf fJillages. /11 tahsil Nu111bcr of villages,
J{Kd, Dad•i.
POPULATION,
I. Chabutra 2 Pboghat 20
Village~. 2. Dhak I Pun war ,31
.3· Kandel a .31 Choganw' 6
4· JuUna 13 Sangw~n 55
s. Barah rs Sbeoran 43
6. 1\an~na 21 Hawell !I
7· Ram RU 18 Pachisi 8
8. Lajw.Sna Kalan 13 Satganwa 9
9· Kalwa ... 13
10, Hat 12 Total 183
Jl, Saffdon 26
Total 165

These tappas still subsist in one respect, it being the custom for the
brotherhood of a got within a tappa to assemble when disputes occur
regarding marriages or deaths or customs of the brotherhood, and settle
them among themselves•.

Flaee·names, In tahsil Sangrur toppas do not exist, though villages ~refound bear·
ing the names of the ]at gats which settled them, e.l!., Mahilan, Mauran,
Kuhiran. Similarly in ]ind tahsil, MaHr takes its name from the Mawal
Rajputs, and there are villages named after ]ats, Kumhirs, Rors, Brahmans,
Gujars and Ahirs. Tl1ere is also a village of Banias and another
of Bairagfs. Frequently a village gets its name from the common
c~.ncestor of the proprietors, as Hetwal from Het Ram ; Dalamwala
from Dalam ; Pawali from Pola Ram, and many others. The late
Raja of ]ind founded a number of villages and called them after
various musical modes, Pilu Khera, Bhairon Khera, Ram Kali, Mal·
sari, Sandhoi Khera (from the SindhU mode), Bhag I<hera and Siri Rag.
Growth of popu· Table..6 of Part B shows the population of the State as it stood at the
tation. three enumerations of 1881,1891 and 1go1. In the J881-18gt decade
Tlble 6 1 Part the increase was IJ9 per cent. In the t8gi-J90l decade the decrease
8. was '!} per cent. The fluctuations in population have not been by any
means uniform in the different tahsils, as the table below shows. The
decrease in the State population since 1891 is entirely due to the decrease
in Dadri tahsil, whence many persons had emigrated at the time of the
census of 1go 1 : -

PERCENTAGE OF INCREAS
ToTAL PoPULATION. OR DECIII!ASE,

TAI'! Sit..
1881. sSgt. 1901·
18gl
on
1881.
I 1901
on
18g1.
........-___..-,....-
-::s6o ~-:.: --
Tota.l for the State

J!nd ...
... 249,862
101,254 UJ,SgS 124,954
+ IJ•9
+ 22·3
-·
+· 9
9

'"
San,rtir
- ... 61,249 59.,521 6••68. I - 2·8 + s. 6
. ...
D£dri
- 87,359 101,141 92,:)68 + 15'7 -S.7
)IND STATE.] Migration.
The following table shows the effect of migration on the population CHA~I. c.·
of the Jind State according to the census of 1901 : - Descriptive.
POPULATION,

Persons. I Males. Females. Migration.

Table1 8 and g

Immigrants-
I_ ---..
cf Part B,

~i, From within the Punjab and North· 67,270 20,409 46,86t
West Frontier Province.
ii. From the rest of India OH 7,283 2,854 4.429
iii. From the rest of Asia
-... 15 12 j

i'f. From other countries

--- ---- ---12 !0 2

'\migrants-
Total Immigrants

'
'"
---- ----
74,580 23,285 51,295

i. To within the Punjab and North· 72,oos 21,738 50,261

West Frontier Province.
ii. To the rest of India ... ... --- --- ---
2,1j8 1,416 762
Total Emigrants ... 74,183 23,154 51,029

Exces!l of Immigrants over Emigrants ... 397 131 205

The bulk of the immigration is from the Districts, States and Pro-
vinces in India noted below:-

Total immi• Number of males

District, State or Province. grants. in 1,000 immi•
grants.

---------------
Hissar
----------~--
11,839 273

Rohtak 16,3s8 290

Karnal 9.975 347

Patidlii 16,7:22 270

Loh&ru l,464 258

Dujdnii 739 1 i67
Gurg(on ... 1,805 275
Delhi 1,729 .C20
Ludhi!na ... 825 so>
Maler Kotla 532 550
Ferozepore ... SSI 395
N&bha ... :J,241 237
R&jpU.tan/i 5,410 323
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh 1,73:1 584
 220
)lND STATE.] Migration. (PART A.

CHA.:.:.!· C. The emigration is mainly to the Districts, States and Province!

Descriptive. noted below:- ·
POl'tiLATION,
l!li~ration.
District, State or Province. Male~. Females.

---------
Hiss~r 5,3st
Rohtak 4,920 -~
rs,:J J

Dujana ... ... lSI 544

Gurgion ... 348 ~0)

Delhi ... ... gSo 1,241

Karn~l 4,193 8,453

Ludhiana ••• 2$9 688
Ferozepore 630 8)8

Patidla "" ... 2,6;p 7.837

Ndbha ... ... 921 2,284
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh 8z3 393
Rdjp:Udna 464 314
'"
The State gains 397 souls by migration, and its nett interchanges of
population with the Districts, States and Provinces in India, which mainly
affect its population, are noted below:-
Nett gaz'n ( +) or loss to (-).
loMru ... ... + 922
Hissar ••• - 4,ogr
Gurgaon ... + 548
Rohtak •.• - 3,957
Karnal ... ... - 2,670
Ferozepore - 977
Patiala ... ... + 6,255
Rajpzltana ••• + 4,633
United Provinces o£ Agra and Oudh + 516
Comparison with the fiO'ures of 18gt shows that Jlnd lost, by intra..
t>
G. in or loss by intra provincial mi•
provincial migration alone, 4, 735 souls
gration- in 1901, or 343 more than in I 891.
rgor. t8gr.
Total ... 4.735
Taking the figures for intra-imperial migration, i.e. 1 those for mig;a·
· Ol' 1·oss by ·1n t ra•1mpena
C:tiD · •1 · tion in India, both within
m1gra• • the PunJab
fi d
tion- and to or from other provmces, we n
tgor.the nett resu.lt in I 901 is a gain of
To~al
370,
 227
]l~D STATE.] Vital Jtatistz'cs. [PART A.

The figures for age, sex and civil condition are given in detail in CHAP. 1, c.
Table 10 of Part B. The following statement shows the age distribution -
of Io,ooo persons of both sexes:- Descriptive.
PoPULATION.

Age3,
f Table 10 of Pan
B.
/t.ge period. Males, Females. Persons.

-iJ!- --------.---
•M
lnfaats under ... 100 -
J ... g8
--- 204

1 and under t 85 ss 17()

1 and under 3 73 73 145
3 and und~r4 ... r28 129 257
4 and under S 135 125 200
5 and under 10 710 643 1,353
10 and under 15 697 561 1,258
15 and under 2fl 548 -403 951
20 and under 25 486 413 899
25 and under 30 471 372 843
30 and under 35 445
..
:JSg 834-
35 and under 40 282 223 505
:O and under 45 .coo 348 743
4S and under 5" 200 139 33~

~o and under 55 295 249 544

SS and under 6o g8 6o 158
6::> and over 2So 251 .531

The average of births registered in the quinquennial period 18g6-g7 Vital statistics,
to 1900·0-t was 6 "6' Tables u, 13.
'II,,) _£, ancl13 cf Part B •·
or- 22'5 per m1 e o
RATE PER MILLS:. the population. The
highest number re·
Yua.. corded was in 18g8-gg,
Males. Female1. Total. vis., 8;913, and the
lowest in 1 goo or,

-- ... - - viz., 3,392. The mar·

ginal table shows the
tSgiS·97
.....
I~Q7·98
r&}S 99 -...-
18~9-19:!1)
, ... 11'0
12·9
12·4
t6·S
u.g
10·4
148
248
23·2
31·3
figures by sexes. The
average for t h e
Punjab as a whole
- 9·4 20·4
1900 01 ...
OM

6·6 5·3 11·9 during the same period

was 43'2. The figures
--- therefore only tend to
Quinquennial_average 12'0
- lO·S 22·5 prove that a large
number of births are
not registered.
 }IND STATE.] D{seasu. . [PART A.
CHAP. I, C. same period was only
Descriptive. ========:::=====;:====-== 5,230, or 18 5 per
PoPULATION, ' YuR. mille of the popula·
Males. Females. Total.
Average of tion, as against 30·5
deaths.
for the province as a
~------------------------- whole. Here again
1896·97 14•5 u-8 13•3
defective registration
!897·98 17·0 13·9 IS·9 is apparent. The
1898·99
1899·1900
16·2

25-4
14·1

tg·:
15·3 death-rates for
22·5 five years 18g6-g7 to
'e::
J900•0I 24•0 tgoo-o 1 are given m
--- ------
27'3 21·3
the margin.
Average 13•3
20·3 rS·s

Diseases. The commonest diseases are fevers and bowel complaints. The high
mortality in r8gg·I goo was due to fevers, that in rgoo·OI to cholera. It
will be seen that the recorded female death rate is lower than the male.
Fever, Malarial fever is prevalent in Jind tahsil, and less so in Sangrur. In·
the dry tract of Dadri there is little fever. The canal in Jind is badly
aligned and the drainage is imperfect. Fever caused 64 per cent. of the
total mortality in r8g2-18g6 and 50 per cent. in the next five years, the
improvement being probably due to the increased distribution of quinine.
Cholera.
· 'Cholera visits the State at intervals, generally after famine. Thus in
r 8g:a-a8g6 only .10 per cent. of the mortality was due to cholera, while from
1897-1901 cholera was responsible for 29 per cent. There was a serious
outbreak in 190o-or, involving 6,152 deaths, while in the previous year
there "·ere r,6oz deaths from cholera.
Small pox. Small-pox caused 7 per cent. of the total mortality in 1897- rgo2,
Diarrhrea and dysentery were the cause of only 3 per cent. of the deaths
in that period.
Plague. Plague first appeared in the spring of 1902. In the next twelve
months or so (up to the end of May 1903) there were 2,546 cases with
1,830 deaths-all in Sangrur tahsil. In the first year inoculation, dis·
infection and segregation were tried, but were almost entirely given U?
when plague reappeared in 1903.
Popular remedies.
Orthodox Hindus and Muhammadans, old-fashioned people in towns and
most villagers still patronise the baids and.ha.kims, but probably the State
dispensaries are now resorted to by a maJonty of the people. There are
some baids and haktms who are paid by the State at Sangrur, SaHdon and
Dadri, and besides this one or two private 6aids or haktms are found
in every town or large village•. In villages which have none, a srUhu,
faq{r or pansarl (grocer) is generally to be found, Some of these are
persons of experience, and people of other villages will consult them, but
most of them are nim hdims or quacks and n{m lzaktm khatra-t'-jan, nim
mulU Halrt~·i·t'md-n- 1 a quack is as dangerous to life as a bogus multa is
to faith.' Nim haHms sometimes administer kachclza dhatu or half burnt
minerals, sometimes some unsuitable drug (brut). Baids prescribe e~ther
 229
]11\D STATE, ] Popular remedies. [PART A.

kashtik or simples, and dhritus, oxides of various metals, or ras, medicines CHAP. I, C.·
compounded in various ways with mercury and sulphur. The simple drugs Descriptive
are gila for fever, charayata for fever and for purifying the blood, ajwain '
for indigestion and flatulence, and black salt for indigestion. Harar PoPuutloN.
(Cassia fistula) is used as a purgative. For eye diseases rasaunt is used. Popularremed:es.
Wisps of cotton (pho6) dipped in goat's milk are also put on sore eye-lids
after applying jist (oxide of zinc) for an hour or two at night, or green
pomegranate leaves are pounded and applied to the eyes. Bhlmsain£
camphor, an eye powder invented by Bhim Sain, t~aina amrit powder, etc.,
certain kinds of lotion and pills (golfs) and lep (plaster) are also used as
n·.~:an or eye-salves. Bang dhatu or lead oxide and tambeswar dhatu,
&pper oxide, are used for coughs: mirgang or gold oxide is given for various
complaints. Certain ras are prepared in special ways, which are kept
secret. They are of various kinds, e.g., chandrode, a compound of gold,
sulphur, mercury, etc., is a tonic: sanskuthb· is used for asthma, and
basant malt£ for tap-i-diq or consumption. Various coctions of banofsluz
(violet), unab, aqua anisae or araq saun{, nl/ofa,. (lotus flowers), makolt
for fever, &c. Hakfms sometimes consult Persian works on medicine,
such as the Tib-i-Akbarl, Tib-i-Sikandrl, Sharah-asbab, Qaraba-din-kabir,
Aksir-a'zam, Majmua-i-baqa, Ktinun BU. Ali, etc. Various foods are
commonly given in cases of sickness. Thus in Dadrl tahsil warm rabri
(bajra flour mixed with water and lass{, butter-milk) and warm milk
are given in fever, while in }fnd and Sangnir tahsils milk boiled with
~ur and wnd h (dried ginger) are eaten in winter for fevers and colds.
The rind of the pomegranate (naspat) and mulath£ are given for coughs and
sometimes ajwaz'n and gUo for fever, and k ~rur, ajwain and salt for indiges-
tion.
The number of infirm persons per 1o,ooo of the population is given Infirmities
below:- Table 14 of
Part B.

_:~j_:ru" ___:~
Insane 1•043 •233 ·673
I
Blind ... I
14'474 13·76o 14•149
Deaf and dumb ... ...'"j 3·912 2·254 13•156
Lepers ... , ·456 •ISS •319

The comparison of the figures at the three censuses is given below:-

MA!.I!S, FElli ALES,

-
r88r. 18g1. 1901, 188r, r8g1, 1901.

Insane ... ... ---s -- --- --- -- --

... 3 r 3 I

Blind ... ... 46 36 14 42 33 14

Deaf and dumb ... 13 7 4 7 4 2
Lepers
- ... 2 I ... '" . . I ...
''
-
 )IND STATE.] Disease.~ . . [PART A.
CHAP. I, C. The quinquennial average of deaths for the same period was only
Descriptive,=========;::=====;===:::=== 5,230, or 18 5 per
PoPuLATION, mille of the popula-
Yua. Males. Females. Total.
Averngeof tion, as against 30'S
deaths. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - for the province as a
u.s whole. Here again
1896·97 14•5 13•3
defective registration
1897·98 17·6 13·9 15•9
is apparent. T h e
1898·99 16·2 14·1 15-3 death-rates for'<::
1899·1!)00 25'4 rg·: 22·5 five years 18g6·97 to
1900•01 24·6 1900·0 1 are given in
Average
27•3
--- --- ---
21•3

20·3
the margin.
13·3 18'5

The commonest diseases are fevers and bowel complaints. The high
mortality in 1899·1 goo was due to fevers, that in 'goo-01 to cholera. It
will be seen that the recorded female death rate is lower than the male.
Fever, Malarial fever is prevalent in Jlnd tahsil, and less so in Sangrur. In·
the dry tract of Dadri there is little fever. The canal in Jlnd is badly
aligned and the drainage is imperfect. Fever caused 64 per cent. of the
total mortality in 18g2-18g6 and so per cent. in the next five years, the
improvement being probably due to the increased distribution of quinine.
Cholera,
· 'Cholera visits the State at intervals, generally after famine. Thus in
18ga-a8g6 only Io per cent. of the mortality was due to cholera, while from
H)97-1901 cholera was responsible for 29 per cent. There was a serious
outbreak in Igoo-or, involving 6,152 deaths, while in the previous year
there V.·ere 1,602 deaths from cholera.
Small pox. Small-pox caused 7 per cent. of the total mortality in 1897-1902,
Diarrha:a and dysentery were the cause of only .a per cent. of the deaths
in that period.
Plague, Plague first appeared in the spring of 1902. In the next twelve
months or so (up to the end of May 1903) there were 2,546 cases with
1,830 deaths-all in Sangrur tahsil. In the first year inoculation, dis·
infection and segregation were tried, but were almost entirely given u?
when plague reappeared in 1903.
Popular remedies.
Orthodox Hindus and Muhammadans, old-fashioned people in towns and
most villagers still patronise the baids and.ha_kims, but probably the State
dispensaries are now resorted to by a maJonty of the people. There are
some baids and haktms who are paid by the State at Sangrur, Safidon and
D.idri, and besides this one or two private 6aids or hakims are found
in every town or large village•. In villages which have none, a sadhU,
fa~ir or pansari (grocer) is generally to be found, Some of these are
persons of experience, and people of other villages will consult them, but
most of them are nlm haktms or quacks and nfm haklm khatra-z'1'an, nfm
mullet u~tra·i·iman-' a quack is as dangerous to life as a bogus mulla is
to faith.' Ntm hakims sometimes administer kackcM dhatu or half burnt
minerals, sometimes some unsuitable drug (buti). Baids prescribe e~ther
 229 -
]1:-;D STATE.] Popular remedies. [PART A.

kashtik or simples, and dlutfus, oxides of various metals, or ras, medicines CHAP. I, C.
compounded in various ways with mercury and sulphur. The simple drugs Desc-:ptive
are gilo for fever, charcfyata for fever and for purifying the blood, njwat"n n •
for indigestion and flatulence, and black salt for indigestion. , Harar Pot>uut.aoN.
(Cassia fistula) is used as a purgative. For eye diseases rasaunt is used. Popularremed:es.
Wisps of cotton (plzori) dipped in goat's milk are also put on sore eye-lids
after applying jist (oxide of zinc) for an hour or two at night, or green
pomegranate leaves are pounded and applied to the eyes. Bh£msat"n£
camphor, an eye powder invented by Bhim Sain, t~aina amrit powder, etc.,
certain kinds of lotion and pills (golfs) and lep (plaster) are also used as
11·.~'an or eye-salves. Bang dhatu or lead oxide and tambeswar dhatu,
&pper oxide, are used for coughs: mirgang or gold oxide is given for various
complaints. Certain ras are prepared in special ways, which are kept
secret. They are of various kinds, e.g., chandrode, a compound of gold,
sulphur, mercury, etc., is a tonic: sanskutha,. is used for asthma, and
basant malt£ for tap-t'-diq or consumption. Various coctions of bantJfska
(violet), unab, aqua anisae or araq saun{, nUofar (lotus flowers), makolt
for fever, &c. Hoktms sometimes consult Persian works on medicine,
such as the Tib-i-Akbarl, Tib-i-Sikandri, Sharah-asbab, Qaraba-din-kabir,
Aksfr-a'zam, Majmua-i-baqa, Kanun Bu AU, etc. Various foods are
commonly given in cases of sickness. Thus in Dadri tahsH warm rabr£
(Mjra flour mixed with water and /assi, butter-milk) and warm milk
art'! given in fever, while in Jind and Sangrur tahsfls milk boiled with
};ttr and sundh (dried ginger) are eaten in winter for fevers and colds.
The rind of the pomegranate (naspal) and mulatk£ are given for coughs and
sometimes ojwa£n and gilo for fever, and k ~rar, ojwain and salt for indiges-
tion.
The number of infirm persons per 1o,ooo of the population is given Infirmities.
below:- Table 14 of
Part B.

Males. Females. Total.

Insane
I
1•043 •233 -- ·673
I
Blind 14'474 1Jo760 14·149
... j
Deaf and dumb ... ... 3·912 2·254 13·156
Lepers ... I ·456 ·•ss •319

The comparison of the figures at the three censuses is given below:-

MALl! So FUALI!S,

-- -
aSSt. tSgt. rgor. r88r. 18gr, Igor.

Insane
'" "'
---s -- --- ---- -- --
... 3 I 3 I

Blind ... ... 46 36 14 42 33 14

Deaf and dumb ... 13 7 4 7 4 2
Lepers
- ... 2 I ... '" .. I ...
''
- -
 ~.)0

jiND STATE. ) Hindu hirth ceremonz'es. (PART A.

CHAP.I, C. Infant mortality is not more common than in the rest 0£ the Punjab.~
. Figures for the early ages of life are given below:-
0 escrIp t •ve.
roPULATION, Averoge of death-ratet by age in the S·year period 1goo-o1 fo, tgo2·0J.
InFant mortality. ..,-........,=;;:;;;;;;;===z====-==-=:z=...__....-:===;=-=~===-;;==-==

Age. Ma!e. Female•

_....__.

o-t
__ ~......_...._..._.........,. -------
49

•-s
s-ro '1 18

All ages - ... ' 23'3

Sirt~ eere·. After the first three months of the first pregnancy, which is calle:I
monies: HlDdus. jeth2 h 11n~l, the mother of the pregnant woman sends her a basket full
l!itluJ. bohiy4 of sweets, clothes, and Rs. 5· This is called the tnftlza b1hi;·d cere-
ceremony. monv. After five months the mother sends her more clothes,
Sa:Jh ceremony. •t ~aunds of sweets and Rs. 7· This is called the sadh. During the
Blhtm ka bhoj seventh month the pregnant woman offers 4 ~ sers of rice to the Bibls or
bharntl. nature spirits. Ten thilfs or plates are filled with rice, and one of
these is given to a Dumni, another to a Jambzdarnt, and a third to
the husband, while the fourth is for herself and the remainder for other
relatives. This is called bhoj bh.?rna. The above ceremonies are not
performed among the Sikhs. At the time of accouchment the d.ii
(midwife) comes to the house. After severing the navel string and
burying it in the ground, she receives two rupees and some gur,
and then washes the infant, rubbing it with flour. She also bathe!f
Cldc1al tlllu4l the mother and receives 1o sers of grain. The &hz~chl dhurU ceremony
ceremony. is the same as that among Muhammadans, described below. An
rreeautions. iron chain is tied round the charpcU and at its head a sword or
other instrument is placed to avert the influences of evil spirits. At the
door a fire called t~gni-kri-palzra is kept burning, ajwain and raf. being
thrown on to it whenever any one enters the room. Leaves of the nfm
tree tied on a string are hung over the door, at which a curtain is also kept
tludtt. hanging. Ghutti is given to the infant. It contains sanna, otnaltas. saunj,
Jurar and black salt, boiled with a piece of cotton (phoa). Chhuant,
made of aiwain, ght and sugar, is first distributed among girls, and then
given to the mother for three days. On the fourth day mot or panjir£ made
of flour, g4i and sugar is given to her. l'anj{rt, made of wheat
flour, gM, sugar and fruits, is given to the mother on the tenth day,
and, in case the child is a bov, is also distributed among the brotherhood.
cuatu (6tb day On the sixth day the chkatti ceremony is performed. In the case of a
cuem~oy). boy some of the brotherhood and other relatives assemble at the mother's
hcuse, each bringing a ser of wheat in katoras, or small plates, filled with
rice and sugar. A suit of clothes, RP. 1·41 a piece of gur, bhel£ and
10 urs of ""heat are also given to the father's sisters. Among the Sikhs.
more is given, and among Sikh Sardars still more. The Nain makes
Satyl cuemoo7 a sJtyll on the wall near the door and receives a rupee and some rice,
(cross). ~d the mother eats some U.ichri (rice and pulse cooked) on this day ..
 '31
Mullltmmada" Dirt~ teremonies. (PART A'
Jt~D STATE.)

On the roth day the members of the family and the Nfl.in /i!J the CHA~I, C.
whole house, clothes are washed, all earthen vessels broken and new Descriptive.
cnes bought in their place. On the 11th day the Brahman comes to •the •
bouse, lights the lzom .(sacred fire), and by way of p~rificatio~ spr~nkl~s PoPuLA.TJON,
the bouse with the Ganges water and thus the sutak or 1mpunty IS Precauhons:
removed. Before this no outsider, such as a Brahman, Chhatri or Dasu~han (1oth
Vaishya. will eat and drink from the kitchen of the house. After day ceremony).
this cooked rice or halwa is distributed among the brotherhood. On Sutak tailldlnd.
the same day the various menials bring toys for the infant. Thus Bczdhd£ (or wei·
th~ Khati brin<rs a small bedstead and receives a garment and a rupee. come) ceremony.
iihe Nii and th~ Brahman put dub grass on its head, each receiving a fee.
The Nais of the wife's mother and sister come with badhrU (bringing dub
grass) and receive a shawl and a rupee and sometimes more according to Chh, hh •
means. The mother of the wife sends •t maunds of lr~ddus, made of tlour Hueu%d daln~r
and gur, and 15 sers of panjir£, gold and silver ornaments, 2t suits of Chh ., ( th.
clothes for the woman and 4 for the boy. On the 40th day the mother day) ~er!~uny.
bathes and distributes a ser of panjin among the brotherhood.

XIIuhammadans in this State do not as a rule observe any ceremony Birth cere·
before birth. In accouchment the mother is laid on a quilt spread on a m•,nies. Mu·
charpai, her head being kept towards the north and her face towards Mecca. hammodans.
The dat severs the narwa or navel string and buries it in the ground
Afterwards a Qazi is sent for and he recites the bring in the child's Bang (the call to
riO'ht ear and the tdbir in its left ear, receiving a rupee and some gur. prayer).
~me date-juice is then poured into the child's mouth as a token of welcome
if it is a boy. Some old woman gives the infant the janam gMtti Gh 'ttl'
which contains sanna, amaltas, saunf (anise), h11rar and black salt u •
ooiled in a p:ece 'Of cotton (phoa). 1 his is called gurtt in the Punjab. Chuchl dhon4.
The infant's aunt washes the mother's nipples with warm water, . '
receiving some money and ornaments. This is called the chuchi dhuaJ.. Kfl mWna,
F<>r three or four days only chhuani, a mixture of ajwain, gh£ and Chhuanl.
gur is cooked and given to the mother to eat. After three or .
four days panjirt or mof, made. of. wheat flour, ghi, gund (or gum Pan;lr{,
of the klz:r tree) and sugar, IS given to the mother and also dis·
tributed amo.ng the relatives and brotherhood. On th~ sixth day Chhatti.
the mother IS bathed and her clothes changed. Cooked senwin, sweet
boiled rice and large chapatfs, baked potsherd, are distributed among the
poor and the brotherhood. This ceremony is called chhatti. The mother
is also bathed on the roth, 2oth and 4oth days, and on the latter Chhil1,
day, the midwife receives a. su!t of clothes, a piece of gur (gur H
bhelt) and some money. Th1s IS called the chhzU. 1 he mother is
kept inside the room for 10 days and sleeps in the same room for
40 days. A lighted chiragk and a piece of iron (a sword or chain)
are kept in the room at night, and are supposed to avert the cad
influences of bhuts or ghosts At the door of the room a fire is
kept burning, and if any outsider wishes to enter, she throws ojwaz'n
and rtii on it. No cat or dog is allowed to enter the room.
The mother is considered impure for 40 days in towns and for ro
days in villages, and r.o one eats from her hand during tliat
period. In the Punjab the first birth takes place at the house of
the mother's father. If the child is a boy, the mother on returning h ,
to ln:r husband's house b:ings back chhuchhak, i.e, gold and silver ~o~:Md cue.
ornam~nts, clothes, . u~enstls, . etc.. for herself and the boy, In
the Jmd tahsn and 1ts neighbourhood the birth takes place at
tl;~ husband's ho~se, but four or ~ix months afterwards the mother
v1stt.s her fathers house and bnngs the ch/zW(hnd on her return.
 232
jiND STATE.] Sex statistics. . [PART A.
CHAP. I, C. In the Jind tahsil some Muhammadans perform, the dasau11dh cere-
D -.-t' mony for a boy's welfare. This consists in placing a hansli or
escrrp rve. necklet put on his neck every year for 10 years. A sum of money
PoPuUTioN, is also spent in charity. The aq{qt£ ceremony is of the usual kind.
Precautions: Circumcision is termed Hatna or sunnat and is performed at home '
Dasaundh cere· before the age of 12 years. Within the chhz'U. or 40 days the infant's
rnony. head is shaved, or rather its hair is clipped with scissors, Some wealthy
Aqlqa, 'people give gold or silver equal in weight to the hair as alms to
Khatna, the Nai and the poor. The rasutia ceremony is the same as m
']hand. Hahiwalpur. \
Rasulia,
Sex statistics. The number of males in every Io,ooo of both sexes is shown
Table 16 of Part below :-
B.

Census of In villages. In towns. Total.

------------------
(r88r 5,505 5.335 5.479
I
All religions '" ~ 1891 5,503 5.336 5,480
I
li90I 5.443 5,416 5.439
(Hindls 5.434 5,412 S,43I

Census of 1901 ... I

~
Sikhs
I Jains
5,562
5,465
6,766

5,253
5,716
5,382
I
LMuhammadans 5,381 s,o6g 5,266

The table below shows the number of females to over J,ooo male
under five years of age as returned in the census of Jgot :-

All re· Muham•.

Year of life. ligions. Hindus, Sikhs, Jains. madans,

--------- -- -- -- --
Under one year ... 930 941 944 520 891

2
and under
and under 3
2
- 993
g8s
g87
•li,020
1,107

779
1,000

1,588
940
1,015

3 and under 4 1,005 993 804 1,250 1,248

4 and under S 928 935 819 909 l 960

I
 233
)IND STATE. } Ht'11du marriage ceremonies. [PART A.

There are three distinct forms of marriage rites in vogue in the CHAP. I, C.
State,-(•) those observed among the Gaur Brahmans and Banias, (ii) those -:- t'
observed by Sikh Sardars and wealthy Jats, and (iit) the newly introduced 0 escnp •ve.
a11anti rites among the Khilsa Sikhs. These are described separately PoPULATioN.
below. Hindu marriap
. d . ceremonies:
A pandtt consults the horoscopes of the boy an gtrl who are Gaur Brahmans
to be married and finds out a shubk logrm or fortunate date and hour and Banias.
for the wedding, receiving a rupee and a sfdha (provisions). This
is called Uah u~J. anm£na, or fixing the date of the marriage_.
The brotherhood is then assembled and a marriage letter, sprinkled with Kungu chhi,H
tl11gu water and tied with kM.mni thread, is written at the girl's house chit~M or Jungd
and sent to the boy's parents. The nrU takes this letter and hands (sprmkled letter).
it to the boy's father before the assembled brotherhood, receiving in return
a Ug or due. This is done two or three months before the wedding.
The tewa is sent by the girl's father 15 or 20 days before the marriage Te'I!Ja,
to the boy's father through the- na£. It lays down the exact time of
the plzerd and the. number of bans to be observed with other details.
Seven solufgtms, or women whose husbands are alive, grind S! sers of Bi&h U sltagas
urd (pulse) in a handmill, each dropping seven handfuls of urd at a karnd.
time into it. This is called nuf.nh (urd) ko hath Iagana, i.e., the be·
ginning of marriage. One day and before the oa1t or hat,a cere· Haldal and
. niony the lzaldat takes place: 1l ser s of barley with haldi (turmeric) bdn.
are powdered by seven sohrigans as before, and then parched and
ground. Oil is then mixed with it and the mixture is called batna.
I\ ext morning the ban ceremony takes place. The boy .receives 5,
1 or 9 ba1ts and the girl two less in her own house. First the tfti
mtgal ceremony is performed, oil, dub grass and 7 pice being put in
a tlaithi (a small earthenwa~e dish or cup) and then placed in front of
the boy and his bri~, the latter being seated on a stool, while the
father, mother, Cl.nd five other relations take dub grass in their hands,
touch the feet, knees, shoulders and forehead of the boy and girl in turn
seven times. This is called ghi ungal dena. After thiS' the batnJ. is
rubbed on the boy or girl's body and washed off by the nai or
ntf£, All this ceremony is called ban. On the day of the firbt Kanrntl. and
ban a kan~na, or cotton thread with seven knots, is tied round the rakhrl bandhn4.
right wrist and a rakhri (a woollen thread tied on a betel nut) and
an iron ring are placed round the left ankles of the boy and girl
by the family priest (porohit). The neota is a sum of money pre· Neot4.
sented by members of the brotherhood, and by friends of the boys
and girl's fathers. The maternal uncles of the married boy and gtrl
present hlzats or nanak chak containing suits ef clothes and ornaments BMt ceremonr.
and some cash, which may be from Rs. 11 to Rs. soo or more. T~.e
day before the wedding the shant ceremony is performed, the 9 grahi
being worshipped bJ' the boy's maternal'• uncle. This is done b~
the girl's maternal uncle on the phera day itself. Mandha bditdhna MantiU
is thus performed: holes are bored in the bottoms of· th'ree earthen htl.ndhn4.
vessels (tltt1this) and a rope passeq through them. They are then
tied upside down to the upper end of a pole which is fiXed in the
middle of the courtyard of the house where the wedding is being celebrat·
. ed. The married boy and girl with their parents worship their own
mandluf.s. The women ass.emble and go to the house of th~ kumM.r Chd Juja,
(potter), w~ere they worshtp the pctt.er's wh'e~ and offer 14 pice, 51
sers of gram and some sweets. Thts worshtp of the wheel is per·
formed in token of the sudarslzan chdar o£ Sri Krishna, which was
a great defence against evils, and also in honour of the wheel of crea ..
tion.. This ~eremony is ~ot ~_bsen·ed by the Sikhs~ The fa!!liiY priest, ch,l ,l,rAntl.,
 ~34

]IND STATE.] lft'ndze marriage ceremonies. (PART A.

CHAP. J, c. parohit, paints a tilak (mark) on the boy's forehead, dresses him
-. . with the jama lor wedding clothes), and after performing Ganeslt
Descnptlve. puja (worship of Ganesh) the boy mounts a mare and goes in
PoPuurroN. procession to a temple, ·where he worships. Last of all 'he wor·
Hindu marriage .ships the village god called Kizer a deota and then remains outside the
ceremonies: village. The wedding procession next proceeds to the girl's village and halts
Gaur Brahmans outside it ·either in a garden or some suitable place. There the girls
~:~a~a~~~~lage father brings a dttn (dowry) of two shawls, gold and silver ornaments, two
(procession) suits of clothes, a mare, and some money. which may be anything up to
and miln{ cere· Rs. 200 according to his means. In the Sangrur tahsil this dowry is given
mony, at the departure of the wedding procession to perform the khat {bed3teJ :)
ceremony. But in the Sangrur tahsil a horse and shawls are given at this
Pher4, occasion. The actual marriage ceremony (plzenl) takes place at the time of
the /ag11n announced by the horoscope. In the ougan ·(square) where the
mandha (canopy) is erected, the family priests of both parties, and the
boy and girl with their relatives, assemble. The boy is either seated on an
asan (seat) of kusha grass or on a low stool, chauk£, and the girl on a
klzari (stool). The priest lights the hawan (sacred fire) and the worship of
the nine grahs is first performed. The boy puts ·water in his mouth three
times with a spoon, while the Brahman recites a nzant 'r which signifies
Madhjarkh, that the mouth is purified. The madlt parkh ceremony is then perform·
ed; dah£ (curd) is mixed with bUra (sugar) in a cup (krJtord) and shown
to the boy and the girl : this is intended to create affection between them.
Sd6hyr.l ueh&ran The family priests of both parties repeat the s/r,kltyas (genealogies) of
(repeating ge• the boy and girl with their respective g6ts and clans, and they are
nealogy).
Kanya d4n, made to touch hands. The kanya dan is the delivering of the girl to the
boy. It is done thus : the girl's father puts two pice or two rupees in the
boy's hand and the girl's parohit pours some water on them and then the
father puts the boy's ·right hand into that of the girl. Annas 2 or a rupee
or more are given to every Brahman present. This is called t/tltf, Two pice
or 4 c.nnas are also given to every poor person present. This is called baf{l,
Ganth jirna. The girl's parohit ties the end of the bride's orhna to the bridegroom's
dopatta. After this the phera ceremony takes place, and they both walk
four times round the hawan (sacred fire). In the first three plze, as (turns)
the bride walks before the bridegroom, but in the fourth the bridegroom !~ads
her, and when they sit down they exchange seats. The bride is then g1ven
some sweets and retires into the inner apartments. The bridegroom's
maur (crown) is taken by his mother-in-law, and he returns to the dandal-
wasa, leaving his knotted dopatta behind him. On the next day the
Bhanddr bhandar ceremony is performed, and the oridegroom's father, with ?t~er
ceremony. members of the barat, receives a certain number of pattals contammg
from the bride's father, and besides sweets he gives some money to be
distributed among the married sisters of the bride who live in the village.
'~idd, bida or The next day the wt'da or leave-taking ceremony is performed : the '
h 4 t (departure). brotherhood assemble at the .bride's house where the bridegroom's father
exhibits the bari, consisting of suits of clothes and ornaments, etc., for the
bride · with money and sweetmeats for the bridegroom's father. The
UKs (dues) are then distributed among the ldgfs, such as the Nai,
ceremony. Dhobi, Chti.hrfi, etc. Then a bedstead (khat) is put in the square ~nd
bdde.groom is seated on it. The father. and other relations of the ?n~e
walk round it, dropping rice seed on the ground for good luck. Th1s IS
, called llluit and dMn bona ceremony After it the barat departs.
B.~U A4 t~tarn4. When the barat reaches the bridegroom's viilage, the bride is lifted down
from her ratlz (chariot) before the house door by the bridegroom's mother
accompanied by other women, and a vessel of water with some ptpal leaves
in it is placed on her head. On reaching the_ threshold the bridegroom's
 ~35

}!XD STATE. ] llir.du marriage ceremonits. [PART A.

mother measures both bride and bridegroom with a cloth, and sprinkles CHAP. I, C.
some water out of the vessel. on the ,hrid.e's head, the remaining water DescrlPtive
bein<T thrown away. The bndegroom s s1ster then shuts the door and
!=>
rece1ves •
a small present m or der to ·1~ duce he~ t o ?pen 1't • Th • e
PoPULATION,

ka 11 f]'na khelm£ then takes place. In th1s the bnde umtes the bnde- ,Hind1111111rriage
g rogm's ka11gna (a red thread .tied round
. ,
the wrist) and the bridegroom cGerem8on:ehs:
. L t ( fl t d' h) aur ra mans
does the same to her. After thiS a nng IS put m a parun a a IS and Bani~s;
containing water or lass£, and both bride an.d the bridegroom try t? find Kangna khelna,
the rino- in it. Whoever finds the ring first IS supposed to be the wmner.
This observance also takes place at the girl's father's house one day
bct)re the departure of the barrit marriage process.. The. c.eremony Munk dikhai,
of munh diklui£ is performed on the same day, the bnde recetvmg small
presents from her female relatives for showing them her face. With this
the marria<Te ceremonies end. The bride after a few days returns to her
parent's h~use, where she remains till the muktawa, which takes place
several years later. The muktawa ceremony is held an odd number of Mukl&wa.
years after the marriage. After it bride and bridegroom live as man and
"·ife.
The marriage-letter is drawn up as among the Gaur Brahmans and sSikh Sardh{rs,
· ' w1t· 11 t11e tewa,' l agan, cons1stmg
· · of a cocoanut covere d WI'th re d •Jats 8 ra mans,
'rsutand
B1mas, Khat•
cloth and khlimn£ thread, 5 ashrojis (gold coins) and 21 sers of sugar for rrs.
the boy: 1o 1 suits of clothes, gold bangles, sagg£ and silver chand and Lr1gan ceremony.
panka (ornaments) and shoes for the boy's mother: a horse with silver
ornaments for the boy's father, and Rs. 51 for the Ugis (menial servants) are
also sent by the girl's father. These presents vary according to the parties' -
means. The tewa and lagan are taken by the family priest, the Nai,
Mirasi, (hamar and jhinwar, and for this they receive their dues, consisting
of shawls, rupees and sweetmeats. The mtJ.Izurat or shagan ceremony is Mahurat cere-
performed thus: five days before the wedd:ng, 1! maunds of coarse rice, mony.
bagar and poppy seed are kept in water for a night and then the water is
taken out and a padlza Brahman is called in. He traces the figures of the
9 gd1hs in a square, with 5 dyes, henna (menhdi), kungu, turmeric, salara
(a olack seed) and ata (flour), and then pujan (worship) of the 9 grahs is
performed. Then the mahurat of the wedding is observed. Seven soMgans
(wives whose husbands are alive) grind seven pieces of turmeric and put them
in two earthen vessels. Then they put si sers of wheat into a winnowing
basket and give it seven strokes with a pestle (musfi l). Then they take seven
handfuls of wheat and grind it in a handmill. After this Ganesh pujr£ is per·
formed and coarse rice (batar) distributed among the children. R1khr£
(a phylactery of ·woollen thread) is tied round the left ankles of the pair.
The shant and kangn4. ceremonies are the same as among the Gaur S/u1.nt.
Brahmans, but the kangfUi. ceremony takes place on the same day as the
shant ceremony. Among Jats and Sikhs Sardars jond£ pujan (worship Janat_PzHar~
of the _jand tree) is performed b~ the boy on th~ day the wedding ~e:)~hlp of jani.
processiOn starts. A cotton thead IS passed seven ttmes round the tree
and after pouring a little oil at the foot of the tree he strikes it seve~
times with a sword or gandasa (hatchet). On the night of the pkera Solcag pQtJ.r/,
the sohGg patati (a basket containing things emblematic of a husband's
life or solz~g) is sent by the boy's father to the girl. It should contain 5
gold and s1lver ornaments, shoes, a comb, sa,dur and saffron, a phial of
alar, soM.g pura, 14 dat~s, a cocoanut, a piece of sandal wood and sattu1U
(head·thread). The phera ceremony is the same as among the Gaur
~rahma~s., The bar£ ceremony takes place on the day of departure. Barl.
I l~e bnde s father sends from 7 to 21 baskets or dishes to the
lmdegroom, and he puts jewellery, suits of clothes, henna, fruit, etc.,
 ~36
)IND STATE.] Hindu marriage ceremDnies. [PART A.
CHAP. I. C. in them and returns them to the bride's father. At the time of
Descriptive departure the Hat (bedstead) ceremony is performed thus: a ptidha
' Brahman traces the figures of the 9 grahs on the ground in a square
PoruunoN, and the bride's father worships them. Then a khat is put in the
Hindu marriage square and all the suits of clothes and ornaments for the bride, with th~
c:~remonies: money, sweetmeats and utensils for the bridegrcom's father, are arranged
~~lch St8ardahrs,a • in the square and handed to him in the presence of the brotherhood. 'll:e
., ..rsu ra m a~, I' ' . h . /, (d
Jats and Kbatrl•. agzs now receive t e1r ags ues).
The dowry, '" h')C h vanes. With
. the
party's means, may include cash, jewellery, clothes for the bride and bride·
KAtfl ceremony. groom, shawls, cloth, cooking utensils, bed and bedding, a horEe, camel or
other animal (muhris) and a dola (palanquin) A cow is giveu to t~e
family priest (parDhitJ, a buffalo to the barber (ncl£) and a pony to the
mus.ician (mira.i{) of the bridegoom's party.
~hi1u Sikhs. Among the KMlsa Sikhs the anand (marriage) ceremonies which were
Anancl . ce1e· initiated by Amar Das, the third Guru, have recently come into vogue
monies. instead of the Hindu marriage ceremonies. These are as follows:-
Betrothal. The girl's father assembles his brotherhood at his house, certain
skabods of the Granth Sahib are recited, and the day of betrothal, which
should be the birthday or at,and (betrothal or wedding) day of a Guru
Fixing the date is fixed. The girl's father then sends a Sikh with a rahatndma (rules of
~~ maniage. Sikhism), a kard (knife), a kara (iron bangle), a kangM, (comb), two kachk
(short drawers), a bheU (a piece of gur) and a rupee to the boy's father.
These are received by the boy in the presence of his brotherhood and a bit
of gu,. is put in his mouth as a sign of the betrothal. The girl's father
again collects his brotherhood ~nd sends for a granthi, or reader of
the Granth, to draw up the letter fixing the date of the wedding.
This is sent to the boy's house by a Sikh, together with a tlteli and a
rupee, which are received by the boy's father in the presence of his
hrotherhood. One day before the wedding procession starts, the boy is
bathed and dressed in yellow clothes, and a sword or kard put in his hand.
Ardas (prayer) Thus dressed he recites an ardas (prayer) before the Granth, and then the
before the brotherhood is feasted. lhe girl's father also gives a feast to his brotherhood
"·~t~th S'hib, one day before the arrival of the wedding procession.

Next day the procession proceeds to the girl's village, near which her ·
father with a party of Sikhs, singing hymns, receives it. Meanwhile both
parties interchange the Sikh salutation of wak guru1£ H jatah, and the
girl's father gives the milni, consisting of money and clothes, to the boy's
father. Then the procession proceeds to the girl's house, where flowers
are scattered over the boy, who bows before the Granth, which is kept
under a canopy, and sits there while a grantU reads passages from
1Jnr4t (wedding it. After this the wedding procession is put up in the guest-house.
procession) The anand or wedding takes place after midnight. A canopy is
A11ancl or real erected and the Granth Sahib placed in the angon (square). Then the boy
pima cere.
mcmies. and the girl are seated on two asans (woollen or cotton seats) face to face,
while rdgis (choristers) sing the as& H wdr (verses in praise of God), and
the granthi recites the a,das standing and invokes the Guru's blessings on
the pair. Then he recites the conditions to be mutually observed by them,
and when they have both agreed to them, the girl is seated on the
boy's left, and one end of his d()patta is either placed in her hand or tied
to her orhna (sheet). Then the members of her family stand up while the
granll.i recites the Uwas (verses) which set forth the Sikh doctrines and
praise of God four times, while the bridegroom leads the bride four times
round the Granth. After this the pair sit on one asan, the bridegroom
.being on th~ right. .Again the g,anth£ declaims the updesh (exhortation)
 237
jJND SrATE.] Muhammadan marriage ceremonies. [PART A.

to them both, exhorting them to observe the rules of Sikhism arid of the CHAP. I, C.
household. These being agreed to by them, the gr-uthi recites D - . .
onand bdni (marriage verse), declares the marriage concluded before the escnpbve.
Granth Sahib, and prays for the Guru's blessings on the pair. Then the PoruuTIOM,
bride bows before the Granth and gives her hand to her husband. A
p1rshtid (of flour, sugar and gh£ cooked) is offered to the Granth, and some
of it given to the bridegroom, who eats half and hands the other half to his
wife. Then a sum of money (charM.'llla or offering) is offered to the Granth.
On the day of departure a dowry is given by the bride's father to the bride-
groom for the girl.
t)
Among Muhammadans after the preliminary arrangements between Muh~mmadan
the two fathers have been completed the girl's father sends his Nai with a rramage •
set of clothes for the boy's mother and ~ ring and a handkerchief for the ~:;,~t~a~.n 1 e 5 :
boy, who is seated on a toshak (carpet) m the presence of the brotherhood
to receive the gifts. Then a drum is beaten, and sugar and· cooked rke
distributed among the brotherhood. The N<li then departs, after receiving
Re. 1·4 and a than, or piece of cloth, and a shawl 1he ceremony is
called mmgn£, and the betrothal is then complete. The next cererr:ony
is the sindhara. When the date of the marriage has been fixed,
the Nai is sent by the girl's father with a letter announcing the
date. The Mi gets Re. I·4 and a wrap (chdda,) as his neg from
the boy's father and returns. The ban and 1reota ceremonies are the same
as those of the Hindus. The procession (ianet) on reaching the bride's
village goes straight to the Dandal-wasa, where they are met by the
bride's relations with the Nal, who gives them sharba~ to drink. Then
the bride's father gives Re. I and a. rezai (quilt) to the bridegroom
while the latter's father distributes Rs. 3 or Rs. 4 among the UgiJ.
After sunset the nikah or marriage service is read by the Qazl in the
presence of witnesses, after the bride and bridegroom have signified their
assent. The bridegroom then makes a promise to pay a certain amount
of money (mahr) in case of taUq (divorce) to the bride. The wida cere-
monies are the same as among the Hindus. Among Shaikhs, Sayads
Mughals and Pathins, the muktaw:J ceremony does not take place, but it
still obtains among the Ranghars. Jahes (dowry) is given according
to rank and position at the time of wida as among· the Hindus.
Widow remarriage does not involve great expense. The Qazl is paid
Re. I·4 1 and dates are distributed.

LANGUAGE.

The chief dialects spoken in the State are Bangr6 or Deswali includ· Chief dialects.
ing Hariani. Bagri,
Dl.alect. Number of. persons Per ro ooo AhlrwaU, PanJ· abi
speaksng. ' •
and Hindustani,
- - - - - - - - - - - - - and the figures in
B!ngru or Desw£11, including 200,51~ 7,110 the margin show
Hari~nl. the numbers speak·
ll!grf 7,o98 2 52 ing them, and
Ahlrw11tl ... 6.362 226
Pa njibl. including Janglf 64,091 2,273 their distribution
Hiodustanl a,o81 74 per Io,ooo of the
population as re-
turned in 1901. Urdu is of course nowhere a rural dialect. It is confined
to the educated classes in the towns, and the number speaking it was
 2J8
JtND STATE.] Languagt. (PART A.
CHAP, I, C. returned as only 430 in 1901. Bangru or Deswali is spoken in the 8 trans·
-
Descriptive·. Ghaggar villages of thrJntJ Kuhiran, close to the Gohla sub-tahsil of Karnal.
It is locally called Nail or Jand and is said to be a branch of Hindt1stani.
PoPULATioN,
Hariani, spoken in the Hariani tract of the State, which covers nearly the
E~ngru. whole of pa rgana Jlnd and ~ lar.ge ,tr~ct of pargan~ Dadrl, is also supposed
to be a debased form of Hmdustam. As spoken m pargana Dadri it also
E~gr(. ·contains Bllgrf words. Pure Bagri is spoken in thana Badhra tahsil
Ab!rwatf.
Dad_r,i. _AhlrwaU i~ spoken b ~he ~~irwaU tract of pargana' Dadri.
Panjabf with its ranJ~bf 1s spo.ken m ~he S~ngrur m:awat and has three special dialects
dialects. m th1s State, vzz., Jangh, Jatk1 and Pawldh. The JanO'Ii dio.lect is spoken in
the Sangrur and Balanwali thrf.nas. As spoken in Sangrur thana it is mix~
with Pawadh and pure Panjabi, but in Balanwall than~ pure Jangli is
spoken.

TRIBES AND CASTES.

Priestly castes : Brahmans, who number 29,630 in the State, are mainly found in the
Brahmans. towns. In the villages the few Brahmans there are generally follow
agricultural pursuits. Sarsut Brahmans are found in Sangrur and Gaur
Brahmans in Jfnd, Safidon and Dadri. These are the professional Brahmans.
The Bhat, Bias, Dak.aut and Ach<iraj Brahmans are considered inferior.

Cham,rwa Brah· Chanor and Banor were two brothers, Brahmans, ·who set out to visit
mans. the Ganges. One day a calf fell on the chattnka where they were cooking
their food and died there. Chanor at the request of his brother removed
the calf, and his brother thereupon excommunicated him, Chanor joined
the Chamars and his son was recognised as a Chamar and called Ram Das
Bhagat. His descendants are called Ramdasias or ClJanors. They are
the only Chamar group that employs Brahmans. These Chamarwa Brah-
mans, as they are called, perform all Brahmanical rites for their clients
and wear the janeo. Other Brahmans, however, do not associate with
them. The story goes that Ram Das Bhagat selected a Brahman as his
spiritual guide when he was out-casted from the Brahmans, and the
descendants of this Brahman are the Chamarwa Brahmans. Chanors only
marry Chanors, but they exclude four g6ts.

The Jogi castes. Jogis who have reverted to 1 secularity' (ghirast-aslzram) still call
themselves JoO'fs, though they retain their original g6t. Thus -there are
Chauh:l.n Jog!~ of the Patsaina sect in Jind. They claim descent from
1\lanha, a Chauh:in who became a Jogi. His wife also became a Jogan,
but they both reverted to a secular life and settled at Baluana in Patiala,
whence they migrated to this State. Their descendants are Chaubans by
got (but apparently Jogis by caste). Jogis of the same sect and. of
the following gtts are found in Jind :-Tur, Rawal,l Gathwala, Madar,
Bachchhal, Bachchhak, Kachwaha and Napial. In marriage three g6ts are
avoided, and also the group of their spiritual collaterals. They intermarry
with the Kanpbara JoO'is. KartrJH;, is practised. They eat nachchi food
only from Brahmans, Khatds, Vaishyas, Jats, Ahlrs, Kayasths and Kalals.
An account of the religious orders of the Jogis is given below (page 254).

1 R~wal means 1 novice,'

 2JQ
)IND STATE.] 1 ribes and castes. [PART A.

Banias (xg,x6g) are the most important commercial class in the State. CHAP. I, C.
Their divisions-Agarwals, Oswals, Sirimals and Mahesris-appear to be Des . t'
real tribal divisions, for they do not smoke or eat with one another. The crJp Ive.
Agarwals are found principally in Jind tahsil. They have I 7 g6ts. The PoPULATION.
Oswals and Sirimals are all Jams, and are called Bhabras. The OswiHs have Tribes and,
the following g6ts :- c~stes.
Commercial
castes.

I, Ranke. 4· Bambal. 7· Bamb. 10. Kohir.

2. Dogar. 5· Lorye. 8. Jakh.

3· Gadye. 6. Bhalu. g. Nahar.

They avoid four gats in marriage. Their name is derived from the town
of Osia-Nagri in Marwar, and the legend regarding their conversion
to Jainism is that about Sambat 220 the Raja of Osia-Nagd, having no
issue, 'vent to see (darshan karnri) Sri Ratan Suri, an ascetic who was
practising austerities (tap) in a forest near the town, and as he was granted
a bar (boon) by the ascetic, he had within the year a son who was named
Jai Chand. The boy was, however, bitten by a serpent and died. The
ascetic on hearing of this sent one of his disciples to stop the cremation,
and, when the body was brought to him, ordered it to be taken back to
the palace where the prince had been bitten, telling his wife to lie down
beside it as before. At midnight the snake returned, licked the bite, and
the prince was thus restored to life. On this the Raja, with all his court
and people, became Jains. He and his family took the pame of Sri Srimal.
l1is courtiers that of Srimal, and the Kshatriyas that of Oswal. The g6ts o£
the Srimals are-

1. Chanalia. 3· Kanaudia. 5· Jaumwal.

2. Boria. 4· Bangaria. 6. Tank.

An account of the Jains as a religious community will be found below.

l\hatris only number 470 throughout the State.

The Jats, who number 95,215, or 33'7 per cent. of the total population of Agricultural
the State, are by far the most important caste, and form the backbone of the castes:
agricultural population. Their distribution by religions is shown in the Jats.
. Hlnd~s 71,118
margin. The Sikh Jats are found only in tahsil
Sikhs 23 394 Sangrur. ·The principal Jat tribes in the State
Muhammadans 703 are th,e Sangwan (8,o13), Sheoran (4,335),
Ghatwal (3,883), Rt-dhUs (3,377), Phogat
(3,?44), ~athar (1,263), w~o are all Hindus, and Chahil (2,939) 1 who are
mamly Hmdus, and the Stddhu (3,612) and 1\Un (2,787)1 who are mainly
Sikhs. An account of some of their g6ts is given below, .
 240
]lND STATE. ) T1 ibes and castes:· [PART A.

CHAP. I, C. . The Ah~awat got is descended from Ahla, its eponym. It has held thref'
. t• VIllages, Larw~na Khurd, Fatehgarh and Rupgarh in tahsil Jlnd for 20
Descr1p JVe. genera t'IOns or more. Ab out 400 years ago t he descendants of Ahla 1mmigrat·
·
PoPULATION. ed from Dighal, a village of Sampla tahsil in Rohtak and settled c;t
Tribes ud Rupgarh. The Ahliwat Jats are all Hindus. '
cutts.
Ahliwats.
Bhainsw4ls. The Bhainswal got (from bhains, buffalo) is found in tahsil Dadrl. The
Bhedas.
Bheda (from bheda, a sheep} is found in tahs!ls Sangrur and Dadri.

Ch~hils. The Chahil Jats 'claim descent from BaJa, son of a Chauhan Ra jput, wLJ
contracted "!arriage by ,karewa with a ]at ~idow. Their ancestor agreed to
acc~p~ offermgs to Guga, and thus acquired power, and called his got
Chahi).I He also agreed to accept alms offered to Guga, and the Chahil
(whatsoever their caste) still receive these offerings. This rr6t is found in
tahsfls Jlnd and Sangrur, holding 6 villages in the .for~er tahsil, vi3.
Devrir, Radhana, Daryawala and Baraudl.

Dall~l Des
The Jats of the Dallal, Deswil, Man and Siwal sub-septs claim descent
w~l, Man and from Dalla, Desu, Man and Sewa, the four sons of Khokhar, a Chauhan
Sdwal Jats. Rajput by his karewa marriage with a Jat widow. The Dallal t,ot holds
seven Yillages in tahsil Jlnd, and the Deswal four in tM.na Safldon of
that tahsil. The Min and Sawal hold no villages, but are found in small
numbers in villages of the Jlnd and Sangrur tahsils.

Duns. The Dun got (so called from dulma to mil~, because they used to milk
she-buffaloes, it is said) holds two villages, Karela and Bhabbalpur, in Jind
tahsil, and is also found in small numbers in tahsil Sangror. They migrat·
Gawariu, ed from Himsl and founded the above villages. The Gawaria got (from
gaie, cow) is found in small numbers in the villages of jind tahsil.

Gathw41as, The Gathwala (from gatha, a burden) were once carriers by trade. They
hold 10 villages in tahsil ]ind, and were immigrants from HulHna, a village
in the Gohana tahsil of Rohtak. Their villages are Rllmnagar, Ram Kalf,
Pauli, Shamlo Kalan, Nar.ina, Narani, Gatauli, Lalat Khera, Anchora Kalan
and Kurar.

. Geodas.
The Gendas g6t is found in villages of tabslls Sangrur and Dadri. Its
name is said to be derived either from gandasa, an axe, or Gendwas, a
Ghanghas. village in tahsil Hisstir. !he. Ghanghas g6t ~o~d~ Bh~nb.ewa .vil!age in
tahsil Jind. !heir ancestor ~mgrate~ !rom Bh1wam tahs~l !n H~~sa_r, and.
settled in Bhanhewa. The Jaglan got ts descended from Jagu, a RaJput, who
j£gl.io. founded Jagla~ in ~issar, ,an~ it hol~s t~ree .villages, Anta K~Ian, Jalii.lpUJa
Kalan and RaJ ana, m tahsil Jmd, havmg tmmtgrated from Khanda, a vtllage
of Hinsi tahsil in Hissar, 1 7 generations ago.

Kajl£os.
The Kajlan got claim descent from Kajla, a Chaub.in Rajput who
married by karewa an Ahir widow, and th~s became aJat. ~t holdsHatwa.la,
a village in tahsil Jlnd, founded 15 generations ago, and Kalal Khera wtth
other villages in Hissar. ·
• The ~ujdrls of Guga art generally clllled Chflhil in jfnd tahsil, but in Sangnir they art
Cllled 6/IPt~tl,
 ~41

]IND STATE.] Tt~ibes and castes. [PART A.

The Kal Khand got is descended from Kal and has for 25 genera· CHAP. I, C.
tions held the villages of Bawiin~ and Buradahar in tahsil Jind, -:- t've
\\·hich they founded, having migrated from Ram pur-Khandal in Delhi. 0 escrtP 1 •
PoPuLATION,
The Kunda got is descended from Kunda, a Rajput, who married a Jat Tribesand
widow 1-.y karewa and so lost status. It holds six villages in Jlnd tahsil castes.
(see under Phogat). Jats.
. K~l Khands.
· h . d f. Kundtis,
Th e Lathar gut claims descent from an ancestor w o mtgrate rom L th
1

Ja~almer and married a Jat widow. He was once attacked and surrounded a ars,
b} enemies whom he put to flight, but one of them whom he had captured
killed him by thrusting a lath£ or stick into his mouth, whence the name of
the got. They hold seven villages in the Jfnd tahsfl, viz., ]uhlna, Sba.dfpu.r,
Des Khera. Buddha Khera, KarsauH, Rajgarh and Lajwana Kalan. Julana
was founded 22 generations ago.
The Mor got holds one village in tahsfl Sangrar. It reverences the Mors,
peacock because the mother of its ancestor who was born in a jangal died in
giving birth to him and the child was protected from a snake by a peacock.
It is said to be connected with the Khkhar got. .
The Narwal got is found chiefly in tahsil Sangrur. It derives its name NarwAis.
fancifully from narwal, lit. beating, because its progenitor used to take
such care of the grass growing in waste land that he used to beat the dust·
out of it. It holds a large part of Jhamola, a village in Jind tahsil.
The Parwaria or Puria got derives its name from pur or hemp, because Pdrias, ·
its progenitor cultivated that plant, and it still points to the johri purwal£ or
hemp tank near Gugaheri in Rohtak as the tank used by its ancestor. It is
found in Zafargarh, a village of ]lnd tahsil.
The Palu got claims descent from Pala, its eponym, and holds a part of Palus.
Jhamola, a village in the Jlnd tahsil. ·
The Phogat 1ats own 12 villages in tahsfl Dadri. They claim descent Phog4ts~
from a Chauhan Rajput of Ajmer who first settled in San war, a village in
Dadrr, but Mahi, son of Bhallan Sangat Rai, his descendant, abandoned
Sanwar and founded a village or khera, whence he expelled Kundu Jat and
took possession of the 12 villages held by him. The Kundu Jats are
now found in tahsil ]Ind. The Phogat derive their name from phog, a plant
(used as fodder for camels and also eaten by people' in the Eagar) ,rhich
grew abundantly in the village, which was also named Phogat. The got
worships Baba SMmi Dial, a Bairagijaqlr whose shrine is at Dadrf. The
Phogit villages are :-Dadri, Rawaldi, Kamodh, Jhanjar, Khatiwas,
Loharwala, Shamspur, Mauri, 1\lakrana, Makran!, Dhini and Tikan.
The Punia got once held 360 villages in or on the borders of Bikaner. Punias,
The Punias are by origin Jats and do not aspire to Rajput descent, claiming
to have been made Jats by the pun or favour of 1fahideo. They are found
in tahslls Sangrur and Didri, and hold Akalgarh in Jlnd tahsil. The
following are the Pania villages :-
Tahsil Sangrur ... Buzurg. Kalaudl. 1\Iandi Khurd.
Ballamgarh'. Ghabd:h1. Chupki.
Mahilan. Sangrur. Nan hera.
Tahsil Dadri Atalah Kalin, 11.inka was.
Siswala. Surajgarh.
Pandwan.
 242
}INO STATE, J [PART A.

- I. c.
CHAP. . Th e R'ath'1 Jats c1a.1m descent £rom a Rathor Ra ]put,
• I
who contracted a
Descriptive. Earewa. They are found in some villages in tahsil Dadd and also hold Khera
PoruLATJoN. Bakhta, a village founded eleven generations ago in Jl~d. The Gohra got is
Tribes and desc;nded from Gohar, a Tunwar Rajput. It holds Sila J{heri in Jlnd
castes. · tahs1l.
lats.
R~th!s.
Gohrb,
Red Ms. The RedM got is descended from a }at, RedhU, who founded
Kandela in tahsil Jind, and has held 14 villages in that tahsil for 25
generations, having migrated from Hissar. Their villages are :-Kanclla
Khlis, Bhatw~la, Shahabpur, Barsana, Jlwanpur, Lohchap, Dalamwala, Mano-
harpur, Srirag, GbUnga, Igr.i I<heri, Taloda, and Keh::~.r Kheri.
BhanwAlas. The Bbanwala got is descended from Bhana, a )at, who founded Sawaya
in Jfnd, in· which tahsfl it has also held Asan, and Pilukhera for 24
generations. ·
The Sangrota got claims descent from a Chauhan Rajput who killed a
dacoit with a sengar or quarter-staff, and migrated from Karmi.l. It holds
four villages-Dhigci.na, Jamni, Bhairon Khera and Hatthwala-in tahsil
Jfnd.
Sanrw4nl. . The Sangwan Jats claim descent from Sardha, a Rajput of Sarsu
Janglu. Sangti, son of Nainti, his descendant,- migrated from Ajmer and
founded Baghanwal near Kheri Buttar, Taw ala and· Jhojti in the Dadri
tahsil. Sangu became a }at.. He brought with him Mahta, a Godaria
Brahman, a Jhanjaria NIH, a Khurian Dum, and a Sahjlan Chamar, and
these g6ts are still clients of the Sangwan, which holds 57 villages in
Dadri, 55 of these lying in the Sangwan tappa. It also owns one village
in tahsil Jind.1 From this tribe are descended the Jakhar and Kadan g6ts,
each of which holds twelve bas or villages in Rohtak, and •the Pahil, Man 2
Jakbar" and Kalkal g6ts. The Jakhar got does not intermarry with the Sangwan or
Kadan gots; these two latter, however, may marry with each other.
~Thefollowing are the Sangw6n villages:-
Charkhi. Kubja Nagar. Mandt Kehar.
Fatehgarh, Chhapir. Rahrauda Kal~n.
PanUwh Kalan. Dohka Harya. Sisw~la.
PanUwb Khurd. Dohh D!na. Birhl KaUn.
Dohkf. Dohka Mawji. Birhf Khurd.
Jkhti4rpura. Ataila Kalan. PandwAn.
R~siwlis. Ataila Khurd. Mank&w~s.
Kher! Battar. Balawal. Pachopa Kal~n.
Kberi Bura. Mandaulf. Pachopa Khurd.
Mahra. Mandaula. Ghilka Hera.
Tiwala. Abidpura. Gokal.
Badal. BaWl. Barsana.
Asawarf. Katlina. Mandl Harya.
Godana. Gaurfpur. Mandi,P•r~nu.
JhojhU Khurd. Soh6was. Narsingwb. "'
Jhojh6 Kalan. Galkata. DUdiwala Nandkarn.
Ramal was. . Nandgaon. Bhirwl,
Kalalf. Saran£'. Rahraud!.
Dudlwala Kishanpura. Bindra Ban. Rahrauda Khurd.

:Sut the Man are said to be !lllied to the Dallal, Deswal and Sew£1s,-see unct
tal!4!.
 243
}IND STATE.) Trioes and eastes. [PART A.

The Sankhlcin got claims Chauhan Rajput origin. It. held Gonl.n CHAP. I. C,
villarre in Rohtak, where in consequence of some success gamed over the D . t"
Muh~mmadans, who objected to the sounding of the satzklz or conch-shell, it esctJP IVe.
acquired the title of San~hl<in. It is found in small numbers in villages of PoPULATioN,
the Jind tahsil. Tribes and
'castes,
Jats:
Sankhl~ns,

The Saran g6t claims Rajpdt origin. Its ancestor migrated from Sarans.
Saharanpur and lost status by marrying a Jat widow. It holds ]olani village
il.)]ind tahsil, and is also found in small numbers in villages of tahsil Dadri.
The Sheoran got claims descent from Sheora an'd Samathra, Chauhcin Sheor4ns.
Ra jputs, who migrated from Sambhar and settled Jn Sidhti in the Lohiru
State. They founded villages in Loh<irti and in the Dadri tahsil, and their
descendants held a chaurasi or 84 villages, 52 in the modern State of Lohiru
and 32 in tahsil Dadri, but the number of villages is now about IOO all told,
, the g6t holding the 35 1 villages of the Sheoran tappa in Dadri. From the
Sheoran are descended the Dhankar, Dhcika, Tokas, Jabar, Kundti, Rapria
and Phogat.
The Sahrawat g6t claims to be Tur Rajputs by origin. Their ancestor Sahrawats.
conquered Taragadh in Akbar's time and thus obtained the title of Stir Bir
or chieftain, whence the name Sarawat or children of Sai' (Sdr). It holds
two villages in Jind tahsil and is found in small numbers in villages of Dadri.
The Sinhmar (or' tiger-slayer') got is found in small numbers in the Sinhm~rs.
villages of Gatauli, Jajawanti and Bartana in tahsil Jind and in tahsil Dadri.
Originally Kalh<ir by got, one of them killed a tiger and acquired the title of ·
Sinhmar.
Five gots o£ the Jats derive their names from parts of the beri tree, Rangrs, Ju!as,
thus- Betias, jhar!s
' ( ') R , and Kbicban.
1 angt, from rattg, or bark of the ocr£ tree used for dyeing,
(ii) ]aria, from jar, the root,
(iiz) Beria, from ber, the fruit,
(iv) Jharf, or seedlings, and
(v) Khichar, or bud.
These five grits may, however, intermarry. They are found in smaiJ
numbers in tahsil Dadri.
Raj puts are found in tahsil Da~ri ~nd. th~ Safidon . i~aqa of ]Ind. R4jputs.
Hlndus ... ... 4,go8 Thetr d1stnbut!On by rehg10n is shown
Sikhs ... ro in the margin. The Punwars who num·
Muhammadans 5,404 her 3,6o8 are mainly Hindus, and so
are t~e, sma!l J•itu .group, the other sub-?ivisions, Bhatti, Chauhan and
Man~ahar bemg mamly Muhammadans. Hmdu Rajputs are found in about
31 VIllages of the Dadri tahsil, while the Muhammadan Rajputs, ot
IT he following are their villages in Dadrl tahsn :-
Sham Ka!ayan, Goblndpura, Jeolf,
IJoirka, Mathra, Nimar,
t&dawas, Surajgarh, Kanarah,
Dandma, Ud, l{adma,
Bhopm, Bh,ndwa, Un Mutllsil Badhw&na1
K4rl Tokha, Hansawb Khurd, Dagroli,
Kid Ad6, H'nsAwh KaUn, Rodrol,
K4rl R6pa, N~nda, Chandain!,
Karl Das, Dhanhad, Jagnimbas,
K'rl Dharnf, Kaskanda,
K!rf Mudh, R'm Bb,and
CMndwas, Hdf,
Khorra. B'dhra1
 ~44
}IND STATE.] Trz'bes and eastes. [PART A.
AP. 1,· C Ranghars, live chiefly round Safidon. Ran ghar 1s fancifully derived
D . r· from ranfJ, strife or battle, and ghar, h'ome, owing to their turbulence.
escrJp IVe. The Ranghars are Muhammadan Rajputs who were in this part of
PoPuLATION. . India largely converted to Islnm in the reign of Aurangzeb. They
Tribes and have the same gats as the Raj puts, including Bhatti, Punwar, Tur, Jitu, .
castes. Chauhan,Mandahar, Batgujjar, Mander, Kandahr, Panhar and Sankarwar.
R4jputs. The Ranghars of Jind tahsil claim descent from Firoz, son of Bhura
the first Hindu Rajput converted to IsHm under Aurangzeb. They avoid
one got in marriage, and the bridegroom wears a sehra on his forehead, not
a maur or crown. They still have Brahman parohits, who give them Pf0·
tective threads (pahunhcht or rakshabandlzan) to wear on the wrist at £rle
Solono festival, and naurte or barley seedlings which they put in their pagris
on the Dasehra. The paroht'ts are given money at. such festivals and
at weddings. They eat and smoke with all Muhammadans except Mirasis,
Dhobis, · Pharals, Khatiks, Chamars and ChUhris .. They do not practice
karewa as a rule. Those, who do, are looked down upon, but not excommuni-
cated. They strictly observe parda, and their women generally wear blue
trousers, a hurt£ or bodice and a blue and red chrldar. They are addicted to
cattle-theft and have chiefs called agw&s, i~e., agewalas or agesambhalnewalas,
who take charge of the stolen cattle and keep them for a time by turns. When
the owner gets a clue, he goes to the agwa, who restores the cattle for a con-
sideration, called bhunga, which is divided between him and the actual
thieves. They profess belief in GU:ga Pfr, but most of them have strong
faith in Devi Shakti, and before starting on a thieving expedition they
often vow to offer her a tenth of the booty, which is called dasaundh.
The following proverbs illustrate their turbulent and thieving character:-
Ranghar mz't m£ kfjz'ye, A£ kantlz nadan : Bhukt£ Ranghar dhan hare,
Raja hare paran. "0 simple-minded husband, do not make friends
with a Ranghar, for when hungry he steals and when rich he murders.''
Rangkar kis ka, pi'yara, le rok batrlde nara ,- Ho tinka, mol kare barr£
le to le, nahin dikhawe talwara. "A Ranghar, dear to no one,
borrows in cash and pays in cattle. He asks Rs. 12 for a cow
worth Rs. 3 saying 'Take it or look on the sword."
Other agricul• Other agricultural castes are the Ahlrs, Arains and Malls, and
tural castes; various other smaller bodies. The Ahlrs have the following tradition
Ah!rs, as to their origin: A Brahman once took a Vaisya girl to wife and her
offspring were pronounced amat-sangir£ or outcast; again a daughter
of the amat-sangias married a Brahman and her offspring were called
Abhirs (i.e., Gopas or herdsmen), a word corrupted into Ahlr. They
are divided into three sub·castes :-(I) The Nandbansi, who call them·
selves the offspring of Nanda, the foster-father of Sri Krishna; {2) the
Jadu·bansi, who claim to be descendants of the Yadu, a nomadic race ;
and (3) the GuaJbansi, · who say that they are descended from the
Gopis, who danced with the God Krishna in the woods of Bindnl.ban
and Gokal.
Some of the gats of the Nandbansi Ahirs are-
I. Harbanwal.
:z. Kaholi.
3· Khatban.
4· Bachhwal.
5· Pacharia.
6. Rabar.
7· Sanwaria.
jiND STATE.] Tribes anti castes. [PART A.
The Jadu·bansi Ahirs are mostly found in ~he Ahir;vatl and ~aria~a CHA~. I, C~
tracts which lie partly in this State, while the Nandbans1s and GualbansiS Descriptive.
are found in Mathura and Bindraban. All three sub-castes are endogamous
and avoid four gats in marriage. The gats of the Ja' d'u-bans1s
, are- PoPULATION.

Tribes and
I, Sanp. 19. Notiwal. 37· Mandhar. castes.
Other agricul·
2, Thokaran. 2o. Dhaliwal. 38. Khalodhia. tural castes : ·
Ahlrs.
3· Kalgan. 2 1. Jharudhia. ·39· Narbin.
4· Balwan. 22. Dabar. 40. Kankas.
5· Khatod. 23. Jarwa.T. 41. Kaknilia.
6. Khola. 24. Sonaria. 42. Khiseva.
1· Dhundala. 25. Abhiria. 43· Mohal.
8. Kosalia. 26. Sultania. 44· Khurmia.
g. Mitha. 27. Tohinia. 45· Janjaria.
ro. Lanba. 28. Chatasia. 46. Datali.
11. Lodia. 29. Chura. 47· Karera.
12. Dahia. 30· Mahla. 48. Kinwal.
13- Kharpara. 3 r. Kahilia. 49· Bhusaria.
14. Bhusla. . 32. Bhagwaria. so. Nagaria.
rs. Jadam. 33· Khorria. 5 r. Harbala.
16, Bachhwalia. 34· Bhankaria. 52. Dumdolia.
17. Tundak. 35· Pachiria. 53· Kakudia.
18. Khosa. 36. Kharotia. 54· Bhunkalan.
The Ahirs are all Hindus. They worship Shiva, Devi and Thakur, whose Religion of
temples they frequent. They consider the pipal, tuls£, siras and barota sacred, Ahfrs.
do not even cut a branch from them, and often worship the two former.
They consider it a great sin to kill cows, oxen or bulls, and they worship them.
They worship the small-pox goddess to protect their children, and reverence
Brahmans, giving them dan or alms. They keep fasts on Sundays,
Tuesdays and the lkadshi days, and make pilgrimages to Gaya. They
adopt gurus who are either Brahmans or Bairagls, receiving kanthis (beads)
from them and also a guru mantra, called the Krishna mantra, and
offer them two or three rupees as bhet or puja. They chiefly worship Sri
Krishna. Their birth, death and marriage ceremonies resemble those of
the Malis, Gujars and Jats. Like them .they practise karewa, but the elder
brother does not take the widow of the younger. They eat uncooked and Socia! position.
cooked food with all Brahmans and Vaisyas, but the latter do not eat ·
un.cooked f?od with them. , They will eat ~ncooked ~ood .with Rajputs, Jats,
Hmdu GuJars, Rors, Sunars and Tarkhans. The1r pnmary occupation is
rearing cattle, making gM, and selling milk. As cultivators they do not take
a high place, as they depend more on their cattle than on their fields
Their women wear blue coloured gowns (lmgM.s), '
 246
JIND STATE.] Tr~'bes and castes. [PART A.
I

CHAP. I. C. The Malls in Jind (4,491) are mainly Hindus and are by occupation
(1. PMI. caste gardeners (Sanskrit 1\Ialakar,
Descriptive.
1.-EndoR:amous sub· I 2. Gole. one who makes garlands). They
~ 3· Bhagirikf.
POPULATION. caste.
14Ls· Si4na,
Surajbansf.
have the groups noted in the
margin. Group 1 do not eat flesh
Tribes and.
, ~ 6 . Kachhwaf. akndl\~e nce are called ufja!-oaran
1
cutes. ..
Other agricu!- 11.-Endogamoussub· 7·. Sikas Kanch£i. e 18 is (or superior M aI is ).
taral castes : caste. 8. KAchhi. Group II are Purbifis and eat
, 9 . Machhf. flesh, whence they are called niche
bartm ke Malls (inferior Malls). The first five sections perform the Hindu
wedding ceremonies, avoid 4 gots in marriage, and practice Aare-!'1.
They adopt Brahmans or Bairag!s as their gurus, and receive kanthts
(beads) from them. Sikas Mali girls wear glass bri!celets (chztrfs), but
married women do not. Besides gardening, some Malls \vork as watermen
in tahsil Dadd. In tahsil Sangrur some of them have adopted Sikhism
and follow the Guru Granth. In tahsil Jind are mostly found Ph61 Millis
of the Bhagel and Sawaniwal gots. .Gola Malis of the following g gots are
found in the State,: Kapur KainthH, H.nk Girn1, Dhaya, Agarwal, Gau
Sach, Kohar, Bawaniwal and B<igri.
TbeMugha.ls. The Mughais (854), who are mainly confined to the town of Jind and
are a diminishing community, are represented by the Chaghatta and Turk•
man tribes, which intermarry with each other and with Shaikhs and Pathans,
but to Sayyids they only give daughters and do not obtain wives from
them.
Artisaft and The Sunars (r,539) have two main sub-castes (jarlq), Mair and Tank,
menial castes : which in this State are strictly endogamous. They claim descent from
.Sunus. Marrutta, a Rajput. The Mair claim to be a branch of the Bhatti1 Raj-
puts. The Tank, a sept of Rajputs, in the western Districts, claim to be
descendants of the Yadu-bansi. The Bagge, a Mair got, claim descent
from Rao Chhabila of Delhi, whose complexion was bagga, which means
white in Panjabi, whence their names. The Plaur, also a Mair got, claim
descent from Saint Pallava, whose name is derived from Pallava, or "leaf,"
owing to his worshipping below the leaves of a banyan tree, The Masan
got o£ the Mairs claims descent from a child born when his mother became
sat£ at the chhala or tnasan, 'burning place.' The ]aura derive their
origin from the twin (jaura) birth of a boy and a serpent. The serpent
died, but the boy survived and the Sunars of this got still reverence the
serpent.
Tarkh£as. The Tarkhans (6,513) are mostly Hindus. In Jind tahsH the Hindu
Tarkhans have two sub-castes, Dhaman and Khati, the women of the
former wearing the nose-ring, while those of the latter do not. The two
sub-castes eat and smoke together, but do not intermarry. The KMti gots
are Sapal, Manor, Min and Tin. The Dhaman gats are Rapal, Jandu
Mathciru and Birdi. In marriage they avoid four gots and practise llarewa.
The Khcitis worship Guru Govind Singh and the Dhamans Sidh, whose
shrine is at Rakhra, a village ten miles from Nabha. The Muhammadan
Khatls have the same sub•castes as the Hindus, but are further divided into
Desi and Multani. These two groups intermarry. The Muhammadan Dha·
mans have three sub-castes, Birdi, Chane and Manka •
.The Nais (5,371) are nearly all Hindus. They claim descent from
Bh&na and Gokal, the two sons of Sain Bhagata The descendants of Bhana
are Banbheru and those of Gokal Golas. The got names are taken either
1 Bhattf (Sanskrit Bhatta, lord), a R!jput sept of the Punjab Branch. Bhatti,~b
rorm of the R'jput4na word Bh~tf. is the title of the great modern representatives of the ancient
Y~dli·bansf or Royal Rajpllt f•mily, descendants of Krishna and therefore of Lunu r•cc,
 !247
]lND STAT!, ] Trz'oes and castes. [PART A.
from the names of ancestors or of the places whence those ancestors immi· CHAP. I, C.
grated. The Muhammadan. Banb~erus marry within the gd~.. A man of an· Des~ tlve.
other caste cannot under ordmary Circumstances become a Nat. If, however, P
a boy of another caste is apprenticed to a Nai who has influence in his caste, PoruLATtoN.
the master obtains a Nai wife for the boy, and he thus becomes a Nai. .The Tribes and
pruzchayat system still.obtains among the N.Us..The hea~ o~ the .~a.ncMyat csateEt ·
is the .sa;panck,dwhh~ hvesHa~ tdhe sadr. Sub~rd mate terntotna1 d~vlslBOnhs arte
1
the mzamat an t ana. m us pay especm reverence o am 5 aga ,
Artisan and
menial caste•.
and Muhammadans to Suleman. N&ra. •
) The Mirasis (1,6g8), a caste of singers, minstrels, and genealogists, are Mirbra.
mainly Muhammadans. The word ndrast is derived from the Arabic marts,
1
inheritance,' the members of this caste being hereditary bards or minstrels.
They are divid~d into the following eight occupational groups, which as a
rule do not intermarry one with another :- · .
1. Rai Mirasis, who receive education, and as padhat teach boys
Hindi accounts, &c., and also compose kabits (verses). These
are mt'rri.sts of the Jats.
2. Mir Mirasis who recite eulogistic verses.
3· Kala want, 'possessed of art and skill' (kala), who sing and play
on the tambourine and are mt'rasls of the Rajputs.
These three groups are true Mirasls.
4· Karhale Mirasis, who are considered lower than the real Mirasis,
as their ancestor married a woman of another tribe. They
are genealogists and their musical instruments are the tabla
(small drum) and sarangi. The true Mirasls do not marry
with them.
5· Naqqal Mirasis, who are mimics. They have no relations with
the true Mirasis.
6. Dums, who live in company with dancing girls, and play the tabla,
sarangi, etc., when they sing and dance. On this account
they are considered entirely distinct from, and lower than,
the t.rue Mirasis, with whom they do not intermarry or
assoCiate.
7· Rababis, who are really Mirasis, and trace their descent from
Bhai Mardana, who was a Midsi and played the rahab before
Guru Nanak, whence his descendants were called Rababis.
They do not intermarry with Minisis or Dums. They beg
alms only from Sikhs, while Mirasis beg from all castes.
They believe in Guru Nanak and recite the slzabds of the
Granth. Their instrument is the rabab.
8. Dhadhfs, who play the dlzadh, and sing of the deeds of the heroes
of the past. A Dhadhi will marry with a Dhadhl, but not with
other 1\liris!s.
A k11bit (verse) describes these divisions, thus-" Gunan ke srf.gar
lzaz'n, :zat ke uj0g11r hain, bikluiri badshaho1z ke, parbhon ke .Jfirast
si,zglzon ke Rabab£, Qawwal Ptrzadon ke ,· sablzi hamtn janat hat'n'
Dum maljadM ke "-''We are the ocean of knowledge (gun) th~
enlighteners of castes, beggars of the kings, Mirasls (hereditary bards)
of our jajman,s (patron_~Rababis of the Sikhs, and Qawwal (story•tellers)
of the P1rzadas ('ST1ail{hs). All men know us, we are the Dums of rogues.
 '48
]IND STAT~.] [PART A.
CHAP. J, c. The gots of all these Mirasfs, Dums, Rababls, &c., are the same, and are
- 1p t'1ve. as follows :-
Descr
POPULATION.
1. Mokhars, the Mirasfs ofthe Punwar Rajputs andJats.
Tribes and
c:utes. 2. Tangar, the Mirasis of the Sidhu Jats.
'
Artisan and 3· Chunbhar.
menial cutes :
Mir4s!s, 4· Sadeo, the Mirasis of the Man got Jats and hence called Manke.
5· Pabbi, Mirasis of the Jondhi and Tahindse Jats.
6. Posle, the Mirasls of the Sayyids, and hence considered superior.
7· Bhet, ) ·
i
8. Kattu, ~Mirasls of Shaikhs, Rajputs and other Muhammadans.
I
9· Kalet, J
'o. Limba, the Mira sis of the DhaHwal Jats.
11. Dhummun, the Mirasis of the BhandMl Jats.
12. Goche, the Mirasis of the Bandher Jats.

13. Jhand, the Mirasls of the Gil Jats.

1
4· Sangal,lJthe Mirasis of. the Bhular Jats, and hence also called
. d. Bholra.
15. Tm u,
The Mirasls of each got have their own clients or jajmans, from whom
they receive Ugs (dues) on ceremonial occasions, when they recite genealo·
gies, etc. They are also agriculturists, and take service in the State and
British territory. The Mirasis make it a general rule to imitate their
jajmans, so that a Mirasi in marriage will avoid as many grfts as his jajman
does. This is also the case in the matter of karewa, t'.e., a Mirasi will practise
karf!"JJa if his jajman does so, otherwise not. The Mirasi women dance and
sing before the women of their jajmans. They are called mangla mukh£
(mouth of happiness) because they initiate festivities. The Mirasis have, like
all Muhammadans, faith in Muhammad, but a few of them are also believers
in Devi, whom they call Durga Bhiwani, and before beginning a song or
hymn sino- her bhet as follows : A' Durga Bhiwan£ hamttre ang sang,
lzamari ~ushkt'l asan hoe, I 0 Duq~a Bhiwani, come into our company,
so that our difficulties may be removed.' The Mirasis also have Mirasls
of their own called l\Hr Mang (begging from Mir), who do not beg
alms from any caste except the Mid.sls, and do not remain, eat or
drink in a village where there is no Mirasi. A panchayat system exists
among them, but is nearly obsolete.

TtUt.
The TelLs (3,445), who are all Muhammadans in Jlnd, have three
occupational groups, the Kharasias or millers, the Pinja or Dhunna, cotton
cleaners, and the Telis proper, who are oil-pressers. · These groups
intermarry, eat and smoke together. They have four territorial
]I~D STATE.] Trtbes and caste!.
groups-Desi, Mu1tani, Bagd and Nagauri. They have the following CHAP. f, C~
gtJts :- Descriptive.
POPULATION,
Jhamin,
Karim, } so called from the nallles of their ancestors; Tr:bes an1
ras<es.
Balim,
Artisan and
menial castes c
Maindra, } from Khatri gats ;
Dhaman, Telis.

Bhatti, I
Chauhan, I
Tur, ~from the Rajputs o£these gots whom they originally
R~gu, 1 served; '
Saihsaroe, J
and Gorye, Talium, Saundhl, Mandhril, Gaindi, and Alami Pamvar,
descendants of Rajde, a Panwar Rajput of Dhiranagrl i Malik, a title
given to their ancestor by the king o£ Ghazni ; Nigaha and Jhamain, from
Nig~h and Jhemen two Brahman gats; and Kbiljf, who were converted to
Islim in the time of the Khiljt Sultans. Some of these gots avoid four !futs
in marriage, others follow the Moti custom. They revere Abdul Qadir ]II ani
(commonly called Plr Sahib), in whose ho;lOur the Raushani fair is held at
Ludhiana in Rabl-us-S;Inf. The Telfs carry their sick cattle to his shrine and
tie them up there all night to cure them (c/zt4uki bharna). They also make
offerings to the shrine at fair-time. They worship their oil-press as a
representative of the god, Bhairo:1, and make offerings_ of k,,,rJh or
halt'a (porridge) to it. The panchuyat system exists among them.
In the ]lnd tahsil there are the following f,ppas: Ikas, Kandela, Nirana,
Zafargarh, Gangoll and Julina. The chazmtra is at Jind town. The
office of sarp:mch is hereditary. Anyone adopting the occupation of a
Tell is allowed to eat and smoke with them and his descendants are
received into the caste after one or two generatior.s.
The Kumhirs in Jind (6,393) are both Hindu and Muhammadan, and Kumhars.
each religion has different groups, though there is a Desi group in both.
The Hindu Kumbars are divided into two territorial groups, Marwari and
Desi. The former are immigrants from 1\iarwar and are sub-divided into
Khap Marus or agriculturists, and Khap Bandas, who are potters by
occupation. These two groups do not intermarry, eat or smoke with one
another. The Hindu KumMrs are mainly 1\Iarwarl. They avoid four
guts in marriage. The Des! Kumhirs are also sub-divided into two
endogamous groups, Mahar or 1\faru, and Gola, whose members 'may
fmoke and eat tcgether. The females of the Mim1 group wear a
nose-ring of gold or silver, while those of the Golas do not. Beth work
as potters and keep donkeys for carrying loads. The Mahar Kumhars
claim descent fron1 Kubba Bhagat of Jagannath. He quarrelled with
his wife, because she had broken hi; mcUa and so she left him and
married his servant, from whom the Golas are descended. The
story emphasises the social superiority of the Uahars. The Hindu
Kumhirs are also cross-divided into several occupational groups, Kumhars
or p;tters, Kuzg~rs, who make toys and small articles of pottery,
Shorag·rs, saltpetre makers, and 1\ungars, or salt-workers. Inter•
marriage between these groups is not prohibited, but it is unusual.
The Muhammadan Kumhcirs are either Desi or 1\fultanf, forming two
endogamous sub-castes. Tl:e Muhammadan Kumhars are mainly Des!.
 tSO
]IND StATE.] Trioes and tasla. (PART A,

CHAP. 1, c. The females of the Desi Muhammadan Kumhiirs wear a chela or pelzan (a.
kind of gown) after marriage, and these of the Multani do not. Multani
Descriptive. Kumh rs take offerings to the ~£:/a goddess. 'I he Muhammadan
Poru.t.nlol'l, Kumhars ha1e their chazent1a (!ft. platform) or head-quarters of the
Tr•beu.nd community at Hissir. The t lder (cht<udhri) recei~e.s one rupee at a wed•
cutes. ding. The pantM,yat system is'Slill founa among the Kumhllrs. 'The Mahar '
Artisan and Kumhars have their chat.ntra or gaddi at Kalayat, an ancient village in
rnc:Pi•l casteH tahsil Narwana, Patiala Stale. '1 he elder acts as an umpire or patnarch
Kambirlo of the sub-caste, and cases between members oi the ·brotherhood are .settled
by him. He receives a ·rupee and a garment at a wedding. The office is
sometimes hereditary and sometimes elective. Outsiders cannot beco(.e
members of the caste. ·

CbbJmbU. 'The Chhrmbas or Chhimp5s (2,36r,) 'Stampe~s 'claim descent fromN.im

, Deo, a son of Bam Deo, a resident of Pindl11pur village in the Dercan,
Concerning the birth of Nam Deo, tradition avers that Bam Deo one night
entertained Sri Krishna and Udhoji, who were turned out by the people,
as Udhoji was a leper. They were in l\1ayavi forms. At midnight Sri
Krishna and Udhoji disappeared, leaving B•im Deo and his wife asleep.
Udbofi hid 'himself in a sfti (shell), and when Bam Deo went to wash
c1othes he found the shell which was put in the sun and produced an infant,
afterwards called Nam Deo. This infant was fed and nursed by the wife of
Bam Deo. Nam Deo taught his son Tank and his daughter's son, RhiUa, the
trade of dyeing, stamping and sewing clothes. Nam Deo died at Ghaman 1
in tre Amritsar Distnct, where there is a templete him -cailed "Nllm Deoj(
ka Dera," and a festival is held there yearly on the shank rant ()£ 1.\Hgh.
The two sub-castes, H.nk .and Rhilla, do not interman:y. though they may
eat and .smoke tQgether. The Timk has the following gdts :-

Ratan Sar!o. Madahnr. Uthw~l.

JassaJ. Dhilon. Kainth.

Purbe. S.1gU. Rain.
Sap pal. DaddU. Rain Kamob.
Khurp:1. Man. Agroha.
Panwar. Sur. ()h.
Panpher, KhattL Hahu.
Thonwa. Jaslla\l, Panda.
Tohania.. Taggar.

The Rhilla ttfts are-

Gadu. Moe he. fanisap. ·
l'nt. Untwtl. Gadhiya.
Jabora. Lakhmira. Bandarya.
Chhobapind. Bananwat. Gar.
Uta. Kanhira. 'I'hepra..
Mosla. Ralu. · Mus1 Chuh1o
Balda.. NewaL Canan.
\'andla. RajalwaJ, Miy~nU.
Kath·dra. Kasab. Sahau.
 15t
)1':\0 SrATE.] Tlt1 BadrU.Han f.imily. [PART A.

The Muhammadan Chhimbas are divided into two groups, the Deswili CHAP. I. C,.
~d Mult~ni, which intermarry. The DeS I\ ali g9ts are- . Descriptive.
Paty.1. Kokar. SampaU PcPu:.ATiOII·.
Kat.;rm:i.l. Chamr.a•. Sata. · Tr'bet aatl
c~te1o
The Multani gdts are-
.Artisan ancl
Singh. Jhakkal; lthakhr.a.kha. rn~nial
rastu 1
Bagich. Chauth. Chamra. Cblllmbb.

In marriage both groups avoid one got and practise karewa•. ·

.) The Chtihr.is (8,g 1 8) are divided into 'two groups, Mazhahi or converts: CMhrb.
to Sikhism and' Desi. It is said that they intermarry in this State~ though
the Mazhabis will not touch night-soil and are by occupation weavers.
The ChUhras have the following grJts :-Tapak, DogchaT, Sarswal, Kagrah,
Machal, Bed. 1 •

Chamars {231 565} after the· Jab ana the Brahmans, are the largest Cba.1''Dits·
tommunity in the State.

Tht familf of B"adrukhtin, one of tlie. minor: PhUiki~~ familie~, is the Leadingfami~iru.
most important in tlie State, and is described at pages 275-277 of Griffin's The, Bac!Jiikil~u.
c"Raj~s of the Punjab.'J 'l'lie pedigree table of the family isas.follows.:-. fam•ly.
H. H. R~j~ Gajpat Sing!t
of ]Ind.
I
I
H. H. R~j" Bh~gSingh
l
Bb6p ~ingb~
of Jind, d. x81g. d.zsrs.
(
J
Karmr ~ingh, 1
Bas4wa Singh,
d,l8!8, d. t8.3o,
JJ. H.lUj1 S~r~p Singh r ' Bhagw1n Singh
cf Jlnd. Sukha Singh,
d. xSs~. d. 1852; •
I l __

cL 18s6.
r
Harn(m Sing.h, 'l
H.. H.ofR'i"
Hira Singh
b. 1843·
Nabha, I
1
.

r----------~~------------,
Olw~n Singh, Sher Singh,.. Cbatar Singh,
d. 1~7; d.188l. d. JSiir.

'WDar~yfn Singh, Shams~r Singh,

It 1900. b. 1872·
I
r
(K~ka tst.\
1
(K!ka·2nd.)
1
(K4ka 3rd.)
Boy born rS¢. BCI'J'• btrn 18g8. Bey bora 1900,
Shamsher Singh, now (1903) 32years old I is the represent t' or· h
b
youn7~r, ramf
h ftl f
t 1e d atr
'I d· · ' a 1ve t c
~anS ts entitle~ to attend Ptovincial Darbars as
BhQI ar ·od/ut ~ or!-110 t er taht~. 'I hts branc? holds Badrukhan and
amma"a 1, VIO \I ages o w 1ch the yearly ;am 1 is Rs 8 g
area 6,443 acres, and pays Rs. 644 a year as ·commutation tax.to th:~:
• I fit 4itd iD 19(101.
 '52
}IND STATE,] 'leading families. [PART A.

CHAP. I, C. Less important than the Badrukhan family, but also cne of the minor
0 c:c ·ptive PhU.lkian families, is that of Dialpura. Its founder Bul:lqi Singh, the third son
e... n ' of Sukhchen, was a full younger brother of H. H. Raja Gajpat Singh of jind.l
PoPuLATION. · He had two sons, l\Jirza and ]ltu Singh. Mirza founded the village of
Leadin~rf:tn:ilie;: Diilpural where both brothers lived, and their descendants now share it in
The. DU!pura 4 pattfs and 17 t!wlas their total income being Rs. 4,8oo a year less
1

famiiJ'. Rs. 516 payable to the State as abwtfb (local rates}. Dialpura is in tahsil
Sangnir. Bir Singh, a grandson of Mirza, held the village of ]alalpura
Kalan in tahsH ]ind, with a m1hasil or income of Rs. 595 a year, still paid
in cash to his descendants. Makkhan Singh, another grandson of 1\lirfa,
held the village of lka.s in tahsil ]lnd with an income (nz.rhdsil) ;M
Rs. 434 a year, still paid to his descendants. Though this Phulkian family
has no political or historical importance and is not entitled to be present
at any Darbci.r, at marriages, e·c,, they are treated as brethren receiving
and g1ving neotas and other ceremonial gifts.
The family of The famil):' of Chaudhri JMru in the town of Dadri, comes next in
1

Chaudhrl Jht..ru. importance. j haru obtained the title of Chaudhri from Maharaja Jaswant
Singh of Jodhpur, on the occasion of his journey from Delhi through Dadri
to his capital as a re;yard of his hospitality and other services. He was also
granted liberal allowance by the MaharaJ l in the form of cash and grants of
villages. During the rule of the Nawab of Dadd the members of this
family had considerable influence, and still, though not Darbarls, they have
entered into alliances with the r.hiefs, The daughter of Chaudhri Jawahar
Singh, seventh in d;scent from ]haru, was married to H. H. Raja Raghblr
Singh of jind. Chaudhri Kapur ·Singh, now ( 1903) 32 years old, is the
representative of Jawah~r ~in~h, 'fhe follcwing is the pedigree o.f thi~
family:-
JMrd Singh.
. I
Sobha Singh.
I .
Kusa! Smgh.
I
S11khdrl\ Singh.
I
Ja$an Nath.
. I
f!ishen Singh.
I
( I 1 S1ngh.
Jaw~har
.
Balla! Singh. Hlra Singh.
I I I
Kahnaya Ul. KhUsi Singh. Kapur Singh.
I I
Duryao Singh, St:!Un Singh.
Religious sech a The Sikhs are confined almost entirely to tahsil Sangrur, being
Sikbs. very few in Jlnd and Dadri, \'ihere they are generally eithet in State service
or recent settlers.
The table in
Seet. Number, f<l'Otlntage, the margin gives

Singh. Amrityi or 1 at Kh5Isa

Sikn Gurt1ke or !'ahajdh!t~s
------- 3,152
18,34.5
10•51
61•20
the numbers of
the Sikh sects and
1\!azhab!~ 1,022 3'41
23•21
their percentages
~u~tlnis .•• 0,974
Nan•k Panthfs ss ,.zs on the total Sikh
Ramdisfs .;!92 ·93
D!viopashis 4l •13 population.
Oth(rs 6S •22
 253
}IND STATE.) Re.'igious secls. [PART A.

The Singh KMlsa. are the followers of th~ te~th Guru Govind Si.ngh, CHAP. 1~ c.
who are initiated by taki:.g the p ,hut or baptism m order to be admitted -. .
into the So::lh Bans Khals1. 1 hey are distinguis~1ed by the five IuHcs : Descnptave~
(i) th~ kes or long hair unshavd head ; (ii) the k .clzlt or short drawers PoPULATio~. ·
in place of the dlzoti of the Hindus, and the t.llzmat of the Muhammadans; .. ••
11gt t
r. ' b j ( ) h k d u!l sec s t
(l'ii) the kara or •Iron bangle; (•v)
· 1
th,e "aJtgna ~r.com ; an l• t e ~ra
M
KMlsa, ·
or knife ; and are also called p:zhUtu or A mntla. They follow the Granth,
are forbidden to use tobacco, bl•t are allowed to indulge in spirits and
drugs. They telieve that Mahakal, Mah 1k~li, Maha.Vishnu, Mahi·
La,.kshmi are but a rup or form of the Akalpurkh, and that the ten
G,hs are the Ans-autars or incarnation of that rup, and that both
the aI and Dasam Granths are the embodiment or dtk rupis~t of
Puran Rup ·Guru. The Sahajdharls are Sikhs! who are not initiated Sabajdh,r!s.
by the palzul or crstinguished by the five kakkas. The Sult.ini ~ikhs Sultan!s
believe in Pir Sakhi Sarwar Sultan Nigahiya. They distribute a large '
rouad flat cake every 1 hursday after having the kalama read !Jy the
Bharai. In sickness or distress they call in the Bharii to beat a
drum and keep a vigil (iagratt raklz11a) for the night. Sult~n( ~ikhs
do not eat the flesh of any animal killed by fha:kt£ or decapitation,
l'-3 other Sikhs do, but like Muhammadans eat flesh killed by huUt. ~orne
of them wear the kes or long hair, but not so others. They do not eat the .
flesh of pig:;. Mazhabi Sikhs are generally Chuhras (sweepers), who have 1\laz.bab!•.
abandoned their occupation after being initiated by the pahut. They are
the follvwers of the tenth Guru Govind 5ir.gh.

The Hindu customs are 'as a rule strictly adhered to in the Stat~, H':n dus.'
even some Sikhs and Jains performing certain Hindu religious ceremonies,
such as the shraih and worship of Durga and Devi. Brahmans and
Vaisyas are often seen going to the temples of Shha, Narain, Devi, etc.,
in the evening, where they worship with flowers and sandal, singing
hhajan1 or hymns, ringing bells, and holding a lighted lamp with four
wicks in their hands. This ceremony is called a,·,t£ utarfla. The·
worshippers receive ckarflatn'lt or holy water, leaves of the tulst plant
and some patashas, called devt kd bhog or parsh,J,i. In small villages,
where there are no temples, Brahmans and Vaisyas go and bathe in the
taak in the morning, repeating the words, Ram, Ram Nariyana, Sri
Krishna, etc., some also taking nuUris (beads) in their llands. The
Hindu religious reform movements such as the Arya ~amaj, Deo Sam:ij, etc.,
are not very popular. The ordinary objects of worship of this class are
Eitlc~. Mata, the goddess of small-pox, worshipped mostly by women,· who
offer water in a Iota and a dzarhawa or otfering consisting of cooked
rice, sweet cakes, etc., at her shrine. The worship of the pipal tree and
of Muhammadan saints are also.common among the Hindus. The Hindu
sects and religious orders are as numprous in Jind as elsewhere in this
part of the Punjab. The following notes on some of the more important
are by Master Raghonath Das :- .
The Dadupanthis are a Hindu sect which derives its name from Dadu D4ddpaoth!s.
a Gaur Brahman, who died on Phagan gth b:Jdi, Sambat 1760, at Sambhar'
where his .~uplu (cave) was, and where his bair, his tumba or drinking
vcsd, c!zol,, (gown) and ldtaraun (sandals) are kept. Dadu was born
at Ahmad.ibid in Guzerat, whe!lce he migrated to Naraina (about 5() miles
s~uth·west of Jaipur), the head-quarter of the pr.eseot 1\Iabant of the Dadu..
panthts. There is a ~:urudwa,a in honour of Didu here, and in Phagan
the D.i~upanthisbegin t~ assemble. at it. Their offerings consist only of
money, 1n amount accordmg to the1r means. From this .place they go to
 '54
}lND STAT!. ] ReUgz'~s se6ts, [PART A~
CHAP. I, C.
- Sambhar, where a (air is held ye1rly on the· gt~t of Ph:lga.n o2dt,
Descriptive. the offerings consisting of cocoanuts, s1veetmeat (P ;r.Jutd 1 and money..
l'oruLAtloK. Dadu is uid to have had s:z disciples, who establis~1ed 1 de tzs' or resting
R ·~igib~s seett 1 places at dtlferent places. Tht! DiHpa.nthis •re usually divided bto-
lli.•du. (z) The Nagis \from the SJ.ns<rit ~angi~aya, a na1.i.ed ascetic), w:1o
s:>.t.dpallthh. generally live in the villages about jaip~r. They wear the d1otl ,the lock.
Clf hair left uncut), and are generally s!dlled in fighting, wre-tling and
fencing. They also wear orna:nents. (ii} The Vi,aHJd or those vo\J
of attachment to worldly objects. They live geaerally in assemblies and.
do not dwell in hous~s. They wear ochre coloure:l cbt:1es. {Iii) The
Uttradhes who shave 1he head, beard and moustache. They wear wl(te
clothes and are generally haliim r. In. a1opting ehdJs. or disciples, th'
rule is that any Brahman, Khatri, Rajput, jat or G-1jar, who desires to.
become a cheU, has his choti cut off and hh clothes d.,,;:d ochre, the Gt~ru~
mantra being then spoken into his ear. D.idu appelr; to ·hlvec ta.ug"tt the·
unity of God. To this day the D.idjpanthh use the p\n~ 1 S1t Rim, '
the true God. He forbade the worship gf idols. The religious book,
of the sect is the Oadu B.ini, whose arti is perfo.-rn.ed both m:xning ani
evening by singing the Bani songs in au assembly.
Hinda Jo,rs, . There are both Hindu and Muhammadan Jogls. The· Hindu JogiJ.
are followers of Gm1 Gora'<h N;\tll an:i h1ve SJ?Iit up• i:1to nume:o:.~s·
schools or orders. Thus Mast Nath, the famous mahan! of Bohar in
Rohtak, founded the Mast N.itb ke Jogi, a school which has developed twl)
branches, the Bari-dargah or ' senior ' and the Chhoti-dargah or ' junicr
court.' The former abstain from meat and spirits. The latter do not.
Hawa Mast Nath had two disciptes, Ranpat and M.indhata,. tw.o Pun war
Raj put brothers who practised yoga by standing and who remained in that
posLure through a hailstorm. Mast Nath warmed them, to life again, and
when they asked for food told them to go· and eat th(t game which
the hail had killed. Hence their disciples eat meat and drink spirit5 •.
Jogis reverence the far, sfras, oJns, tulsi and cltandan trees. Th~y
pe.form slradhs and fast on Sundaysi ikdd.shi~ and pura11 mashis. The;r
receive offerings made to .Shiva, Guga and SUa. On. the Guga-naumi (glh
Bhidon) they carry Guga e1ha• i or liuga's flag through the streets, and re•
ceive two offerings, one in the jholi in the name of Gorakhnath, the other in
Guga's name. Un certain days they receive p;tr£.s (small sweet loaves),
dt.1 (flour), gu" and pice in thetr patta 1 S la kind of bowl) playing on the nJd
at the same time. This is considered propitious to children. 'I hey a.lso,
beg, play the sarang·, and work as labourers, and cultivators. Jogis who
pierce their ears beceme Kanph~ras, and in joinii1g ooe of the 12 pa"Pths or
orders become Shiv-ke Jogi. A Jogi is-initiated· at Kalnlm, in tahsil Kai: hal,
or Bohar or Kotha Kheri in the His ar Distdct 'Ehere the tu ru cuts off·
r

the novice's choti and communicates to him· the [lldmanlra, receiving

Re. 1 and 4 annas worth of patasnas; Any Hiadu can become a Jqgi, but
be loses his caste thereby, though not his got. Birth and marriage ceremonies
resemble those of the Hindus, but the funeral rites are different, the dead
being buried in a sitt:ng postl!re cross·legged (sJmadhz1 on a cloth spread in
the grave. On the Jrd day (tJt'yl) after death at least4 men are fed,. and oa
the 13th (terhwin) Brahman~ andj(J;(jirs.
l.feltUIUI&Iiu
Jg&(.t.. Muhammadan Jog's do not practise yoga yet, as they beg alms
bv pheri, i.e., at fixed times and' play the sart.ngt: They have
three groups, Bachchowalia, Padha and Ramli. The former nam~. is
derived from Bhuchchon in Pati:Ha, the home of their founder, one Sa~Jan
Jat while the Padbas and Ramlis are descended from Gajjan, his brother~
Th~se two brothers and other Muhammadan Jogls composed kabits in, it
ls said, t.he 17th ceutur.r. · lbe Padbis teach Hiudi a~d tile Ramu··earn by
 •ss
]f~D STA!l!,) Rtliglout tt&ts. [PART A.

rcomency (ramt<l). The Muhammadan Jogi sections are CMhil, Bhult~r, CH \P. I, C.
Sekhu, PRndhi Man and K;'tliraund. Thev observe Muhammadan ceremomes Desc.-:"'t. e
•
at b1rth, etc.,I a:li p•act1se
•
k.. rl'wll,, but
'
a\'01'd 4 go'/s 1n
• marnage
• l'k
1 e
rip IV II
llindus. PoPULATION.

Rfligious s·:cts :
The Sampe15s (frcm Stf:npu·ala, a snake· keeper) are a caste of inferior The Sampell. I
Jog's. Thev claim descent from Kaunhipa, fon of a Jhinwar. who
caught the· fish, out of which came Machhindar N. . th. Kaunhipa
and i\ achhindar Nath were brought up together, and l<~unHpa became
a \chela of ]iilandbar. 1le Sampel .. s are fecular (ghristi], and are
le!!'- particular than tbe ]og~s. eating jackals and taking (ood from
l\1 uhammadan dishes. They bore holes in their ears and wear large glass
earrings (m .. ndn) and ochre-dyed clothes. They make their living
by exhibiting.s:Jakes and playing ou the gourd pipe tb{n). Kdu, a JMnwar
t!aint, is hc-noured among them. The}' rank below the ordinary Jog!s,
but c.bove the l\anja: s, and do not practise thievir.g as a profess:on.
They avoid 'four gJ7:s in marriage. Some of their principal g6ts are
Ga.darye, Tank, l:'henkre, Linak, Chauhan, Tahaliwal, Athwal, Sohtre,
Damna.
Th~ Bair•~g~s have f<Jur .rnmpardas,-Ram1nandi, Vishnu·swami, TheBaidc~
Nim:inandi and Madhoch~ri. The fir.:lt of these contains 6 of the '
52 d'Zl:aras of the order, via., . the Aubhinandf, Dundurllm, Agarji,
Tfl;,jf, Kubtaji · and Rnmsalujf. Bc.th Ramanandis and \'i:~bnu·
SWllmts wear the t upunJri or trident. They are devotees of Rlim•
chandrji, hold a great .fea-;t on the Ramnauml, the day of his incar·
r,ation, study the Ramayl,nn, and make pilgrimages to Ajudhya.
The Nimanandis and Madhocharfs wear as their caste·mark a fork
with .only two prongs, being devotees of Sri Krishna. They hold
a great feast on the 8th of Bbadon, the day of Krishna's incar·
nation, and study lhe Sri Madh Bh3gwat and the Gita, regarding
Mathura and Bindraban as sacr·ed places. The Bairagis in this State
are mostly ghrz'st£ or secular, and in marriage avoid only their
own sa11zparda and the mother's dwara. They make disciples of
Br.ahmans, Kshatrfyas and Vaishyas, the ehe/.1 or disciple being re•
c:1ved into the samparda and durara of his gnu. If the guru marry,
h1s property devolves on his disciples. Celibate BairAgis are called
Nagas. lhe Charandasias are a modern off·shoot of the Bairitg:s.
Sukhdeo was a s.piritual eon 'Of Biasji, and Ranj1t, as a boy of
five, met him and told him he would become his theta. Ranj{t
when aged ten again met the sage and became his disciple, taking
t·he name ()£ ( ha.randas in Sam bat 1708. 1 he Charandisias are
all celibate. They are devotees of IUdha and Krishna, and on
the forehead wear a straight perpendicular line of white called
H•e sar11p or boJy 'Of Bhag""an, or the jot/ sarup or body of
flame. They wear saffron-coloured clothes with a necklace of tulsi
beads. ·
Gus~i~ or Gcs~in is derived from the Sanskrit, Goswami (tD, sensrs Th c; r
and. swamz, master), i.e.! one "·ho is master of his senses or organs: flMeltm~!b:J 14
The!r usual account 1s that Shankra·achhya had four disciples S'db.U.
Sa.rupak, Padma, Naratr~ka and Pirthi . Udra Ach:iryas, and thes~
fou??rd four f.J~zpardas w1th four m.,ths (sacred houses) at various places:
r. I h.e Kant1wr~l ~amparda was founded by Sarupak Achirya, who
tstabilshed the SHda Jfath at Dw.irka. The sacred river of th'
JtunparrJ~ !s ~b~ Gumti, an~ !~ ~!:~ sa~red book the ~him yed~
 ~s5
]lND STATE.] heltgt'otis see!J. [PART A.

CHAP. I, C. 2. Th.e Bhogwal um~arda · was founded byT' Padma Achirya, who
Descriptive established the Govardhan M!lth at Jagan Nath. Their chief s1 cred
' book is the Rig Veda. 3· The Anandwal samparda was founded
foPuL,Tiol'f, Ly Naratroka At:h~rya, who established the Joshi Mall' at Badri N;ith.
Reliti~us sects: Their chief sacred book is the Atharwa Veda. 4· 'I he Phuriwal
lliB!cs samp.-:~d!J was founded by Pirthi Udra Ach,hya, who established the
n.e Gu•.iin ~nd Shiri Nagri J/qth at Rameshwar. Their ~acred book is the Yajur Veda.
Brnhmach~ri 1 he Gusiins are further divided into ten sections, name'y, (1 1 Tirath,
Udhu•.
(2) Asrama, (3} Saraswati, (4) Vana, (S) Aranya, (6) Purl, (7} Bharti,
(t~) Giri. (g\ Patvata, (10} Sagara. The first three of these are called
Dandi Swamis (from d md£, rod, which they keep), and are considered fu·
perior. The remaining 7 are inferior, and are commonly called Gus1ins.
The Dar.di Sw~m:s do not wear sewn clothes and their garments are d1·cd
in ochre. They will not eat uncooked or cooked food at the hands of any
caste except Brahmans, who cannot eat from the hands of the Dandi Swamis.
They may not pass more than one night in an ordinary village, but may stay
three nights at a regular place of pilgrimage. Their chief sacred places are
Bemires, Ajudhya and Mathura. They do not touch with their hands any
kind of metal, nor do they cook their own food, because they are prohibited
from touching fire. They do not use intcxicati,:g liquors, fsh or meat of
any kind, but other Gus \ins may ro so. The Dandi Swamis admit none but
Brahman initLtes, while the <Jusains admit all in:tiates of any Hindu caste.
lhey carry a begging bowl (kanw11id d); wear a rosary of rudrriksha
seeds, and smear their faces with ashes (bh •but). They bury their dead. A
grave is. dug with a niche towards the south, in which an al'ms bowl
is placed. The face of the corpse is turned towards the niche and the
body covered with an ochre-dyed cloth and placed in the sa mad H
posture. The grave is filled up with salt, a pot and nad \flute) placed
at the top, and it is then covered with an earthen mound and a samadlt
is erected. There ;!re no other death ceremonies except that after a year
or tvro a feast is given to the brethren. The IJandi Svnimi.s are all
a:cetics, "bile the Gus1ins are either ascetics or secular. The head
' of the ascetic branch is called mahant, and he is generally elected by
the votes of his disciples (cheUs). The Dandi Swamis are dhided into
three classes :-

1. Those who tcok the dand in their childhood without being

married and remained celibate through their whole life.
They are considerec D~andls of the first class.
2. Those who married as Brahmans, abandoned their family,
ador1ted asceticism and took the dand, and are cailed .2nd
class Dandis.
3· Those Brahmans who only take the danJ some time before
their death.

The mode of initiation is as follows:-The candid;~te is generally a

boy, but may be an adult. At the !:~hivan\tri festival water, brought
from a t)nk in which an image has been depC>sited, is poured on the novice's
bead, "hich is then shaved. The guru or spiritual guide whi:pers to the
disciple a sacred text (m,ntra). In honour of the ~vent all the Gusiins in
the neighbourhood assemble, and sweetmeat tshirnf) is di~tributed among
them. The novice is now regarded as a Guslin, but he does uot become
a perfect one, until the vifaya homa has been perfor!11ed. • After perform·
ing this he is removed from other persons, and abandons the secular world.
 !l57
}IND StATE. J l?eligious ucll. (PART A~

The full .initiation is as follows t- The novice first performs sharadhs CHAP. I•. C.
to pay the debts of three kinds of armas- Descriptive.
PoPULATION,:
r. The Rishi r!n or debt of the HrmJs incurred from the Rlshrs. Religious sectl
J
Hindus.
2. The Deva rln or debt ot the karmas incurred from the Devas. The Gus1in and
Srahmacn~ri
S~dhiis,
3· The Pitar rln or debt of the karmas incurred from the pitnts or
ancestors.
)'

His head lock is then cut off, and the faneo taken from him. Next
the '111/aya h!Jma ceremony is performeci.

Brahamtcharyas (Sanskrit lrahamcharya, celibacy, or one who is BrahamacMryas.

celibate), are of two kinds: 1. The Math ke BraMmacharyas: The
Math Brahmacharyas belong to a certain Math, founded by a certain acharya
or st'dh (spiritual guide). 2, 1 he Des£ Brahamac!taryas, who have no
connection with any Math, but adopt any Brahamacharya or any learned
Brahman as their guru. A Desi Brahamachirya puts on a white.haptn (or
loin cloth tied with strings in front)J and a white kuti·bastor (a kind of
waist cloth). He keeps his head bare, wears wooden sandals instead of
shoes, and sits on an asan of deer skin or kusha grass as a seat cloth.
The Math ke Brahamacharyas "ear such baran {clothes) as their Math
allows. Both sections o£ the Brahamachdrya have as their head mark the
trikund tilak and worsl:ip Shlva. Some of them keep their hair uncut
(jata), smear their bodies with ashes, sit over a dhuni (fire), and believe
chiefly in Ved~s. Others simply live on alms and reside outside the village.
The Brahamacharyas are often taken from the Brahman ca!';te and
secular Brahmans and Brabamachiryas can eat together, because the latter:
do not perform the 'IJij'a'Va homa ceremony, but secular Brahmans do not
eat from the hands of those Gusatns who have performed the vi1aya homa,·
whether taken from the Brahman or any other caste. The Brahamacharyas
who adopt the rule of mon (silence), a practice of yoga, t'.e., those who never
speak, are called mont. In the same way Brahamacharyas who perform
different other practices of yoga are called by different names. The initia-
tion rite is simple. The novice receives a guru updejk 1 which is a mantra
(sacred text) from the Veda.

The tluhammadans number 38,717, or 13'73 per cent. of the popula. 1\1 uhammadans.
tion of the State. Tahsll Jind has more Mussalmans than Dadrl and
Sangrur, and Sangrur more than Didri. The Muhammadans are almost
all Sunnls, there being but few Shlas. Strictly orthodox, most of them
have a fair knowledge of their religion. The towns ·and .large villages
have mosques, where a mulla or aja(jzr, often a Quraishi, is maintained
by the village to perform religious duties and sometimes to teach the
village boys. For these services he receives a share of grain at harvest, ·
and some fees at weddings and other ceremonies.

The Jains are•so called as being the followers of the Jinas, Arhats The Ja ..:J.
or Trlthankar5s, who are 24 in number. They are also called Saraogfs, a
corrupt form of.Shrawaka. As a·caste the Jains are recruited from various
sub·castes of the Banias, such as the Aggarwal, Oswal, Sri mal and Khandd.
wal, the last three of which are also called Bhabhras, · a corrupt form of
Bbao·bhala {from bMo;motive, and bhala, good), or'· those of good motives,
•
 '58
}IND SlATE.] R.elitt~cus stc/s. [PART A.

CHAP~ I, c. An account of the three former sub-castes "·ill be found above under
Des;J t' Tribes and Castes. As a religious community the Jains have a complicated
r P JVe. grouping which appears to be as follows :-There are two main groups-
PoPULATioN. Dhundla and Mandarpanthi. The former "·ord means ' elect, ' and this
&Religious sects: group is also called SadhU-mar.gi or SadM·panthi. Its followers have no
The jams. idols, and their priests are par excellence Jain Sadhs or SadhUs. There
are two schools of these priests, the Terah-panthi and the Balstola.
The rest of the Jains are Mandarpanthis, i.e., those who ' worship in
temples, and are of two sects, the Digambara or 1 naked ' so called be·
cause their idols are naked, and the Swetarnbaras or white-clad, w~"~se
idols ar-e so clothed. The priests of both these sects are called Puj. '

The Jain priest. Both tbe Puj and the Sadhs are celibate, but the latter are stricter in their
hood, ~bservances and are regularly initiated into the order. They are thus ini-
tiated. A man who wishes to become a SadM has first to live for some
time with a SadM. and become a(;customed to austerities and hardships.
/JiW•va Thus prepared he is initiated. First a short ceremony like a wedding is
(·n1tiatioR). performed ; the~ his body is plastered or ~bbed with batna (a J?ixture o!
barley flour, oil and haldi, turmeric), hts hands are stamed ~1th mehndz
~henna), a~d he is bathed just as a bridegroom would be. This ce.remony
Js called bane. A meeting (called uchchhab) is then held, at which the
.Sarogfs of the neighbourhood assemble. A feast is next given and the
neola ceremony observed. A sehra or wreath is put on the novice's
f~rehe~d, and he is carried thrQugh the Midr in proces~ion, in order to
g1ve him a last opportunity of enjoyment. His head ,ha~mg .been shaved
{mundan) he puts on white clothes and adopts the Sadhu, with whom he
has lived, as his gurt2, reciting the panch maMbrats and promising to
<>bserve them, to remain an ascetic and abandon money, wife and land
(sar, J'.orti, zamfn), which are considered the chief factors in creating
karma (causation) and thus binding man to re-birth. The chief aim of the
Sadh6s is to liberate themselves from the bondaae of karma and thus obtain
nirvana (liberation). He then takes up the ogha or rajo-harna (a kind of
brushing stick), mouth cloth and the 4 patras (wooden utensils), which are
cal~ed the bar~n_s of the Sad bUs. Having thus become a SadhU he has to lead
a Me of austentles, walk bare-footed never eat or drink after sunset, or eat
a:rtai_!l vegetables, fr~}ts, to live by begging cook,ed, food, and so on. , The
Sadhus of the Dhundias are sometimes called Swam1s (lords). Those SadhOs
who lead a very austere life are called Tapashshfs (t~ose who. perform
tapa): some of them only eat every other day, and some hve on milk only.·
The Puj are also celibate, but they differ from Sadhus, in that they
do not wear a mouth-doth and need not lead such austere lives. They may
possess money and land and often practise hlkmat or medicine and use
san.dals in walking. They are gurus of the Mandar-margi Jains. .The
mam groups have corresponding differences in their religious practices.
~hus Ue SadhUpanthls have their own sacred days, vis., the pachusan,
e1ght days from the beginning of Bhadon (Bbadon bad£ u to sudi
5)· The latter day, Bhadon sudi panchmf, is called the bari-panchmf or
tlzlz?mac~lzri. D~ring these days they spend much of their time in ~eading
or hstenmg to the1r scriptures, the Sutras, and keep a fast, some fastmg one
day, ~ome for the two days called bela, and some for all the eight days called
1tluf..zn. The Sutras are read by Sadhus. Their chief religious aims are to
protect ilvas (lives) and to kill desire, trishnti. On the other hand, the Man·
darpanthi's have ten sacred days, from Bhadon sud£ sth to 14th, called the
• tlas-I.J!cshan, during which they fast, etc., as described above. They
aLso sing ohajans (hymns) and pass through the b«,;ar in procession.
 ~59
]INIJ SrAn.] Magic- and ckarms• [PART A.

The Jain!J do· not practise the kiria ceremony at death, out in this CHAP. I, C~
State they observe the shr&dlz rite. Religious differences are no bar to• . -
social intercourse, for the Mandarpanthls and SadhUpanthis intermarry, Descriptive.
eat and smoke together within. their sub-castes. Moreover, Jains and~ PoPuvArtolf,
Vaish~ava Agarwal!t interma.rry in this State, .th?ugh .i~ some parts1. e.g., Religious sect..
Karnal, they do · not. Jams; however; d1sl1ke glVlng daughters to· Th . . • ,
Vaishnavcis in fear: lest they will be unable to pursue their own religious hooed!am pnesl•
Persons,
practices in Vaishnava families, but there is no
Jain sect,
prohibition against such marriages. Similarly
Dbundfa !!u
Swetambari ... 406 Vaishnavas dislike giving daughters to Jains. In
)Dig\l.mbad 40' 1901 the Jain sects'wer.e returned a~shown in the
margin.

The methods of using magic and charms are of various kinds- Mlgic and.
(t} Taw{z o, gnnda,· (2) '}nara ,· {3) Sukk sukkna or mannat c:hacms•.
manna (to take a vow); (4) UUra utarm£ (to transfer the evil spirit tO>
the utara) ,· (5) Puckha· karantf,· (6) Grah,. pacifying, with dans,. charity,.
and ;aps, hymns of praise. The taw{z or tanda is· a piece of paper or
sherd on which a magic table ljantar) or a verse of' the Quran is written.
It is used in intermittent fev:ers. such aS' teiya (tertian) and clzautMya·
(quartan), the paper or sherd wrapped in cloth being hung round the neck
filf the patient or tied on his· arm before the attack comes on. Jhara· dena
or dam karnJ {blowing as a charm) is resorted to for headachesj pasif
kl dard (pleurisy) and boils. A jharrf dene wala (magician) takes a
knife, a jlufru (broom) or some ashes and touches· the part affected:
with it,. repeating mantras in the name of a god or gpddess; such•
as Hanuman or Devi-Shaktf, or. a verse of the Q'uran each time, touch 6

ing the ground with the knife or broorrt : thi.s- is· done seven times; During·
sickness a vow of pilgrimage to a god or pli' s. shrine or of an offering,
tharhawa is sometimes made. Certain shrines· are considered peculiarly:
beneficial for certain diseases-·; the shrine of Miran Shih at Maler Kotla is,
resorted to by women and children, who are hysterical or under an. evil in·
ffuence. Utara utarna.is especially resorted to for sick children.. An earthen.
vessel filled with cooked rice covered with sugilr and having a lamp· with
four wicks pla<:ed on it is passed over the head of the sick child and from;
its head to its feet seven times, and is then. put in the middle of a &kuraha
{cross roads) by an ag~d member of the sick child's. family. This is'
believed to avert the evil influence of the evil spirit over the child. This'
process· is· also resorted to for children with fever. Grak dikhtana
(consulting the horoscope of a: sick person) is· performed' when he or-·
she has been suffering for a long time ; a Pandit is call~ in and
he consults the patient' s· horoscope, an don detecting the evil influence of;
the grahs (planets) he pacifies the devrfs of the ~rahs under whose·
influence the patient is by offering certain things· in drfn (charity) to the
Brahrr.ans· or t(} the poor, and certain jops, hymns of praise to the gods of
the grah, are recited ; when the patient is on his death bed, the treatment is;.
given up, and a cow, grain and some money are given in.charitY. with a.
view to lessen the suffering oi the dying person,

ihe Jats of the Sangwan gOt, who occupy 57 villages in Dadrr, are Taboes•.
110t allowed to cultivate cotton, in consequence of the following tradition :-
A ]at of this got killed &m DeDta; a Brahman, in a quarrel,.and after•
wards suffered misfortune which he attributed to his- crime. He accord·
ingly erected a temple to the Brahman in Mahra v.i!lage and proclaimed
that in memory o£ the murdered man his descendants should not cultivate-.
 ~6o
]IND STATE. ] .. Temples a"d fairs. [PART A:
CHAP. I, C. cotton (han). Hence the Sangw.h Jats do not grow cotton, and if any
D -.-t' one does so, he reaps no benefit from it. The inhabitants of Sanwar in
escnp lve. tahsil Uadri are forbidden to build a ckauhO.ra (a cool room in the uppes
PoPuLATIOH, storey) owing to the following tradition :-Lekhan, a wealthy makajan or
Magic and San war, had a son at the Akbar's court, and he married a girl from Papora,
charms. a village in tahsil Bhawani. One day he had gone to his father-in-law's
house to fetch his wife and on his ,way home was murdered by the people
of Papora and his wife robbed. The bridegroom was accompanied by
his sister's son, a Brahman and a barber. Of these, the nephew and the
barber fled, while the faithful Brahman remained, burnt the body, and with
.ashes set out for San war with t~e widow. On the boundary of Sanwar ~~
threw down the ashes. 1 he w1dow became sali, and cursed her nephew,
prophesying that his daughters would never lead a peaceful life. The
father of the murdPred man summoned all the people. of his village and
·attacked the inhabitants of PB.pora, which he razed to the ground, removing
all the bricks and erecting a cluJubara in San war with them. He then
made a rule that no resident of Sanwar should construct a chaubara except
with bricks brought from Papora, and so nobody now builds a chaulara,
'or if any one does so, he meets with bad luck. The feud still survives
between the two villages, and they never intermarry. The following taboo
·is also observed by the inhabitants of Papora. The general custom on the
birth of a boy is to set up an iron bar perpendicularly near the door, but
·the people of Papora always place it upside down until such time as they
·shall conquer Sanwar and bring back their bricks. The following taboo is
·observed in Chiria, a village in tahsil Dadri :-No woman may carry
·two water pitchers, one oo top of the other, from the well to the
~illage, The reason is that some· 35 years ago a disease broke out among
the cattle, and KbushAI Singh, a jaqfr, exorcised the plague, but imposed
this restriction on them for ever.

Temples and The principal temples, and the fairs connected with them, are described
fafrs,
below:-

Harl KaiM.sh ( r) The temple of Hari Kailash stands in the centre of a large tank
iai r at Jfnd, in Jfnd town. Two fairs are held here,-one on the 13th and 14th of Sawan
haai, the other on the same dates in Phagan. The name is derived from
Hari, a title of Mahiideo, and Kail!1sh, the mountain where he resides.
Formerly the site on which the temple now stands was occupied by a tank,
of an antique type, but in Sambat 1925 H. H. Raja Raghblr Singh rebuilt
the temple after the model of the Golden Temple at Amritsar. On the fair
days the people fast in honour of Shivjl, taking no food till evening, when
they worship and then break their fast. There are, in this temple, idols of
1\laMdeo, Parbati, Ganesh, Soma Kartaki and Nandi Gan. These
idols stand in the temple in a circular place called the jalehri. The temple
is manacred by the State ; and a head pujarf, with four subordinate pujaris
(all of ~hom are Brahmans of the Vashisht got), holds· charge of it, being
paid by the State. On the death of a pujari his successor is appointed by
the State. The head pujari performs special worship. The hhog (or food~
offered consists of paUshas (lumps of sugar) or iUcM-dana. The artJ
(a ceremony performed in worship of a god by movi'ng a platte~ full ?f
burning wicks round the head of his image) is performed tWice da'l.y,-m
the morning by burning dkup and in the evening with three or ~ve ll~hted
cotton-wicks saturated in gM. The pujari recites mantras m pra1se of
Ma'hiideo durincr the llrti, and a bell, conch-shell, drum, etc., are sounded.
Hindus make offerings of gztr, cocoanuts, seasonal fruits, money, etc.
 !261

Jnm STATE. 1 .Temples ana fairs. [PART A•

The temple of Mah.ideo BhUteshwar which is also within the town CHAP. I, C.
of Jind, has been in existence since the ti~e of the Pandavas .. It consists ~f Descriptive
a quadrangle, in which is a ~a~sed platform about three y~rds high and o~ th1s •
the idols are placed. A fair IS held every Monday evemng, and the Hmdus PoPuLATION,
of the town both men and women, attend for worship. Another celebra· Temples and
tion takes' place yearly on the 13th of Phagan bad£ when Maha~eo fairs :
is adored from morning to evening and for the whole of the followmg MaMdeo BhU.
ni O'ht. The origin of the name is thus described. In Sanskrit the wo~d teshwar fair,
h/~ut means a living being and Ishwar, 'master' or 'lord.' Hence the
compound 'Bhuteshwar' means 'Lord of all living beings,' and the
terFle was given this name. It contains images of Mahadeo (made of
grey coloured stone) and of Parbati (made of white marble), both 9 inches
high and the former 4t feet in girth : also two small images, each of Ganesh,
Soma Kartaka and Nandi Gan. A Jogi of the Tant sect, by got a Malan 4

bans, is in charge of the temple. He is a ghrist£ or non-celibate, and

receives Rs. 36 annually for its maintenance. He performs worship daily •
. Water, flowers, hhojpattra, sandal, etc., are offered. The hhog consists of
patashas, milk, etc. .Art£ is performed both morning and evening.
The urs (or death anniversary) held annually at the shrine of Shah St~h Dojan's
Dujan on Muharram 1st takes the form of a fair. Faqfrs and darveshes, 5 nne.
both Hindu aRd Muhammadan, attend it and a Mzar is opened. Shah
Dujan's father was originally a native of Baghdad, who visited Sahiranpur
on a pleasure trip and ultimately settled there. He was a cultivator and
also reared cattle, which in his youth he used to graze on the banks of the
Jumna, and one day he met the five saints, Shah B:l-AH Qalandar, Khwaja
Khizr, Shah Bahlol Hissari, Shaikh Badar-ud-dln Sulaimanl, and Shaikh
Sadar-ud-dln Maleri. As .he was terrified by their sight, they comforted
him, telling him that God had bestowed upon him a high place among His
saints. But as he was still very young their consolations proved ineffectual
and his fears increased. Khwaja Khizr then caught him by the hand and
put his finger on his eyes. Shah Dujan remained with his eyes closed for .
a time while divine secrets were revealed to him, and having lost all fear
he knelt down and touched the feet of the saints. Khwaja Khizr then
directed BU.-Ali Qalandar to instruct him in all mysteries, and this he did.
Khwaja Khizr thereupon told Shah Dujan that he knew his position and
rank, and that he must become a disciple of Shaikh Sadar-ud-dfn Maler!,
who gave him the KMrqa-khitafat (a garment by wearing which a devotee
is considered to be the successor of his predecessor) and appointed him
Shah or spiritual governor of )incl. He lived for about roo years and
worked miracles, dying in 964 A.H., and his shrine has been in existence
ever since his death. There are two tombs, one of the Shah himself, the
other of his wiFe. The shrine is now in charge of Plrzada Ghulam Husain
a ~escendan.t of Shah Dujan, and its kh~lifa is a Shaikh by caste, the offic~
bemg hered1tary. The nght of successiOn devolves upon lawful heirs of
the Shah. The State allows Rs. I 7 annually for the maintenance of the
shrin~. Darud (or blessings sent to. the soul of Proph~t) are recited every
mormng and evemng and a lamp hghted every evemng. The offerings
consist of cash, liluff (quilts), /addu (sweet-balls), reor£ (a sw€etmeat)
malida (bread rubbed into crumbs and then mixed with sugar and butter and
again rubbed well together with the hands}, etc. The said reoris and laddus
are considered to become sacred and are distributed and used as such.l
The shrine of Shah Walayat is also in Jlnd town. A fair and urs are Sh~h Wa14yat's
held ,here i~ the ?l!u~arr~m ~very year.. Shah Walayat accompanied shrwe. ·
Shahab-ud-dm Ghon tn his campaign agamst Rai Pithora, and was killed
1
Tbe capita.! of the State of Dujaaa derivea its Dame hom tbi1 shrine,
 ~62
]IND StATE. 1 Fairs and /eJti11alt, [ P'ART A..
CHAP. I, c. in ba~tle at Jl~~' wh~lieupon a shrim: was then ouiTt to Mm\ Tne.o mttjJ:wa,.
- who IS a Sad1q1 Sha1kh, looks after 1ts management. Mamage is permitted'
Descriptive. to the mujawrJrs and legitimate heirJ succeed to the tadd{. The State:
PoruurJoM, allows Rs. 22' annually for its- maintenance~ Darll is repeated every-
Templesaod morning and evening. The offer:ings: made· are quilts, rern·f,. /addu,
fairs : malfda, etc., which are distributed as sacred. things--..
ShAh Wal4yat'•
shrine.
MuMri~ K~·~ This shrine is at KCllliana~ rn
Dad'rt ta:hsit and preserves; the· memory
shrine, o( Hadayatullah alias Muba.riz Khan~ a native of Arabia, who came tcr
~elhi as ~traveller. Ala£ Khan, son IX ~u~hlaq,. king ofDelhi,.finding:
h1m a dann~ _an~ loyal n_ran, p~ssessed. of m.n::ac;?lous P;?wersr m~de l:im;
Commander·m·Ch1ef of h11t arm1es1• and when RaJa Kahan,. who. m tliose:
days ruled over Kaliana and the €ountry about,. revolted, he deputed;
Mubiiriz KM.n in 730 A.H., at the· head of a larg~ army, against the rebel.
Muba.riz Khan was killed in the battle that ensued, and a few y.ears after
the occurrence a certain bawj(J:rar or travelling grain-dealer; happened to·
pass the night in the Ganj Shahldan or enclosure where the martyrs were·
interred. He was directed in a dream to erect tombs; to all 0£ them with·
a shrine to- Muhiriz Khan. This he dfd,. and after the lapse of a· century·
Mirza Babar Beg, ruler of Dadri,. added to the building a two-storeyed
house with a roofed gateway and spacious: dalans: ('courtyards) for the~
accommodation of strangers. The shrine is' half a mile north of Kaliana on,
the side of a hill, and around is the Ganj Shahidan. It contains. the tombs•
of Mubariz Khan and o£his-d(wrf,,.b,kksh.f, klrastf~tchfand other officials.
An urs is held here yearly on the 26th of Zulhaj,. the date on which he·
was killed,. and people from far and. near attend it.. The management.
of the shrine is- in the bands. of Sunnt mujawars; who are Sadlqf;
Shaikhs. They are 12 in numberr and every one of them attends' for·
a week in turn, appropriating all the offerings. made during the week.
Shaikh Kallu, the ancestor of the mujawars; was told in a dream by-
MuMriz Khan to as&ume the office of mujawar, .and from that time the·
office has been confined to his family .. The State pays Rs. Soo annually-
for its maintenance. The offerings. consist of sweetmeats1 living animals;
doskatas or shawlsi etc. Many people make vows· at the shrine, and, when'
their requests are acceded to, bring the offering vowed and distribute it.
in the shrine. On the urs day an illumination is· made;. and rice cooked
and distributed among the poor,
FAIRS AND FESTIVALS •.
At Sangrur the Dusehra festival is. held every year, wrestlers; singer ...
Dusehra festival musicians- and others assemblino- amid a crowd of spectators. It is en ..
at Sao,rdr. o- d
couragt;d by the State whic.h gives rasad (rations) to the ;vrestle.rs, etc., an :
the RaJa attends the wrestlmg and other shows: and giVes pnzes to the-
winners. On the Dusehra day he visits- Gurdwara Nanakyana1 with:
all his officials in the morning. In the evening he holds a public darbrir in
the Diwan-i-Khina, where all the State officials, cnaudhris, etc., present
11 uars aod sometimes Ram Lna takes place.
At Jind town a fair to Guga, called ekaryon-M-meta, is· held on,
Gugi'• fair at Bhidon oad£ 14th. Guga's blzagats who are Jh!nwars-or Malls, wave flags
J!nd. called d.karls and iron chains, and the Chubras beat dorus or small drums.
They ga first to Hindus-' houses and are given c~arhawas. Then they. go to·
Guga's shrine outside the Jhanjw.ila gate of the town and there a mela IS hel<!
At Dbani in tahsfi Dadri a fair is held twice a year in honour of Devi
g:~i. fair at Dhani in Asanj and Chait. It lasts one day and is, attended by about I,ooo-
people from the adjacent villages.

1 Tbit gur.afltli,IJ was a halting place of Garu N".inak, It is aln visited bJ the R£ja oa•
tJae- Baiaub.i aDd- Sasa.Dt Puchmi. A fair ia behi here. yoCLrly on the Ba.isikiW d:ly.
 CHAPTER 11.- ECONO~IIC.

Seetin A.-Agriulture.

At tbe tourth settlement in 1897, 14 per cent. of the cultivation was CHAP. 11, A.
'returned as irrigated from canals, 3 per cent. from wells, 1 per cent. from - .
tbe Choli, while -82 per cent. was wholly dependent upon rain. The Econom1o.
summer rains should begin towards the end of June. On the rainfall AGRtcuLTua 1 •
·of June and July the sowing of all kharlf crops depends, while that of G .
enera.1 agneu1•
August and September IS .
very .Important, for on .It depen d the npenmg
. .
tural condition~~o
'()£ the kharif and the sowings of the rabi on unirrigated land.
Without fair showers in the winter, from December to February, the
rabi will not ripen well, and may even fail altogether. In the Jfnd
tahsil only canal-irrigated and barani lands are to be found, there being
no well irrigation. The Western Jumna Canal irrigates about 125
villages in this tahsil. Sangrur tahsil is irrigated from distributaries
d the Sirhind Canal, from the Chofi, and by wells The canal irrigates
about 82 villages. Dadd tahsil is irrigated by wells only. The area
irrigated is 18 per cent. of the total area cultivated, leaving 82 per cent.
·entirely dependent on rain for its cultivation.
A small portion of tahsil Sangrur is flooded by the Ghaggar and Flood irrigation,
"Choa, and the flood water serves the purpose of. irrigation. In Asau j and
Katik, when the flooded lands have absorbed the surface water and become
dry, they are ploughed and levelled for wheat and gram, which can be
raised without further rainfall. These lands, when the flood has been a
foot in depth, are used for rice i they are generally ek jas/i.
The principal soils are dakar, rausll and bhud. The dakar soil is a very Soils and their
stiff loam, blackish grey in colour. It requires a great many ploughings, ~;r P• s itien:
several waterings and much labour, and hence is locally called bailmar "'·
dltarti, or 'soil which exhausts the bullocks.' As it takes time to absorb
water, the surface moisture evaporates and a few light showers of rain are
not enough to fertilize it. Moisture is usually found 3 feet below the
surface. After rainfall the ground cracks, and when it is ploughed, clods
are formed which have to be broken up by the sohaga, or by a light
.roller, to make the surface compact and level. It requires five or six
ploughings and levellings, and gives a good yield of rice if abundantly
watered artificially or by constant rain. Generally wheat, gram, or
jowar are raised on it. When the seasonal rains are abundant, even
the barani dakar produces two crops in the year; bajra (millet) being ·
reaped in Asauj, and wheat and gram sown for the rabi. In waste
lands of this soil the samak grass, which is good fodder, grows. Rausl£ is RaNill,
•n intermediate quality of soil containing less sand than bhlid, while it is not
so stiff as dakar. It is grey on the surface, and black at a depth of
<lne foot. When ploughed, no clods are formed but a fine tilth, and so
no great labour is required to plough and level it. Hence it is called rasil£
Jharti (easy soil) or thandi dltart£ (cool soil). All crops except rice
(ihan) can be raised on it, and it is a good productive soil with seasonable,
 264
}IND STATE.] Agricultural calendar. [ PART A.
CHAP. II, A. if oc~asional, rain. Moisture being absorbed quickly is very beneficial to it,
and IS usually found two feet below the surface. When this soil lies waste
Economic. it produces the samak, palinji, takhtJria and dub grasses, which are used a~
AGRicuLruas, fodder. Bhlid is an uneven sandy soil consisting of tibbas or hillocks and
Soils, level stretches of sand. The hillocks shift under the high winds in Baisakh
RiJuJU, and Jeth from one place to another. It is generally very unproductive, and
Bhuli. is locally called dad lagf hUi, ' as troublesome as ringworm;' and its owners
often have to pay revenue when no crop is raised. If there are a good
many light showers, it yields fine crops of ·bajra and moth. BhUd absorbs
the rain as it falls, and moisture is usually found I i feet below 'the surface.
It requires no great labour in ploughing. Heavy rain destroys the y.ed·
lings, uprooting them and covering them with sand. Strong wmds
have the same effect. The kans and duchab grasses. grow on this
soil. .
Local distribu· Jind tahsil is mainly a level plain, unbroken by hillocks· and containillO'
tion of soils., dakar, rausl£ and bhUd intermixed. Its southern part is Mran£, but th~
remainder is irrigated by the Western Jumna Canal. Dadrl tahsil has an
uneven surface, interspersed with sandy hillocks and arid hills. The
Ataila and Kaliana hills may be taken as the boundary line dividing the
better soil from the worse. Towards the south and west of the Ataila hill,
bounded by the Lohirti State and the Kanaud tahsil of Patiala, is a
stretch of bhud covered with sandy hillocks, though here and there patches
of stiff soil, termed tats, are met with. No cultivation is possible on the
hillsides and only a little grass grows on them. The tract between the
Ataila and Kaliana hills is mostly rausl£ and bhUd with a very small area
of dakar. The tracts towards the east, south and north of the Kaliana
hill is chiefly rausl£ and dakar, with very little bhud soil. Sangrur tahsil
may be divided into two tracts as regards physical configuration. The
Sangrtir and Kularan iUqas are a level plain, the soil consisting mostly of
rausli, with da~ar and bhud here and there, Balanwali aaqa is an
uneven surface containing rausl£ and bhud.
Agricultural Though the Bikramf year begins according to the calendar from Chet
calendar.
sud£ 8, the agricultural or fast£ one commences .in the beginning of Asarh,
when agricultural partnerships are formed, leases renewed, etc. The year is
divided into three seasons,-the hot season, garm£ or kharsa from Phagan
tq Jeth, the rains or chaumasa, from Asarh to Asauj, and the cold
season or sard£, from Katak to Magh. Work begins in Jeth, but when the
rains are late the crops are not sown till Asarh. If the rains come fairly
e<~;fly, in the l~st ha~£ of Jeth or i~ the beginn!ng of ~sarh, b~jra (spik~d
millet) and mung w1ll be first put m, and then If the rams contmue, ;owar
(great millet) and other pulses such as moth and mash will be sown. If the
rains are delayed till the end of Sawan or the beginning of Bbadon, jowar,
moth and gowara will be sown. If there is a fairly good fall in the middle
of Asauj, a large Mrani area will be cultivated for the rabl, and wheat,
gram, barley and sarson (rape) sown. If · the rain comes later, at
the end of Asauj or the beginning of Katak, the yield on unirrigated
lands will be scanty, but barley, even if -sown as late as Mangsir, will give
a fair yield. All.the unirrigated kharif crops ripen in Katak, and are then
cut. The first crop to ripen in the rabi is sarson, which is ready for (;utting'
by the end of Phagan or the beginning of Chet. Gram is ready for cutting
in Chet, and other crops, such as barley and wheat, ripen soon afterwards,
A

towards the end of Chet or in Baisakb, barley a littl~ early than wheat.
}.IN[}. STATE,] Agricultural calendar.

An agricultural calendar is given below:- CHAP. U,A.

Economic •
. AGRICULTURS:.
NAMK OF MONTH,
Agricultural
calendar.

No Agricultural work.

Vernacular. English.

-----------·----------
I· Chet- ... March·Apri~ .... Sugarcane planted in canal lands. The
ground is prepared for irrigated cotton and
indigo, and ·these crops are sown, as is also
char{ on irrigated lands. Sarson is cut at
the beginning of the month, gram reaped to-
wards the middle, and barley towards the end.
Wheat is watered and also tobacco.

2 Baisjkh ... April May. All rabi crops reaped and threshed, tobacco and
cane watered. cotton-sowing on irrigated
lands eomplt!ted, and further so wings of char{
made.

3 'Jeth ... May June Threshing completed, grain stored and tobacco•
cut.

4 As~rh ... June·Jiily Kharff sowirigs on btballl{ lands commence with

the first rain. Bti;rd and mdng are sown
first during the first half of the month.
I
... Ju!y.Aug)lst ... 1omar, moth and m&slc are sown, if the rains
are favourable. If the rains have begun late,
ji)'/IJ6r, bdjr& and pulses are sown mixed, in the
first half of the month i irrigated jowar sown
on canal lands and rice on flooded 'lands. If
rain continues favourable, rabi ploughings ·on
unirrigated lands commence, and in any case
on irriga,ted lands,

6 Bhidon A. u 1r us t •Sep• If there is rain in the middle of tfle month,

tember. jfJ'f!Jt!r will be sownon unirrigated lands.
Kharlf crops· weeded and rabl ploughin~s con•
tinued,
 ~66
]IND STATE.] Agricultural calendar. [PART A.
'
CHAP. il, A.
...,...,.
EcQnomlc. NAME OF MONTH,

AGRICULTURE,

A~ricultural
calendar, No. Agricultural work.

Vernacular. English.

...--...;.........-.... ........_ ... __ ----------------

l Asauj !;ept ember· If there is a fairly good rainfall in the early part
October. of the month, gram mixed with barley will be
sown on unirrigated lands. The same is the
case on flooded lands, if floods are favourable,
Irrigated chart is cut on canal lands.

8 IUtak October· Rabl $Owing• completed on unirrigated and

November .. cotton-picking begun on irrigated lands.
Harvesting of all kharif crops, including rice
b?gins, and threshing is carried on. Wheat
sowings begun on irrigated lands. Wheat and
gram (gochanf) sown in flooded lands.

9 Mangsir November- Threshing and storinv." of kharlf crops and

December. cotton·picking completed, wheat sowings com·
pleted on canal lands, cane cut, and irrigated
land prepared for a tobacco crop.

10 foh D e c e m b e r· Wheat watered and tobacco sown. If there is

January. fair rain, late barley (Kanau/( jau) is
sown.

u Mag& January• Ditto ditto.

February,

12 F'Mgan F e b r u a r y· Tobacco seedlings ttanspllin(ed to the prepared

March. beds,
 ~67
]IND StATE. ] System of cultivation, [PART A.

The breaking up of waste land and bringing it under cultivation, CHAP. II,A.
called nautor, is generally done in the rainy season. The bushes and Eco · lc
small plants are uprooted, and the land then broken up and levelled, nom •
and so prepared for cultivation. Nohr£ and clzah£ lands, whether AGJUCULruRE,
ploughed or not, are first watered before sowing. This watering is Agrieultur~l
called palewar or rou?Zt. After that they are ploughed and levelled as opera~ions:
often as may be necessary, to enable them to retain the moisture and pre;kulg u6- .
then sown. When the seedlings appear they are again watered. This e~~.' P oug mg,
second watering is called kor. Ploughing of dakar and rausli land
berrs in Phagan, about the middle of February, and continues to the
end of Jeth, the middle of June, two ploughings at least' being given
in this interval. The result is that rain being absorbed to a sufficient
depth, the moisture is retained for a considerable time, and there is
no need of rain in this period. No weeds grow and so the produc·
tive power of the soil is not decreased. The more dakar and rauslt
lands are ploughed, the greater their yield, and as the saying goes
Bah na hare karam bhawalt lotjaen,. I ploughing never fails to profit,
though karma (destiny) may be unfortunate.' BhUd soil requires only
one ploughing; sugarcane, wheat and cotton require several plough·
ings, and are generally sown on niai chah£ land (called adm£-mat
dharti or • man-killing land,' as it requires great labour} and also on
dakar and rausli, and the proverb goes, Bih£n oaMn gajran saze bah
kant!id1 j1tn jun oahe kanak nun tun tun !ewe SQW!id, I if YOU give
twenty ploughings for carrots and a hundred for sugarcane, you will
get an excellent harvest, and the more you plough for wheat the
greater will be your profit.' It sometimes occurs that after sowing
a light shower of rain coagulates the topmost layer of soil before the
seedlings have appeared above ground. This coagulation is called
Rarund or papri jamna. · In ,this case the soil has to be reploughed
and resown. After the seedlings have appeared heavy showers of rain,
by filling the beds of dakar and rnusti for two or three days, destroy .
the seedlings, while in the bhltd they cover the seedlings with sand
and thus destroy them.

There are generally two or three preliminary ploughings and harrow· Ploughing and
ings, but different crops and soils require a varying number of sowing.
ploughings. Rabi crops on Mrr1n{ lands require the hardest labour.
Sowing is done in one of five ways according to circumstances:-

(1) With the por or orna, a seed drill of hollow bamboo attached to
the upright handle of the plough with its lower extremity just
above the ground and a wide mouth through which the seed
drops into the furrows.

(2) By chhi~tt.i or merely scattering the seed broadcast and thtn

ploughing it in.

(3) Dy kcr, i.e., dropping the seed by hand into furrows.

(4) With pod or seedlings, the seedlings when 16 or 2 montLs old

being planted out in the fields. ·

(5) Dy fDris (stems) or cuttings from the rire plants.

 268
]IND STATE.] Agricultural operatz'ons. (PART A.

CHAP. II,' A. The first method is employed for ·wheat, gram, 'barley and pulses, which
require dense sowing, the second for cotton, hemp, paddy and sesamutn,
Economic. which do not require. such dose sowing, tbe third for maize only, 'the
Aoalcutruu. fourth for tobacco and rice. Sugarcane is grown from cuttings. The seed
Ploughing and
is generally sown at a depth df about tnree inches by each method.
sowing. Sewings of both rabi and kharlf crops, except carrots, radishes, cotton,
til, indigo, and matkf, which are sown 'broadcast (chhinta), are done with
. the por or orna.
'Weeding, After the rains various kinds of weeds ~pring up in cultivated lai1s,
and all the kharlf crops are weeded, but 110 tabi crop is weeded except
well-irrigated .":heat. \V eeding is called no !do or gudci£, and it is generally
done by wo111en and girls, with the kasota or Rl~urpr1.. · Jowar and Mjra
only need one weeding, maH{ needs two or thre~, cotton four, and sugarcane
six or seven. While the crops are ripening, they are watched by some one
who sits on a thatched shelter, supported on four poles and called jondi in
the Bagar and Hariana and •manah in the Sangrur tahsil.
:Reaping. Reaping, cal'ed Umni or kotrJ£, is done with a d'J(anti, ·or toothed
sickle. The millets, jou1ar .and biljra, are reqped, their ears or pods bein.g
plucked off and the stalks tied 'into ·bundles or pulis, whicb are made into
stacks (clzhoraJ). The,pods-.a.re then threshed on the threshing floor (pir
or khalian).
'l'hreshing. So;much of the crcp as is 'to be threshed ·is made 'into a heap round a
stake (med) fixed in the centre of thethreshing floor. Two, four or more
bullocks are then placed abrea$t fastened to the med and driven round it in
a·circle over the grain or straw. In Sangrur tahsil the meil is not used.
In this way ·the pods, and also the straw, if any, are broken up. The
mixture, called pair£, is placed in the chhaj (win no" ing basket), which is
lilted up and slowly inverted, the heavier ·grain and 'the lighter pieces o'f
husk and straw being thus separated. Wheat, gram, barley, sarson, mz'mg
and other pulses. jowar, bajra, rice and indigo are threshed ·~y bullocks,
and the husks separated from the grain, while til, makk£ and p0ppy
(post) are beaten with the sotd, a long stick, and then separated from the
grain.
The prepared grain is (hen divided among the partners, an earthen
jar, called tulp, being taken as the unit o£ measurement. A portion of the
common heap, or sanjh£ dheri, is reserved and given 'to the kam{n.s and
tagfs to pay their dues. The nira or fodder is measured by the bundle.

Agricultural The work of cultivation for the kharif lasts from the middle of
SI'<U~·ns. PMgan to the middle of Bhadon, i.e • from the beginning of March to
the end of August, while the rabi cultivation lasts 'from the beginning of
Asauj to the end of Maghar, i.e., from the middle of September to the middle
of December. In the kharif reaping and threshing go on from Asauj to the
end of Katak, i e., from the middle of September to the middle of Novem·
bi"r; but the sugarcane lasts up to Ph~gan or tbe middle of March, while
the rabi harvesting lasts from Chet to the end of Jeth.

t.hnure, The materials used as manure are :-Gobar {cattle-dung), mingan

(dung of goats), ghore kllfd (horse-dung), gaU 1tira (decayed fodder), rcHh
(ashes). and kuru korkat {sweepings). l\lanure is generally used in Jlnd and
Sangrur f£ r nahrl. and chrJhi lands, and very rarely in Dadri for chahi land.
The manure hears (kurrz1 are generally placed around or in the immediate
vicinity of the village site in the Mrd-fa!wara. In Jind and Sangrur each
owner has his own heap, while in Dadri they are common. 11anure is
}IND STATE.) Agricultural implefntnts.

generally applied to wheat, maize, cotton, rice, sugarcane, tobacco ·and CHAP. I', A;'
vecretables. It is removed to the fields two or three months before use, as E -
• are over, an d .IS spread before pIough'mg. For wheat an d conomlc..
o as the ra!lls
soon
maize dzMna (fine manure) is also used ·when the seedlings are coming up. AGRICULTURE.
Weeds, grasses and plants which are no~ used. as fodder are gene~ally burnt Manm.
on the fields and the ashes ploughed m, to mcrease the productiveness of
Amount nf manure Numht1' nf the land. Gndai or nnlrio ·
Crnp, in maundsper meedings. (weeding) is necessary for the
acre. above crops. The amount of
~.'i'trCll.ne 200 to 240 10 manure used per acre and
Wtleat 160 S the'number of weedings re·
( otton 16o S • d f h crop ate
Maize 16o :a qUire M eac
Vegetables 32t1 2 shown in the margin.
On bttrani lands little attention is given to rotation of crops or to Rotation of
fallows. On irrigated lands maize and jowar are often followed by a rabl cropt.
crop, and wheat, gram and cotton by sugarcane, which is also often sown
after jowrir if manure is available. Cot~on and fowa:r are very exhllusting
crops and are seldom followed by a sprmg crop. Land where cotton and
jowrir have both been cultivated is left fallow for two harvests, and then a
rabi crop is sown. Rice is ·always followed by gram and indigo or by
gram and wheat. Indigo, gram and moth do not exhaust the soil, as their
leaves fall to the ground and act as manure. In the greater part of the
State, land may be divided into two broad classes:-( J) double-cropped
(do-fasla) land sown season after season, generally with maize foll.:rwed by
wheat i this is the nial-cluth£ \\-hich is close to the village site and is
Wi'ltered by wells: l2\ single-cropped (ek1asla), the brtrani land and more
distant nahri and chahi rousli lands. In 'Sangrur tahsil a crop of tobacco
is taken immediately after wheat, making three crops in the year, on niai-
cMM land. Fallows are generally taken only on brtnin£ lands, manured
lands not being allowed to lie fallow. Bajra is sown mixed with moth, mung
and masIt, and gram with barley as they grow together easily. The stalks of
Mjri, jowrir and barley grow high enough to allow the moth, mung,
maslz and gram to grow under them. Moreover, if the quantity of rain is
unfavourable to one grain, the other will give a good yield.
Agricultural implements have bet>n described in the Patiala Gazetteer· Agricultural
(page g6). The only change in recent years is the complete supersession of implements.
the old sugar-press (kolhu) with its crusher (lat), working in a hollowed tree-
stump, by the modern sugar-mill with iron rollers which can be hired for Rs. 23.
Agricultural work is mainly done by oxen, and, in the sandy tracts of Well and plougb
Didri tahsil, by camels. Male buffaloes are occasionally yoked in carts in cattle.
the Jangal tract. In the stiff soil of the Bingar in Jind tahsil strong plough
cattle costing at least Rs. 40 or Rs. so each are needed, and where the wells
are deep, as in the Jangal tract of Bilanwali an ox capable of doing a full
day's work will cost over Rs. 6o. In the iUqas of Sangrur, Bazldpur and
Kullran, where the wells are not very deep nor the soil stiff, oxen costing
Rs. 30 each suffice for the work. An ox begins to work when rising 4, and
works for 1o or 12 years.
The area "hich can be cultivated by one plough depends of course, to A:ea cultivated
a great extent, on the nature of the soil. A plough worked by two oxen can per plough or
prepare for the kharif- well,
of canal land 20 bfglzas kltam or about 4 acres.
of Mrani land So btghas klt.rim or about 17 acres.
of cMhi land 20 bigMs ikam or about 4 acres,
 270
jlND STATE. ] Principal staples. [PART A.

CHAP. 11, A. And for the rabi-

Eoonomlc. of nalzr£ or chahi land btghas khctm or 4 acres.
20
I

AoatcuLruu. of baran£ land 30 bighas kMm or 6-7 acres.

Agriculturists The table below gives the number of agriculturists and their ratios to
and their depen•
dents. the total population at the census of 1901 : - .

ABOVE 14 YEARS OF
AGE.

0tnAtLS OF AGRICULTURISTS.

Kamas or labourers by the season 1,486 92 I,7JO 3,348 II8

Day labourers ... 2,433 377 4.737 7.547 '.i.6'7

---- ----
Total 53,691 2,807 129,622 186,120 66o·o
' "I
Taking the actual workers, with their dependents, over 62 per cent. of
the population are dependent on agriculture, while agricultural labourers
are nearly 4 per cent. of the population. As a general rule, the kamas are
Chamars, CMhras, Dhanaks or Jats, and their earnings vary from Rs. 24 to
Rs. 30 a year with daily food and clothes for each season. Day labourers
also mostly Chamars, ChUhras and Dhanaks, earn from 2! to 4 annas a
day. Boys are employed on light work, e.g., as rahtis, or drivers of oxen on
a Persian wheel, and guda£-walas, or weeders. Women also help by carry-
ing food to the fields, picking cotton, reaping, weeding, cutting grass and
carrying it home.

Principal The principal revenue-paying crops are sugarcane, wheat, cotton and
staples. oil-seeds (rape, etc.), with indigo in ]fnd and Mjra in Dadri. In the villages
Table 19 rf the cheap food-grains, called mota anaj, such as jowar, bajra, maize, mixed
Part B,
gram and barley (berra), are generally kept and consumed by the
cultivators. The fodder crops sown in the State are :-Citari (iowar
sown thick for fodder), metha, rizqa, g#ar (carrots), gow{tra. In the kharlf
Hudrau or wild vegetables, su_,ch as karela, tin do, matint, kakaura and
kachr£ or chibbhar grow in the jowar and bajrc£ fields and straggle over
the fences. The greater part of the tahslls of J!nd and Dadrf is sown for the
kharif, locally called .sawani, while that of Sangror is generally sown for
the rabi or M,r£, The following are the staples produced in the three
tahsils:-

Tahsil Jind.-Wheat, graw, sugarcane, rice, jowa~', MJra, pulses

(such as mung, motH., mash) 1 sar SO It, Cotton and indigo.
 271
]1:-ID STATE.] Ptincipal staples. [PART A,

TahsU Sangrur.-Wheat and gram both separately and mixed, CHAP. 11, A.
sarson, 7'owar 1 briira, pulses, makki, or maize, sugarcane a. nd
'J Economic.
cotton. ,
, , • , , , • , , . ; AGRICULTURE,
Tahsfl Dadri.-Gram 1 JOWarz, ba;ra, moth, mung, gowara, wheat ..
and barley, the last two especially on well lands. Pnnctpal staples.
BJ,jra is mainly grown in Dadri tahs!l, where it is the most important B&jra.
!taple, and to a smaller extent in Jind, while in Sangrur it is only grown on
a very small area. It is sown on the first heavy rain in Asirh. When ripe,
the ears are plucked off and threshed and the stalks cut down, tied into
b}ndles and stacked. They supply an inferior kind of fodder, ·
• Jowdr is cultivated much in the same way as bajt a, but it is sown, as a 'fo'81ar,
rule, a little later and also ripens a little later. The ears are gePerally round
in shape, first green, then they become covered with a yellow . pollen (bUr),
and lastly, when they begin to ripen, they assume a white colour. ·
Makk£ (maize) is abundantly sown in Sangrur tahsil. , MaUl.

The pulses (motk and mung) are generally sown mixed with bajra and Moth and mung.
jowar and in the same way as the laHer crops. The pods are first separated
from the stalks by hand-threshing with a feU, and the grain is then threshed
out. The broken straws and pods are used as fodder,
Gowara is principally grown as fodder. While green, the stalks with Go'81ara,
the green pods are used as fodder, and when ripe, the grain also is given to
the oxen. The broken pods make good fodder.
The principal irrigated kharlf crop on the canal lands of Sangror and Cotton.·
Jind is cotton (bar£). Manure is given after the preliminary watering. The
seed (binau!a) mixed with cow-dung is scattered by hand. The plant bears
a white or yellow flower which swells, forming a pod (tinda) containing the
cotton.
Cotton is picked from Asauj to Magh, every fifth day at first, and Cotton-picking.
then, as the cotton gets less and less, the intervals increase. Each field
is picked 20 times, so that the process extends over a consid.erable period'.
It is supposed to finish on the Hindu festival of the Lorhi. The work is
generally done by women. If the zam£n.dar has no women-kind who work
in the fields, he . employs Chamarnfs, who get at first one-tenth of the
cotton they pick, and an increasing ratio as the cotton to be picked gets
less. A woman can pick from 6 to 8 sers a day and thus earns
1i to 2 annas. The last gleanings are left for the poor. . .
Sa1z and sani are usually sown in Sangrur and Jind tahsils. San is Sa" ancl
sown seed by seed, and sun£ broadcast. Both are sown in Asarh and cut in fibres. san{
Katak,
Wheat forms the staple crop in the irrigated parts of S&ngrur and Jind Wheat,
tahsils, and very little is cultivated in the cltah£ tracts of Dadri. It grows
in almost any soil except the very stiffest, where barley takes its place and
if good maM.wat (rains) occur, there is a fair crop on baranf.lands alsd. It
is &enerally sown after cane or maize, when p.o fresh manure is added,
Gram is the principal unirrigated rabi trop in the State. The soil is Gram~
seldom harrowed. If there has been good rain for sowing, it only requires
a good shower in 1\langsir and further showers in Poh and 1\Ugb. Its
flower is at first reddish blue and then the grain pods (tats) form. The
broken pods arc used as fodder (bhUsa).
 !312
}IND StATE.] Priflcipal slaples. [PART A,
CHAP. II. A. Sarson (rape seed) is chiefly sown mixed with gram and barley in
Eco omlc Sangr6r and Jind tahslls, and sometimes separately. It has a yellow flower,
n • and is reaped in Chet and Baisakh. The green plants are also used as a1
AaRrcuLTUR&, vegetable and as green food for cattle.
Principal staples.
ial:"'
0
The production of tobacco i!" small in the State, and in Sangr6r tahstl
ceo, it is scarcely ever sown. Elsewhere the seed is sown in Katak and Phagan.
Trenches about a foot wide are dug and the seedlings transplanted to them.
The crop is cut in Jeth. Its yiefd varies from s· to 2o maunds per bf'glia
Alulm. This yield is reckoned on tlie wet crop, and after drying only 8 sers
ace obtained from a maund. . 1
Turnips, etc, Turnips, potatoes and arwfs are produced in fair quantities in Sangrur
and Jind tahsils, and scantily in Dadrl. The yield averages 40 maunds per·
bigka kham. ·
Chillies. Chillies are generally sown on canal and well irrigated lands. The land
is divided into kt"arts (beds) and the seedlings: transplanted into them. It, is
chiefly produced in .the Kularan tract of Sangrur and in some parts of Jind.
Sugarcane. Sugarcane is generally sown on canal-irrigated lands in Sangrur and
Jind tahsils. Bundles of cut sugarcane stalks are buried in the ground in
l!ecember, and meanwhile the soil in which the cane is to be planted 'is
prepared. A palewa,. is first given, and when the land is ready. aftel'l the
palewar and ploughings the sticks {ports) are placed lengthwise in th~
furrows and covered with earth. The crop requires constant watering and
weeding. ·
Nnmbero[ water· The minimum number of waterings, and the amount of seed required for·
ings and quanttty the principal crops, are shown by the table below:-
of teed. ·

Number of waterings Scrs of seed per

. Principal' crops. after sowing, acre,

............. --~---....---..
Sugarcane
...
----- 10
_,__ __
(Sown in slips).

Rice ... ... Constant watering 8 to 9

Cotton ... 4 7 to 8

Indigo ... s
Mai2e
'}o'ltllir and fUlses
- ... 6

3
7 to 8
5
·Wheat ,,, ... 4 30

Barley ... ~ ... 3 :zs

Gram ... 3 IS to 20

StJrsfn (rape) ... 2 1~ to2

. Clalna, ht~gni ... .4 2 to 3

Tobacco ... 4

Til (sesamum) 3

Vegetables ... Constant moisture

· Gardens or fruit trees ... Once a month.

 ~73
]IND STATE.] Average yield. [PART A.

The average yield o£ the principal crops in the d1'fferen t tahSl'ls IS

. gtven
. CHAP.
_ II, A,
below :- Economic.
AGRICULTURE,
AVERAGE YIELD pgR ACRI! IN CWTS, Average yield,
SrAPL!.

-----------
( [Dha11
~~-~~~~~~ (rice) 7 ... 6
Kharlf... Mai~e ... II
,)
Food-grains
I Jowar ...
Bajra ...
7
5
4
5
6
3Ji

~, Rabl "' [~Br~l~t

ar ey ...
7
7
7
5
6
5
7
l
L China and kangni 10

Kharif f Mung and t~rd 3 2 3

Pulses ... ,., {Moth 3 2 3
[
Rabi •• Masri 6

Khadf ... Til (sesamum) 5 5

Oil·seeds •••
{
Rabi ... Sarson (rape) and Tdramira 4~ 4

Fibres ... Kharif ... { Cotton .. . 5

Hemp .. . 4 4
(Khar!f Red pepper ... s
..~ I
5
Spices Saunf atd Ajwain ... • 6 6
Rabf -.,., Kashn{z ... .. . 10 10
L Halon ... ... 9 g

Kharlf ... f Indigo 5 5

0 thers ... t Sugarcane 20 2I}i
[
Rabi ... Tobacoo ... 20 20 20

(Onions So So So
Garlic 2S 2S 28
I Cucumber
1 Musk melon ...
50 50 so
8o
30 30 30
1Bai,gan
Pethci lgourd)
...
... So So
V t bl I
.J Tori
ege a es ..,, Bhindi
~~~~~~~-
'
~
22
~
· 22

I
1
Tindo
Potato
20
15
So
20
15
So
So So
IRad!sh
Arw{
Karela ~:: I
.. . So
7 ...
So
S
So
ICarrot and turnip
_ _ __.:L,_C-.:.a~bb::.::age
So '
30
8/
~
So

The area under cultivation was 86']6 of the total area in 1901 as against Extension or
S2·71 per cent. at settlement 20 years ago, an increase of 4'5 per cent., de~~ease of culli•
but the prospects of further extension are poor, the culturable waste being va Jon,
only 7'94 per cent. of the total area excluding the giazing lands. No notice•
able improvement has been made in the selection of varieties of indigenous
seed. In 1870 indigo cultivation was introduced in the Jind and Sangrur
tahsils by the late Raja Raghbir Singh, and it has greatly benefited the
:;amindurs. Its cultivation is now carried on in Jind on a large scale, and on
a small scale in Sangrur. Before the reign of Raja Raghbir Singh there
were very few gardens in the State. He laid out gardens in several towns
and large villages, and imported new plants for them,
 !Z74
}IND STATE,) Taklf.vt. · State Banks.· Irrigation. PART A.
CHAP. II, A'
Agricultural advances (takavi) are made on the first fall of rain after !

Economic. famine. Advances are made by the State officials appointed for each tahsil. 1

AGRICULTURE,
They ascertain the wants of the zamindars through the headmen of each :
village, and make advances to deserving persons.. The -zamindars of Dadri '
Takl£'11£. and the Mran£ villages of Jlnd 'are in great need of takitvi advances on!
Table 20 of such occasions. Grants are asked for to buy oxen and seed grain at the first
Part B.
fall of rain, and they are faithfully applied to those purposes. If the next
. year is favourable, and harvests are good, there is no difficulty about repay·
ment. If there is any balance, it is realized in the following year, unless
that year also proves unfavourable, when the recoveries are suspended.
Alienations. No Land Alienation Act is in force in the State, and alienations are ~a de
according to the old State Revenue Law. The agriculturists generally are in
debt owing to the successive famines, and heavy expenditure on weddings,
funerals, etc. Their creditors are generally rich professional money.lenders
State Banks. Each tahsil is provided with a State Loan Bank, to which the za1nin·
dars resort for loans and where the rate of interest is 10 annas per cent.,
while saJrukars charge from Re. I toRe. 1·9 per cent. Very few agricul·
turists are money-lenders i those there are being big samindars, whose ordinary
rate of interest to borrowers is Re. 1-9 per cent.
Winds; Westerly winds (pachhwa) help the ripening of the crops, while easterly
winds (parwa) dry them and produce a kind of insect in the grass, which
does much damage.
Minor calamities. Rats and kungis (a kind of insect) also injure the crops, especially wheat.
In Dadr( tahsil locusts sometimes lay their eggs in the sand hillocks and
cause great damage to the crops when they invade the surrounding country,
Irrigation. The Hansi Branch of the Western Jumna Canal runs from Munak 1 in
Table 24 of the Karnal District, and enters the Jind tahsil at Anta, at which village
Part B. there is a fall, and" thence flows through the tahsil from east to west,
H~nsi Branch, following the line of the old Chautang nQd£, which is now dry, past the
Western Jumna towns of Safidon and Jind. It would appear that the· canal was first taken
Canal,
to Hansi by Firoz Shah in 1355 A.D. and carried on to Hissar next year,
but it very quickly ceased to run as a canal. In Akbar's time Shabab-ud-
din Ahmad Khan, governor of Delhi, repaired it. In 1826-27 it was
again set in order by the British Government. In 1897-98 the Hansi
Branch in this tahsfl was re-aligned, 301'7 acres of the State Janel
were taken up for this purpose, and Rs. 19,652 were paid by the Britisli
Government to the land-owners as compensation and the State re·
mitted Rs. 274 in perpetuity. Up to the year 1888 A.D. the irriga·
tion of the State villages was carried on by the British Canal aut~o·
rities. \V ater-rates were realized by the State patwaris and made over
to the British treasury after deducting muqaddami or lambardars
fees. Pursuant to the agreement of April the 29th, 1875, bctweer
the British Government and the Darbar for the construction of th
main distributaries from the Hansi Branch, 11 rdjbdhas 9 minon
a water·course for the garden at Jlnd, and 3 existing outlets in the Dutan.
Branch were made over to the State on the 31st March I 888 (vid
letters No. 143 1 dated 17th March 1886, and No. 2227 I., dated 7t
l\Iay 1886, from the Punjab Government, to the Darbar). The irrigabl
area allowed to the State was 59,640 acres from the Hansi Brant::
and 528 acres from the Butana Canal outlets, ll making a total <
6o,16S, or in round numbers 6o,ooo acres, of which 1o,ooo arc to be irrigal
ed free of water-rate if there is water to and on condition that n
1See Karnal Gazetteer, page ro.
~Non.-The lands of the followina villages of tahsn Jlnd are irrigated from Eutana Can;
outlets,~(•) Anchora. Kalan, (z) Ancho~a Khurd, (3) Bagru Kaliin, (4) Eagru Kburd, (Sl Sbara
h4~ .
 !275
JtNo SrAn:.] WestuH 'jumna Canal. [PART A.
complaint of shortage be made in dry years. The amount payable by the CHA~. II, A
S t~te under cbla.usc g ofthe dagreemhent was fixed at Rs. t1,2?,ootoh per annd~m, Eco;:;;;'"mic.
1
t us amount emg ca1cu1ate on t e average paymen s m e prece mg
years subject to deductions on account of- AGRICULTURE.
. ' ,;
Irrigation:
(1) cost of maintenance and repairs; H5.ns1 Branch,
(2) saving on establishment. Western Jumna
Canal. ·
After the deductions the net amount of water•rate payable to the
Dritish Government stands at Rs. I,os,soo. In 1888, when the rajoahas,
etr were made over to the State, the area irrigated for the kharif crops
wa~1 29,785l acres, while for rabl crops it was 25,003 acres,-total
54,788~ acres. ·I 10 villages in tahsil Jlnd are irrigated at present from the
Hans! Branch. The average irrigation for the ten years x8gi·Igoi
was 53,673 acres, but since 1901 it has decreasd. The table below shows
the details of rajbahds and minors from this Branch:-

I
LENGTH ON 1ST
REACH,

No. N~me of R!,jbahas From

~~s~~t~~e 1---;----,.-
'Io feet per
and Minors. Miles Depth Bed
second. and in width
feet, feet. ~~~,
-------------------M.ft. ____
1 Jlnd RaJb"ba No.1 Above Mor M~jra Fall, H:insl Chhapar boun· SS·7o u o 4'0 n·o
Branch, dary.
2 Minor No. 1 ... Jlnd · Rajbahi No.
No.I, •• Mile Ant a ... 12'00 4 MOO 3'0 3'0

3 No, 3 ... Mile No, '• Main Line ... Barod ... li'oo 0 2,700 2'5 3'0
4 ." Noo3 ... "
No, 4, .. "
... Safidon ... 15'00 4 4,500 2'0 a•o
S Jind R:,jbdhll No, 2 Mile No, n, H~ns! Branch ,., Tlto Kherl ... 6'45 2 1,910 2•0 3'0
,. No, 3 A~~:~ch~nta Fall of Hans! Kharakgagar 40'91 tS 4,200 3'5 6'5

7 Former R~jbahlt R, 0. g,Soo, R'jbaM No.3 ,.. Kalwa

No.4·
JS'oD 8 3,950 3'0 s·o
8 Hat Branch ... R. D. 22,ooo, Rajblih& No, 3 ... Har!garh ·~ g•oo s J,Soo 2'5 3'o
o Jind Rajbaha No.4 R. D. to6,oso, Mile llio, 22, Barar Khera ... g8'93 n o 3'9 I 12'5
Hansi Branch.
10 Former R!,jbahfl Mile No. 4, Rajbaha No. 4 ... Sh~mlo Khera 23'90 21 0 3'0 6'
No. s (jind).
u Jamnl Branch
(jind).
.. ... Jamnl 4'00 0 4,500 2'0 2'0

u Manoharpur Branch Mile No, n, "' Manda Kheri 3'52 2 4,335 2'0
(jindj, " 3'0

13 Khokhrl
(Jind),
Branch Mile No, 13, ... Khokri 13'U 3 2,400 ro s·a
14 Jind Branch ... Mile No. r, Khokhrl Branch ... J!nd 5'16 3 2,922 2'0
3'
IS , RajbdM No, S R. D. to6,250, Mile No. 22, J!nd Rajb6h11 38'24 17 1,333 J'S
Hansi llranch, No. 706, 10'

16 Former Raj baM Mile No. '• RAjb4hA No, 5 ... Jamnl 7'96 5 4ol47 2'0
No, 6, 4'0
11 Barsana 13ranch ... R. D. 47,ooo, Mile No, 10, R~j· Kandel a 6'00 I 40 3JO ' 2'0
bab.l No. s. 3'0

I
IS Rupg:llh .. ... Mile No. 5, RajbAha No,
R. D, 11,6H,
s,l Jhanj KaUn ... 4'00 5 200 3'0
••0
19 Jlnd R:ijbaha No, 6 Mile No. 37, Hantl Canal ... Gunkol! ... I u·ss 10 a,soa 3'1
s·6
21) ,. , No.7 Mile No. 38, ... Pokar Kheri ... 19'16 8 3,440 3'5
.. ,. No. 8 ., No. 43, . ... Bagan .. lila ... 10'40 4 r,g6e 3'0
4'0

l
u wa.ter-course for
Jtod Gardens,
• No, 391
" ... jlod 6'00 4 0 2'6
3'0

2'o

Non,-Jmd No, 1 ruos ba If t1Pic1

 ~,6

]IND STATE.] Weste1n Jumna Canal. [PART A,

CHAP.II. A. The remodelling operations of tgoo-oi gave the State 8 distributary
Economic. heads in the Hans! Branch and 3 outlets (as before) on the Butana Branch.
A new agreement was drawn up, but in consequence of a disagreement in
AaRICULTURB, views as to the full area to be irrigated, the volume of water to be supplied
Irrigation: and the method of supply, that agreement was not signed by the
H.1osi Branch, Darbar and was subsequently put in abeyance. The contentions of the
Western Jumna Darbar have been acceded to by the Punjab Government. Automatic
Canal,
module gates have been fixed at the heads of distributaries Nos. 1 to 7· They
were arranged to give the full supply formerly considered to be the State's
share according to the agreement, but one of them, No. 3, is now being
altered and enlarged to pass the additional discharge which it has laf..:ly
been decided to allot to the State under the proposed new agreement.
Rhe Bhawlint The Bhawani Rijbahi of the Western Jumna Canal, which is under
R~jMM of
But~na Main
British management, also passes through tahsil Jind. This distributary
Distributary, was carried through the State in 1895 A.D., when Rs. 183 were paid to
H~nsf Branch, the land-owners as compensation for 3i acres of land taken up for a portion
of the main line. In 1897' a request was made by the State to allow the
irrigation of a certain portion of the Jind territory from the Bhawani dis·
tributary, and to permit the Darbar to acquire ownership in one-tenth of
the rajbaM,, but owing to the limited supply of water and the <::onditions
under which the rajbdM was constructed, the request was not granted.
The Punjab Government, however, proposed to supply water for the
annual irrigation of 2,300 acres of land belonging to the villages of
Bhamewa, Maharra, Lajwana Kalan, Akfilgarh, Hathwala Poli, Zafargarh
and Devrar of tahsH Jind, on the condition that the water-rates to be
charged should be the same as those from time to time in force for British
villages irrigated by this distributary, together with an addition of so per
cent. in lieu of owner's rates, so long as that rate continues to be levied
from British villages. The statement below shows the outlets approved
by the Irrigation Department, Punjab, for the irrigation of Jlnd villages
from the Bhawani distributary :-
"0
Ql "'
CIS :tr: ...
::1
-:;;
b.O
~
...c....
...::
OQI 0
....0
-o
q)
"0
:§ 8_b.O
·~ q)
C.,.c
q)
l.l
r::
c
Name of village. Cll q)
..c.
q)
.......
0 ~ REMARKS.

e~-os
<I)
E _::.. o ... ;.a
s q)
tt
Ql

....o-~
0 l.l
"0
G.)
l.l
c
Cll ::l ..cS l.l.
...
s.~ ::~
<I)
Cll Cll r:: q)

zo"'
...
q)
~Ill .::-l'l
<I)
"'IU

--.. -- --- ----

<ll-

Bhamewa --... - <

1,329
<
-- 356
c.
6o 6
c:::

2g,roo Command above aver·

age •
Maharra
Lajw~na Kalan
...... 498 137 70 2
I
59.500 High command.
66,100 Very good command.
{ Akalgarh
Hathaw£la
-... 'J07
1,120

764
85
309
210 ~
65

75
f : l7
76,8oo High command ; one
outlet for both yi).
!ages.
'{ Hathaw£la ... gor 248
93.396 Very high command;
PoU ... 1,141 314 f
So
f : J7 one outlet for both
villages.
{PoH
Zafargarh
-... 1,008
630
278
174 } 6o f : ]7
7•000 Good command; one
outlet for both villages
on Mahem Branch.
Devdr ... 17,500 Command not very
Total - -!571- - ---- -
571
8,26g 2,278 ...
40
34
4
good.
-.
( Vzde letter No. 68 4, dated 2 sth August 18g8, from the PunJab Gov
ernment, to the Darbir .)
 ~71
]INO STATE. ] [PART A.

The Sirhind Drainage crossed by Sirhind Drainage Syphon at R. D. CHAP A

mile 26·1590, Feeder Line, which flows only in the rainy season, rises _.11 • •
near Kalka, and after flowing across Patiala territory enters the State near Economic,
the village of Ghabdan. Passing the Jlnd villages of Balwahar, Sajuman, A
, , Kh ur d, etc., the na'/'a enters patla
Gacrgarpur, Kularan "I a tate near GRICULTURI. s
Su~am. Near the villages of Ghiibdan and Kularan Khurd, the drainage Irrigation:
attains a width of half a mile. ln the rainy season the roads to these villages Sirhind
become impassable for two or three days at a time. The flooded lands Drainage.
are sown with rice, gram, wheat and gram and barley mixed. The drain·
age has two bridges: the first was constructed at GMbdan by Raja Sarup
Si.\ih, and the second at 1\H.hilin, 7 miles from Sangrur, by Raja Raghblr
Singh in, 188s. This mila traverses the State for about 8 miles, from
Ghabdan to the villages of Mardkhera and Faizgarh,
Another stream flowing only in the rains is the Jhambowalf, i.t, Choi The Jhambowalt
drainage which flows across the State for five miles, past the villages of Chol.
Bazldpur and ~1uhammadpur. Thence, after traversing the intervening
Patiila territory, it flows past the Jlnd villages of Dharamgarh, Sahijpura
and Bazurg, where it re-enters Patiala. Its greatest breadth in the rainy
season is 12 feet. The lands on the bank of the mila benefit by the flood.
The Ghaggar rises in the bills of Nahan State, and, after flowing Th Gh
through Ambila .and Patiala, traverses the villages of Saparherl, e aggar.
Usmanpur, Ratanherl, Nanhera, Harchandpura, Gurdialpura and Masod
of Sangrur tahsil for a distance of about five or six miles. Near
Saparheri and Ratanheri the Ghaggar widens out to an extreme
breadth of three miles in the rainy season. When it is in full
flood the water lies on the fields for days together and damages the
crops, but an ordinary flood benefits them. There is a ferry near the
boundaries of Usmanpur and Ratanheri, whence an unmetalled road leads
to Gohla in Karmll. In the rainy season ferry boats ply under the manage-
ment of the State. There is another ferry at Ranhera, where the Ghaggar
passes into Patiala territory. ·
The Chi1 Branch of the Sir hind Canal enters the State at the village of • h'
Dhaneta, 24th mile from Sangrur. It flows through the State for four or five 5(Ch~r~ Can~~
miles and then falls into the Ghaggar near Mardanheri, 20 feet fall, at mile ranc '
2S+r,s8o" Chai Branch. In I886 the State RajhiMs were completed, and
began to irrigate the lands of 82 villages in Sangrur tahsil. The manage-
ment of the State RajbaM.s and Minors was then put under the State officials.
The following table gives the Ra jb.ihas and Minors with other details :-
Table of.M£/eage RajbdM.s and Minors, Jind State.
- ., -
LBNGTH ON UT
Rucn,
No, Name of Rajbahas and From To
Minors, Miles D h' Bed
and
~pt width
feet, lin
- - - - ----------- ---...
10

--
feet, feet.

1\f, F•
I Sangr{u Rajbahi, K.B. .\1 ile No, 17, Kotla Branch, Brarwal Kullmia Village 30 3,000 4'3
Village. 7'0
3 Minor No. 11 Sangr{u Saran Village, Mile No, 6l
R:.Jbah!.,
... Saron Village ... 1 a,ooo 2'4 2'0
3 . Minor No, '• Sangr(lr Balian Village, Mile No. 9\ ... Kalandl Village ... 5 2,000 2'6 3'0
4
R:.Jb4h.l..
Minor No.3, Sangr(lr
HlJbiha.
.. .. .. No,•ol ... MangwU Village ... 3 1,000 2'4 2'0
s Minor No, 41 Sangr(lr Bbindar Village,lllile No. u
RaJbab.i.
... Ram nagar Village ... s 3,000 2'4 4'0
li Minor No. s, 53ngrCu Khur.<na Village, Mile No. 14 L ... Ghaggarpur Village 3 soo 3'0 2'0
RiJb•b•.
7 MInor Nv. 61 Sangria
RaJb.lh.l,
. .. .. No.14 R ... Elew~l Village ... 3 3,soo 2'3 a·o
8 Minor No, 7, SangrCu Kbel'l Village, Mile No. 1St
R" 1hahi.
...
Faizgarh Village
"' s 2,200 2'3 )0
 !378
]lND StATE.) Sirhz'nd Canal, [PART A.
CHAP. II, A. Tdle of Mileage Rajbahas and Minors, Jind State-concluded.
Economic.
AG RICULTURB, I L£ NGTH ON I iT

Irrigation: No, Name of R~jb~has and

1\lioors,
I
I

From To ------
M 1'I es
REACII,

I Bed
Depth width
Sirbiod Canal and in in
(Chof Branch). feet. feet. feet,

- - - - - - - - - - M:''F.""" - - -
BadrCikhan Branch, Balib Village, Mile No, 9\ BadrCikhan VIllage.,, 8 3'3 4•0
Sangrur Rltj bah a.
Minor No. Branch ... Sangrur Village ...
l•'
10 1 1, No.2 400 2'3 1'0

II , No.2 Thales Village, Mile No.4 Changal Villag~ 6 2,ooo z·s 2'5
n No.3 Sangrur Village, Mile No. st L. ... SangrCir Village 1 3,8oo 1'9 2'0

13 No.4 , No, st R, ,, BadrCikMn Village... ; goo 1'9 2'0

"
14 No, s Badrukblm Village, Mile No. S ... Bhamma·waudl Vii· 3 z,soo 2'0
Iage.

15 Gujrh Rajb:,h.l, G. B. Mile No. 23!, Ghaggar Branch, !liard Khera Village 7 4,000 2'8
4'0
Nagar! Village.
16 Minor No.1 Nagari Village, Mile No. 1 Ma11ran Village 4 4,000 2'7 2'0

17 No.2 ., No.2 Ditto 3 1,ooo 2'3 2'0

18 Ohaneta R:,jbl&hrl, C. B. Mile No. 2o1, Choi Branch, Dha· Bazurg Village 7 2,$00 3'6 4'0
neta Village.
19 Minor No. 1 Dhaneta Village, Mile No, 1 Sahajpura Khurd 1 3,soo 2'4 2'0
Village,
20, No.2 , No. •t Chupki Village 3 4,500 3'0 3'0

I
Jl No.3 Mawi Village, Mile No. 2t Dharamgarh Village 2 1,000 3'1 2'0

22 No.4 ,. No, 3! Kakrllia Village 2 4,000 2'6 3'0

No. s Premgarb VIllage, Mile No.4\ Bazurg Village 1 1,ooo a·s 1'0

24 No.6 ... Bazurg Village, Mile No. 6~ Kakrala Village I 2,000 2'7 1'0

25 Mansa Rajbah:l, K. B, Mile No. 69 1 Kotla Branch, Maur Mansa Village 4 2,000 2'5 2'0
Kburd Village.
26 11\landl R•ih~h.l, K. B. Mile l':o, s•t, Kotla Branch, l\lakha Gil Village 24 31ooo 4'3
Village. ·
21 Chankl Branch ... Chauki Village, 1\lile No.9 Bheni Chuhar Vii lag~ s a,soo 3'6 2'0

2S Kbokar Branch Khokar Village, 111 ile No. ut Kuttlwal Khurd Vii· 3'1 2'0
I age.

29 Minor No, 1 Dhadda Village, Mile No. 16t ... Mandl Khurd Village 1,000 3'6 2'0

30 No.2 .. , No. 17 BhCindar Village ... 2'9 1'0

31 , No.3 Balanwllli VIllage, Mile No. 21 Mansa Khurd Village soo 2'9 3•0

31 Batldpllf !IIi nor Ill F. Mile No. 40, :ll'd Feeder, Joderpur Baddpur Village 5 2,ooo 1'6 3'o
Village.
33 R&mgarb Minor Ill F. Mile 34t, 3rd Feeder, Rakhra Vii· Bhunkl Vill~ge 2'4 2'J
Iage,
34 l\larort R~jb~ha, C. B. Mile No. 20, Choi Branch, Dhaneta Dbaneta Village 0 4,000 3'0 2'0
Village,
35 : Ratanheri Minor Dhaneta Rajb!IM, o Mile 4,ooo feet l\larori Village 3'0 2'0
I
36 Rajgarh Miqor
I .
... .. , 4,000 ., Mardanheri Village 3 4,ooo 2'0 2'0

37 Rain MaJra Branch, Mile Na. a., Cboi Branch Rain M~jra Village 1 3,ooo 2'0 2'0

I c.B•. Total ... 183 1,3oo

From the rajbahas water passes by heads (outlets) to the minor

channels (or water·cour~es) and thence to th.e fields. ~ach main chann~l
supplies many vi~lag:s With wate~ and eac~ v1llag; has 1ts turn of . certa;n
days. The zammdars have the1r own warband' system ; each bmcarJar
 279
]lND STATE.] Canal revenue. Wells. [PART A.
has his share according to his holding and gets his share of water appor· CHA~t. A.
tioned into pahats (3 hours) and fhads (:14 minutes). The irrigation is Economic.
mainly by flow, a very small area being irrigated by lift. AGRIGULTURB,.

On the \Vestern Jumna and Sirhind Canals the revenue is collected by Irrigation:
the State patwciris. The British Canal rules are in force, and water-rates Canal revenues,
are levied on each crop at so much an acre. The amount due to the •
British Government as water-rates on the Weste~n Jumna Canal is paid at
each harvest. The revenue on the Sirhind Canal belongs to the State,
as the State shared in the cost of its construction. No water-rates are
n'lized for crops irrigated by the Ghaggar and Sirhind Natas.
An extension of the Western Jumna Canal would benefit both Patiala and Prosfect: ofio
Jind, but it is very doubtful whether such an extension is possible. Pandit cana ex ens n.
Lakhmi Chand' suggested that part of the Jind tabsil might be irrigated by
extending the Butana or Savana Branch, and taking a minor through the
villages of Markhi, Bhartana, Lalat Khera, Dhingana and Ram Kali. For
the Dadri tahsil the Pandit thinks that the Patowas Minor and the Bamla,
Naurangabad and Kharak Minors of the Bhawani distributary, if extended,
could irrigate Amranat, Sanga, Baund Kalan, Baund Khurd, etc.; and that ·
the Rewari Branch, which runs at a distance of 18,ooo feet on the left of the
Bhawini Rajbaha, and the Minor of Kharak Kalan, if extended as far as
Dadri, could supply water for 31 villages of the Panwar tappa in this tahsil.
As to the remaining portion of Dadri the Darbar proposes to appro·
priate the whole of the taktiv£ which is annually provided for in the State
budget to the Dadri tahsil, and thirty wells will be built annually for irri-
gation in the villages at proper places: Hitherto the money given for wells
has not been recovered, but in future the advances will be in large sums,
to be recovered by small instalments, and the terms of· such recovery will
be very easy. Thus in a few years a good number of wells will be con·
structed for protective purposes. Rs. 1s,ooo will annually be provided in
the State Budget for takc'iv£ in the Dadri tahsil. 2
Wells are generally worked with a bucket and rope (charsa and lao), Well~.
but occasionally (in Bazidpur iUqa) by the Persian wheel (rahat). In tahsil
Jind there is no well ir~igation, except in the towns of Jind and Safidon.
The estimated area irrigable by a well in Dadri is 8 acres, and in
Sangrur 16 acres. Wells are worked by shareholders according to their
bari (turn), each well having a number of shareholders, who are either
descendants of the man who constructed the well or themselves shared the
cost of its construction. The shareholders work a well jointly or separately
as the case may be, and the system is called accordingly lana or sajha.
The well irrigated area in the State is 23,328 acres. The following figures
show the number of irrigating wells in that State~ with certain statistics
regarding them :-
Cost IN ltUPi£1, PBR WHEaL OR
BUCKET, Area lrrh
- - - - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - - \ g a t e d per
Number I With• wheel or
of 1.1 rom 'l'o Masonry, out ma• Number of Cost In Cost ol bucket.
-----wells._! ____ _::_:::__~..::_
Feet. IFect, lls, Rs. Bs. Rs, Rs. Rs, Rs. -;=;;e-;:-
Sang;rUr ,,. u 1So aoo to :,ooo Joo 16 to 3z ss to •s
l).idrl ... ... 1,173 so 54 t,too 1o From 2 to 4 aoo to 400 II
Jiod , .. 30 7
1 Ass1stant En;;:1neer, whose services were lent temporarily to the State by Government.
2
Letter No. 55, dated the 27th August 19011 from the foreign Minister jfnd State tCI the
Folitical Agent, Phulki~n Statf,, • •
 .280
}IND STATE. ] Wells. (PART A.
CHAP. II, A. In tahsil Jind well irrigation is not atte~pted, being too costly, though
Economic. at the towns of Jfnd and Saffdon gardens. are irrigated from wells. In
AGRICULTURE.
tahsil Dadri a large area is irrigated from kachcha wells with leather
buckets. In tahsil Sangrur well irrigation is practised on a large scale,
Irrigation : generally from masonry wells. The State encourages the extension of '\Vell
Wells. irrigation. The following table shows the number of wells constructed
annually during the to years I8gi-Jgol :-

NUMBER OF WELLS, MONEY ADVANCED IN RUPEES.

t-
YEARS. From From
Irrigation. Drinking, State Village Total.
Funds. Funds.
-- ...
1891•92 ... ... --- --6 --- --- --
7 575 670 1,245
1892 93 ... ... ... 7 ~ 485 475 g6o

1893·94 ... ... ... 2 4 200 520 82o

r89H5 ... -· ... 6 3 6:>o 320 .920

lllgs-go ... ... ... 5 14 435 1,250 1,685

1896·97 ... ... ... 13 28 r,oso J,020 4,070
1897•98 ... ... ... 6 6 320 ~00 620
1898·99 ... ... ... II II 1,035 1,200 2)235
... ...
·~I
1899•1900 ... 22 1,745 1,5691 3,314
1900•01 ... ... ... 13 1,555 220 1.775
Total
---
92
- 951 S,ooo !),644
---
17,644

Construction of The methods of well sinking and the religious ceremonies con-
wells. nected with them are as described in the Hissar and other District
Gazetteers.

Unbricked wells. In tahsil Dadri unbricked wells are made by digging out the sand and
lining the jhti! or parchha with khep, tree branches. Such wells are mcvie
when the rains come too late to sow the kharif crops. They are made·
in a few days and cost Rs. 8 to 10. They fall in during the ensuing rainy
season.
Working(){ Wells are generally worked as we have seen with a !do (a strong rope)
wells. and charas (leathern bucket) or a buffalo-hide bag swung on an iron ring
and handle (mandit), the rope passing over a small strong wheel (bhon)
fixed over the well. A charsa costs from Rs. 5 to Rs. 6, and a Uo if made of
hemp Rs. 7, or if made of hideRs. 15. The oxen which draw it run down
an inclined plane (gaun) dug out by the side of the well, the driver (kilia)
sometimes sitting on the rope. When the bucket reaches the top the man
who stands at the mouth of the well (bar£a) seizes the rope, pulls the
bucket on the platform, and empties it into the parchha, bidding the driver
unloose the rope, crying Bel£ R(mzlo. There should be four yoke of oxen,
two pairs working at once, with a change at noon. If the well is deep and
the work goes on all day four yoke of oxen are essential. Four yoke will
water about i of an acre in a day, but the area depends on the depth of
the well. A man arranges the flow of water from the channels (khat) on
to the beds (kiaris) into 'vhich the field is divided.
 ~sr

Cattle.· Fa•'rs. [PART A.

}lND STATE,]
Little has been done to improve the breed of horses in the .State. CHAP. II, A.
There are stallions at the tahsil head-quarters and a donkey stalho? at Economic.
sangrur.· In 1got -02 ' 108 mares . were covered by the State stalhons.
The figures in the AaarcULTURB ••
·
margin show the Agricultural
Mules,
actual numbers of stock,
Tahsil. Horses. horses and .mules in ·Table 22 of
Part B.
- - - - - - · - - - - - - - - - · theState m 1903. Horsebreedin
S:mgrur ... 246 7 They show that of Table 23 of
the three tahsils, Part B,
Jlnd
'•\
... . 15
Jlnd is the only one
o~drf 411 0 where young stock
is bred to any
extent.

The best oxen are found in Jind tahsil, lying a~ it does · at.. Catt111
most entirely in the great cattle-breeding tract of Hariana. A ·good
·cow gives 8 sers of milk, calves 7 or 8 times, and is worth Rs. 30
to 40. A young steer will fetch Rs. 40 to so. Those that are not
sold are gelded when about two years old and trained for the
plouO'h, The average price of a pair of plough oxen is Rs. IOo, but
. a g~od pair ·will fetch Rs. 125. Two or three bulls is the average
number to a village. They are allowed to roam about at will at
certain.seasons, and this total absence of all selection does not improve
the breed. The best buffaloes are also found in Jind tahsil and the
next best in Sangrur. A she-buffalo will give to to I 5 sers of
milk in a day-producing about 18 chz'tanks of butter-and will calve about
1 o times. Prices range from Rs. 30 to I 25. Small ringed horns and
. a long tail are marks of breeding in a buffalo. Buffaloes are rarely
· used for the plough: they draw small carts and carry pakM.ls of water.
Indiscriminate breeding goes on in their case also. C1.mel-breeding is
carried on by rahbdrls in the sandy tract of Dadri and the Balan waH t'Uqa ·
of Sangrur. In Sangrur camels are chiefly used for riding and draught,
but in Didri they draw the plough. Prices vary from Rs. so to 12s.
Sheep and goats are
kept by butchers,
and by Dhanaks and
Tahsll. Cattle. Buffaloes. Camels. Sheep and . Chllhds. In the
goats. BalinwaH iUqa
sheep do well and
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - goats flourish
~angrur 17.922 t h r o u g hout the
State. The number
J!nd ... 32,241 289 22 1
'7 7 of stock in the vari·
D&drl ... ... ~~~- 1,239 _ _ 4,SS61_15,328 ous tahslls of the
State is shown in
Total 79,119 38,228 5,269 s6,o21 the margin. The
figures a r e f o r
1903·
Cattle fairs are comparatively numerous. They are held annually Fairs.
at Sangrur, Balanwali and Kakrala in tahsil Sangrur, at Jind, Safldon,
Ram lUi and Julina in tahsil Jind, and at Dadri, Karirupa, Amlota and
Budhwana in tahsil Dadrl. The State manages the fairs, charging
4 annas a head on all stock brought in, and a pice per rupee on the pur-
chase money. The seller pays the first tax and the buyer the second. In
1901-02 the number of animals sold was 1g,56.3 and the income R~. 18,6o6,
 ~82
)IND STATEi] Fodder. Rents•. [PART A.

CH:AP.ll~ A. Prizes are given by the State to exhibitors of the best cattle and to the
- . largest purchasers.· These prizes cost Rs. 3,ggo in tgo1-o2,
Economtc. ·
AGtUCULTURBi Fodder is generally called nira, That· of the autumn. crop consists
Fodder;
. of jowar and maize stalks, which are stacked in ckhor or stacks, and of
hhusa or the broken stalks of the pulses. The only spring fodder is the
straw of wheat or barley (bhusa or turi) and that of barley and gram
mixed (missa). · Bhusa is stored in heaps or high circular stacks, which
are thatched when finished. The stalks of great millet and maize are
chopped into small pieces (sannn with a gandasa and then given to the
cattle. J'he supply of fodder varies according' to th~ season; but the
zamindars arrange so that it costs them very little, sowing metha, d~e
and carrots for fodder in the cold weather. In seasons of scarcity the poorer
zamindars have great difficulty in finding food for their cattle. A rich
man keeps a store of fodder in reserve, and when that fails he can buy
from others, but the poorer people have to struggle on with branches of
kikar;jrU, oeri or jha;, whicb they chop up and give to the cattle. Some·
times a man will take his cattle away to a more favoured tract where good
rainfall or, the presence of a canal has rendered conditions more· favourable.
This is called ~toljana. State relief· in this respect extends only so far as to·
allow the cattle to graze in the State b£ts on payment of grazing fees (ang·
chtmtQ. The Mrs are watered by the canal and there is plenty of grass;

Section 8.-RentsJ Wages and Ptices.

The rates of rent and batai realized by owners vary according to the
Rents;
sqil and. the crops
raised and are

_________
Kind of soil, Crop. Rent•rates · REMARKS.
per acre. different in all the
_....__.. ....... three tahslls. In
the z'Uqas of Jind
Rs. A, P.
and Jind-Safidon,
'" Sugarcane 9 9 6 The State demand
(mudmlal is paid by the rent-rates are
the owner and water•
rates by cultivator. usually the same,
Do. Bdrl (cot· 4 12 9 Ditto, and are ordinarily
ton) and
vegetables those shown in the
Do.- Other crops Baldi at !th Ditto. margin. In the two
of the pro·
duce, z'laqas, Dadrl or
Rs. A. P, Hariana and
D4kt~•64r4nl Ditto r 9 6 State demand payable Badhra or Bagar,
andRaud(. by 6i1'1DtJddrs,
of Dadri tahsil, the
Ditto I 3 3 Ditto.
owners usually re·
Btmju Ditto Not fixed .... Only at~g dumJ.I
(cattle·l!razing fee) ceive cash·rents
is levied as circum·
stances require. (chakota},
being very rarely
 ~83
]INO STATE.] .Rt,ls. :[-PART· A•
CHAP, 11. S.
taken. The prevailing rates are shown below:..:.
Economic.
RENTS, WAGKS
AND PRICK~

Rent·rates Rents.
Kind of soil. ltd gat. per acre. REMARKS,

Rs. A. P.

5 ° 1The
0
State demand is.pay•
0 0 5 able by the landlord.
Ch4h£
4

· fHariaaa 3 0 0
Dakar and Rausll·lu!tanl ·
Bagar 2 0 0

I{Hariana I 0 0
Bhud-6anja,
'"1 B&gar 0 12 9

In Kularan and Sangrur itaqas of Sangrur tahstl the landlords generally

realize bat(££ at the
====;=======;===='= = = = rates shown in the
margin. The
landlord takes. !th
Kind of soil. · Bat&( rates. REMARKS,
or ith of the pro~
duce of chillies·
_._ .--.....--------- and raw cotton and
pays the muamla

Nidi-dahl ... tth and ~th of the

produce.
I] himself~ As r e •
gards sugarcane
The State demand is payable and dhan (coarse
by land·owners. , . rice), .. he .gets
Rau.sli·ehti.M... Ditto ... R 6
s. 9·9· .per. acre
in some places; and
Nal!.r£ itd and ~tb of the State demand .payable by the pays the. muamltJ
. produce, land-owner, and .water-rates · d • th h'
. by cultivator. · an m . o ers . e
gets ith batci£ and
pays .muamla in
s&,dn£ ... jrd pf the produce T~~ ~~~o~=~~d is paid by carr e 5 p 0 0 d i 0 g
shares, i.e., the
land-owner pays
{-th and the tenant -!ths. In Blitanwali, the third iUqa of Sangrur, the
State is owner of the land, and the cultivators are its tenants. In this iUqa
the /Jata£ system formerly prevailed, but at the current settlement a cash
assessment \Vas fixed. If the tenants sub·let land to other cultivators, they
generally take tth lata£ and pay the muamla themselves, the cultivators pay·
ing water-rate. Seri11a and kam£ns' dues are paid out of the snamitat dlzeri
or common heap. Serina goes to the bis11adar and the rate is 2 sers per
maund. The kam£ns or U.gis are four in number, 'ldl., the Nai, Jhinwar,
Kumhar and Chuhd. The other lagis are paid separately by th~ 6iswadarl
and tenants.
 !284
jiND,STATE.) Prices and wages. (PART A.

CHAP. II. B. The average prices (in sers per rupee) of the chief staple food-grains
for the 1 o years ending 1903
Economic. at each tahsil are shown in
RBNTS, WAGES the margin. All grains ex-
AND PRICES, Food·graios. Sangrur. J!nd. D~drf. cept dhan (coarse rice) and
Prices, bajra are cheapest at Sangrur,
----- - - - as they are produced ex ten·
sively in this tahsil, whereas
Wheat 17 IS :4 rice is largely grown in the
Gram 22 20 19 canal-irrigated tracts of ]ind
and bajra ir. the sandy soif~ of
Barley 20 20 Oadri. In villages prices are
Maize 18 10 somewhat lower than they
are in the neighbouring towns.
'Jo'111ar 24 20 21 The zam£ndars often hand
Bajra 19 J6 20
over nearly all their produce
to mahaJtms, only keeping
Dh&n (coarse rice) 17 13 enough for one year's con•
Munt 16 14 14
sumption, Sometimes, when
Pulses { in need of money for wed-
Urd 13 12 u dings and to pay the revenue,
they sell their standing crops.
The prices for the quinquennia since 1887 are shown in the margin. Sang-
rur has a large
market where
Wheat. Gram. Barley, Mai~e. Jowtlr. Bdjra, Dhdn,
wheat, gram,
eang!Ur
1887.SS Rnd · ...
- - -- -- -- -- --.
... 15IS n24 2320 ...%3 '321 2020 ... etc.,
..
are collect-
ed from the
adri ... 14 23 19 ... ... neighbour in g
, 19 18

fangrW' ... 15 25 24 27 %0 31 villages for ex-

1891•93 Jind
Dadri ...... 1416 26:6 25:6 ...18 33:8 ''25 ...19 port. The rail-
{Sangr(ll ...... 1313 IS16 1821 ... 18 2019 1817 13 ways running
1897-98 j(nd
Oadri ... 13 IS 19 ... 19 .
18 .. 17 through the
towns of San-
{Sangr6.r ... 18 u
... 16 20 3025 2824 2520 2518 ... 18 grur, Jind and
1901•03 £nd
lldri ... 14 18
I
:o ... 18 20 ... Dadri have
done much to equahze pnces,
Wages of arti• Artizans are only paid in cash in the towns and some of the larger
zans. villages, and their wages vary. At Sangrur a mason r.eceives from 8 to 10
Price of labour, annas, a carpenter or blacksmith from 6 to 8, while coolies are paid from 3
Tabl1 25 of
Parl B, to 5 annas a day. The rates at Jind, Dadri, Safidon, etc., are lower.
At Sangrur, which is a great grain mart, there is good demand for cooly
labour for hand carts, and their wages sometimes rise to 6 or even 8
annas a day. Chamars and other menials, who work as cutters of
grass and wood or seek employment at the market, earn 3 or 4 annas:
if employed on plastering houses they get only about 2 annas a day.
In villages carpenters and masons get their food and 3 or 4 annas a
day. At harvest time the labourers employed in. the fields receive a
certain quantity of grain, as do the Ugts. Weavers in villages get the
following wages, raw material being supplied to them:-
Rs. A. P.
Khes (wrap) o o per piece.
Dota£ 8 o , ,
Chautha£ 2 o o ,, ,
Kh.addar (coarse cloth) 1 o o ,, 40 yards piece.
Besides this a little grain and oil is also given.
 !285
jiND STATE.] Dues to menials. (PART A•.

The amount of grain paid at each harvest from the undivided grain CHA~I, S.
heap to the village menials is called ZO.nga. It is not, as a rule, a fixed ·Economic.
amount, and in addition to the /anga, some menials get a fixed, others a RENTs WAGBS.
variable, allowance of grain, as is shown in the table below :- AND P~rcEs.

Ldngd at harvest •
time.
AMOUNT OP POOD·GRAIN PB!I. MAUND OR
PER PLOUGH AT HARVEST IN BEBS.
To wHOM
The detail of work.
PAID, In tahsil In tab~! In tabsfl
J!nd. Sangrur. Dadrr.

--------------------------
Clte~mdr ... Per maund one Per maund one Per maund one The ChGmdr is the leather~
ser, toge· ser, toge· aer, toge· worker of the village, and also
ther with ther with ther with generally performs begdr work
skin of all the skin of all skin of all for the village, and assists in

-----------
Chuhra
ed cattle.
... Per
ed cattle.
plough Per plough
__________ __
cloven hoof· cloven hoof· cloven hoof·
ed cattle.
cultivation,

...
._._......
The Chuhrd is the sweeper,
five urs, one ser, He is also often employed as
with skin of with the skins the village da ura (or mes•
c a m e I s, of camels, senger),
horses and horses and
donkeys. donkeys. •
---------------------------
Kirdti or Per plough Per plough ~ ser per The KhtiU is the village car•
Tarkh&n. thirty am. thirty-two maund. penter. He makes all the
sm. wood-work required by the
vil!ager and all ordinary re·

--------- -------------
patrs.
Ditto Ditto Ditto The Lohdr is the village black.
smith, and also does all reJ>airs
------------ ----- _......._._ ---------
Kumhdr •" 5 sera per 5 1crs per ]4 ser per TheKumMr is the village potter
to iron works.

plough. plough. maund. and manufactures the house·

hold earthen utensils required,
In addition to this he keeps
donkeys and carries grain from
the threshing · floor .to the

------- .........___ -------------- . village,

Jh!nw&r ... Ditto Ditto ... Jhin'IJJar supplies water. He

makes all the baskets and serves
as utensil cleaner at the wed•
dings.

Nai '" Unfixed ... Unfixed ... U aer per He shaves and attends upon
maund. guests. He is also sent on
messages, and enjoys large
perquisites at betrothals and

m;;b-;-: Di;;--:- ~--=-Itkfl;;-:- H;::~-viii;'~

weddings.

- - - - -------- _...._ ________

Chlrimp{ or Ditto Ditto Ditto ... He is the clothes printer of the
ChhimbtJ. vatage, stamping and dyeing
all the village clothes.
----..,_
·
Nilgar ... Ditt() ... Ditto ... Ditto ... He is the dyer of the village,

NolE.-The above allowances are fixed to be paid to the menials for their ordinary works
acco~ding to t~e \Vajib-ul•Arz of Settlement, but in some villages they get a le's amount ac.
cord10g to thetr mutual agreement.
 ~86
JIND STATB.] Fonsts. [PART A.
cHAp, il; B. .When a new village was settled, the founder, his relations, and children
Economic. who broke up the .land for cultivation naturally had great influence and
. authority. The revenue was imposed in a lump sum on the tappa, of which
R!Hp, WAGIS. they formed the heads, and its distribution rested with them. Gradually
AND Itlc~s. . they became headmen, and the State looked to them for the realization of .
¥1Hage headmen, the revenue, their numbers increasing with the population. At the first
· regular settlement they were allowed pachotra or 5 per cent. on the
revenue GOllected, and the collections began _to be made by tahsils through
them (instead of in a lump sum from the tappa). The office of headman is
deemed to be hereditary, and during the minority of an heir a sarbarah•
kar is appointed. When a village has been divided into panas or thLlas
one or more headmen are appointed to each pana or thula, but the revenue
of .the whole village is collected by all the headmen .separately from their
panas. or thulas,.and they receive the pachotra on the revenue collected
by them respectively. Large villages have 71 S or more ·headmen apiece ;
small ones less. .
Material condi· The remarks as to the relative prosperity of the various }at tribes in
tioa of the
people, Patiala (page. 130) hold good for Jind. The Sikh Sardars are the wealth1•
est people in the State, frequently owning two or three .villages. They
live well and are .well clothed and housed. Next come the maU.jans
and other commercial castes, who are well off and live with less display
than the Sardars.
.Section C.-Forests.
State forests. ilhe only forests in the State are the reserves, Birs), which are three
· · in number, namely, Aish Ban, Baz!dpur
Sq~1are and Barah Ban Birs. The figures in the
m1 es. • h h. . .
. 1, .. A~h Ban Bl,. r·s 4 margm s ow t e1r areas m square m11es.
:z. ·'Buldpur lHr 021 On the Ist of August 1901 a Forest
·3. ~ BMah Ban B£r 2'35 Department was established for the
Total 4.10 management of the Birs. . Previous to
'" - this they were under the Barah (Forage
and W<lod Godown). The Forest Department also looks after arboriculture
and. the trees on the road-sides. The statement below shows the receipts
and expenditure on the Birs for 1895·96 and I900·0I :-
EXPENDITURE, GROSS RICBIPTS,

·~..
·-YhRS, ..,c:
-~

.
.!!.o.
~
J.l
1111
~
..
~
.;
E
e
.. .z..
.,; t! .::
=
o:l
.;:
i~ .z\i iG ..
;:;
3
-
v
0
;. ~ ;::

- -- - -- -
0
~ ...
0

...-.--..-
-); .0 !-<
--~-
C) ~
"' 0 2:

: Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs, Rs, Rs, Bs. Bs, Rs,

895'!1(1 ... 3,664 ... 3,664 116-IS ~48 374 gos 3,0JO 11,191 a,saS

900'01

DiffetePce
...
,,. ,-r-------1--
1,534

- ,t,IJO +197
197 1,731

- 1,933
1,177

-4158
71

- 177 +r,SJs

The Aish Ban Bi, lies some two miles east of Sangnir town and has an
21209 35

- 87o - 2,7u
lg8 3,7!)0 211U

::-;,;;1-416
area of g84 acres. It is irrigated from the Choa. A portion of this Bir
is used for raising .fodder crops for the State animals. Pig, deer, and an
occasional .wolf are found in it. The Bazldpur Bir, also called the PUis
Bao, is about 1l miles to the north-east of Bazidpur village. [) hak trees,
 187;
JIND STATE. ] Mines. and minerals. [PART A• _
locally known as pUs, abound in it. The Barah Ban Btr lies 2 : miles south CHAP.- II, C_,,
of the town of Jind on the banlcs of the Western Jumna. Canal. ' The cattle Eco;;-mic .
of the neighbouring towns and villages are allowed to graze in· the Bl'ts '
Buffaloes ... Rs. 3•0 per head. on payme~~ of the . annual. gr~zing fee FoRESTS.. .
Bullocks ... , 2·o , (ang charai) shown m the margm. The State forest!¥.
Cow9 ... Re. 1·8 " Btrs produce a plentiful supply of the
Young'Stock ...
II D-l
2
" samaki paUnjt, palwa, khabbal, dub,
panni and pata grasses and afford welcome relief to the cattle in time of
drought. Various kinds of trees such as the jal, kair, jand, ktkar (acacia)·
'and ber£ grow in them. J(U trees are more common in the Barah Ban.
The\fruits of the jcU, kaz'r, jand and !Jer are eaten by the poor in time of
. famine, when also the bark and leaves of these trees are used a:s fodder.
The fruit of the jal tree is called pilu, and that of the. kaz'r· tina•. Both
these are pickled when young_ and green. When dpe the fruit of the kair
is called pinju and that of the jand sangar. They are eaten as vegetables.
The ber tree fruit is called ber. Wood cut from these Birs is stored in
the State Wood and Forage Godown (Barah) and used as timber for State
buildings and also as fuel. The Forest Department also sells the fuel.

Section D.-Mines and Minerals.

The mineral products in the State are saltpetre, kankar and stone. Mineral products,
Saltpetre is obtained in the Jind tahsil and Dadri. H. :H. Raja Raghblr
Singh opened three State refineries (shora kothls) at Jlnd, Safidon and
Dadri, and from these refined saltpetre is sent for sale to Calcutta. Each·
refinery is managed by a munsarim or manager who is assisted by a gu~
mashta (Hindi accountant), a muharrt'r (Urdu clerk),- a tolla (weighman),
two clzaprasis and about 8 workmen, Attached to these refineries are
about 74 crude saltpetre factories where crude saltpetre is prepared by
workers who work as asamis (contractors) for the refineries.
The workers in the refineries for preparing crude · saltpetre are given , Crude saltpetre.
contracts through the manager in Katak (October), with an~ advance of
money. The workmen prepare crude saltpetre and bring it to their res~
pective refineries. They are paid on an average Re; I·3 per· maund. To·
prepare crude saltpetre shora mt'tti (earth containing saltpetre, which is .
generally found in greater or less quantities in the vicinity of every village)
is scraped up and brought to the factories, which are generally located near
tanks or wells. Nothing is paid for the material if it is scraped from.
common land, but a small royalty is paid on private land. Each factory is
provided with a kund£, a brick-lined sloping channel about ro yards long
with a reservoir at the· lower end. The kundi has wooden poles on all
sides and is thatched with pann£ grass. The roof is coped to a height of.
one balisht on both sides, and the coped roof is filled with shora mitt£ and
water. The water impregnated with saltpetre leaks down through the
thatch and collects in the reservoir. It is of a reddish colour. This pro~
cess is carried on every day until a sufficient quantity of saltpetre has been
collected, when the water is boiled in an iron cauldron till it becomes syrup
and is then spread over brick-lined beds plastered with lime. When hard
saltpetre is scraped off with a spade, crude saltpetre is brouaht to the
refinery in loads of 15 to 20 maunds. · • b.

T~e crude saltpetre thus collected is next buried in undergroundcelh Process ofre&o.
(khattzs) for a year and then taken out, 25 maunds at a time, boiled in an ing,
iron cauldron, and cleaned in an iron sieve called jharmt. It is then'
poured into a wooden box with a vessel (dohra) shaped like a spoon or an
iron pan (c~haJ1. After some time the sediment settles and the colour of :
 ~ss·.

JINO STATE.] Kadar. Stone. [ PAR'r A.

CHAP. 11, D. the liquid becomes white. This is then put in small boxes, provided with·
a maclz£ (wooden frame), for crystallization. After 6 or 7 days the
Economic. crystals are taken off the machls, collected in baskets and sprinkled with
MrNI!S AND alum and indigo water to colour them. Then they are spread on dolaras
MINERALS. (sheets of • coarse country cloth) to dry. This completes the process.
Crude saltpetre: During the ten years ending 190 I the average outturn of saltpetre crystals~
Process of refin• was 4,756 maunds out of J4,070 maunds of crude saltpetre, giving an averacre
ing. net income of Rs. 14,922. The figures given below show the quantity ~f
saltpetre cr¥stals in maunds prepared in the refineries and their earnings
and expendtture for 1895·96 and 1900·01, as shown in the Administration
Reports of the State for those years. In I 900-o 1 out of l 6,38 I ma(bds
of crude saltpetre, 6,039 maunds of crystals were obtained and sold for
Rs. 39,936 :-
•

ExPENDITURE,

Years.
g,.otity
saltpetre
.)G r~ss
earn·
--- Net
prepared. mgs. Cost of earnings.
Salaries. crude salt. Total.
petre.

- - - - · --- ---- --- -- -

Mds. Rs, Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.
1895·95 ... ... 2,628 21,639 1,271 10,304 11,575 10,064
... ...
1900·01
Difference ... ----
6,039 2;9361_ ,;5'41_18,992
+ 3,4n + 18,297 + 233 +8,618
-- ·-+
20,426
+ 8,851
19,$10
9.446

Ktmkar. Kankar or argillaceous limestone is worked near a good many towns

and villages. It is used for road-metalling and for buildings. The Public
Works Department either gets the kankar from contractors or employs
labourers to excavate it. In the former case the contractors are generally
paid Rs. 4 per 100 cubic feet, and they deliver the kankar within a distance
of a mile. The owner of the land from which the kankar is dug is paid
4 annas per 1 oo cubic feet. In the other case the labourers are paid
Rs. 2 per 1oo cubic feet, and the owner of the land gets the same royalty.
The labourers are generally menials, CMhras, Chamars, etc., who earn on
an average 4 annas a day. Kankar is of two sorts- bichhwa and sill£.
Bichhwa kankar is so called because its nodules are supposed to resemble
scorpioas (bichhu) in shape. It is hard, bluish grey in colour, and is used
for metalling roads. Sill£ kankar is brittle and a whitish grey in colour.
It is burnt to make lime and mixed with Pinjaurf lime for building purposes.

Stont. Stone is blasted at several points in the Kaliana and Kapari hills in
tahsil Dadri, the chief being the Kumhir quarry near Kaliana town. The
stone obtained is of two sorts, hard and sandstone. The hard stone is
bluish f!rey in colour and is made into many articles, such as ukhals and
kUndit(large and small mortars), chakHs and kharas (small and large mills), .
pillars, etc. It is also used for building. At the Kumhir mine about
26 families of Kumbars, commonly called Sangtarashas, work in stone and
earn about 5 annas a day. It is said that about Rs. s,ooo worth of stone and
stone articles are worked yearly, of which Rs. 2,ooo worth are exported.
Stone obtained from the Kapnri hill is whitish grey and only used for
buildina. Flexible sand-stone (called sang·i·larzan, the sand particles being
loose), has no commercial importance, but is exported as a curiosity.
 ~sg

JINO STATE,) Arts and manufactures. [PART A.

Section E.....:Arts and Manufactures. CHAP. 11, E.

. The gold and silversmiths of Sangrur, locally called Sunars, owe their Economic.
unusual proficiency to Raja Raghbir .Singh, who sent ,a number of them ARrs AND
to Calcutta to learn their trade. They make ornaments of all kinds, MANUFActUREs.
especially nose rings (natlt or nzaclthlf); nose studs set with jewels (laung) i
ornaments for the head (kauda and chak) ; for the forehead (chand) ; Gold and silver·
smithing.
necklaces (har or jugni) i anklets (pazeb), etc. Besides the jewe1s they rna ke
gold and silver plates, vessels for attar, flasks, scent-bottles, utensils, etc., of
exquisite workmanship and locally called sadakdrs. The purest gold
soft\ned for setting IS called k.undan and costs about Rs. 27 a tola. It is
alloye4 with silver or copper or both, about 2 rattfs o~ alloy going to a tola.
The general practice is to give the goldsmith his material and pay him so
much per tola for his work-1 pice in four annas for silver work and anything
from 2 annas to 2 rupees a lola for work in gold.
Cotton-ginning1 or cleaning is done both by machine and by Cotton
hand. In Jind there is a factory _containing 50 machines, which attracts cleaning.
the cotton from all the neighbouring villages. Sangrur tahsil, in default
of machines, uses hand-mills (called behzi in the Punjab and charkh£ in
the Bancrar). The mill consists of two rollers, one of iron and one of
wood. The cotton is passed between them and the seeds (bz'nolas) thus
separated from the cotton. The work is generally done by women, who
if they are working for hire get the seeds,. whole or part, in lieu of wages.
Unginned cotton i.s two-thirds seed. Ten to 20 sers of raw cotton is a
day's work for the ginner, the seed which results being worth 2 or 2! annas.
The nex.t process is scutching (pinna), which is done either Scutchio·g.
by women or professional cotton-cleaners (P£njas). The women use
a small bamboo bow (dhUnki) tightly strung. P£1zjas use a large double~
stringed bow (pz'njan). The average earnings are •i annas per ser, or
about 6 annas a day. In villages the cotton cleaner is often paid in grain,
getting twice the weight of the cotton. Scutched cotton is wound into .
rolls (punts) round pieces of stick.
Spinning is not a menial occupation. Women of the middle and Spinning.
even the higher classes d() it. Girls make it an excuse for a merry evening. ,
They meet together, spin, sing, and talk the whole night long. This is
called ratbltiana or rdtaura. The seven ratauras in the month of 1\Iagh,
before the Shankra.nt1 are considered propitious. When these gatherings
take place by day they are called chhopa in the Punjab or dhupia in the
Bangar. The l\Iuhammadan women of Kaliana spin very fine thread
( b•rik sut), which sells at 1! sers per rupee, the average price being 1 £sers.
The ginning factory at Jind owned by Magni Ram and Jai Narayan Ginning factory
was established in 1902. It contains 50 mills, of which only 30 are ordi- at Jind.
narily at work, about 100 maunds of cotton being ginned daily. Work is
not carried on throughout the whole year, but only after the cotton harvest.
In 1903·04, 39,200 maunds of cotton were ginned, giving 12,865 maunds of
cleaned cotton, which was exported
EXPEHDtruaB to Delhi, Rohtak and Lahore, while
Gross
earnings. I I
' Net the e;eed (binola) was sold to the
earnings. neighbourin~ villagers and shop·
Wages. Other. Total, keepers. The average number of

I
1
------- workmen employed in I90J·04 here
Rs. j Rs, Rs. Rs. Rs. was about 120, The figures in the
39. 43s :3,6sr 33 ,594 ,
37 245 2 193 mar~in s~ow the expenditure and
' earnmgs m 1903·04.
For a detailed acc~unt of the yarious processes which cotton goes through see Monograph
1

on Cotton Ma.nufa.cture Ia the runJa.b,~Lahore, ~'Civil aa<l MiUtary Gazette'~ Press, aS~~
 ~90
}IND STATE. ] D;•eing and embroidety. [PART A.
CHAP. 11, E. From Jlnd tahsil wool is exported before cleaning to Panipat and
- . Delhi. In Sangrur tahsil it is sold to the blanket-weavers of BilanwaH,
EconomiC. who make a profit of 8 annas or a rupee on each blanket. Scarcely
ARTs AND any sheep are kept in Dadri tahsil. With the exception of these blankets,
MANUFACTUREs. weaving is limited in Jlnd to coarse country cloth, such as khaddar, gaji.n,
Weaving. Haddi, khes, dotai., sus£ and sa!ari. It is done by the Julabas (weavers),
of whom 1,184 were enumerated at the census of 190 t. A khaddar cloth,
50 yards long and io girahr wide, requires 2~ sers of barik sut (fine
thread), a gajin, so yards long and 9 girahs wide, requires three sers
2 chatanks of mota sut (coarse thread), and a k!taddi, so yards long l:nd
8 girahs wide, 3 sers o£ mota szit. A full piece of khes, dotlii, sus£, ·or
satar£ is 2o yards long, and half a yard wide, and requires 1 ser o£ thread.
A piece of cloth is woven in 4 or 5 days, and the price·paid for the 'vork is
generally one. rupee, so that a weaver earns from 3 to 4 annas a
day•
Dyeing. . Dyeing is done by nflgars. They dye women's clothes such as the
lahnga, kurta, pazjama (or sutthan) and sirka (or orhna), besides men's
turbans. The n£lgars o£ Sangnir are noted for their light dyes. They
generally use puria G.e rang or dyes sold in the bazar, in place of the
indigenous dyes. The dye is dissolved in water in a kunda (earthen
or brass vessel). The cloth to be dyed is then dipped into it, rubbed,
wru~g out and starched, and then dried and glazed. Certain, indigenous
Indigo. dyes are, however,' still in use, especially indigo. The po·wdered indigo
is put in a large pitcher full of water in which lime, sajj£ (alkali) and
Kislwdshi dye. gur are mixed, and becomes fit for use after eight days. Kz'slzmish£
dye is prepared by mixing 'rater with bruised katlzthd (a drug) and lime.
Kasumbhd dye. Kasumblza dye is put in water, "hich is allowed to strain through a piece
of cloth into another pitcher. When all the water has strained through
the kasztmbM. is bruised, alkali added to it,· and the mixture again allowed
to strain. This produces a fast colour. The kasumbhr£ dye was formerly
in great demand, but now it is only used at weddings for dyeing nctlas
(waist strings), etc. It is a fast red dye. Prices vary according to the quality
of the dye. For nim llight) shades the charges per turban are from a
i to 1 anna. A piece of cloth (tluf.n) 20 yards long is dyed for 4
annas. The daily earnings of a dyer vary from 6 to 8 annas.
Stamping. The Chhimbas (stampers) in Jind and Safidon stamp coarse country
cloth such as razais (quilts), toshaks lbed cloths), jajam (floor cloth) and
native chintz. The cloth is dipped into water mixed with camel·dung to
wash out the starch. Next day and the day after the cloth is again washed
and soaked in water mixed with sajf£ and then dried in the sun. On the
third day the cloth is put into boiling water with a kind ·of seed called
main. Lastly, the cloth is dried, pressed and stamped with wooden stamps
called chlufpas. A Chhimba. can stamp a piece of so yards in two days,
and is paid 4 pice per yard. 1 " · .

Silk embroidery, Silk is not produced in the State. Silk of different colours, called pat,
is imported from Jullundur and Amritsar to make phulkar£s and chops.
This industry is only carried on in the Sangror tahsil. A piece of tul (red
cloth or red muslin) 3! yards long and It yards wide, embroidered with
fancy designs (bel bztta), in star and other patter-ns, is called a plzulkar£,
while a piece of coarse or line red cloth of the same dimensions, embroidered
with bel bUM on the borders, and with stars of different colours in the
inside, is called a chop. A plzttlkari takes 6 or 7 days. to make and
I The cost of materials required for stamping so yards of cloth is as follows :-Main
6 pies; alkali and coarse soap annas r·6; alum 3 pies; dye 4 annas; fuel 6 pies, Thus
his net earnivgs ~mount to annas .spies 4 a day,
 ~91

]1~0 STATE,] Ca,penlry and Tanning~ [PART A,

. fetches from Rs. 2 to 5, while a clzop takes. a: month or two and fetches from CHAP. II, E.
Rs. 5 to 20. These garments are worn mostly by the peasant . women,
Economic.
especially at weddings and ether festive occasions, and are often ~}ven as
a wedding present to the bride. They are also exported to Ludh1~na and ARTsAND
MANUFACTURES,
Amritsar in small quantities, but chintz and calicoes are taking their place,
and so this industry is rapidly dying out. Silk embroidary.
Carpentry received an impetus from the late Raja Raghblr Singh, who Carpentry,
sent some Tarkhlins from the State to be trained at Rurkl. These skilled
workmen live at Sangrur and earn 8 or 9 annas a day. Their work is good,
but they follow the ordinary patterns and have not str~;~ck out any special
lin~ They make tables, chairs, almirahs, writing-cases, etc. The village
Tarkhan is paid in kind for ordinary work, but for special work, such as
making carts, well-gear, etc., he gets 5 or 6 annas a day. The outfit of an
ordinary carpenter costs from Rs. 15 to 30. English files, saws, and planes
are slowly coming into use. Dadri town is famous for turnery. The imple·
ments used by the turners (kllaradis) and their methods are described in the
Monograph on Wood Carving in the Punjab, 1887-88, page 1 1. '~hey earn
from 5 to 8 annas a day. The, following are the chief articles manufactured
by the turners of Dadri with the range of prices for each article:-

Name of article manufactured. Price.

-----------------------
Bed leg~
(lacquered)
-------------------------
Rs. A. P.
to
Rs. A. P.
2 0 0 5 0 0

Do. (plain) I 0 0 to 3 0 0

Nra legs 0 4 0 to 0 IO 0

Tmvtis of Kalls (pipes) 0 I 6 to 0 4 0

Khunt!s (wooden pegs) 0 I 0 to 0 I 6

Surmadan{s and karelas (collyrium boxes) 0 0 6 to 0 I 6
Chessmen 0 4 0 to 0 8 0
Toys 0 0 6 to 0 2 0

Oil-pressing is done by the tells, who numbered 3.454 in 1901. One Oil-pressing.
gluini (10 to 13 sers). of rape (urson) is put into the hollow part of the
pre~s (kolhu) and worked with a wooden pestle (lath), which is driven by
a smgle bullock. Half a ser of hot water is mixed with the rape, and when
it is well pressed, a hole is made at the bottom of the press and the oil begins
to come out. This oil is heated and again poured on to the rape, while the
ko/llu is kept warm with torches (masMl) until all the oil is extracted from
the rape. One maund of rape gives 12 sers of oil and 28 sers of khat
(rape cakes). A man and woman work the press; two ghctnis of rape is
a fair day's work for one press and the workers earn from 4 to 6 annas.
Other oil-seeds such as sesamum, a!sf, etc., are pressed to order.
There were 3,874 lea.th.er w~rkers in the .Sta~e. ~ccordi.ng to .the, census Tanning and
of 1901. They may be diVIded mto three mam diVISIOns, (t) the Khatiks who leather working,
prepare nari leather from sheep and goat skins, while dl1auri is tanned and
prepared by .t_l~e Chamars themselves; (it1 the Chamars who make shoes and
well-gear i (w I the Mochis and Sarnijis who make ~urgdbi and other kind of
sho.es. T~e Chamars o.f Sangrur and Didri tahsils make good des) shoes,
wl11ch are hght and flex1ble, The Mochis of Sangrur town only make red
 ~92

]IND STATE.] Brt'ck·maklng, (PART A.

CH.AP. 11, E, gurgahi heeled shoes. Both the Jest shoes and gurgrtbi heeled shoes are ex•
Economic. ported, but only in small quantities. Many kinds o£ shoes are prepared by the
Chamars and Mochis of the State. The shoes prepared in Dadri tah!nl are
ARTs ANo So lim-ShaM, deswali, munda (with a chaura panja) and zenana ;uta (with got
MANUFACTURES. chhota panfa and without heels). Others are quite plain, sad4. These are,
Tanning and generally made of sheep or goat skin dyed red or black with an inner lining of
leather working, dhaur£; some are ornamented at the toe and round the sides i others are com·
pletely covered with embroidery. The price of a pair of shoes varies from 8 to
12 annas for an ordinary pair for hard rough use, or one rupee for a slightly
be~ter quality, to as much as Rs. 5 to 10 for an embroidered pair. The
ornamental work is generally done by Chamar women. The Chamat, of
tahsil Sangr6t make plain Punjabi shoes of nari dyed red. Those of Sangrur
town ornament them with embroidery work. An embroidered pair costs
from Rs. 4 to 8, while a plain light pair costs one rupee1 and a hard rough
pair from 8 to 12 annas. The Sarrajls of Sangrur town make many kinds of
gurgabtr, half and full hoots, of different skins, for which they ask from
Re. I·8 to 10. Besides shoe-making they repair carriage harness and
saddlery, The Chamars of tahsil Jind are not skilled in shoe-making.
They prepare ill-shaped Hindust!ni and munda shoes. Laced shoes are
not as a rule kept in stock, but are made to order. It is the custom when
ordering a pair to be made to give an advance to the Samij, the rest of the
price being paid on delivery. The average period for which a strong shoe
will last is from 4 to 7 months, and if repaired, it extends to nine months.
The boots and gurgab£s generally wear out in three or four months. Chambs
earn from 2 to 3 annas a day at shoe-making, Mochfs and Sarraj from 5 to 8
annas. ·

Brick· making. Pasawas or brick kilns are worked by Kumbars. This work includes
the preparation of the llachcM or unbaked bricks, and the collection of waste
fodder, straw and sweepings (kurs karllat) for baking the bricks and stack·
ing them in the pasawa. The patheras or mud brick-makers, who are
generally Chamars or ChUhras, but sometimes the Ku!'IlMrs themselves,
prepare the clay, working it with a spade. Large; bncks are moulded
m a mould of wood or iron call<"d a sancha beanng a trade mark and
tap with wooden tMp£r (tops). Small bricks ~re only .made in qali~t
or sanchat (moulds). These bricks are burnt m the k1ln. ln. S~ng~ur
tahsil large bricks are made weighincr three sers each ; while m Jmd
tahsil they average ! sar. For large~:~ bricks the pathen!s are, paid
Rs. too, and for small bricks Rs. 14 per xoo,ooo. A pathera can
make 400 large and r,soo small brick:; in . a d!lY· The ~umhars
collect straw, fodder·sweepin!!S, etc., for the pasa'IJJa on the1r asses,
generally without charge, and also upUs (dried cak.es .of cowdu?g)
which cost Rs. 6oo for a paza:wa of 300tooo large bncks. ('> p~zawa
is thus arranged :-A layer of sweepings about a foot ~eep IS laid on
the site, and on it the sun-dried bricks are arranged With a space be·
tween every two layers which is filled with sweepings and uflas. Holes
are left in the covering. Fire is applied from below. A kiln f~r large
brick; holds 3oo,ooo bricks and requires four months b~rmng. A
kiln for small bricks only holds 2oo,ooo bricks, but requires to be
burnt for the same period. Large bricks are generally sold at Rs. 8co
per roo,ooo and small ones at Rs. 100 per too,ooo, while the actual cost
of large bricks is Rs. 38o and of small ones it is Rs. 56 per aoo,oo~. In t.he
town of Sangrur contractors have recently begun to prepare bncks w!th
''chimney" kilns, where Purbias and Chamars are employed. I,n t~e Jm~
tahs~l3o puawas and in Sangrur tahsil.24 are made yearly: ~n Dadn tahsil
pazawas are not common, as stone is generally used for build1ng purposes.
 '!293
]IND STATE.) CDmmum'cations. [PART A.
6,393 KumUrs were returned in the State at the cens~s of t~f• In CHAP. U, G.
the towns and large villages they generally work at bnck·makn'lg, but E -mlc
sometimes make pottery, toys, etc. In villages they generally make . cono •
earthenware. ARTs Atro..
MANUFACTURES,

The method of manufacturing earthen vessels. is described on Brick·lnaklog.

pages 2-11 of the 11 Monograph on the Pottery and Glass Industries of the Pottery.
·Punjab, a8go·91." In this State two potters, jointly, can prepare 25 vessels
daily, and thus in 15 days they can prepare 375 vessels as detailed below
burnt in an a7lli (small kiln) which requires three days' firing :.....;
\

Name of the vessel. Number. Price, R:ate,

--------- -----------
Rs. A. P.
Glzaroas (pitchers) ... ... i75 8 ci 0 9 pies each.

Hdnd(s (small pots) too · I g t) !J pies each.

Kishares (tmall glasses for drinking) JOO 0 4 () :2 annas per roo,

In this. work a family of five persons can earn 9 annas on an average per
day. Besides working in pottery they supply clay for building purposes,
and carry grain and other articles on asses from village to village. They
also carrv the corn ftom the fields at harvest time,· A Kumba.r with eight
donkeys can earn i i annas daily. .
Section F.-Commerce and Trade.
No statistics for the general trad~ of the State a·re available. Sangrur, Ezp~rts and im·
Jind and DAdri are the local centres of the grain trade, and· Messrs. Ralli portt.
Brothers and other firms send·. agents there. Refined sugar and rice are
imported from Muzaffarnagar, Bareilly and Fyzabid; doth from Delhi and
Ludhiana ; bronze and brass vessels from Muradabad, Rewari, Patiala and
Jagadhri; gold and silver lace from Patiala and Delhi; and glass bracelets
(cku,is) from Patiala and. Ludhiana. Cotton is exported from the town of
jlod ~0 Rohtak and Hansi, ghi t~ s~~~~.and Tohana, Sarson a~d indigo to
Delht. From the town of Dadn baJra 1S largely exported \v1th a smaller
quantity of barley and gram.1
Section G.--Means of Communications.
Thhe Ludhiant~-Dhuri-Jaskhal ~ail way pasTseh~ thr~u gh tahsil Sangr6r Raihvays,
an d as a sta ton at angrur town. ts rat way, 79 miles in 1
length, was constructed at the expense of the Jfnd and Maler Kotla
Darbirs, who contributed -!ths and !th of the cost respectively.
It was . opened on the 1oth of April 1901 and is worked by
the North-Western Railway for 55 per cent. of the gross earnings. The

I The methods of skinning buffaloes, bulls, sheep and goats, and the proeess ol tanning dyeing
and preparing hides are described in the Monograph on the Leather Industry of the 'Punjab
1ll91-92, ptges 16-20. The method of preparing different kinds of shoes, curgab! boots and
the tools alld inst.tumenls used in the works are also described in the Monograph, '
 ~94
]INO STATE. ] RaU'Uays. · [PART A.
I

CHAP. II. Q, capital outlay to the end of June 1903 was Rs. 42,73,166, which o-ives an
Eco~ic. average cost of Rs. 54,32~ per mile. The following .statement sh~ws the
general results of the workmg :-
MEANs OF
MUNICATIONS,
Co~.-=====-========;====:=====;=======
ISt half 1st half
Railways, 1902, 1903. Difference,

-·---
Miles.
---
• Miles.
------.....
Miles.
-·--
Per cent.
Mean mileage worked 78-66
Train mileage 68,g6o 67,225 - 1,735 - l5z
Rs. Rs. Rs.
Gross earnings ... 1,97,e43 1,49,428 48,415 - 124'47
Working expenses at 551 per cent. r,o8,814 8:a,t85 26,62g - 24'47
Nett earnings ... 8g,o2g 67,243 21,786 - 24'47
Percentage of returnh Darb&rs on capi· 2'03 1'57 - '46
tal outlay.

The percentage of nett profits on the capital outlay for the year 1902-03
was thus 3·6o. The
figures in the margin
Gross Number of Tonnageof show the gross earnings,
earnings. passengers. goods. the number of passengers
of the various classes
_ _ _ _ -·___ carried, including police
and troops, and the ton·
Rs. Tons. nage of goods for the Ist
Coaching 82,389 256,590 thalflyear b of fi 903, The
Goods 65,934 51 ,552 ota num er o passengers
Telegraph 540 ... (256,5go) consisted of 483
Sundries 565 1st class; 1,322 2nd
- 8 - - - - · - - class j 4, I 56 intermediate,
Total · ... - -1.49,42
and 25o,62g, 3rd class,
and the tonnage of goods
of 42,719 tons of merchandise; 358 tons of railway material; 8,398 tons of
ordinary and 77 tons of military stores.
The Southern Punjab Railway passes through the Jind tahsil for
25 miles, with stations at Jind, Kinana and Julana. This line was opened
on the toth of November 1897· The State· has no share in it. The Rewarf-
Ferozepore Railway runs through tahsil Dadri for 14 miles, with stations
at Charkhi-Dadri and Manheru. In this line also the State has no share.
Results or raiJ. The railways have been ~ffectual in diminishing the hardships of
way extension, famine, especially in the insecure tract of Dadrl. Grain is easily transport·
ed and the facility of transport tends to equalise prices. The construction
of the LudhianaMDhUri·]akhal line afforded great relief to the famine·
stricken population of the State in t8gg-tgoo. The other lines have develop-
ed trade in the towns of Sangrur and Jind. At Sangrur a grain-market has
been opened where wheat, gram, etc., are collected from the neighbouring
villages for export, and since the opening of the Southern Punjab Railway
cotton mills have been started at ]ind. Dadri, however, has sufff.red, as its
trade has gone to Bhawani since the opening of the Rewari-Ferozepore line
I The share of total receipts to be paid to the North· w~tern Railway fer W•1rking tbe
line has lately been .reduced to S2 per c:ept.
 ~95
JIND STATE, ] Roads and Stages. ·. [PART A.

The table below shows the principal roads in the State together with CHA!::_!I. C.
the halting plar.es1 en route:- Economic.
MEANS OF COM•
MUNICATIONS,

Roads,
Roads. Ha~ting places. REMARKS.
8
c:
~
i5"'
---!'-~--- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Sangrur tahsU-
Sangrur to Patiala ... l3haw4nigarh (Patiala :!5 Metalled. Lies in J(nd territory
State), for 7 miles and then enters
Patiala State. Constructed in
r867-70.
Sangrur to Kotla ... Dhuri (PatWa Stale) ... 20 Metalled.
Sangrur to Nabha ... Bhalwlin and Chhrntawala 20 Metalled for 2 miles,
(Patiala State).
Sangrur to Kulc~ran... Balwahar 6 Partly metalled
Sangrur to Badrukhan 5 Unmetalled.
Sangrur to Jfnd ... Kheri, Mahlan a nd 69 Metalled for a miles beyond
Mauran. which there is only a kaehehd
path. Constructed in !870-73·
Station road from r Metalled.
Sangrur town to the
railway station.
)fnd tahsfl-
Station road from Jlnd 2 Metalled.
town to the rail·
way station.
Jind to Saffdon Jamnf, Budha Khera ... 24 Unmetalled.
Jind to Hans! R&m R~i, Ragthal Nar· 27 Do,
naund.
Jfnd to Rohtak Kan~na, Julana, Zafar· 32 Do,
garh. Samar, Kharentf
(British) •
. lind to Mahan Malwi, jhamola 24 Do,
Jind to Kaithal Kandala, N~gora, Katha• 40 Do.
na (British).
Dcl.drl tahsll-
D1dd to Jhajjar 12 Unmetalled, sandy.
Didd to Kanaud ... Mandaula 12 Do.
Didrl to Bhaw,ni JJ Do.
Station road from 1 Me t a II e d • Constructed in
0'drf town to the r8g6·97•
railway station.

1
~1ost of the halting places noted are mere villages without any sardt or d~k bunga•
J low,
 ~g6
}INJ;> STATE, ] [ i'ART A.
CHAP.U, a. The rnet~led ,ro;ds whkh ar e under the State P1,1blic Works Depart-
ment (Gork ~-,.aptam 1 are genera11y good, but the unmetalled road$ are bad.
Economic. The unmetalled roads in tahsil Jind and in the canal-irrigated areas of
Ma.ur$ or CoM· Jind and Sangror become swampy during the rainy season, and ~ullock
IIUNJ.C.110.N$. carts have great difficulty in getting through, even with twice the ordinary ,
Roads. number of bullocks. ':fhe village paths are narrow and in some places
run between hedges. In tahsil Dadrl, and especially in the Balanwali ilaqa
(tahsil Slngror) the roads are sandy, and durmg the hot weather the drifted
sand makes the road hard to djstinguish from the surrounding country.
Ferries. There are two ferriel:i on the Ghaggar in tahsil Sangrur,-one at
Usmanpur and the 11ther near the village of Nanhera Qn the Kaithal r~ad.
These are maintained by the State during the rainy season, and managed
in the months of Sawan and Bhadon by mallahs, who charge 2 annas a
person,. . ..
Rest·houses. Th~ State guest-hpuse at Sangrur, called the Krishan Bagh Kothl,
lies in the Krishan Garden. It is under the management of the Superintend-
ent of the Reception Department, assisted by a staff of servants. There is
also a rest-house at Saagrur built this year. At Jind, Safidon and Dadri
certain portions of the forts are useQ. for the accommodation of State
guests. British Canal Department rest-ho~U~es have been built at Jind,
SaHdon and Ram Rai. There are hathais in the larger villages and sa reUs
at the towns of Jind, Sangrqr and Dadrf. ·
Post Offices. Prior to 1885 the State maintained 8 post offices at Sangr6r, Balan•
~~e~3;
11
antl3 2 wali, Kulanin, ]ind, Safidon, Za~rgarh, Dadri and Badhra. These were
" ' managed by a M.unsarim attached: to the Deodhi Mualla, and Jind stamps
and ~ost-ca.rds were used within the State limits. There were also British
post offices at ]ind and Dadri. On the 15th July 1885 a postal convention
was effected between the Imperial post office and the State, to facilitate
the mutual exchange of correspondence, parcels, insured articles and money
orders. The British post offices at Jind and Dadri were abolished and the
management of the State post offices placed under a State Postmaster-
General, two post offices of exchange, the Imperial post Qffice at Ambila
and the State office at Sangrur being authorized to deal with articles
giving rise to accounts. Postage stamps, post-cards and envelopes, sur•
charged "Jind State" are supplied by the Imperial Government to the State
at cost price. There are now 8 post offices located as follows :-

Head office. Sub·offices. Btanch offices.

Sangnir (I st Class)

Jfnd (2nd Cla.Ss) ... ... Saf!don Julatia,

DadO Card Class) ... ... Badhra,

~~aph lines fun along the railways and there is a Government tele-
~rraph office at Sangrur, which was opened on the rst September
1893· It
belongs to the State, but is under the management of the British Government.
 rJ97
]lNO StATE. J Fam~·ne. ' [PART A.

Section H.-Famine. CHAP. II, H.

Economic.
With the rest of the Punjab the State suffered from the famines FAMINE
o£ 1783, 1803, 1812, 1824 and 1833· That of· 186o-61 also affected . '
the State, especially Dadri tahsil, and half a year's revenue was remitted, Fammes.
while advances for the purchase of cattle and seed were made in Dadrl.
In 186g-7o a fodder-famine caused great losses of cattle, a fifth of the
revenue was remitted in Jind tahsll, and advances were made again in Dadrf.
In 1~77·78 the scarcity was more severe and was met by loans and advances
fronr the State banks. In 1883-84 a fodder-famine caused great losses of
cattle and the revenue was largely suspended. In 18g6 fami!]e re-appeared
and Rs. 27,soo were allotted for relief works, 7,ooo maunds of grain dis·
tributed as advances for seed, and Rs. 3,ooo spent in charitable relief, and
though the scarcity was intensified in I 897, the losses were not severe.
In 1899 the crops failed again, before the people had time to recover from
the effects of the preceding famines and the State expended Rs. so,ooo on
relief works, of which three-fifths were allotted to Uadrf. These works
only employed some 2,ooo souls, and it 'vas accordingly resolved to
concentrate the famine-stricken people on the Ludhiana·Dhuri-Jakhal
Railway, where nearly 7,ooo were employed for 17 months at a cost of over
Rs. 4o,ooo. Poor-houses were also opened and relief given privately at a
cost of nearly Rs. 16,ooo, excluding the expenditure on additional dispen•
saries and the relief of immigrants. On the conclusion of the famine
Rs. 1,s8,ooo were advanced to the people for the purchase of cattle and
seed, bringing up the total expenditure incurred by the State toRs. 2,27,ooo.
Details of these various famines and the measures taken to cope with them
are given below.

Tahsii D.idrl, the arid and sandy tract on the borders of Rajp6tana, has Famine history~',
suffered more than any other part of the State from the famines which have
from time to time afflicted the country, and its people (the Biigrfs especial·
ly) are often obliged to leave their homes owing to the scarcity of water and
food. In experience of the acuter evils of famine, Jind tahsll, which .
adjoins the Hissar and Rohtak Districts, comes next to D.idrf, while Sangrur,
which lies in the Malwa, has suffered least. Although the construction
of railways, roads and canals bas lessened the ris~ of wholesale starvation,
the chances of famine have still to be reckoned with. The first Ch~lld
famine, of which we have much information, is that of 1783 A.D., '
known as the cluilisa kal or famine of Sambat 1840. A large part of
the State was depopulated. The previous years, Sambats I 838 and
1839, had been dry and the harvests poor, but in 1840 they failed entirely.
The tanks and ponds (johars) ran dry, thousands of cattle died of starvation
and thirst, and most of the villages were deserted, only the larger ones here
and there retaining a few inhabitants. The people lived on kair fruit (find)
and a fruit called Mrwa in lieu of grain, and the cattle were kept alive on
the leaves and bark of the jrU, kair, ber£ and other trees. Dadrf tahsfl
Sm pe,. rupee. suffered most· and Jind somewhat less.
Wheat ••• s to 6 Prices rose to the rates noted in the
Gram - 5 to 6 margin. In Sambat 184 I there was
Barley '" 6 to 7 rain and the effects of the famine be·
Pulses ... 5
. . . gan to disappear .. In Sambat t86o-6r 1g03 •04 A.D.
the.rc w~s msuffi~tent ram for the kharlf and rabl crops, both of
wh~ch fadtled entirely. The cultivators, mostly Bagrls and Bangrtis,
emtgrate to the Malwa or across the Jumna. The remainder kept
body and soul together by eating tind and btirwa, but many of the
 ~98
]!NO STATE,] Fanu'ne. [PART A.
CHAP.ll, H. poor perished from starvation. Large numbers of cattle also died owincr
Eco:c;""mic, . Sers per rupee, to the scarcity of fodder. Prices ros~
Jo'I!Jdr as shown in the margin. The famine of
FAMINE. 76
Bajra Sambat x86g-7o' affected the State but
1812A.D, Pulses and gram '" t 5 s 1'ig btly. · pnces
· rose to 8 or g sers per
Wh ea t ... ... 4 o 5
1824 A. D. rupee. The famine of Sambat 1881
lasted a short time. After scanty showers in the months of Jeth and
Asarh there was no rain and the crops withered, but the last year's stacks
supported the cattle. The leaves and
Wheat, gram, pulsesSers per6rupee, the bar k of trees aIso heIpe d. Pnces '
Barley ... 7 stood as noted in the margin. In SaTtoat
1833 A.D. 18go there was scarcity. The autumn
rains of Sambat 18go had failed entirely and the two harvests produced
hardly anything except on well-lands, but the loss of human life and cattle
appears to have been inconsiderable. Fodder '\vas procurable at the rate of
one maund per rupee; and grain was also to be had, but the cultivators
1~37 A.o; suffered much. In Sambat 1894 there was scarcity, but it ·was not severe.
1860.61 A.D. The famine of Sambat 1916·17 was more severe in the Eagar and Bangar
tracts of tahsils Dadri and Jind respectively, and the . poorer people began
to emigrate. In Jeth Sambat 1916 a few showers fell and then no rain fell for
a whole year. In the beginninO' of Jeth and Asarh Sambat 1917 there was
rain, and grain was sown, but aft~r that again no rain fell, and the crops all
dried up. Both the bctran£ harvests failed. Thousands of cattle perished,
but some were taken to the hills to find pasturage there. The State
remitted six months' land revenue and granted taktt1}; advances to the
zamindars o£ Dadri tahsil for the purchase of oxen and seed. The land
revenue was suspended, and collections in kind substituted for cash. The
s · State also distributed food to the
Jo'IJ!&r b&jra and ers pe.,.,upee, poor. In the middle of Jeth Sam bat
1862 A.D; puls~s ... 5 tgr8 there was good rain, and the famine
~heat {" 8 beO'an to disappear. Prices in this
ram an bar1ey '" 9 fai~ine stood as shown in the margin.
1869·70 A.D. The famine of Sambat 1925 was very fatal to cattle and thousands
perished. In Jeth and Asarh Sambat 1925 there were only one or two slight
falls of rain, and thoucrh grain was sown, no further rain fell, ·so that the
crops withered and tht>e kharif failed altogether, though rabl sowings were
affected to some extent on irricrated 1:>
lands. One-fifth of the revenue was
remitted in Jind tahsil and takriv£ advances were granted in Dadrl. The
land revenue collections were suspended throughout the State. Poor:
Sers per rupee. houses were also ope~ed. . In AsaUJ
Wheat ... 9 rain fell, and the famme disappeared.
Gram and barley 1o Prices stood as noted in the margin.
The famine of Sambat 1934 was more disastrous than those of Sambat
1917 or 1925. In Sambat 1933 the yield was an average one, b~t in Sambat
1934 the kharlf crops failed entirely. There was great loss of hve-stock, as
fodder was not procurable, or when obtainable, 7 or 8 putts o£ jowar sold
for a rupee. The State banks \vere allowed to advance money on loan to
the zam£ndars, and takdvt advances were
Wheat ...
Sers per rupee.
.. 13
d · the Mrani villaO'eS
rna e 111 ~:> •
In Sam·
Gram, barley and bat 1935 rain fell, and the people began
io'lllar ... ... 14 to recover from the effects of the famine.
PB~~~~s - 9 The prices stood as noted in the margin.
aSS3 A.D. The ;~;ing harvest..~£ s1mbat 1940 was. a very ,POOr om;. Tlu:! sumT?er
and winter rains of Sambat 1g41 also failed, and 111 the .dner tracts of Jmd
and Dadri tahsils there were no crops. The grass fam1~e was acute, and
 ~99
J!ND STATE.] Famine. [PART A.
tl1e cattle had to be driven off to the hills, whence many never returned, CHAP. II Hi
Sers fer rupee, and the loss of bullocks and cows was -
Wheat •• ... 8 very great. The policy of giving liberal Economic.
Gram, barley, Mjrd and suspensions was adopted by the State. FAMINE.
jowar ... 9 Prices stood as noted in the margin.
Pulses 6
The effects of the famine of Sambat 1953 1896 A.D.
were as severe in Jind as in the rest of the Punjab. The Darbir devoted
attention to the relief of the famine-stricken population, and was encouraged
thereto by the Punjab Government i11 its letter No. 35, dated xoth February
18~6. As usual, almsgiving had begun before its receipt, and after it
Rs. 27,soo were sanctioned for famine relief works, which were started as
follows:-
. I

( (1) Pindara tank excavation.

I
In tahsil Jind1 ... ... ~ (2) Metalling of a road from the
I station to the town of
l Jind.
In tahsil Dadri ... Metalling the road from the
station to the town of Dadri.
In tahsil Sangnir ... Building of the Jubilee Hospital
and the Palace Kothi. ·
Besides this relief, 7,ooo maunds of grain were given as takavt to the zamin•
dars. On the receipt of the letter No. 73, dated 1 xth April a8g6, ·with a
draft of the Famine Code from the Punjab Government, Rs. 3,074, in addition
to the sum allotted for public relief works, was granted as a relief fund.
Fodder was very scarce, but there was no great loss of cattle, as they were
taken to the trans·Jumna tracts and elsewhere. The population of the
Sers per rupee. State suffered but little from starvation,
Jo'IJ!ar, 6djrd, gram and the loss of life was insignificant.
and barley ... 8 Prices were as noted in : the margin.
Wheat ... ... 7 In Asarh Sa:nbat 1954 there \vas rain, I S97 A,0,
and the khari£ crops were sown, but swarms of locusts visited the State and
damaged the crops to such an extent that not a green leaf was to be seen,
Sets per rupee. and the yield of the kharff was very
Jn'll!dr and bdjrd 12 scanty. The M.ran£ rabi crops also failed
Mung and other pulses, for want of rain, but there was no loss of
and gram ,.. 8
Wheat ... ... 7 cattle. Prices stood as noted in the
margin. In Sambat 1955 there was no 18ggl\,D.
good rain and the yield was only average. Fodder was barely sufficient
for a season; and the effects of this and of the recent famine of Sambat
1953 had not disappeared when the terrible famine of Sambat 1956 18gg A.D.
devastated the State. The kharlf failed altogether and fodder became
very scarce. The cattle were driven to the hills and trans·Jumna tracts
in search of fodder. The population of the area affected by the famine
was aSg,7o7 souls, and the grain stores in the State had sunk very
low owing to the previous famines. The construction of the ·Ludhiana•
Dhuri-Jakhal Railway, however, gave much relief to the starving people in
tahsil Sangdr. The Darbar sanctioned a sum of Rs. so,ooo for famine
relief as follows :-to tahsil Jind Rs. 15,ooo, Sangrur Rs. s,ooo, Dadri

l The construction of the Southern Punjab Railway also gave employment to the poor
and famine•&tricken,
 soo
}IND STATE.] Famine. [ PART A.

.
CHAP.ll. H. Rs. 3o,ooo, and the following relief works
. were started :-
Economic. In tahsil Jind Repairs of the roads leading to Ram Ral,
FAIIINB, Zafargarh and Julana.
In tahsil Dadri The to·wn tank excavation, arid metalling 1
. the roads of the town.
In tahsil Sangnir ... Brick kiln works; repairs of the road
round the town; and a dhdb excava·
tion.
l
The relief works in tahsils Jlnd and Dadri were kept open for about
two months, during which th.e average daily numbers 9f persons employed
were 665 and 1,321 respectively. These numbers were considered very
small in comparison with the number of famine-stricken people, and it
was thought proper to collect as many as would work at Sangrur, furnish-
ino- them with provisions for the journey, and set them to ·work on the
co~struction of the DhUri-Jakhal Railway. For this purpose a nazz'm of
famine works was appointed with a staff, The sum of Rs. 2,030 was
disbursed in provisions for the journey, and 4,700 people were collected
at Sangrur. The contracts for ballast, etc., were taken up by the nasim,
and the famine-stricken persons employed on the railway and other works
from the beginning of September 1899 to the end of January 1901, an
expenditure of Rs. 40,292 being incurred by the State. 7,762 people were
thus supported. The statement below shows the details:-

0
... .8
.
Ill

..c"" 05
a. v 1:!
Ill
Month. Relief work. ::l Ill
.B
1:! t ui
tlo
M
""b.Cg.... '6

- - __
c .~ ""
:;; 30
~~
<1.>
tlo
>..... l< Ol
.........,..._.........,_, ----------
< w
-- {/l !-<

Rs. Rs. Rs.

October 1899 "' Tan~ excavation, road n.1· 1,165 1,215 41 1,256
pa1rs.
November 1899 Tank excavation, road re• 1,014 1,596 40 1,635
. pairs, brick·kiln works.
December 1899 ... Brick-kiln works, railway 528 1,231 100 1,331
construction works.
January 1900 "' Railway construction works 1,674 32 1,706
424 22 1,599 \
February 1900 ... Ditto 470 1,577
March 1900 Brick-kiln works, railway 1,260 3.546 185 3.731
and ballast works.
Apri11900 Ditto 604 4,125 214 4,339
May 1900 Railway, ballast works, tank 7.735 216 7.951
6S7
excavation.
June 1900 Railway works, tank exca· 6,135 217 6,352
534
vation, brick-kiln works.
July 1900 Railway and ballast works, 3,907 205 4,112
374
brick·kiln works.
August 1900 .. , Railway and ballast works 177 2,070
September 1900 Ditto
322 1,1'931
1,919 200 2,119
245 203 6g1
October tgoo ... Ditto 104 488
November 1900 Ditta 348 182 530
December 1900 Ditto
Ditto
,~I :J64
362
115
28
479
39J

-- --
j1nuary 1901 ...

Total
-- 7.7621 38,115 2,177 40,292
 ~Ot
jiND SrAr~. ] Famine. [PART A.
Three methods were adopted for relieving the poor. Poor-houses CHAP. II, H.
were opened at Sangrur and Dadrl. The Sangrur poor-house was
started in r8gg, and the Dadri poor-bouse in 1goo~ when the Raja Economic1
visited the Dadri tahsil and found the people of the Bagar in great FAMINB,
distress. The statement below shows the details of the expenditure in the
two poor-houses and the number relieved :-

SANGRUR POOR·HOUSE. 0ADRI POOR•HOUSE,

MONTH.
..;
g
c..
-0
I(
Q)
!II

Sai
.:
0
0
c..
0 ~
Q)

a.
0
f
.a Q) ...
c:: ::s
....0 Q)

....!'i
0Q)
Q) ..
c:: ::s
...
11.) :a. ~~
...
11.) :a. ~;a
S::"tl Gl c:: ,.0 C"tl
,.0
e::s Glo
c..o OQ) "iii.... §
GlO
c.o
Q)
OQ)
s::
iii
.... •!!! c. .!!l c.. -g

--- - - - -
~ 0 ~ .....

:s z :s
z
-- - - - - -
lxl f-4 lxl f-4

Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

From 2gth Sep·
tember to the
240 445 140 S85 ... ... ... ...
end of October
1899.
November 1899 ... 200 375 122 497 ... ... ... ...
December 1899 ... roo 193 124 317 ... ... ... ...
January 1900
·- 135 233 240 479 ., ... ... ...
February 1900 ... 315 476 119 595 141 564 64 628
March rgoo ... 333 872 243 1,115 920 1,455 119 1,574
Aprilrgoo. .. 300 642 26g 911 1,042 1,632 91 1,723.
May 1900 ... 265 451 209 66o 862 1,754 82 1,83()
June 1900 ... 220 362 182 544 J,68o 4,164 u6 4,280
July 1900 ... 200 'jOO 234 534 2,121 2,685 113 2,798
August 190J ... sa 151 297 448 502 665 77 742
September 1900'" ss 135 us 250 25 s 83 91
October 1900 ... 23 108 251 359 .. ... ... ..
November 1900 ,., 27 57 37 94 ... ... ... ...
December 1900 ., 8 17 27 44 ... ... ... ...

Total ...
- 2,476
-- - - -
4,817 2,615 7.43ia 7·293
- -
12,927 745
-
13,672

Boiled gram (bak!D was distributed in the evening amona0 the

immigrants (who averaged 99 daily) passing through Sangrur town.
At )ind town for the administration of this relief there was a pan-
dutyat£ sadabart (daily distribution of alms). Half a ser of wheat or
gram per head was distributed daily among aged and infirm persons
and won1en living in parda. The statement below shows the amount
 3b~
JrNo StArt. ] Famine. [PART A~
CHAP. 11, H. of the grain distributed thus in the three tahslls :-
Economic. o"''tl 0 0 0
t~t .... ci'
II
Ill
FAMINI, Month. §·;;; II>
~=
..0 "'·~
s'"'-
II> II> 0 ...
Ill'~
::1
·;:;
oj -a'()
------·--- --
::IQ,Ioo S\lil "@lloll (,j
z
<
From 16th December 18J9 to 15th 59
Mds.
19
>
Rs.
69
--Ul

Rs.
13
f-1
Rs.
82
January 1900, .
February lgoo ... ... 192 74 282 19 101
March 1900 ... ... 216 So 282 19 301
Apri119oo ... ... 304 112 346 28 374
May 1900 ... ... 325 123 415 28 443
June 1900 ... ... 225 So 26I 19 28o
July lgoo ... .. I 2I9 82 267 19 286
August t9oo ... .. 94 36 114 IO 124

...
September Igoo
Total
"' so
... --;:6841-;; ----
2,o8o
17 44
-- ---- 10
I65 2,245
54

Two dispensaries were established for the treatment of famine-stricken

sick in the poor-houses and attached to the Famine Department. The
statement below shows the expenditure of these dispensaries, etc. :-

SANGRUR DISPI!r4SARY. DAilRt DtSPEr4SARY.

~ .c
... .e ~ J::
....
llo
' llo
Ill
MONTH.
0
Ill
Cl) e.;~ ..... il)

...
ii)Ul
'tl
Cl)
p
:::!·13
"d.-
.,;
0
...
.8~
. 'tl
il)

~G)
vi
QJ
c ,;
-~OS
b.O·
.o""'
s::l:>:l~ tlB ~1l ·cII> E.!!! ....... '(j
:aII>
~s
QJ o:l C\1
> ... Oi ::1 .... ~e (,j

---- - -- - - - --
...
- -
z
... ... ... ... 2I
<
Per cent.
~

Rs.
Ul

Rs.
z <
Per cent.
~

Rs.
Ul

Rs.
Decemben899- 4'76 25
January 1900 ... 45 I'66 ... 45 ... ... ... ...
February 1900 ... 23 4'34 22 45 20 1$00 ... 7
March 1900 ... 9 4'60 "' 45 35 17'14 23 IS

April 1900 ... 126 2'17 II 45 93 25'80 3I 15

May Jgoo ... Ill) 6·s5
·~ 45 39 48'71 2 IS

June 1900 ... 92 10'86 6 45 52 5I'92 4 ts

July 1900 "' 49 4'48 ... 45 74 47'29 30 IS

August 1soo ... 44 t'27 23 45 26 3'84 6 IS

September I!)oo ... SJ 7'22 IS ~5 3 ... ... 3

October Igoo
- 30 10 IS 45 ... ... "'
...
... ... ... ...
... - --=- --;;;r-;;r-:::-j-:- ... -
-
November igoo- 4 . 25 9 45
Total 100
 303
I ]!NO STATE.] Famine. : [PART A.
The Bagrls were the first to immigrate into the State-, and they CHAP. 11, H• .
thronged the streets of the towns, begging in crowds. They were located · -
at the Gurdwara Nanakyana and Royal Cemetery. The infirm and children Economic.
were "given food and boiled gram, while others, who were able FAMINE.
to work, "·ere employed on relid works, and this arrangement proved
sufficient to lessen the public distress. In September the daily total of
persons relieved amounted to 112 and that of the old and infirm living on
charity to 226.
The figures in the
margin show the daily
IMMIGRANTS.
total of people on relief
work and numbers of
PLACES. Persons liv· E 1 d Emigrants. immigrants and emi-
i~g .~n o:~~!:s. grants. Most of the
c an Y· emigrants to. Delhi and
-----~-- ------- Hissar were Bagris of
Dadri tahsil, and the
Hissar 8!7
... 1 remainder were Bang··
Delhi 437 rus of the barani tracts
Bik~ner 121
in tahsil Jind. On the
43 receipt of information
Others 42 from the Commissioner
- - - - - - - - - of Delhi that Jind State
Total 266 112 12
' 54 emigrants were in Bri-
tish poor-houses and
on relief works, arrangements for bringing them back to the State were
made by the Darbir, and they were employed on relief works or admitted
into the State poor-houses as the case might be. The emigrants were
chiefly menials. It cost the State Rs. 1,542·7·0 in food and railway
fares to bring them back. The continuous famines had reduced the
samindars and tenants, especially those of Dadri tahsil, to such poverty, .
that they were quite unable to obtain seed and meet the other expenses
for the coming crop. His Highness sanctioned takav£ advances for
food-grain, seed-grain, oxen, camels and fodder. The table below shows
the takavi advances thus made at both harvests:-
- - - -·
TAHSIL jiND, DADRI.
I SANGRUR, TOTAL.

___ ___ --- - - - ----- ---

DETAILS OF AIDS.
.,_,
79 villages. 184 villages. 33 villages. 296 villages.

0 xen ... .. Rs.

2,142
Rs.
2,595
Ra.
... Rs.
4.737
Camels ... ... ... 3,055 .. 3,055
Seed·grain ... ... ... 2,962 .. 2,962
Food-grain ... ... 2,159 13,581 ... 15,740
Miscellaneous expenditure ... ... 1,070 .. 1,070
Pay ... ... 52 .. - 52
cash for wages ... ... 34,589 91,943 4,02.. 1,30,556

Total .. I
- --.. ::1-= - -
38,942 1,58,172
 304
}IND S~ATE. 1 Famine. [PART A,'

CHAP. 11, H. The statement below shows the. whole famine relief expenditure in·
- curred by the State:-
Economic.
FAIIIINB,
DETAILS OF I!XPI!NDITURE,

IM;",u'"""'
. l
____ ________ ----
'DETAILS OF FAMINE RELIEF.
~'ll"· s..,;.,. Total.

_,_,.,.,.. 1

Rs. Rs. Rs.

Relief works :JS,ns 2,177
Sangr~r poor-house 4,817 1,291
Dtidrl poor· house 1 522
129281
Monthly distribution of grain 2,080 165 2,245
Sangr~r famine dispensary ... 118 520
mdri famine dispensary ... g6 100

Provisions and fares for emi· 1,542

grants.
TakrJ.ui advances 1.5S,.x2o
Allowances made .to the fa· 2,520
mine staff.

---1-----------
Total 4.530
 CHAPTER III.-AD~IINISTRATIVE.
~~-
Section A.-General Administration-Administrative
Divisions.
\The State of Jind is divided into two niaamats, Sangrur and Jind. CHA~II, A.
Sancrrur comprises only one tahsil, also called Sangrur, and has its head- Administra..
quarters at Sangrur, the capital of the State. It includes all the scattered tive.
territory of that pargana. GENERAL
• ' f J' d ' d' 'd d ' t f h '! J' d h' h
Th e msamat o m ts 1v1 e mto wo a sz s,- m , w IC compnses rroN-
r· • ADMINISTRA•
the pargana o£ Jind, and tahsil Dadri,' which includes all the compact ADMINISTRATIVE
pargana of that name. These two tahsUs, which are s~parated ?Y foreign DIVISIONS,
territory, though each forms a compact block, have their respective head- Administrative
quarters at Jind, the ancient capital of the State, and at Dadri. Divisions.
Under the old system of administration the offices at the capital and Gene!a.l .
immediately under the Raja's control were those of the D£wan, .Adalati, Admlmstratron.
111£r .Munsh£ or Foreign Secretary, Bakhsh£ or Pay Master and Munsif!.
The Tahsildars carried on the general administration of the tahsUs or
collectorates, and also exercised some judicial functions. There were no
written regulations, though, in cases relating to religious matters, the State
Pandita or Dharm Shastri was consulted. In the reign of Raja Sarup
Singh a few dastur-ul-amals were compiled, and in 1930 Sambat Raja
Raghbir Singh had codes for every office (sarisltta) and the kdrkM.na or
private office issued. There was no State treasury, ·all disbursements
being made by a banker, who charged half an anna per rupee as his
remuneration, and the cash salaries were disbursed twice a year, the State
offici1.ls receiving their daily allowances (rasad) in kind once a month.
In I 093 Sambat Raja Sanip Singh established a regular treasu~y and 1s37 A.D.
constituted the two nz'aamats of Sangr6r and Jind. Under 'his system
appeals lay from the fUzim to the Ada/at (Superior Court) in criminal, to
the Muusijf in civil, and to the Diwan in revenue cases, and Raja Raghbir
Singh after his accession in Sambat 1919 greatly extended and systema- 1863 A.D.
tized the working of these principles. In Sambat 1931 he established the 1s7s A.D.
ljlds KMs or royal tribunal in which all important cases were heard and
determined. Thus the Nazims were empowered to pass sentences of one
year's imprisonment and Rs. 100 fine, and the Ada/at£ sentences of twice
that period and amount. In civil cases TahsUdars were empowered to try
suits in which the subject-matter did not exceed Rs. 10 in value, the
N£tzim's jurisdiction being limited toRs. 100 and the Sadr Munsijf's to
Rs. 500, ln revenue cases the N azz'ms disposed of cases within their
powers on the reports of the Tahs£ldars, referring those not within their
cognizance to the Diwan, who in turn referred important cases to the ljlris
KMs. Cases in which either or both the parties are not subjects of the Raja
of Jind were to be heard by the Foreign Minister. After the death of Raj1
Raghblr Singh a Muns1j was. appointed in each tahsil, but they have been re.
moved by the present Raja and the Nazims are now invested with Munsijjs'
powers. Various reforms have been made by the present Raja. Before his
accession, executive and judicial functions were not separated, and he con~
stituted the head office or • Sadr-a!t£ executive' and' Sadr-a!U high court':
but these offices were soon amalgamated, and on February 2oth, 190~ 1 fused
into one, designated the Sadr_·alu simply. This office is composed ()( four
 so6
JIND STATE. ] Stale Departments. [PART A.
CHA:.:.!li,A. officials (AU Ahlkars) who act collectively as well as individually. When
Administra- acting collectively they are called the kam£1 committee and their work is
tive.
GENERAL
divided
. .
into three branches, as follows :-
I,
ADMINISTRA•
TION-
1, Political and Foreign Department (Munshl Khana) with the departments subordinate
to it,
The Sadr-ald. 2. Judicial (Criminal only),
3· Bakhsht Khdna (Imperial Service Troops and Police).
4. Accountant-General's Office (Head or Saar Treasury, and Deodhi Mualla only),
Ill
I, Judicial (Civil only) •
.2, Accountant-General's Department (Public Works Department, Tosha, Jalus and
Mod£ Khanas, Dharm·arth, Stationery, Factory, Workshop and Loan Banks at Jind, s~ffdon
and Dadri and Municipal Com\}littees).
3· Medical Department.
m.
1, Financial Department (with the departments subordinate to it).
2, Judicial (lmlak).l
3· Munshl KM.na (Zen~na).
4· Bakhsht Khdna (Local Army with Magazine),
5· Accountant General's Department (Forage and wood godown with Forest Reserve,
Banks at Sangrur, BAhinwalf and Kuliiran, Octroi, Saltpetre Refineries, and Cattle Fairs),

The com· The powers exercised by the Sadr-ata jointly as a Mmil (full) com·
mittee's joint mittee are as follows:- .
powers, r. Appointments, dismissals and increase or decrease of salaries of State employes up to
the 4th grade in the Civil Department, ast Class Police Sergeants, and ;Tamaddrs in the State
troops and (in accordance witb. Standing Orders) in the Imperial Service Troops.
I·A. Suspensions and reinstatements of officials up to the 2nd grade.
2. Transfer of State officials up to 2nd grade by one or all of the members under whom
they work.
3· Confiscation of two months' pay of officials up to 2nd grade.
4· Fin~ up to Rs. so in executive matters up to 3rd grade.
5· Re·alignment or improvemeot of Canal Minou.
6. Projects for the improvement of irrigation, subject to the provisions of the Canal Act
No. VIII of t873·
7• Revision of water-rates under the British rules.
·• S. Remodelling of existing rdjbdhds, subject to the provisions of the agreement be·
tween the British Government and the State.
g. Sanction of accounts up to the value of Rs. IO,oOO·
10. Sanction of estimates for new bui!d'ings up to Rs. s,ooo.
11. Sanction of repairs up to Rs. 10,ooo.
12. Sanction of contracts up toRs, ro,ooo.

The com• The full committee can exercise all the powers conferred on its
mittee's · indivi· members separately, as detailed in the following paragraph:-
dull pow~r&, 11.-The powers exercised by the members of the Sadr·aU individual·
ly are as follows :-
I, Appointments, dismi;sals, increase or decrease of pay of State servants below the 4th
grade or muharrir (clerk) in all civil offices, courts and departments up to 2nd Class Sergea~ts
in the Police, Kot·Havildar and Kot·Dafadars in the local forces and (in accordance w1th
Standing Orders) in the Imperial Service Troops.
2. Suspensions and rein~tatements of 3rd grade State employes, and sus~ensions of 2nd
grade officials. ·
. 3 Confiscation of one month's pay of 2nd g~ad.: and of two months' pay of 3rd grade
officlllls.
1
/mlak is an office in charge of the Munsiff Sadr, where house property cases are dealt
with aodrecord.s thereof are kept,
 307
]!NO STATE. ] Stat~ Departments. [PART A.
4· Proposals for new buildings, costing up to Rs. 3,00:>. CHAP. Ill, A,
S• Remodelling of buildings up toRs, 5,ooo· Administra..
tive.
6. Road metalling, costing from Rs. 2,ooo to Rs.ro,oco,
•
7• Deducting an account up toRs. r,ooo from accounts being not passed in checking.
GENERAL
ADMINISTRt\
TION,
8, Sanction of accounts up to Rs. s,ooo,
.The Sadr-dU.
g. Sanction of contracts and purchases up to Rs. 3,ooo,
, , . d The Com mitt
ro. Sanction to close, transfer or open a new outlet, permanently or temporanly, an trans. individual
fer the right of irrigation from one field to another. pJwers,
11. Fine up to 'Rs. so in executive matters on the servants below the 3rd gl'ade.

12. Lambardari and Chaudhar cases.

13. Imprislnment up to seven (7) years, and fine up to Rs. 2o,ooo.
14. Reward up to Rs. 100.

rs. Civil suits of all kinds from Rs. s,ooo toRs. IS,OJO.

16. Sanction to sales from Rs. 2,000 to Rs. Io,ooo.

17. Decision of h~q{jat (proprietary rights) and 6rit c1ses, and sanction to gifts and pun
f(Jm Rs. sao to Rs. 1o,oo:>,
18. Adoption cases from Rs. soo toRs. ro,ooo.
· Ig·A. Cases against 2nd grade officials.
Of the powers exercised by the Sadr-&Ja individually and collectively,
sentences of three months' imprisonment and of fine up to Rs 100, decrees
up to Rs 1oo in civil suits and up to Rs 50 in h 1qz yat {proprietary rights)
cases, and orders confiscating one month's p1y of State servants of or
below the 2nd grade, are final, but nigra,; (review) is permissible on a
point of law. .
The MuttsM Knana or Foreign Office is the first of the four sadr Munskt KM.na
offices subordinate to the Sadr·alli.. · Its head, the Mtr Mur,sh£ or Foreign
Minister, sits as a court of session to try criminal cases from foreign terri~
t''ry and conducts all the foreign affairs of the State under the control
of the Sadr-ata. He is entrusted with the Raja's seal. The departments
subordinate to this office are those of Irrigation, · Education, Post and
Telegraphs, Motamidd£ Ludhiana-DhUri·Jiikhal Railway, Reception and
Mahtat.
The Sadr Dtuu1ni·Mal or Financial Office is the second of the sadr S:ff Diro4nf•
offices, subordinate to the Sadr·aU. The Financial Minister or Dtwan •
exercises the executive and revenue powers, specified under Civil and
Revenue Courts (vide Table I!). The departments subordinate to this
office are the Revenue, Excise and Record Offices. '
The Bakhs'h£ Khana is the third sadr office, subordinate to the Sddr-a/a. BakhsM
Jts head is the Commander-in-Chief of the State forces, and also head of the Khd ffir. 0
Police. The Imperial Service Troops are governed by the rules and regula. FaY ace,
tions laid down in the Standincr Orders, while the local forces areo under the
State Local Law of 1875· Het>is empowered to pass sentences of'· imprison·
ment for a term not exceeding one year and fine not exceeding Rs. .2oo.
He can promote a sepoy to Havildar in the Imperial Service T1·oops, sub-
ject to confirmation by the SadNi!a officer. Appeals aga~i1st decisions
of the general of the local forces lie to the Bdk~shl Kh(ma ~nd' from the
Bakhshi Kktina to the Sadr-cUa and thence to the /jta,s Khas. The
records of all appointments, dismissals, suspensions and reinstatements, ranks,
increase or decrease of pay, and leave in the State lt'e kept in this office. ·
 308
]IND STATE] Stttte Departments. ']ustz'ce. [PART A.
CHAP. Ill, A. The general commanding the local army is empowered to award im•
AdmWstra- prisonment for a term not exceeding one year and a .fine not exceeding
tive. Rs. 100 under the State Local Army Law of 1875·
GENERAL ADM!:• The Adalat·Sadr (Criminal Court) is the fourth sadr office subordinate
lllSTRATIOH, to the Sadr-alr£. The Judicial Minister (Ada! at£ or BaJ.im AdcUat-Sadr)
Adalai•Sarlr. discharges the function of Sadr Mu,:itf, and the powers conferred upon
him are specified below. The criminal and civil courts are subordinate
to his court, and he also supervises the ~entral (Sa.dr) Jail.
Accountant• The Accountant-General's office was instituted on December Ist, x8qg,
Geaeral. by Raja Ranblr Singh. Hitherto the State accounts had been sent to {ne
S adr offices concerned ; now they are checked in this office, but passed for
cheques by the Sadr-ata, all cheques being signed by His Highness himself.
The Deodlt£ Mua/la, Sadr Treasury, Tosha KMna, '}al(u and Modd£
Khanas, the Public Works Department, Octroi, Dharam-arth, Loan
Bank, Forage and .Wood Godown with Forests, Factory and Foundry
Workshop, Saltpetre Refineries1 Cattle Fairs, and Municipal Committees, are
subordinate to this office,
De1dki Mualla; The Deodhi Mual/a is under the Sardar Deodh£. All the house·
hold affairs of the ruling family are managed by this office. The depart·
ments subordinate to it are those of camp equipage, furniture, menagerie,
stables, elephants, carriages, and entertainment of State guests from other
States. · ·
Record office. The Record office (Daftar Sadr), in which all the records of the State
are deposited, is in charge of a Muhatiz daftar sadr, assisted by a Nriz'b
(Assistant) and Mllharrirs.
Ministers' De. In their individual capacities each Minister has his own sphere.
partmeots, The Foreign office includes the following departments-Irrigation,
Education, Post and Telegraphs, Railways, Zenana, and Reception or
Guests, besides the normal work of a Foreign office. The Finance Minister
controls Excise, the Records and the Revenue and Expenditure of the
State. The Commander-in-Chief controls the Army and Police, and the .
Accountant-General, who dates from 1899 A.D., looks after the Store
Department, the State Stables, &c., in addition to his regular functions i
while the Minister of Justice is responsible for Justice-Civil and Criminal-
throughout the State,

Section B.-Civil and Criminal Justice.

Criminal justi The Indian Penal Code is enforced in the State, with the following
ce. modifications :-
(I) Sections 497 and 498 of the Indian Penal C?de (section g8 ?f. the
old State Law)l are cocrnizable without regard to sectron 199 of the Cnmmal
Procedure Code. Thet> punishment is limited to one year's imprisonment
or Rs. 1oo fine or both. In case the offender and the woman belong to
different religions, the punishment is .a"':arded according to the ;')}zarm
Shastra (bawist:ta)2 and the woman IS hable to a fourth of the pumshment
awarded to the man.
1 The law here mentioned is the Code drawn up by R~ja ~aghbfr Singh i? 1874 A.D.
:The main Dharm Shtistra is the Yagbalak 1\latakshra, m accordance w1th wh1~h an
opi~ion (6amistha) is expressed by a committee of 3 Pandits as to the nature and durat1011 of
pumshmeots.
 309
}INO StATE. l law and '}usta'ce. J PART A.
(z) As regards religious offences, in addition to those mentioned in CHAP. 111, B
the Indian Penal Code, section 70 of the old State Law is still enforced .-
as a special and local law, by which the killing or injuring of a cow, ft~:mlstra-
bullock, nflga£ or peacock is an offence, punishable under the Dharm •
Shastra. The enquiries in all these cases are made by magistrates. CIVIL AND CRI•
• • • • , , , , IIIINAL jUSIICE,
The Ind1an Cnmmal Procedure Code IS enforced 10 Its entirety 10 the . . . . .
State with the following modifications :- Cr~m~nal JUst•ce.
(i) With reference to Chapter III of the Criminal Procedure Code the
powers conferred by the State on its courts are as follows:- .
~ Powers.
t. TahsUdars (3rd Cl.:lss Magis· As allowed by Criminal Procedure
trates). Code. •
2. Nizamot (the Court of the Dis· Imprisonment for a term not exceed·
trict Magistratr ). . ing 3 years and fine not exceeding
Rs. 2,ooo (section 391 · of the
Hidayatnama, 1903).
3· Ad&lat Sadr and Munsh£ Imprisonment for a term not exceed·
Khana (Sessions Courts). ing 5 years and fine not exceeding
Rs. s,ooo (sections 283 and 331
of the Hidayatnama, 1903).
4· Sadr-aU Court (late High Imprisonment not exceeding 7 years
Court). and fine up to Rs. 2o,ooo (section
228 of the Hidayatnama of 1903).
5· Jjl&s·i-Kh&s (Court of the Raja) Full powers: may pass any sentence
authorized by law.
(ii) Cases again~t 2nd grade Ahlkd1s (officials) can only be tried
by the Sadr·ata court, and cases against tst grade officials and those .
of relatives of the Raja by His Highness himself.
. (iii) The se~tence passed by_ af!azim imposing a fine up to Rs. 25
1S final, but a rev1ew (nazr f4m) m the same court and the revision
(nigrtfnz') in the Sadr·aU or I;'tas-z'·Khas are allowed. The sentences
passed by the Adalat£ and Mit MunsM (Sessions Courts) of fine up to·
Rs. 50 are final ; but review or revision is allowed as above. Sentences
passed by the Sadr·aU of three months' imprisonment and fine up to
Rs. 1oo are final, but review in the same court and revision in the Raja's
Court are allowed. In the case of a sentence passed by His Highness (in
original as well as in appeal cases) a review in the same court is allowed.
(ivl Appeals against the decisions of 3rd Class Magistrates lie to
the Nazim i and in Dadri tahsil to the Sub-Divisional Maaistrate.
Appeals against the decisions of the Sub-Divisional Magistrate of Dadri
and the Nasims of Jlnd and Sangror lie to the Adalat Sadr (Sessions
Court), and in case any of the parties be inhabitants of foreign territory
(except the States of Patiala, Nabha or Maler Kotla) fhe appeal lies to the
.Munshi Klutna (Foreign Office), and against the decisions of the Ada/at
Sadr and the Foreign Office an appeal lies to the Sadr·dta and from the
Sadr·aU to the lj/Us·i-Khas.
{v) The Appellate Courts are also courts of original jurisdiction.
(vi) Complaints against the Sardars of Badrukhan can only be heard
and determined in the ljtas-i-Khas, and although cases against the Sardars
of Dialpura can be heard by the lower courts, no sentence against the
:Sardars can be passed except by the /jtas·i·KM.s.
 310
]IND STATE. ] Cra'ml?zal Courts. [PART

CHAP. Ill. a. The table below shows the I: Criminal Courts in the State with th
- powers, .etc.:-
Administra...
tive. =:;::::::::=====::;:==:=====:::=======~==
CIVIL AND CRt• POWERS.
MIHAL jUSTICE,
Name of the Name of the
Criminal Courts. No.
officer.
ci court. The sentence ea
z Trial of eases.
can impose.
-;
·;;:
- r.n<II _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .......... _ _ .__...,J._ .

1 Tahsil 3 Tahsild&r In the trial of eases Third Class Ma

due consideration trate; imprisonn
is given to Sche- not exceeding
dule II of the Crimi· month and fine
nal Procedure Code. to Rs. 50 (sec
474 of the l:iidd
nama of 1903)· .

2 Niabat N!zamat 1 Nai6 Ndzim In· For the trial of of. Second Class Ma
In heir. hdr. fences relating to trate ; imprisonn
canals and Act VIII not exceeding
of 1873- month and fine
to Rs. 50 (secl
453 of the Hidd;
nama of 1903).

3 Nietlmat lnh&r Nazim /nh!ir I Ditto Ditto

(section 452 of
(Canal Agency). (Canal Agent).
' l Hiddyatndma
1903).

4 Ad&lat His.~a 1 Sub.Divisio n a I In the trial of cases First Class Ma:

Dddri, Z ill a Ma~istrate. due consideration is trate ; imprisonm
'j{nd {Sub·Di· given to Schedule II not exceedir.g 1
visional Court). oft he C r i m i n a I years and fine
Procedure Code. exceeding Rs. l,
(section 425 of
Hiddyatn am a
1903)·

5 Nieamat Zilla 2 \ Na:aim of Zilla Ditto Imprisonment not

(District Ma. ceeding 3 years ;
gistrate), fine not exceed
Rs. 2,000 (sect
391 of the Hiddy
ndma of 1903).

6 Ada/Jt s a tl ,
(Sessions Court).
1 Addlaf{ Sadr "' Ditto I Imprisonment
exceeding S
n
ye

II and fine not exce

ing Rs. s,ooo (:
tion 331 of Hidd)
11ama of 1903).

7 Munshi Kh&na Mfr Jl n n s h { Ditto Ditto

(Foreign Minis· (section 283 of Hi
ter). yatndma of 1903)

8 S4dr·dld (late Ditto Imprisonment n

High Court}. exceeding 1 ye
and fine not exce
ing Rs 20,000 (s
tion 228 of HiddJ
nama of 1903).

9 [jl&s i·Khds ... 1 HisHighness Fullpowers Full powers.

the Raja.
 3ti
IND STATE.] Ct'vil and Re11e1zue Courts. (PART A.

Both civil and revenue suits are tried by the same courts in the CHAP. Ill, B.

f
izxm~ts, but in the ~ad: courts civil suits ~retried by the ,M;msiff Sadr ·Adm~tra­
who 1s also th~ Adalatt), a11d revenue su1ts by the Dtwan {Revenue tive,
finister). The stamp
,
duty
• •
chargeable
•
on
,
appeals in. , civil
•
and
,
revenue
,
cases CIVIL AND CRl•
s the same as m Bntlsh terntory w1th some vanat10ns m spectal classes MINAL JusrtcE,
)£ suits, such as summary or sa·rsar£ c;ases in the Revenue Branch. c· . d
Irhe Civil Procedure Code is not enforced in the State. The State n~~ 1 1c:~rts.Rcve.
Local Law is in force. The method of giving effect to mortgages and
Eiales is that on application for sanction one month's notice is given ; if
'vithin that period any objection is raised or claim made, due consideration
.t~ givei1 by the court ; otherwise sanction is awarded. The course of
tppeal is that the appeal against the decree of a Nazim lies in a civil
suit to the Sadr Munst'ff, and in revenue cases tolthe D!wan, and against
those of the above two courts to the Sadr·dlrf, and· thenc.e to the Ijtas·i· ·
!(has. In civil suits no appeals are a.llowed against a decree of Rs. 25
:twarded by a Nazim or one of Rs. so awarded by the Sadr Munsiff or
one of Rs. 100 by the Sadr·ata, but a review in the same court and then
1 nt'grani (revision) in the Sadr-aU or Jjlas·i·Kf.as are permitted. The
:evenue cases of the Sardars of Badrukhan and D,ialpura are heard and
1ecided by the lftas-t'-Khas alone. The tables below show the powers of
he civil and revenue courts :-

Names of civil courts. Powers.

-----------.-----------
1 NizJmat and Sub-Divisional Magis· Up toRs. 500 (sections 398 and 431 1),
trates' Court. .
1------------------
Sadr Munsiff's Court to Rs· s,ooo (section 3361).
---------------------
2

3 Sadr.cUa
... From Rs. 500

... From Rs. 5,000 to Rs. xs,ooo ,section 2351).

-:;-/iji;;;,~(His~s;c;;;): ~=-s.--------

1 The sections in brackets refer to the Hiddyatltama of March 21st, 190.3;

No. Names of revenue courts. !iowers.

- -;;;;;£;----- Land 'R:::C~;r;;;b~r£ suits up

to decree of Rs, 10. Sarsari (cursory)

----=-
disputes as to rent, batdi, partnership, "'U•
amla, etc.

--;-1· NizamaC ~:-;-t;r;;,-;,;:;:;:;-:;

and 412), sales, alienation, brit, gift and
tu~&-upto Rs. 200,
-;- i~an£ (Sadr Revenu;c:;}--: s:;-;;;-;;-~;;;;c;;;;:-;~

--;-1
1 Sadr·uld ----=-
pun, alienation, brit, hogl,yot (proprietary
rights )-up to Rs, soo,
Sai:' from Rs, 2,000 to Rs. 10,000 (section
249) 1 gift, Pull, brit and alienation-from

----~-----.-
5 'jljlris·J·KIHI:; ...
---.-
... Full powers,
- -........
Rs. soo to Rs, ao,ooo,
-.--
 ~·!%
]IND STATE. J lnlzeritance. Adoptz'on. [PART A.
CHAP. Ill, B. Mortgage cases of lands belonging to the Dialrura Sardars are heard
-. and decided by the Munsh£ Knana. Suits regarding sales of land to
~~:inastra- Brahmans and khatdarshans (Sadhus) are decided by the ljlds-i·Khas only.
• as the alienation of lands to them involves a reduction of one-fourth of the
CIVIL AND CRI· land revenue. · This is an old religious custom preserved in the State.
IIINAL jUSTICE,

Inheritance. As a general rule the son or sons, natural or adopted, are entitled to
the inheritance on the father's death, on his abandoning the world and
becomingjaqir, or on his changing his religion. In default of a son the
widows ordinarily succeed to their husband's estate; or in case there is no
widow, the mother and father succeed. The mother has the prior ll·ght,
though, as she and the father ordinarily live together, no partition is, as a
rule, required. If neither parent has survived the deceased, his brother or
brothers or his brother's sons within seven degrees succeed in turn per
capita. A daughter receives no share, but if she is unmarried a share is
reserved to defray the expense of her marriage. This share is fixed by the
court according to circumstances and depends on the means of the family.
As a rule sons, whether by the same or different wives, share equally.
The above rules are in accordance with section 1, 2 and 5, chapter 4, of
the State Qanun Dfwan£ and the Tamh£d (introduction), and section 2 of
the Naaul Hidayal. By custom a widow is not allowed to alienate the
estate so as to deprive the reversionary heir of it ; but she can do so on
the occurrence of any special emergency, e.g., in order to pay off debts,
defray wedding and funeral expenses or preserve the family honour.
The general custom of division in the State is according to the rule of
pagwand, but thundawand partition is practised in some villages in the
Sangrur and Dadri tahsils, and in some special cases, though very few
families follow this rule. Among Muhammadans, even of the cultivating
castes, there is a special custom whereby daughters in some places receive
shares in land. The eldest son or his eldest son is entitled to succeed to a
lambartidr£ or chaudhar or, if the eldest son be unfit, the younger
one or his son is entitled.

Adoption. A sonless man, or a man whose son has abandoned the world and
.entered a religious fraternity, or has become insane or been imprisoned for
life, or changed his religion, or has become impotent, may adopt under the
following conditions:-
(a) The adopted son must be a brother's son, or in default of
brother's son a daughter or a sister's son, or some other near
agnate, or in default of them a man of the same got or caste may
be adopted (section 3, chapter 6, of the State Qanun Diwan£).
If the appointer does not wish to adopt a near agnate, he is aUowed
to adopt a remoter .one, but not to make an unlawful adop·
tion, i.e., one of a remoter agnate or boy of a different family.
(h) An only son cannot be adopted (see State Qanun Diwant,
section 4, chapter 6). .
(c) The age of the man to be adopted must not exceed 30 (Qanun
Diwan£, section 8, chapter 6).
(d) The appointed heir succeeds to all the rights and interests hele
or enjoyed by the appointer like a collateral, but per contra hd
loses all rights in his natural family, except in the event of the
deaths of all his own real brothers (Qanun Diwani, sections 5
and 6, chaFter 6),
]JND StATE.] Alienation. Marriag~ and divoree. .
(e) The adopted son can be disinherited fo~ misco~d~ct o; dis; CHA!::_!It, B
obe~ience at the request of .the appomter (!Janu n .Dzwam, Administra•
sect1on 7, chapter 6,. tive.
(J) Sanction to the adoption by the court concerned (Nizamat Adalat, CIVIL, AND CRt•
Sadr, Sadr·ala or J:Us·t·Khas) is essential, and the necessary ~ 1 NAL Jusnca,
ceremonies are performed (Qanun Dlwani, section xo, chapter Adoption.
6). On a petition for leave to adopt being filed in court, notice
is issued by the court for the information of the agnates con•
cerned and to secure their attendance.
'1 Transfer of property may be either by sale, gift or pun for a necessary Alienatioo,
purpose. The following are instances of a necessary purpose (Qanun
Diwtin£, section 4, chapter 8) :-:-
(a) To discharge debts.
(b) To pay the revenue or other State demands.
(c) To defray,wedding and funeral expenses.
(d) . To subscribe to or defray the cost of religious objects
ldharm·arlh).
(e) To preserve the family honour.
In the case of a sale, or transfer of any kind, a mt'sl (file) is made and
notice issued to all the claimants concerned for their claims (to pre-emption,
partnership, rights of occupancy, etc.) to be lodged within three weeks
from the date of its issue ; but a suit for pre-emption may be filed, by
absent claimants only, within a year (Qatu4, Diwani, sections 24 and
26, chapter 12). If near agnates refuse to purchase as pre-emptors, the
remoter ones are allowed to do so (Qanun /J£wani, section 23, chapter 12).
Among Hindus a gift of the whole property, whether ancestral or
acquired, is not allowed to be made in favour of only one of several rightful
heirs or in favour of ()ne not entitled so long as other rightful claimants ·
exist, but a gift of a part of the vroperty is allowed (Qanzln Diwani, section
4, chapter g).
Village common land called shtimUI delt such as gora delt, the space v·n eo
adjoining the village site, fohiJrs, ponds or tanks, temples and la~da,:e mmo~
mosques, burning and burying grounds, are considered the joint property of
all the land-owners and may be used separately or collectively with their
consent.
AhlarJf is a tax realized from ~rtisans per eud!t.i and from the AAttt,Jf(f.fld or
trading classes per head on animals (goats, sheep and camels), and is used Yillage cess),
as a tommon fund for common purposes, such as the construction or repair
of temples, mosques, ~urdwarils, pa,as (village guest-houses) and wells,
on the application of the land-owners to expend it on such objects with the
sanction of the State or on the proposal of the State.
Customs and rules regarding marriage are generally the same as. those 1\.faniage
prevalent in the Punjab according to the Dluum Shdstra and Muhammadan divorce a~
Law. Amongst the Hindu and Muhammadan castes, which allow lttrnr!. dower.
(re-marriage of a widow), a widow may marry any person subject to the
sanction of the State, which upholds the claims of the elder or younger
brother of the deceased husband to her hand. She is not all()wed to
marry any person not entitled to her if the rightful claimant is a suitabl~
cand1date. Among Muhammadans a man may divorce his 1rife according
to ~Iuhammadan Law, but amongst Hindus divorce is not allowed
 314
j!ND STATE.] land Revenue. (PART A.

·-cHAP. Ill, B. according to the Dlzarm Shastra J. but by custom an unchaste wife may be
-.-. repudiated by her husband, though even such a woman can obtain main·
:~~~umstra• tenance from her husband on a claim being lodged in court.
Transfer of property by bequest or will is subject to the inheritance
Csvrr. AND CRI· and alienation rules generally. One-third of the property after the
MJNAL JusticE. testator's funeral expenses have been defrayed and his debts discharged
Wills. may be devised by will, the remaining two·thirds going to his heirs
(Qanun Dfwan£, section 3, chapter 1o).
Sarba,dhkdrl On the death of a land-owner, biswadar or /ambardt£,- who leaves a
(guardianship). minor heir, a sarbarahkar (guardian) may be appointed from among this
kinsmen or relations to manage his affairs until he comes of age. This is
done with the consent of the widow or widows or by. the State. Such a
sarbarahkar has full powers to transact business on behalf of the minor, but
he may not alienate his property without special necessity, such as main·
tenance of the deceased's family. He can be dismissed for his dishonesty
and misbehaviour (Qanun lJ{wan£, sections 4 and 5, chapter 7).

LAND REVl!NUB.
Section C.-Land Revenue.
Village corn·
The table in the margin shows by tahsils the number of villages
munitiet~!lnd
held on each of the main forms
tenures, of tenure, but it is in many cases
Culti'lo.ting TAHSIL impossible to class a village satis·
occupan<:y of
l:Lnd.
Table 38 rif
,
I
FoaM OF TENURB. - - . . , - - - - , . - - -
J1nd.
factorily under any one of the
recognised forms.
Sangrur. N.dd.
Part B,
When a new village was
Villageheadm e n . - - - - - - - - - - - settled, the £ounder, h'IS re1atwns,
·
.Zamiradat! Wcihid 6is- 7 8 6 and children who broke up the
'Diadat!. land for cultivation naturally had
l'attidar{
great influence and authority.
The revenue was imposed in a
Bhaiachara 157 fS 177 lump sum on the tappa, of which
- - - - - they formed the heads, and its
Total s distribution rested with them.
1 4
Gradually they became headmen,
and the State looked to them for
the realization of the revenue, their numbers increasing with the population.
At the first regular settlement they were allowed pachctr6 or 5 per ce~t.
on the revenue collected, and the collections began to be made by tahs1ls
through them (instead of in a lump sum from the tappa). The office of head·
man is deemed to be hereditary, and during the minority of an heir a sar·
barahkar is appointed. When a village has been divided into panas or thulas
one or more headmen are appointed to each pana or thula, but the revenu.e
of the whole villacre is collected by all the headmen separately from • their
panas or thulas, a~d they receive the pacholra on the revenue coll~cted
by them respectively. Large villages have 7, 8 or more headmen apiece i
small ones less.
Individual rights In most of the State villages the land-holders have . been classified
ia land. as proprietors (malikan or biswadaran). In some villages th~ cu~·
tivators have hereditary cultivating rights, and are called muaruin·r·
maurus{. They are not deemed to have any proprietary rights, but
pay a fixed rent in cash or grain as maliktina to the owner. The own~r
has this further advantacre, that he obtains possession of the land of hrs
hereditary cultivator in the event of his death without male issue or next·
of-kin within three generations or if he absconds, and has the right to cut
trefs on his holding for his dwelling house or for agricultural implements,
 315
]1~0 STATE ] Fiscal history. [PART A.

but not for sale. In the villages belonging to the Sardars, who hold the CHAP. Ill, C.
position of biswadars, the tenants (muzJrian-i·ghairmaurust) have no Ad .-. t
hereditary cultivating rights, and they cultivate at the will of the owners, tiv~ums ra-
who can eject them whenever they choose, after a harvest, unless they are '
admitted tO the mauru~fs. LAND REVENUE,
Individual right~
in land.
Out of fourteen villages of the Balanwali iUqfJ ten belong to the State State 6iswaddrl.
in biswad.i1 £. In these the batrii system was in force ln the tabi up to the
da~e of the last settlement, when it was abolished by the Darbar for the
welfare of the samindars, and a cash assessment imposed. The zamfn·
dars of these villages have no right to sell or mortgage the land they .
hold, but they can mortgage or sell their rights of occupancy, i.e., the right
of cultivation.
The incidental expenses falling on the village community-sums expend· Village malhll.
ed when a pmeMy .t visits the village, or on the entertainment of travellers,
faqfrs, etc., etc.-are met from the mzlba fund. The charges are in
the first place advanced by the village banu£ (malba-barddr) to the
headmen and debited to the village matba account. The sum expended
is then refunded to the 6an1a half-yearly from the malba fund, which
is derived from the levy of an extra cess of 5 per cent. on the land·
revenue in small villages and 2} per cent. in large ones. Menial tribes have
to pay an atnJf of Re. 1 to Rs. 2 on each hearth or house (kudnn.
The manner in which the State was constituted and its revenue history Fiscal history.
::~re exceedingly complicated. It is with Gajpat Singh th1t Jlnd history begins. ·
He seized a large tract of country, including the districts of Jlnd and Safidon
in 1763, obtained the title of Raja under an imperial farmri.n in 1772, and
assumed the style of an independent prince. Afterwards he obtained the
puganJs of Sangrur and Balanwali, and thus the State contained four par·
~:anas during his lifetime, 'Dta, {z'l Jind, (ii) Safidon, (iiz) Sangrur and
(iv) Balanwall, with a 'evenue of about three lakhs of rupees (vide Griffin's
Punjab Raj~s, pages 285, 290). The State was enlarged in the 'reign
of Raja Bhag !:lingh by the addition of the ria~ as of Barsat, Bawana
and Gohina to the east, and those of Mahim, Ha nsi and Hissar, etc.,
to the south, which were conferred· upon the Raja by Lord Lake
for his good services. Ludhiana, Morinda, Basian and Raikot to the
west were added to the State by Maharaja Ranj(t Singh. A portion
of these new. acquisitions, however, had gone before the death of
Raja Bhag Singh, while the remaining parts were joined to the
British territory as escheat, after the death of Raja San gat Singh ;
for Raja Sarup Singh only succeeded to the estates possessed by his
grandfather Raja Gajpat ~ingh, through whom he derived his title.
After the Mutiny the DAdrl territory, containing 124 villages with a
revenue of Rs. a,o3,ooo per annum, was conferred upon the Raja by
the British Government. Nineteen villages in the Dadri tahsil adjacent
t~ t~e il6qa of Badhwana were purchased by the Raja. for Rs. 4,2o,ooo,
y1eldmg a revenue of Rs. 21,ooo per annum. In 1861, 12 villages
in the Jlnd tahsil, surrounded by lands of Hissar, assessed at Rs. 8,366
were exchanged, and in exchange for these, 12 viliages (valued at.
Rs, 8,345 a year) of the Kularan parg:ma, a part of which had
already been granted to Jind after the Mutiny, were given by the British
Government, and some villages of the pargana were purchased, and a few
newly inhabited and thus now 3Q villages aP' included in the Kulanin par·
gan!l. and constitute a tM."" belonging to the Sangrur tahsil-vide
~Punjab Rajas/' pages 358, 361.
1
 316
}IND STATE. ) Statistics of Selt/eme?tts .. [PART A.
CHAP. Ill, C. The following table gives the jam a of the four settlements of the
Administra• State :-
tive. =====--=================
LAND REV!NU!!;,
Settlements. Amount.
Statistics of ,
.ettlemeots.
------------------.__...-~---
Rs.
Highest jam11 of the first settlement 3,16,!1'2
Highest jam11 of the second settlemer.t 5,88, 386
. Highest jama of the third settlement 6,$6,841
Highest itvna of the fourtluettlement 6,22,389

Non.- It must be borne in mind that tahsil 04drl was not included in the first settle-
ment,
The table below shows the area dealt with in the four settlements:-

Number Total
Settlements. of Area cultivated, Uncultivated, area, acres.
villages in actcS. in acres.

First settlement :z62 !]06,879 146,178 45~,057

Second do, 415 655,642 181,54'4 847,t86

Third do. 436 70,,$63 140,181 842,744

'
fourth do. 446
I
6J];420 21$,193
I
8$2,613

Nota.- It must be borne in mind that tahsil D~drf was included in the State after the first
settlement.
The following table shows the average rent rates per acre of the
three tahstls :-

Kind of soil,

----·----~----------
Sangnir.

Rs. A. P.
Jfnd.

Rs. A. P.
__ D~dri.

Rs. A. P.
__.

Rauslf ... I 6 •l Oil H 0 12 0

Dakar I 6 •! · 0 II II 0 u 0

8 0 9 0 0 10 0
B~ud
""'
Bania' ... I I 8 0 9 0 -0 10 0

Chor I II 0

CIIAhf .. I 14 0 ~ 0 0

Ciairn~umkin
···I -
 317
JINO STATE. J Muafis. (PART A.

The following table shows the muafis trevenue·free lands). and t~e land CHA!::!II, C.
revenue realised through the tahslls granted to the holders, mcludmg the Administra·
jagir~ of the Sardars of Badrukblin and Dialpura :- tlve.
..
- LAND RtVENUE •

BrsAWDARI. WITHOUT BISWADARI, Mu4rt..

YEAR.
Land in acres. Rever.ue in rupees. Revenue in rupees.

. .
t8gl·92 ... ... 13.343 l1,356 20,466

1892·93 ... ... IJ,J67 J '·358 !10,465

189394 ... ... 13,454 11,412 110,459

1894-95 ... - 13,458 11,217 20426

1895 96 ... "' 13,456 11415 20.826

1896·97 '"
... 13,457 ll,439 20,822

1897•98 ... ... 13453 11,424 20.815

t8g8·99 ... 13457 11,453 IO,&JO

1899·1900 ... ... 13,562 10,!)21 lll,lt

1900•01 ... ... IJ,S59 10,915 2r,oss •

1901•02 ... . .. f 13,553 10,915 111,148

1902-e3
- ... 13,476 1o,Soo lii,U6

Before the settlements made by Raja Sarup Singh, the assessment

was a fluctuating one. In some villages a bata£ system for one crop and
kankut for the other was in vogue, and in others cash rates were fixed on
crops at the beginning of the kharif in consultation with the um£nddrs.
The first summary settlement Qf tahsil Sangr6r was effected by the late Settlement of
Sard.ir Daya Singh, Nasim of the State, between 1268 and 1272 Fasli- tahsil Sangrur.
t861-r865 A D. The tahsil contained 83 villages, and the area dealt with
was 156,ogs acres with a revenue (iama) of Rs. 1,63,897· It was followed by
a second regular settlement made by the late Sardar Kahan Singh between
1274 and 1283 Fasli (1866-1875 A.D.) The area returned at this settle"!
ment was 161,337 acres with a revenue (iama) of Rs. 1,82,539 and villages
92. The statement below shows the details of area and revenue assessed,
together with the increase or decrease on the first settlement. In the ;e tuo
 318
]IND STATE,] Seltleme1zts of Sangrur tah:il. (PART A.
CHAP. Ill, c. settlements in the iUqas of Sangrur and Kuhln1n muamla (cash rent) was
.--. realized for the kharlf and batat o£ one-third for baran{ soils and one-fourth
f.d:;umstra- for chtf,M ones was taken for the rabi, and in that of BaLinwali kankut for
tv ' kharlf and ba tai for rabi was practised :-
LAND REVBNUE,
g.; r:... t-o .
Settlements of
tahsfl Sangr6r,
ti
iS
I <
~
~ ~
CIO
(")
10

~
.
~
Ill Ill

I
1:1:
.
~
~-

..
CIO•
CIO

+
I .
-f~
(") t-o ~
01 (")
';~ "'-! ""
~
+'¢,) 10' .,;
I '§
0 ..
!--Ill :? +

I N
\()
t-o
..,t"i
V)
!I}
..,
'<t
I")
t-o
o.
...
< TlllOJ.I
1>1 +
""
<
Q 01 0 01
t-o 10
~ i10 '<t ~
-<
>
'II!IJIUniU.tJli:J
t N.
... c.
I
1::
.I
:::>
r.J

. II
·.~r~tuvs
I") V) ('I
2: t-o
I ~
CIO
i10
~-
01
'<t
CIO. l'i ("j
I Cl (")
I +

I ~
I (") 01
I
(") 0 10
M V)
I
·pqorl cr
. 10' ..t
+

I ~
CIO
,;, 01
0
II) "
01
~

'PIII(El o· o\

'I
01
!.'1 !.'1
0
<
?:
I I

<
1>1

"
<
Q .
'1llfi.1pq nsnvN II 0
0
oi
10
~
CIO
'e
..+
<:i

...<
1>1

>
B
:::>
u
.,.,.,. ''fPQ I 0\

.
:!
I')
10
10
CIO
~-
I

·.'01{' I
• t-o ClO
.0'<t
ClO
"! .~ +

I '1¥'f'11.' izst11'N I V)
I")
10_
110
(")
CIO
11)
oi
~
+
0\

I
mN I
I '1YPY' "'<t
M
~r
... Ill
0\
('I
M

...
t"i +
~
ClO
0\

II .....
0>, ""''<II Ill
Cl"'
t£:l111 "t::

.; .....
t~l:l
~'<II
CJ-a
::1\1
Cl (/) •
a .c
ll)>,bl)
....
0
.I
e .. :;; .t:J,S +
...INc 41"
~fJ) •
i:) IJl

Q
... >..C
;:,a~ -a"'-aviiic: .,41

J
1\1
Ct):!; ¢,1

'Eil~ ~Jl:t: ll
i ii: '-'l ..=
 319
}IND STATE.] Setllements of Sangrur laksil. (PART A.
The third settlement of tahsil Sangrur was effected by late Uila CHAP. 111. C.
Kanhiya Lil between t284and1293Fas/i(1877-t886A.D.). Inthethird Ad.-.- t
15
settlement cash rents were taken fllr both crop'l in the iUqas of Sangrur and tiv~~un ra..
Kularan and in that of Balanw8li cash rents for kharlf and bata£ for rabl. · •
It was followed by the fourth settlement made by Lila Ram Kishan Das LAND REvENuE,
between 1307 and 1326 Fasl£ (18gg-1gig). In the fourth settlement cash Settlements of
rents were fixed in the whole tahsil Sangror for the welfare of the zamin· tahsil Sangnlr,
dars. In this last settlement the area measured was 613 acres less than in
the former, and the revenue assessed Rs. 22,287 less, and villages rose from
' 95 to 97. This reduction in revenue was owing to the cash assessment instead
of bt'~ai. The table below shows the details of area and the revenue assess·
ed, together with the increase and decrease in the preceding settlement:_..
()()
~
00
:iS•
. ·
I
,
~IOL I
J;' "" M

'"'"' "! .... 1.";: ~ I()

I
'e I§

'~I'Ll
0\ 10 M
M 00 \1)

..,< 0
di
\f)
o·
C')
00""I
M
"'
<
..
Q
to ~ 0
f.<
<
>
~
o-l
..".....,."1 !"')
10
10.
()()
00
~
~
+
:;>
u
z
::::> ...,... I S'
-t:
~
C')
~
"
~·
C'l
!"')
0
l'o
0\
I
()()

I ~ 0
N
.,.,
'I'I'L
l'o
('1. o· ""
00
....;;.
~ ~ +
·ppqg I \1)
0\
0\
v5'
'e
("'
::;
('I

+
"
!

i
I
0
00
"l'o
l'o ·bl
Cl'i 0 00 ('I

I
Ill

"<u '':''" J1m••l ~ vi

()()
oo·
I
?:: ~ $
..,<
""" ~""
(")
'Jup.t; 9 -''»fPG 10.
1111
< +
0
Ill ()() rt)
f.< \0 \0
< 00 00 ·,
>
j::; 'J.t1f'»N' : ~ ~

I
u
o-l
:;>
I 0\
+

'101(, 1 "
\f)
ci'
""rl.
:rl ~
+
Jlsnt~al
r-. \f) !'I
rl
'J'IP1f' ~
01
C')
01 "I
(")

I
'HP1f'1P.W I 10
10"
-io
;t
('I

Vi
10
+
.."
I a., .
.;
... ~ ~
411
0~
.,.,
< ~..:
..
...
Q
"'...; m411
 3~0

}IND STATE. ] Setllements of jind tahsil. [PART A.

_ Ill. c.
CHAP. The fi rs t summary se tt1t'ment of .ta hst'1 Jt1nd was . commenced by ti e
1
Admlnistra.. late Ula Kanwar Sain in 1260 Faslt, but it had to be postponed for about
tive. 4 years, owing to a r:ot at Lajwana Kalan in Jlnd tahsil, and ·was then
LAND REvENUE. effected by the late Sardar Daya Singh, Nr!:dm, between 1.264 and 1 2 73
Settlements of FrJSit. In its two taluqar, )ind and Sa!idon1 144 villages and IS 355
tah$1l Jlnd. occupied houses were returned, The area dealt with was 2g6,g56 a~res,
and the revenue Rs. 1,531065. It was followed by .ta second (regular)
settlement made by the late Sardar Samand Singh between 1864 and 1873
A.D. The area returned in this eettlement was 312,045 acres with a re·
venue of Rs. 1,72,567 and 148 villages with 14 1187 occupied houses
enumerated. The following table shows the details of area and- re~nue
assessed:-
- -""- - -- ·- -.

Details.
Number! Number Culfvated
of of 1
I
Unculti•
Total area '}am•.
villages. houses. area. vatedarea.

------ - - -- -- --- -- Acres. Actes. Acres. Rs. A. P.

First settlement ... 144 15,355 '94.546 102,410 296 956 . 1,53,064 9 6
Second settlement ... 148 14,187 218,541 93.504 312,045 1,72,567 6 7
Increase + or de- +4 -1,168 + 23,995 - 8go6 + 15.089 + Ig,soa 13 I
crease-

The third settlement of tahs!l Jind was effected by Lata Brij Narayan
and was followed by a fourth made by that officer between May 188g and
July 1897· In this settlement the area measured was 2,328 acres or 46r
square miles more than in the former, and the land revenue assessed
Rs. 18,460 more, the increase being due to the increase in the area
under cultivation. The details of area and revenue assessed, with the
increase or decrease on the preceding settlemt'nt, are shown in the table
below:-

CVLT!VATID ARIA IN •CRBI, UNCIILTIVATID ARIA,

Dn•ll·•• ... .!. .. Jam I,

0
li i ~
~ ..,.. :::;; ...: ~
1 --
""e
.. ..
- - -- ---- -----"' ---- --! --"' -
'".., z
::1
~
'<I
Cl "
I(
.,;
Ill
";
1i
';;'
Ill
.):
l)
:JCl

Rs,

.I .
56 oo.l 6U;' US,407

:~J :::::
'J'hlrd ntt I e-o 167 38,103 19,8159 '51.97' 306,149 a,1o,
meat.

...,. ,•.~.
Fltllrtb 1ettlco 16: ''·76J. 66,592 u8,97~ ,_.,ostS 20,141 44,197 813,100 ,,18,52
IIICDt.
fncrea~~e + or . _, +3,St!d -1410H +272 -13,775 +6,957

-·+-·"'
as,4
·decrease-

Settlementsof The first settlement of tahsil Dadri was a regular one and. was
tahsil D.idrf. effected by the late Sardar Samand Singh between 1269 and 1278 Faslf
(t86a and 1871 A.D.). The villages were fouRd'to number 158, and the
whole area was 373,805 acres, of which 303,6oo were cultivated and 43,204
uncultivated. The land revenue assessed was Rs 2 13J 1279·8•J, The
second settlement of tabs.il Dadri was made by the late Uta Hardwari LaJ
between l874 aod 1883 A!D' It was foltowed by a third &ettlement mad"
 , . au
]IND STATE. ] Settlentelll& of Dadr£ lanstl. [ PART A.
by Mir Naja£ Air between March 1887 and rgoa. The villages rose CHAP. III, c;
from 174 to 184. The area measured in this settlement was 3,524 acres Ad . i t
more than in the former, but the revenue· assessed was Rs. 30,624 tiv~un s ra'"'
less. This reduction was made by the Raja for the welfare of the people. •
The details of area and revenue assessed, together with the increase or LAND REvaNu~~
decrease in the preceding settlement, are shown in the following table :- · Settlement• of
1 tahsil Dldd.
...,
~ I ,; ~ "~
o. ...,:
I! ~ Q

':\
~
I ~ t")
~ ~
,,
t")

..,.
";;,i I CIO
el
CIO
.,
..t
~

t")
('I
II)
C')

I
""Ill (1.)
0 ....
f-<1'1 t") ~ +
,;;
Ill
0:
I ..~ 10
......
t") CIO
~
\.)
< '!'lOLl ~
(1.)"
t")
of
l
!:
<

'll!fWt1UI~I"9' ~
Ill II) t")

~
Ill II)
<
0 .
el
e~"
~ +
Ill

'"'
<
>
I
s
:::>
II)

a
0\
~
10
~
u f .;; .;;
:z;
•Jf)fUIIlJ
~ Ill I
:.:J
I ..,
~

I
'!Tllo.r.l
(1.)

~
II)
CIO
"'o;
('I
M
CIO"
M M
t") (') +
C'l
~.
~

,;;
II)
~
g
ld 'P'}'Itll ('1.
+
I •<u 2 !
:: I ..,.
<
ld
Ill
-Ill
0
...
'll"'"H II It
('I

~
..t
~
CIS
~
~
t')
+
I

'<"'
;::>
I
II) II) dl
CIO
.
('I (')

•+
.J
CIO ('I

:> '-'flfPa v:i

......
u .10

I
I .....
..,.
10
~ ~

' ""' I +
h
(1$ Cl()'

I ~
-8
J; ,!
'I

,.;
... I a..;-
""
'Q...I
e:s
""
-8
6"'
...
~
.
ol
<1.1

~
<
""'..
t:,.:.
...
Ill .!!it:
«~-
e<
Jt ...· 0
l:l
I I ....:X:
-~~ ;:J:.!!;
IJ"' ...
...
I
"'Z C)

~.! .!:I
'"I:!
:~
0'<11
~...I
rl.l
1;)1
... -..
 322
}IND STATE.] Excise. (PART A.
I
CHAP. Ill, D. Section D.-Miscellaneous Revenue.
Admlnlstra..
ttve. A Superintendent, with two Akbar( Daroghas and a staff of girdriwars
MrscELLANBous · and ehaprasfs form the excise establishment of the State : the Police also.
RBVENUB, ~~ -
l!:~cise: Country spirit is made thus :-Coarse sugar (eur) or sugar syrup (let
Country spirit, or sktrah) or both mixed together is fermented with the bark of. the kikot
{acacia) tree in water for eight or nine days and poured into copper kettles.
It is then distilled. This is done under the supervision of the Excise Depart-
ment. The contract for wholesale vend is put up to auction by the Su~.erin­
tendent of the Excise Department, the sale being subject to the sanction of
the Sad,·ata Court, or if the amount of the contract exceeds Rs. to,ooo, to
the sanction of the Raja. The rate of the license tax for wholesale vend is
Rs. 24 a year. There are State stills at Sangrur and Dadri and one is proposed
at Barauli near Jlnd. As the last named place lies in the Kurukshetu one
c~nnot at present be established. If any private person wishes to distill he can
be given a special license and distill on payment of duty and the contractor's
charges, but at present there is no private distillation. All other private
distillation is prohibited. Still-head is levied at the rate of Rs. 2·8-o per
gallon I00° proof and Rs. 2 per gallon 75° proof when the spirit is removed
from the godown for sale to vendors, wholesale or retail. Retail contracts
are given by the wholesale or general contractors, or, if there is no general
contractor, direct by the State. .
European liquor, Thearrangement for the sa:le of European liquor made by the State
for I 903 was that the contractor for country spirit should be allowed to
sell European liquor on payment of a license tax of Rs. xoo.
Opium and , Country opium and drugs are imported by contractors from the
drugs. AmbaJa and Hoshiarpur Districts, while with the permission of the British
Government nineteen cases of Malwa opium, weighing about 35 man1
10 sers, are imported annually from Ajmer through the Ambala District.
This opium is allowed ir1to the State free of duty, Rs. 4 per ser being
charged as duty from the contractors at Ajmer and the amount thus charg•
ed being credited to the State. It is imported in accordance with the
British rules. Duplicate passes are issued by the Superintendent of the
State Excise Department, one being given to the contractor and the other
sent to the Superintendent of Excise in the District or State concerned.
On arrival the packages are examined by the State Superintendent of
Excise or by the Tahsildar. The system of leasing the contracts for whole·
sale and retail vend is the same as for country spirit.
Import of The British Government has prohibited the import of opium from the
opium,
D.idrl tahsil of this State into any British District,' and passes for its
transport from that tahsil to any other part of the State cannot be granted.s
In order to obtain a special pass for the transport of opium through British
territory into the State, a certificate is required that the applicant is autho-
rized (a) to sell opium within the State and (b) to apply for a pass. This
certificate must be signed by the Superintendent of Excise in the Sangrur
rrisamat, and in Jlnd or Dadri by the Tahslldk The Deputy Commis·,
sioner of Ambala is authorized to grant permits for the import of Malwa
opium on behalf of the State. The contracts for country spirits and for
opium and drugs are never sold to the same person, List of shops for
vend of liquo~, opium and hemp drugs will be found in Appendix B to this
volume.
1 Paojab Ezeise Pamphlet, Part II, section 36·
~ " It " ' , " 3'-
 323
JIND STATE. ] St11mps. Public Works. [PART A.
The cnly distinction between judkial and non-judicial stamps is that CHAP. Ill, F.
the stamps used in criminal cases bear the coat-of-arms in red, while those
used in civ1l suits and non-judicial cases bear it stamped in blue, The fi~~Inlstra..,
values of the stamps are as follows:-
MtscRLLANKous
Rupees roo,·so, 40 3n, 25, 2o, rg, r8, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, lh RBv&Mua:,
10, o, 8, 71 6,5, 4, 31 2,1; annas 12, 8, 4, ~, 1,
-
They are manufacture d,m
· the sadr 1a1 ' an d the system of 1ssue
· '1 at Sangrur, ' Stamps.
.
is as follows:-The sheets of paper are first sealed on the back with the
mark of a lion in the sadr treasury and then counted and handed over to the
.M o!.Y.1mim in charge of the stamping work. H:wing been prepared by being
soaked in water, the coat-of-arms is lithographed on the face in the sadr
jail in t~e Mo1:tamim' s presence. The stone seal and type when not in use
are kept in the State treasury. The number of vendors and the places at
whirh they sell stamps are as follows :-
Number of
Place. vendors.
Safidon. Bilanwall and Kularan ... 1 each.
Sangrur, Jind and Dadri ... 2 ,
The British Stamp and Court Fees Acts are not recggnised, the State Act
of 1875 being still in force in· a modified form. For postage stamps see Post
Offices (page 2~6). ·
Section E.- Local and Municipal Gov~rnment.
A system of local self·government is being. introduced into the State in
some of the larger towns.
Section F.-Public Works. Pusuc
The Public Works Department (Ghar K-.ptanf) is in charge of an ~::':;ptalli.
officer called Glt.ar Kaptan.
~ Its head-quarters are at·
j '<1'1 Sangnir, and there is a mu11~
Staff. ....., Q.. sarim or manager at Jlnd
] ] and a famadr£,. at Dadri.
~. ~ The statement in the margin
- - - - - - - - - - - - shows the establishment.
~~::~,Clerk (wish~~dar) ~· ... The department constructs
ll•sarims (Managers) 2 and repairs State buildings,
Sub-Overseer l roads,. dams, etc.,. and the
Mistrl ••
'J·•matUr -. I
c h'1e f works carne
• d out by 1t
•
1 2
Dan'gh.ds c.r chap,dsls J4• J since 1900-o.t are the
Ranbit College in the Ram
Bagh,. Ranbir Skating Rink
in the Mahtab Bagh, .Ranbfr·
ExPEN-DITURE, ganj, Market, Record Office,
Female Hospital, and· three
roads. A dak bungalow
YEAR. near the railway station and
Imperial ServiCe Infantry
barracks are also under con-
struction. Rs 38,572 and ~s.
52,488 \Vf're spent on construe-
- - - - - -Rs.- - R - s tion and repairs· of State
1900 01 32,250 6 322 buildings and rolds . for
1900·01 and 1901-ol respec•
···I
-------------------------------------
8,664 tivrly as noted in the margin.
 324
}INO STATE. ] Army. [PART A.
CHAP. Ill, G. Section G.-Army. ,
Admlnistra...
tive. Duri~g the teign of Raja Sar6p Singh the State forces were organized
AaKY, into regular ben£s (regiments),
SruNora 014011 and in 1864 his successor
Army. Raja Raghblr Singh made
;a strenuous efforts to re-orga-
~ nize and discipline them en
No. AND NAitll OF UGIItll!IIT,
~ the British system. The
., ~ t:~: ~ strength of each rf girvent
..... e~ 111 .:: during their reigns is shown
~iii ~~ in the m~rgin. The Sherdil
-----·----1-- Horse Artillery was raised in
1.838 A.D. with 2 guns, the
l. Sherdil Artillery - 147 number being raised to 4
2. Suraj Mukhl Infantry (now 64o during the Mutiny of 1857·
Imperial Service Infantry). His Highness Raja Raghbfr
Singh added two more guns
3· Ak~l Cavalry Regiment 200 362
with waggons, raising its
4. Katar Mukhf Infantry 6oo 6oo strength to 118 officers and
men, 29 followers and g5 .
5· Mo11ntain Battery ... 11
7 horses. ·It is stationed at
- - Sangrur, but one or two sec-
... , l,S44 tions accompany the Raja on
Total 1 866
• tour. In 18go A.D. four
---------~--..:.___ guns were granted to the
State by the British Government for it.
S6raj Mukht The Suraj Mukhi Infantry was raised in February 1837· It consisted
Infantry No. 2, of 6oo officers and men with 40 followers. It was reorganized as Imperial
Service Infantry early in 188g, the Raja's offer, made in 1887, having been
accepted by the Viceroy at the Patiala Darbar in 1888. Prior to t88g the
Suraj Mukhf Infantry was employed on guard duties, two companies being
sent to jlnd and Dadri every 6 months in turn, but after its organization as
Imperial Service Troops this was discontinued. It is now stationed at
Sangrur and it provides guards there, e.g., at His Highness' residence and
at the treasury.
Jlnd transport. In December t8gt the Jind transport was raised with 25o animals ror
the Infantry and 25 for the Jind Lancers.
The Aktll
Cavalry, The Aka~ Cavalry regiment was raised in 1845 A.D. by R~ja Sarup
Singh with 200 samars, I62 being added by Raja Raghbir ::>ingh in Poh.
In 188g, 150 sawtlrs were selected from the regiment to form the Jfnd
Imperial Service Lancers, but a proposal to disband the lancers has
lately been carried into effect, and on its abolition its sawars were attached
to the local Jind Cavalry. It is stationed at Sangrur and is employed as a
body-guard to His Highness and on other Cavalry duties.
KaUr Mukhl,
Local lnfantr1
The Kat.ir Mukhf regiment was raised by Raja Sarup Singh af~er
No.4. 1857 with 6oo men, and is stationed at Sangrur. Since 1889 two compames
have been stationed at J!nd and Dadri on detachment. They are sent
annually in rotation. The remaining 4 companies are employed as guards
for the treasury, jail, magazine, forts, etc., at Sangrur.
Mountain
llattery No, S· . The Mountain Battery was raised by Raja Raghb!r Singh in March 1874
with 4 guns, 2 more being added ·in March 1879• Thus a co~pleted
battery was formed ~~t~! 17 offi~~!s and me~ 1 a!!_d 7~ mul~s and pomes!
 ]lND STATE. ]

On the 6th of August 18791 6 country made guns of this battery were CHAP.III,O.
exchanged for 6 British made guns from the Ferozepore Arsenal. It is Ad -.-
stationed at Sangnir, but one section accompanies the Raja on tour. The tiv~mistra-
battery has had no opportunity of seeing service, but in January '
18e6 it joined the (amp of Exercise from Kauli to Delhi. ARMY. ·

The State force as now constituted comprises the Imperial Service Preseot stren~th
Troops and Transport, and the Local Force. Both are under the Bakski. of Stato fo1ces•.
· The figures below show their present strength-

• SrRI!NGTH.

DKSCRIPTION OF ARMY.
-
Soldiers. Followers. Animals.

------------- - -
/mpetial Str'DiCI Troops,
--
Jfnd Imperial Service Infantry
- ... 6oo 36 ...
J ind Imperial Strvice Transpcrts
'" .. 74 36 258

Local 1roops.

Shetdil Artillery No. l ... ... ... 40 IJ 36

Jind Lancers ... ... ... ... 125 ... r:zs

Ak~l Cavalry (Regiment) No.3 ... ... 9S 3 9S

KaU.r Mukhf Infantry No, 4

-... ... 562 ... ..
Mounta.in Battery No. S ... ... 40 12 24

- - --- --
Total ... 1,535 100 538

The State forces were employed on the following occasions:-

I. In the battle of Katwal in Asauj Sambat t8g8 (the Sherdil
Artillery and the Suraj Mukhi Inrantry).
2. At Kandela Khis in Jind parga1ta against the rebels in Ma gh
Sambat 1901(the Sherdil Artillery and Suraj Mukhi Infantry).
3· At the siege of Ghunghrana Fort under Captain Hay in 1846 A.D.,
·dde Rajlis of the Punjab, page 35;a (the Sherdil Artillery and the Suraj
Mukhi Infantry No. 2).
4· In the expedition to Kashmir in December 1846, when Imam-ud-
Din, the governor, was in revolt (a detachment of the Suraj Mukhi Infantry
1\o. .;).
 326
JtND STATE.] Army." Police. [PART A.
CHA!:.!_II. H. 5· At Lajwana Ka111n in Jind fargana against the rebels in June 1854
Admlnlstra- A.D. (the Sherdil Artillery, the Suraj Mukhi Infantry !\o. .2 and Akal
tive. Cavalry).
ARMY,
6. At the assault of Delhi in 1857 (the Sherdil Artillery, Saraj
Mukhi Infantry No, 21 and the Akcil Cavalry).

7· At Ainchra in Jfnd pargana, July 1857 (the Katar Mukht Local

Infantry No. 4).
• (!
8. At Charkhl in Dadri pargana against the rebels in April I 864 A.D.
(the Sherdil Artillery, the Suraj Mukhi Infantry !\o. g, the Aka! Cavalry
and Katar Mukhi Local Infantry No.4).

9· On the Kuka outbreak at Maler Kotla in 1872 (the Sherdil

Artillery and the Katar Mukhi Local Infantry No.4).

I o. In the second Afghan War in 1878-79 (the Sherdil Artillery, the

Suraj Mukhi Infantry No. 2, and the Akal Cavalry). -

Tirah · I I. In the Tirah campaign of 1897-98 (Jfnd Imperial Service Infa~try).

Expedition. In August 18971 the Darb3.r placed its Imperial Service Troops at the
disposal of the Government of India for employment on the north·west
frontier, and the services of the Jind Imperial Service Infantry were accepted.
The regiment reached Shinauri on September 22nd, and remained there
until October 2oth, being employed as pioneers attached to the 4th Brigade
under Brigadier-General Westmacott at Dargai. On several occasior.s
it did excellent service, and on two occasions its commandant and men
gained special commendation by their steady conduct, once in covering a
foraging party, when the commandant, Gurnam Singh, handled his men
skilfully, and again when a telegraph escort under Lieurenant Garwood was
attacked near Karrapa on November 11th, the men behaved excellently, bring•
ing equipment and wounded into the camp in Dwatol. On November 19th
the camp moved from Maidan to Bagh, and shortly after its arrival the jlnd
Infantry saved No.9 Mountain Battery from some danger by the prompt·
ness with which it drove off a party of the enemy. On December 7th, the
force retired from Bagh, and in the retirement the regiment on several
occasions earned the warm praises of the general commanding. The Jind
Infantry can boast of being the first Imperial Service Troops in l11dia to
come under fire. Throughout the operations it behaved admirably: cold and
hardship were borne, and arduous work endured with a spirit that would have
done credit to troops far more inured to service. 1
Section H.-Police and Jails.
Police circles or The tahsil of Sangrur is divided into three tM.nas: (1) Sangr6r, com·
llius. prisincr the central i!O.qa of that tract; (2) Balanwall, comprising the three
scatte~ed i ltiqas o£ BalanwaU, Dialpura, and Burj Mansa, the small island of
Jind territory, south of the first two; and (31 Kularan, which comprises the
ilaqa of that name with the two small islands of J!nd territory kno~n as
Chauki Bazldpur, so called because there is a fOlice outpost at the chief

1Tbis acco!Jnt is partic:tlarty taken from Bri~tadir-General Stuart Beatson'• History

of the Imperial Ser•ice Troops in Nati'e States, pages 567, and from letter No. 439 A. F.,
dated 3rd Febraary a8g8, from 1\fajor R. V. Scallon, I.S.C., ln!peeting Offictr, funj'b
Imperial Servico laf111try, to the Presideat uf the Co1ncil of Regeocy, Jind ::itate.
 327
]INO STATE. ] Polict. [PART A.

village, Bizldpur. The tahsil of Jlnd is divided into ~wo thanas, Jfnd and CHA~II.H.
Saf 1don with head-quarters at those towns. There IS also an outpost at Ad 1 • t a
Zafarga~h in the extreme south o~ the tahsH and. tM.na of. Jind · on ,the tiv: ms r ..
Southern Punjab Rail war, 3 miles from the railway station at Jaulana.
' ' compnses
Tahsil 1ladn . two • thanas,
, DId , d B'adb ra, WI'th , hea d-quar ters
a nan POLICE AliD
jAILs.
at Dadri, the town and tab sf! head-quarters, and at Badhra, a large . ·· .
village in the extreme south-west of the tahsiL 1 here is also an outpost lph"!'ce crrcles or.
'I a.~as.
at Baund villacre
0
in the extreme nort h of the tahs1 •

Under the old system of administration the t!zanadars, who exercised ~owers and sa.la·
~ powers, used themse
great · 1ves to d'1spose of the sma11 cases ora11y, ~n1Y officials,
rres of Pohce
~erious cases being referred to the ruler of the State. 1he tM,nadar was
assisted by a jamadar, 8 barqandazes, a khoj£ (tracker) and ~ m11harrirs,
He was paid as follows:-

(1) Rs 7 monthly in cash.

( 2) Two rasads {rations in kind) daily.
(3) Gram for one horse.
(4) Re. 1 per village as an annual nazar from the sam!ndars.
{;) Fodder from the samfndars at harvest time.
(6) 10 per cent. of all fines collected by him.
In the reign of Raja Sarop Singh kofwalts were established at the three
tahsil head-quarters, each kotwal receiving Rs 40 a month. At the big
villages of Kulch.ln, BalanwaH, Badhra and Safidon there were thanas,
each thanadar being paid Rs. 30, and at Bazidpur, Lajwana Kalin and
Baund Kalan there were ckaukis In Sambat 1911 the chauk£ at Lajwana 1854 A.D.
Kalin was transferred to Zafargarh. In Sambat 1933 Raja Raghbir Singh t877 A.D.
appointed an Inspector of Police in each of the three tahslls, and placed
them under the control of a Sadr Superintendent at the capital. The Deputy
Inspectors or tMnad4's were only allowed to investigate cases in which
property less than Rs. 200 in value was involved, cases of g~eater import-
ance being investigated by the Inspector1and Deputy Inspector jointly. It
was, moreover, ordered that all cases should be sent for trial to the N J,zims.
The old system of watch and ward was that known as the tkiltar
(literally 'potsherd') whereby the village headmen chose men of the village
iri rotation to keep watch and ward. This system is still kept up in· some
villages Outside the village •sara£s 11sed to be chosen in the same way to
protect travellers in tb& wastes during the hot season. But in Sambat 1905 as4s A.D.
d:aukidurs were appointed by the State for every village.

The Police force now consists of 70 officers and 335 men, of whom 37 Strength of
are mounted constables, with 26 followers, giving a total of 431 officers and Police,
men, but in addition to this force there
tTahsn Jind ... 222
Tahsil Didrf 187 are 523t ckouHdJ,rs, who are paid by the
Tabs!! Sangnir 214 headmen out of the chaukldara or watch
and ward cess for each village, A chau•
k£d4r receives Rs. 3 per month. The
Police Department is now under an official at head-quarters designated
the Inspector-General of Police with a Superintendent of Police at each
tahsil.

! The~ m llOW PO Jntpectorl,

 328
~·
]IND STATE. ] LileratJ. [PART A.
CHAP. Ill. H.
There is a cattle-pound in charge of the police at every thana.
Administra-
tive.
PoLICE AND
jAILS.
The State jail at Sangrur has an average of 164 prisoners annually.
Jail industries include printing, weaving, carpet-making, etc.
Cattle.poun4.
Jail.
Criminal tribes The State contains no criminal tribes with the exception of some 2oo·
and crimes. Sansis, but Kanjars, Dhaias and others frequently invade it from Paticl.la,
Rohtak and elsewhere. Cattle·theft is rife among the Ranghars in and
around Safidon. Bad characters are regularly placed on securityo.
EDUCATION AND
LtTBRACY, Section I.-Education and Literacy.
Literacy, The first table in the margin gives the number of literate persons as;
returned at the cen-
suses of t881, 1891
Census.
and 1901 and the
Persons Male!t, Females. ratio of literates per

- -----1·---1-- -- I ,ooo of
population.
the total
Th e
second table in the
r881 ... { 30
,26 margin gives the pro-
portion of literates.
1891 -{ 1·1°7
616
27.08 : 7• 48·83 I 9'.
70
per 1,ooo by reli·
gions. Nearly 20 per
cent. of the Jains are
literate. This is due
21 ~.
1!)01
-{ 7,829
2 6
7'7
7,6z3
49 63
'
68 that
no doubt to the fact
the majority of
____________;_____ the Jains are Baniar,
who are fully alive
t•> the advantages of
Religions. Literates. education in Hindi
and Mahajanl. Sikhs
_ _ are more educated
----- ·---------I than Hindus owing
Jains 194•73 to the fact that the
Sikhs 40·07
Hind·>S 26·87 Hindu . religion in-
Musalm~ns 15-76 cludes the majority of
the agricultural and
menial tribes, who,
like the Muhammadan
agriculturists, rarely
Language, Males. Females. Total. get any education at
all. The third table in
the margin gives the
actual numbers of li-
45 'J77
terates in each langu·
English ;.;
Urdu and Persian - IS r,sro age among the whole
Saoskrit and Bhisha - •49 1,659 population as returned
Gormukh[ 73 1,210
.s 3,018 inMost the census of 1901.
Lande and Mab!jan( - of those returned
-
Arabic 6 41
Othu Indian tongues 8 14 as literate in English,
Urdu, Persian, Sans--
_ _ _ krit and Gurmukhi
Total -;.. 7,6r:J.I :n6l 7,829 have been educated in
~h~ ~tate ~c~ool5.
 329
Jn~o StAtE.] Educatt'on. (PART A.
Untilt88g A.D: only indigenous education exis~ed in }Ind. '}'here CHAP. 111, I.
were four schools mamtained by the State, at Sangrur, J(nd, Dadn and Administra..
Safidon, where Persian, Sanskrit and Gurrrtukhi were taught. In r88g the tive-
State adopted the Punjab Educational system and remodelled these schools. E'lucArroN AND
Saf!don became an upper primary and the other three vernacular middle LITERAcY,
schools. A supervising and inspecting officer was appointed called the Sh
Munsa,t'm of Schools. In r8gr Safldon became a vernacular middle c 001s.
school p.nd the others anglo-vernacular. At the same time primary
. schools were opened at Sangrur, Balanwali, Dialpura and Badr6khan in
Sancrrur tahsil ; Jlnd and Sa:fidon in Jfnd tahsil i and Dadri, Kaliana and
Raifila in Dadri tahsll. ln r8g4 the Sangrur school was raised to the high
grade and a boarding house added. In 1899 SaHdon bec;iroe an anglo-ver•
nacular middle school. On the roth of November 1899 the Lieutenant•
Governor of the Punjab, accompanied by Raja Ranhrr Singh, laid the foun·
dation stone o£ the Diamond Jubilee College, close to Sangrar, and the
building is now complete. .

At Sangrur the high and middle department! have a head-master, Staff.

three under-masters, a Sanskrit teacher and a Persian teacher, while
the primary school has a head-master, with three assistant masters.
The three a.,nglo·vernacular schools at Jlnd, Saf1don and Dadrt have
each a head-master assisted by three teachers, in Mathematics, Sanskrit
and Persian ; and the primary schools have each a head-master with two
assistants. The five remaining primary schools have each one master.
Gymnastic instruction is given at Sangrur, Jind, Dadri and Safldon.

The results of the State's educational administration have been l!ducational

encouraging. The number o£ students, o£ all ages, had risen from pro~:ress.
722 in 1892-93 to 885 in J8gg-tgoo, but it fell again to 791 in 1900·01.
This d~cre~se. was in th~ primary schools, and is due to the £act that
education ~~ httle apprectated by the mass of the rural population, Hindi
accounts bemg all that they want to see taught. The primary school
at San war was closed in 1 goo. Since 1 8g2, 1.17 boys have passed
~- - - - the middle school or entrance
examinations o£ the Punjab Uni·
versity, 21 boys passing in 1goo as
against 3 in 1893· In a8gt·g2 out
of 657 candidates only 366 passed
tSgS.gg ... ' the upper and lower primary ·exa·
18\)9·1900 !43 434 minatwns, whereas m the past
1!)00"01 ... three years the number of passes has
been far higher, though fewer boys
have actually competed .

. In~igenous education is increasing rapidly. There were in rgo 1, Indigenous edu•

19 mdtge~ous schools with. 175 boys and 38 girls, as against 1 cation.
schools ,w•t~ ~2 boys only m r 8gr. Seven of these schools in 1901
~ver~ patshalas and. dharmsal~s, where special religious instruction
JS gt~en. The p~ptls are mamly Brahman boys who are learning
the ntual of thet~ office-the padh.at and miucU functions, and the
methods and practices of Hindu ceremonies. To this end they read
first the Hora Chakra, an astrological primer, then the Sheghra
Bodh, a han~·book which lays down the principles on which the
dates and tl~es for weddings, mukUmtJ ceremonies, etc., are to be
fixed. The thtrd book, the Garud Katha, describes the progress of the
dead throu~h hell {nard) to heaven (swarga). Passages frotn this kath.1
 33°
]IND STATE. 1 ·Education. [PART A;

CHAP. Ill, I, are recited at the kiria·karam ceremony. Thus the young Brahman
Adm'n'st
11 is equipped to assist at the three important events in the lives of his
tive. ra- clients. There are also SadMs and Pandits, especially in the Kurukshetra,
who instruct students (vidyarathis) in Hindu theolo2:y, teachin!! them
EoucATroN Awo G " ~
LitERAcY. such books as the Ita, Bbagwat, Mahabhlrata, Ramayana, etc.
Both pupils and teachers live on the charity of their neighbours.
lncligenous edu· Vidyar.ath_{s have here to undergo a laborious trainin~r. They learn
cation, ~
the shalokas and mantrar by heart, first as pat (reading without meaning)
and then arth l}iteral meaning). They also learn to recite shalokcts and
mantras in a rhythmical tone or sing-song. In this way the faq•tlty
of recitation and the memory are developed, but the understanding
is not.

There are in the State four CMtshl£tas, in which .Padhas (teachers)

teach Mahajan boys to read and write Iande (Mahcijanl) and do
accounts. Learning to write is regarded as much easier than learning
to read The bqys are taught the paint£ or alphabet first on the
ground and then on a takht£ or small board, which in the Jangal is
plastered with black from .a· tawa, or cooking plate, while pandd.
(white clay) water is used 'in place of ink. In the Jlnd and Didri
.tahslls the board is plastered with Mult~ni clay, and country ink is used.
After the paintt the boys are taught to write, and soon are consider·
ed to be ready to be taught accounts. He first learns the figures
(ginti). Then the tables up .to 40 (pahdras), and fractional numbers
are learned by heart and recited every evening. This is called muhdr11£
All the boys stand in a row; two, who know these tables, stand in front
and reCite them line by'line, ek dun£ do (twice one are two); do dunz char
(twice two are four), and so on, the class repeating every line after them.
Next the four simple rules are learned-addition (Jo'); substraction
(ghatana), multiplication (guna), and division (blu£e). Last comes the
all important biydj, computation of interest, which completes the educa·
tiona! course.

,Gurmukhi Pat· In tahsil Sangr6r, BM!s or Sikb religious teachers are appointed
lllt.ii<U. by the State. They teach Gurmukhl and the Sikh religious books
.such as the Bilupdesh, Rohras, Japji, Panj Granthi, Das Granthl and
Guru· Granth Sahib, ard also read the Guru Granth Sahib in the mornings,
at the fturdwaras, the gates of the palaces and in the town. Some
'Wealthy Sikh Sardars also appoint Bhais to read and reach the Sikh Scrip·
.tures to .their boys and girls.

'Muhammadan Muhammadan education consists in learning the Quran by heart

!!duc .. tiou. (Qau,an-khwani). There are seven maktabr in the State, and the
course of teachinab beo-ins
b
with the Bao-dadi
b ~
Oaida {Arabic
•
Primer)
•
which
gives the boys an elementary knowledge of the Persian scnpt. T~cn
they begin on the last siparo, the 30th part ?f the Qura~, ~hich
is an easy one, and when that is mastered begm at ~he begmn1_ng of
the Qun1n, and learn it all off by rote. No explanatiOn~ ar~ given;
consequently only the memory is trained. Great stress IS l~1d upon
correct pronunciation, and the boys practise each of the Arab1c letter:s
separately. This is .called talim-ul·makharaj. The mut!ds or t~aulvzs
may be seen sitting on mats in the mosques or elsewhere, wh1le the
boys sit round them on the around swaying backwards and forwards,
with the Quran on a wvode; frame (rahat) in front of them. Both
 331
]IND STATE. ] Medical. (PART/\..

agriculturists and artisans, however, prefer to limit the education of CHA~II. I.

their sons to the business of life. If there is a public school n:ar, the Administra•
boy may be sent to it for a short time, but he begins to learn ~Is trade ti ve.
or help his father in the fields at such an early- age that there IS scanty EoucATroN AND
Ieisure for book-learning. Lll'KRAcY.
• Female educa•
Female education is confined to religious instruction. There IS· a tion.
private girls' school at Kaliana, to which Muhammadan. girls' go to learn
the Arabic religious books. In the other towns Hindu girl~ .learn some
Nacrri and Sikh girls Gurmukhi to enable them to read the relig1ous books,
whfie Muhammadan girls learn the· passages of the Qudn at their homes,
but only in small numbers. In tahsil Sangrur girls often learn to make
phulkar£1 and do other kinds of needle·work at their homes, taugh~ by the.
old women 1 to ·whom they give so~e sweetmeats and money at festivals.

Section J.-Medical •.

Formerly medical aid was only afforded to the people by the h'akfms MedicaL
and baids attached to the tahslls and big vi:Iag~'s, while at Sangrur, the
capital, country medicines used to be dispensed gratis from· the Dawtf£.
Khana, the medicinal store d.ttached to the Deodh£. Subsequently a
Hospital Assistant was entertained there and English medicines were
dispensed gratis. The Medical Department was considerably improved by
Raja Raghblr Singh, who established dispensaries at Jlnd and Dadrf. In
1887 an officer of the Indian Medical Service was, appointed Medical
Adviser to the Raja during his minority, and the Medical Department
of the Shte was also placed in his charge. From 1897 to 1901 there was
no properly qualified Medical Officer in the State, but in May 1901 a
Punjab! gentleman, who had been trained and qualified in England,
was appointed Medical Officer and ex·o!Jicio. Medical Adviser to His
Highness. the Raja.

There are at present two hospital~ and four dispensaries in Sangrur, Hospitals.
one at Jlnd and one at Dadri. The Victoria Golden Jubilee Hospital at
Sangrur is the chief charitable hospital in the State. Built at the west
end of the town, outside the Dhuri Gate, it contains accommodation for
24 in-door patients, but being outside the town, it is resorted to only in
comparatively serious or complicated cases. It is attended yearly by eight
to ten thousand patients, of whom two hundred are in-door patients. The
total number of patients has of late considerably increased. Medicines are
dispensed gratis to all, and in-door patients, who are without means of their
own, are fed at the cost of the State. The staff consists of an Assistant
Surgeon, a Hospital Assistant, compounder,.dresser and five menials. The
1\ledical Officer visits the hospital almost daily to see important cases and
perform operations. There is. a branch charitable dispensary ill the heart
of the town in charge of a Hospital Assistant,. a compounder, dresser and
two menials. The 1\lilitary Hospital has accommodation for 40 in·door
patients, and is in charge of two Hospital Assistants with two compounders
and seven menials. The Jail D:spensary has a Hospital Al>sistant and a
co.mpounder. T.he Raja's pri.vate dispensary is intended solely for His
Htghn:s~ and Ins staff, It IS m charge of a Hospital Jtssistant under the
~uperv1~1on of the l\ledical Adviser. The Fort Dispensary is intended for
the lad1es of the palace and their ~taff. ~11rl i~ in charge of a lady
 332
jiND STATE.] Medical. [PART A.

CHAP.III, J. Assistant Surgeon with one compounder and a menial. The Jind Dispensary
-.-. is under a Hospital Assistant with one compounder and two menials.
~dmm1stra- The dispensary at Dadri has a similar staff. '
t1ve.
J.IEOICn, • · The foundation stone of a Zenlina Hospital at Sangrur has been laid,
Hospitals.
and Rs. 2o,ooo have been sanctioned by the State for the building. It will
be placed in charge cf the lady Assistant Surgeon. Safidon has at present
only a hakim, but will ere long be provided with an English dispensary.

----
 CHAPTER IV.-PLACES OF INl'EREST.
-~~-

DADRI.

The town of Dadri lies in 28° 35' N. and 76° 20' E., 87 miles south- CHAP. IV.
we!~\ of Delhi, and 6o miles south of Jind town. It is a station on the Plac;;"of
Rewad·FeruZfpore Railway, and had in 1901 .a ~opulation of 7,009 souls interest.
(3,360 males and 3:649 female~) as against 7,604 m 18gr, a decrease of 8 D
per cent. The town is surrounded by a stone wall with four gates and two Anar.
small entrances (ghat{s). The surrounding country is covered with low Description,
hills. Its streets arc generally unpaved and its houses mostly built of stone
and lime, some presenting an imposing appearance. The house of
Chaudhd Chandarsain, called Chandar Sain ka Diwan Kbana, is the principal
building.

The town is of great antiquity. The name Dadri is said to be derived History·
from a jhil (lake), called Dadr{ from dfidaf (frog), which adjoined it. For·
merly it was in the posse5sion of Nawab Bahildur Jang, a relative of the
Jhajjar Nawab. Jn the Munity of 1857 his estates were confiscated for rebel·
lion and conferred on Raja Sarop Singh as a reward for his fidelity,

The principal antiquities are-(1) The tank of Soma·lshwara, built by Antiquities,

tala Sita Ram, a treasurer of Muhammad Shah, Emperor of Delhi, with
stone quays (eMts), towers and temples and an enclosing wall. (2) The
Nawab's fort outside the town which is kept in repair by the ~tate,

The income of the parmat for the 10 years is shown in Table 46 o£ Municipality and
Part H. It is derivtd from octroi under the usual State system. trade,
Formerly under the Nawlib's rule Dadri had a considerable trade, but
the excessive duties levied by the Nawab ruined its traders; and on the
establishment of a mart at Bhawani all the principal firms transferred their
business there and it lost its trade. It now exports bdira, stone wares,
turned wooden articles and native shoes,

The public buildings are the tahsO, tM.na, school, parma/ and c·anton· Pu.hli.c
ment. bulldrngt,

]IND TowN•
•
The town of Jlnd is the administrative head-quarters of the nisJmat JrHn Tow
and tahsil of the same name •. It lies in 29° 18' N. and 75' so' E. on Deacnptio::
the Western Jumna Canal, 25 miles north of Rohtak and 6o miles south· ·
east of.Sangrur town, and bas a station on the Southern Punjab Railway.
It had to 1901 a population of 8,047 souls (4,179 males and 3,868 females).
Numerous fruit gardens surrounded the town which is itself completely
enci~cled by a mud wall with four gates, the Safidonwala to the east, the
]hhJw6.la to the west, the Ram Rai and KatMna to the south. The streets
are narrow and unpaved. The Barah Ban Bir lies to the south·Wf'St of the
town! on the banks of the Western Jumna Canal, Its main population
4ion~lsts of Brahmans and Mahajans.
 334
}IND STATE. ] Jind Towtr. r PART A,
CHAP. IV. The town of Jlnd is said to have been foundf!d at the time of the
MaMbMrata. The tradition gt)es that the Pandavas huilt a temple in honour
Places of of Jaintf Oevi (the goddess of Victoryl, offered prayers for success, and' then·
Interest.
began the battle with the Kauravas. The town grew up around the temple
)nco TowN. and was named Jaintapuri (abode of Jaintl Devf) which became cor··
Hietory.' rupted into ]lnd. Formerly under Afghan rule; Rroja Gajpat Singh in·
r 755 seized a large tract of country incltrding the· District of Jind
and Safidon, and made J!nd tne· capital of the State. In 1775 Rahim
Dad Khan, goveroor of Hansf, wa!l sent against Jind by the Delhi
Government, Nawab 1\fajad·ud-daula Abdul Ahad Khan.. Raja Gajpat
Singh called on the Phulkia·n Chiefs for aid and a force under !Xwan
Nann6. Mal from Patia:la and troops from Nabha and Kaithal were
sent for its defence. They compelled the Khan to raise the siege
and give them battle, whereupon he was defeated and killen. Trophies
of this·victory are still preserved at Jind and the Khan's tomb still stands
at the Saffdon Gate. As the town was once capital o( the dtatt', which is.
called after it, the Raja's installation· is st?ill held there.

Aotiqui The principal antiquities are the temples of Maha Deva Bhub-
lshwara, Hari. Kailash and Jainti Devi and the tf>aths of Suraj·Kund and.
Soma BMta·lshGara. The Fatahgarh Fort, built by Raja Gajpat Singh
and named after his sen· Fatah Singh 1 is now trsed as a jail,

Municipality The income of the parma~ for the 10 years is shown. in Table 46 of
aod trade, Part B. It is chiefly derived from octroi, levied undt>r the usual State
rules on goods brought into the parmat for con~umption or retail sale,
The table below shows the value of tht:! commodities brought within
the pa,mallimits for consumption within the town:-

Year.
Cloths, ghl,
drug~, gro· Cereals.
ceries,
articles, etc
Bandrsl
~lotbe111 etc.
Miscel·
laneous,
Total .
----------------------- Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.

1 From ut January 1898' to 3,27,138 1,40,255 6,66~ 3·1,792 s,os,s 49

the end of December tSgS.

g From ut January 189~ to the r,4g,o86 93,696 ~.6rs 3r,4oo 2,76,7 g8

end of July Jf!gg. I

From ut August 1899 to the 1,8o,88a 3,15,275 32

3
end of July Igoo.

58
4 From ast August 1900 to
the end of ]uly 1901.

Total
- 47
 335
JrNo StATE. ] Kalia~a. Sajldun. ( PART A.

KALIANA.

Kaliana is a small town of 2,114 inhabitants (1,027 males an~ 1,687 CHAP. IV.
females), situated at the foo.t of a hillock,, 5 miles west o~ D~dri. A con• Plac~f
siderable portion of the mam town cons1sts of substantial stone houses. interest.
The streets are generally unpaved. The hillock is bare, no vegetation KALIANA.
growing ?n it. Its. cli.mate is dry and very hot in summer a~d intensely
cold in wmter. Drmk1ng wells are ticarce and the water bracktsh, so the Description.
people use tank anJ pool water, which 'Causes guinea-worm.
,
The town of Katiana or Chat Kaliana is said to have been the capi,tal History.
c£ a Raj!l Kaliin whose got or sPpt was elzal after which the town was
named. The remains in its vicinity testify to its having been a large and
populous place. In 725 H. Raja Kalian rebelled against Alaf Khan, king
of Delhi, son of Ghay:h·ud-dln Tughlaq. The imperial army under ~aiyad
Hidayat Ullah or Mubariz Khan attacked Raja Kalian, and in the struggle
both he and Mubariz Khan were killed, and the town was placed under
MirBayak, an official of Alaf Khan.

The principal building of antiquity is the Khangah of Pir Muhariz Antiquities,

Khan, a mile north of the town. It has been fully described in Chap-
ter I, page 262. It bears the following inscription :-Chun dar
S·tn haft sad-o-bz'st wa panj Hiiri Sultan Muhammad Ghasi bin
Tugh!aq ~ar sr!r{r-i·saltanat nz'shasl wa dar san h4{t sad·o·si
Ht"ir£ quba·i-chzl Ka'idna, H dar iM.ta·z'-RrUa KaNan chawal bud,
jattlt kard, wa sam{ndlftra fila hukumat ba Mtr Bayak, ki yake as
makhrus-ul-da,.~ah bUd, at aja,-mad. "When in 725 H. Muhammad Ghclzi,
the son of Tughlaq, sat on. the throne, and in 7'iO H. conquered the town of
Chal Kaliana, which was under the rule of a Raja Kaliina Chawal, and
conferred upon Mir Bayak, one of his officials its zamindara and govern•
ment.

The only manufacture is of stone, whicb iS' worked by 20 families of Trade and
masons who mostly use the stone of the Kumhar mine which .is hard and manufacture,
durable. Articles such as large mortars (uMals) 1 hand mills, pillars, etc., are
made of it and exported to various place~. Flexible sand-stone, called
rangUarzan, is also found in the same hillock.

SAFIDON.

The town of Safidon contained in rgoi a population of 4,832 souls SAFIDON.

(21514 males and 2,318 females) as against 4,593 in t8gr and 4,160 in.188I. Descriptioo,
J tis situated on the Western Jumna Canal, 24 miles east of ]Ind. The
town was surrounded by a masonry wall now in ruinous condition, The
suburbs stretch irregularly beyond the wall towards the east and mostly
. comprise Ranghars' houses. _Inside the town the lanes and alleys are
narrow, but the streets are wider, though generally unpaved. The
houses are generally of brick. There are several gardens outside
th: town, one of which is the fine Qaisar B~gh belonging to the State.
It 1s surrounded by a masonry wall and contains a weii·furnished
1\otM (dik bungalow). · '

The income of the parmat is chiefly derived from octroi under the Municipa!it1
usual Sta.te system, There is a saltpetre manufactory managed by the and trade,
 ~36
}IND STATE. ] Sajldon; 't PART A;
CHAP. IV. State. The town ha; not much trade. The value of the commodities import•
ed into the par1fttlllimits for local .use is shown in the table below :-
Places of.
tnterest.
SAFIDON.

Municipality
•od trade•.
Cloths, ghl
No. Year. drugs, gro· B11Hdrsl Mls~el·
ceries, Cereals. Total.
clothes, etc. laneous.
a.rticle9, etc
('.

- ___ ................ __-- -··- --- -- --

.....

Rs. ~,. ~s. ~s. ns...

I f'rom ut August tSgS to the 1,27,179 4t.3t3 j,t68 7,020 1,78,f8i

end of July t899•

I From I !It Augu~t 1899 to the 88,2711 gli,SSd 3 956 10,977 t,gg,8S$
end of ]ulytgod.

~ Frl'lm tst August 1900 to the 1,73,836 6g,jS8 /5.68j 11,484 2,6t,j6~
end of July 1901.

-- -------- -
Total ... 3.~9 887 !1,0,,221 IJ,Bo3 '9·482 6,39,898
 3~7
]INO StATE.] [PART A.

SANGRUR.

Sangrur is a municipal town and the sadr or administrative, head· CHAP. IV~
quarters of the Jind State. It lies in 3o0 rs' N. and 75° 59' E., 48 miles -
south of Ludhiana, and has a station on the Ludhiana-DhUri-Jakhal Railway. flfces ff
The population (1901) was 11,852 souls (7,6~3 males and 4,229 females). Of m eres •
these r,710 were enumerated in cantonments a~d 406 in suburbs •. This SANGRUR,
showed an increase of 34 per cent. on the population of x8gr, when 1t was Description,
8,820 only. The town is surrounded by a mud wall, wide enough to
' mount auns, and provided with a moat. l t has four gates ; the LaborS on
the west, the Sunami or Jindi on the south, the Patiala on the east, and the
Nabba on the north. Gardens intersected by metalled roads and avenues of
trees lie round the· town. About a mile and·a·half to the north are the
Gurdwara N.lnakyana, with its pakka buildings, tank and garden, lor the
convenience of travellers; the cantonment and the royal cemetery. The
streets of the town are broad and well paved or metalled, and the houses
of the officials and trading classes are generally well-built. fhe principal
buildings of interest are the Dzwan Khana, Bara Dar£, the Royal Foundry,
Jdgr1h 1 the royal cemetery, the KotMs of the Krisr.an Bagh and Lal Bagh,
the hospital and the rink. The DirtJan KMna is in the middle of the
palace and is surrounded by the Lal and Banasar gardens. It has a large
red stone platform, with two buildings called the Saba and Su,.kh Kothis,
on either side and on the platform there are two reservoirs with fountains
and a verandah in front. In the centre is a large spacious hall, containing
a mast~ ad, or seat raised six feet above the floor. There are several build.
ings on the sides and upper storeys, all decorated with glass and ornamen-
tal furniture. On the west is the Entrance Gate (deodht),. with the Jalus
KhQ,,a and Tosha Khana buildings on either side and an upper storey
called the '}a/us Mahal. Further on in the Lal Bagh there are two more
buildings (koth£s). On the east of the Diwan Kluina there is a marble Bar a·
Dar£ in the middle of a tank, called the Banasar, with a wooden bridge
and marble gate. This palace was built by the !ate Raja Raghblr Singh.
The Royal Foundry was established in r876 by Raja Raghblr Singh
.and contains a flour-mill, an oil-press, and apparatus for casting iron, etc.
The ldga~ is just outside the Lahori Gate and to the Wfi'!St of the
town. 'It is a large building with a wide and spacious red stone floor. It
also was built by the late Raja Raghblr Singh. The Royal Cemetery, or
Samrtdhan, is situated outside the Nabha Gate, north of the town, and con-
tains the samadh1 or monuments of the deceased members of the Jind
family. ,

The town of Sangrur is said to have be.en founded by one Sanghu, a History.
Ja.t, some 300 years ago and named after b1m. Formerly a small village
of mud houses, it was chosen as his capital by Raja Sangat Singh
as being close to Patiala, Nabha and Ambala. Its population increased
~v hen Raja Raghblr Singh raised it to the dignity of a town, building
~ts 6azar on the ~od~l of that at Jaipur with (ldM shops, which have
1ron hooks for l1ghtmg purposes, and other pliblic and religious buildings.
The gardens, tanks, temples and metalled roads round the town were
also made by him,

The income is chiefly derived from octroi, leried under the general Municipality
State rules on goods brought into the parmat for consumption or and trade.
retail sale. On the opening of the Ludhi.ina-DhU.d·Jakhal Railway a
gra!n market, called the Ranbir Ganj, was opened by R4ja Ranbir Singh.
Its 1mports are merely to meet the local demand and its only exports
 338
]IND STATE. ] Sangrur. (PART A.
CHAP. IV. consist o£ grain such as wheat, gram, sarson1 maize, etc. No octroi duties
are levied on goods brought into the Ranbir Ganj. The statement below
Places of· shows the value of the exports and imports of the market for the year
interest. 1901 : -
SAIIGRUR.

Municipality
and trnde.
Kinds of commodities. V~lue commodi~ies
of \Value of co~ mod; ties

....... ~......_, .............. _____________ imported. exported .

Rs. · Rs.
Cloths, ghi, drugs, groceries, etc. •.. 4·52,891
Cereals 11,28,466
Bandrsl clothes, &c. 49.4ss I

Miscellaneous :J0,6J8 i
---~-----
Total 18,39,194 a6,4i.455
1
I

'·.
NABHA STATE.
 NABHA STATE.
CH APTT1j I~ I.- DESCRI P'rtVE,
--).(--
Section A.-Physical Aspects.
THE State of Nabha is the second in population and revenue and the CHAP. J, A.
smallest in area of the three Phulkfan States, but its rulers, as the descendants -:- .
of Chaudhri Tllok Singh, the eldest son of Chaudhri PM!, claim that they re- Descnpttve.
present the senior branch of the Phulklan family. The State has an are~ o£ PavstcAL
966 ·tquare miles with a population {in 1901) of 297,949 souls, and contams AsPECTs.
4 towns and 492 villages. The State falls into three natural <livisions, the Natural dlvi•
nizamat of Phullying entirely in the great Jangal tract, and that of Amloh sions.
in the Pawadh, while Bawal, which lies 200 miles from the capital on the
borders of Rajputana, is sometimes called the Bighota (said to be so named
from Bighota. a Jat, who ruled over this tract before the rise of the Rajputs
to power), which includes part of the Rewari tahsil of Gurgaon and the Kot
Qasim pargana of Alwar and the Bahror and Mandhvar tahslls of Jaipur.
1. The modern nizamr.t o£ PhUl comprises five 1 pieces of territory- Nizamats, ·
(i) a long strip of territory, of irregular shape, some 6o miles in length,
and from 4 miles in breadth, with an area of 254 square miles; (it} a tract
7~ miles long by 2\ broad, almost surrounded by Patiala territory, com ..
prising 7 villages (Ratoki, Takipur, Togawal, Dhadrian, Dialgarh, Rajia
and Bandher), with an area of 18 square miles; (iii) certain pattis of
Dbilwan and Maur, which lie at a distance of 8 or 9 miles east of Phul and
have an area of I] square miles. These villages are also almost surrounded
by Patia!a territory; (iv) the pargana of Jaito, 22 miles north·west of
PhUI. This compact parga,a has an area of 64 square miles, being
11 miles in length and nearly 6 in 'vidth. It comprises t6 villages , (v) The
thana o£ Lohat Badi is an irregular strip of territory, IS! miles from east to
west and about 2i miles wide, bordered on the north by the Raikot thana
of the Ludhiana District and on the east by the Maler Kotla State. On
the south it is mostly bordered by Patiala territory, which also bounds it on
the west. It has an area of 41 square miles and contains 18 villages.
2. Nizamat Amloh.-This rdzamat comprises seven separate pieces
of the State territory :-(i) The main portion of the nizamat is an almost
continuous tract of territory 26 miles in length from north to south and
10 miles in breadth, with an area of 250t square miles. Within its
limits lie four islands of Patiala territory ,dth an area of g! square miles.
It is bordered on the north by the Samrala tahsil of the Ludhiana Dis·
trict and on the east by the Sirhind nizamat of Patiala: on the south
it is bounded by the Bhawanlgarh nizamat, and on the west by the
Barnala niz(lmat of that State, though an outlying portion of tahsil
Samrala also touches it. It contains the town of Amloh and 228 villages.
(ii) The pargana of Deh Kalan lies to the south-west of the above tract
an~ is bordered on the south by the Sangrur tahsil of Jind. The other
5 pteces consist of small, detached areas, aggregating only 40 square miles
in area, and need not be described in detail.
3· Nz':amat Bawal.-This nizama~ includes three portions of the
State territory :-(t1 Pargana Bawal is bounded on the e:J.st by the Kot
Qasim tahsil of the Jaipur State, on the south-east corner by Alwar
territory, on the south by the l\landawar tahsil of Alwar, on the west
by villages of the Bahror tahsil of that State and of the !3-ewari tahsil
I
A small tract of Nabha territory (marked Bilha village) is shown in the survey map north•
east of Bhadaur. This is an error, as the State owns no s11ch tract.
 340
NABHA STATE.] Climate. [PART A.
CHAP. I, A. of Gurgaon, interspersed, and on the north by that tahsil. This pargana
-.-r is compact and an irregular square in shape, being 11 miles in length from
0 escnp lve. north to south and 7! miles in width, with an area of nearly 85 squares.
PavstcAL It contains the town of Bawal and 74 villages. (iz') The outlying village of
AsPEcrs. Mukandpur Bassi lies just off the north·east corner of the Bawal pllrgana '
Ni•amats. and 2 m1les {rom it. It is almost surrounded by the area of tahsil Rewari,
but on the south-east it adjoins the tahsil of Kot Qasim in Jaipur. (iii) The
pargana o£ Kanti-Kanina lies g miles "·est of the Ba wal pargana and
!3 miles from the town of Bawal. It is bounded on the north by the
Dadri pargana o£ Jind and the Nahar pargana o£ Dujana, on the• east
by the Rewarl tahsil and the Bahror tahsil of Alwar, on the south by the
latter tahsil, and on the west by the 'Narnaul pargana (or Mohindargarh
nizdmat) of the Patiala State. It has a length of ~o~ ·miles from north to
south and a width of 9t miles, being an irregular parallelogram in shape, -
I 97 square miles in area.
Rivers and No large or considerable river runs in the Nabha State or touches its
streams,
borders, but there are a few seasonal torrents which require mention. The
Sirhind Nala or Choa, which passes near Sirhind, enters the Amloh
nt'zamat at Mandhaur flowing due west. Near Fatehpur it turns, and
flowing almost due south-west by south passes Bhadson. Thence flowing
south·west it passes the capital, Nabha, itself some 3 miles to the north-
west, and, running past Mansurpur in Patiala territory, finally leaves the
Nabha State territory at }alan. Its total course in this State is abc.ut 30
miles. The Cho.i "·hen in flood overflows the lands on its banks, and
causes injury to the crops in the kharff, but their enhanced fertility in
the rabi compensates for any injury in the kharlf. Two bridges-one
at Bhadson, the other at Dhingih-have been built across the Choii. by the
State. In the Bawal nizamat there are two seasonal streams, the Sawi
and the Kasiwati. The former rises in the Jaipur hills, and flowing through
the Manda war tahsil of Alwar enters the Bawal pargana from the west
at Paoti at its south-·west corner, passing by the lands of Paoti, Pin1npura
and Panwar. Then it leaves the pargana, but again touches it at Bfr
}habwa, after which it passes through Jaipur and Alwar territory to
Garhi Harsaru. Its total length in this State does not exceed four miles. 1
The Kasawati torrent enters the Kanti pargana from N.irnaul on the
West near Bahaurf and flows north-east by east past Garhi ; thence
it turns north, and leaving this pargana for a short distance re-enters the
State at Rata. Flowing past Gomla it leaves the State at Mod and Man·
pura after a total course of 6i miles in its territory. It is not used for
Irrigation, but does no damage in the Kanti pargana.
Hills, The nizamats of PhUl and Amloh consist of level plains, which in the
case of the former are interspersed with the shifting sandhills common in
the Jangal tract. In the Kanti-Kanfna pargana of Bhval and mainly in the
extreme south-east of the Kanti tluina are a few insignificant hills known as
Kanti, Ram pur, Bah3.H, etc., after the names of the villages in which they lie.
They are barren and unculturable, but supply building-stone, and cover
an area of some 787 acres. Two other hills of similar character, Badh·
rana and Jaisinghpur Khera, lie in B.iwal pargana and one, Sailang, in
Kanina. These too bear the names of the villages in which they lie.
CLI~IATE.
Climate The scattered nature of the State territory makes it impossible lo
describe its climate accurately in general terms, and it will be better to
note briefly the salient climatic features of each nizamat.
1
The Sawi was formerly Cllled the Sahabi, a name said to be derived from the Arabic
ia4.i~, 1
c:Ioud.'
 34 1
NABHA STATE,] History. (PART A.
The PhUl nisamat possesses the dry, healthy climate of the Jangal CHAP. I, F.
tract as a whole, the pargana of Lohat Badi being more like the Amloh Descriptive
11izamat in character. Owing to the sandy nature of the soil, the absence •
of ponds and the depth of the water below the surface, malaria is not CLtMATB,
prevalent. The water also is purer than it is in the Pawadh, and the .
Jan(l'al has or had the reputation of being healthy for man and beast. Chmate.
Th~ introduction of canal irrigation in this n;samat has, it is asserted,
had a detrimental effect on the health of the people, but it continues to be
more salubrious than that of Amloh, because, though there is no outlet for
th<"t rainfall, the deep sandy soil absorbs the water. Bubonic plague was
imported into this tract in November 1901 from the villages of Raikot
thana in the Ludhiana District, but it was observed that the mortality was
not so great as it was elsewhere. The diseases of the tract are those of
hot, arid countries, vt'z., fever induced by hot winds and diseases of the
eye, while cholera and small-pox occur occasionally. Amloh nizamat,
lying in the Pawadh, is the least salubrious tract in the State. It has
a damper climate than the Jan gal and contains more trees, while
its soil is a rich loam, generally free from sand. The water-level is
near the surface, and the water is in consequence bad. These natural
conditions have been, it is said, intensified by the introduction of canal
irrigation. The chief diseases of the nizamat are fever, dysentery,
pneumonia and measles, while cholera and small-pox are occasionally
epidemic. Plague first appeared in the State in this ni.aamat in Igoi, and
the mortality was high. To this general description the town of Nabha
is in great measure an exception, owing to its system of sanitation and
the medical facilities afforded in the capital. The Bawal nizamat generally
has a dry hot climate, and the tract is singularly destitute of trees, streams
and tanks. It is in consequence free from malaria, and epidemics are
infrequent, the chief diseases which occur being those common to hot and
dry tracts. No data as regards temperature are available.
The monsoon sets'in throughout the State towards the end o£ Jeth or Rainfall.
early in Har, continuing till the end of Bhidon or the beginning of Asauj.
The winter rains, called the mahout in the Bawal nisamet, fall between
the end of Maghar and the end of Magh, Poh being usually. the month of
most rain. The Amloh nt'zanut has the heaviest rainfall in normal years,
but in the past 4 or 5 years it has not received much more than Bawal
nisamat i the ni1amat o£ Phul has ordinarily a much smaller rainfall
than Amloh, Bawal being the worst off of the three niaamals in this
respect.

Section B.-History.
The history of the origin! of the Nabha State is that of the PhUiklan
houses already given. Its existence as a separate and sovereign State A. D. 176J.
may be said to date from the fall of Sirhind in 1763. Prior to that year
its chiefs had been merely rural notables, whose influence was overshadow-
ed by that of the cadet branch which was rising to regal power under
Ala. Singh, the founder of the Patiala State. Taloka, the eldest son of PhUl, ·
had died after an uneventful life in 1687, leaving two sons. Of these the
eldest, Gurditta, founded Dhanaula and Sangrur, now the capital of Jind,
and the second son Sukhchen became the ancestor of the Jind family.
Gurditta's grandson Hamir Singh founded the town of Nabha in 1755, and in A, D. liS$•
1759 he obtained possession of Bhadson. After the fall of Sirhind in 1 763
Amloh fell to his share, and in 1776 he conquered Rorl from Rahimdad I\ hAn
governor of Hansi. Ham[r Singh1 was also the first Raja of Nabha to coi;.
1 Ciriffio, page 3SJ, but tf, tho date (1911 Sam bat) in note on page 2SS,
 j4Z
NABHA STATE.) (PART A.-
CHAP. t, B. money in his own name. On the other hand, he lost territory in his
dispute ·with Raja Gajpat Singh of Jind, who in 1774 conquered Sangrur.
Descriptive. On his death in 1783 his s:,n Jaswant Singh succeeded him under the
hiSTORY. guardianship of Rllnf Desu, his step-mother, who held her own by the
assistance of Sahib Singh Bhang! of Gujr<it till her death in 1790. After
A. D. 1783·
;. this the Phulklan chiefs combined to oppose George Thomas, but the R~ja
of Nabha was only a lukewarm member of the confederacy, and at the
A. D. 18o1. battle of Narnaund in 1798 his troops were hardly engaged, and in 18o1
it does not appear that the Raja joined with the principal cis-Sutlej
chiefs in their embassy to General Perron at Delhi, but Nabha was
included in the conditions finally agreed upon, and consented to ~ay
Rs. g,sro per annum as tribute to the Mahrattas on the defeat of
Thomas.
Jaswant Singh sided with the British when Ho!kar, the Mahratta
chief, was being driven northward~ to Lahore, and aided them with a
detachment of sowars. l;ord Lake, in return for this, assured him that
his possessions would not be curtailed and no demand for tribute would
be made on him so long as Hs disposition towards the Britis)1 remained
unchanged. He was formally taken undPr the protection of the British
A. D. 18og. in' May 18og with the other cis-Sutlej chH~. He furnished supplies for
Ochterlony's Gurkha Campaign in r815 and a~so helped in the Bikaner
affair of Iot8, and always proved a faithful ally when his assistance was
required. At the time of the Kabul Campaign of 1838 he offered the
services of his troops to the Governor-General and advanced 6 lakhs
of rupees towards the expensfs c,f the expedition. He died in 1840 and
was succeeded by his son Devindar, who, however, failed to carry on his
father's loyal and friendly policy. In consequence of his conduct during
the first Sikh War, nearly one-fourth cf his territory was confiscated, he
himself was removed from his State, and his son, Bharpur Singh, a boy of
seven years of age. placed on the '' gaddi.'' Bharpur Singh attained his
majority very shortly after the outbreak of the Mutiny. At that critical
time he acted with exemplary loyalty to the British. He was placed
in charge of the important station of Ludhiana and of the neighbouring,
Sutlej ferries at the commencement of the outbreak. A Nabha detachment·
of :wo men took the place of the Nasiri Battalion which had bP.en detailed
to escort a siege train from Phillaur to Delhi, b tt had refused to march,
while it was at the head of a detachment of 150 Nabha troops that the
British Deputy Commissioner opposed the J~llundur mutineers at Phillaur .
and prevented their crossing the river. The Raja despatched to Delhi a'
contingent of about 300 men which did good ~ervice throughout the siege,'
while he himself enlisted new troops from amongst his own subjects,
furnished supplies and transport, arrested mutineers, and performed many·
other services with the utmost loyalty and good-will. Further he advanced
to Government a loan of 2! lakhs of rupees. After the mutiny his services
were rewarded by the grant of the divisions of Bawal and Kant!, and he:
was subsequently allowed to purchase a portion of the Kanaud sub-division
of Jhajjar in liquidation of sums advanced by him to Government. He.
was also formally granted the pow·er of life and death over his subjects
as well as the right of adoption and the promise of non-interference by the.
British in the internal affairs of his State. He was an enlightened prince 1
who devoted all his energies to the well-being of his people, and a career.
of the highest promise was cut short by his early death in 1863. He.i
left no son and the chiefship fell to his brother Bhagwan Singh. Whe.'.
the latter died in 1871 1 he left no near relative who could cb.im tae,
 343
NABHA STATE. ] Population. [ PART A.

chiefship and it became necessary to elect a successor under the terms of CHAP. 1, c.
the sanad granted to the Phulkian States in r86o, which provided that,
in the event of failure of male is;;ue, an heir should be selected from Descriptive.
amongst the members of the Phulkian family by the two remaining chiefs HtsToRY,
and a representative of the British Government acting jointly. The choice
fell upon Sardar H!ra Singh, head of the Badr6khan house and a cousin
of the Raja of Jlnd (see pedigree table on page 214), and the appointment
was confirmed and recognised by the Viceroy and the Secretary of State
for India.
;p Raja Hlra Singh, the present ruler of Nabha, was installed
on the roth of August 1871. Since that time he has governed his State
with great energy and ability, while he has given repeated proofs of his
unswerving loyalty and friendship to the sovereign power. In 1872,
' 1 A. D. 1 872,
when trouble was raised by the K6 'as, he at once despatched a force
to quell the disturbance at the request of the British Deputy Commissioner,
and the Governor-General expressed his entire satisfaction with the
conduct of the Nabha troops. He likewise sent a force of 2 guns, 200
cavalry and soo infantry for service en the frontier during the Afghan
War of 1879·188o, which did excellent work in the Ktirram valley
throughout the first phase of the campaign. In recognition of this His
Highness was created a G. C. S. I. The Raja also offered the services
of his troops on the following occasions :-Nalta expedition, May r878;
Egyptian War, 1882; Manipur, 1891 ; Wazlristao, 1894; Chitral Relief
Forces, 1895 ; China, 1900; and the South African War. Government on
each occasion expressed its warm thanks and appreciation of the
loyalty of the offer. When horses were urgently wanted in South Africa
for the mounted infantry forces o;>erating against the Boers, His Highnes;
despatched so of his troop horses, fully equipped, for use in the field.
The war service of the Nabha Imperial Service Troops will be described
in Chapter IlL
On the first of January 1903 on the occasion of the Delhi Coronation A. D. 1903,
Darba.r, His Highness was created a G. C. I. E. and he was also appointed
Honorary Colonel of the 14th Sikhs. His heir is his son Tikka
Ripudaman Singh, who was born in 1883.
Section C.-Population.
The following table shows the effect of migration on the population Mig-ration,
of the Nabha State according to the census of 1901 : -

Persons. Males. Females.

Immigrants.
---------
(i) Punjab and North-West Frontier Province
(ii) From the rest of India ... . ..
(iii) From the rest of Asia
r--~-1-----
Total immigrants 82,410 1 28,oor 54,409
--~------..-
Emigrant's.
(i) To w.ithin the Punjab and North-West Frontier Pro· 70,711 20,899
vince.
[U) To the rest of India 4.489 1,956 3 r 2,8 3
Total emigrants
- - - -22,555
· 75,280
- i !- - -
52,725
~~eess· of immigrants over emigrants
-------i--
7,130 5,446 1,684li.

~-------=~--~--------·--------------~---._----~-------
 344
NABHA STATE.] PopulatioH. [PART A.
CHAP. I, C. The bulk of the immigration is. from the Districts, States and Pro-
vinces in India noted below:-
pescrlptive. ========--=====-~=====9==-=-;::::-=;;--=--=-=-=-
POPULATION,

Immigration.
Number of
District, State,. or Province. Popula• males in
tion. r,ooo im-
migrants.

-·----------~...,_.·---!·--
!
-------
Ludhillna 9,794 351
Ferozepore 6,46o 441
Patiala ... 34.770 303
Hisdr ... 1,794 449
Rohtak 775 339
Duj4na 557 28o
Gurg,on 4,163 245
Karnal 702 349
Amb.tla 2,246 281
Hoshi,rpur .•• 546 736
Ju!lundur ... 531 534
M4le~ Kotla 2,584 332
Farldkol "' 1,639 379
71nd 3,205 aS,
Rdjput4na ... 9,257 26o
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh 1,149 655

Emirratlon. The emigration is mainly to the Districts, States and Provinces

noted below :-

• District, State, or Province. Males, Females,

-
Hiss§.r --- - - -- -- 931 I,Jo6
Rohtak '", 511 1,920
Dujat~a 112 575
Gurg<ion ... 1,~65 4,!)15
KarnAl 395 549
AmbAla

Ludhi4na
- ...
463

2,557
r,o2o

8,215'
Maler Kotla ... 404 r,664
Ferozepore ... 4,169 6,505 ·
Far{diot
-... r,toS t,!)16
Pati4la
flnll
-... - ...
- ...
6,013

76g
17,ofii
t.47*
Chen4b Colony
- ... ... sn 374
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh

R4iJIU4n•••
'" -... ...
319
t,154
131

t.Mt::
 :34S
NABHA STATE, ] T,.i6ef and Castes. [PART A.

The State thus gains 7,130 souls CHAP. I, C~

Nett gain
from+ by migration, and its nett inter- Descriptive•
01' loss
to- PoPULATION;
Rohtak -1,656 changes of p'opulation with the
Migration.
Gurg~on -2,117
Amb~la ... +763 Districts, States and Provinces in
Hoshi~rpur +377
lltUer Kotla +516 India which mainly affect its popu-
Ferozepore -4,214
Patitlla ... + u,6go
Che:~~b Colony -sss lation are noted in the margin.
Rajputdna +5,436
United Provinces of Agra and Oudh +699

Comparison with the figures of t8gt shows that N abha gained by

intra-provincial migration alone 1, 109 souls in I go 1 and lost 7,913
in 18gx.
Through intra-imperial migration, i. e., migration in India both
within the Punjab and to or from other provinces in India, the State
gained 7,104 souls.

.
TRIBES AND CASTES •

The following is an account of the }at tribes of the State : - ]a.ts.

Bairw~Is.
The Bairwal claim to be descendants of Birkhman, a Chauhiin Rajput,
whose son married a }at girl as his second wife and so lost status. The
name is eponymous, and they are found in Bawal nisamat.

The Chhelars, whose principal settlement is- Chhelar in Narnaul Chhelar;

tahsll, sank to Jat status by contracting marriages with }at women. They
revere Bhctgw:in Das, a Hindu saint of Tikla, a village in this State, and
shave their children at his shrine. They avoid tobacco.

The Dhatans, found in Bawal, derive their origin from Raja Dhal, a Dhatans.
Tunwar ruler of the Lunar dynasty of Hastlnapur, who lost caste by marry-
ing a foreign wife.

Rai Khanda, the ancestor of the Dolats, is said to have held ajagfr near Dolats,
Delhi. His brothers Ragbhlr and Jagdhlr were killed in Nadir Shah's
invasion, but he es£aped and fled to Siuna Gujariwala, a village now in
ruins, close to Sunam, then the capital of a petty State. He sank to }at
status by marrying his brother's widows. The origin of the name Dolat is
thus accounted for. Their ancestor's children did not live, so his wife
made a vow at Naina Devi to visit the shrine twice for the tonsure ceremony
of her son, if she had one. Her son was accordingly called Dolat (from
lat, hair). Dolat Jats are found in Dialgarh, Raigarh and Santokhpura
in Nabha, in Langow.ll of Pati3Ja, and in Dolatanwala of Ferozepore.
Those of Nabha and Patiiila intermarry.

The Gorias derive their name from Goran Singh, a Rajput who settled Gorias.
at Alowal in Patiala and thus became a }at.
. The Kabirias are found in Bawal, and deri~e their name from katdr, a Ka.tarias.
dagger. .
 346
NABHA STATE.] The '}ats. (PART A.

CHAP. I, C. The Kharas ~laim Chhatria descent and say their ancestor held an
s¢(ptlve office at the Delhi Court, but his son Khira became a robber and went to
0e 1 ' Khandur, where he married a woman of another tribe and so became a }at.
PoPuLArtoN, The Kharas believe in a sidh whose shrine is at Khandur, and there they
Tribes and offer panjert, etc. They do not use milk or curd until it has been offered
Castes: at the shrine. Of the 5th of the second half of Baisakh, Maghar and Bhadon
KUras. special offerings are made there. The sidh was a Khara '\vito used to fall
asleep while grazing his cattle. One day his head was cut off by robbers,
but he ·pursued them for some yards, and the spot where he fell is now his
shrine, and though the Kharas have left Khandur the sidlz is still W(H' ..
shipped.
Kharoras, Uppal, the ancestor of the Kharoras, lived in Baragion of Patiala, a
Muhammadan village, which he ruled. When he went to pay in the revenue
at the treasury he got himself recorded as its owner, and in their resent-
ment the people murdered him. His wife gave birth to a son, on her way
to her father's house, on a hard piece of ground (klzarora) whence the name
Kharauda or Kharora. ·
Koks. The Koks derive their name from their first home. They came from
Kokas in Manda war tahsil of Alwar and are found in Bawal.
Laurs. The Laur trace their origin to Lalhora, a place of uncertain locality.
They are found in Bawal. .
M'ns. The Man claim to be descendants of Raja Bine Pal, who came from
Jaisalmir. The Varaha or Varya claim the same descent. The Mans
sank to }at status by adopting karewa. Panni Pal had four sons-Parwga,
Sandar, Maur, and Khamala : Paraga's descendants founded Ghorela, Balbo,
Burj, Agwar, Manan in the Dhanaula z'lc1qa and Burj Mansayan in this State:
Maur's descendants founded Mauran.
Nehrb. The Nehras are found in Bawal. They claim to be an offshoot of the
Chhatrias, who left Gadgajni when it was the scene of conflict. They wor·
ship the dev£ and Bandeo, whose shrine is at Raipur about a mile from Bawal.
Bandeo was the son of a Brahman, and one day a merchant passed him carry-
ing bags of sugar. Bandeo asked the merchant what they contained and he
said' salt,' so when he opened them he found only salt, but on his supplicat•
ing Bandeo it became sugar again. Cotton stalks are not burnt at his shrine
and people perform the first tonsure at it. The Nehras do not smoke.
Phulsaw£1s. The Phulsawals derive their descent from Bechal, a famous warrior,
whose four sons were sent in turn to defend the gate (t;hulsa) of a fort,
whence the name Phulsawal. They ordinarily worship the goddess
Bhairon, and perform the first tonsure of their children at Durga's shrine
in the Dahmi itaqa of Alwar.
Ra.hals. The Rahals also claim Rajput descent, becoming Jats by adopting
widow remarriage. Their ancestor was born on the way t,rth) when his
mother was taking her husband's food to the field. They wear a janeo at
marriage, but remove it afterwards, and reverence a salt's shrine at
Hallotali in Amloh nizamat.
Swanchea. The Swanch clan claims descent from Ha.ri Singh, a Chauhan Rajp6t,
who lost status by marrying a wife of another tribe. They are found in Bawal.
Soh&ls.
The Sohals derive their name from Sohal Singh, their eponym.
Rithfs. Originally Rajputs, the Rathls in some way lost status and became
Jats. Th_ey revere Bandeo,
 347
NABHA STATE.] The Jats. The Mtnas. [PART A.

The Tokas are of unknown origin. Bhagwan Das, the saint, was a CHAP. I, c.
Tokas and his descendants are called Swami, but marry among Jats. -:-t.
0 escnp 1ve.

Other Jat tribes are the Bhullars, Dhaliwals, Dhillons, Phogats and PoPuLATION.
Sethas. Tribes and
Castes:
. I. f S, Tokas. a
T~e Minas are found in Bawal. They, c a!!l' descent rom angw r Other JatTribes:
Tawan, a Brahman and grandson of l\11r RaJa Ad. As elsewhere they
are habitual thieves, but if a Mina is made ekaukfdar of a village no other Mtnb.
MIM. will rob it. He:nce rise twa occupational groups-one of village
watchmen, the other of cultivators; and the former will only take daughters
from the latter, though they may smoke together. Both have septs named
after the place of origin, and in Bawal the got found is called Papri from
Paproda in Jaipur. They perform the first tonsure at Rai Sur in that
State. At a betrothal contract, a barber, a Brahman and a Ranaks (Hindu
Mirasi) are sent to the house of the boy's father. The Ranaks marks a tilak
on his forehead, getting Rs. 16 as his fee, the Brahman and the Nai
receiving Rs. 4 with a curtain and Rs. 3 respectively. Lagan is sent
shortly after. An auspicious day is fixed by a Brahman and other
ceremonies performed. Like all professional thieves the Minas are
devotees of Devl. On all occasions, and even when starting on a raid,
they offer her sweetmeats. On the birth of a son they distribute food in
the name of Puna, a sat£ of their family, whose shrine is at Mehrat in }aipur,
and the women sing songs. They do not use the first milk of a milch
animal until some of it has been given to the parokz't and offered to the
goddess. They do not wear kanch bangles as this was forbidden by the
sott. They eat meat and drink liquor, worship the p£pal and Sitla.
They wear no jan eo.

. In Nabha there lives a Muhammadan Jhinwar, the chief votary of Jhtnwars,

Kalu Bhagat and head (ckaudhr£) of all the Jhinwars, both Hindu and
Muhammadan, in the State. The occupations of the Jhinwars are very
various. Some have now taken to selling jhatka goat's flesh, but the
Hindu Sultani Jhinwars avoid eating meat so killed. The Nabha ]blnwars
claim to be of the Narania group, which does not eat, smoke or intermarry
with the Buria group. .

The Heris found in Bawal are said to be of equal rank with Chuhras; Herls.
and though they do not remove filth, they eat dead animals. They
do not take water from the Chtihra, DM.nak, Naik, and other menial
tribes, or vice versa. They live by hunting and weaving, winnowing
basket:; and morhas. The Heris are divided into an unknown number of
gots, of which the following 21 are found in this State :-
Char an. Ghaman. Mew a!.
Dehahinwal. Salingia. Bhata.
Sarsnt. Chhanda.lia. Samelwal.
Rathor. Sagaria. Junbal.
Dekhta. Sendhi. Dharoria.
Gotala. Panwal, Chabarwal.
Ghachand. Hajipuria. Gogal.
They worship the goddess l\fasani and avoid 4 gots in marriage.
Re-marriage of widows is practised, and all their ceremonies resemble
t bose of the Dh6.naks. Naiks are a branch of the Heds and have the same
 ··s4s
NABHA STATE. ) Khattks. Brahmans. [PART A.
CHAP. 1. c. gots, but each abstains from drinking water given by the other, and they do
-:-t' not intermarry. They also live by making winnowing baskeb, etc., and
0 escnp IVe. resemble the Herfs in all respects. ·
PoPULATioN. Khatik is a term applied to those who dye goat's skins. The
Tribes and Khatiks are Hindus and are regarded as higher than the Chamars because
Casles: they do not eat dead animals, though they use meat and liquor. They say
Khatlks. that when the occupations were assigned, Brahma ordered them to live by
three things, a goat's skin, the bark of trees and lac, so they graze cattle
and dye hides with bark and lac. Chamars and Chuhras drink water given
by them, while Hindus and Muhammadans do not. Though a menial t~be,
their priests are Gaur Brahmans, who officiate in the phera and kiria
ceremonies. They are found in Bawal and claim descent from the
Chhatris. Their gotJ are named after the places whence they emigrated,
and the Khatlks of Bawal are called Bagds because they came from Bagar.
Those of the Bairiwal, Raswal and Khichi gots are numerous and avoid
only one got in marriage. ·They also practise widow marriage. They
worship Bhairon and Sedh Masani. Their women do not wear a nose
ring. They perform the first tonsure ceremony of their children at Hajipur
in Alwar, where there is a shrine of the goddess. On marriage they also
take the bride and bridegroom to worship at the shrine. Their gurus are
Nanak-pantbi Sikhs, and they are subordinate to the Dera at Amritsar,
but in spite of this they do not act on the principles of Sikhism. The
Khatlks of Ph61 and Amloh are Muhammadans, but on conversion they did
not relinquish their occupation, and so they are called Khatiks. · Men of
other tribes joined them owing to their occupation, and hence there are
two classes of Muhammadan Khatiks in these nizamats, vis., the Raj put
Khatiks and the Ghori Pathan Khatlks, These two classes marry among
themselves.
The Chauba The Chauba Brahmans, who are confined to the Bawal niuamat, are
Brahmans, of the Mitha branch of the Chaubas. They have the same gotras as the
other Brahmans and are divided into 29 sasans, vi1.- .
r. Rajaur. II. Ratha. 21. Sahana.
2. Pandi. 12. Santar. 22, Rasaniu,
3· Sunghan. 13. Birkhman. 23, Kaskiia.
4· Gadur. 14, Panware. 24. Ganar.
5· Saunsatia. 15. Misser. 25. Vias.
6. Sunian. 16. Kanjre. 26. Jaintiia,
7· Koina. 17. Bharamde. 27. Mathriia.
8. Sarohne. 18. Phakre. - 28. Jain Satie.
g. Ajme. xg. Mithia. 29. Pachure.
10. Agnaia. 20, . Nasware.
They only avoid their own sasan in marriage. The Mitha3 are ge.ne·
rally paroltits of the Mabajans, Ahirs and Jats, but they also take serv1ce.
There is also a stisan (Mandolia) of the Dube Gaur Brahmans in Bawal.
The Mahratta. Mahratta Brahmans, a relic of ~he Mahratta supremacy, are still found
J3rahmaos, in the Bawal nizamat. The Gaurs were, it is said, constrained by the
Mahratta conquerors to consent to intermarry with them. These Mahratt~
Brahmans first settled here in the Mahratta service and now regard parohl•
tcU as degrading. There are also a few in Charkhi and Dadri in. Jind te!ri·
tory and in the .to~n of Re~ari, but they are mainly found m. Gwaltor.
They use the Hmd1 and Persian characters, but do not learn Sansknt or teach
it to their children lest they should betOme parohits.
The Cbaur The Chaurasi Brahmans of Bawal nisamat call themselves Gaurs,
~tabmut.
but though they are allowed to drink or smoke from a. Oa~r:s
hands, no Gaur will take :water o~ a huqqa_ from them, The1~ ong1~
 ~4§
NABHA STATE.] the 1Ujputs. [PART A,

is thus described. When Raja Jamnajai summoned the Gaur Brahmans CHAP. I, C.
from Bengal, an erudite Rishi, Katayan by name, accompanied them -.-ti
and was chosen, as the most learned of the company, to take the 0 escrlp ve.
role of Brahma on the occasion of a yaga or sacrifice. To sustain this PoPULATION.
part the Rishi had to wear a mask of four faces, whence his descendants Tribes and
are called Chau,.asi, or the fo~r-faced (from the Sanskrit rz'sa, a face). Castes:.
They subsequently dissented from the Gaurs on the question of dakkslzina The Chaur4si
(money given as alms), but it is not known why they are inferior to Brahmans.
them, though their numerical inferiority may account for it.
., Another group of Bra~mans in Bawal is the Hariana, .with whom the ne Hariana
Gaurs also decline to di"Ink or smoke. They are cultivators, a fact Brahmans,
which may explain their inferiority. They are mainly found in Jaipur,
Alwar and Bhartpur.
There are a few Pushkarnas in the town of Bawal, belonging to the The Pushkll'•
Sahwaria sasan. They engage in no occupation save priestly service in nas.
the temples of Puskharji and assert that they had been specially created by
Brahma to worship in his temples, and hence they are so named; they
do not associate with the Gaurs in any way.
.
The Raj puts are divided into three races (bans) Stiraj-bansi (solar), The Rajpiits.
Chandar·bansi (lunar) and Agni-kul or Baragh·hansi. Each bans is again
divided into khanps, each khanp into nakhs, and each nakh, it is said, into gots.
The Agnf-kul have four branches, {t) the Solankhi, or ' I6·handed';
(iz) the Sankhla blowing sankh or shell; Viz) the Pramara or Punwar '(whose
ancestor had no arms) ; and (iv) the Chauhan, the 'four-handed,' also called
the Chatr-bhuj. The eponym of the latter had two sons,-Sikand, whose
descendants are found in Bawal, and Bhal, whose descendants inhabit the
Bagar.1 Sikand had 12 sons, each of whom founded a separate nakk1
thus:-
(1) Alan Deo·jl, eponym of the Chauhan Ra jptits in Bawal~ found·
ed the Alanot nakk.
(a) Hardal-ji founded the Hada nakh.
(3) Deo-ji founded the Dewara nak!t.
{4) Suraj Mal founded the Adson~ra nak!t.
(5) Bala·ji founded the Balia nakk.
I
The (6) Khenchi, (7) Narman, (8) Bhag, (9) Bargala, (xo) Dasotra,
(11) Basotra and (12) Kahil naHs are named after his other sons. The
Chauhans form an exogamous group. Those of Bawal nigamat are Alanot by
nakk and Bach by got, Bacbash having been their ancestor. Like Sihand's des-
cendants they worship Asawari Devi, whose temple is at Samber in Jaipur.
Bhal's descendants worship Jibbi Devi of Khandaila. The descendants of
S.ikand worship Bhirgwa Godawari Nadl, wear a three·s~~in~edjaneo, and spe•
Clally follow the Sham Veda. Every khanp of these Rajputs has a tree as its
dlu£r£, i.e., its members do riot cut or use it. Thus the Raj puts of Bawal
ni:uimat do not cut the asa pala tree. Prior to the period of Raj put supre..
macy Bawal, including the modern tahsils of Rewari and Kot Qasim with a
part of Jaipur, was ruled by Bhagra, a Jat, whence it is still called
Bhigota. The Rajputs of this tract are followers of a Muhammadan saint

Guga was a member of thia &ribo,

 jso
NABHA StATE,) Tize Rajpdtr. (PART A.
CHAP. t, c. whose shrine is .at Nanga! Teju in Bawal. 1hey avoid the use of liquor
· -:- and use ha/0.1 flesh, but pre!'\erve the belief in sat{r. A man may not visit
Descnptlve. his father-in·law's house unless invited and given a present of ornaments.
PoPULAr! ON.' The muklawa is considered unnecessary when the parties are young.
Tribes and Of the various branches of the lunar race the Badgujar, Khachhwaha
Castes: and Shaikhawat khanps have a common descent. The former claim des•
The R~jputs. cent from LaM, son of Ram and Slta and the Kachhwaha's ancestor
was created by B.ilmik out of kush grass. Kalaj!, a Kachhwaha, had a son
by the favour of Shaikh Burban·ud-dln, the Muhammadan saint, and so
his descendants are called Shaikhawats. They have 36 nakhs, including the
Ratnawat (descendants of Boairon-jl), Dunawat, Chandawat and Khachh·
rolia, of which the first is found in this State, though only in small numbers.
Ratnawat women do not use the spinning wheel or grind corn, and the men
would rather starve than eat flour ground by their women. Those who
do so are excommunicated. All the ShaikMwats are ·followers of Shaikh
Burhan·ud·din, whose shrine is at Jaipur. They bind a skin round a
child's waist and only use halal flesh according to the Shaikh's behests.
Kachhwahas and ShaikMwats do not intermarry, being the descendants
of one ancestor. The Badgujars now marry with the Kachhwihas, but
not so the Shaikhli.wats. This used not to be the case, but since they
migrated to Rajputana it has b'een the custom. A Kachhwaha chief set the
example by marrying a Badgujar girl whom he met when hunting a tiger.
Lunar branches found in this State are the Jadu and Tunwar Rajputs. The
former are descended from }addu, one of the five sons of Raja Jajatl, 5th in
descent from the moon. They have a number of nakhs, of which the
Muktawat (so called because Sri Krishan, their ancestor, wore a mukat or
crown) is found in this State. T.hey are disciples of Atrf, from whom their
got is derived, and avoid marriage with the Bhattls, who are a branch of
their tribe. Taris, the ·ancestor of the Tunwars, was the second son of Raja
Jajatl; they are again divided into nakhs and gots, though }addu and Tunwar
descend from a common ancestor, yet they intermarry with one another,
but Tunwar and Jatas do not intermarry. Once a Tunwar Raja had a son
who was born with long hair and the pandits warned him that the boy
endangered his life, so he was abandoned in the desert. A Uta
Brahman, however, declared that the birth was auspicious to the Raja,
so he had the child traced. He was found sheltered by a hawk's (cldl)
wings ; one of the followers of the Raja threw an arrow at the bird, it
flew away, and at the place where it alighted a temple was erected
to the bird as the goddess Chf!a. The boy· was named Jatu or 'long·
haired,' and his descendants avoid killing a chtl and worship the
goddess. Their special parohits are Brahmans of the Lata got. Rajputs
pride themselves in the title of Thakur. Those born of slave girls are
said to be of the Suretwal got and are also called Daroghas. Unlike other
Hindus, Rajput women often wear blue cloths, but they do not wear
kanck or silver bracelets, only ivory ones. The women avoid flesh and
liquor, but not so the men. They will take water from the skin of a 1\Iuham·
madan saqqa or water•carrier. Marriage is consummated without waiting
for the mukZO.wa and sometimes the pair meet in the house of the girl's
parents. The bride is not sent back to her home three or four days after
the wedding, and she is not allowed to visit her parents until the ohora cere•
mony has been performed, which takes place some time after the wedding.
But a wife goes to her parents' house for her first confinement. Early
marriage is no longer practised.
 CHAPTER II.-ECONO~IIC.
----:)~
Section A.-Agriculture.
THE general conditions under which agriculture is carried on in the Phtll· CHA!:_!'· A,
kiin States have been described in the Patiala and Jind Gazetteers,• and need Economic.
not be recapitulated here. The three States are so closely connected geogra-
phically and racially that what has been said of the Sangrar tahsn of Jind Aoarcutruaa.
holds good of the Amloh and Phtl.l nizamats of Nabha, while the .Bawal General
ttisamat o£ Nabha which lies on the confines of Rajputina shares all the cha· agr:f.~!tural
1
racteristics of the Dadri tahsil of Jind and the Narnaul ni:u1mal of Patiala. con Ions.
As to soils little more need be said. Dakar, rousl£ and bhud are the Soils.
pre\'ailing soils. In Amloh nisamat stagnant water is found lying on kalltu,
a hard soil impregnated with soil which grows little or nothing when it is
dry, but produces a good crop of rice whete the water lies. In m'zamat
Amloh and Phul cultivated land is called bhendar, waste being called 9tmna
or mairct, well-land senju and barbti maru.
Little attention is paid to rotation of crops. Certain sequences how· Rotation o£
ever are observed-sugarcane and cotton always succeed one another.!! crops,
Wheat is sown either in land ''"hich has lain fallow for six months or in land
which has just borne a maize crop. The idea is that the manure which is
indispensable to a good crop of maize has not been exhausted and will help
to raise a wheat crop. In the Jangal gram is sown after maize a.nd 'IJice ursa.
l\Ianure is indispensable to several of the most valuable crops. Sugar- Manure,
cane needs all the manure it can get, as much as five bullock carts, or about
100 maunds a bieha, being given. For cotton the ground is manured
before sowing and the seeds themselves are wrapped in cow-dung. Maize is
always sown on manured land. Wheat is manured as soon as it appears in
the blade. Rapeseed is often sown in manured land, but manure is not in·
dispensable to it. Tobacco is said to need as much manure as maize.
Vegetables generaliy get both water and manure.
The proportion of the population engaged in or dependent upon agri· Population ena
culture is shown in Table 17 of Part B. In point of fact the State is gaged io agricul•
entirely agricultural. \Vell-to-do farmers have their own permanent farm ture.
servants, and need no assistance from outside. Poorer men take partners
or employ field labourers at harvest-time. Partnerships are common in PhU.l,
rare in Amloh, and unknown in Bawal. In PhUl the generality ·of cultiva·
tors are unable to cope with the work unaided. In Amlob, a country of
wells, men have shares in a well and cultivate their own holdings when
their turn for the water comes. The same system obtains, though to a
smaller extent, in BhvaP .
There is no particular class of field labourers in this State, but general Field labourers.
labourers are employed for cutting the harvest by the samindars. The
wages of labour are given in Table 25 of Part B.
Sugarcane and cotton are the most important crops on irrigated land' Principal
though the actual area under wheat is three times that of cane and cotton staples.
combined. The canal lands of PhU.l are largely sown wi.th cane and maize
in the kharlf and wheat in the rabl. Amloh, thoucrh it has little canal
irrigation, has many mor: wells than Pbul and grow: equally good crops.
The best ~ane, ho':ever, IS grown i~ Phol. B~wal ~hich has little irrigation
grows maiDly kh~nf crops and ~ab1 crops needmg l:ttl~ water such as gram
and sarso,, but 1f the wmter rams are favourable, a fa1r wheat crop is raised
1
5ee above, pages 93 a~d 263.
1This is io contrast to the custom in PatiAia, where cane and cottoD are Dever allowed to
aucefed one uolher (E.ee above, page g8),
~For agricultaral partnerships set Pati!Ja Gazetteer, page 99·
 35!1
NABHA STATE.] Princapal tfops. [PART A.
CHAP. 11, A. in Bawal. The best wheat is'grown in Phtll. On unirrigated land in all three
. -. tahsils jowar, mung, moth, gram, cotton, gowara, etc., are largely grown.
Economic, • sorts of cane are grown m
Var1ous . the State. Th e best 1s. calIed than ;
AaarcuLTURR. it is red in colour and grows to a greater height than the other varieties,
Principal staples. and the knots are further apart. The juice is sweeter and the cane O'ives
Sugarcane, a larger yield. Dohlu is a yellow cane with close knots, yielding less juice
than chan, but more than the third variety, ghorru, which is hard, full of
knots and generally inferior. Cane covers 2 per cent. of the cultivated area.
Cotton, Cotton, which covers the same area, is generally sown on well-lands,
and especially on niaicJuUu, as it needs manure as well as water. CtHton
is generally uniform in kind and quality, but in some parts of nisamat Phnl
ma/agirl cotton is sown. ·
Maize, Maize accounts for 7 per cent of the cultivation. It is not grown in
Bawal tahsil as it needs plenty of water. Two kinds of maize are sown
here,-the white and the yellow. The yellow produces a sweeter grain.
The best maize is grown in PhUI.
Wheat, Wheat is grown on 15 per cent. of the cultivated area. In BawaJ,
where it is called t!ehun, it is sparingly sown, as the rainfall there is scanty
and uncertain. The PhUl ttt'zamat has rain enough to grow wheat on
Mran£ soil, but in Amloh it is generally grown on well-land. Very little
wheat is eaten by the sam£ndars themselves as it fetches a good price.
Red wheat is the only kind known in Bawal, but better varieties are some ..
times tried in Phul and Amloh.
Barley. Barley takes the place of wheat in Bawal, where the few wells there
are devoted to its cultivation : 8 per cent. of the total area cultivated is
under barley.
Samn. Sarson is grown on 2 per cent. of the cultivated area-a large percent·
age for this crop. It is grown entirely for sale either in the form of oil or
seed. It does best on virgin soil, and hence it is always the first crop to be
sown on newly cultivated land.
'}afJttr. Jowar is grown throughout the State, and comprises nearly ro. per
cent. of the cultivation. It is never grown on khud lands. Jowdr is large•
ly grown as fodder (charrf), but land, which used to yield geod fowar crops,
is said t01 have become less productive since canal irrig11tion was introduced,
canal water apparently lessening the fertility of the soil.
B4jr4, Bajra is the staple crop of the dry lands of Bawal, and is grown on 20
per cent. of the cultivated area of the State. It is grown in PhUl, but hard-
ly at all in Amloh, where the land is too fertile to be wasted on bajra. In
Bawal it forms the principal food of the people, and to a less extent it is
eaten in Ph61. Bajra is sometimes sown mixed with mung and moth.
Gram. Gram (chola) does well on sandy soil and accounts for 16 ·per cent. of
the total cultivation. It is grown in all three tahslls.
Fulset, Pulses-mung, mask, motk, etc.-are chiefly grown for cattle.
Tobacco and Tobacco covers 155 acres in the State. It is transplanted in Phagan and
tegetables. cut in Jeth. It requires frequent watering and as much manure as maize.
Brackish water is •good for it. Vegetables are grown chiefly in towns by
Arains and other market gardeners Onions and carrots, however, are some·
times grown in villages as the zam£ttdar is fond of them and carrots are
very good for cattle. Carrot seeds are used medicinally. Carrots cover
nearly 1 per cent. of the total cultivation. Onions are transplanted, water-
ed and manured much in the same ·way as tobacco. Sometimes canaway
(afmain) and carrots are sown between rows of onions. Garlic (lahson) is
sown in towns, but rarely in villages as the people do not care for it.
Aemge o1 The acreage of the principal crops is shown in the following state·
prilu:ip.J cr~s; ment :-
 Statement slzowing the acreage of the principal crops.

KHARIF. _RABI,

Irrigated. U nirrigated. Total. Irrigated. U nirrig;;ted. Total.

,---- --------
Sugarcane 6,sso 6.$$0 Wheat 94I 40,343

~·
"'-.
""
;:s
....
Maize

Cotton
18,o66

5,600 97
I8,o66

5.697
Barley

Gojahl , (mixed
22,174

3.941
-
i:l

.........
~
....._,.
wheat and gram).
~
Yuuu!r 1,567 7,954 9,$21 Bert'a (mixed 3,121 6,107
wheat and
barley}.
Ckarrl 3,302 12,136 1$,438 Gram n,6o8 II,$44

Bajra 1,136 SI.548 52,684 Sarson (rapeseed) 1,68o

Mung, moth, tttdslt1 'naro1Ua and 2,351 39,6sr 42,002

&()ffJara.

Hemp or sail 653 20 673

 354
NABHA STATE.] land Alienation. Cattle, [PART A.
CHAP. 11 • A. When the crops appear above the ground they are fenced round in
Economic. Amloh with branches of kikar or ber. In Bawal hedges are made of a kind
AGRICULTURE. of reed called pala. Fencing)s almost unknown in Phul.
Land alienation. The Nabha State was in advance of the rest of the province in imposing
restrictions upon the alienation of agricultural land to the non-agricultural
classes. In x88g A. D. the Khatris, Brahmans and trading classes, who!
were not themselves cultivators, were forbidden to acquire land by mortgage
or purchase, only cultivators (kaslztkar) being authorised so to acquire
land. In 1892 a further amendment was introduced, by which alienation
was only permitted within the caste (qaum) to which the alienor beWnged,
alienation to a person of another caste (ghair-kuj) being prohibited.
Existing mortgages were maintained. The alienation of land to any person
not resident in the State was also prohibited in 1874, except on the con•
clition that security was furnished that the alienee would take up his abode
in the State.
Agricultural Few horses or ponies are reared in the State, though some are raised
stock. in PhUl nt'samat and sold at the cattle fairs. The horses of the Jangal
Tl.lbl1 22 of
PniB. tract used to be well known for their strength, but the breed has degenerated.
Horses. The State maintains stallions in this rdsamat at PhUl and Lohat Badi.
Sheep and goats, Sheep are of less value than goats because their milk is not useable.
Goats yield up to four sers of milk and their price has risen from Rs. 2 or
Rs. 3 to Rs. 7 or Rs. 8, owing to the increasing trade in these animals. The
goats of Bawal are superior to those of the other nisamats, because there is
ample fodder in the reeds (pala) on which goats chiefly live in that nt':utmat,
Camels. Camels are kept largely in nisamats Phiil and Bawal, because in those
tracts they are used for ploughing and for the transport of grain, the nature
of the country preventing the use of carts,
Fowls and pigs. Fowls and pigs are only kept by Chiihr~s, who prize the latter animal
and usually make presents of it instead of a camel or horse at a wedding.
The value of a pig is as much as Rs. g or Rs. I01 but there is no attempt to
feed the animals and they are left to forage for themselves on the outskirts
i of the villages and towns.

Diseases of . Disease carries off large numbers of cattle, When cattle fall ill the
c:attle. owners resort to charms (tona) instead of regular treatment. Some of the
commoner diseases and native methods of treating them are described
below:-
Gal gkotua-Swellings in the throat :. for this the cattle are given hot
gh£ and milk, and the swellings are cauterised with a hot iron.
Chhawar-Pains in the ribs, accompanied by difficulty in breathing.
Cows are branded on the flank, while buffaloes are rubbed with ajwain and
salt. •
Rora or kkur£-Foot and mouth disease. The feet are bathed with
hot oil, preferably oil in which a lizard has been boiled. Meantime boiled
rice is offered to some god. ·
Sondi.-This is an insect that lives in charr£, which is said to be
fatal to cattle if they eat it. The disease is speedily fatal, but if the
animal should linger, ashes are dissolved in water and given it to drink.
Chap/a-Is a blister on the palate, caused usually by eating sharp
~talks. Ghi is rubbed on the place.
Chapka-Spittle trickles from the animal's mouth and his strength
· goes. A mixture of gur and ajwain is given.
 355
NABHA STATE,] Cattle fairs. [PART A~

Muk or diarrhrea-Barley flour mixed with water is given. CHAP.ll, Ae

Lakwa is a form of paralysis. Spirits are poured down the animal's Economic.
throat. AGRICULTUKit
The table in . f
. h 0 1seases o
the margm s ows cattle
Animals Value in the principal cattle C ttl. f • 9
Date, sold. rupees. fairs held in the a e .au ,
State. The two
- - - - - - - - - fairs in nizamat
• u,ooo 22 00
PhUl are attended
· N4bha K4tik 2nd
fo by people from
Amloh ... Asauj 28th to gth 11,000 23,ooo the other States
KHik. and Ferozepore,
Ph61 PMgan tst to 12th ... 1,050 42023 Rawalpindi, Jul·
lundur and other
Jaito PMgan tgth to 30th ... 11,383 . s,oo,ooo Districts. Bul·
MaMsar ... Chet bad! Ist to 15th
locks are mostly
} J,Oo,ooo sold, but cows,
Ditto Asauj bad{ Ist to rsth 5 camels and ponies
also change hands.
As many as 3o,ooo people attend the fair at Jaito, but that ~t PhUI
is only visited by a fifth of that number. Rewards are gtven to
the big<Yest
0
purchasers and to those dealers who exhibit the best bred
animals. The State also supplies food to the wrestlers who attend a?d
awards prizes to them. Sunchi pakM is also played. The two fatrs
in nizamat Amloh, at Nabha and Amloh itself, are each attended by about
s,ooo people. They resemble those of the PhUl nizamat in all respects.
The two fairs at 1\fahasar in nizamat Bawal are very ancient institu-
tions. Bullocks in large numbers are sold, some Rs. 3,oo,ooo changing
hands yearly at the two fairs. The State levies a toll of 6~ annas on every
animal sold. About I,ooo people attend each fair.

Amloh nizamat is irrigated largely by wells, but partly also by Irrigation,

canals. Phul has no wells, but more canal-irrigation than Amloh. Bawal
Phtil has no canals and very few wells. The percentage
Amloh "' ... ~~ of irrigation on the cultivated area of the three
B1wal .
::: 21 nz'zam1ts is shown in the margin .

The Sirhind Canal irrigates part of the State. Its construction was Canals, rt!i.i
sanctioned in 187o, and it was divided into 100 shares of which Nabha 64hds,etc.
owns 3'168. The State contributed Rs. 12171 1713 up to the end of the year
Igo2·03 towards the cost of construction. The canal was formally opened
on the 24th November 1882. The main channel serves two branches belong·
ing to the British Government, viz., the Bhatinda and Abohar Branches,
which flow through the PhUl nizamat, and Feeder No. 1, which supplies
36 per cent. of the total water to the Phulkian States. Of ·this 36
per cent. Nabha owns 8·8 per cent. This feeder runs from Man·
pur to Bhartala, where it divides into two branches, (s) the Kotla
Branch irrigating lands in nizamat Phul, and (U) Feeder No. 2
irrigating the Amloh nizamat. This feeder No. 2 on reaching the
Rothi bridge is divided into two branches,-(•) Feeder No. 3 and
, (ii) the Ghaggar Branch ; but though these branches pass through the
: State they do not irrigate any of its villages. Feeder No. 3 is that
1 which goes to Patiala and the Ghaggar Branch is that which flows
: south of the capital of the State at a distance of one mile. The
 356
NABHA STATE·] lrrt'gation. [PART A.
CI:{AP, 11 , A. numbers of feeders and rajbUhlts in the State are given below :-
Economic. 0 Total
z number
Number
Branches. Rdjbah&s. of Nizamat,
AGRICULTURB, 3....., of minors .
minors •
Irrigation.
Feeders and.
-- ----- ----... ---- ---- ---
Ill

J Kotla Branch (nizamat Dhanula 4 1 to 4 Nisamal

r4jbdhas. Ph61). Phul.
2 Ditto Up!! ... 4 I to 4 Ditto.

3 Ditto Badhar ... 4 1 to 4 Di~o.

4 Ditto Baader ... I I Ditto.

5 Ditto Pedof Kalan ... I I Nizdmat

Amloh.
6 No. 2 Feeder (nizamat Nabha
Amloh).
... 2 1 to 2 Ditto.

1 Ditto Roth! ... 3 I to 3 Ditto.

8 Ditto KotH ... 3 I to 3 Ditto.

9 Ditto Molugwan. ... 7 I to 7 Ditto.

When water in Feeder No. 2 first reached the Roth! bridge, a
meeting was held there at which His Highness the Raja was present.
The following statement shows the irrigated area, receipts and expen•
diture in connection with the canal :-

lRRIGATIID AREA IN pakka

highas.
Year A. D. Receipts. Expendl•'
Nisamat Nizamat ture.
Amloh. Total.
PhUJ.

--...
1880.87 ...
- ... ---- --- ---- -- --
8,348 2,21I 10,559
Rs.
4,911
Rs.
1,21,497

1887·88 ... ... ... 1I,l91 3,105 14,296 /4,828 67,864

1888-Sg
1889·90
-... ...
...
...
...
g,S83
IJ 1Igo
2,Sg6
2,912
12,779
16,102
37.369
4I,724
66,~22

30.325
r8go·gl ... ... oM 24,761 5,069 29,830 6g,ooo 52,699

1891·92 ... ... ... 29,433 3·395 32,828 70,741 ~8,218

:: ... ... 18,464 44,602 18,6o3

-......
1892"93 15,381 3,083
1893•94
1894·95 ~
...
...
-... 16,928 4,.es
2,726
21,u6
18,298
48,569
45,I69
25,739
32,403
15,572
1Sgs·g6 ... ... ... 36,209 7,213 43.422 45,ox8 24,533

1896·97
1897"98
-... ..
...
...
'"
SI,J57
44.499
JI,507
:U 1JJI
62,664
65,830
95,sss
1,37,013
23,929
46,448

1898·99 ... ... "" 41,937 9.947 sr,S64 r,o6,591 32,977

1899-rgoo _ ... ... 44.337 17,150 61,487 1,47,170 51,065

... -- --
... ... ... 92277 35,197
1900•01
Total ... ...
29,374 8,514
... -- 37.888
10,26,841 6,57·718
 357
NABHA StATE.] lrrigatz'on. [PART A.
There are two falls, one at TMi, a height of ten feet, and the other at CHAP. 11, A.
Harlgarh, a height of eight feet. The former is at mile 4 + 2505 of the -.
Ghacrgar and the latter at mile 37 of the Kotla Branch respectively. At EconomiC.
tbes~ two places there are two flour mills, each with 10 mill-stones. These AaaJCULTURB.
were constructed at the request of the Nabha State. · Rs. 18,739 were Irrigation.
spent on the Thtii mill and Rs. 15,849 on that at Harlgarh mill. , The .
State receives interest on this sum from Government at the rate of Flo~r ml 1Is.
Rs. 6-S·o per cent. per annum. The State, on the other hand, pays rent to
Government quarterly according to the average auction rates of similar
mi~ls in the Sirhind Canal Circle of the mills. The leases of the mills are
auctioned every year by the State.

The Northern India Canal Act is in force as regards the canal revenue, Canal law,
Cases of trespass, etc., on the canal within Nabha territory are dealt with
by the State officials.

Sixty-two villages in nz'zamat PhUl are irrigated by the Abohar and Villages irrigated
Bhatinda Branches, which belong to the British Government. The distri· by British raj•
bution of water is managed by the State patwar£s, who also collect the bdh&s,
water-rates on behalf of the British Government. The receipts less 5 per
cent. for collection, etc., are remitted half-yearly to the Ludhiana treasury.
The following statement shows the rajbahas with their length and the
State villages irrigated by them.
 Statement skowing B,-itisn R4jb4h4s irrigaHng N4Ua State vlllages and tlzeir len,gtlz in the State.

.,"' AV!RAGK ANNUAL IRRIGATION

LBNGTH LYING WITHIN THK STATE. b.O
DONE FROM BACH DISTRIBUTARY,
~
.; ·;;;
0
·;;; 0
••iS NAJIB OF DISTRIBUTARY,
Prom To Difference of Total length.
.. -d
.,., Kharff. Rabt. Total•
REMARKS.

0
.
~
length. ~~
s.~
::s .!:
-
z
- --------------------· ----- - -:--·--- ------ -- --- ---- ----- - - -
Sehna Mlljor Distributar_y.
z

Miles. Feet Miles. Feet. Miles. F~t. Miles. Feet.

Direct
Do.
- ... ...
... ... ... ' 14
14
.
1,100

3.557
14

•s
1,645
4,242
0

I
545
685 I
Do.
Do.
-
...
...
...
...
...
IS
t6
4.732
1,588
us
us
395
3,765
0

0
663
2,177 II
... ... ...
Do.
Do. ...
...
...
...
...
...
16
15
3,985
4.452
t6
17
4,229
815
0

0
244
1,364
~
I
3 4,485 I ... - 6og

Do. 17 4.540 18 4768 I 228

I
Do.
- ... ... a,7ss 1,642

I
I!) 19 3.400 0

:i Do. ... ... 20 1,777 20 2,756 0 979

0
... ...
in
E
Q
Do.
=I 21 13 21 971 0 958 J
~
•v.
p

&:
oC
1:IC
Minor No.4
Do. do.
-... -- 8
g
4,042
srs g
8 4,8]0

935
0

0
828
420
} 0 3.795 I ... ...
t

...
CQ
...
...-
Do. do. g 1,670 9 4,217 0 2,541
Minor No.6 ...
-... ...
Head. 2

}
6oo 2 6oo
2 2,658
r -... ...
...
289

l ......
Do. do. 3 3,698 4 230 0 1,532 2 38
Do. do. ... 45 4,464 535 0 0 .... ...
Do. No.7 ... ... 0 2,rss 2 4·735 2 u.a
2,584 2 2,584 I ...
...-
... ... !J.!)20 ... 2,260

{
Do. No.8 0 I J,t8o 0 374

Do. do.
-... ... I 2,475 2
} ']10 0 ... ...
3,235 2 3.418 2

Do. do. ... 3 1,497 4 4.420 ...I ... 2,923 242

Do. No.g ... ...
---
0

----- -
120

- -
0 :!52

---- --
...
0 ... -
---- --- -----
232 0 232 I

Total ... ... ... ... u ... ... ... 1,666 2,183

Bhadine., Major Distrioutar,.

---- - - -----
Direct ... ... ... 9 :J,900 19 4,6o6 10 700 10 706 s ... ... 1,478
Minor No.3
-
... 4 1,453 4 :J,soo 0 2,047 0 2,047 I ... ... 1']0

Do. No.4
Do. No.4 Branch
- - ... 5
J
1,000

235
1
4
3,000

:J,O:lO
2

3
1,994
2,765
2

3
1,994
2,765
4
2 ...
... ...
...
...
1,019

... ;;;
sI
... ...
Do. No.5 ·Head. Tail. 4 4,500 4 4,500
I 814
I

23:§!
r::a: i·
-n
:::
g'q'
a> 0rl1
:0
n
:c
oe.~
18 i: _;
rnc:r:
~
0
:0
.."'
c:
Q
0
::s
0
3
>
I~
it~
S'tr
101
!I sr ?'
 Statement showing British RajMkas irrigating NaMa State Villages and their length in the Stale-continued.

LENGTH I,YING WITHIN THE STATE, "'"'

1>ll
AVERAGE ANNUAL lllRIGATION
FROM E.\CH DlSTRIBU'IARY,
~
DONB
·:;:
.: ....
-~
·:;
Q
NAMS Ol' DISTRIBUTARY,
From To
Difference of
length. Total length.
."''2.
0

Khadf, ' Rabi. Total.

RBMARKs,

~ .01=;

"'6... . e.~
::S_!::;:

- ---
z ,___._,._,_.
------- ------ --- --- ----- ---- -----
Miles. Feet.
z

Miles, Feet, Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet.

Bhadiner Major Distributary-
concluded,
Minor No.6 ... ... Head. Tail. 4 2,COO 4 2,000 3 ... ... 612
Do. No.7 ... ... Do. 3 2,218 3 2,218 3 2,218 3 ... ... 8o2
... ...
.-·..
Do. No.7 Branch Do. Tail. I 3,000 I 3,000 2 419
Do. No.8 ... ... Do, 4 1,040 4 1,040 4 1,0~0 2 ... 830
Newar Branch ... ... 6 3·750 8 2,260 I 3,510 I 3510 2 ... ... 678
~
;;t
Minor No, 3 Branch ... I 2,043 I 4,000 0 1,957 0 1,957 I ... ... 259
~~
Do. No.4 do. ... Head, Tail. 2 3,000 2 3,000 2 ... ... 926
... ...
... __ -----
~
...
'':>
:I!

Q
~
Do. do, do,

T.ltal
-
... l----
0

... ------
573

------ ------ -------

4

-----
-------
500 3
--~--
4,927 3

43
4-927

3,664 ·-
3

__ , ...
1,482

9,489
----
 Dhipdll /.!ajor Distribut11ry.
0 irect ••• ... ... IS 2,08] 19 4.589 4 2,502 4 2,502 3 ... ... .. 1.319
M inor No.3
D o. No.4
-... -- 3
2
:)So

2,655
4
s
:J,OOO

3,060 3
l 2,620
405 3
• 2,6~0

40.5
l

3
...
...
...
...
552
68]

Do. No.4 Branch ... 0 6oo 3 127 2 4.527

- 2 4.527 3 -... 88
D o, No.s ... ... Head. Tail. 3 1,000
-· 3 t,ooo 3 584

.. - . ...
Total ... ..
--------- ---
... ...
----------
... IS 1,054 :J,230

!.Url Minor.
-~--- ------ ------ ---- -- --- --- ---
M 'd Minor ... ... Head. 2 t,8IS 2 1,815 2 t,Srs 3 ... ... 123
Branch No. I ... ... Do. Tail. I 3500 I 3.soo
l
D o. No.2 ... ... Da. 3,384 0 3,3e4 ... ...
l
0 I 1.374
Do. do. ... ... I 2,470 I 4,050 0 1,555
0 4.939
J
----- ------
... ... ...
------ ------- --- ----- ---- ---
... ... - ...
Total s 254 1,497

PhUl Major Distributary,

---·- ---
----- ---- -- ---- ------
Di rect
-... ... ... 4 1,929 4 l!,Sso 0 921

l
D0.
D0.
D o. ...-
-·
-... :,
... 4
12

13
4.450
1,995
2,752
12

12

12
534
&,172

4.&4
7 'l,o84
0 177
o / 2,042 J .
}
I
4,224 6 ...
l
- 2;401
 s;:~ ....
r>i' .
>
a
tTl
0
n
:c
C:": ir·
n c.:r ~ 0 0
::s ">
c:
...
I~
l4 ui 5'
it ;> 0
...... .
.;
I'll~ c: 3
110;..
-~; .. !" fi'
2>
Statement showing British RajMMs irri"galing Na!Jha State villages and their length in the State-continued .
.,

LENGTH LYING WITHIN Tim STATE.

..."'
l>.O
AVERAGE ANNUAL IRRIGATiON
DJNB: FROM EACH DisTRIBUTARY.
~
·:;:
c c;
-~
:~
NAME Ol! DtSl"RIBUTARY,
Difference of
..
... ..,;
REMARKS.
0 From To Total length. Khar!f Rabi. Total.
length. .c~.
0
E.~
"'...,
E ::Sa!:
z z
-------------- ------- ------- ------ ------ --- ----- ----- ----- -----
PhtU Major Distri6te•
tary.-conclude:l,
~ M_iles. Feet, Miles. Feet. Miles. Feet. Miles Feet.
">:!

1 Minor No.3 ... ... Head. Tail, 5 3,$00 5 3.soo 3 ... ... 1,239
....
I
Do. No.4 ... ... Do. Do • 4 I,o:o 4 1,000 3 ... ... 1,242
:z
~
Do. No ~
... ... Do. 2 2,700 2 2,700 2 2,700 2 ... ... 543
E:
0
Do. l\ r. I ... ... Do. 0 3.549 0 3,540 0 3 540 I ... ... 116

<
Cl
Mehraj Bral. ch ... ... Do. 1,830 0 1,830 0 I 830
0 ... ... .2 do

""
;::: ------- ------- ------- ------- -- ----- ----- -----
... ...
<
:c
In Total ... ... ... ... 1,794 ...
2[ 5.541

:::::_:::___··-·!. -·==- I_ -·=~- 97 3 948

' 1 ' ' / _ - - -...
0
1 "•'''
 Jaitu Major Distributary 6 s 2 2,870 l 5 2,340 ~,
Do. do. 9 1,2So 12 2 4.470 5 •
Minor No.1 Head. 3 1,003 3 1,000 3 1,000

5~ l
R.iota Major Distributary 8 II
3 I.:J02 9 4,4:J02
:i Do. do. 970 6 3 1 130
0
§
c
::
Ill

..
..:
...
0
Minor No.3
Do,
po. No.5
No.4
Head.
Do.
Do.
4
0

3 300
0 ·4

3
2,438
JOO
0 4

3
2,438
3,000
I 19

...
0
..:
Ill
RaowAla Water-course 0 sSo 1,ooa 420 420 I
"" Minor No.6
MAd Major Distributary
Head. 4 4 2,905
4 2,905 J
I
'20 540 21 1,925 1,385 r,385
Minor No.8 5 2,280 8 596 2 3,316 2 3,310 I

Total Ferozepore Division

---_---~--.-_-- - - -•••- - - ~---::::-~ --5,023 --6,848 --~-•• -:;:
Bhatinda Branch,, ------ --- ----- ------- --- --- ----- -----
z Maholl Minor
0 0 4.700 6 2,000 5 4

l
~ ~
;; Delon Major Distributary 17 3,000 tail) 21 2,940 2,940 4 2,940 Propos3l t o
Q
•
~ Raikot do. do.
_ { Head, 2 2,911 l 4 3,11g 4 3,119 3 336
abandon this
'llide Super-
int en d i n g
iii 30 31030 32 3,23~ Engin e e r' s
No. 356, dated
.3o Minor No. 1 Raikot D. istribu·l Head, 5 3,000 • 5 3,000 5 3,000 s .... 11 110 18th Febru.
tary. ary 1904.
~---_ _ : _ __ _......;..___ _--!------L-~-
 Statement do'lJJing Bl'ilt'sk RJjluik4s ii'Pi'gatit~g Na!JhtJ Stall11illag1S and lheil' lengtk in tke S/,te-concluded•
... AVBRAGB ANNUAL IRRIGATION
LENGTII LYING W[TKIN THB STATE. "'b4
.!! DONE FROM BACK DISTRIBUTARY•

----------r---------------------~----------·1~
NAliB OP DISTRIBUTARY,
RBMAIIKS.
From To Difference of Total length• Kbat1f. Rabi. Total.
length.
!

---------- ----- -------------- ----------------

Bl:atinda Bfanch-concluded,
Miles. Feet. Milu. Feet, Miles. Feet. Miles. F~et.

KaHs Major Distributary ... Head.· I 2,16o I 2,160 1 ll,t6o

Kalian do. do. Do. 2 so :2 • so

------------- ---- -- ------------

. -.. ~r-=-1---~-~53--813~-62 ~.--

Total Ludhiana Division 12

GRAND TOTAL
... ... -., -3-6.799

1
-------------------·--------------------------~~----~---------------
 365
NABHA STATE.] ·Wells. [PART A.
InAmloh water is found 26 Eeet below thesurlace. The Persian wheel CHAP. II, A.
or harr11t is the commonest apparatus, and 'is calculated to irrigate a maxi· Ec - .
mum of ten Oigka1 per wheel. Over 26 per cent. of the total area of this onomlc.
tahsil is irrigated by wells. In Ph61 the little well irrigation there is is done AaRti:ULTuu,
by the rope and bucket or charsa. Only 2 per cent. of the cultivation is ir· lrrigatioo.
riga ted from wells, and the water-level varies from so to I so feet below the W1 11
surface. ln Bawal water is generally found 75 feet down, and the i:opeand •·
bucket is consequently more in use than the Persian wheel. 7 per cent. of the
cultivation in Bawal is irrigated from wells. The cost of a well may be roughly ·
estimated at Rs. t,ooo. The statements following show the number o( wells,
and the depth at which water is found.
 s66
NABHA STATE,] Charsas at~d harrats. (PART A.
CHA~.11, A. Statement shozoing tlte number of eharsas
Economic.
AGRICULTURI, I
1 ~
I 3
I 4
I s ! (i
I ' I
8
I g

I rri,ation. Nw.• KHALAS,*

Charsas and
hrmat1.
Name of
ni~6mal, Wells with Wells with WeUswlth
one charsa two charsas four charras
I Wells with Wells with Weilswith
one charsa. two charsas four char~as
or one or two or f~ur i Total. or 000 or two or foor Total.
harrats, i
harrat, harrals, harrat. harrats, harrats.
"
---- -- . _ _ I_ _

I
---- -- --~~-
Ph !II ... 8r 130 31 243 ~6 13 ... 39

-- -- --~-- -- -- ------
· Amloh ... 663
401 I ... 1,065 l,s83 738 ... 2,310

Charsas
:166
Charsa,s
38
... Chars as
304
Chars as
555
ChArsat
6S
... Ch4rs~t
6~0

. .
Barratt Harrats ... H11rrats Harrut• Harrats Hartats
397 364 751 1,027 673 ... 1,700

--
B'wal ...
---1------------
118 210 33 361 318 336 41 IJgj

------ -- --- - ---- --

Total 862 742
65 1
1,669 1,916 1,087 41 3,0$4
"'
I
I
Charsas
465
Ii Charsas378 Chars11
... I
Chams
go8 1
ChQftr.s
Sgg
C~llt'sas
414
Chars a
... Charsru
1,354
I
I
!
I
i !
I

._.. I ... ...

1

'

·~.. I
I
BarrAts Harrall B•rrats Harrat1
397 761 1,037 673 1,700
3641 I

I I
 367
NABHA STATE. ] Charsas and harrats. [PART A.
(tope and bucket) and harrals (Persian mlzetl). CHAPi li.A.
Economic.
10 II u 13 14 IS 16 11 18
AGRICULTUJI.
DEPTH OF WELL TO WATER•LIVEL, Irrigation.
Charsas and
I A't!wag1 Grtolrrlgalrd lla,all,
\Vell8 with Wells with Wells with
ooe chaw<~ two charsas four eharsas Depth to Average Number ofl':
or ooe or two or lour Total. water, cost of well. b~~~~~k~~ ~~~1;n:r Per one
hi!fral, harrau, harrotJ,
harrat, well.

I i . I
------~----~----~----

----------\--
107 143 282 so to •so
feet.
Rs. 300 to
Rs. 1,400.
4 pairs of
bullocks

._..... __
! 10'6

............. __ 19

1,140 26 Rs. 3oo to II 14

Rs, 350,

Charsas Chars/It Charsat From 102 Four pairs

8a4 !OJ 924 to 1u feet. of bullocks
to a 'harsa.

Barratt Harrate Harrals Two pairs

1,424 1,037 2,461 of bullocks
to a harrat,

--~------------

436 \ 1,os6 From 102 From

to ru feet. Re. Soo to
i Rs. 1,2oo.

_ _1 I
I ~---------------

1,)89 ! toO
••
1

I I
I
I

I Char~as
I
j Charsas Chars a Chars as ...
I 1,3~4 i 7~1 2,~62
I

1/Jrra/s
/1Jrr4/l
10414 l I 10J7 ...
I

~llliac 11tc ; Ahliiat mcana tbc rut,

 368
NABHA STATE. ] Wells. Rents. (PART A.

CHAP. II, B. Sllt1m111t showz'ng tk1 deptlr of wells t~ the waler•level and the dtplh
Economic. of walef in " well and tke average are !I ,.rrigated by wells.
AGiliCULTVII,

I rri~tation.
Average area.
Wells.
Name of jarga11as. Average depth Depth of water. in bigha$
6 to water, · irrigated
z by a. well,
.....
.~

--------------,--•
rn

I PhUI ... 124

441 4
J. Dha.naula ... 70 !14 IJ

3 lolat Batl& - ... 24 20

4 Oi41para. Sg 4

5 Jaita 125 4

Section B.-Rents, Wages and Prices.

Tet~ant• · Table 18 of Part B shows the extent of the cultivated area. Of
an4rat. Totalarta the total area of the State
in bigh11s Petee11t. 24'75 per cent. is held ~Y
khdm. tenants, as shown in the mar·
By oecupa.ocyt~nants ... 59,736 g·66 gin. The remaining 465,023
By teoantsat·will . - 91,186 14·8 bighas or 75. 25 per cent. of
By tenants paying no
revenue who hold land the total area is held by self·
on dharmarth or in cultivating proprietors.
lieu of service - 2, oo:a 0'32

Land is generally leased on the Namani (about 15th J~ne or Jeth sud£
ikadsh~ either on payment of (1} batat, at various rates; (2) cash, also at
various rates ; or (3) sabti rents.
ltll.l.
Bata£ is levied thus: when the grain has been threshed out the
tenants notify the owner and pay the kam£ns' dues out of the heap in his
presence. The remainder then is divided into shares, the grain in pitchers,
and the straw in punds (head-loads). Bata£ varies from ! or ird to -fths
or lth. Batai is rarely taken in the Bawal nizdmal; when taken the rate
is usually ird and only the grain is divided, but not the straw, which belongs
to the tenant. BtJ/4£ is largerly paid by tenants·at·will, occupancy tenants
generally paying in· cash. Half bat4i is common in ni.11amal Phul and ird
or jths m ntzamal Amloh.

Cub nnt1. Cash rents are realized in four ways-

(l) Some tenants only pay the State revenue to the landlord.
(2) Some, in addition to the revenue, pay a cash 'rent to the landlord.
(3) Others pay a fixed lump sum as rent.
(4) Others pay a fixed cash rent per 6ign4 or acre.
 NABHA STATE. J Rent:. .Mineralr.
1\lost of the tenants in nizamal Bawal pay cash rent either in CHAP. II, C.
a lump sum ·(chakota) or at a fixed rate per biglza or at revenue rate Economic.
without mdlikiinrz. Most tenants in the Ph61 and Amloh rJizamats RENTs Wt.o ·
pay a fixed mdlikdna besides the State revenue, but no such tenants are to AND P~1css. u
be found in Bawal. Cash rent realized according to the kind of crop is C b t
called BQbti, e.£{. 1 the proprietor realizes rent at fixed cash rates on tobacco, as reo 3'
on ions, etc. The tenants who pay no revenue are those who hold land in
dlzannarth or sattkalp from the owner or in lieu of service. The rents for
the best lands in Amloh and B~wal per bigha JMm are as follows :""'1'

Nizrimal Amloh-
Rs. A. P.

Irrigated ... ... ... 3 s 0

Unirrigated ... ••• I 0 0

Nizamat Bawal-

Irrigated ..• 5 0 0

Unirrigated ... ... .2 0 0

Inferior lands are rented at the following rates per 6igha kM.m :-

Amloh-
Rs. A. P.

Irrigated ... I 0 0

Unirrigated ••• 0 6 0

Bawal-

Irrigated ... 2 0 0

Unirrigated .... ... 0 6 0

Section D.-Mines and Minerals.

The State possesses no minerals of importance. The stone mines at

t<inti hill in nizamat B.iwal produce a little copper ore, but experience has
 370
NABHA STATE.] Trade. (PART A.

.CHAP.II, F. shown the cost of worKing to be prohibitive, and mining has been abandoned .
The stone of a quarry. in mssamat Bawal is extensively used in building. It
Economic. is subject to a State tax of ann?.s 4 per 1oo maunds A kind of stone
Mines and called sit£ is found in the Behili hills, which is seen at its best in many
o(llinerals. State buildings, and its use has increased during the last few years.
Kankar mines are found in several villages. It is largely used in building
and in metalling roads, and is also exported in considerable quantities by
contractors. Two villages -Chahil.in and Lakha Singhwala in nizamui
Amloh--produce stone·kankar, slabs of which are said to weigh two
maunds, and measure 2' X •l'· Saltpetre is found more or less through.0ut
~l:e following villages :-

Nizamat Amloh-Kol, Bazldpur, Galdat£.

/Jo. Phul-Dhola Kanga,, Jatal and Dabrt /(hana.

Section E.-Arts and Manufacture.

Manufactures. The State is entirely agricultural. Arts and crafts only exist to supply
local needs. The Amloh mzamat has a local reputation for .e:lzab,un and
sus£. Daris are made in the towns of Amloh and Nabha, but they are
sold locally, neither their quality nor their quantity warranting any attempt
Ginning to export them. There is a cotton-ginning factory at Nabha town, and the
f-actory. cotton when ginned is exported to Ambala. A cotton press has also been
erected recently at Govindgarh. ·

Press. ,There is a press called the Durga Press at Nabha. It prints, in Gur-
mukhi and Urdu, S.ta.te papers and Gurmukhi books, but not books for
sale.

Section F.-Trade.

Gl'tlin. The State exports grain in conside.rable quantities, and its administration
has established markets at Jaitu, PhUl, Nabha and Bahadur Singhwala,
the largest being that at Jaitu, under the- supervision of a special officer
called the Afsar Mandi at each place. This officer, with the aid of the
thaudluis of the mand£, decides all cases, civil and criminal, which arise in
the market. These places are all on the Rajpura·Bhatinda line, except
Jaitu, on the North-Western Railway between Bhatinda and Ferozepore
and Bahadur Singhwala in the Ludhiana-Dhuri·Jakhalline. Market places
have been constructed at each of these stations by the traders, the State
providing sites on favourable tenns and exempting the marts from tolls
(zakat) for a certain period. Besides grain, gzir, shakar and cloth are also
brought into these mandfs for sale. The export of raw cotton has, however,
been diminished by the establishment of· a: cotton mill at Nabha near
the railway $tation, and cotton is here made, ginned by machinery and
then exported, chiefly to Amba.la.

Oil. The amount of oil manufactured in the State is insufficient, although

S<~'fs?nis grown and exported on a considerable scale. The State adminis·
tration has, however, established a steam oil-press at Jaitu.
 371
NABIIA STATE. ] Means of commu1zic zl io1t. (PART A.

Section G.-Means of communication. CHAP. II, G~

Economic.
The State contains 73 miles of metalled and 35 of unmetalled roads' MEANs ott
The metalled roads are- coMMUNICATION,

1. Nabha-Patiala-1 ".! miles: much used by carts and tkkas, though Roads.
most of the traffic goes by the railway.
2. Nabha-Kotla-18 miles-see Pati.ila Gazetteer, page 134·
3· Nabha-Khanna-24 miles: passes through the head-quarters
of nizam11t Amloh and Bhadson thana, and joins the Grand
Trunk Road at Khanna.
4· Amloh-Govindgarh-5 miles: first constructed when the railway
station was at Jasran. After the station was closed, the ekku.
traffic greatly decreased, but carts, etc., continued to use it.

5· Nabha·Thui Canal water mill-3 miles.

6. Dhanaula-Barnala railway station-6 miles
7· Phul, ~ppro~ch to railway station-4 miles.
The following are the unmetalled roads:-
1. B:iwal-Kanlna-32 miles.
2. Bawal-Bir JMhna-3 miles.
The State contains no dak bungalows, but there are old fashioned s.mUI.
sarais at ( 1) Nabha town, which contains three old sardis, and a fourth
has recently been constructed near the railway station; (2), Amloh,
where the ltna,i is intended especially for saminddrs attending the courts·
there-dutrpais, bedding and food are provided; (3) Dhanaula, where t_here.
are similar arrangements; f4) Bawal; where there are a pakkt£ sara£ and
two old kacllcM, sarai;, where Bhatiaras; etc., attend travellers-; and
(5) Bhadson.
The main line (Peshawar to Delhi) of tlie North-Western State Rai'lways;
Railway passes through an outlying part of the State near Govindgarh ·
between Khanna and Sirhind stations) and formerly had a station at'
Jasran, which was abolished, and a new one has now ~een built at Govinqgarh;
Dhablan, Nabha and Phul are the stations on the R~jpura·Bhatinda branch'
line which is owned by the Patiala State, though worked by the North··
\V estern Railway Administration. Nabha owns . no part of ~he line.·
Dahadur Singhwala is-· the only station in the State on the Ludhi<ina•
OhUri-Jakhal branch line. Jaitu station is· on• the Re,vari-Ferozepore:
branch of the Rajpotana·Malwa Railway, which also passes through Bawal 1
ritJamat with a station at Bawal town. On the Rewari-Ptulera line there··
is a station at Atheli.· Most of the rail borne traffic ftom the Siate consi'sts
of grain from the markets at Phul and Jaitu.

The Postal Department, which is under the· contr61 of the· Mi.; P~st Ctlice:
J.funshi, is managed by a Postmaster-General, whose office is' at Nabha.
The head post office i~ at Nabba. A list of post offices· wilt be found in.
Table 31 of Part B. Since the agreement marie with the British Government
in July 1885 for the exchange of postal facilities postal arrangements have
been much the same as in British territory. Dritish Indian stamps surcharged
~~ I\abha State:~ and post cards and envelop.cs ~o surcbarged and a)sl) bt>aring,
 372
NABHA STATE.] Postal arra,gements. [PART A.

CHAP. II. G. the arms of the State are supplied by Government to the State at cost
Economic. price, and are recognized by the Imperial Post Office when posted within the
State for inland correspondence only. These stamps are distinct from
MEANs OF the State service labels which are used for State correspondence, posted to
coMMUNICATioN, places outside the State, State correspondence within its own borders being
Post Office. carried without stamps. There are full facilities for money-orders, the
commission on which is credited to the State. There are three head
offices in the State,-one at Nabha, the others at Jaitu and Bawal. The
Nabha head office keeps its accounts with the head office, Ambala, and
Jaitu wi~h Ferozepore, while Bawal clears its account through Delhi.
Telegraph There are no telegraph lines in the State, except those on the various
lines,
lines of railway.
 CIIAPl'ER III.-AD~IINISTRATIVE.
•••
Section A.-General Administration.
THE State of Nabha is now divided into three, ni:u1mats,-Phul, Amloh
and Bawal. CHAP. Ill, A.

1• The n ·zamatl of Phul is divided for administrative purposes into t~dministra ..

·
fivJ Police mcles or th,ana·, vu.-
· . 1ve.
.. .
· Adm101Sita hve
(t) Dialpura, comprising the northern ·part of the main area of . divisions.
n£zam'lt Phul. Niz&ma& Ph\il.
(2) Phul, comprising its central portion.
(3) Dhanaula, comprising its eastern part with the outlying tract
round Bandher on the south and the villages of l\Iaur and
Dhilwan on the north-west.
(-t.) Jaitu. comprising the villages of that pargana.
(S) Lohat Badi, comprising the villages of that pargana.
2 . The ni::;J,mat of Amloh is divided into three tHnas and an outpost N:zamnt
(c!wlki), vis.- Amlo:~.
( 1) Amloh, comprising the northern part of the Amloh ni:::rJma!.
(2) Bhadson, comprising its central part.
(3) Nabha, comprising its so~thern extremity, w}th the 8 outlying
villages round Galbath to the west of Nabha and that of
Fatehpur to the south-east.
{4) Chr.uki Baragion or Deh Kal:in, comprising the I 5 outlyinO'
villages round Bhahvan, the three villages of Barag~o;,
Fatehpur and Rtsl:!darw5.la, with the isolated village of
Pcdni.
3· The Bawal nizamat is divided' into three thanas,-B.iwal, Kanti
Nizamat Bawal,
and Kanina.
There arc ra zalls in the State and the zaildars are supervised by . .
a spccta . 1. Th.e o.ffi cc of satt''d,ar .JS no.t her~ d'1tary an d 1s
. I offi eta . purely Zalldars,
ltonorary. The appomtments are made on cons1deratwns of personal ability,
local influence, and service to the State. The zaildars' duties are to assi .. t
the State officials in the prevention and detection of crime ; to convey the
orders of the Government to the residents in their respective zails ,. to pro-
tect public buildings and boundary pillars, and give notice when they need
repair ; to look after indigent widows and orphans, and to act as local
commi~~ior.crs in petty cases concerning lands, wells, etc.

Section B.-Civil and Criminal Justice.

Each ni:Jc[m.at has a District Court over which the Nttzim presides
Subordinate to him is the court of the N1Ub-Nazim. Superior to the Na'zz'm's. inal
CJ rimt
••
Court ·ts t 11c AtI'a at SatI ,. : above t hat t IlC /'l' · "l'za, consisting of three
J aS·Z·n us Ice.34 of
Table
judges; and highest cf all the ljla~·.z·Kh;'ii! over w~ich the Raja presides. Purl 8,
fhe lowest court, that of the Amb-Na:Jzm, can 1mpose sentences not
cxcc~ding orH: year's imprisonment or ~ne not exceeding Rs. 5o or take
~ccur.tty for good roncluct up to Rs. 50 111 amount for ~ period not exceed-
Ill;( ~1Jx. mon ths. The, '!:;at~zat Court~ have tpower tdo. 1m pose sentences not
cxc~~c lll;j t 11ree years unpnsonment, nne no excee mg Rs. soo, whippir.g
1
The 1zizJmat5 are alsQ tahsils, tut arc not sub.divi~tilir~
 .374
NABHA STATE.] law and Justice. [PART A.

CHAP. Ill, B. not exceeding six stripes' or security up to Rs. 2oo for a period not ex:·
Admj;ili,tra- ceeding two years. The ~adr Adalat may impose five years' imprison·
tive. ment, Rs. r,ooo fine, 12 sfrtpes and demand security for good behaviour
Ctvn. AND ?P to .Rs. J ,oo.o or impose imprisonment in ~ef~ult up to two years. There
CRIMINAl. IS a ctty magtstrate called the Natb·Ad:tlatz at head-quarters with the
JusTICE. powers of a· Nazim. The /jtas-i-KM,s has absolute power to impose any
Criminal Justice. sentfiencet.of defath, imprisonTmhentT, bhan} sd~ment from St~te t;r:ito ry, fine or
con sea wn o property. 1 1
e a s1 ars a so exerctse cnmma1 powers in
cases of criminal trespass (by infringement of bounda'ries, etc.), imposing a
fine not exceeding Rs. 25 or in default six months' imprisonment. Rail ..·ay
cases, occurring on the Nabha part of the Rajpura-Bhatinda line, are heard
by the Railway Magistrates, i.e., the District Magistrates of Ambala and
Ludhiana.

Civil Jugtice. For civil cases there is a Munsiff in each nizamat, with appeal
Table 35 rf
PMIB. to the nrzamat Court. In Nabha itself civil cases go to the N1abat Adal. t
Sadr, with appeals to the Adalat .~adr. The Munsiff tries civil cases
up toRs. I,ooo in value. For all others the ntzli~nat Court is the court
of original jurisdiction.

Revenue The Tahslldar tries petty revenue cases up to Rs. 100 in value, all
ca~es, others going to the nisamat Courts. Appeals from the n•zlimat Court and
Table 36 cf the N1abat Adciiat Sadr lie to the S1d" Adalo.~t in all cases, including civil
Pari~.
· suits, but appeals on executive revenue matters go from the' District Court
to the Diwan. Appeals from Aria/at s~dr lie to the I!tas-i-Al£1.
Ltzm~ardad and mutation cases are heard by Tahslldars, and those trans•
£erred to the ntzamat and Dfwatd are finally decided in the ljlas·t"-Khar.
Cases in, which the offence is punishable with dismissal are heard by
the ljlas·i-Khas.

Code~ of Law. The Indian Penal and Criminal Procedure Codes are in force with
certain modifications, of which the most important are detailed below :-

(I) In order to check immorality th~ ~olice. are authori~ed to take

cognisance of all cases of adultery or formcat10n Without complamt.

(2} In cases of rape, compensation is given to the woman from the

property of the criminal.
(3) In cases of abduction of married women, if the. woman is fou~d
to have been concealed ty the accused, her husband JS remunerated Ill
cash in the same way.
(4) In cases of theft, criminal breach ?f tru.st or fraud, the los~ i.s m~de
good hom the criminal's property, summanly, without resort to a CIVIl sutt.

(5} In cases of homicide not amounting to murder, in addition to the

punishment imposed on the offender, the murdered man's heir is compensated
from the offender's property.
(6) In all criminal cases the complainant can appeal, eveJ if the
accused is acquitted.
lBut in B~wal the Ndzim may impose 12 stdpes,
 375
NADilA STATE.] Land Reve11ue. [PART A.

Frivolous a11d vexatious accusations are dealt with under Section CHAP.III,C
21 1, Indian Penal Code. Similarly perjury is punished on the spot. without Admktistra•
the formality of obtaining permission to prosecute under Section 195· tive.
Extradition treaties exi.st betwee? ,Nabha an_d the State~ . of Patiala, CIVIL AND
Jind, Faridkot, Alwar, Jatpur, Loharu and Du1ana. The CIVll Procedure CRIMINAL
Code is in force in Nabha State, the only modification being tliat the ]usr1cB.
period of limitation for suits for a debt is 6 years in the case of subjects Codes of Law
of the State, 9 years for subjects of Patiala or Jind, and 3 years for British
subjects.

The system of registration is based upon that in British India, but Registration.
cert:<in modifications have been introduced. The rule formerly in force
which required the ownership of the property to be investig<~ted prior
to registration has now been abrogated, except in certain cases in' which
the order of the Darbf.r has been given before a deed is registered.
The following are the chief modifications:-

1. No second mortgage-deed rel•ting to property in land is

registered unless and until the first has been redeemed,
nor is any deed registered if it deals with land on which any
arrears due to the State remain unpaid.

:2. !\ o deed of adoption of a son is registered unless it has been

duly sanctioned in civil court.

3· No mortgage or sale-deed of land is registered unless the vendor

has obtained the Darbir's sanction through the nisamal.

4· Mortgage deeds which involve a conditional sale after a fixed

term are not registered,

5· It is compulsory to lay down a provision in all mortgage-deeds

that the mortgagee shall on receipt of not less than one-fourth
of the amount secured by the deed release a proportionate
part of the mortgaged land. .
Each Nazim is ex·officio Registrar in his nisamat, but in the capital
this duty devolves on the .Naio Adalaei.
Registration fees are levied according to the Indian Registration Act Registration
III of 1877 and credited to the State. The fee for copying a registered fees.
document is annas 8, and this goes to the registration clerk.

Section C.-Land Revenue.

The ancient system of levying the revenue in kind was in force in the Old system,
Nilbha State up to 1924 Vikrami (I86o A. D.). when a cash assessment was
introUuced in all the parganfls except that of Lohat Badi, in which it was
not introd~.;ced till 1932 Sambat. .

The first assessments were summary in character, but in 1930

SambJ.t His Highness the present Raja directed a regular settlement of the Settlements,
Amloh mc«mat to be carried out. This work was completed in 1945
 376
NABHA STATE.] Miscellaneous Revc~tue. [PART.-\,

CHA~.Ill. D. Sambat, the settlement operations bt!ing conducted accordincr to the

Adm~tra.. British Revenue Lfiawd off 1848 A.· dD. fand. the rules therem~der, and
tive the assessment was xe or a per10. o 20 years. In 1945 Sambat the
• settlement of the Bawal rlisrirnat was taken in hand and completed in
LAND REVBNue:. 1949, that of Phul nizamat being commenced in 1948 and reachincr its
Settlements. conclusion in 1959 Sambat. These two latter settlements "·ere cond~cted
on the lines of the British Revenue Law of 1884,· the land being measured .
·and the record-of-rights prepa.red as in a British District.

Section D.-Miscellaneous Revenue.

Stamps. Impressed 11on-judicial sheets of foolscap size are issued by the State,
the value being annas I, 2, 4 and 8, and Rs. 1, 2, 4, 5, Io, so, 100 and soo.
Each sheet is signed by the Diwan, its value being marked in words and
fiaures. Each bears an annual serial number written in the top right·
h~nd corner, with the Sambat year in the left-hand. The sheets are
manufactured at Nabha in the Diwa~t's office, and issued by it to the Sad,.
treasury, when they are credited like cash receipts, a monthly account being
rendered by the treasurer to the· Diwtil't. The stamped sheets are s'old to
the public by four vendors, one at the capital and one at each nz'ztimat.
Each vendoris paid Rs. 15 per mensem and the former receives a commis·
sion of 3 per cent. only. Each sheet sold is registered in, and endorsed
with, the purchaser's name, etc. A purchaser can, however, endorse a
sheet on re-sale to a second party. Judicial stamps were introduced in 1902
with different colours for the various departments, thus :--collectorate,
yellow, Diwant (financial) green; c~iminal, red ; and in murder cases, black,
The rates for court-fees are those leviable under the British Court Fees Act.

Excise~ The Excise department is under a superintendent, who has an Excise

Table 41 nf dar(lgha and four peons at each nizarnat under him. The sale of European
Part iJ, liquor is not prohibited, but there is no shop for its sale in the State.
The only distillery in the State is at Nabha itself, and the right to
distill country liquor in it is leased for one year, or for a term of years, to a
contractor who has a monoply of the right of sale. The proof strength of
the liquor is ascertained by the Naib-Diwcin, and the liquor is then bottled
in his presence in bottles which bear the seal of the State, and the sale of
liquor not in bottles so sealed is prohibited. The lahan is prepared in the
darogha' s presence. The still-head duty
Rs. A. charged is Rs. 2-8 per imperial gallon for 100°
100° proof liquor-
Bottle 1 4 proof liquor and Rs. 2 per ~lion for 75° proof.
Pint o 11 The liquor contractor sells retail through retail
Quarter 0 6 vendors, who receive a commission of 5 per cent.

75° proof liquor- on the sales. The liquor is distributed to

Bottle ... 1 o the retail vendors throughout the State in
Pint
Quarter
... : ~ bottles: They are not allowed to charge more ·
... ... than the margin~lly·noted prices to the public.
The number a~d location of shops will be found in Appendix B to
this volume. There are no shops for •the sale of liquor in Bawal
nizamat.
Opium aod The poppy is not cultivated in the State; raw opium is import-
drags. ed principally from Malwa, but also from the Simla Hill States
and iirmur and prepared as a rule at several places, that made at
PhUl being reputed the best. The licenses for the vend of opium,
post and drugs are ~old together, but not with those for the sale of liquor.
 377
rV,BHA STATE.] fi(unicipalities. [PART A.
. . d CHAP. Ill, E..
There is no license for wholesale vend, as the eliport of opmm an - .
drugs is not allowei. Licenses for retail vend are sold by auction, no duty Administra..
being charged over and above the license fee. The licenses for opium, drugs· ttye.
and liquor are auctioned by the Diwa11, who has authority to sell them MlscKtLANBous
for a y·ear, or for a term of years. The number and location of shops Rsvuus.
for the sale of opium and drugs '"ill
be found in Appendix B to this· op·um and
volume. The Bntish Government has prohibited the import n£ opium from drugs.
the Bi wal n1zamat of this State into any British District,1 and passes- for its
tran •port from that tahsil to any other put of the State cannot be granted. 2
An•allJtment of M.{lwa opium i::; made to this State.3 In order to obtain a
special pass for the transport of opium through British territory into the
State a certificate is required that the applicant is authorized (a) to. sell
opium within the State, and (b) to apply for a pass. This certificate must
be signed by the Nazim of a nizam u or by the IVaib-Diwan at Nabha. The
Po'itical Agent, Phulkian States, is authorized to grant permits for the
import of 11alwa opium on behalf of the State,

Section E.-Municipalities.

The only municip:dity in the State is that of the town of Nabha.

The Cummittee of this municipality consists of three nominated members
from among the important traders and his shop-keepers of the town; who
are honorc1ry members receiving no pay, and a fourth p~id official member,.
who is in charge of all the office work conJected with the municipality
assisted hy a cl~rk and darogM,r. These four members are under the
control of the city magistrate. The conservancy and the sanitary arrange•
ments d the town are in charge of a head darogha, called llarogha-il.
Sajai, under whom are the su~·darvghas. and. an establishment of sweepers,.
water-carriers, etc. The municipal staff is paid from the octroi duties
collected in the town. The members, besid~s arranging with the Darogha·i··
Safili, for the proper sanitation of the town, are oblig~d to see that no
encroachments are made by the owners of hou·~es on the public thorough·
far~s, open spaces or common plots o£ land. If any person wishes to
construct a new house or to repair an old one, the members must
!Htisfy themselves after inspection that no public.. rights are being· inter•
fered with. If any building or well appean dangerous to the safety
of passer:>·by, the members- are authorised to pull down the building or to
filt up the well .. The members have also to see to the collection of any
tax.e!-) that may be imposed for a. special purpose such as for improving
drainage or filling up pools. Octroi duties are levied on imports. There
are no duties on exports. The Octroi department is under the charge of
a Supfrintendent called Munsarim Zakat with hisdaroghds, who are posted
at the city gates to exJ.mine all articles brought into the town. Articles
brought by rail are inspectr:d at the railway station. The rates are
different for different articles. From the octroi collections the police· of
the town of Nabha, the conservancy and sanitation establishment and the
municipal staff are paid. The octroi duties on the grain mand£s situated.
at certain places such as Jaito, Poul, etc., are collected by the supervising

1
Punjab Excise Pamphlet, Part II, Section 39•
II II II Section 31,
"
Section 43·
" " "
 378
NABH.\ STATE,) Army~ (PART A,

CHAP. Ill. G. officers of the mandfr. The co1Jections are daily paid over to the
d -.-. t treaeury and the rfturns and daily accounts sho\\'ing receipts and
tv:;:ams ~a- payments are submitted to the Nai6-Dtwan.
MUNICIPALI•

Section F.-Public Works Department.

The Public Works Department is conducted under the direction and

supervision of an officer called Ajsar·i-Tam£ra~ and is controlled by the
Dfwan Sadr. The Superintendent of Repairs (called Gar!z Kaptan),
with a permanent staff of mistris and masons, carries out all repairs and
makes additions to old buildings. The buildings superintended and looked
after by him are the palace, garden and residences of His Highness the
Raja and the public buildings, hospital, post office and schools located
in the capital of the State. For the superintendence of the public works
in the nt'zamats there is a separate officer called Afsar·i·Tatnfrat Ba~·­
?'unf, whose duties are to travel from place to place and see that proper
progress is beitlg made in the works in the different stations, and to report
aftf!r inspecting old works what repairs to them are required. His re·
ports go to the Dt wan through the officer of the Public Works Depart-
ment. The roads are under the supervision of an officer called Afsar-i-
SarMt, who has a permanent establishment of coolies under him. His
duty is to keep the roads in proper order for the traffic. New roads
are planned and laid out by him 1 a~d are constructed by the contractors
under his directions,

Section G.-Army.

Presentstrengtb~ The present forces of the State consist cf the following :-

Imperial Se1 vz'ce Troops.

Infantry ... 6oo officers and men,

Transport ... 177 officers and rr.en.
Transport animals.'.. .258

Local Tro.~ps.

Cavalry. ... 150 officers and men.

Infantry ... 6s officers and men.
Artillery ... ... 40 officers and men.
Guns ... ... 13 (10 serviceable).
Armed police ... 581 officers and men.
Police mounted ... ' ... I 26 officers and men.

lml'e;ial Service The Imperial Service Troops were organised in 188g. They first
Troops. · saw service in 1897, when Government empluyed them in connectioJ
 379
NADHA STATE.] Police and Jails. (PART A.
with the disturbances in the Swat Valley and Mohmand countries. Warn• CHAP. Ill, H.
ed on the 3rd September in that year, the regiment effected a very Ad -:-:-stra..
speedy mobilization, for it was at Fesh.iwar on the 8th of the same month tiv;um.
and ready to proceed with the Mohmand Freid Force, to which it was '
attached. On the 2oth of the month it marched for the border, ·and from Aar.tv.
that time, until the force was broken up, the corps made exceedingly trying Imperial Service
marches under s'evere conditions, and all officers who came in contact Troops,
with it reported the cheerfulness and good spirit of the men. On its
return from the Mohmand country the regiment was allowed three days
to refit before marching for Kabat, where it arrived on the 1oth October
to Join the Tirah Expeditionary Force. The regiment was located at
Karappa until the 6th December, when it moved to Masthura and march·
ed over the Sapd Pass to Jamrud. On its way it took part in the fighting .
in the Waran Valley, when the men elicited the praise of General Symons
by their steadiness under fire and abU:ty to move over bad ground, The
corps remained at Jamrud until the 13th January, when it marched,
via Peshawar, to join the Buner Field Force at Hcti Mardin. Its
services were not utilised, as the. enemy bad submitted unconditionally,
so it returned to Nowshera to entrain, and arrived at Nabha after
an absence of six months.' The other war services of the State troops
at different times have ,Leen detailed in the History Section, pages
342 ff.

Section H.-Police and Jails.

The Police Service of the State comprises 37 officers and 797 men as detail. Police:
Officers '" ... 37 ed in the ~argin .. Th~ Special Superintendent, Tables 47 and 4s,
whose services are available for the investigation Part B.
Colonel .. , of serious crime in any locality, is stationed at
Special Superintendent ...
Deputy Inspectors ... 11 the capital. There is a deputy inspector at
Sergeants ... 13 each thana, with a sergeant, dafadar (or
Dajaddrs - 11 madad muharrir), a tracker, I I constables and
Men 2 mounted men. The chouk£ at Baragaon
797
"' is in charge of a sergeant and a daJadar with
Mounted ... 125 7 constables, and a sergeant is attached to
~oo\
r~:~~:;;
. - . "'.
'" i:
... 6o2 the kotwal£ at the capital. The auxiliary
(imdadf) police are stationed at the depot at
the, capital, and are available to replace
casualties ~r vac~nc1es m the thanas. They receive the same pay as the
regular pohce, Vtl., Rs. 6 per mensem. The Police Department is under
the contro~ of t~e BaksU, and its executive head is the Colonel of Police.
Thde .,S ~ate IS !ree from settlements of criminal tribes, the Sansis, Baurias
1
an 11 mas bemg all engaged in cultivation,

T~ere is a central jail, with accommodation for 500 prisoners at fails

~11e capital 0.£ the State.. There is also a jail at Bawal which can accoU:mo- '!:abl~ 49, Patt R.
a~c ~oo pr_1soners. Fnsoners are employed on ordinary building work
an t o~e ~.n the central jai! ~re also employed on other work such a~
~.arpet·\\.ca~mg (both from nzun1 and thread) and paper-making. Some.
Imes pnsoners are also employed in brick-making.
1
Geueral Stuart Ee· tso • ,, H' . . • ••
" Ds Istory o1 the I rr pet 1al SerVICe Troops of Native Stat~.''
 s8o
NABHA STATE. ] Education and Literacy. [PARr A.
'CHAP. Ill, I.
Section I.-Education and Literacy •
.Adminlstra•
tive.
EDUCATION -AND
.
L!TI!RACY.
F·ormer1y the State had no regular system of education. All official
Education. '<:orrespondence was conducted in Persian, which was taught in maktabs
by masters (midnji} who received no fixed salaries. Well-to-dn people
also had private teachers. Numerous books were read, especially books
·of letter-s to teach the art o£ correspondence. Mathematics were little
taught, the miami being usually ignorant o£,the science, and prldhas g;v-
ing instruction in it. Hence accounts were usually kept by Hindi-writers.
Those who were educated in Persian and could also keep accounts were
called mutsadais. In Bawal mensuration was confined, as a hereditary
occupation, to a few families called m1rdah, who received a small salary
from the State and dues in grain at each harvest from the "Villages.
The first attempt to modernize education in the St~te dates from
I06J A.D. Sambat 1920, when Raja Bharpur Singh established a school, in
Nabha itself, with one teacher in English and another for Arabic and
,g-4 A.D. Persian, a third being added in 1921. Urdu, 'Persian and Sanskrit were,
,.~73 A.D. however, the main subjects and were taught on the old system. In 19.30
.the present Raja appointed a new head master to the school, which
improvep its administration, but left the system of teaching unchanged. In
the sam~ year schools were opened at Bawal, Amloh, Dhaula and Dhanaula,
~~74 A.n. each under a single master. One was opened at Lohat Badi in 1931. In •935
1S 78 ~.U. a Nllgri-knowing pandit was added to the staff of the Nabha school and in
188o it was raised to the middle standard with a regular establishment,
scholarships also being offered. In'this year a school was also opened ~t
Badhar in mzamat PhUl. In SamLat 1939 a Nagrl fandit ·was added
to the staff at Bawal, and teaching in mathematics also begun there.
Students first went to the Punjab University from the State in 1885.
Jn 1886 a Gurmukhi teacher was added to the staff of the school at
PhUl and in the ensuing year Gurmukhl schools, under a special super·
intending officer, were established at JaW, Jaitu, Pakhu, Bhai Rupa
and Jahlan in Pnul : and at Alh:.;rarn, Bhalwlin, Salam, }alan, Tohra·
Khawara, Birdhanow, Dandrala-Dhindsa and Mangew{Jl in Amloh r.t'za-
mat. A pand t was also added to the Nabha school staff in this
yec.r, and in t888 it was raised to the status of a high school, its
.students first appearing in the Entrance Examination in 1890. In this
year .also a separate cantonment school was opened, in which Engl:sh,
Gurmukhi, Persian and other subjects were taught, its students re~eiv·
ing board, clothes and books gratis and a boarding-house, being pro-
vided. In 1893 the Nabha high school was raised to collegiate status,
and in 18g5 four of its ~tudents passed the First Arts Examination,
but in t8g8 lack of funds compelled its. reduction to a high school. In
1955 (1 ~98 A.D.) a law lecturer was, however, appointed, and in 1956
Sambat (1899 A.D.) a teacher to prepare students for the upper
subordinate class was added. Thus the State now contains two
middle schools at Bliwal and Chotilin, and ten primary schools at
Amloh, Satana, Dhanaula, Ph6.1, Mandi·PhUl, Jaitu, Bhai-Rupa, Da·
dahUr, Kanti and Kan1na open to all castes, but in which fees are
only levied from non-agriculturists, the scns of cultivators being exempt.
At the capital is the Nabha high sc~ool open to all classes of. th.e
comn~unity on payment of the prescnbed fefs. Two per cent. JS
deducted from the pay of every civil servant of the State, and if one son attend
the school no fees are charged ; if two attend, the second pays half the
 381
NABHA STATE.] ·J!edz'cal. [PART A.

prescribed fees. This school teaches up to the Entrance Examination CHAP. 111. J.
of the Punjab Uoiver~ity 1 English, Gurmukh~ Persian ·and Sanskrit .
being taught. Its staff consists of r 5 teachers, including one for fd~lmstra­
Mensuration and two for the optional subjects, Arabic and Sanskrit. It IV •
is manacred by a committee of leading officials in the State. Since 18gr, LEnucATfON.AND
•
besides b
the 4 stu dents who passed the F. A. Examm:~ . t'1on, 38 have ITERACY,

.passed the Entrance and 8g the Middle ~chool Examinations. Others Education.
with the aid of stipends have graduated B. A., and qualified in the
Medical and Thomason Colleges. Bawal school, formerly a maktob
with a pand£t and a Persian master, now has a head master and
se~ond master also, and this ·staff, though inadequate, has succeeded
·in qualifying .boys for the 1iiddle School Examination. Fees are not
levied from agriculturist boys. Choti.in, three miles from Ph6.1, has
a staff of five masters. The middle school at Chotian, three miles
from t~e town of PhUl, ts a zam£ndar£ school established in Samhat
1955. Into this only the sons of agriculturists are admitted with the 189S A.D.
Raja's sanction. No fees are levied, and the boys are entirely supported
and lodged in a boarding-house • attached to the school, which is
maintained from the school cess levied with the revenue. This school
ranks as an anglo-vernacular middle school, but Gurmukhf is also taught
in it. ·
A female te1cher .of 6urmukhf was appointed to teach girls at Nabha ~emale educa·
1n 1949 Sambat {18ga A D.), and she continues to teach l.lurmukhl and tJon,
Hindi.
In 1903-04 the expenditure on education was Rs. 10, 159·1-6 and the
number of pllpils, who in 1891 had amounted to 396 1 was 635.

Section J.-Medical.

Formerly the State possessed no hospitals, but State haktms were

•entertained and they used to treat the sick, medicines being given
gratis from the State lassi-khana, if they were not obtainable from the a88o A.D.
baz:lrs. In Sarnbat 1937 Yumin£ dispensaries were established at the
capital and the head-quarters of each niaamar, each having a·haktm, an
attar or compounder and· a jarnik or blood-letter. Medicines were given free,
Amtoh. and patients were sometimes given food also.
Phul. In 1947 Sam bat (18go A. 0.) English dispen·
Dhanaula. saries were established at Nabha and at each
}a~i~~ Badi. ntzamat. A few years later one was estab·
Bawat, lished at each thana, so that there are now in
K'n~l. all 8 outlying dispensaries, at the places noted
K'lmna. in the margin. To each of them a hospital
assistant and compounder are attached. The hospital at the capital is
called the Lansdowne Hospital as it was Luilt to commemorate the visit
of Lord Lansdowne, the first Viceroy who VIsited the State. The building
comprises a central hall, ~vith two wings,-one for males, the other
for females. Its staff consists of a superintendent, a hospital assistant,
a compounder, a dr~sser and menial establishment. In-patients are dieted
gratis. There is also a military hospital in the cantonment at Niibha
in charge of an :1ssistant surgeon, with a hospital assistant, a corn.
pounder and menial staff. All these institutions are under the control
of the Chid Medical Officer at Nabha.
 ~82
NABHA STATE. ]. Medt'cal. (PART A~

CHAP. 111 J, A vaccination sfaff, consising of a Superintendent, with one vaccinato1·

. · ' for each thana, was first appointed in Sambat 1939 (1882 A.D.). Small-pox
fdmmistra.. has been much diminished, but still afflicts the people in m'zamats Phul
•ve. · and Amloh, though it is not very fatal in its effects owing to the general
MKoJc.u., healthiness of those tracts.
Vaccination,
 CHAPTER IV.-PLACES OF INTEREST.
-~-E--

AMLOH.
Amloh is hardly more tha.n a village, but is the head-quarters of the CHAP. IV.
Amloh nizamat and tahsfl. Population (1901) 2,016. It lies in 30° 37' N. Plac-;-of
ani 76°i6' E., 18 miles north of Nabha on the road ~ Khanna! which is interest.
5 miles to its north. It comprises a bazar which lies on either side of the Amlob.
road, and a mud fort in which' are the nizamat offices. The town is
entered from the south by the pakka Bhadulthuha Gate. Close to the fort
lie; the old bazar, with some old-fashioned buildings, and in front of it is a
garden. Amloh is an old place founded in 1763 (Bikrami) after the fall of
Sirhind. At first a mere village, it became the head•quarters of ~he
nizamat and owes such importance as it has to this fact. It has no
important trade, but lately the manufacture of iron safes and stools has
been carried on with success, and these articles form the chief exported
commodities. There is a sadi, with a school and a post office.
BAWAL.
Biwal, the head·quarters of the Bawal nrzamal and tahsil, lie<; south
of Nabha in 28°4' N. and 76°36' E. on the Rajputana·Malwa line. Popula•
tion ( rgot) 5·739· It contains a stone fort, in which some State troop3 are
quartered, Close to the fort is the Hasanpur mdalta. The outer part
of the fort is used for the nizamat office and treasury, and the police
station and jail are close by. A street runs from the Bir Jhabua to
the fort, and inside the town this street has pakM shops on each side. It
leads on up to the Katra bazar, a square surrounded by pakkd shops.
Thence a street leads to tbe MoU jbil, passing through an old bazar with
deserted shops. West of the Katra i:J a gate through which a metalled
road leads to the railway station. Olltside this gate is a pakka sarai,
with a State garden. Bawal is a town of an ancient type. Founded
in 1205 Bikrami by Rao Sainsmal, a Chauhan Raj put of Mandhan, now a
village in Alwar, it was named by him ·after Bawalia, the got of his
parohit; Bhuja, his descendant, greatly enlarged it, and it came to be
known as Bhuja ka Bawal. lhe Jujars of the town claim descent from
Bhuja. Eventually it fell into the possession of the Nawabs of jhajjar and
thence passed into that of Nabba. Ucder the Rajas of Nabha the town
has been extended. The Katra bazar was built in 1917 Bikrami, and the
fort, which is still unfinished, was founded in 1932. Other buildings,
with the garden and sara£ tank before mentioned, have all been built
under the Nabha regime. It contains, however, a mosque- built in g68
H. in the reign of Akbar, and still in good repair; also the tombs of
Hazrat Yusuf ::lhahid and Mian Ahmad Shah, Darvesh. The ehall11 of
the Khwija Main-ud-din Sahib commemorates a visit of Hazrat Mull.in·ud..
din, Chishti of Ajmer, and a fair is held here on the 2oth of Jamadi·us·
sani. The trade of the town suffers from competition from· Rewari,
but ii increasing. Grain is exported, but the only other produce· consists
of plums {ber) grown on grafted (paiwandi) trees.
DHANAULA.
Dhanaula town, the head-quarters of the Phtil ,;zamtZt and tahsil lies
40 miles west of Nabha, in 30°17' N, and 75°58' E. Population (1901)
7·40· It is divided .into several agztJars and contains a masonry fort
with four towers~ Th~ tjlf.:;im' s court is held in a building er~cted ove;
 384
NABHA STATE ) [ PART. A..
CHAP. tV. its front gatec;, It contains a broad court-yard, on one side of which are
the female apartments, East of the fort lies the Qilliwala Gate whence
Places of
Interest. run two pav~d stre:ts, one to the Hadyaiawala, the other to th~ Hathf wala
Gate. On ettber s1de of these stre~ts are, shJps. Just insidi! the Hathf·
DlfANAULA.
wala .Gat; ~rea ~akka sara~, .post office, dispensary and police station.
Outstde ~~.'sa garde~ cont~m~ng a tank. ~nd other buildings. Outside
the town ues the agncultumts quarter, d1v1ded into the Jaidan Manan
Jhajrian, Bangkhar Mu~ulman and Baneh&ar Jatan agwrirs. The towd.
was founded by Sardar Gurdit Singh in 1775 · Bikraml, and was the
capital of the, State until Nabha wa:; founded. by Raja Hamir Singh. •
}AITU, •

Jaitu, in the Phul nizamrrf, lies 4o- miles east of F ~rozepore, in·
30°26' N. and 74°55' E., and has a station on the North-Western Railw1y
line. It was founded by Jaitu, a Jat of the Sidhu got, to which its land·
owners belong. The place is intersected by a road, on either side of which.
are shops, but it owes its importance to its grain market, which lies half a.
mile from the village, and to the cattle hir held in the month of PhiO'an.
Outside the market is a steam oil-mill. Outside the town is a fort~ in
which is a police station, and close to i[ a gurdwura of the 1oth Sikh
Guru. Two miles t > the north is the spot where Guru Govind SinO'h 0
practised archery and which is still reverenced.
NABHA TOWN..
The town of Nabha lies on the Rajpura Bhatinda Railway, 32 miles·
west of Rajpura. It is surrouncel bv a mud wall 8 feet broad and 18
feet high. It has 6 gates, Patialawala, Aloharanwala, DoladdiiVala, Bauran·
"·ala, Mahinswa!a and Jatanwa.Ja named after the acijacent villages. The
Rajpura-Bhatinda Railway passes by the town, the station bdng 'outside
the Jatanwala Gate. The Bauran wala Gate also communicates with the
station. The grain market in the town is near the Baun\nwala Gate and
the cantonment near the Doladdi Gate. Round it and at a short distance
from the wall runs the chtzkkar road, metalled. with stone, wi:h a circum·
ference of almost four miles. There are four State gardens in Nabha.
One garden ir.side the town by the Patialawala Gate is callecl Sham Bagh
and two outside it are called the Pukhta Bagh and Mubarak Bagh. ·J he
fourth garden behind the cantonment is called Kothi Bagh. The Nabha
rajb4ha 1 which irrigates all these garde:ns, winds round the town. Four
of the gates a'e provided with tanks for the convenience of travrllers.
The town bas four sarcUs besides a pakka sanif near the tailway station •.
One street in the town leads to the Mahinswala. and Doladdi Gates This
is crossed in the centre bv another street which leads to the Patialawai::J.
Gate. On either side of it is a pakka bazar with shops of all kinds. At
the cross-roads is a square with shops on each side, called the Chauk
oazar frequented by vegetable and sweetmeat-sellers. This is the
busiest part of the town. The road which leads from the Bauran wala
to the Mahinswala Gate also has shops on either side. The bazur from
the chauk to Patialliwala Gate is a handsome and flourishing one. The
streets and lanes· of the town are clean. The roads and water drains are
pakkt£. Ekkds and carts can easily pass through the main streets•. In the
rainy season water collects in the neighbouring depressions, in spite of great
efforts to prevent it, The low ground of the Paundusar inside the town near
the Patialawala Gate, where a large quantity of rain water used to collect,
has been filled up at great cost. Drinking wells are numerous and the water
is pure. In the heart of the town is the fort with a pakka rampart all rounl
and four towers1 one on each side. Inside, one part is occupied by the
. NABHA STATE. ] Places Dj s'nteresl~

. Mabalat Mubarak (Raja's •er.a~ta). On the other side is the D1ort (court. CH~ rV.
vard) Khas and Diwan·i-'Am, all the offices of the capital and a small garden, Places of
·behind which is the State stable. Near the gate o{ the fort is the police interest.
station. In the Sham tlagh are the marble tombs of former Rajas. lmmedi· N.au TowM
at ely behind the fort is the school, which bas a spacioua hall, with ,rooms on •
· either side. Next to it is a park, with office of the Bakhsh£ Kl11ina. The
upper rooms of Baklzski KM.na accommodate guests trom othE'.r States.
The Lansdowne hospital and pest office are near the Baurinwala Gate.
The builnings worth mention outside the .town are n.ear the Patiilawala
Gate.. The Pukhta Bagh is surrounded by a paHd wall within which
?Je the State gardens and the palaces of the Raja and the Tikka Sahib,
with a separate building for tbe ladies of their families. His Highn(ss'
court is also held here. The Mubarak Bagh is close by. In it is a
spacious building, called "Elgin House/' reserved for the accommodation
of distinguished visitors.
PHUt..
The town of Pha I, the head ·quarters of the Ph 61 "iaamdt and tahsn~
lies 5 miles north of Mahraj in 3o0 2o' N. and 751:i9' E. Population (tgot)
4,964. It is regularly built and divided into 8 agwdrs. Its wall is
odagonal, studded with pakkd gateways; and encloses a masonry fort.
The original buildings of Clzaudlu i PhUI, with their hearths, still exist in
the fort. In the centre, besides the female apartments, is a building
called KntM 'Am. Facing the fort is the dispensary in a square which is
surrounded by shops. The town has a local reputation for making opium
of the best quality, It contains a Munsiff's court. Outside it is a tank. The
grain market is at Ram pur station, 3 miles from Phul itself, on the Rajpura..
Btlatinda line, whicb is connected with Ph61 by a metalled road. Phnl
was founded by Chaudhr£ Phul in 1710 B:krami and then- passed into the
possession of Tilok Singh. There is a vernacular middle school in Phul
and"an anglo·vernacular middle school at Chotian some two miles from
PbUI itself. The town has also a garden, Outside the town is the tomb
~r samadla of Chaudllri PhQl,